JP7173217B2 - game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

2. Description of the Related Art Among game machines such as pachinko machines, there is known a game machine including a first member and a second member arranged on the first member (Patent Document 1).

Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-310905

However, in the gaming machine described above, there is room for improvement in the structure in which the second member is arranged on the first member.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is an object of the present invention to solve the problems exemplified above, and to provide a game machine that can be improved in a configuration in which a second member is arranged on a first member.

In order to achieve this object, the game machine according to claim 1 comprises a first member having a game area formed on the front side, a second member detachably arranged on the first member, and a second member. and a member to be contacted which is inserted through the member and at least a part of which can be contacted by a game ball, wherein the first member is the back surface of the second member disposed on the first member. and a concave portion is provided in the facing portion of the first member, and the contacted member is on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball can contact, and the A portion protruding from the back side of the second member is held by a holding portion in the concave portion of the facing portion, the abutted member has higher rigidity than the first member, and the holding portion is elastically deformable. wherein the second member is detachable toward the front side; a plurality of the abutted members are disposed on the second member; the first of the plurality of abutted members The abutted member is disposed apart from the second abutted member by a distance larger than the diameter of the game ball when viewed from the front of the second member.

According to the gaming machine of claim 1, the configuration in which the second member is arranged on the first member can be improved .

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment; FIG. 1 is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine. 1 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine; FIG. 1 is an exploded perspective front view of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is an exploded perspective front view of an operation unit and a game board. FIG. 4 is a front view of the operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the operating unit; FIG. 4 is a front view of the operating unit; It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) is a front view of a general winning opening unit, and (b) is a sectional view of the general winning opening unit taken along line XIIb-XIIb of FIG. 12(a). 3 is a cross-sectional view of the game board taken along line XIII-XIII of FIG. 2; FIG. 14 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the game board in range XIV of FIG. 13; FIG. It is a rear view of a general prize-winning unit. 14 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the game board in range XIV of FIG. 13; FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of the center frame; FIG. (a) is a front view of the first unit, (b) is a side view of the first unit, and (c) is a rear view of the first unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of a 1st unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of the first unit. FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXI-XXI of FIG. 18(b); FIG. 22 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit shown in FIG. 21; 18B is a cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXIII-XXIII of FIG. 18B; FIG. 21. (a) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXIVa-XXIVa of FIG. 21, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXIVb-XXIVb of FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXIVc-XXIVc of 21; FIG. (a) is a partially enlarged view of the first unit in the range XXVa of FIG. 21, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXIVb-XXIVb of FIG. 25(a). (a) is a partially enlarged view of the first unit in the range XXVa of FIG. 21, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXIVb-XXIVb of FIG. 26(a). (a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXVIIa-XXVIIa of FIG. 25(a), and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXVIIb-XXVIIb of FIG. 25(a). 25(c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXVIIc-XXVIIc of FIG. 25(a). (a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit along line XXVb-XXVb of FIG. 25(a), and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit along line XXVIIIb-XXVIIIb of FIG. 25(a). be. (a) is a front view of the second unit, and (b) is a rear view of the second unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of a 2nd unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of the second unit. FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of the second unit taken along line XXXII-XXXII of FIG. 29; (a) is a front view of the center frame, and (b) is a side view of the center frame. (a) is a perspective front view of a center frame, and (b) is a perspective rear view of the center frame. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of the center frame; FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view of the center frame taken along line XXXVI-XXXVI of FIG. 33; FIG. (a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of a game board, and (b) is a schematic exploded cross-sectional view of the game board. (a) is a front view of the rear case, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case. (a) is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case, and (b) is an exploded perspective rear view of the rear case. (a) is a front view of the rear case, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case. (a) is a front view of the rear case, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case. (a) is a perspective rear view of a rear case and a board box, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case and a board box. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is a rear view of a lower displacement unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of a lower displacement unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of a lower displacement unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit in a retracted state. FIG. 10 is a front view of the downward displacement unit in the first extended state; FIG. 10 is a front view of the downward displacement unit in the second extended state; It is a rear view of the downward displacement unit in a retracted state. FIG. 10 is a rear view of the downward displacement unit in the first extended state; FIG. 11 is a rear view of the downward displacement unit in the second extended state; FIG. 8A is a rear view of the first link member and the cam member in the retracted state, (b) in the first extended state, and (c) in the second extended state; FIG. 51 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit along line LIVa-LIVa in FIG. 50, and FIG. 52B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit along line LIVb-LIVb in FIG. (a) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit along line LVa-LVa in FIG. 50, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit along line LVb-LVb in FIG. FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit at line LVc-LVc at 52; 53(a) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit taken along line LVIa-LVIa in FIG. 52, and (b) is a front view of the first link member and cam member of the lower displacement unit in the second extended state. FIG. (a) is a front view of a lower displacement member, and (b) is a rear view of the lower displacement member. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of a lower displacement member; FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of a lower displacement member; (a) and (b) are front views of a lower displacement member. Fig. 10 is a front view of the lower displacement member in the first position; Fig. 10 is a front view of the lower displacement member in the second position; Fig. 10 is a front view of the lower displacement member in a third position; (a) to (c) are partially enlarged views of a lower displacement member. (a) to (c) are front views of a lower displacement member. (a) to (c) are front views of a lower displacement member. (a) to (c) are front views of a lower displacement member. (a) to (c) are front views of a lower displacement member. (a) is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member in range LXIXa of FIG. 68(b), and (b) is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member in range LXIXb of FIG. 68(a). (a) is a top view of the sorting unit, and (b) is a rear view of the sorting unit. 4 is an exploded front perspective view of the sorting unit; FIG. FIG. 4 is an exploded rear perspective view of the sorting unit; FIG. 71 is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit taken along line LXXIII-LXXIII of FIG. 70(a); 74(a) and (b) are partially enlarged views of the sorting unit in range LXXIV of FIG. 73. FIG. (a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of a sorting unit. (a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of a sorting unit. (a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of a sorting unit. (a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of a sorting unit. It is a front view of a sorting unit and a lower displacement unit. FIG. 10 is a top view of a sorting unit and a lower displacement unit; It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a sorting unit; It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a sorting unit; It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a sorting unit; It is a front view of a rotation unit. It is a rear view of a rotation unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of a rotation unit. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the rotation unit. It is a front view of a decoration unit. 91. (a) is a side view of the decoration unit viewed in the direction of arrow XCIIa in FIG. 91, and (b) is a side view of the decoration unit viewed in the direction of arrow XCIIb in FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of the decoration unit; FIG. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of the decoration unit; FIG. 89 shows the rotating unit viewed in the direction of arrow XCVa, and FIG. 89B shows the rotating unit along arrow XCVb in FIG. FIG. 89 shows the rotation unit viewed in the direction of arrow XCVa in FIG. 89, and (b) shows the rotation unit in arrow XCVb of FIG. FIG. 4A is a side view of the decoration unit and the right transmission member in the closed state, (b) in the intermediate state, and (c) in the open state; FIG. 4A is a side view of the decoration unit and the right transmission member in an open state, (b) in an intermediate state, and (c) in a closed state; (a) is a side view of the decoration unit in a closed state, and (b) is a side view of the decoration unit in an open state. 100(a) is a front view of the rotating body, (b) is a side view of the rotating body viewed in the direction of arrow Cb in FIG. 100(a), and (c) is an arrow Cc in FIG. 100(a). It is a side view of a rotary body in direction view. FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective front view of a rotating body; It is an exploded perspective rear view of a rotating body. (a) is a side view of the rotating body with the opening/closing member closed, and (b) is a side view of the rotating body with the opening/closing member open. (a) and (b) are side views of the decorative unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit and a rotation unit. FIG. 106 is a top view of the downward displacement unit viewed in the direction of arrow CVI in FIG. 105; It is a front view of a lower displacement unit and a rotation unit. (a) is a top view of the ball cradle, (b) is a front view of the ball cradle, and (c) is a sectional view of the ball cradle taken along line CVIIIc-CVIIIc in FIG. 108(a). is. It is an exploded perspective view of a ball cradle. (a) and (b) are sectional views of a ball cradle. 88(a) and (b) are schematic cross-sectional views of the rotation unit taken along line CXI-CXI in FIG. 87. FIG. It is a front view of an upper displacement unit. It is an exploded perspective front view of an upper displacement unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of an upper displacement unit. FIG. 10 is a front view of the upper displacement unit in a state where the upper displacement member is arranged at the retracted position; FIG. 11 is a front view of the upper displacement unit in a state where the upper displacement member is arranged at an intermediate position; FIG. 10 is a front view of the upper displacement unit in a state where the upper displacement member is arranged at the extended position; (a) is a front view of a variable part, and (b) is a rear view of the variable part. FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective front view of a lower displacement member in the second embodiment; It is a front view of a lower displacement member. Fig. 10 is a front view of the lower displacement member in a third position; (a) is a front view of a lower displacement member in a third embodiment, and (b) is a rear view of the lower displacement member. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of a lower displacement member; FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of a lower displacement member; (a) and (b) are front views of a lower displacement member. (a) is a front view of the lower displacement member at the first position, and (b) is a front view of the lower displacement member at the second position. (a) is a front view of the lower displacement member at the third position, and (b) is a front view of the lower displacement member at the second position. It is a front view of the downward displacement unit in 4th Embodiment. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. It is a front view of a lower displacement unit. (a) is a top view of the distribution unit in 5th Embodiment, (b) is a rear view of a distribution unit. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of the sorting unit; FIG. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit; FIG. 131 is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit taken along line CXXXIV-CXXXIV of FIG. 131(a); 135(a) and (b) are partially enlarged views of the sorting unit in range CXXXV of FIG. 134. FIG. It is a front view of the rotation unit in 6th Embodiment. It is an exploded perspective front view of a rotation unit. FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit; 138(a) to (c) are side views of the decoration unit viewed in the direction of arrow CXXXIX in FIG. 138. FIG. 138(a) to (c) are side views of the decoration unit viewed in the direction of arrow CXXXIX in FIG. 138. FIG. It is a side schematic diagram of the displacement unit in 7th Embodiment. It is a side view schematic diagram of a displacement unit. It is a schematic side view of the displacement unit when a game ball is held by the displacement member. It is a schematic side view of the displacement unit when a game ball is held by the displacement member. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in 8th Embodiment. 4 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotary operation unit; FIG. FIG. 146 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the pachinko machine taken along line CXLVII-CXLVII in FIG. 145; It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective front view of the 1st link member in 9th Embodiment, (b) is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of a downward displacement unit. It is a cross-sectional view of the game board in the tenth embodiment. FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective front view of a lower displacement member in an eleventh embodiment; (a) and (b) are front views of a lower displacement member. (a) is a front view of the lower displacement member, (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member along the line CLIIIb-CLIIIb in FIG. 153(a), and (c) is FIG. 153(a). is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member taken along line CLIIIc-CLIIIc of FIG. (a) is an exploded perspective front view of a ball receiving portion in a twelfth embodiment, and (b) is a front view of the ball receiving portion. 155(a) and (b) are front views of the lower displacement member, and (c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member taken along line CLVc-CLVc in FIG. 155(b). (a) is a front view of the special winning device in the thirteenth embodiment, (b) is a perspective front view of the special winning device, and (c) is a line CLVIc-CLVIc in FIG. It is a sectional view of a special winning device. It is an exploded perspective front view of a special winning device. (a) is a top view of the special winning device, and (b) is a sectional view of the special winning device taken along line CLVIIIb-CLVIIIb of FIG. 158(a). 159(a) is a rear view of the rear case in the fourteenth embodiment, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rear case taken along line CLIXb--CLIXb in FIG. 159(a). FIG. (a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of a back case in a fifteenth embodiment, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of a back case in a sixteenth embodiment. 161(a) is a rear view of the rear case in the seventeenth embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of the rear case taken along line CLXIb-CLXIb of FIG. 161(a). FIG. (a) is a front view of a rear case in an eighteenth embodiment, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case. (a) is a front view of the rear case, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case. (a) is a schematic top view of a game board, and (b) is a schematic top view of a pachinko machine 10. FIG. FIG. 20 is an exploded perspective front view of an engaging member in a nineteenth embodiment; 165. (a) is a front view of the back case, and (b) is a one-way cross-sectional view taken along line CLXVIb--CLXVIb in FIG. FIG. 20 is an exploded perspective view of a rear case and a rotating unit in a twentieth embodiment; (a) is a front view of an engaging member, and (b) is a rear view of a rotating unit and an engaging member. (a) is a rear view of a rotating unit and an engaging member, and (b) is a rear view of a rear case 20300. FIG. FIG. 170 is an exploded perspective view of the back case and rotating unit in the twenty-first embodiment. 171(a) is a rear view of a rotating unit and an engaging member, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rotating unit taken along line CLXXIb-CLXXIb of FIG. 171(a). FIG. (a) is a rear view of a rotating unit and an engaging member, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of a rear case and a rotating unit. (a) is a rear view of a rotating unit and an engaging member, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of a rear case and a rotating unit. 4 is a perspective front view of an engaging member and a fixing member; FIG. (a) and (b) are front views of a rear case. 175(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rear case taken along line CLXXVIa-CLXXVIa of FIG. 175(b); FIG. FIG. 177(b) is a front view of the rear case in the twenty-fourth embodiment, and FIG. 177(b) is a cross-sectional view of the rear case taken along line CLXXVIIb-CLXXVIIb of FIG. 177(a). FIG. 177B is a cross-sectional view of the rear case taken along line CLXXVIII-CLXXVIII of FIG. 177(b); (a) and (b) are sectional views of a game board in a twenty-fifth embodiment. (a) and (b) are sectional views of a game board in a twenty-sixth embodiment. (a) and (b) are sectional views of a game board in a twenty-seventh embodiment. (a) is a sectional view of a game board in a twenty-eighth embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of a game board in a twenty-ninth embodiment. (a) is a cross-sectional view of a general winning opening unit in a thirtieth embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of a general winning opening unit in a thirty-first embodiment. FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective front view of the special winning device in the thirty-second embodiment; (a) is a front view of the special winning device, (b) is a top view of the special winning device, and (c) is a sectional view of the special winning device taken along line CLXXXVc-CLXXXVc in FIG. 185(a). is. (a) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device taken along line CLXXXVIb-CLXXXVIb of FIG. 186(a). (a) is an exploded perspective front view of a first path member in a thirty-third embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of a special winning device. (a) is a front view of the game board in the thirty-fourth embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of the game board taken along line CLXXXVIIIb-CLXXXVIIIb of FIG. 188(a). It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. FIG. 189 is a cross-sectional view of the pachinko machine taken along line CXC-CXC in FIG. 188; (a) is a front view of the game board in the thirty-fifth embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CXCIb-CXCIb of (a). It is an exploded perspective view of a special winning device. (a) to (c) are sectional views of the game board 13 taken along line CXCIII-CXCIII in FIG. 191(b). (a) is an exploded perspective front view schematically showing a game board in the thirty-sixth embodiment, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the game board. (a) is an exploded perspective front view schematically showing a game board in a thirty-seventh embodiment, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the game board. FIG. 20 is an exploded perspective front view of a lower displacement member in the thirty-eighth embodiment; (a) is a front view of the lower displacement member, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member taken along line CXCVIIb-CXCVIIb of FIG. FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member taken along line CXCVIIc-CXCVIIc; FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective rear view of a lower displacement member in the thirty-ninth embodiment; 199(a) is a front view of the lower displacement member, and FIGS. 199(b) and 199(c) are cross-sectional views of the lower displacement member. 200(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit in the fortieth embodiment, and FIG. 200(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit along line CCb-CCb in FIG. 200(a). 201(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit in the forty-first embodiment, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line CCIb-CCIb in FIG. 201(a). (a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line CCIIa-CCIIa of FIG. 201(a), and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line CCIIb-CCIIb of FIG. 201(a). be. FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case in the forty-second embodiment; (a) is a front view of the back case, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the back case taken along line CCIVb-CCIVb in FIG. 204(a). (a) is a front view of the back case, and (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the back case taken along line CCVb-CCVb in FIG. 205(a). (a) is a rear view of the game board, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCVIb-CCVIb in FIG. 206(a). FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case in the forty-third embodiment; (a) is a front view of the rear case, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case. 208(a) is a cross-sectional view of the rear case along line CCIXa-CCIXa in FIG. 208(b), and FIG. 209(b) is a cross-sectional view of the rear case along line CCIXb-CCIXb in FIG. 209(a). (a) and (b) are sectional views of the rear case. (a) and (b) are sectional views of the rear case. FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective front view of a rear case in the forty-fourth embodiment; 213(a) is a front view of the rear case, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the rear case taken along line CCXIIIb-CCXIIIb in FIG. 213(a). (a) to (c) are cross-sectional views of the rear case. FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case in the forty-fifth embodiment; (a) is a front view of the rear case, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case. (a) is a front view of the rear case, and (b) is a rear view of the rear case. FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of a game board in the forty-sixth embodiment; 219(a) is a partially enlarged front view of the game board in the forty-seventh embodiment, and (b) is a schematic sectional view of the game board taken along line CCXIXb-CCXIXb of FIG. 219(a). (a) is a front view of the game board in the forty-eighth embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of the game board along line CCXXb-CCXXb of FIG. 220(a). (a) is a perspective front view of the second path member, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device taken along line CCXXIb-CCXXIb of FIG. 220(b). (a) is a front view of the game board in the forty-ninth embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCXXIIb-CCXXIIb of FIG. 222(a). It is an exploded perspective view of a special winning device. (a) to (c) are cross-sectional views of the game board taken along line CCXXIV-CCXXIV in FIG. 222(b). (a) is a front view of the special winning device in the fiftieth embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device taken along line CCXXVb-CCXXVb of FIG. 224(a). (a) is an exploded perspective front view of the special winning device, and (b) is an exploded perspective rear view of the special winning device. (a) is a front view of the special winning device in the fifty-first embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of the special winning device taken along line CCXXVIIb-CCXXVIIb of FIG. 227(a). FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit in the fifty-second embodiment; 228. (a) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit along line CCXXIXa-CCXXIXa in FIG. 228, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit along line CCXXIXb-CCXXIXb in FIG. FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit in the fifty-third embodiment; (a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line CCXXXIa-CCXXXIa of FIG. 230, and FIG. 231(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line CCXXXIb-CCXXXIb of FIG. 231(c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line CCXXXIc-CCXXXIc in FIG. 230; FIG. FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective front view of the first unit in the fifty-fourth embodiment; It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of a 1st unit. (a) to FIG. 234(c) are partially enlarged cross-sectional schematic diagrams of the first unit. (a) and (b) are partial enlarged cross-sectional schematic diagrams of the first unit. FIG. 32 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit in the fifty-fifth embodiment; It is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of a special winning device in the fifty-sixth embodiment. (a) to (c) are cross-sectional schematic diagrams of a special winning device. (a) to (c) are schematic front views of a lower displacement unit in the fifty-seventh embodiment. (a) to (c) are rear views of a first link member and a cam member. (a) to (c) are front views of a first link member and a cam member. (a) is a perspective front view of a first link member, (b) is a perspective rear view of a cam member, and (c) is a lower displacement unit taken along line CCXLIIc-CCXLIIc in FIG. 240(a). It is a sectional view. (a) to (c) are rear views of the first link member and the cam member in the fifty-eighth embodiment. Figures 244(a) to 244(c) are front views of the first link member and the cam member. FIG. 32 is a front view of a lower displacement member in the fifty-ninth embodiment; (a) is an exploded perspective front view of a ball receiving portion, and (b) is a front view of the ball receiving portion. (a) to (c) are enlarged front views of the lower displacement unit. (a) and (b) are front views of a lower displacement member. 248(a) is a sectional view of the lower displacement member along line CCXLIXa-CCXLIXa of FIG. 248(a), and (b) is a sectional view of the lower displacement member along line CCXLIXb-CCXLIXb of FIG. 248(b). It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the 60th embodiment. 1 is a front view of a game board of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine. 1 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) is a front view of the winning opening unit, and (b) is a back view of the winning opening unit. (a) is a side view of the winning opening unit, and (b) is a sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CCLVIb-CCLVIb of FIG. 255(a). (a) is a perspective front view of a winning opening unit, and (b) is a perspective rear view of the winning opening unit. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the 61st embodiment. 1 is an exploded perspective front view of a pachinko machine; FIG. (a) is a front view of the winning opening unit, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit taken along line CCLXb-CCLXb of FIG. 260(a), and (c) is a drawing of FIG. It is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit along the CCLXc-CCLXc line. It is an exploded perspective front view of the prize winning opening unit. It is an exploded perspective rear view of the prize winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the game board, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCLXIIIb-CCLXIIIb of FIG. 263(a), and (c) is CCLXIIIc- of FIG. It is a cross-sectional view of the game board along the CCLXIIIc line. (a) is a front view of the game board, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCLXIVb-CCLXIVb of FIG. 264(a), and (c) is CCLXIVc- of FIG. It is a cross-sectional view of the game board along the CCLXIVc line. (a) is a front view of the game board in the 62nd embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCLXVb-CCLXVb of FIG. 265(a). It is a perspective front view of a game board. It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) is a front view of the game board in the 63rd embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCLXVIIIb-CCLXVIIIb in FIG. 268(a). It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) is a front view of the game board in the 64th embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board taken along line CCLXXb-CCLXXb of FIG. 270(a). It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) is a front view of the game board in the 65th embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCLXXIIb-CCLXXIIb of FIG. 272(a). It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) is a front view of the game board in the 66th embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board taken along line CCLXXIVb-CCLXXIVb of FIG. 274(a). It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) is a sectional view of a game board in the 67th embodiment. (b) is a sectional view of a game board in the 68th embodiment. FIG. 20B is an exploded perspective front view of the first winning member and the base plate in the sixty-ninth embodiment; FIG. (a) is a front view of the game board, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board taken along line CCLXXVIIIb-CCLXXVIIIb of FIG. 278(a). (a) is an exploded perspective front view of the first winning member and the base plate in the seventieth embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of the first winning member and the base plate. 280(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the first winning member in the 71st embodiment, and (b) is an exploded top view of the first winning member of FIG. 280(a). FIG. (a) is a top view of the first winning member, and (b) is a partially enlarged top view of the first winning member in range CCLXXXIb of FIG. 281(a). (a) is a cross-sectional view of the game board in the 72nd embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board taken along line CCLXXXIIb-CCLXXXIIb of FIG. 282(a). It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective front view of a game board and a passage forming member in a seventy-third embodiment; (a) and (b) are sectional views of a game board and a passage forming member. (a) is a perspective front view of a first winning member in the seventy-fourth embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of a game board. (a) and (b) are sectional views of the game board and the front frame in the 75th embodiment. FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board in the 76th embodiment; (a) is a front view of the game board, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board taken along line CCLXXXIXb-CCLXXXIXb of FIG. 289(a). (a) is a front view of the game board in the 77th embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCXCb-CCXCb in FIG. 290(a). It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) to (c) are sectional views of the game board. FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board in the 78th embodiment; (a) is a front view of the game board, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCXCIVb-CCXCIVb of FIG. 294(a). (a) is a front view of the game board, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCXCVb-CCXCVb in FIG. 295(a). (a) is a front view of the game board in the 79th embodiment, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board along line CCXCVIb-CCXCVIb in FIG. 296(a). It is an exploded perspective front view of the game board. (a) is a front view of the game board in the 80th embodiment, and (b) is a sectional view of the game board along line CCXCVIIIb-CCXCVIIIb in FIG. 298(a). 298(a) and 298(b) are sectional views of the game board taken along line CCXCIXb-CCXCIXb in FIG. 298(a). (a) is an exploded perspective view of a prize winning unit in the 81st embodiment, and (b) is a front view of a game board. 300(a) is a sectional view of the game board along line CCCIa-CCCIa of FIG. 300(b), and (b) is a sectional view of the game board along line CCCIb-CCCIb of FIG. 300(a). (a) is a perspective front view of a first winning member in the 82nd embodiment, and (b) is a front view of a game board. 302(a) and 302(b) are sectional views of the game board taken along line CCCIIIa-CCCIIIa in FIG. 302(a). The first winning member in the eighty-third embodiment will be described. The fastening direction of the first winning member to the base plate in the eighty-fourth embodiment will be described. (a) is a front view of the game board, and (b) and (c) are cross-sectional views of the game board along line CCCVI-CCCVI in FIG. 306(a). FIG. 22 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board in the eighty-fifth embodiment; (a) and (b) are sectional views of a game board. FIG. 32 is a front view of a game board in the eighty-sixth embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of the game board. It is a front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCXIIIb-CCCXIIIb in FIG. 313(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a front view of the first winning member, and (c) is a side view of the first winning member. (a) is a front perspective view of the recess and the through hole, (b) is a front view of the recess and the through hole, and (c) is the recess along the CCCXVc-CCCXVc line in FIG. It is sectional drawing of a part and a through-hole. (a) is a front perspective view of a second winning member, (b) is a front view of the second winning member, and (c) is a top view of the second winning member. (a) is a front view of a state in which the first winning member is attached to the recess (base plate), and (b) is the base plate and the first winning member taken along line CCCXVIIb-CCCXVIIb in FIG. 317(a). is a cross-sectional view of. FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the eighty-seventh embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCXXb-CCCXXb of FIG. 320(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first prize-winning member, (b) is a front view of the first prize-winning member, (c) is a top view of the first prize-winning member, and (d) is a top view of the first prize-winning member. , a side view of the first winning member; (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess along line CCCXXIIc-CCCXXIIc in FIG. 322(b). . FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the eighty-eighth embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCXXVb-CCCXXVb of FIG. 325(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a front view of the first winning member, and (c) is a side view of the first winning member. (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess taken along line CCCXXVIIc-CCCXXVIIc in FIG. 327(b). . FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the eighty-ninth embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCXXXb-CCCXXXb of FIG. 330(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a front view of the first winning member, and (c) is a side view of the first winning member. (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess taken along line CCCXXXIIc-CCCXXXIIc in FIG. 332(b). . FIG. 201 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit in a 90th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCXXXVb-CCCXXXVb of FIG. 335(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a front view of the first winning member, (c) is a side view of the first winning member, and (d) is 336(c) is a cross-sectional view of the first winning member taken along line CCCXXXVId-CCCXXXVId of FIG. 336(c). (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess taken along line CCCXXXVIIc-CCCXXXVIIc in FIG. 337(b). . FIG. 201 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 91st embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning opening unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit taken along line CCCXLb-CCCXLb in FIG. 340(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a front view of the first winning member, and (c) is a top view of the first winning member. (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess along line CCCXLIIc-CCCXLIIc in FIG. 342(b). . FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in a 92nd embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCXLVb-CCCXLVb in FIG. 345(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a front view of the first winning member, and (c) is a top view of the first winning member. (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess taken along line CCCXLIIc-CCCXLIIc in FIG. 347(b). . FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 93rd embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning opening unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit taken along line CCCLb-CCCLb in FIG. 350(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a front view of the first winning member, and (c) is a top view of the first winning member. (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess along line CCCLIIc-CCCLIIc in FIG. 352(b). . FIG. 201 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit in the 94th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit along the line CCCLVb-CCCLVb in FIG. FIG. 355(a) is a sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit along the line CCCLVc-CCCLVc. (a) is a front perspective view of the first prize winning member, (b) is a front view of the first prize winning member, and (c) is the first prize along line CCCLVIc-CCCLVIc in FIG. 356(b). It is a sectional view of a member. (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess along line CCCLVIIc-CCCLVIIc in FIG. 357(b). . FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 95th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate and the prize winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCLXIb-CCCLXIb in FIG. 361(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a front view of the first winning member, and (c) is a side view of the first winning member. (a) is a front perspective view of the base plate, (b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate, (c) is a rear view of the base plate, and (d) is a diagram of FIG. ) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate taken along line CCCLXIIId-CCCLXIIId of FIG. FIG. 120 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 96th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate and the prize winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit, (b) is a sectional view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit along the line CCCLXVIIb-CCCLXVIIb in FIG. 367 (a), and (c) is FIG. 367(a) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit taken along line CCCLXVIIc-CCCLXVIIc of FIG. 367(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member, (c) is a rear view of the first winning member, and (d) [Fig. 2] is a side view of the first winning member; (a) is a front perspective view of the base plate, (b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate, (c) is a rear view of the base plate, and (d) is a diagram of FIG. 369(e) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate along line CCCLXIXd-CCCLXIXd of FIG. 369(c). FIG. 121 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 97th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate and the prize winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit along line CCCLXXIIIb-CCCLXXIIIb in FIG. 373(a) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit taken along line CCCLXXIIIc-CCCLXXIIIc. FIG. (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member, (c) is a rear view of the first winning member, and (d) [Fig. 2] is a side view of the first winning member; (a) is a front perspective view of the base plate, (b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate, (c) is a rear view of the base plate, and (d) is a diagram of FIG. 375(e) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate taken along line CCCLXXVd-CCCLXXVd in FIG. 375(c). FIG. 201 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 98th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate and the prize winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit along line CCCLXXIXb-CCCLXXIXb in FIG. FIG. 379(a) is a sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit taken along line CCCLXXIXc-CCCLXXIXc of FIG. 379(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member, (c) is a rear view of the first winning member, and (d) [Fig. 2] is a top view of the first winning member; (a) is a front perspective view of the base plate, (b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate, (c) is a front view of the base plate, and (d) is a diagram of FIG. 381(e) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate taken along line CCCLXXXId-CCCLXXXId of FIG. 381(c). FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 99th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate and the prize winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit along line CCCLXXXVb-CCCLXXXVb in FIG. FIG. 385(a) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit taken along line CCCLXXXVc-CCCLXXXVc of FIG. 385(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first prize winning member, (b) is a back perspective view of the first prize winning member, (c) is a back view of the first prize winning member, FIG. d) is a side view of the first winning member. (a) is a front perspective view of the base plate, (b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate, (c) is a rear view of the base plate, and (d) is a diagram of FIG. ) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate along line CCCLXXXVIId-CCCLXXXVIId. FIG. 20 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit in the 100th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCXCb-CCCXCb in FIG. 390(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess along line CCCXCIc-CCCXCIc in FIG. 391(b). . FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit in the 101st embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning hole unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning hole unit taken along line CCCXCIVb-CCCXCIVb in FIG. 394(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member, (c) is a rear view of the first winning member, and (d) [Fig. 395] is a cross-sectional view of the first winning member taken along line CCCXCVd-CCCXCVd in Fig. 395(c); (a) is a front perspective view of the dent, (b) is a front view of the dent, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the dent along line CCCXCVIc-CCCXCVIc in FIG. 396(b). . FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 102nd embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning opening unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit taken along line CCCXCIXb-CCCXCIXb in FIG. 399(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member, (c) is a rear view of the first winning member, and (d) [Fig. 2] is a side view of the first winning member; (a) is a front perspective view of a recess, (b) is a front view of the recess, and (c) is a cross-sectional view of the recess along line CDIc-CDIc in FIG. 401(b). . FIG. 32 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 103rd embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the winning opening unit, and (b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate and the winning opening unit along line CDIVb-CDIVb in FIG. 404(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member, (c) is a rear view of the first winning member, and (d) 405(c) is a cross-sectional view of the first winning member taken along line CDVd--CDVd of FIG. 405(c). FIG. 222 is a front perspective view of a base plate and a prize winning unit in the 104th embodiment; It is an exploded front perspective view of a base plate and a winning opening unit. It is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate and the prize winning opening unit. (a) is a front view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit, and (b) is a sectional view of the base plate and the prize-winning unit taken along line CDIXb-CDIXb in FIG. 409(a). (a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member, (b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member, (c) is a rear view of the first winning member, and (d) [Fig. 2] is a side view of the first winning member; (a) is a front perspective view of the recess, (b) is a rear perspective view of the recess, (c) is a rear view of the recess, and (d) is a diagram of FIG. ) is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion taken along line CDXId-CDXId of FIG.

BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko game machine (hereinafter simply referred to as "pachinko machine") 10 will be described as a first embodiment with reference to FIGS. 1 to 111. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. FIG.

In the following description, with respect to the pachinko machine 10 in the state shown in FIG. 1, the front side of the paper is defined as the front (front) side, and the back side of the paper is defined as the rear (rear) side. Also, with respect to the pachinko machine 10 in the state shown in FIG. ) side. Further, arrows UD, LR, and FB in the drawing indicate the up-down direction, left-right direction, and front-back direction of the pachinko machine 10, respectively.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 whose outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 formed in substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. and an inner frame 4 supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1) in order to support the inner frame 4, and the side on which the hinges 18 are provided serves as an opening and closing axis. A frame 4 is supported toward the front side so that it can be opened and closed.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails, winning slots 63 and 64, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 4 from the back side. A ball (game ball) flows down the front surface of the game board 13 to play a pinball game. The inner frame 4 includes a ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 4) that shoots a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a shooting unit that guides the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A rail (not shown) or the like is attached.

On the front side of the inner frame 4, a front door 5 covering the front upper side and a lower tray unit 15 covering the lower side are provided. In order to support the front door 5 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1). 5 and a lower tray unit 15 are supported toward the front side so that they can be opened and closed. The locking of the inner frame 4 and the locking of the front door 5 are unlocked by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front door 5 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electric parts, and the like, and has a window portion 5c having a substantially elliptical opening at its substantially central portion. A glass unit 16 having two sheet glasses 8 is arranged on the back side of the front door 5, and the front side of the pachinko machine 10 can be visually recognized through the glass unit 16.例文帳に追加

An upper tray 17 for storing balls projects forward from the front door 5 and is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. The bottom surface of the upper tray 17 is inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the inclination guides the ball thrown into the upper tray 17 to the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 4). A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17 . The frame button 22 is operated by the player when, for example, the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) is changed, or the content of the super ready-to-win effect is changed. be.

Light-emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the front door 5 (for example, at corners). These light emitting means are controlled to change the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking in response to changes in the game state such as when a big win is made or when a predetermined ready-to-win state is reached, and play a role of enhancing the effect during the game. Illumination parts 29 to 33 containing light emitting means such as LEDs are provided on the periphery of the window part 5c. In the pachinko machine 10, these electric decoration parts 29 to 33 function as production lamps such as big win lamps, and the respective electric decoration parts 29 to 33 are lit by lighting or blinking of built-in LEDs at the time of a big win or a ready-to-win production. Alternatively, it flashes to indicate that the jackpot is in progress or that the player is in the process of reaching one step before the jackpot. In addition, an indicator lamp 34 is provided at the upper left portion of the front door 5 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1). The indicator lamp 34 has a built-in light emitting means such as an LED and is capable of indicating whether prize balls are being dispensed and when an error has occurred.

In addition, a small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front door 5 can be visually recognized on the lower side of the right side electric decoration part 32, and a pasting space K1 (Fig. 2) can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to bring out more splendor, a plated member 36 made of ABS resin, which is plated with chrome, is attached to the area around the electric decorations 29-33.

A ball rental operation unit 40 is arranged below the window portion 5c. The ball rental operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41 , a ball rental button 42 and a return button 43 . When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with banknotes, cards, etc. inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the balls are released according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display section 41 is an area in which the balance information of the card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED is turned on to display the remaining amount in numbers as the balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain lending balls based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and lending balls are supplied to the top tray 17 as long as the card or the like has a balance. be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit. A pachinko machine in which balls are directly lent to the upper tray 17 from a ball leasing device or the like without going through the card unit, that is, a so-called cash machine, does not require the ball leasing operation unit 40. A decorative seal or the like may be added to the installation portion to make the parts configuration common. It is possible to achieve commonality between a pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine.

In the lower tray unit 15 positioned below the upper tray 17, a lower tray 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper tray 17 is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. there is On the right side of the lower tray 50, an operating handle 51 is provided which is operated by the player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13. As shown in FIG.

Inside the operating handle 51, there are a touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the ball shooting unit 112a, a shooting stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operating handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) for detecting a dynamic operation amount (rotational position) based on a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operating handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the amount of rotation operation. A ball is shot with a strength (shooting intensity) corresponding to , and is hit to the front surface of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball extraction lever 52 is provided at the lower front portion of the lower tray 50 for operation when discharging the balls stored in the lower tray 50 downward. The ball extracting lever 52 is always biased to the right, and when it is slid to the left against the bias, the bottom opening formed in the bottom of the lower tray 50 is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball extracting lever 52 is normally performed with a box (generally called a "senryo box") placed below the lower tray 50 to receive the balls ejected from the lower tray 50 . The operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower tray 50 as described above, and the ashtray 53 is attached on the left side of the lower tray 50 .

As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 includes a base plate 60 which is cut into a substantially square shape in a front view. The opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, the first through gate 66, the variable display device unit 80, etc. are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). attached to the back side of the The base plate 60 is made of wood by pasting together thin plate materials, and is formed so that various structures arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 cannot be seen from the front side of the base plate 60 by the player. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in through-holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed by a tapping screw or the like from the front side.

The central portion of the front surface of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 4 through the window portion 5c of the front door 5 (see FIG. 1). Mainly referring to FIG. 2, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described below.

An outer rail 77 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and a strip-shaped metal plate similar to the outer rail 77 is placed inside the outer rail 77. An arc-shaped inner rail 76 formed by is erected. The outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 76 and the outer rail 77, and the front and rear sides are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area is formed in which a game is played by the behavior of . The game area is the front surface of the game board 13 and is defined by two rails 76 and 77 and a resin-made outer edge member 73 connecting the rails (a prize-winning opening, etc. area where the ball flows down).

The two rails 76 and 77 are provided to guide the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper part of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 76 (upper left part in FIG. 2) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 13 from returning into the ball guide passage again. be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 77 (upper right in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the ball. is attenuated and rebounded toward the center.

First pattern display devices 37A and 37B provided with a plurality of LEDs as light emitting means and a 7-segment display are arranged in the lower left side of the game area when viewed from the front (lower left side in FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are for displaying according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4), and mainly display the game state of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. In this embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used properly according to whether the ball has won the first prize winning port 64 or the second prize winning port 640.例文帳に追加Specifically, when the ball enters the first winning hole 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while when the ball enters the second winning hole 640, the first The pattern display device 37B is configured to operate.

In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B use LEDs to indicate whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the variable probability, the time saving mode, or the normal state by the lighting state, or indicate whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the changing state by the lighting state. Whether the stop pattern is a pattern corresponding to the probability variable jackpot, a pattern corresponding to the normal jackpot, or a missing pattern is indicated by the lighting state, the number of pending balls is indicated by the lighting state, and a 7-segment display device indicates the round during the jackpot. Display numbers and errors. The plurality of LEDs are configured so that each LED has a different emission color (for example, red, green, and blue), and depending on the combination of the emission colors, it is possible to suggest various game states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. can.

Incidentally, in the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is conducted when a prize is won in either the first prize winning port 64 or the second prize winning port 640.例文帳に追加In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big win (big win lottery), and also determines the kind of big win when it is determined as a big win. As the jackpot type determined here, a 15R probability variable jackpot, a 4R probability variable jackpot, and a 15R normal jackpot are prepared. The first pattern display devices 37A and 37B not only indicate whether or not the result of the lottery is a jackpot as a stop pattern after the end of variation, but also indicate a pattern corresponding to the jackpot type when the jackpot is won. .

Here, the “15R probability variable jackpot” is a probability variable jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after the maximum number of rounds is 15 rounds, and the “4R probability variable jackpot” is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 4 rounds. It is a variable jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after . In addition, "15R normal jackpot" is a jackpot that shifts to a low probability state after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds, and a time-saving state during a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). be.

In addition, the "high probability state" refers to a state in which the probability of a subsequent jackpot is increased as an added value after the end of the jackpot, a time during so-called probability fluctuation (probability change), in other words, a game that is easy to shift to a special game state It is the state of The high-probability state (during variable probability) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the probability of winning a second symbol, which will be described later, is increased and the ball is likely to enter the second winning hole 640 . "Low probability state" refers to a state in which the odds are not variable, and the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state in which the jackpot probability is lower than when the odds are variable. In addition, the time-saving state (during time-saving) of the "low-probability state" is a state in which the jackpot probability is normal, and the jackpot probability remains the same, but only the winning probability of the second symbol is increased, and the second winning port 640 It refers to the state of the game in which the ball is likely to win a prize. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is in the normal state, it means that the game is in a state of neither variable probability nor time reduction (state in which neither the jackpot probability nor the second pattern winning probability is increased).

During the probability change or the time reduction, not only is the winning probability of the second symbol increased, but also the time during which the first electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is opened is changed, which is longer than during normal. Time is set. When the first electric accessory 640a is in the open state (open state), compared to the case where the first electric accessory 640a is in the closed state (closed state), the second winning port 640 The ball will be in a state where it is easy to win. Therefore, during the probability change or the time reduction, the ball can easily enter the second winning hole 640, and the number of times the big winning lottery is performed can be increased.

In addition, instead of changing the opening time of the first electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 during the probability change or during the time saving, or in addition to changing the opening time, one hit , the number of times the first electric accessory 640a is opened may be changed to increase more than during normal operation. In addition, during the probability change or the time reduction, the winning probability of the second symbol is not changed, and the first electric role product 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is opened and the first electric role product is opened once. At least one of the number of times 640a is opened may be changed. In addition, during the probability change or the time reduction, the time for opening the first electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 and the number of times the first electric accessory 640a is opened per time are not changed. Only the winning probability of the second symbol may be changed so as to be increased as compared with the normal state.

The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning holes 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. A variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the central portion of the game area. In the variable display device unit 80, with the winning of either the first winning port 64 or the second winning port 640 (start winning) as a trigger, the third A third pattern display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as a "display device") that displays a variable pattern, and an LED that variably displays the second pattern triggered by the passage of the ball through the first through gate 66. A second pattern display device (not shown) is provided.

A center frame 86 is arranged in the variable display device unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third pattern display device 81 . The third pattern display device 81 can be visually recognized through an opening formed in the center of the center frame 86 .

The third pattern display device 81 is composed of a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4), so that, for example, upper, middle and lower three patterns are displayed. A column of symbols is displayed. Each pattern row is composed of a plurality of patterns (third patterns), and these third patterns are horizontally scrolled for each pattern row to variably display the third pattern on the display screen of the third pattern display device 81.例文帳に追加It's like In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the game state is displayed by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B under the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4). Decorative display according to the display of the pattern display devices 37A and 37B is performed. Incidentally, instead of the display device, for example, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using a reel or the like.

The second symbol display device alternately displays a symbol "O" and a symbol "X" as a display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time each time the ball passes through the first through gate 66. This is to perform a variable display that lights up. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the first through gate 66, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if the winning lottery is won, the second symbol display device stops and displays the symbol "○" after the second symbol is variably displayed. Further, if the result of the winning lottery is a loss, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variable display of the third symbol.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device stops at a predetermined symbol ("○" symbol in this embodiment), the first electric role object 640a attached to the second winning hole 640 It is configured to be activated (opened) for a predetermined period of time.

The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set so as to be shorter during the variable probability or during the time reduction than during the normal game state. As a result, the variable display of the second symbol is performed in a short time during the probability change and the time reduction, so that more winning lotteries can be performed than during normal times. Therefore, since the chances of winning in the winning lottery increase, it is possible to give the player more chances to open the first electric accessory 640a of the second winning opening 640.例文帳に追加Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is likely to enter the second winning hole 640 during the probability variation and the time saving.

In addition, during the probability change or the time reduction, other methods such as increasing the probability of winning, increasing the opening time and the number of openings of the first electric accessory 640a for one hit, etc. The second winning opening during the probability change or time reduction When the ball is in a state where it is easy to win a prize to 640, the time required for the variable display of the second symbol may be fixed regardless of the game state. On the other hand, if the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set shorter than normal during the variable probability or during the time saving, the winning probability may be constant regardless of the game state, and one winning The opening time and the number of openings of the first electric accessory 640a may be constant regardless of the game state.

The first through gate 66 is attached to the game board in the area on the right side of the variable display unit 80 . The first through gate 66 is configured so that a part of the balls flowing down the game board among the balls shot to the game board can pass through. When the ball passes through the first through gate 66, a winning lottery for the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a win, the symbol "○" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display, and if the result of the winning lottery is a loss. For example, an "x" symbol is displayed as a variable display stop symbol.

The number of times the ball passes through the first through gate 66 is suspended up to four times in total, and the number of suspended balls is displayed by the above-described first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, and the second symbol suspension lamp (not shown) is displayed. ) is also illuminated. Four second pattern holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third pattern display device 81 .

In addition, the variable display of the second pattern is performed by switching lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second pattern display device as in the present embodiment. A part of the pattern display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the lighting of the second symbol reservation lamp may be performed by a part of the third symbol display device 81 . Also, the maximum number of held balls for passage of the ball through the first through gate 66 is not limited to 4, and may be set to 3 or less or 5 or more times (e.g., 8 times). . Also, the number of through gates to be assembled is not limited to two, and may be three or more. Also, the mounting position of the through gate is not limited to the right and left sides of the variable display device unit 80, and may be below the variable display device unit 80, for example. In addition, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the lighting display may not be performed by the second symbol reservation lamp.

Below the variable display device unit 80, a first winning hole 64 through which balls can win is arranged. When a ball enters the first winning hole 64, a first winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused to turn on the first winning hole switch. (See FIG. 4), a lottery for a big hit is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

On the other hand, on the right side of the first winning hole 64 when viewed from the front, a second winning hole 640 through which a ball can win is arranged. When the ball enters the second winning hole 640, the second winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 ( 4), a lottery for a big hit is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is displayed on the first symbol display device 37B.

Also, the first prize winning port 64 and the second prize winning port 640 are also one of the prize winning ports from which five balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. In this embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the first prize winning port 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the second prize winning port 640 are configured to be the same. , the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the first prize winning port 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the second prize winning port 640 are different numbers, for example, the number of balls to the first prize winning port 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when is won may be set to three, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball enters the second prize winning port 640 may be set to be five.

Further, on the left side of the first prize winning port 64 in a front view, a third prize winning port 82 in which a ball can win a prize is arranged. When a ball wins, the third winning hole 82 can throw the winning ball through the ball-throwing unit 600 to a first opening 521 of the sorting unit 500, which will be described later. That is, the third prize winning opening 82 is arranged in communication with a first opening 521 which will be described later.

A third electric accessory 82a is attached to the third prize winning port 82. - 特許庁The third electric accessory 82a is configured to be openable and closable by being rotationally displaced with respect to the game board 13. Normally, the third electric accessory 82a is in a closed state (reduced state) and the ball wins the third prize. It is in a state where it is difficult to win a prize to the mouth 82 . On the other hand, when there is a jackpot determination triggered by the winning of the first prize winning port 64 or the second prize winning port 640, the third electric accessory 82a opens (expands) for a predetermined time after, or during the big win state), and the ball is likely to enter the third winning port 82. Further, on the downstream side of the third winning hole 82, a sensor device SE1 for detecting a passing ball is mounted.

The timing of opening the third electric accessory 82a does not have to be triggered by the winning of the first prize winning port 64 and the second prize winning port 5640. As a result of the variable display of the second symbols triggered by , when the symbol "O" is displayed on the second symbol display device, it may be released.

A first electric accessory 640a is attached to the second winning hole 640. - 特許庁The first electric accessory 640a is configured to be openable and closable, and normally the first electric accessory 640a is in a closed state (reduced state), making it difficult for the ball to enter the second winning opening 640. there is On the other hand, as a result of the variable display of the second symbol triggered by the passage of the ball through the first through gate 66, when the symbol "○" is displayed on the second symbol display device, the first electric accessory 640a is displayed. It will be in an open state (enlarged state), and the ball will easily enter the second winning port 640 .

As described above, during the variable probability and during the time saving, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than during normal, and the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is short, so in the variable display of the second symbol "○ , and the number of times the first electric accessory 640a is in the open state (enlarged state) increases. Furthermore, the time during which the first electric accessory 640a is opened is also longer during the variable probability or during the time saving than during the normal time. Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is more likely to enter the second winning hole 640 during the variable probability or the shorter working hours compared to the normal time.

Here, when the ball enters the first prize winning port 64 and when the ball enters the second prize winning port 640, the probability of winning the jackpot is the same in both the low probability state and the high probability state. However, the probability of winning a 15R probability variable jackpot as the type of jackpot selected in the event of a jackpot is higher when the ball enters the second winning port 640 than when the ball enters the first winning port 64. is set. On the other hand, the first prize winning port 64 does not have the first electric accessory 640a like the second prize winning port 640, and the ball can always win a prize.

Therefore, during normal operation, the electric accessory attached to the second prize winning port 640 is often closed, and it is difficult to win the second prize winning port 640. Then, a ball is shot so that the ball passes through the left side of the variable display unit 80 (so-called "left-handed hitting"), and by winning the first prize-winning port 64, many chances of a big winning lottery are obtained, and a big win is achieved. It is advantageous for the player to aim at that.

On the other hand, during the probability change or the time reduction, by passing the ball through the first through gate 66, the first electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is likely to be in an open state, and the second winning opening 640 is won. Since it is in an easy state, the ball is shot toward the second winning hole 640 so that the ball passes through the right side of the variable display unit 80 (so-called “right hitting”), and is passed through the first through gate 66. It is more advantageous for the player to open the first electric accessory 640a and aim for a 15R probability variable jackpot by winning the second prize winning port 640.例文帳に追加

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment shoots balls to the player according to the game state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether the game is variable probability, short time, or normal). It is possible to change the way of hitting to "left hitting" and "right hitting". Therefore, it is possible to change the way the player hits the ball, so that the player can enjoy the game.

A variable prize winning device 65 is provided on the right side of the first prize winning port 64, and a horizontally long rectangular specific prize winning port (large open port) 65a is provided in the substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning of either the first prize winning port 64 or the second prize winning port 640 results in a jackpot, the jackpot is stopped after a predetermined time (fluctuation time) elapses. The first pattern display device 37A or the first pattern display device 37B is lit so as to form a pattern, and the stop pattern corresponding to the big win is displayed on the third pattern display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the big win. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (jackpot) in which the ball is likely to win. As this special game state, the specific winning opening 65a which is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have passed or until 10 balls have been won).

The specific winning opening 65a is closed after a predetermined period of time has passed, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined period of time. The opening and closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening and closing operation is performed is one form of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, and the player is given a game value (game value) by paying out a larger amount of prize balls than usual. is done.

Specifically, the variable prize winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular opening/closing plate that covers the specific prize winning opening 65a, and a large opening solenoid (not shown) for opening and closing forward with the lower side of the opening/closing plate as an axis. and The specific prize winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which the ball cannot or hardly wins a prize. In the event of a big win, the large opening solenoid is driven to tilt the opening/closing plate to the lower front side to temporarily form an open state in which the ball is likely to enter the specific prize winning port 65a, and the open state and the normal closed state are formed. It operates to alternate between states.

Incidentally, the special game state is not limited to the form described above. A large opening that is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a is provided in the game area, and when the LED corresponding to the big win is lit in the first pattern display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, and the A special game is a game state in which a large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times when a ball enters the specific winning opening 65a while the specific winning opening 65a is open. You may make it form as a state. In addition, the number of specific winning holes 65a is not limited to one, and one or more than two (for example, three) may be arranged. It may be on the left side of the variable display device unit 80 .

An affixing space K1 for affixing a certificate stamp, an identification label, etc. is provided at the right corner of the lower side of the game board 13. 35 (see FIG. 1).

The game board 13 is provided with a first outlet 71 . Balls that flow down the game area and do not win any of the winning holes 63, 64, 65a, 640, 82 are guided to a ball discharge path (not shown) through the first out hole 71. be. The first out port 71 is arranged below the first winning port 64 .

The game board 13 is provided with a large number of nails for properly dispersing and adjusting the falling direction of the balls, and various members (accessories) such as windmills.

As shown in FIG. 3, the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly provided with control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 . The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a dispensing unit 93 as a unit. In addition, each control board has an MPU as a 1-chip microcomputer that manages each control, a port that communicates with various devices, a random number generator that is used for various lotteries, and is used for time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generation circuit or the like is mounted as required.

Main controller 110, sound lamp controller 113, display controller 114, payout controller 111, launch controller 112, power supply 115, and card unit connection board 116 are housed in board boxes 100-104, respectively. . Each of the board boxes 100 to 104 has a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to accommodate each controller and each board.

In addition, the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and firing control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover unopenably by a sealing unit (not shown) (caulking structure). consolidation). A sealing seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. The sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing seal is peeled off in order to open the circuit board boxes 100, 102, or if the circuit board boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base and the box cover may be damaged. cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100, 102 have been opened.

The dispensing unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and open upward, a tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a tank rail 131 downstream of the tank rail 131. a case rail 132 vertically connected to the side of the case rail 132; ing. The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall, and a payout device 133 pays out the required number of balls as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131 .

The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor control knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erasure switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to eliminate ball clogging (return to normal state) when a dispensing error such as a ball clogging in the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4) occurs. The operating knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when the pachinko machine 10 is to be returned to its initial state.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG.

The main control unit 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 storing various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 201, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 202. A RAM 203 and other various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are incorporated. In main controller 110, MPU 201 performs main processing of pachinko machine 10 such as jackpot lottery, setting of display in first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display result in second symbol display device. to run.

In addition, various commands are transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers by the data transmission/reception circuit in order to instruct the sub-controllers such as the payout controller 111 and the sound lamp controller 113 to operate. Such commands are sent in only one direction from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers.

The RAM 203 stores various areas, counters, flags, contents of internal registers of the MPU 201, return addresses of control programs executed by the MPU 201, etc., and a stack area for storing various flags, counters, I/O, and the like. and a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

When power is interrupted due to power failure or the like, the RAM 203 stores the stack pointer and the values of each register at the time of power interruption (including power failure; the same applies hereinafter). On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including when the power is turned on due to the cancellation of the power failure; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203 . Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (not shown) when the power is turned off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed by the start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. , NMI interrupt processing (not shown) is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 via a bus line 204 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 205 includes the payout control device 111, the sound lamp control device 113, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol display device, the second symbol reservation lamp, and the lower side of the opening/closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 consisting of a large opening solenoid for driving opening and closing to the front side and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory is connected. to send.

The input/output port 205 also includes various switches 208 including a group of switches (not shown) and a group of sensors including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotation position detection sensor R, and a RAM erasure switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply 115, which will be described later. , and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erasing signal SG2 output from the RAM erasing switch circuit 253 .

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 storing control programs executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 used as a work memory and the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. , and a work area (work area) in which values such as I/O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 215 is connected to the main controller 110, the dispensing motor 216, the launch controller 112, and the like. Although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch for detecting paid prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout controller 111 but not to the main controller 110 .

The shooting control device 112 controls the ball shooting unit 112a so that the shooting strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51 when the main controller 110 issues an instruction to shoot the ball. . The ball shooting unit 112a has a shooting solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on the condition that the shooting stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball is turned off (not operated). A shooting solenoid is energized corresponding to the amount of rotation operation (rotation position) of the handle 51 , and the ball is shot with strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51 .

The audio lamp control device 113 outputs audio from an audio output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs lighting and extinguishing from a lamp display device (electrical parts 29 to 33, an indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227, and changes production (variation It controls the setting of the display mode of the third pattern display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as display) and advance notice effects. The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 222 storing control programs executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 used as a work memory and the like.

An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 225 is connected to the main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the lamp display device 227, the other device 228, the frame button 22, and the like. Other devices 228 include drive motors KM1, KM2, and KM3.

Sound lamp control device 113, based on various commands (fluctuation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from main control device 110, determines the display mode of third symbol display device 81, and sends the determined display mode to the command The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). In addition, the sound lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 or super reach. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the effect contents of the hour. When the stage is changed, a rear image change command including information about the stage after the change is transmitted to the display control device 114 in order to display the rear image corresponding to the stage after the change on the third pattern display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third design, which is the main image to be displayed on the third design display device 81 . The display control device 114 displays various images on the third pattern display device 81 in accordance with commands transmitted from the sound lamp control device 113 .

Also, the sound lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing the display content of the third pattern display device 81 from the display control device 114 . In the audio lamp control device 113, based on the display command received from the display control device 114, in accordance with the display content of the third pattern display device 81, output the audio corresponding to the display content from the audio output device 226, Lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the display contents.

The display control device 114 is connected to the sound lamp control device 113 and the third pattern display device 81, and based on the command received from the sound lamp control device 113, changes the third pattern in the third pattern display device 81, etc. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display contents of the third pattern display device 81 to the sound lamp control device 113 . The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound from the sound output device 226 in accordance with the display contents indicated by this display command, so that the display of the third pattern display device 81 and the sound output from the sound output device 226 are matched. be able to.

The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to power failure, etc., and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3). and an erase switch circuit 253 . The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an overview, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volts supplied from the outside, various switches such as the various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, a voltage of 12 volts for driving a motor, etc. A voltage of 5 volts for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, etc. are generated, and these 12 volts, 5 volts and backup voltages are supplied to the controllers 110 to 114 and the like as necessary voltages.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 at the time of power failure due to power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of stable DC 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power shutdown, power shutdown) has occurred when this voltage is less than 22 volts. Then, a power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute NMI interrupt processing. Even after the stable DC voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing. is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. When the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main controller 110 clears the backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input, and controls the payout initialization command for clearing the backup data in the payout control device 111. Send to device 111 .

Next, a schematic configuration of the operating unit 200 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 10. FIG. 5 is an exploded perspective front view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective front view of the operation unit 200 and the game board 13. FIG. 7 to 10 are front views of the operation unit 200. FIG.

7, the upper displacement member 940 is retracted upward and the lower displacement member 440 is retracted downward. In FIG. 8, the upper displacement member 940 is rotated downward from the state shown in FIG. The displaced state in FIG. 9 is the state in which the lower displacement member 440 extends from the state shown in FIG. 7 to a first overhang position described later, and in FIG. The state displaced to the second overhang position, which is the position, is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, the motion unit 200 includes a box-shaped rear case 300, and an upper displacement unit 900, a lower displacement unit 400, a rotation unit 700 and a A sorting unit 5A00 attached to the back surface of the game board 13 and a ball throwing unit 600 are accommodated.

The rear case 300 includes a bottom wall portion 301 that is substantially rectangular in front view, and an outer wall portion 302 that is erected from the outer edges of four sides of the bottom wall portion 301 toward the front. It is formed in a box shape with one side (front side) open. A rectangular opening 301a is formed in the center of the bottom wall portion 301. Through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 301 is visible. It is possible.

The upper displacement unit 900 is slidably disposed on a base member 910 which is oblong in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front and is disposed above the opening 301a of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300. It is provided with an upper displacement member 940, and is formed so as to be capable of performing an effect of sliding and rotating the upper displacement member 940 on the front side of the opening 301a of the back case 300 (that is, the third pattern display device 81). A detailed description of the upper displacement unit 900 will be given later.

The lower displacement unit 400 includes a horizontally elongated base member 410 arranged in a lower portion of the opening 301a of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300, and slidably arranged on the base member 410. The lower displacement member 440 is formed so as to be capable of performing an effect of sliding and rotating the lower displacement member 440 on the front side of the rear case opening 301a (that is, the third pattern display device 81). A detailed description of the lower displacement unit 400 will be given later.

The rotating unit 700 includes a substantially rectangular rear base 720 disposed on the right side (arrow) in the front view of the lower portion of the opening 301a of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300, and a rear base 720 in front of the rear base 720. A player can visually recognize an effect of rotationally displacing the rotating body 800 via a transparent plate portion formed on the lower right side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front. A detailed description of the rotation unit 700 will be given later.

The ball throwing unit 600 is attached to the back side of the game board 13, and distributes game balls thrown to the back side of the game board 13 from the third prize winning opening 82 of the game board 13 to the first opening 511 of the sorting unit 500, which will be described later. A throwing path is formed.

The sorting unit 500 includes a path forming member 510 attached to the back side of the game board 13, a base plate 520 disposed with a predetermined gap facing the path forming member 510, and the base plate 520. A distribution member 540 attached to 520 distributes the game balls flowing down between the path forming member 510 and the base plate 520 to respective ball throwing paths (second ball throwing path KR2 or third ball throwing path KR3). A game ball distributed to the distribution member 540 is thrown to the lower displacement unit 400 . A detailed description of the sorting unit 500 will be given later.

<The first decorative body and the second decorative body are arranged at positions adjacent to each other in the front-rear direction>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 11 to 16, the general winning hole unit 150 arranged on the game board 13 will be described.

First, with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12, the general winning slot unit 150 will be described. FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13, FIG. 12(a) is a front view of the general prize winning port unit 150, and FIG. 12(b) is the line XIIb-XIIb of FIG. 12(a). is a cross-sectional view of the general winning opening unit 150 in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the game board 13 includes a base plate 60 formed of a substantially rectangular plate member when viewed from the front, and a center frame 86 disposed in an opening formed in the base plate 60. and a general winning mouth unit 150.

The base plate 60 has a first opening 60a opened in the central portion when viewed from the front, and a second opening 60b opened downward in the gravity direction of the play area formed by the rail members 76 and 77. . A center frame 86 is arranged in the first opening 60a, and a general winning hole unit 150 is arranged in the second opening 60b. In addition, a sticker having a decoration (pattern, pattern, etc.) is attached to the front side (arrow F direction side) of the base plate 60 so that the player can visually recognize the decoration. The decoration on the front side of the base plate 60 is not limited to a sticker, and decoration may be printed (painted) on the front surface of the base plate 60 .

The general winning hole unit 150 is arranged in the game area of the game board 13 (in front of the base plate 60), and is capable of changing the path of the game ball flowing down the game area. In addition, the general prize winning port unit 150 is positioned at the lower end of the gravity direction (arrow D direction side) in a front view (arrow B direction view) with respect to the game area formed by being surrounded by the inner rail 76 and the outer rail 77. It is arranged in a position along the part. 13 to 16, the seal provided on the base plate 60 is illustrated with the reference numeral of the decorative member 60c. Also, in this embodiment, a character (person) is drawn on the decorative member 60c.

The general prize winning port unit 150 includes a main body portion 151 formed in a crescent shape when viewed from the front, a first standing portion 152 erected from the end of the main body portion 151 toward the front side (arrow F direction side), A second standing portion 153 extending from the upper end of the first standing portion 152 in the gravity direction (arrow U direction side) toward the central side of the game area, and a back side of the main body portion 151 and a plurality of (three in this embodiment) general prize winning openings 63 formed on the front side of the main body 151 .

The body portion 151 is set to have an outer shape slightly larger than the opening shape of the second opening portion 60b that is opened in the plate thickness direction of the base plate 60, and is mounted on the base plate 60 while being covered with the opening of the second opening portion 60b. is arranged on the front side of the In addition, the second opening 60b allows game balls flowing into the general prize winning opening 63 provided in the main body 151 to be thrown to the back side of the game board 13 (base plate 60). Further, the body portion 151 has an inclined surface 151a inclined toward the base plate 60 from the inner portion toward the outer end in a front view, and a concave portion provided on the back surface on the base plate 60 side (arrow B direction side). 151b and a rear surface 151d forming the rear surface of the body portion 151 except for the recess 151b.

The inclined surface 151a is formed to be inclined by approximately 30 degrees with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. As a result, the game ball flowing down the game area of the game board 13 can be brought into contact with the inclined surface 151 a and flowed down along the inclination of the inclined surface 151 a to move to the front side of the main body portion 151 .

Here, when the inclined surface 151a is not formed at the end of the body portion 151 and the side surface of the body portion 151 is formed perpendicular to the front surface of the base plate 60, the game area of the game board 13 is flowed down. There is a risk that the game ball that is in contact with (collides with) the side surface of the main body 151 from a direction orthogonal to the side surface of the main body 151 and bounces back in the direction opposite to the flowing direction.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the inclined surface 151a allows the game ball in contact with the side surface of the main body portion 151 to move toward the front side of the main body portion. stagnation can be suppressed. As a result, the game balls can smoothly flow down from the front side of the base plate 60 to the front side of the main body portion 151 of the general prize winning port unit 150 .

The rear surface 151d is the rear surface of the main body 151 as described above, and is formed with a constant width around the recessed portion 151b when viewed from the rear. In addition, the rear surface 151d is disposed in contact with the front surface of the base plate 60 (decorative member 60c) when the general prize winning unit 150 is disposed on the base plate 60. As shown in FIG.

The recessed portion 151b is recessed toward the front side (arrow F direction side). The recessed portion 151b has a recessed bottom surface 151b2 that serves as a bottom surface in the recessed direction, and an inner surface 151b3 that rises from the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 151b2 toward the back side (arrow B direction side).

The recessed bottom surface 151b2 is an adhesive surface for a decorative member 154, which will be described later, and is formed as a plane parallel to the front surface of the main body portion 151. As shown in FIG. Accordingly, when the decoration of the decorative member 154 is viewed through the main body portion 151, the decoration of the decorative member 154 can be visually recognized uniformly.

The inner side surface 151b3 extends in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) when viewed from the front. In addition, the shape of the inner side surface 151b3 in a front view is formed to be substantially the same as the external shape of the decorative member 154, which will be described later. As a result, when the decorative member 154 is arranged in the recess 151b, it is possible to prevent the decorative member 154 from protruding outside the recess 151b. Therefore, when the general prize winning port unit 150 is arranged on the base plate 60, the decorative member 154 is sandwiched between the back surface 151d and the base plate 60. It is possible to suppress the formation of gaps in the As a result, it is possible to prevent the body portion 151 from protruding toward the front side of the base plate 60 relative to the normal arrangement position. As a result, the game balls can smoothly flow down from the front side of the base plate 60 to the front side of the main body portion 151 of the general prize winning port unit 150 .

The recess 151b is a recess for accommodating a decorative member 154, which will be described later, in its recessed space. set large. Further, the concave portion 151b is recessed along the shape of the end portion of the main body portion 151 at a position a certain distance inside the main body portion 151 from the end portion of the main body portion 151 in a front view.

Therefore, when the decorative member 154 is arranged inside the concave portion 151b, the rear surface of the decorative member 154 can be prevented from projecting further toward the rear surface than the main body portion 151. FIG. Therefore, when the general prize winning port unit 150 is arranged on the base plate 60, the decorative member 154 is sandwiched between the recessed bottom surface 151b2 and the base plate 60. It is possible to suppress the formation of a gap between them. As a result, it is possible to prevent the body portion 151 from projecting toward the front side of the base plate 60 relative to the normal arrangement position. As a result, the game ball can smoothly flow down to the front of the main body portion 151 of the general winning hole unit 150 from above the main body portion 151 in the gravity direction (the direction of the arrow U).

The first erected portion 152 is erected from the end portion of the main body portion 151 on the end portion side (inner rail 76 side) of the game area to the front side (arrow F direction side). The erected dimension of the first erected portion 152 is set to be substantially the same as the width dimension in the erected direction of the inner rail 76 erected in front of the base plate 60 (decorative member 60c). In addition, the first standing portion 152 is set so that the distance between the front door 5 covering the front side of the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 is smaller than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the game ball flowing down the front side of the main body portion 151 can collide with the first standing portion 152 at the lower end portion of the game area in the direction of gravity. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the front side of the main body 151 from colliding with the inner rail 76, and it is possible to prevent the inner rail 76 from colliding with the game ball and being bent.

Here, the space between the inner rail 76 and the outer rail 77 facing each other is a space for guiding the game ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper part of the game board 13. The space for installing reinforcement or the like between the opposing outer rails 77 is limited. Therefore, it is difficult to provide reinforcement for the purpose of preventing the inner rail 76 from bending, and there is a risk that the inner rail 76 will bend when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the inner rail 76. - 特許庁

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, it is possible to make it difficult for the game balls flowing down the game area to collide with the inner rail 76 by the general winning hole unit 150 (first standing portion 152) arranged in the game area. can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the distance between the inner rail 76 and the outer rail 77 from being changed due to the inner rail 76 bending. As a result, the game ball can be stably launched into the game area.

The second standing portion 153 extends from the upper side of the first standing portion 152 in the direction of gravity (arrow U direction side) toward the center of the game area (first winning opening 64). (see FIG. 2). As a result, the game ball flowing down between the opposing inner rail 76 and the center frame 83 (see FIG. 2) hits the upper surface (the surface in the direction of the arrow U) of the downwardly inclined extended portion of the second standing portion 153. When thrown, the game ball can be rolled along the downward slope of the second standing portion 153 and thrown toward the center of the game area. As a result, the game ball flowing down in the game area between the inner rail 76 and the outer rail 77 facing each other (arrow L direction side) enters (flows into) the first winning port 64 arranged in the center of the game area. You can make it easier.

The decorative member 154 is formed in a plate shape and adhered to the back side of the main body portion 151 . The decorative member 154 has a decoration formed on the front surface of the main body 151 side, which is continuous with the decoration formed on the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 when viewed from the front. Thereby, the decoration formed on the base plate 60 can be visually recognized as one decoration together with the decoration of the decorative member 154 . In this embodiment, a part of the character (person) is drawn on the decorative member 154, and the character of the decorative member 60c and the character of the decorative member 154 can be visually recognized as one character.

Also, the decorative member 154 is made of a light transmissive material. As a result, the light passing through the second opening 60b from the back side (direction of arrow B) of the base plate 60 is incident on the back side of the decorative member 154 and emitted from the front side (direction of arrow F) of the decorative member 154. can be made Therefore, the decoration formed in front of the decorative member 154 can be brightened to be visually recognized by the player, and the decoration of the decorative member 154 can be easily visually recognized by the player.

Next, with reference to FIG. 13, the base plate 60 and the general winning slot unit 150 will be described. FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line XIII-XIII in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 13, the decorative member 154 has an outer shape larger than the opening shape of the second opening 60b of the base plate 60 when viewed from the front. As a result, when the general winning slot unit 150 is arranged on the base plate 60, the end of the decorative member 154 is positioned between the bottom surface 151b2 of the concave portion 151b of the main body 151 and the base plate 60 (the decorative member 60c). placed in Therefore, it is possible to prevent the decorative member 154 from falling off from the game board 13 when the adhesion between the main body portion 151 and the decorative member 154 is peeled off due to aged deterioration or the like.

In addition, the decorative member 154 has a width dimension that overlaps with the base plate 60 in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction), and has a circular shape of the base plate 60 into which a projection 155 projecting from the back surface of the body portion 151 described later is inserted. is set larger than the diameter of the opening 60g (see FIG. 11). As a result, a gap is formed between the decorations of the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c in a front view due to positional deviation of the decorative member 154 with respect to the main body 151 or deviation of the position where the decorative member 60c is formed. can be suppressed. As a result, the player can easily recognize the decoration member 60c of the base plate 60 and the decoration of the decoration member 154 as one decoration.

In addition, the three general winning openings 63 provided in the main body 151 are connected to the openings 514 to 516 of the sorting unit 500 (see FIG. 71) provided on the back side of the game board 13. A game ball that wins the winning hole 63 is thrown to the fourth ball-throwing route KR4 of the sorting unit 500. - 特許庁A detailed description of the sorting unit 500 will be given later.

Further, in the sorting unit 500, a substrate (not shown) having a light source capable of irradiating light on the front side is arranged on the base plate 520 (see FIG. 71). The back surface of the general winning slot unit 150 is illuminated through the second opening 60 b of 60 .

Therefore, the second opening 60b is used as a space for irradiating the path of game balls winning from the general winning opening 63 of the general winning opening unit 150 and the back surface of the general winning opening unit 150 with light. As a result, it is not necessary to separately form an opening for throwing game balls and an opening for passing light. In addition, the general winning opening 63 can be arranged in the entire area of the main body 151 of the general winning opening unit 150 . As a result, the degree of freedom in designing the general prize winning port unit 150 can be improved, and light is emitted from the entire area of the general prize winning port unit 150 to decorate the general prize winning port unit 150 (decorative member 154) for the player. It can be easily visualized.

Also, according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 151, the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 and the decoration of the decorative member 154 can be arranged adjacent (approaching) in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). As a result, the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 can be viewed at an angle inclined with respect to the front view of the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154. When 154 is visually recognized, it is possible to prevent the decorations of the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 from being misaligned and visually recognized compared to the case where the decoration of the general winning opening unit is arranged in front of the general winning opening unit. As a result, the connecting portion between the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 and the decoration of the decorative member 154 can be visually recognized by the player in the same positional relationship regardless of the player's viewpoint, and the design of the game board 13 is improved. can.

Next, with reference to FIG. 14, the connection between the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 will be described in detail. 14 is a partially enlarged sectional view of the game board 13 in the range XIV of FIG. 13. FIG. Note that in FIG. 14, the path of light visually recognized by the player is illustrated by a chain double-dashed line.

As described above, the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 and the decoration of the decorative member 154 are viewed by the player as one decoration. Therefore, in order for the player to visually recognize the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 and the decoration of the decorative member 154 as one decoration (pattern), it is necessary to suppress positional deviation between the two decorations. However, when the decoration is formed on the base plate 60 or when the decoration member 154 is arranged on the main body 151, it is difficult to arrange the decoration at an accurate position (the same position each time). Therefore, when the general prize winning unit 150 is arranged on the base plate 60, the position of the decoration of the decorative member 154 is displaced from the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60, so that the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 There is a problem that it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the decoration as one decoration combined with the decoration.

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the decorative member 154 has its end arranged on the back side of the inclined surface 151a. This makes it difficult for the player to accurately recognize the connecting portion between the decoration of the decorative member 154 and the decoration of the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 (the connecting portion is obscured and visually recognized by the player). Therefore, the player can recognize the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154 as one decoration.

More specifically, as shown in FIG. 14, the connecting portion between the decoration of the decorative member 154 and the decoration of the decorative member 60c (hereinafter referred to as “boundary P1” (see FIG. 14)) is formed by the inclined surface 151a of the body portion 151. located on the back side of the Therefore, the light emitted from the boundary P1 toward the player's point of view and the connection portion between the front surface of the main body 151 and the inclined surface 151a (hereinafter referred to as "boundary P2" (see FIG. 14)) The light emitted toward the viewpoint can be the light reflected at different positions of the decorative member 60c or the decorative member 154 (that is, the light emitted from the boundary P1 toward the player's viewpoint can be reflected on the path of the light). , the formation of the boundary P2 can be suppressed).

Therefore, at the boundary P1, the positional deviation of the decorative member 60c with respect to the decorative member 154 is likely to be recognized by the player as a positional deviation of the decoration. However, since the decorations viewed by the player from the respective positions of the boundary P1 and the boundary P2 can be the decorations at different positions, the positional deviation of the decorations at the boundary P1 and the boundary P2 can be easily recognized at the same position. It is possible to suppress being visually recognized by the player. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing the increase in the positional deviation of the decoration due to the combination of the positional deviation of the decoration at the boundary P1 and the positional deviation of the decoration at the boundary P2. As a result, the player can easily recognize the decoration of the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154 as one decoration, and the design of the game board 13 can be improved.

Furthermore, by arranging the boundary P1 on the back side of the inclined surface 151a, from the viewpoint of the player, the connecting portion between the decorative member 60c and the main body portion 151 (hereinafter referred to as "boundary P3" (see FIG. 14)), A boundary P1 can be placed between the boundary P2. Therefore, the boundary P1 can be arranged between the misaligned positions (boundaries P2 and P3) of the decoration due to the light being refracted when the light is emitted from the main body portion 151 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the region recognized by misalignment of the decoration from being elongated. That is, it is possible to limit the area in which the position of the decoration is misaligned and visually recognized with respect to the front of the game board 13 . As a result, the positional deviation area of the decoration can be reduced with respect to the game area of the game board 13, so that the decoration of the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154 can be easily recognized as one decoration by the player.

In this embodiment, the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 is decorated with the face of the character, and the decorative member 154 of the general prize winning opening unit 150 is decorated with the body of the character decorated with the decorative member 60c. That is, the outline of the decoration is positioned at the connecting portion of the decoration between the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154. FIG. Therefore, it is possible for the player to recognize the misalignment of the connecting portion between the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 as the outline of the decoration. As a result, the player can easily recognize the decorations of the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154 as one decoration.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 is decorated up to the neck of the character's face, and the decorative member 154 of the general prize winning opening unit 150 is the clothes worn by the character decorated with the decorative member 60c. is decorated, and the character's face (neck) and clothes are decorated with different colors (in this embodiment, the face is skin-colored and the clothes are black). As a result, the misalignment of the connecting portion between the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 is made a portion with a different color tone, thereby making it difficult for the player to recognize that the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 are separated. can be done. As a result, the player can easily recognize the decorations of the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154 as one decoration.

As described above, the body portion 151 is provided with the concave portion 151b on the back side, and the decorative member 154 is arranged inside the concave portion 151b. In addition, the shape of the inner side surface (inner side surface 151b3) of the recess 151b is set to be substantially the same as the external shape of the decorative member 154 when viewed from the front. As a result, when the decorative member 154 is arranged on the body portion 151, the inner side surface 151b3 of the concave portion 151b can be used as a guide (positioning). As a result, when attaching the decorative member 154 to the main body portion 151 , it is possible to prevent the decorative member 154 from being displaced from the main body portion 151 .

Furthermore, projections 155 (see FIG. 15) protruding in a cylindrical shape are formed at a plurality of locations (three locations in the present embodiment (see FIG. 15)) on the back side of the body portion 151 . The projection 155 is a positioning projection that positions the general winning slot unit 150 with respect to the base plate 60 when it is arranged on the base plate 60 , and is inserted into a recess 60 d formed in the base plate 60 . At least one projection 155 (one projection in this embodiment) protrudes from the bottom surface 151b2 of the recess 151b and is inserted into an opening formed in the decorative member 154. As shown in FIG. Therefore, the protrusion 155 can be used for positioning when the decorative member 154 is arranged on the body portion 151 .

Therefore, the projection 155 can position the general prize winning unit 150 on the base plate 60 and position the decorative member 154 on the main body 151 . Accordingly, the positioning portion for arranging the decorative member 154 on the front side of the decorative member 60c can be the same portion. can be suppressed. As a result, the player can easily recognize the decoration of the decorative member 60c and the decoration of the decorative member 154 as one decoration.

Furthermore, the protrusion 155 protruding from the recessed bottom surface 151b2 is formed in a region (attachment region of the adhesive tape 154a) of a range E1 (see FIG. 15), which will be described later. As a result, when the decorative member 154 is arranged on the main body portion 151, with the projection 155 inserted into the opening of the decorative member 154, one part of the edge of the decorative member 154 is positioned on the inner side surface 151b3 of the recess 151b. By arranging them together, the decorative member 154 can be positioned at two locations with respect to the main body portion 151 . Therefore, it is not necessary to arrange the decorative member 154 on the main body 151 by aligning the edges of the decorative member 154 at two positions on the inner side surface 151b3 of the recess 151b. As a result, the installation work of the decorative member 154 on the main body portion 151 can be simplified.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16, adhesion between the main body portion 151 and the decorative member 154 will be described. FIG. 15 is a rear view of the general winning slot unit 150, and FIG. 16 is a partially enlarged sectional view of the game board 13 in the range XIV of FIG. In FIG. 15, the range of the adhesive tape 154a attached to the decorative member 154 is indicated by a two-dot chain line with reference numeral E1. Also, in FIG. 14, the path of light visually recognized by the player is illustrated by a chain double-dashed line. Incidentally, in this embodiment, the adhesive tape 154a is formed from a light-transmitting double-sided tape and attached to the area E1.

As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the adhesive tape 154a that bonds the decorative member 154 and the main body 151 is attached along the edge of the decorative member 154 with a constant width. As a result, in the area where the adhesive tape 154a is not applied (portions other than the range E1), the thickness of the adhesive tape 154a allows the body portion 151 (recessed bottom surface 151b2) and the decorative member 154 (the front side of the decorative member) to be separated from each other. A gap (space) having a predetermined width is formed between them.

Also, the adhesive tape 154a is adhered to a region extending from the end of the decorative member 154 to an imaginary line PK1 (see FIG. 14) passing through the boundary P3 and perpendicular to the inclined surface 151a. As a result, the light that passes through the main body 151 and is emitted from the inclined surface 151a is affected by the decoration of the decorative member 154 (the portion where the wavelength is changed) in the range E1 (decorative member 154). As a result, even when the player views the general winning slot unit 150 from a predetermined angle or more, the decoration of the decorative member 60c and the decoration of the decorative member 154 can be easily recognized as one decoration by the player.

Here, when the player views the game board 13 from a position higher than normal (for example, a viewpoint at the same height as the upper end of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) in the direction of gravity), as shown in FIG. As shown, the light L emitted from the inclined surface 151a toward the player's line of sight is repeatedly reflected by the front and back surfaces of the main body 151 and passes through the inside of the main body 151 . In this case, if the entire front surface of the decorative member 154 is in contact with the main body 151 via the adhesive tape 154a, the wavelength of the light is changed by the decoration of the decorative member 154 every time it is reflected by the decorative member 154. be. Therefore, the light emitted from the inclined surface 151a after passing through the inside of the main body 151 cannot be reflected only by the change in wavelength due to the decoration of the end of the decorative member 154. FIG. Therefore, since the decoration recognized by the player from the inclined surface 151a is different from the wavelength of the decoration visually recognized by the player from the front of the main body 151, the decorations are not continuous between the main body 151 and the inclined surface 151a. There was a problem.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the area where the decorative member 154 is adhered to the body portion 151 is limited to the range E1, so that the light L that is reflected and passes through the interior of the body portion 151 is reflected by the decoration of the decorative member 154. It can be made unaffected (the wavelength of light is not changed). As a result, as shown in FIG. 16, the light that passes through the main body 151 and is emitted from the inclined surface 151a passes through the adhesive tape 154a at the portion affected by the decoration of the decorative member 154 (the portion whose wavelength is changed). The pasted range E1 (the end of the decorative member 154) can be used, and the decoration of the inclined surface 151a visually recognized by the player and the adjacent decoration can be easily visually recognized by the player as being continuous. As a result, the design of the game board 13 can be improved.

Next, the special winning device 550 will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 36. FIG. First, with reference to FIG. 17, a method of disposing the special winning device 550 will be described. 17 is an exploded perspective front view of the center frame 86. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 17, the center frame 86 includes a base frame 86a formed in a substantially circular frame shape surrounding the central opening of the base plate 60, and a projecting portion projecting radially outward from the base frame 86a. 86b.

The base frame 86a has a shape that follows the central opening of the base plate 60. A part of the base frame 86a is inserted into the inner side of the central opening, and a portion of the base frame 86a other than the part of the base plate 60 is inserted into the central opening. is disposed on the base plate 60 in a state of projecting to the front side of the .

The protruding portion 86b protrudes to the right side (arrow R direction side) in a front view with respect to the game area of the game board 13 . As a result, the special winning device 550 arranged in the protruding portion 86b can be arranged on the right side of the game area (in the direction of the arrow R) when viewed from the front, and when the special game state is entered, the player can hit right. Part of the game ball throwing path can be configured by the special winning device 550 .

The projecting portion 86b has an opening 86b1 that opens in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction), and is positioned above the opening 86b1 (arrow U direction) toward the back side (arrow B direction side). and a concave portion 86b2 that is provided as a concave portion.

A part of a first unit 551 of a special winning device 550, which will be described later, is inserted into the opening 86b1. Thereby, the first unit 551 can be connected to the second unit 552 of the special winning device 550 arranged on the rear side of the projecting portion 86b through the opening 86b1.

The concave portion 86b2 can accommodate a part of the first unit 551 of the special winning device 550, which will be described later. A detection device 86b3 capable of detecting passage of a game ball is arranged in the concave portion 86b2. As a result, game balls passing through the portion of the first unit 551 that is accommodated inside the recess 86b2 can be detected.

The special prize winning device 550 includes a first unit 551 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the protruding portion 86b of the center frame 86, and arranged on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the protruding portion 86b. and a second unit 552 that is configured as a main component.

The first unit 551 has a space (path) through which game balls can flow down, and a part of the first unit 551 is arranged in the game area of the game board 13 . Also, the first unit 551 is mounted on the center frame 86 by screws through which the second unit 552 is inserted. A detailed description of how to arrange the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 will be given later.

Next, the configuration of the first unit 551 of the special winning device 550 will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 to 20. FIG. 18(a) is a front view of the first unit 551, FIG. 18(b) is a side view of the first unit 551, and FIG. 18(c) is a rear view of the first unit 551. . 19 is an exploded perspective front view of the first unit 551, and FIG. 20 is an exploded perspective rear view of the first unit 551. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 18 to 20, the first unit 551 includes a first path member 560 arranged on the front side and a second path member 570 arranged on the rear side of the first path member 560. , and a third path member 580 arranged behind the second path member 570 .

The first path member 560 includes a front plate 564 formed in a plate shape along the front of the game area of the game board 13, and a substantially U-shaped cross section with an open upper side (arrow U direction side). A first receiving portion 561, a second receiving portion 562 and a third receiving portion 563 projecting from the upper end of the face plate 564 toward the rear side, and the first receiving portion 561, the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion A first wall portion 565 that is continuously formed below the portion 563 (in the direction of the arrow D) and extends along a part of the edge portion of the front plate 564, and below the first wall portion 565. , and mainly includes two pairs of a second wall portion 566 and a third wall portion 567 protruding from two locations separated by a predetermined interval.

The front plate 564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between opposing a second path member 570 or a third path member 580, which will be described later, and is formed of a light-transmitting member. be. Thereby, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 551 through the front plate 564 .

Further, the front plate 564 includes a guide portion 564a protruding toward the second path member 570 (back side (arrow B direction side)).

The guide portion 564a is a wall portion that prevents the entire wall surface of the front plate 564 from being soiled by game balls flowing down the inside of the first unit 551. It extends along the flow-down path of the game ball flowing down between the facing. Further, the guide portion 564a is projected at a position radially separated from the rolling surface of the game ball flowing down the first unit 551 . In other words, the guide portion 564a protrudes at substantially the same position as the center position of the game ball flowing down the first path member 560 . As a result, the portion where the front plate 564 and the game ball abut can be limited to the projecting tip of the guide portion 564a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the entire area of the front plate 564 from being scratched due to contact with the game ball and the transfer of dirt adhering to the game ball. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the first path member 560 via the front plate 564 .

The first receiving portion 561, the second receiving portion 562, and the third receiving portion 563 are portions for receiving, inside the first unit 551, game balls flowing down from the game area above the first unit 551 (in the direction of the arrow U). , the opening on the upper side is set to a size larger than the diameter of the game ball. In addition, the first receiving portion 561, the second receiving portion 562, and the third receiving portion 563 are arranged side by side in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) at the upper end (arrow U direction side) of the front plate 564. be.

The first receiving portion 561 is set larger than the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563 in the receiving width of the game ball (the width dimension in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR)). Thereby, the game ball flowing into the special winning device 550 is made easier to flow into the first receiving portion 561 than the second receiving portion 562 or the third receiving portion 563 .

Also, the first receiving portion 561 communicates with a flow-down path formed inside the first unit 551 . As a result, the game ball received by the first receiving portion 561 flows down inside the first unit 551 . In addition, the flow-down route of the game ball of the first unit 551 will be described later.

The second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563 communicate with a flow-down path formed inside the second unit 552, which will be described later. As a result, the game balls received by the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563 flow down inside the second unit 552 . Note that the downstream path of the second unit 552 will be described later.

The first wall portion 565 is an inner wall that forms a space for throwing a game ball between facing a fourth wall portion 573 formed in a second path member 570, which will be described later. One end of the first wall portion 565 is connected to the lower side of the first receiving portion 561 described above, and the other end of the first wall portion 565 extends over the lower sides of the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563 in the left-right direction (arrows LR). direction), and a curved wall portion 565b that is curved in a substantially C-shape in a rear view and connected to the upper side wall portion 565a.

The upper side wall portion 565a is an inner wall that covers the upper side of the rolling surface when the game ball rolls on the upper surface (the surface on the arrow U direction side) of the fourth wall portion 573 described later, and the fourth wall portion 573 It is formed at a position spaced upward (arrow U direction side) from the diameter of the game ball in a direction perpendicular to the upper surface of the.

The curved wall portion 565b is an inner wall that changes the rolling direction of a game ball rolling on the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573, which will be described later, and is formed at a position facing the rolling side end portion of the fourth wall portion 573. be. Also, the curved wall portion 565b is formed in a semicircular arc shape centering on the rolling side end portion of the fourth wall portion 573 . As a result, the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573 can be guided to the lower surface side of the fourth wall portion 573 by flowing down along the inner wall of the curved wall portion 565b. The moving direction can be opposite to the rolling direction of the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573 .

The second wall portion 566 is an inner wall that forms a space for a path branching from the main flow path of the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 551, and is a pair of wall portions protruding from the back surface of the front plate 564. is set to a dimension slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, the number of routes flowing down the first unit 551 can be increased.

The third wall portion 567 is a wall portion that forms the inner surface of a path branching from the main ball-throwing path (main path SK3) of the game ball that flows down inside the first unit 551, and protrudes from the back surface of the front plate 564. The distance between the pair of walls facing each other is set to be slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, it is possible to increase the number of paths of game balls flowing down the first unit 551 .

Further, the downstream ends of the second wall portion 566 and the third wall portion 567 are arranged on the opposite sides of the first unit 551 in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR). As a result, the game ball can be thrown to both sides of the first unit 551 in the left-right direction from the later-described branch passage.

The second path member 570 includes a plate-like base plate 571 facing the front plate 564 of the first path member 560, and a fourth wall portion 573 projecting from the front of the base plate 571 toward the first path member 560. and a fifth wall portion 574 projecting downward from the fourth wall portion 573 at a predetermined distance, and a fifth wall portion 574 projecting downward at a predetermined distance from the fifth wall portion 574 . and a sixth wall portion 575 that

The base plate 571 is disposed at a position separated from the front plate 564 of the first path member 560 by a distance slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, the game ball can flow down between the front plate 564 and the base plate 571 . In addition, the base plate 571 has a first opening 571a, a second opening 571b, and a third opening 571c that are opened at positions corresponding to the first receiving portion 561, the second receiving portion 562, and the third receiving portion 563, respectively. , a fourth opening 571d opening below the first opening 571a, a fifth opening 571e and a sixth opening 571f opening above each of the fifth wall 574 and the sixth wall 575, and a recessed portion 571g located between the fifth wall portion 574 and the sixth wall portion 575 and recessed on the back side.

The first opening portion 571a, the second opening portion 571b and the third opening portion 571c receive game balls flowing into the first receiving portion 561, the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563 of the first path member 560 described above. It is an opening through which the back side of the base plate 571 is passed.

In addition, the base plate 571 includes a first rolling portion 576, a second rolling portion 577, and a third rolling portion 576 protruding rearward from the lower end portions of the first opening portion 571a, the second opening portion 571b, and the third opening portion 571c. 3 rolling part 578 is provided. As a result, the game ball passing through the first opening 571a is transferred to the third path member 580 described later, and the game ball passing through the second opening 571b or the third opening 571c is transferred to the second unit 552 described later. Each ball is thrown.

The first opening 571a and the fourth opening 571d are partially covered with a third path member 580, which will be described later, on the rear side. As a result, the game ball passing through the first opening 571a is thrown from the fourth opening 571d to the front side of the base plate 571 (arrow F direction side).

The fourth wall portion 573 protrudes from the base plate 571 along the lower end portion of the fourth opening 571d and extends in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR). Further, the fourth wall portion 573 is formed so that the upper surface is inclined downward from the fourth opening portion 571d opened on the left side in the front view of the base plate 571 toward the right side in the front view (arrow R direction side). . As a result, the game ball passed through the fourth opening 571d and thrown to the front side of the base plate 571 is placed on the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573, and the inclination of the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573 causes the base plate 571 to move. You can throw the ball to the right side of (arrow R direction side).

The fifth wall portion 574 serves as a rolling surface for a game ball thrown from the curved wall portion 565b of the first wall portion 565 described above. It protrudes at a position spaced below the diameter and extends in the left-right direction of the base plate 571 (direction of arrows LR). In addition, the upper surface (the surface on the arrow U direction side) of the fifth wall portion is inclined downward from the curved wall portion 565b side (the arrow R direction side) toward the later-described concave portion 574g side (the arrow L direction side). formed by Thereby, the game ball thrown from the curved wall portion 565b to the upper surface of the fifth wall portion 574 can roll toward the concave portion 574g. Furthermore, the fifth wall portion 574 includes a first receiving recess 574a and a second receiving recess 574b that are recessed downward on the rolling surface of the game ball.

The first receiving recess 574 a and the second receiving recess 574 b are arranged side by side in the extending direction of the fifth wall portion 574 . The first receiving recess 574a and the second receiving recess 574b are set such that the width and depth of the recess are larger than the diameter of the game ball. Furthermore, a fifth opening 571e that opens to the base plate 571 is formed inside the first receiving recess 574a and the second receiving recess 574b. Thereby, the game ball flowing into the first receiving recess 574a or the second receiving recess 574b passes through the fifth opening 571e and is thrown to the back side of the base plate 571.

The recessed portion 574g is formed above the downstream end (the end in the direction of the arrow L) of the fifth wall portion 574, and the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the fifth wall portion 574 is placed in the recessed portion. 574g, and can be thrown to the upper portion of the sixth wall portion 575 formed below the recessed portion 574g (in the direction of arrow D).

The sixth wall portion 575 is a portion that serves as a rolling surface for a game ball that rolls on the fifth wall portion 574 and is thrown to the concave portion 574g. It projects from the base plate 571 at a position spaced apart from the diameter of the base plate 571 and extends in the left-right direction (arrows LR) of the base plate 571 . The upper surface of the sixth wall portion 575 is inclined downward from the concave portion 574g side (arrow L direction side) toward the above-described third wall portion 567 side. As a result, the game ball thrown from the recessed portion 574g to the upper surface of the sixth wall portion 575 can roll toward the ball-throwing path formed by the third wall portion 567. As shown in FIG. In addition, the sixth wall portion 575 includes a third receiving recess portion 575a and a fourth receiving recess portion 575b recessed downward on the rolling surface of the game ball.

The third receiving recess 575 a and the fourth receiving recess 575 b are arranged side by side in the extending direction of the sixth wall portion 575 . The third receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575b are set such that the width and depth of the recess are larger than the diameter of the game ball. Furthermore, a sixth opening 571f that opens to the base plate 571 is formed inside the third receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575b. As a result, the game ball that has flowed into the third receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575b passes through the sixth opening 571f and is thrown to the back side of the base plate 571.

The third path member 580 includes a first covering member 581 disposed on the back surface of the second path member 570 on the upper side in the gravitational direction (the arrow U direction side), and the gravitational direction lower side of the second path member 570 (the arrow U direction side). A second covering member 582 arranged on the rear surface of the D direction side), a first driving unit 583 arranged between the first covering member 581 and the second covering member 582, and a second covering member 583. A second driving unit 584 arranged on the back surface of the member 582 is mainly provided.

The first covering member 581 includes a curved portion 581a arranged on the rear side of the first opening 571a and the fourth opening 571d, and a plate-shaped mounting portion 581b connected to the lower side of the curved portion 581a. , is mainly provided.

The curved portion 581a is curved to have a U-shaped cross section in which the sides of the first opening 571a and the fourth opening 571d (the second path member 570) are open, and the first rolling portion 576 is disposed inside the curved portion 581a. (See FIG. 24(a)). In addition, the distance between the curved inner wall surface of the curved portion 581a and the projecting tip portion of the first rolling portion 576 is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the game ball rolling on the first rolling portion 576 can be flowed down along the inner wall of the curved portion 581 a and thrown to the lower side of the first rolling portion 576 . Therefore, by throwing the game ball to the curved portion 581a that curves toward the back side, the rolling time of the game ball can be lengthened. As a result, even if the rolling surface of the game ball cannot be secured on the plane parallel to the game area of the game board 13, the rolling speed of the game ball can be slowed down.

Further, the curved portion 581a is arranged such that the lower end thereof is slightly higher than the lower inner edge of the fourth opening 571d. As a result, it is possible to suppress the game ball flowing down from the first rolling portion 576 along the inner wall of the curved portion 581a and thrown to the fourth opening portion 571d to flow back and flow into the curved portion 581a.

The mounting portion 581b has two through holes 581b1 through which screws for fastening the first covering member 581 to the rear surface of the second path member 570 are inserted. In addition, the attachment portion 581b includes a columnar body 551a projecting in a columnar shape toward the rear side. A screw hole for fastening a second unit 552 to the first unit 551 is formed at the tip of the columnar body 551a. As a result, the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 can be fastened by screwing the screw inserted from the back side of the second unit 552 into the columnar body 551a.

The second covering member 582 includes a second curved portion 582a arranged on the back side of the sixth opening 571f, and rear side wall portions arranged on the back side of the first receiving recess 574a to the fourth receiving recess 575b. 582b and .

The second curved portion 582a is curved to have a U-shaped cross section that is open on the sixth opening 571f (second path member 570) side (see FIG. 24(c)). In addition, the second curved portion 582a has an erecting wall 582a1 erected from the front side toward the back side inside the U shape. The standing wall 582a1 forms the internal space of the second curved portion 582a next to the first space 582a2 on the left side (arrow L direction side) in front view and the first space 582a2 with the standing wall 582a1 interposed therebetween. and a second space 582a3.

The first space 582a2 and the second space 582a3 are spaces larger than the diameter of the game ball, and are formed from the front side to the back side. Also, the first space 582a2 and the second space 582a3 are connected on the back side. In addition, the inner surface of the first space 582a2 is inclined downward toward the back side, and the inner surface of the second space 582a3 is inclined downward toward the front side. As a result, the game ball sent from the recessed portion 571g to the second curved portion 582a rolls toward the back side due to the inclination of the first space 582a2, and the second curved portion 582a curves at the end on the back side. The ball is thrown to the second space 582a3 by the second space 582a3, rolls to the front side due to the inclination of the second space 582a3, passes through the opening of the sixth opening 571f, and is thrown to the front side of the base plate 571.

The rear side wall portion 582b is a ball-throwing path that guides game balls that are thrown to the first receiving recessed portion 574a to the fourth receiving recessed portion 575b and pass through the fifth opening portion 571e and the sixth opening portion 571f below the special winning device 550. is the wall on the back side of the As a result, game balls sent to the first receiving recess 574a to the fourth receiving recess 575b can be collected. Therefore, the game ball that has been sent to the first receiving recess 574a to the fourth receiving recess 575b, passes through the detection devices SE3 to SE6 described later, and has given the game value to the player flows down the game area again, and the game value can be prevented from being given to the player again.

The first drive unit 583 includes a first solenoid 583a having a shaft that is displaced in the front-rear direction by electric power, a first variable plate 583b connected to the shaft of the first solenoid 583a, the first solenoid 583a and the first variable plate and a first protection member 583c surrounding the circumference of 583b.

The first variable plate 583b is a rectangular plate member elongated in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR), and is displaced in the front-rear direction (direction of arrows FB) according to the displacement of the shaft of the first solenoid 583a. . When the first variable plate 583b protrudes toward the front side, the tip of the first variable plate 583b is inserted into the fifth opening 571e, and the first receiving recess 574a and the second receiving recess 574a are inserted. 574b. As a result, in a state where the first variable plate 583b projects toward the front side, the first variable plate 583b can prevent game balls from flowing into the first receiving recess 574a and the second receiving recess 574b.

The first protection member 583c is formed in a box-like shape that is open on the second path member 570 side, and a mechanism for connecting the shaft of the first solenoid 583a and the first variable plate 583b is arranged inside thereof. In addition, the first protection member 583c includes a plurality of through holes 583c1 penetrating in the front-rear direction.

The through hole 583c1 is a portion through which a screw for fastening the first drive unit 583 to the second path member 570 is inserted. The screw inserted through the through-hole 583c1 is inserted through the through-hole 581b1 of the first covering member 581 or the through-hole 582b1 of the second covering member 582, and is inserted into the hole drilled in the second path member 570. screwed together. Therefore, by disposing the first drive unit 583 on the second path member 570 , the first covering member 581 and the second covering member 582 can be disposed on the second path member 570 . As a result, it is possible to reduce the screw tightening portions of the first covering member 581 and the second covering member 582, thereby reducing the manufacturing cost.

In addition, since the first covering member 581 or the second covering member 582 can be sandwiched between the second path member 570 and the first driving unit 583, the first driving unit 583 can be a special prize winner. If the game ball is forcibly removed from the device 550, the fastening between the first covering member 581 or the second covering member 582 and the second path member 570 will be incomplete, and the game ball will move to the first covering member 581 or the second covering member 581. The covering member 582 is likely to be in a state where it cannot pass through. As a result, it is possible to suppress the continuation of the game in a state of cheating.

As with the first drive unit 583, the second drive unit 584 includes a second solenoid 584a having a shaft that is displaced in the front-rear direction by electric power, a second variable plate 584b connected to the shaft of the second solenoid 584a, and a second protection member 584c that covers the periphery of the second solenoid 584a and the second variable plate 584b.

The second variable plate 584b is formed of a plate-like body that is elongated in the left-right direction (the direction of the arrows LR) and is bent into a crank shape when viewed from the front. Further, in a state where the second variable plate 584b protrudes toward the front side, the tip of the second variable plate 584b is inserted into the sixth opening 571f, and the third receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575a. It is arranged above the recess 575b. As a result, in a state where the second variable plate 584b projects toward the front side, the second variable plate 584b can prevent game balls from flowing into the third receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575b.

The second protection member 584c is formed in a box shape that opens on the side of the second path member 570, and a mechanism for connecting the shaft of the second solenoid 584a and the second variable plate 584b is arranged inside. The second protection member 584c also includes a rear side wall portion 584c1 that covers the rear side of the ball throwing path formed by the second wall portion 566 of the first path member 560. As shown in FIG. As a result, not only can the rear side wall portion 584c1 and the second wall portion 566 form a ball-throwing path, but also the second path member 570 can be covered with the rear side wall portion 584c1 and the second wall portion 566. As a result, tampering with the detecting devices SE3 to SE6 arranged on the second path member 570 by inserting an unauthorized member from the side surface of the first unit 551 can be easily suppressed.

Next, the throwing path of the game ball flowing into the first unit 551 from the first receiving portion 561 will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 to 24. FIG. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 along line XXI-XXI in FIG. 18(b). 22 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 shown in FIG. 21. FIG. FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 taken along line XXIII-XXIII in FIG. 18(b). 24(a) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 along line XXIVa-XXIVa of FIG. 21, and FIG. 24(b) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 along line XXIVb-XXIVb of FIG. FIG. 24(c) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 along line XXIVc-XXIVc of FIG.

The game balls flowing into the first unit flow through main paths SK1 to SK6 in the order of main path SK1, main path SK2, main path SK3, main path SK4, main path SK5, and main path SK6. Alternatively, the fuel flows from the main route SK3 on the way down the main routes SK1 to SK6 to the sub route HK1 communicating with the main route SK3, and flows down the sub route HK1. Alternatively, from the main route SK5 on the way down the main routes SK1 to SK6, it flows into either the sub route HK2 or the sub route HK3 communicating with the main route SK5, and flows down either the sub route HK2 or the sub route HK3. do.

Detecting devices SE3 to SE6 for detecting the passage of game balls are arranged on the sub paths HK1 to HK3. Granted. In this embodiment, game value is given to the player by a predetermined number of prize balls.

As shown in FIGS. 21 to 24, the main path SK1 is formed by the curved portion 581a of the first covering member 581 and the first rolling portion 576 (see FIG. 24(a)) of the second path member 570. It is a space that communicates the first opening 571a and the fourth opening 571d. As described above, the curved portion 581a is curved in a U-shaped cross section in which the sides of the first opening 571a and the fourth opening 571d (second path member 570) are opened, and a game passing through the main path SK1 is formed. The ball can be detoured to the back side. As a result, when the game ball passes through a space (the inside of the first opening 571a or the fourth opening 571d) that has a limited area in front view, the amount of movement of the game ball in the horizontal direction can be reduced. It is possible to make it easier for the player to see the game ball passing through the main path SK1, thereby making it easier for the player to see the game ball passing through the first unit 551, thereby increasing the interest of the player. can.

Further, as will be described later, since the game ball flowing into the main path SK1 is given a predetermined game value to the player, the rolling of the game ball that may give the game value to the player is This makes it easier for people to see. As a result, it is possible to make the game more interesting to the player. The main path SK1 communicates with a main path SK2, which will be described later, so that game balls passing through the main path SK1 can flow into the main path SK2.

Further, the curved portion 581a of the main path SK1 is housed in the concave portion 86b2 (see FIG. 17) of the center frame 86 described above. As a result, when game balls clog the main path SK1 (flow is slow), the defect can be detected by the detection device 86b3 (see FIG. 17) and an error can be reported.

Further, the passage width of the main path SK1 is set slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball and smaller than the openings of the detection devices SE3 to SE7 (see FIG. 23) through which the game ball passes. As a result, if a gaming ball (illegal gaming ball) with a diameter larger than the standard gaming ball (11 mm) is manufactured and fraudulent (game) is performed with that ball, the ball is sent to the main path. It can be clipped inside SK1. Therefore, it is possible to prevent illegal game balls from flowing down to the detection devices SE3 to SE7 arranged downstream of the main path SK1, thereby preventing fraudulent activities. Further, by keeping the illegal game ball on the main path SK1, it can be detected by the detection device 86b3 (see FIG. 17) and an error (illegal) can be notified. It should be noted that the illegality in this case means that an illegal game ball is inserted into an opening of one of the detection devices SE3 to SE7, detection is continued by the detection devices SE3 to SE7, and the illegal game ball is paid out (game value). is to obtain

Main path SK2 is a space formed between first wall portion 565 of first path member 560 and fourth wall portion 573 of second path member 570 . The game ball flowing into the main path SK2 rolls on the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573 and flows down. As described above, the fourth wall portion 573 extends in the left-right direction (the direction of the arrows LR) and is inclined downward with distance from the fourth opening portion 571d.

Therefore, the above-described curved portion 581a (curved path to the back side) is formed at the switching portion of the throwing direction of the game ball (the connecting portion between the main path SK1 and the main path SK2), so that the player can easily move the main path. Loss of sight of a game ball flowing down SK1 can be suppressed. That is, when a path that curves toward the back side is formed in the middle of a straight ball-throwing path (for example, the main path SK2) that extends in the left-right direction, the game ball that rolls on the curved path at a constant acceleration is Since the acceleration is changed (decreased), the line of sight that has been chasing the game ball is ahead of the game ball, and the player may lose sight of the game ball.

On the other hand, since the rolling direction of the game ball is switched and the curved path to the back side is formed in the part where the rolling speed of the game ball is originally slowed down, the player's line of sight precedes the game ball. can be suppressed to prevent the player from losing sight of the game ball.

The curved portion 581a, which is the inner wall of the main path SK1, is located on the left side (in the direction of the arrow L) of the first unit 551 arranged slightly to the right (in the direction of the arrow R) with respect to the central portion of the game board 13 in the left-right direction. side edge). Therefore, since a curved path (main path SK1) to the back side is formed on the side where the first unit 551 is easily visible from the player positioned in front of the game board 13, the player can easily move from the main path SK1 to the main path. Losing sight of a game ball passing through SK2 can be easily suppressed.

Further, the main route SK2 communicates with the curved route WK1, and through the curved route WK1, communicates with the main route SK3, which will be described later. As a result, game balls passing through the main path SK2 flow into the main path SK3 via the curved path WK1. A detailed description of the curved path WK1 will be given later.

The main path SK3 is a space formed between the fourth wall portion 573 and the fifth wall portion 574 of the second path member 570 . The game ball flowing into the main path SK3 rolls on the upper surface of the fifth wall portion 574 and flows down. Also, the first variable plate 583b of the first drive unit 583 described above protrudes onto the main path SK3 when the first drive unit 583 is extended. In the state where the first variable plate 583b protrudes onto the main path SK3, the game ball rolling on the upper portion of the fifth wall portion 574 rolls on the upper surface of the first variable plate 583b and is thrown to the main path SK4. be.

On the other hand, when the first variable plate 583b is retracted from the main path SK3, the secondary path HK1 in the space formed inside the first receiving recess 574a and the second receiving recess 574b formed in the fifth wall 574 Game balls flow in. The secondary path HK1 is thrown to the recovery path formed by the rear side wall portion 582b through the fifth opening 571e.

In this way, the first unit 551 includes the first variable plate 583b that protrudes on the ball throwing path of the game ball or retreats from the ball throwing path. Since it is possible to change the case where the game ball flowing down the route SK3 is guided to the secondary route HK1 or the case to be guided to the main route SK4, the flow direction of the game ball flowing down the first unit 551 changes. can give

In this case, since the game ball flowing into the sub-path HK1 is given a predetermined game value to the player, it is possible to make the player pay attention to whether the game ball has flowed into the sub-path HK1. In addition, the first variable plate 583b is arranged in the middle of the ball-throwing path formed in the first unit 551, and is displaced in the player's viewing direction (arrow FB direction). It is possible to make it difficult to visually recognize the displacement of 583b. As a result, it is possible to make the player pay attention to the falling game ball of the first unit 551, and it is possible to easily give the player interest in the falling game ball.

In addition, the secondary path HK1 includes a main path SK3 for throwing a game ball from the right side (arrow R direction side) to the left side (arrow L direction side) in a front view, and a main path SK3 positioned below the main path SK3 for throwing a game ball from the left side. It is formed in the fifth wall portion 574 that forms a gap with the main path SK6 that throws the ball to the right. Therefore, since the secondary path HK1 is formed by utilizing the space between the left and right throws of the game ball, it is possible to prevent the outer shape of the first unit 551 from increasing in the vertical direction. As a result, by reducing the outer shape of the first unit 551, the range in which the player's eyes follow the game ball can be narrowed, and the player can easily see the game ball flowing down the first unit 551. can.

The main path SK4 is a space formed by the recessed portion 571g and the protrusion 568 of the first path member 560. As shown in FIG. The game ball flowing into the main path SK4 contacts the projection 568 and is thrown to the inside (back side) of the recessed portion 571g, and then rolls around the projection 568 along the inner surface of the recessed portion to recess. The ball is thrown to the outside (front side) of the installation part. That is, the game ball rolls around the protrusion 568 . Further, the main path SK4 is communicated with the main path SK5, and game balls passing through the main path SK4 can flow into the main path SK5.

The main path SK5 is a space formed by the first space 582a2 and the second space 582a3 of the second covering member 582 of the third path member 580 described above. The game ball flowing into the main path SK5 rolls inside the first space 582a2 to the back side as described above, and then rolls inside the second space 582a3 to the front side. In addition, the second variable plate 584b of the second drive unit 584 described above protrudes onto the main path SK5 when extended. In a state where the second variable plate 584b protrudes onto the main path SK5, a game ball rolling inside the second curved portion 582a is thrown to the main path SK6.

On the other hand, when the second variable plate 584b is retracted from the main path SK5, the secondary path HK2 in the space formed inside the third receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575b formed in the sixth wall 575 A game ball flows down. The secondary path HK2 is thrown to the recovery path formed by the rear side wall portion 582b through the sixth opening 571f.

Further, the second curved portion 582a forming the main path SK5 is curved toward the back side as described above, and can detour the game ball passing through the main path SK5 to the back side. As a result, even when the region in the front view is set to a predetermined limited space, it is possible to increase the rolling distance of the game ball.

Further, the second variable plate 584b is configured such that a part on the upstream side of the main path SK5 and a part on the downstream side of the main path SK5 are extended or retracted. A curved path to the back side is formed between the upstream side of the main path SK5 and the downstream side of the main path SK5. I can do it for a long time. As a result, it is possible to lengthen the time during which the player is entertained.

A secondary route HK3 is communicated with the communicating portion of the main route SK4 and the main route SK5. The secondary path HK3 is a space formed between the second wall portion 566 of the first path member 560 and the rear side wall portion 584c1 of the third path member 580 facing each other.

The secondary path HK3 is in a direction (left direction in front view (arrow L direction)) different from the flow direction of the game ball (right direction in front view (direction of arrow R)) when the game ball flows from main path SK4 to main path SK5. In addition, the secondary path HK3 is set such that the lower inner edge of the inflow port is located below the second variable plate 584b (in the direction of the arrow D).

Here, when the game ball normally flows down from the main path SK4 to the main path SK5 (with no external force other than gravity acting on it), the game ball flows from the main path SK4 to the main path SK5 or the sub path HK2. be. On the other hand, at the timing when the game ball flows from the main path SK4 to the sub path HK2, the second variable plate 584b is projected and the tip surface of the second variable plate 584b contacts the game ball, and the game ball receives an external force other than gravity. , the second variable plate 584b pushes the game ball into the inlet of the sub-path HK3 and flows into the sub-path HK3.

Therefore, the first unit 551 is provided with a second variable plate 584b that protrudes onto the ball throwing path of the game ball or retreats from the ball throwing path. Alternatively, since the game ball flowing down the main path SK5 is guided to either the main path SK5, the sub-path HK2 or the sub-path HK3, the flow direction of the game ball flowing down the first unit 551 can be varied.

In this case, since the game ball flowing into the sub-path HK2 or the sub-path HK3 gives the player a predetermined game value, the player watches whether the game ball has flowed into the sub-path HK2 or the sub-path HK3. can be made Also, since the second variable plate 584b is arranged in the middle of the ball-throwing path formed in the first unit 551, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize the displacement of the plate member 584b2. As a result, the first unit 551 can be made to pay attention to the game ball flowing down, and it is possible to easily give the player interest in the falling game ball.

Further, as described above, on the upstream side of the main path SK4, the path along which the game ball flows is switched by the first variable plate 583b. Therefore, game balls that have not flowed into the upstream side sub-path HK1 and have not been given a game value to the player can flow further downstream to flow into the sub-path HK2 or HK3. Therefore, by making the game ball that once had the possibility of giving the game value to the player pass through the switching part of the flow-down path, the player again has a desire for the game ball to flow into the sub-paths HK2 and HK3. be able to.

Further, a main path SK4 curved toward the back side is arranged between the main path SK3 and the main path SK5 where the path along which the game ball flows is switched. Therefore, the game ball can be rolled within a predetermined range when viewed from the front, making it easier for the player to recognize the position of the game ball. That is, by making the player recognize the position of the game ball through the main path SK4 after flowing down the main path SK3, the player can watch the game ball rolling on the main path SK5 connected downstream of the main path SK4. You can make it easier. As a result, the game balls flowing into the secondary paths HK2 and HK3 can be easily visually recognized by the player, and the interest of the player can be improved.

In addition, inclined surfaces 584b1 (see FIG. 24(c)) are formed at both left and right end portions on the front side of the second variable gate 584b. As a result, when the second variable plate 584b is projected at the timing when the game ball flows from the main path SK4 into the subpath HK2, and the tip surface of the second variable plate 584b abuts the game ball, the inclined surface 584b1 The game ball can be pushed out to the inflow port side of the secondary route HK3. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being caught between the second variable plate 584b and the first path member 560 by the inclined surface 584b1 and the secondary path HK2. It is possible to form a plurality of paths (three paths in this embodiment) through which is switched.

The main path SK6 is a space surrounded by the third wall portion 567 of the first path member 560 . A game ball that flows down the main path SK6 is thrown to the game area of the game board 13 . Therefore, when the game ball that has flowed into the first receiving portion 561 does not flow into the first receiving recessed portion 574a to the fourth receiving recessed portion 575b, the game value is not given to the player, and the game board 13 from the main route SK6 A ball is thrown to the game area and collected from an out port 71 formed on the game board 13 .

<Guiding means for displacing the game ball in the front-rear direction>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 25 to 28, the flow of game balls from the main path SK2 to the main path SK3 will be described. 25(a) and 26(a) are partial enlarged views of the first unit 551 in range XXVa of FIG. 21, and FIGS. 25(b) and 26(b) are views of XXVb of FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 taken along line -XXVb; FIG. 27(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 taken along line XXVIIa-XXVIIa of FIG. 25(a), and FIG. 27(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line XXVIIb-XXVIIb of FIG. 25(a). 551, and FIG. 27(c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 taken along line XXVIIc-XXVIIc of FIG. 25(a). 28(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 along line XXVb-XXVb in FIG. 25(a), and FIG. 28(b) is a first unit along line XXVIIIb-XXVIIIb in FIG. 25(a). 551 is a schematic cross-sectional view. In addition, in FIG. 26, a game ball flowing down the curved path WK1 is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 25 to 28, the main path SK2, the main path SK3, and the curved path WK1 are first recesses formed in the base plate 571 of the second path member 570 so as to have an arcuate cross-section toward the rear side. 571h, a second recessed portion 571I and a third recessed portion 571j, a first step portion 571k protruding stepwise from the inner wall on the main path SK2 toward the front side, and a second step protruding stepwise from the inner wall on the main path SK3. and a portion 571m.

The front plate 564 of the first path member 560 has a first protrusion 564b, a second protrusion 564c, and a third protrusion 564d at positions facing the first recess 571h, the second recess 571I, and the third recess 571j, respectively. protruded.

The facing dimension L11 (see FIG. 28(a)) between the second concave portion 571I and the second convex portion 564c is set to a value larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the facing distance between the front plate 564 and the base plate 571 is is set to a value smaller than the distance dimension L12 (see FIG. 28(a)). As a result, the game ball thrown between the first concave portion 571h, the second concave portion 571I and the third concave portion 571j and the first convex portion 564b, the second convex portion 564c and the third convex portion 564d facing each other is moved to the first concave portion. 571h, the second concave portion 571I and the third concave portion 571j, the first convex portion 564b, the second convex portion 564c and the third convex portion 564d are brought into contact with each other to slow down the rolling (flowing down) speed of the game ball. can.

The dimension between the first recess 571h and the first protrusion 564b and the dimension between the third recess 571j and the third protrusion 564d are the dimension between the second recess 571I and the second protrusion 564c. It is set to be approximately the same distance as L11.

Furthermore, the projecting end surfaces of the first protrusion 564b, the second protrusion 564c, and the third protrusion 564d face the front surface of the base plate 571 except for the first recess 571h, the second recess 571I, and the third recess 571j. The distance dimension L13 between (see FIG. 28(a)) is set smaller than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the game ball thrown between the first concave portion 571h, the second concave portion 571I and the third concave portion 571j and the first convex portion 564b, the second convex portion 564c and the third convex portion 564d facing each other is moved to the first convex portion. It can collide with the portion 564b, the second convex portion 564c and the third convex portion 564d. As a result, the rolling (flowing down) speed of the game ball can be slowed down.

Also, in this case, the game ball in contact with the first convex portion 564b, the second convex portion 564c and the third convex portion 564d flows down inside the first concave portion 571h, the second concave portion 571I and the third concave portion 571j. . Therefore, the game ball flowing down can be guided in the recessed direction of the first recessed portion 571h, the second recessed portion 571I and the third recessed portion 571j.

The stepped portion 571k protrudes forward from the inner wall of the main path SK2 on the back side. Further, the step portion 571k is formed on the downstream side in the main route SK2. The stepped portion 571k has an upstream end of the main path SK2 protruding from the front surface of the base plate 571 toward the front side, and a downstream end of the stepped portion 571k at the same position as the back surface of the curved path WK1. set. As a result, the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 can be brought into contact with the stepped portion 571k and moved to the front side.

In addition, the stepped portion 571k is formed as an inclined surface that protrudes from the upstream side toward the downstream side toward the front side. As a result, the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 and coming into contact with the upstream end of the stepped portion 571k can be guided to the front side and flowed downstream.

Further, the upstream end of the stepped portion 571k is formed on the upstream side of the main path SK2 from the first convex portion 564b formed on the front plate 564 . As a result, the game ball guided to the front side in contact with the stepped portion 571k can be easily brought into contact with the first convex portion 564b.

The first recessed portion 571h is recessed in the base plate 571 forming the main path SK2, and is formed in an elliptical shape elongated in the horizontal direction (direction of arrows LR) when viewed from the front. Further, the first concave portion 571h is formed in the base plate 571 at a position protruded to the front side by the stepped portion 571k. The recess depth toward the rear side at the vertical center of the first recess 571h is set substantially equal to the height dimension L22 (see FIG. 27B) toward the front side of the stepped portion 571k. As a result, the game ball that is thrown along the main path SK2 without rioting is allowed to flow into the first recess 571h without being displaced in the recess direction (back side (arrow B direction)) of the first recess 571h. be able to.

On the other hand, a game ball thrown on the main path SK2 in a violent state is brought into contact with the upstream end of the stepped portion 571k, guided to the front side of the main path SK2, and guided to the first convex of the front plate 564. It is brought into contact with the portion 564b. As a result, the game ball can be thrown to the inside of the first concave portion 571h while suppressing the game ball from rampaging.

Furthermore, the first recessed portion 571h has a height dimension Y8 ( (see FIG. 25(a)) is set to the radius of the game ball, and the recess in the direction perpendicular to the rolling surface of the game ball on the downstream side of the main path SK2 (the surface on the arrow U direction side of the fourth wall portion 573). A height dimension Y9 (see FIG. 25(a)) to the installation bottom surface is set higher than the radius of the game ball. As a result, when the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 is thrown along the first concave portion 571h, a resistance in the upward direction in the direction of gravity (arrow U direction) is applied to the game ball to roll the game ball. movement speed can be reduced. As a result, the rolling speed of the game ball flowing into the curved path WK1 can be made sufficiently small, and the game ball can be easily made to flow down smoothly.

The radius X11 (see FIG. 27(b)) in the section of the first recessed portion 571h is set to a value larger than the radius of the game ball, and when the game ball is thrown inside the first recessed portion 571h, the A game ball can be brought into contact with the inner wall. As a result, it is possible to suppress the number of contact portions of the game ball contacting the first recess 571h from becoming two, thereby suppressing an increase in the resistance to rolling of the game ball due to an increase in the number of contact portions. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball from stopping on the main path SK2.

The first convex portion 564b formed at a position facing the first concave portion 571h is arranged so as to move the game ball from the upstream end of the first concave portion 571h in the throwing direction of the game ball on the main path SK2 (arrow R direction in FIG. 27(b)). The spaced value is set to a dimension smaller than the radius of the game ball. As a result, the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 can be brought into contact with the first convex portion 564b and easily thrown to the inside of the first concave portion 571h.

The second recess 571I is recessed in the base plate 571 of the curved path WK1, and has an elliptical shape elongated in the direction of gravity (arrow UD direction) when viewed from the front. In addition, the center position of the second concave portion 571I in the vertical direction (arrow UD direction) in front view is set at the intermediate position of the curved route WK1. Further, the second concave portion 571I is formed at the center position of the curved path WK1 in the direction orthogonal to the throwing direction in the left-right direction (the direction of the arrows LR) when viewed from the front.

The main path SK1, the curved path WK1, and the main path SK2 all have the same width dimension L18 (see FIG. 25(a)) perpendicular to the throwing direction of the game ball when viewed from the front. The width dimension L18 is set to approximately 1.1 times the diameter of the game ball.

In addition, the maximum width dimension in the lateral direction in the front view of the first recessed portion 571h, the second recessed portion 571I, and the third recessed portion 571j is set to approximately 1/2 of the width dimension L18 described above. As a result, the center of the game ball passing through each path (main path SK1, curved path WK1, and main path SK2) can pass through the front sides of the first recess 571h, the second recess 571I, and the third recess 571j. , the game ball can be easily thrown to the inside of the first recessed portion 571h, the second recessed portion 571I and the third recessed portion 571j.

The step portion 571m protrudes forward from the inner wall on the back side of the main path SK3. Further, the step portion 571m is formed on the upstream side in the main route SK3. The stepped portion 571m has a downstream end of the main path SK3 protruding to the front side of the base plate 571, and an upstream end of the stepped portion 571m at the same position as the back surface of the curved path WK1. be. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the main path SK3 from flowing back (rebounding) upstream beyond the stepped portion 571m after being thrown to the downstream side of the stepped portion 571m.

The third recessed portion 571j is formed in the base plate 571 forming the inner wall of the main path SK3, and is formed in an elliptical shape elongated in the horizontal direction (directions of arrows LR) when viewed from the front. Further, the third recessed portion 571j is formed in the base plate 571 at a position protruded to the front side by the stepped portion 571m. The recess depth toward the rear side at the vertical center of the third recess 571j is set to be substantially the same as the height dimension L23 (see FIG. 27C) toward the front side of the stepped portion 571m. This makes it easier for the game ball thrown through the main path KR3 to flow out from the inside of the third recess 571j to the outside.

Furthermore, the end of the third recessed portion 571j on the downstream side of the main path SK3 is the end of the first variable plate 583b on the upstream side of the main path SK3 that switches the path flowing down to the sub-path HK1 described later (in the direction of the arrow R). end) in the gravitational direction (in the direction of arrow U). As a result, when the stop position of the first variable plate 583b shifts upward in the direction of gravity due to its displacement (when the first variable plate 583b is arranged above the downstream end of the curved wall portion 565b), By throwing the game ball passing through the main path SK3 along the inner surface of the third recess 571j, the ball can be thrown without being caught by the first variable plate 583b. As a result, it is not necessary to dispose the first variable plate 583b downward in the portion where the first wall portion 565 and the first variable plate 583b are adjacent, and it is possible to suppress an increase in the vertical dimension of the first unit 551. .

Also, in this case, the longitudinal direction of the third recess 571j in a front view is formed in the horizontal direction (the direction of the arrows LR), and is spaced upward from the game ball flowing down the main path SK3. , the game ball sent from the first wall portion 565 to the first variable plate 583b can be resisted in the upward lifting direction. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball thrown from the first wall portion 565 to the first variable plate 583b from being caught on the first variable plate 583b.

Further, the first unit 551 includes a main path SK2 for throwing a game ball to one side in the horizontal direction (arrow R direction side) with respect to the game board 13 in a front view, and a game ball thrown from the main path SK2. A main path SK3 that throws the ball to the other side in the horizontal direction opposite to the guiding direction of the main path SK2, and a curved path WK1 that connects one side of the main path SK2 and the main path SK3. Guide means (second convex portion 564c and second recessed portion 571I) for throwing a game ball to at least one of the front side and the back side with respect to the game board are provided on the inner walls on the front side and the back side with respect to the game board, A game ball passing through the curved path WK1 can be moved to the front side or the back side (forward and backward direction of the game board 13 when viewed from the front).

Therefore, compared to the case where the ball-throwing path of the game ball passing through the curved path WK1 is formed on the same plane in the front-rear direction in a front view, the game ball accelerated by rolling on the main path SK2 (first path) flows down. can slow down. Therefore, the game ball that has collided with the inner wall of the curved path WK1 returns to the main path SK2, or the ball-throwing direction of the main path SK2 inside the curved path WK1 (horizontal direction in front view ( Swaying (shake) in the direction of arrows LR) can be suppressed. As a result, the player's line of sight can follow the game ball passing through the curved path WK1 in a certain direction. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball thrown to the curved path WK1.

In addition, since it is possible to suppress the game ball from swaying (shaking) in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction when viewed from the front) with respect to the game board 13 when viewed from the front, the curved path WK1 connecting the main paths SK2 and SK3 can be reduced accordingly. It is no longer necessary to lengthen the path to suppress the swinging of the game ball, and the curved path WK1 can be shortened. As a result, the first unit 551 can be accommodated within a predetermined area with respect to the game board 13, and the installation space for the first unit 551 with respect to the game board 13 can be secured.

Furthermore, the width of the first recess 571h increases toward the upstream side of the main route SK2 in a direction perpendicular to the flow direction of the main route SK2 (arrow UD direction). Thereby, the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 can be easily received in the first concave portion 571h. Further, since the width of the first recessed portion 571h is set smaller toward the downstream side of the main path SK2, the game ball received in the first recessed portion 571h is easily released from the same position. That is, the first recessed portion 571h can easily receive the game ball on the upstream side of the main path SK2 and can easily release the game ball from the same position on the downstream side of the main path SK2. As a result, the game ball can be easily thrown to the second concave portion 571I of the curved path WK1 communicating with the downstream side of the main path SK2.

In this case, the recessed end portion of the first recessed portion 571h in the downstream direction (arrow R direction) of the main path SK2 is the rolling surface of the main path SK2 (fourth It is formed at a position above the upper surface of the wall portion 573). Therefore, it is possible to make the game ball exiting the first recess 571h less susceptible to the rolling surface of the main path SK2. As a result, the game ball that escaped from the first recessed portion 571h can be easily thrown to the second recessed portion 571I of the curved path WK1.

Further, the main path SK2 extends from the fourth opening 571d side toward the curved wall portion 565b side (that is, from the left side in the front view (the direction of the arrow L) to the right side in the front view (the side of the arrow R)). A space is formed so as to be inclined toward the front plate 564 (front side (arrow F direction side)). Further, the main path SK2 is formed such that its rolling surface (surface of the fourth wall portion 573 on the upper side in the gravitational direction) is inclined downward toward the front side. As a result, the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 can be easily rolled on the front plate 564 side, and the game ball can be easily brought into contact with the first convex portion 564b formed on the front plate 564. As a result, the rolling speed of the game ball can be easily slowed down by the first convex portion 564b, and the reaction force of the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 colliding with the curved wall portion 565b can suppress the reverse flow of the main path SK2. . As a result, the game ball can be stably flowed down at the point where the throwing direction of the game ball is changed.

The second recess 571I has its upper end (the end in the direction of the arrow U) linearly drawn along the rolling trajectory of the center of the game ball rolling on the main path SK2 (fourth wall 573). It is formed at a position in contact with the imaginary line IL3 (see FIG. 25(a)). Thereby, it is possible to easily receive the game ball that is thrown on the main path SK2 at a relatively high speed and flows into the curved path WK1 into the second concave portion 571I.

A second concave portion 571I and a second convex portion 564c are formed at a change location (curved path WK1) of the throwing direction of the game ball. As described above, the projecting tip surfaces of the first protrusion 564b, the second protrusion 564c, and the third protrusion 564d, and the front surface of the base plate 571 excluding the first recess 571h, the second recess 571I, and the third recess 571j Since the distance dimension L13 (see FIG. 28(a)) between the opposing sides is set smaller than the diameter of the game ball, the game ball flowing down between the second concave portion 571I and the second convex portion 564c is the second It can be pushed into the inside of the second recess 571I while being brought into contact with the projection 564c. Therefore, the game ball flowing into the main path SK3 (exiting from between the second concave portion 571I and the second convex portion 564c) can flow down along the arc of the inner surface of the second concave portion 571I.

Here, the game ball thrown from the main path SK2 to the curved path WK1 tends to flow down at a position closer to the rolling direction of the game ball on the main path SK2. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the inside of the second recess 571I comes in contact with the inner surface of the area on the right side (arrow R direction side) of the second recess 571I in front view and flows down. Therefore, the throwing direction of the game ball flowing into the main path SK3 can be easily directed to the downstream direction of the main path SK3 (from the curved wall portion 565b side to the concave portion 571g (see FIG. 21) side). As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball from colliding with the curved wall portion 565b at the location where the game ball throwing direction is changed and the flow of the game ball temporarily stopping (see FIG. 28).

Furthermore, since the throwing direction of the game ball thrown from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3 can be directed toward the flow direction of the main path SK3, the force of the game ball colliding with the curved wall portion 565b can be reduced. can be done. As a result, damage to the curved wall portion 565b due to repeated collisions of game balls with the curved wall portion 565b can be suppressed.

The first convex portion 564b is formed in the first path member 560 arranged on the front side, and the first concave portion 571h is formed in the second path member 570 arranged on the rear side.

Here, if a concave portion (corresponding to the first concave portion 571h of the second path member 570) is formed in the first path member 560 toward the front side, the first path member 560 is formed with the concave portion corresponding to the concave portion. It is necessary to increase the plate thickness of Therefore, as the plate thickness of the first path member 560 increases, the permeability of the first path member 560 deteriorates, making it difficult for the player to visually recognize game balls passing through the first unit 551 .

Further, if a recessed portion is formed on the rear surface of the bulging portion that partially bulges on the front side of the first path member 560, the game board 13 will bulge to the front side of the first path member 560 by the amount of the bulging portion. It is necessary to increase the gap between the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1) disposed on the front side of the . Therefore, the distance of the first path member 560 from the glass unit 16 makes it difficult for the player to visually recognize the game ball passing through the inside of the first path member 560 .

On the other hand, the first protrusion 564b is formed in the first path member 560 arranged on the front side, and the first recess 571h is formed in the second path member 570 arranged on the back side. , the thickness of the first path member 560 disposed on the front side can be reduced. In addition, since no part of the first path member 560 protrudes toward the front side, the first path member 560 can be arranged closer to the glass unit 16 . As a result, the game ball passing through the inside of the first path member 560 can be easily visually recognized by the player.

The second convex portion 564c is positioned below the main path SK2 (upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573) in the direction of gravity (the direction of the arrow D), and descends in substantially the same direction as the rolling direction of the main path SK2 when viewed from the front. Formed at an angle. As a result, the game ball flowing down between the opposing second convex portion 564c and the second concave portion 571I is guided to the area on the right side of the second concave portion 571I (arrow R direction side) in front view by the inclination of the second convex portion 564c. can do. As described above, the second recessed portion 571I is formed with a curved recessed surface. The ball can be thrown in the downstream direction of the main path SK3 (from the side of the curved wall portion 565b to the side of the concave portion 571g (see FIG. 21)). As a result, the inflow of game balls from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3 can be made smooth.

In addition, the second recessed portion 571I has an imaginary line IL4 (a virtual line IL4 ( (see FIG. 25(a)). Thereby, the height of the center of the game ball ejected from the downstream end of the second recess 571I can be set on the imaginary line IL4. As described above, in the present embodiment, the game ball discharged from the second recessed portion 571I is thrown in the downstream direction of the main path SK3 (from the curved wall portion 565b side to the recessed portion 571g (see FIG. 21) side). Therefore, the game ball ejected from the second recess 571I contacts the inner surface of the main path SK3 or the curved path WK1, and the game ball sent to the main path SK3 collides with the inner wall of the curved path WK1. Stagnation inside those paths can be suppressed.

Therefore, the downstream direction of the game ball flowing into the main path SK3 can be directed in the throwing direction of the main path SK3 at a position close to the rolling surface of the main path SK3. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing from the curved path WK1 into the main path SK3 from being thrown in the direction orthogonal to the throwing direction of the game ball on the curved path WK1. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball sent to the main path SK3 from colliding with the inner wall of the curved path WK1 and stagnating.

<Arranging the first member to which a high game value is imparted on the front side>
Next, the configuration of the second unit 552 will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 to 31. FIG. 29(a) is a front view of the second unit 552, and FIG. 29(b) is a rear view of the second unit 552. FIG. 30 is an exploded perspective front view of the second unit 552, and FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective rear view of the second unit 552. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 29 to 31, the second unit 552 includes a fourth path member 610 disposed on the side of the first unit 551 (front side (arrow F direction side)), and the fourth path member 610. A game ball throwing path is formed between the fifth path member 620 arranged on the back side (arrow B direction side) and the fifth path member 620 arranged on the back side of the fifth path member 620 and facing the fifth path member 620. and a decorative member 650 arranged on the side surface of the second unit 552 .

The fourth path member 610 is attached to the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the first unit 551 via the center frame 86 described above. The fourth path member 610 includes a mounting plate 611 formed in a vertically long rectangular plate shape when viewed from the front, and an end portion of the mounting plate 611 standing on the first unit 551 side (front side (arrow F direction side)). a side wall portion 612 provided therein;

The mounting plate 611 includes an insertion portion 617 which is recessed in a circular shape on the side of the first unit 551 (front side (direction of arrow F)) and has a through hole formed in the bottom surface of the recess, and a fifth path member 620 . A path-side fastening portion 618 and a decoration-side fastening portion 619 that protrude in a circular shape on the side (back side (arrow B direction side)) and have a hole in which a screw is screwed on the protruding tip surface, and an attachment An opening 613 opened in the center of the plate 611 and a second insertion portion 614 opening outside the opening 613 are provided.

The insertion portion 617 is a portion through which the tip of a screw for fastening the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 is inserted, and is formed at a plurality of locations (three locations in this embodiment) on the mounting plate 611 .

The path-side fastening portion 618 is a portion into which a screw inserted through an insertion hole 632 of the sixth path member 630 described later is screwed, and is formed at a position facing the insertion hole 632 . Thereby, the sixth path member 630 can be fastened to the fourth path member 610 .

The decoration-side fastening portion 619 is a portion into which a screw inserted through a fastening hole 652 formed in the decoration member 650 described later is screwed, and is formed at a position facing the fastening hole 652 . Thereby, the decorative member 650 can be fastened to the fourth path member 610 .

The opening 613 is formed at a position facing the first solenoid 583 a and the second solenoid 584 a arranged in the first unit 551 . Accordingly, when the fourth path member 610 is arranged on the rear surface of the first unit 551, the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a can be arranged inside the opening 613. FIG. Therefore, when the fourth path member 610 is arranged on the back surface of the first unit 551, the fourth path member 610 can be prevented from becoming large in the front-rear direction, and the circumference of the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a can be prevented. It can be surrounded by a fourth path member 610 .

The first communication path 615 and the second communication path 616 are formed in a U shape with an open upper side (arrow U direction side) when viewed from the front, and extend in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). . In addition, the first communicating path 615 and the second communicating path 616 are abutted on the rear side of the second rolling portion 577 and the third rolling portion 578 of the first unit 551 at the ends on the front side. The side ends are in contact with the front sides of the ends of the first inlet 625 and the second inlet 626 of the fifth path member 620, which will be described later. Furthermore, the first communication path 615 and the second communication path 616 are formed so as to slope downward from the first unit 551 side toward the fifth path member 620 . As a result, the game ball thrown from the second rolling portion 577 and the third rolling portion 578 of the first unit 551 to the first communication path 615 and the second communication path 616 is transferred to the first communication path 615 and the second The communication path 616 can be rolled to flow into the first inlet 625 and the second inlet 626 of the fifth path member 620 .

The second insertion portion 614 is a hole through which a screw to be screwed into the screw hole 86b4 of the projecting portion 86b is inserted when fastening the fourth path member 610 to the projecting portion 86b of the center frame 86. It is formed at a position corresponding to the screw hole 86b4 (see FIG. 35) formed in 86b. Thereby, the fourth path member 610 can be arranged on the rear surface of the projecting portion 86 b of the center frame 86 .

The side wall portion 612 is provided on the side surface of the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a arranged on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the first unit 551 when the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are fastened together. It is a plate member that covers the side surface of the mounting plate 611 and is erected from the entire end portion of the mounting plate 611 toward the first unit 551 (front side (arrow F direction side)). The vertical length of the side wall portion 612 toward the front side (first unit 551 side) is set to a length that contacts the projecting portion 86 b of the center frame 86 . Since the side wall portion 612 is arranged between the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 , formation of a gap between the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to suppress the insertion of unauthorized objects between the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 .

The fifth path member 620 includes a plate member 621 formed of a substantially rectangular plate in front view, a first inlet 625 and a second inlet 626 opened in the plate member 621, and a periphery of the second inlet 626. a second standing wall 623 standing on the sixth path member 630 side (back side (arrow B direction side)) from the periphery of the first inlet 625 to the lower side of the second inlet 626; A first upright wall 624 standing on the sixth path member 630 side below the inflow port 625 and a fastened portion 627 projecting from the plate member 621 toward the sixth path member 630 side are main components. Prepare for.

The plate member 621 is formed to have an outer shape smaller than the outer shape of the fourth path member 610 when viewed from the front, and is arranged on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the fourth path member 610 . Further, the plate member 621 has a central opening 622 that opens in the center when viewed from the front. The central opening 622 is formed to be larger than the external shape of the second solenoid 584a in a rear view, and is formed at a position corresponding to the second solenoid 584a. As a result, when the plate member 621 (fifth path member 620) is arranged on the rear side of the fourth path member 610, the second solenoid 584a inserted through the inside of the opening 613 of the fourth path member 610 is positioned at the center. It can be positioned inside the opening 622 .

The first inflow port 625 and the second inflow port 626 are connected to the fifth path member 620 and the sixth path member 620 through the game balls interlocking the first communication path 615 and the second communication path 616 of the fourth path member 610 as described above. 630 is a receiving portion (opening for inflow).

The to-be-fastened part 627 is a part into which the tip of a screw inserted through a fastening hole 633 formed in the sixth path member 630 described later is screwed, and is formed at a position corresponding to the fastening hole 633 . Thereby, the fifth path member 620 and the sixth path member 630 are fastened. Also, the projection dimension of the fastened portion 627 toward the sixth path member 630 is set to be larger than the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, a gap is formed between the fifth path member 620 and the sixth path member 630 to allow the game ball to flow down.

The first upright wall 624 is a wall that guides game balls that flow in from the first inlet 625 to between the fifth path member 620 and the sixth path member 630. 2 It is connected with the standing wall 623 . The second upright wall 623 is a wall that guides the game ball that has flowed into the fifth path member 620 from the second inlet, and extends vertically from the plate member 621 . The ball throwing path formed by the first standing wall 624 and the second standing wall 623 will be described later.

The sixth path member 630 has a base plate 631 formed of a substantially rectangular plate when viewed from the front, and a second central opening 634 opened in the base plate 631 at a position facing the central opening 622 of the fifth path member 620 . , and an insertion hole 632 and a fastening hole 633 penetrating the second central opening 634 of the base plate 631 .

The second central opening 634 is formed to have substantially the same size as the central opening 622 of the fifth path member 620 in front view, and when the fifth path member 620 and the sixth path member 630 are combined, It communicates with the central opening 622 of the fifth path member 620 . Thereby, when the second unit 552 is arranged on the rear side of the first unit 551 , the first solenoid 583 a of the first unit 551 can be arranged inside the second central opening 634 .

Next, referring to FIG. 32, the ball throwing path formed by the fifth path member 620 will be described. 32 is a cross-sectional view of the second unit 552 taken along line XXXII-XXXII in FIG. 29. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 32, the second unit 552 is formed by being surrounded by the sub-path HK4 surrounded by the first erected wall 624 of the fifth path member 620 and by the second erected wall 623. and a secondary route HK5.

After extending downward from the first inlet 625, the sub-path HK4 is bent toward the sub-path HK5, which will be described later, and communicates with the sub-path HK5. Further, the secondary path HK4 is provided with a detection device SE7 for detecting passage of a game ball in a downwardly extending portion. Thereby, it can be detected that the game ball has passed through the sub-path HK4. Further, when the detecting device SE7 detects the passage of the game ball, a predetermined game value is given to the player (in this embodiment, a prize ball of the game ball).

In the present embodiment, the number of game balls awarded to the player as the game balls pass through the detection device SE7 (for example, three) is determined by the detection device SE3 provided in the first unit 551. The number of game balls awarded to the player as the game balls pass through SE6 (for example, 15) is smaller than the number. That is, the game value given to the player as the game ball passes through the detection device SE7 is given to the player as the game ball passes through the detection devices SE3 to SE6 provided in the first unit 551. It is set higher than the game value that is given. This makes it easier to draw attention to the game ball passing through the first unit 551 . As a result, it is possible to make the game more interesting to the player.

The secondary path HK5 extends downward from the second inlet 626 and communicates with the recovery path of the pachinko machine 10 below the second unit 552 . Therefore, the game balls flowing down the sub-path HK5 are collected without giving game values to the player. Also, the game ball that has flowed down the subpath HK4 and has been detected by the detection device SE7 is thrown to the subpath HK5 and collected by the pachinko machine 10 .

In addition, the special winning device 550 includes a first unit 551 formed of a light-transmissive material and arranged on the front side of the game area, and a second unit arranged on the back side of the first unit 551. 552, the first unit 551 includes a first receiving portion 561 capable of entering a game ball, and the second unit 552 includes a second receiving portion 562 and a third receiving portion capable of entering a game ball. 563, the game ball entering the first receiving part 561 has a higher game value to the player than the game ball entering the second receiving part 562 and the third receiving part 563 (distribution of game balls). is given.

Therefore, the game ball throwing paths of the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are complicatedly arranged (for example, the ball throwing path of the first unit 551 and the ball throwing path of the second unit 552 are arranged in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front). ), when the game balls flow down to the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 at the same timing, the player can easily watch the game balls flowing down the first unit 551 . Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball flowing down the first unit 551 having the first receiving portion 561 having a high game value. As a result, it is possible for the player to visually recognize a game ball passing through a path that gives the player a high game value, so that the player's interest can be easily improved.

In addition, the inflow of the ball throwing path for throwing the game ball to the first unit 551 (first receiving portion 561) and the inflow of the throwing path for throwing the game ball to the second unit 552 (second receiving portion 562 and third Since the receiving portion 563) is formed at adjacent positions, the game ball flows into the first unit 551 to which a high game value is imparted or the second unit 552 to which a low game value is imparted. It is possible to make it difficult for the player to judge until the inflow. As a result, it is possible to easily keep the player interested until just before the game balls flow into the special winning device 550.例文帳に追加

Next, with reference to FIGS. 33 to 37, the arrangement state of the special winning device 550 on the center frame 86 will be described. 33(a) is a front view of the center frame 86, and FIG. 33(b) is a side view of the center frame 86. FIG. 34(a) is a perspective front view of the center frame 86, and FIG. 34(b) is a perspective rear view of the center frame 86. FIG. 35 is an exploded perspective rear view of the center frame 86. FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view of the center frame 86 taken along line XXXVI-XXXVI of FIG. 33. FIG. 37(a) is a schematic sectional view of the game board 13, and FIG. 37(b) is a schematic exploded sectional view of the game board 13. FIG. 37(a) and 37(b) correspond to the cross section of FIG.

<Fixing means for biasing the first member toward the base member>
As shown in FIGS. 33 to 37, the special prize winning device 550 includes a first unit 551 that can be removed on the front side of the center frame 86 and a removable first unit 551 that can be removed on the back side of the center frame 86 with the center frame 86 interposed therebetween. and a possible second unit.

The first unit 551 is configured such that the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a disposed on the rear side of the first unit 551 are inserted into the opening 86b1 of the center frame 86, and the front side of the projecting portion 86b is inserted. is placed in In addition, the first unit 551 includes a columnar body 551a projecting in a columnar shape toward the second unit 552 side.

The columnar body 551a is formed at a position facing the insertion portion 617 formed in the fourth path member 610 of the second unit 552, and has a hole at its tip into which a screw inserted through the insertion portion 617 is screwed.

The first unit 551 is fixed to the center frame 86 by screws that are inserted through the insertion portion 617 and the second insertion portion 614 formed in the fourth path member 610 of the second unit 552 . More specifically, the first unit 551 is arranged with the projecting portion 86b of the center frame 86 interposed between it and the fourth path member 610 arranged on the rear side (the arrow B direction side). Further, the first unit 551 is fastened to the second unit 552 by screwing a screw inserted from the insertion portion 617 of the fourth path member 610 into the columnar body 551a.

Furthermore, in a state where the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are fastened, the screw inserted through the second insertion portion 614 formed in the second unit 552 is inserted into the screw hole 86b4 ( 35), the projecting portion 86b and the fourth path member 610 can be fastened. As described above, the fourth path member 610 and the first unit 551 are fastened and fixed. Therefore, when the fourth path member 610 is fastened to the projecting portion 86b, the first unit 551 is attached to the projecting portion 86b. is concluded against.

Further, as shown in FIG. 37, the vertical opening dimension Y1 (see FIG. 37(b)) of the first opening 60a of the base plate 60 is equal to the vertical dimension of the first unit 551 (second path member 570). It is set slightly smaller than Y2 (see FIG. 37(b)). Also, the distance dimension Y4 from the contact surface of the first unit 551 with the front surface of the base plate 60 to the contact surface of the second unit 552 with the base plate 60 (see FIG. 37(b)) is When the 551 and the second unit 552 are fastened together, the thickness is set slightly smaller than the thickness dimension Y3 of the base plate 60 (see FIG. 37(b)).

As a result, when the first unit 551, the second unit and 552 are fastened together, the first unit 551 can be biased toward the base plate 60 (back side). Therefore, formation of a gap between the front surface of the base plate 60 and the first unit 551 can be suppressed. Therefore, it is not necessary to fasten the first unit 551 with screws from the front side of the base plate 60, and the fastening margin of the screws is not required on the front side of the first unit 551. The area on the front side can be used as a throwing space for game balls. As a result, the ball throwing space for the game balls formed in the first unit 551 can be secured.

In addition, since the fastening portion (columnar body 551a) between the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 is formed to protrude from the back side of the first unit 551, when the fastening portion is formed on the front side of the base plate 60 Compared to , it is possible to secure a throwing space for game balls formed in the first unit 551 .

Moreover, since the second unit 552 can be biased toward the base plate 60 (front side), formation of a gap between the second unit 552 and the base plate 60 can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a of the first unit 551 from being tampered with by inserting an illegal object such as a wire or a piano wire from the space between the second unit 552 and the base plate 60 facing each other. can.

Further, since the first unit 551 is arranged on the base plate 60 by screws that are inserted from the rear side of the base plate 60, the front side of the first unit 551 has a fastening margin with the base plate 60 (the screw is inserted). It is no longer necessary to form an extension portion where an opening is formed. As a result, the entire area of the outer shape of the first unit 551 in a front view can be used as a throwing path, and the throwing path of the first unit 551 can be enlarged.

In addition, since the fastening portion between the base plate 60 and the first unit 551 is located on the back side of the base plate 60, the fastening portion between the base plate 60 and the first unit 551 may be dislodged due to fraud from the front side of the game board 13. can be suppressed. As a result, fraudulent use of the first unit 551 can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the fastening portion between the base plate 60 and the first unit 551 is on the back side of the base plate 60, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the head of the screw. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing interest in the game due to the player's recognition of the structure for fixing the first unit 551 to the base plate 60 .

Further, the first unit 551 is arranged on the base plate 60 in a state of being biased toward the back side with respect to the base plate 60 by fixing means (screws) fastened from the back side of the base plate 60. Due to the urging force acting on the first unit 551 toward the back side, the first unit 551 and the base plate 60 can be arranged in close contact with each other.

Furthermore, since the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are arranged in the center frame 86 in a state in which a ball throwing path capable of throwing a game ball is formed in each of them, the ball throwing path of the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 It is possible to suppress deviation of the ball throwing path of the unit 552 when the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are assembled. As a result, game balls flowing down inside the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 can be prevented from stopping in the ball-throwing paths of the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 .

Also, the first unit 551 has a rolling surface (second rolling portion 577 and third rolling portion 578 ) for causing the game ball thrown to the first unit 551 to flow into the second unit 552 . Therefore, if each of the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 is fastened to the protruding portion 86b of the center frame 86, an assembly error of the first unit 551 with respect to the center frame 86 may occur. There is a possibility that the game ball may not be smoothly thrown from the unit 551 to the second unit 552.例文帳に追加

In contrast, in the present embodiment, the first unit 551 is fastened to the second unit 552 as described above, so the error when fastening the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 is minimized. It is possible to minimize the place where the error is possible. As a result, the game ball can be smoothly thrown from the first unit 551 to the second unit 552 .

The fifth and sixth path members 620 and 630 fastened to the fourth path member 610 are arranged at positions overlapping at least a part of the insertion portion 617 and the second insertion portion 614 of the fourth path member 610 in a rear view. . Thereby, the first unit 551 can be removed from the center frame 86 only after removing the fifth and sixth path members 620 and 630 fastened to the fourth path member 610 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the first unit 551 forming the main routes SK1 to SK6 from being removed from the center frame 86 and the main routes SK1 to SK6 being tampered with.

Further, the projecting portion 86b has an erecting portion 86b5 erected (folded back) on the end portion toward the second unit 552 (see FIG. 33(b)). As a result, in a state where the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are arranged on the center frame 86 with the projecting portion 86b of the center frame 86 interposed therebetween, the standing portion 86b5 of the first unit 551 It surrounds the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a arranged on the rear side.

Therefore, in a state where the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are arranged on the center frame 86, it is possible to prevent an illegal object such as a wire or piano wire from being inserted between the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 facing each other. can be suppressed. As a result, tampering with the first solenoid 583 a and the second solenoid 584 a of the first unit 551 while the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are arranged on the center frame 86 can be suppressed.

Further, between the first unit 551 and the second unit 552, front side parts of the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a are arranged, and a standing portion 86b5 is interposed. Therefore, a part of the front side of the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a can be arranged using the space in which the erected portion 86b5 is arranged. Therefore, since part of the front side of the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a is accommodated between the first unit 551 and the second unit 552, the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a are located on the back side. Protrusion can be suppressed. As a result, the rear side of the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a can be easily surrounded by the second unit 552, preventing the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a from being tampered with from the rear side. 2 unit 552 can suppress.

Furthermore, between the first unit 551 and the second unit 552, a part of the front side of the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a is arranged, so that the game ball flowing down the second unit 552 is It can be hidden by the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a to make it difficult to see from the player's side. As a result, even if the flow line of the game ball flowing down the first unit 551 and the flow line of the game ball flowing down the second unit 552 overlap in a front view, the game ball flowing down the first unit 551 can be moved. It can be made easy for the player to visually recognize. As a result, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the game ball flowing down the first unit 551, which provides the player with a game value higher than the game value given to the player by the game ball flowing down the second unit 552. Since it can be done, it is possible to easily give interest to the player.

Also, when the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are arranged on the center frame 86 , the decorative member 650 is arranged in a state of covering the inner side surface of the base frame 86 a of the center frame 86 . As a result, it is possible to prevent an illegal object such as a wire or piano wire from being inserted into the special winning device 550 through (inserted through) the opening of the base frame 86 a of the center frame 86 .

As shown in FIGS. 36 and 37, the first solenoid 583a arranged in the first unit 551 has a central opening formed in the fourth path member 610 and the fifth path member 620 of the second unit 552 on the rear side. 622 and inside the second central opening 634 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the second unit 552 from bulging toward the rear side (the arrow B direction side), and it is possible to prevent unauthorized objects such as wires and piano wires from accessing the first solenoid 583a.

Moreover, since the load of the first solenoid 583a can be supported by the second unit 552, it is possible to suppress the bending of the second path member 570 of the first unit 551 in which the first solenoid 583a is arranged. As a result, passage of game balls through the first unit 551 can be stabilized.

Furthermore, as described above, since the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a are surrounded by the opening 86b1 of the projecting portion 86b formed in the center frame 86, the load is relatively large (heavy). The first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a can be supported by the opening 86b1 (projection 86b). As a result, it is possible to prevent the protruding portion 86b from bending due to the load of the special winning device 550. FIG.

Therefore, bending (deflection) of the center frame 86 arranged on the base plate 60 can be suppressed, so that the position of the first unit 551 arranged on the center frame 86 is displaced with respect to the base plate 60. can be suppressed. As a result, game balls can be smoothly flowed from the game area of the game board 13 to the first unit 551 (special winning device 550).

Further, the second rolling portion 577 and the third rolling portion 578 for throwing the game ball from the first unit 551 to the second unit 552 are formed outside the opening 86b1 of the projecting portion 86b. As a result, the rolling of the game ball thrown from the first unit 551 to the second unit 552 is inhibited by the electromagnetic force generated by driving the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a arranged inside the opening 86b1. can be suppressed. In other words, the projecting portion 86b can suppress the electromagnetic force generated by driving the first solenoid 583a and the second solenoid 584a from acting on the outside of the projecting portion 86b. As a result, the throwing of game balls from the first unit 551 to the second unit 552 can be stabilized.

As described above, the first solenoid 583a is arranged with its rear side inserted into the central opening 622 and the second central opening 634 of the second unit 552 . As a result, the wires of the detection devices SE3 to SE6 and the first solenoid 583a of the first unit 551 can be arranged by being inserted through the central opening 622 and the second central opening 634. As shown in FIG. In addition, since these wirings can be arranged along the first solenoid 583a, it is possible to prevent the wirings from becoming entangled.

Furthermore, since the load of the first solenoid 583a can be supported by the central opening 622 and the second central opening 634 of the second unit 552, the protruding portion 86b on which the first unit 551 is arranged does not bend. can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the center frame 86 arranged on the base plate 60 from bending (deflecting), thereby preventing the first unit 551 arranged on the center frame 86 from being displaced with respect to the base plate 60 . can be suppressed. As a result, game balls can be smoothly flowed from the game area of the game board 13 to the first unit 551 (special winning device 550).

<Displacement member for arranging the fixing member of the substrate unit on the back member>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 38 to 42, the connection structure of the rear case 300 and the board box 100 will be described in detail. First, the structure of the rear case 300 will be described with reference to FIGS. 38 and 39. FIG.

38(a) is a front view of the rear case 300, and FIG. 38(b) is a rear view of the rear case 300. FIG. 39(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case 300, and FIG. 39(b) is an exploded perspective rear view of the rear case 300. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 38 and 39, the rear case 300 includes an engaging member 310 disposed on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 (box-shaped open side (arrow F direction side)), and a rear side. It mainly includes a fixing member 320 that is disposed on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the case 300 and fixes the board box 100 (main controller 110) described above.

The rear case 300 also includes protruding portions 301 b protruding from the bottom wall portion 301 from two positions on the front side, a first opening portion 301 c opening at a position facing the fixing member 320 , and an engaging member 310 . and a second opening 301d that opens at an opposing position.

The protruding portion 301b is a shaft for holding the engaging member 310 in a slidable state, and is inserted inside a slide groove 314 opening in the engaging member 310, which will be described later. Moreover, the protruding portion 301b protrudes in an annular shape, and a screw can be screwed into the inner side of the annular shape. Therefore, after inserting the protruding portion 301b into the sliding groove 314, a screw having a head portion larger in diameter than the groove width of the sliding groove 314 is screwed into the protruding portion 301b, whereby the engaging member 310 can be disposed on the rear case 300 .

The first opening 301c is an opening for inserting a portion of the fixing member 320 (the engaging portion with the engaging member 310) described later, and is an engaging portion of the fixing member 320 (the engaged portion 332 described later). ) can be inserted. As a result, the fixing member 320 arranged on the rear side of the rear case 300 (bottom wall portion 301) is engaged with the engaging member 310 arranged on the front side of the rear case 300 (bottom wall portion 301). be able to.

The first opening 301c has a protruding wall 301c1 protruding rearward at the end opposite to the engagement side (arrow L direction) between the fixing member 320 and the engaging member 310 (arrow R direction). Prepare. The protruding wall 301c1 is formed in a hook shape in which the protruding tip on the back side is bent by approximately 90 degrees, and the bending direction is set in the direction away from the first opening 301c (direction of arrow R).

The projecting wall 301c1 has its tip inserted into a locking portion 331 of the fixing member 320, which will be described later. Thereby, the opposite side (arrow R direction side) of the engaging portion between the fixing member 320 and the engaging member 310 can be locked. As a result, the fixing member 320 arranged on the rear case 300 can be supported (engaged) at both left and right ends (in the directions of the arrows LR), and the engagement portion between the fixing member 320 and the engaging member 310 can be adjusted. It is possible to suppress the concentration of force on the fixing member 320 and the engaging member 310 from being damaged. A detailed description of the arrangement of the fixing member 320 in the first opening 301c will be given later.

The second opening 301d is an opening for inserting a part of the engaging member 310 (manipulator 315), which will be described later, on the back side of the rear case 300, thereby allowing the engaging member 310 to move toward the back side of the rear case. can be operated from Therefore, as described above, after the fixing member 320 is arranged on the rear surface of the rear case 300, the engaging member 310 is operated from the rear surface side of the rear case 300 to move the fixing member 320 and the engaging member to the rear case 300 ( It can be engaged on the front side of the bottom wall 301).

The engaging member 310 has a crank-like outer shape when viewed from the front. and a third piece 313 that connects the ends of the first piece 311 and the second piece 312 in a direction orthogonal to the extending direction.

The two sliding grooves 314 described above are formed one each on the first piece 311 and the second piece 312, and are long in the extending direction (arrow LR direction) of the first piece 311 and the second piece 312. It is opened in the shape of an elongated hole. As a result, the engaging member 310 is slidable in the extension direction of the first piece 311 and the second piece 312 (arrow LR direction).

The first piece 311 has an end portion on one side (arrow R direction side) opposite to the other side (arrow L direction side) to which the third piece 313 is connected. An engaging portion 316 projecting outward on both sides in the vertical direction (arrow UD direction), which is a direction substantially perpendicular to the extending direction of the first piece 311, and the engaging portions 316 at the two locations. A recess 317 recessed in the extending direction (arrow LR direction) of the first piece 311 from approximately the middle position toward the bottom wall portion 301 side of the back case 300 (back side (arrow B direction side)). and a protruding operator 315 .

The engaging portion 316 has a substantially triangular outer shape when viewed from the front. While formed as an inclined surface protruding outward from piece 311, the outer surface on the other side extends in the vertical direction (arrow U -D direction) is extended.

The recessed portion 317 is formed by notching in the thickness direction of the first piece 311, and is recessed from one side (arrow R direction side) end of the first piece 311 toward the other side (arrow L direction side). be. Therefore, one side of the first piece 311 is divided into two. Thereby, the rigidity of one side of the first piece 311 can be made lower than that of the other side. As a result, one side of the first piece 311 can be easily elastically deformed, and the engaging member 310 can be easily engaged with the fixing member 320 . A detailed description of the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 will be given later.

The manipulator 315 is a manipulating part for manipulating the engaging member 310 , is formed at the other end of the first piece 311 , and has a projecting dimension larger than the plate thickness of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300 . is set to a value, and protrudes to the rear side of the rear case 300 at least by a dimension that can be grasped by an operator's fingers. As a result, the manipulator 315 can be projected from the second opening 301d of the bottom wall portion 301, and the projecting portion (the tip of the manipulator 315) can be grasped and operated.

The second piece 312 has a fastening hole 318 formed in a circular recess on the front side. The fastening hole 318 is a portion into which a screw that is inserted through a hole (see FIG. 89) that penetrates the rear base 720 of the rotation unit 700, which will be described later, is screwed. As a result, after the rotation unit 700 is arranged inside the rear case 300 (front side of the bottom wall portion 301), the engagement member 310 arranged on the rear side of the rotation unit 700 is operated to operate the engagement member. 310 can be operated to a specified position (an engagement position with a fixing member 320, which will be described later), and a screw is screwed into the fastening hole 318 to fasten the engagement member 310 and the rotation unit 700 (back base 720). can do. Accordingly, it is possible to disable the engaging member 310 arranged at the specified position by only operating the manipulator 315 projecting from the rear side of the rear case 300 . As a result, the manipulator 315 is illegally operated while the pachinko machine 10 is assembled, and the fixing member 320 and the board box 100 (main controller 110) are easily replaced with the illegal board box. can be suppressed.

In this case, the screw inserted through the hole of the rear base 720 of the rotating unit 700 and fastened to the fastening hole 318 can be operated from the hole from which the first winning port 64 provided on the game board 13 is removed. good. In this case, it is not necessary to release the connection between the game board 13 and the rear case 300, so that the work of exchanging the board box 100 to a normal board box 100 can be prevented from becoming complicated. As a result, it is possible to simplify the work of replacing a normal board box 100 .

The fixing member 320 is composed of a member separate from the rear case 300 . As a result, the board box 100 can be crimped and fixed to the fixing member 320 having a smaller outer shape than the rear case 300 , so that the board box 100 can be secured more easily than when the fixing member 320 is integrally formed with the rear case 300 . Can be easily installed. As a result, the board box 100 can be easily installed in the rear case 300 in a state in which the board box 100 is difficult to be removed from the fixing member 320 .

In addition, while the rear case 300 can be used as a component having the same shape for each model of pachinko machine, the board box 100 differs in shape and size depending on the model of the pachinko machine 10. The fixing member 320 on which is arranged cannot be used as a diversion product from another pachinko machine. Therefore, compared to the case where the fixing member 320 is integrally formed with the back case 300, the same mold can be used when molding the back case 300 as that of another pachinko machine. As a result, it is only necessary to form a mold for the fixing member 320 having a smaller outer shape than that of the rear case 300, so that the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

The fixing member 320 is composed of an interposed member 330 that engages with the engaging member 310 described above, and a pivot member 340 that is fastened to the interposed member 330 . As a result, the pivot member 340 can be used as a diversion product having the same shape as the fixing member of another game machine.

The interposed member 330 is formed in a box shape with an open front side (arrow F direction side), and has an engaging portion 331 protruding from a side surface on the other side (arrow L direction side) side) projecting from the rear case 300 side (front side) and formed in a frame shape, an insertion hole 333 opening circularly in the box-shaped bottom surface, and a pivot member 340 from the rear surface. and a protrusion 334 protruding to the side.

Further, the interposing member 330 is formed with cylindrical projections projecting from both outer sides of the engaged portion 332 in the gravitational direction (arrow UD direction) toward the front side (arrow F direction side). Further, the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300 is formed with circular openings recessed at positions corresponding to the projections projecting from both sides of the engaged portion 332 in the gravitational direction. Therefore, by inserting the projection into the opening, movement of the interposed member 330 (fixed member 320) in the vertical direction in a front view is restricted.

The locking portion 331 has an opening for engaging the other side (arrow L direction side) of the fixing member 320 with the bottom wall portion 301, and the opening has an L-shaped cross section from the periphery of the first opening portion 301c. It is engaged with the bottom wall portion 301 by inserting the protruding wall 301c1 that protrudes from the bottom wall portion 301 . As a result, when the interposing member 330 (fixing member 320) is arranged in the rear case 300, the protruding wall 301c1 is inserted into the engaging portion 331 of the interposing member 330 so that one side of the interposing member 330 (arrow R direction side) can be locked to the rear case 300 .

The engaged portion 332 is a portion that engages with the engaging member 310 , and has a projection dimension toward the rear case 300 side (arrow F direction side) that exceeds the engaging member 310 disposed on the rear case 300 . , and the distance dimension from the inner surface of the front side (arrow F direction side) of the enclosed space to the front surface of the bottom wall portion 301 is larger than the distance from the front surface of the engaging member 310 to the front surface of the bottom wall portion 301. set. As a result, the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332 and the engaging member 310 are arranged to overlap each other in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction).

The insertion hole 333 is a through hole through which a screw for fastening the interposition member 330 to a shaft support member 340 described later is inserted, and is set coaxially with the fastening hole 343 of the shaft support member 340 .

The protruding portion 334 is formed to have a substantially L-shaped cross section, and the distance between the tip portion on the bending side and the bottom surface of the interposing member 330 is set to be larger than the plate thickness of the insertion portion 344 of the pivot member 340, which will be described later. be done. Accordingly, the inserting portion 344 can be inserted between the opposite end portion of the protruding portion 334 on the bending side and the bottom surface of the interposing member 330 .

The shaft support member 340 has a box-like main body 341 that opens toward the rear case 300 (arrow F direction), and a substantially U-shaped cross section from the rear side (arrow B direction) of the main body 341. and a bulging support portion 342 .

The body portion 341 includes an insertion portion 344 that protrudes upward from a side surface on the upper side (direction of arrow U), and a box-shaped main body portion 341 that extends from the bottom side (direction of arrow D) to the rear side (direction of arrow D). (B direction side).

The insertion portion 344 is a plate member that is inserted between the bending-side distal end portion of the protrusion 334 and the bottom surface of the interposing member 330 , as described above. As a result, it is possible to prevent the upper side of the pivot member 340 from tilting toward the rear side of the rear case 300 .

The fastening hole 343 is arranged on the lower side (arrow D direction side) toward the end opposite to the insertion portion 344 . Further, as described above, the fastening hole 343 is a hole for fastening a screw inserted through the insertion hole 333 (see FIG. 39B) of the interposition member 330 . Therefore, the shaft supporting member 340 is fastened and fixed to the interposing member 330 at the lower side while the inserting portion 344 on the upper side (in the direction of the arrow U) is inserted into the protruding portion 334 of the interposing member 330 . Therefore, since the axial support member 340 is fixed to the interposition member 330 only by tightening the screw on the lower side, the number of tightened portions can be reduced, and the manufacturing process can be simplified.

The support portion 342 is a portion that is crimped to the bearing portion 117 of the substrate box 100 (main controller 110) described above, and is formed in a hollow shape in which a crimp fitting can be arranged. Note that the circuit board box 100 is held in a rotatable state with respect to the pivot member 340 by fastening with a caulking fitting.

Next, the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 will be described with reference to FIGS. 40(a) to 41(b). FIG. 40(a) is a front view of the rear case 300 before engagement of the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320, and FIG. 2 is a rear view of the rear case 300 in the state of . 41(a) is a front view of the rear case 300 after the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged, and FIG. 41(b) is a front view after the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged. 2 is a rear view of the rear case 300 in the state of . 40(b) and 41(b), a portion of the outer shape of the engaging member 310 that overlaps the rear case 300 is illustrated with a dashed line.

As shown in FIGS. 40(a) and 40(b), before the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged, the interposing member 330 and the pivot member 340 move toward the interposing member 330 (front side (arrow They are fastened and combined by screws inserted from the F direction side)). As a result, it is possible to prevent the insertion member 330 and the pivot member 340 from being illegally disassembled from the rear side of the rear case 300 (removing the fastened screws). As a result, it is possible to prevent the board box 100 crimped and fixed to the pivot member 340 from being replaced with an illegal board box.

Interposed member 330 and axial support member 340 (fixed member 320) in a fastened state are such that protruding wall 301c1 formed in first opening 301c is formed inside locking portion 331 of interposed member 330 as described above. inserted. In this case, the interposed member 330 and the pivot member 340 (fixed member 320) in the fastened state are arranged in the first opening 301c from the bending side (arrow R direction side) of the projecting wall 301c1.

When the fixing member 320 is arranged in the rear case 300 , the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332 is arranged at a position facing one side (engaging portion 316 side) end of the engaging member 310 . As a result, by slidingly displacing the engaging member 310 , one side (arrow R direction) end portion of the engaging member 310 can be inserted into the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332 .

Here, the outer dimension of the two engaging portions 316 of the engaging member 310 in the vertical direction (direction of arrows UD) is the opening in the vertical direction of the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 described above. It is set larger than the dimension. Therefore, there is a problem that the engaging member 310 cannot be arranged in the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332 .

On the other hand, the engaging member 310 can easily elastically deform the first piece 311 by the concave portion 317 provided on one side (arrow R direction side) of the first piece 311 as described above. Due to the triangular shape of joint portion 316 , force when engaging member 310 is slid and comes into contact with the inner edge of engaged portion 332 can be applied to concave portion 317 side of engaging member 310 . As a result, the bifurcated first piece 311 can be elastically deformed and inserted into the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332 .

As shown in FIGS. 41(a) and 41(b), the engaging member 310 slides and the first piece 311 of the engaging member 310 is displaced from the intervening member. When inserted into the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332 of 330, the elastically deformed first piece 311 returns to its original shape. As described above, the other side surface of the engaging portion 316 extends in a direction substantially orthogonal to the extending direction of the first piece 311 . Therefore, the force for elastically deforming the first piece 311 toward the concave portion 317 does not act only by the force for sliding the engaging member 310 in the opposite direction. That is, the inclined surface of the engaging portion 316 and the recessed portion 317 facilitate the insertion of the first piece 311 into the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332, and the side surface on the other side (arrow L direction side) of the engaging portion 316 It is possible to make it difficult for the first piece 311 inserted into the space surrounded by the engaged portion 332 to come off. As a result, it is possible to prevent the fixing member 320 from being removed from the rear side of the back case 300 due to fraudulent actions by the player, and the board box 100 (main controller 110) crimped to the fixing member 320 can be prevented from becoming an illegal board box. can be suppressed from being exchanged for

In addition, the rear case 300 is arranged between the base plate 60 and the rear case 300, and is located on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 60, and the base plate 60 and the rear case 300 (bottom wall portion 301). The fixing member 320 has an engaged portion 332 projecting to the front side (arrow F direction side) of the rear case 300, and the engaged portion 332 and the engaging member 310 are engaged with each other to be arranged in the rear case 300, so that the accessory device (in this example, the rotation unit 700) is arranged between the base plate 60 and the rear case 300. , the engaging member 310 can be operated from outside between the base plate 60 and the rear case 300 to engage the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 .

Therefore, the fixing member 320 can be arranged on the rear case 300 without the engaging member 310 being obstructed by the accessory device arranged between the base plate 60 and the rear case 300 . As a result, the fixing member 320 can be easily arranged on the rear case 300 .

In addition, since the engaging member 310 is engaged with the engaged portion 332 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the rear case 300, the engaging portion between the rear case 300 and the fixing member 320 is formed on the base plate. 60 and rear case 300. This makes it difficult to access the engaging portion between the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 60 . As a result, the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 is released from the back side of the base plate 60, and the fixing member 320 is prevented from being tampered with (for example, replaced with an incorrect fixing member). can.

In addition, the rear case 300 includes a first opening 301c that opens in a portion where the fixing member 320 is arranged, and a second opening 301d that opens in a portion where the engaging member 310 is arranged. The engaging member 310 is arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the back case 300 and is inserted through the second opening 301d from the back side (arrow B direction side) of the back case 300. Since the engaging portion 332 of the fixing member 320 that has passed through the first opening 301c is arranged on the front side of the rear case 300, the engaging member 310 and the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 are arranged on the front side of the rear case 300. can be made difficult to access from the rear side of the rear case 300 to the engaging portion with the . As a result, the fixing member 320 can be fixed to the back case 300 irrespective of the size of the accessory device arranged on the back case 300, and an illegal board box can be operated from the back side of the game board 13. can be prevented from being replaced with

Furthermore, since the engaging member 310 is provided with an operator 315 that is inserted through the second opening 301d and protrudes toward the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the rear case 300, the front side (arrow F direction side) of the rear case 300 is provided. ), the engagement member 310 can be easily operated. As a result, the engaging operation between the engaging member 310 and the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 can be facilitated.

In addition, since the engaging member 310 can be slidably displaced on a plane parallel to the front side of the back case 300 (bottom wall portion 301), the engaging member 310 can move forward and backward with respect to the back case 300 (as shown by the arrows). FB direction), the front side (arrow F direction side) of the engaging member 310 can be easily used as an arrangement space for a accessory device arranged in the rear case 300 . As a result, the area on the front side of the rear case 300 (bottom wall portion 301) can be easily used as a space for arranging the accessory device.

Next, an operation for removing the fixing member 320 from the back case 300 from the state shown in FIG. 41 will be described.

As shown in FIG. 41, the first opening 301c has a substantially L-shape when viewed from the front, and the concave portion 317 of the engaging member 310 in the engaged state with the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 is the first opening. It is possible to operate from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the rear case 300 through the 1 opening 301c.

Therefore, by elastically deforming the outer portion of the recessed portion 317 of the engaging member 310 toward the recessed side of the recessed portion 317 with a special tool or the like, the engagement between the engaging portion 316 of the engaging member 310 and the engaged portion 332 can be achieved. combination is canceled. In this disengaged state, the engaging member 310 is displaced in the direction (arrow L direction) pulled out from the internal space engaged by the engaged portion 332, and then the deformation of the engaging member 310 is restored. , the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the engaged portion 332 can be released.

It is preferable that the gap between the outer portion of the concave portion 317 of the engaging member 310 and the first opening 301c is formed as small as possible. This makes it impossible to insert the fingers of a person who removes the fixing member 320 from the rear case 300, and allows the insertion of a dedicated tool. As a result, only a worker with a dedicated tool can replace the board box 100 (main controller 110), and it is possible to prevent the board box 100 from being replaced with an illegal board box 100. FIG.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 42(a) and 42(b), the board box 100 (main controller 110) crimped to the pivot member 340 will be described. 42(a) is a perspective rear view of the rear case 300 and the board box 100 (main controller 110), and FIG. 42(b) is a rear view of the rear case 300 and the board box 100 (main controller 110). is. In FIG. 42(b), the outer shape of the engaging member 310 that overlaps the board box 100 is illustrated with a dashed line.

As shown in FIGS. 42(a) and 42(b), the board box 100 includes a bearing portion 117 protruding from one end (arrow R direction side). A pair of bearing portions 117 are arranged at a predetermined interval in the vertical direction (direction of arrows UD). The pair of bearing portions 117 is a portion that is crimped to the support portion 342 of the shaft support member 340 as described above, and the vertical dimension of the support portion 342 (the direction of the arrows UD) and the distance between the opposing portions are substantially equal. set to be the same. As a result, the substrate box 100 is fastened to the shaft support member 340 by arranging the support portion 342 between the pair of bearing portions 117 facing each other and inserting a crimp pin from above the bearing portion 117 to crimp and fix the substrate box 100 . be done.

According to the board box 100 configured as described above, the board box 100 is rotatably held with respect to the pivot member 340 and is arranged on the rear side of the engaging member 310. Thus, when operating the manipulator 315 to engage the engaging member 310 with the fixing member 320 , the manipulator 315 can be easily operated by rotating the board box 100 . In addition, after engaging the engaging member 310 with the fixing member 320, by arranging the circuit board box 100 on the back side of the engaging member 310, it is possible to make it difficult to operate the manipulator 315 from the back side of the back case 300. . As a result, after the pachinko machine 10 is assembled, it is possible to prevent the manipulator 315 from being operated and the board box to be replaced with an illegal board box.

The other end side (arrow L direction side) of the board box 100 is inserted toward the bottom wall portion 301 of the back case 300 from the back side (arrow B direction side) of the board box 100 and fastened to the back case 300 . It is fixed by a screw that is installed. As a result, the board box 100 is arranged on the rear side of the rear case 300 in a non-rotatable (operable) state.

Next, the detailed configuration of the lower displacement unit 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. 43 to 69. FIG. First, a structure for displacing the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 43 to 46. FIG.

43 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIG. 44 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400. FIG. 45 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIG. 46 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement unit 400. FIG. 43 to 14 illustrate a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at the retracted position (the lowest position with respect to the base member 410).

As shown in FIGS. 43 to 46, the lower displacement unit 400 includes a base member 410 arranged on the bottom wall portion 301 (see FIG. 6) of the rear case 300, and a transmission member arranged on the base member 410. 420, a link member 430 connected to the base member 410 and displaced along with the displacement of the transmission member 420, one end slidably connected to the base member 410 and the other end connected to the link member 430. and a lower displacement member 440 that is displaced by receiving driving force from the link member 430 .

The base member 410 is formed by combining two oblong rectangular plate members in the front-back direction, and includes a front base 411 arranged on the front side and a rear base 412 arranged on the rear side. A transmission member 420 and a link member 430 are arranged between the front base 411 and the rear base 412 facing each other.

The front base 411 has two sliding grooves 411a and 411b penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction of the paper surface of FIG. 43), two cylindrical shaft support pins 411c and 411d projecting to the rear side, and a shaft support pin 411d. and a curved wall portion 411e protruding in an arc around the axis.

The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are holes through which two projections 472 and 473 protruding from the back side of the lower displacement member 440 are inserted. The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are formed to extend in the horizontal direction. Therefore, by displacing the projections 472 and 473 inserted through the sliding grooves 411a and 411b along the sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be slid in the left-right direction.

The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are curved in an arc shape, and extend upward (upward in FIG. 43) from the left (left in FIG. 43) end of the front base 411 to the right (right in FIG. 43) end. ). Furthermore, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are arranged at positions where the axes of the respective arcs are different, and the gap between them in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 43) is narrowed from the left end to the right end.

Since the distance between projections 472 and 473 of the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 to be described later does not change, when the lower displacement member 440 is slid along the sliding groove, the lower displacement member 440 is rotated. It can be displaced while moving. That is, by changing the distance between the two sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be rotated as it slides without applying a rotational driving force to the lower displacement member 440. FIG. A detailed displacement mode of the lower displacement member 440 will be described later.

The shaft support pin 411c is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft portion 422a of a cam member 422 of a transmission member 420, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion 422a. Further, the pivot pin 411 c is formed of a metal rod-like body and fitted onto the front base 411 . Therefore, when a force acts on the cam member 422 from its outer peripheral surface in the axial direction, it is possible to prevent the pivot pin 411c from breaking (damage).

The pivot pin 411d is a protrusion that is inserted into a through hole 431a formed at one end of a first link member 431, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 431a. Further, the pivot pin 411d is formed of a metallic rod-like body and fitted onto the front base 411. As shown in FIG. Therefore, when a force acts on the first link member 431 in the direction of the through hole 431a, it is possible to prevent the pivot pin 411d from breaking (breaking).

The curved wall portion 411e protrudes from the back side of the front base 411 and is curved around the axis of the pivot pin 411d. The protruding distance of the curved wall portion 411e is set to a distance at which the protruding tip surface of the plate-like protrusion 431b of the first link member 431, which will be described later, abuts. Therefore, the first link member 431 is prevented from being displaced forward. In addition, since the curved wall portion 411e is curved around the axis of the pivot pin 411d, even when the first link member 431 is rotated around the axis of the pivot pin 411d, the first link member 431 does not move. The plate-like projection 431b can be brought into contact with the projecting tip surface of the curved wall portion 411e.

The recovery port 411f is an opening for recovering the ball emitted from the emission opening 471 by moving the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440, which will be described later, into the recovery port 411f. The downstream side of the recovery port 411f is connected to a ball recovery path. The recovery port 411f is a hole protruding from the right end of the front base 411, and the opening surface thereof faces the lower displacement member 440 in the retracted state and the lower displacement member 440 in the first extended state. The surface is positioned below the output opening 471 in the direction of gravity.

In addition, the exit opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 in the retracted state is arranged above the recovery port 411f. Therefore, the ball emitted from the emission opening 471 can be received in the recovery port 411f and recovered quickly.

The rear base 412 has grooves 412a and 412b recessed from the front side (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 44) toward the rear side, and a locking portion 412c formed protruding toward the front side in the vicinity of the groove 412b. Formed by the Lord.

The groove portion 412a is a hole into which the tip side of the pivot pin 411c of the front base 411 is inserted. recessed in position. Therefore, the cam member 422 is held by the base member 410 so as not to fall off by combining the front base 411 and the rear base 412 after the pivot pin 411c is inserted into the shaft portion 422a. In addition, since the back base 412 can hold the tip of the pivot pin 411c, when force is applied to the cam member 422 in the axial direction from the outer peripheral surface, the pivot pin 411c will not come into contact with the front base 411. It is possible to suppress bending and breaking from the connecting portion.

The groove portion 412b is a hole into which the front end side of the pivot pin 411d of the front base 411 is inserted, and is formed in a circular shape with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the pivot pin 411d and faces the pivot pin 411d. recessed in position. Therefore, the first link member 431 is held by the base member 410 so as not to fall off by combining the front base 411 and the rear base 412 after the pivot pin 411d is inserted into the through hole 431a. In addition, since the rear base 412 can hold the tip of the pivot pin 411d, when a force acts on the first link member 431 in the direction of the through hole 431a, the pivot pin 411d and the front base 411 are displaced. It is possible to suppress bending and breaking from the connection part of.

The locking portion 412c is a plate that locks one end of the biasing spring SP1, which will be described later, and is formed outside the biasing spring SP1. Thereby, the one end side of the biasing spring SP1 can be locked. A detailed description of the biasing spring SP1 will be given later.

The transmission member 420 includes a transmission gear 421 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM1 attached to the front side of the front base 411, and a cam meshed with the transmission gear 421 and rotated as the transmission gear 421 is driven. The member 422 is mainly provided.

The transmission gear 421 is a gear having a meshing surface over the entire outer peripheral surface, and is fitted onto the shaft of the drive motor KM1. Therefore, when power is applied to the drive motor KM1 to rotate the shaft, the transmission gear 421 is also rotated.

The cam member 422 is formed of a plate-like body having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction and having a shape in which ends of two semicircles having different sizes are combined with each other when viewed from the front. A semicircular portion of the cam member 422 having a small outer shape is provided with a tooth surface 422b that meshes with the transmission gear 421 on the outer peripheral surface thereof, and a shaft portion 422a is formed through the center of the semicircular portion. A semicircular portion of the cam member 422 having a large outer shape is formed with a sliding groove 422c that is recessed on the rear side facing the link member 430, which will be described later.

The shaft portion 422a is a hole through which the shaft support pin 411c is inserted as described above, and the shaft portion 422a is rotatably supported by the shaft support pin 411c so that the cam member 422 moves the shaft of the shaft support pin 411c. It is rotatably held centrally.

The cam member 422 is arranged on the base member 410 with the tooth surface 422b meshing with the transmission gear 421. Therefore, when the transmission gear 421 is rotated, the cam member 422 rotates about the axis of the shaft portion 422a. can.

The sliding groove 422c is recessed along the outer periphery of the semicircular portion of the cam member 422 having a large radius. Therefore, the distance from the shaft portion 422a increases from one end side toward the other end side. The sliding groove 422c includes a stepped portion 422c1 extending from the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 in the direction of the through hole 431a when the lower displacement member 440 is in a retracted state, which will be described later, and a lower displacement groove 422c. A stepped portion 422c3 extending in the direction of the through hole 431a from the sliding projection 431d when the member 440 is positioned in a second extended state, which will be described later, and the lower displacement member 440 are positioned between the retracted state and the second extended state. and a stepped portion 422c2 that extends from the sliding projection 431d toward the through hole 431a when positioned in the intermediate first projecting state.

Link member 430 is formed from two link members, a first link member 431 and a second link member 432 . Further, the link member 430 is formed by rotatably connecting the ends of the first link member 431 and the second link member 432 .

The first link member 431 is bent in a substantially V-shape when viewed from the front, and is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The first link member 431 is a link that is displaced in accordance with the displacement of the cam member 422. The first link member 431 has a through hole 431a penetrating in the front-rear direction at one end and a columnar connecting projection 431c projecting rearward at the other end. , which mainly includes a plate-like projection 431b projecting to a position facing the curved wall portion 411e, and a cylindrical sliding projection 431d projecting to the front side of the bent portion.

The through hole 431a is a through hole into which the pivot pin 411d is inserted as described above. The first link member 431 is rotatably held with respect to the base member 410 by combining the front base 411 and the rear base 412 with the pivot pin 411d inserted into the through hole 431a.

The plate-like protrusion 431b is a protrusion that suppresses the first link member 431 from being displaced in the front-rear direction and suppresses the first link member 431 from colliding with the cam member 422 arranged in front. The cam member 422 is formed into a plate-like body projecting in a curved shape with the hole 431a as an axis, and the projecting length is set larger than the thickness of the cam member 422 in the front-rear direction. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress collision between the rear surface of the cam member 422 and the front surface of the first link member 431 .

The projecting dimension of the plate-shaped projection 9431b is set larger than the thickness of the cam member 422 (the dimension in the direction of arrow FB). Furthermore, the base member 410 (curved wall portion 411e) facing the protruding tip surface of the plate-like projection 431b is arranged with a slight gap (distance X14 (see FIG. 55(a))).

The cam member 422 is arranged so as to be displaceable in a region between the front surface of the first link member 9431 excluding the plate-like projection 431b and the projecting surface (back surface) of the curved wall portion 411e. In addition, the dimension of the two gaps, which is the gap between the cam member 422 and the first link member 431 facing each other and the gap between the cam member 422 and the base member 410 facing each other, is larger than the distance X14 described above. set large.

As a result, when the first link member 9431 bends in the direction (arrow F direction) in which the distance X14 described above is reduced, the base member 410 (curved wall portion 411e) faces the protruding distal end surface of the plate-like projection 431b. can be brought into contact with the Therefore, it is possible to prevent the displacement of the cam member 422 from being restricted due to being caught between the front surface of the first link member 9431 excluding the plate-like projection 9431b and the projecting surface (back surface) of the curved wall portion 411e.

The connecting projection 431c is a shaft portion that is connected to a second link member 432, which will be described later. A large screw or the like is fastened. Thereby, the first link member 431 and the second link member 432 are rotatably connected.

A wall portion 431f that protrudes toward the rear side is formed at the edge of the through hole 431a. The wall portion 431f is a wall surface for fitting and holding an urging spring SP1, which will be described later, on its outer peripheral surface.

The link-side engaging portion 431e is a protrusion that engages the other end side of the biasing spring SP1 fitted in the wall portion 431f, and is formed to protrude in the shape of a hook on the back side of one end side of the first link member 431. . Therefore, one end of the biasing spring SP1 is engaged with the engaging portion 412c of the rear base 412, and the other end thereof is engaged with the link side engaging portion 431e of the first link member 431. be. Therefore, the biasing force of the biasing spring SP1 can act in a direction to rotate the other end side of the first link member 431 upward with respect to the base member 410 . As a result, when the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced, the biasing force of the biasing spring SP1 acts, so that the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 can be suppressed.

431 d of sliding protrusions are formed in the position spaced apart from the through-hole 431a by substantially the same distance as the separation distance with the axial part 422a of the cam member 422 from the through-hole 431a. Further, the sliding projection 431d has its tip portion inserted inside the sliding groove 422c. That is, the sliding protrusion 431d is formed so that its outer diameter is smaller than the width dimension between the opposing sliding grooves 422c.

431 d of sliding protrusions are arrange|positioned inside the sliding groove 422c, and with the rotational displacement of the cam member 422, they slide inside the sliding groove 422c, and are displaced. That is, by displacing the cam member 422, the first link member 431 is rotationally displaced around the axis of the through hole 431a. A detailed description of the displacement of the first link member 431 will be given later.

In addition, since the sliding protrusion 431d and the plate-like protrusion 431b are formed at positions close to each other, the forward displacement of the first link member 431 is suppressed by the plate-like protrusion 431b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the sliding protrusion 431d from pushing the cam member 422 forward. As a result, it is not necessary to deepen the recess depth of the sliding groove 422c recessed in the cam member 422, and the rigidity can be ensured without increasing the thickness of the cam member 422 in the front-rear direction.

The second link member 432 is formed in a plate shape with a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction while being formed in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front, one end of which is long. The second link member 432 is mainly formed with a through hole 432a penetrating in the front-rear direction at one end and a through hole 432b penetrating in the front-rear direction at the other end.

The through hole 432a is a hole for connecting with the first link member 431 as described above, and the connecting protrusion 431c is inserted therein. Thereby, the second link member 432 is rotatably connected to the first link member 431 .

The through hole 432b is connected to a lower displacement member 440, which will be described later, so that the displacement of the link member 430 can be transmitted to the lower displacement member 440. As shown in FIG. The through hole 432b is a hole into which a projection 482a of the rear case 482, which will be described later, is inserted, and the inner diameter thereof is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the projection 482a. Therefore, by inserting the protrusion 482a into the through hole 432b and fastening a screw or the like having a head larger than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b to the tip of the protrusion 482a, the lower displacement member 440 can move the second link member 432. rotatably held with respect to the Therefore, the driving of the lower displacement member 440 is transmitted through the link member 430 when the cam member 422 is rotationally displaced.

Next, displacement operation of the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 52. FIG. 47 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state, FIG. 48 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first extended state, and FIG. 49 is a lower displacement unit in the second extended state. FIG. 4 is a front view of 400; 50 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state, FIG. 51 is a rear view of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first extended state, and FIG. 52 is the lower displacement unit in the second extended state. 400 is a rear view. 50 to 52 show a state in which the rear base 412 is transparent. 50 to 52, the plate-like projection 431b of the first link member 431 and part of the curved wall portion 411e are illustrated by chain lines.

The retracted state is a state in which the sliding projection 431d arranged inside the sliding groove 422c is arranged between the facing steps 442c1, and the lower displacement member 440 is arranged on the lower side. The second overhanging state is a state in which the sliding protrusion 431d is arranged between the stepped portions 442c3 and the distal end side of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at the highest position. The first overhanging state is a state in which the sliding projection 431d is arranged between the stepped portions 442c2 and the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in an intermediate state between the retracted state and the second overhanging state.

As shown in FIGS. 47 and 50, the cam member 422 in the first position of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state is rotated by the transmission gear 421 to move the other end side of the sliding groove 422c (the side of the stepped portion 422c3). The shaft portion 422a is positioned on the right side in rear view (the right side in FIG. 50). In this case, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 is guided along the inner wall of the sliding groove 422c and positioned at the stepped portion 422c1. Therefore, the first link member 431 is positioned such that the other end side (connecting protrusion 431c side) is located on the right side of the through hole 431a on the one end side (the right side in FIG. 50) when rotated about the through hole 431a. The end side is positioned at the lower end of the rotatable range (first driven position).

Since the second link member 432 is connected to the first link member 431, one end side (through hole 432a side) connected to the first link member 431 is positioned on the right side in rear view (the right side in FIG. 50). As a result, in the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432, the projections 472 and 473 connected to the front base 411 are positioned on the right side of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b in rear view (the right side in FIG. 50). state. As described above, the distance between the sliding grooves 411a and 411b facing each other in the vertical direction is larger on the right side than on the left side in rear view. It is placed in a state where That is, it is arranged in front of the front base 411 .

The displacement from the retracted state shown in FIGS. 47 and 50 to the first extended state shown in FIGS. 46 and 51 is performed by displacing the cam member 422 .

In the first protruding state, the transmission gear 421 is rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM1, and the cam member 422 is rotated by approximately 90 degrees from the retracted state position to be displaced to the third position. As a result, the other end of the cam member 422 (the side of the stepped portion 422c3) is positioned above the shaft portion 422a. Due to this rotational displacement, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 guided by the inner wall of the sliding groove 422c is displaced with the displacement of the sliding groove 422c and arranged at the third driven position. In addition, in the first projecting state, the sliding projection 431d is guided between the opposing inner walls of the stepped portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c.

Therefore, the first link member 431 is rotated approximately 30 degrees around the through hole 431a by the displacement of the sliding protrusion 431d, and the other end side (connecting protrusion 431c side) is shifted from the retracted position to the upper left side in rear view (FIG. 51). upper left).

Due to the rotational displacement of the first link member 431, the second link member 432 connected to the first link member 431 is displaced, and the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432 is displaced. In this case, the projections 472 and 473 of the lower displacement member 440 are slidably connected to the sliding grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411, so that the lower displacement member 440 is displaced along the shape of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b. As described above, the distance between the sliding grooves 411a and 411b facing each other in the vertical direction is narrowed from the right side to the left side in the rear view, so that the lower displacement member 440 slides to the right side in the front view (the right side in FIG. 48). While being displaced, the tip side is rotationally displaced upward.

In addition, in the first overhanging state, the recovery port 411f is positioned on the lower side in the direction of gravity on the tip side. That is, when the lower displacement member 440 is shifted from the retracted state to the first protruding state, the distal end side of the lower displacement member 440 protrudes to the right side of the base member 410 in front view by rotating while slidingly displacing it. can be displaced without As a result, it is possible to easily form a displacement region that is different from the variable regions of other displacement roles. You can suppress collisions with other displaceable objects.

In addition, since the recovery port 411f is positioned below one end of the lower displacement member 440 (the side opposite to the protrusions 472 and 473 connected to the front base 411), the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440, which will be described later, When the shooting operation is performed and the ball falls downward as it is from the emission opening 471, the ball can be thrown to the recovery port 411f.

The displacement from the first extended state shown in FIGS. 48 and 51 to the second extended state shown in FIGS. 49 and 52 is performed by further displacing the cam member 422 from the first extended state.

In the second extended state, the transmission gear 421 is rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM1 from the first extended state, and the cam member 422 is rotated approximately 90 degrees from the first extended state position (third position). is placed in the second position. Therefore, the other end side of the cam member 422 (stepped portion 422c3 side) is positioned above the shaft portion 422a. As the slide groove 422c is displaced, the moving protrusion 431d is displaced and placed at the second driven position. Guided between opposing inner walls.

Therefore, the first link member 431 is rotated approximately 30 degrees around the through hole 431a by the displacement of the sliding projection 431d, and the other end side (connecting projection 431c side) of the first link member 431 is shifted from the position of the first projecting state to approximately It is displaced to the upper left (upper left in FIG. 52).

Due to the rotational displacement of the first link member 431, the second link member 432 connected to the first link member 431 is displaced, and the lower displacement member 440 connected to the second link member 432 is displaced. In this case, the projections 472 and 473 of the lower displacement member 440 are slidably connected to the sliding grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411, so that the lower displacement member 440 is displaced along the shape of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b. As described above, the distance between the sliding grooves 411a and 411b facing each other in the vertical direction is narrowed from the right side to the left side in the rear view, so that the lower displacement member 440 slides to the right side in the front view (the right side in FIG. 49). While being displaced, the tip side is rotationally displaced upward.

In addition, in the same manner as in the first protruding state, in the second protruding state, the recovery port 411f is positioned on the lower side in the direction of gravity on the tip side. That is, when the lower displacement member 440 is shifted from the retracted state to the second protruding state, the distal end side of the lower displacement member 440 protrudes to the right side of the base member 410 in the front view by rotating while slidingly displacing it. can be displaced without As a result, it is possible to easily form a displacement region that is different from the variable regions of other displacement roles, and to suppress collisions with other displacement roles.

Next, referring to FIG. 53, the positional relationship between the first link member 431 and the cam member 422 in each state will be described. FIG. 53(a) is a rear view of the first link member 431 and the cam member 422 in the retracted state, FIG. 53(b) in the first extended state, and FIG. 53(c) in the second extended state. be. 53(a) to 53(c), the portion of the cam member 422 that overlaps the first link member 431 is indicated by a dashed line.

As shown in FIG. 53(a), in the retracted state, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 is arranged between the opposing inner walls of the stepped portion 422c1 of the sliding groove 422c. Further, as described above, the sliding protrusion 431d is formed at a position spaced apart from the through hole 431a by substantially the same distance as the distance between the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422 and the through hole 431a. Therefore, when a force rotating about the axis of the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 positioned in the retracted state, the force can be applied to the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422 from the sliding projection 431d. can. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the cam member 422 by the torque of the first link member 431 . As a result, in the retracted state, displacement of the lower displacement member 440 connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 can be suppressed.

As shown in FIG. 53(b), in the first overhanging state, the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 and the inner wall of the stepped portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c are arranged between the opposing inner walls. Therefore, as in the retracted state, when a force rotating about the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 positioned in the first extended state, the force is transferred from the sliding projection 431d to the cam member 422. It can act on the shaft portion 422a. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the cam member 422 by the torque of the first link member 431 . As a result, in the first overhanging state, the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 can be suppressed.

Here, since the first projecting position is the middle position of the displacement of the lower displacement member 440, in order to maintain the stopped state, it is necessary to keep the drive motor KM1 in the stopped state. Therefore, if the lower displacement member 440 is stopped at the first projecting position (intermediate position of displacement), there is a problem that energy consumption increases.

In contrast, in the present embodiment, in the first overhanging state, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 is arranged between the opposing inner walls of the stepped portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c. In addition, displacement of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the electric power of the drive motor KM1 is stopped when the lower displacement member 440 is stopped at a position in the middle of displacement, the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 when the lower displacement member 440 is stopped in the middle of displacement.

As shown in FIG. 53(c), in the second protruding state, the sliding projection 431d of the first link member 431 and the inner wall of the stepped portion 422c2 of the sliding groove 422c are arranged between the opposing inner walls. Therefore, similarly to the retracted state and the first extended state, when a force rotating about the axis of the through hole 431a acts on the first link member 431 positioned in the second extended state, the force is slidably applied. The shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422 can be acted upon from the projection 431d. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the rotation of the cam member 422 by the torque of the first link member 431 . As a result, in the second projecting state, it is possible to suppress displacement of the lower displacement member 440 that is connected to the first link member 431 via the second link member 432 .

Further, since the stepped portions 422c1, 422c2, and 422c3 extend in the direction connecting the sliding protrusion 431d and the through hole 431a, the sliding groove 422c extends in the direction in which the sliding protrusion 431d of the first link member 431 is displaced. width can be reduced. Therefore, the gap between the sliding groove 422c and the sliding protrusion 431d, which allows the first link member 431 to rotate about the axis of the through hole 431a, is reduced at the retracted position, the first projecting position, and the second projecting position. can. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the gap in which the first link member 431 in each state can be rotationally displaced about the axis of the through hole 431a. As a result, the swing width of the lower displacement member 440 in each state due to vibration or inertial force when the displacement is stopped can be reduced, making it easier for the player to visually recognize the stopped state.

Therefore, the transmission member 420 and the link member 430 (driving mechanism) for driving the lower displacement member 440 restrict the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 in the reaction direction when the game ball is ejected from the ball receiving portion 467. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 with respect to the base member 410 due to the reaction. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

Next, referring to FIG. 54, the relationship between the link member 430 and the cam member 422 in the front-rear direction will be described. 54(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along the LIVa-LIVa line in FIG. 50, and FIG. 54(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along the LIVb-LIVb line in FIG. be. 51 and 52, the rear base 412 is shown transparently, but FIGS. 54(a) and 54(b) show cross-sectional views of the lower displacement unit 400 in a non-transparent state. .

As shown in FIG. 54( a ), the link member 430 of the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state is arranged between the rear base 412 and the cam member 422 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction. That is, the other end side of the first link member 431 is connected to the lower displacement member 440 configured by combining a plurality of fixtures via the second link member 432, so that the load of the lower displacement member 440 moves forward and backward. Since the cam member 422 is arranged forward where there is a risk of bending, the forward bending of the first link member 431 can be suppressed. As a result, the forward movement of the first link member 431 can be suppressed, so that the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed from swinging in the front-rear direction.

As shown in FIG. 54(b), the link member 430 of the lower displacement unit 400 in the first extended state is arranged between the rear base 412 and the cam member 422 as in the retracted state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction.

In addition, in the retracted state and the first extended state, the cam member 422 is arranged on the front side of the connecting portion between the first link member 431 and the second link member 432 of the link member 430 . Therefore, if the link member 430 is formed of two members, it is necessary to make the connecting portion rotatable. Since the member 422 is arranged, it is possible to suppress bending of the connecting portion of the link member 430 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction.

<Displacement of Displaceable Member is Regulated by Regulating Means for Regulating Displacement of Driven Member>
Next, the relationship between the cam member 422 and the curved wall portion 411e will be described with reference to FIGS. 55 and 56. FIG. 55(a) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along line LVa-LVa of FIG. 50, and FIG. 55(b) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along line LVb-LVb of FIG. FIG. 55(c) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 along line LVc-LVc in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 55(a), when the lower displacement unit 400 is in the retracted state (first position), the cam member 422 and the curved wall portion 411e move in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). placed in different positions. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in the resistance acting on the cam member 422 when displacing the lower displacement unit 400 from the retracted state (first position) to the first extended state (third position). As a result, the start of displacement of the lower displacement member 440 can be stabilized.

As shown in FIGS. 55(b) and 55(c), when the lower displacement unit 400 is in the first overhanging state (third position), a portion of the cam member 422 extends from the curved wall portion 411e. is arranged at a position separated by a predetermined gap on the front side (direction of arrow F) of the . As a result, when the cam member 422 is displaced in the front direction, the axial side surface of the cam member 422 is brought into contact with the curved wall portion 411e, thereby suppressing the cam member 422 from being displaced in the front direction.

The surface of the cam member 422 on the front base 411 side (arrow F direction side) is formed to be a flat surface parallel to the rear surface of the front base 411 (see FIG. 45). Accordingly, when the cam member 422 is displaced toward the curved wall portion 411e, the flat surface of the cam member 422 can be brought into contact with the curved wall portion 411e. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the cam member 422 from partially coming into contact with the curved wall portion 411e and to prevent the force from being concentrated on a part of the curved wall portion 411e. As a result, damage to the cam member 422 can be suppressed.

Here, as described above, when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced from the retracted state (first position) to the first extended state (third position), the tip side (the projection 473 connected to the front base 411 and the opposite side in the longitudinal direction) are rotationally displaced upward (in the direction of arrow U). Therefore, the force component for tilting the lower displacement member 440 in the front-rear direction is increased by the amount that the component in the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 approaches the direction of gravity. Therefore, in the first extended state (third position), the front-rear force acting on the link member 430 supporting the lower displacement member 440 is greater than in the retracted state (first position). be enlarged. As a result, the cam member 422 connected to the link member 430 is easily displaced in the front-rear direction.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the retracted state (first position) beyond the first extended state (third position), the cam member 422 is partly curved. Since it is arranged on the front side of the portion 411e, it is possible to restrict the displacement of the cam member 422 toward the front side. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower displacement member 440 from swinging in the front-rear direction between the first extended state (third position) and the second extended state (second position). can be easily made visible.

In addition, the displacement of the link member 430 to the rear side can be restricted by arranging the link member 430 between the rear base 412 and the cam member 422 as described above. That is, when the link member 430 swings toward the rear side, the link member 430 is brought into contact with the rear base 412 to restrict the displacement of the link member 430 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower displacement member 440 from rocking in the front-rear direction.

In addition, the front base 411 includes restricting means (curved wall portion 411e) that restricts the swinging of the link member 430 in directions other than the driven direction, and the cam member 422 is displaced between the first position and the second position. and displacing a first displacement region displacing a third position intermediate between the first position and the second position from the first position, and a second displacement region displacing the second position from the third position, When the cam member 422 is displaced from the first position to the second position, the link member 430 is driven from the first driven position to the second driven position, and moves from the first driven position to the first driven position and the second driven position. and a second driven region displacing the second driven position from the third driven position, wherein the second displacement region and the first driven region are set in the same region, and when the cam member 422 is displaced through the second displacement region, the restricting means (curved wall portion 411e) restricts the swinging of the cam member 422 in directions other than the displacement direction. Therefore, the rocking motion of the link member 430 and the cam member 422 can be restricted using the same portion of the restricting means (curved wall portion 411e).

Therefore, since it is sufficient to form the restricting means (curved wall portion 411e) at one place, the shape of the restricting means can be reduced compared to the case where the restricting means for restricting displacement is formed in each of the cam member 422 and the link member 430, respectively. can be simplified and manufacturing costs can be reduced.

In addition, since the swinging motion of the link member 430 and the cam member 422 can be restricted using the same portion of the restricting means (curved wall portion 411e), the link member 430 can be attached to one restricting means (curved wall portion 411e). and the cam member 422 and the restricting portion, the restricting means (curved wall portion 411e) can be reduced accordingly.

Further, when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the retracted state to the second extended state, the protrusions 472 and 473 of the lower displacement member 440 are inserted into the sliding grooves 411a and 411b formed in the front base 411. As the cam member 422 displaces, the collar C (see FIG. 14) provided on the protrusions 472 and 473 moves toward the front side (arrow F direction side) of the other end side of the cam member 422 (the side of the stepped portion 422c3). (see FIGS. 50-52). As a result, when the other end side of the cam member 422 (the side of the stepped portion 422c3) is pushed rearward by the projections 472 and 473 (the collars C arranged on the projections 472 and 473), the cam member 422 moves toward the shaft portion. There is a risk that it will be rotationally displaced in the front-rear direction about 422 a and will come into contact with the link member 430 .

In contrast, in the present embodiment, as described above, the displacement of the cam member 422 toward the front side can be restricted by contacting the curved wall portion 411e, so that the cam member 422 can move about the shaft portion 422a. Rotational displacement in the front-rear direction can be suppressed. As a result, contact between the link member 430 and the cam member 422 can be suppressed.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the cam member 422 is displaced beyond the first extended state (third position), the displacement is restricted by the curved wall portion 411e. It is possible to suppress an increase in frictional resistance due to contact with the wall portion 411e. As a result, the initial motion of the cam member 422 can be stabilized.

Next, referring to FIG. 56, cam member 422 and first link member 431 when lower displacement unit 400 is in the second displacement state will be described. 56(a) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400 taken along line LVIa-LVIa in FIG. 52, and FIG. 56(b) is a first position of the lower displacement unit 400 in the second extended state (second position). 4 is a front view of a link member 431 and a cam member 422; FIG. In addition, in FIG.56(b), the outer shape of the base member 410 is illustrated by the chain line.

As shown in FIG. 56, when the lower displacement unit 400 is in the second displacement state, the end of the cam member 422 contacts the plate-like projection 431b of the first link member 431. As shown in FIG. Thereby, the rotational displacement of the cam member 422 in the direction in which the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the retracted state (first position) to the second displaced state can be restricted. As a result, the operation of stopping the rotational displacement of the cam member 422 can be distributed to the meshing portion of the transmission gear 421 and the tooth surface 422b and the contact portion of the cam member 422 and the first link member 431. Damage to the tooth surfaces of the gear 421 and the tooth surface 422b can be suppressed.

Further, when the lower displacement unit 400 is in the second displacement state, the contact surface between the plate-like projection 431b of the first link member 431 and the cam member 422 is aligned with the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 422. It is set in a direction perpendicular to the imaginary line KS1 passing through the part. As a result, when a force displacing the first link member 431 from the second displaced state toward the retracted state (first position) acts around the axis of the first link member 431 , the force acts on the shaft portion 422 a of the cam member 422 . Acting in the direction of rotation can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the cam member 422 from rotating due to the force acting on the first link member 431 .

Here, as described above, the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced upward (in the direction of the arrow U) at its distal end side (longitudinal side opposite to the protrusion 473 connected to the front base 411). Therefore, as the component in the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 approaches the direction of gravity, the rotational force acting around the axis of the through hole 431a of the first link member 431 supporting the lower displacement member 440 becomes maximum. Since transmission of force from the first link member 431 to the cam member 422 is suppressed, the lower displacement member 440 can be easily maintained at the position of the second displacement state.

Further, when the cam member 422 is arranged at the position of the second displacement state, the load of the lower displacement member 440 causes the through hole 431a of the first link member 431 to rotate about its axis. In this case, the force PW1 (see FIG. 56(b)) in the direction in which the end of the cam member 422 is pushed out by the plate-shaped projection 431b and the cam member 422 rotates around the shaft portion 422a, The force PW2 (see FIG. 56(b)) in the direction in which the inner wall of the moving groove 422c is pushed out from the sliding projection 431d and the cam member 422 rotates about the axis of the shaft portion 422a acts in a direction to cancel each other. As a result, it is possible to prevent the cam member 422 from rotating due to the force applied from the first link member 431 .

Next, the configuration of the lower displacement member 440 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 57 to 60. FIG. 57(a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440, and FIG. 57(b) is a rear view of the lower displacement member 440. FIG. 58 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 440, and FIG. 59 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement member 440. FIG. 60(a) and (b) are front views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG.

60(a) shows a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 is seen transparently, and in FIG. 60(b), the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently. is shown.

57 to 60, the lower displacement member 440 includes a base member 470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 covering the front and rear of the base member 470, and the case member 480 and the base member 470. It mainly includes a transmission mechanism 460 displaceably disposed therebetween and a decorative member 450 formed to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 .

The base member 470 is a plate member that is rectangular and oblong when viewed from the front. , a protruding wall 477 protruding from the upper end of the central portion in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 57) to the front side in an upside down U-shape, and the upper end of the protruding wall 477 on the upper end of the base member 470 is engraved on one end side. A rack gear 476 provided, shafts 474 and 475 protruding to the front side, a rectangular wiring locking portion 478 attached to the rear surface of one end side of the base member 470, and a vertical central portion of the base member 470. It is mainly formed with an opening 479 extending from one end side to the other end side.

The protrusions 472 and 473 are connecting portions that are inserted into the sliding grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411 and connect the lower displacement member 440 and the front base 411 as described above. Therefore, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the dimension between the facing inner walls of the sliding grooves 411a and 411b.

The erected wall 471a is a wall portion for forming a gap between the facing front case 481 and the base member 470 when the front case 481, which will be described later, is attached to the base member 470. It is set to a standing dimension larger than

The shaft portions 474 and 475 are protrusions that are inserted into the shafts of the transmission gears 462 and 463 of the transmission mechanism 460 to be described later and hold the transmission gears 462 and 463 rotatably. It is formed in a cylindrical shape with a small outer diameter.

The rack gear 476 is engraved with a tooth surface that meshes with a transmission gear 465, which will be described later. As a result, the movable rack 464 , which will be described later, is slidably displaced with respect to the base member 470 , thereby rotating the transmission gear 465 .

The protruding wall 477 allows the ball to fall to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 when the ball thrown from the ball throwing unit 600, which will be described later, is received in front of the base member 470 through the opening 451a of the decorative member 450. is a wall surface for suppressing , and the diameter between the opposing wall portions formed in a substantially U shape is formed larger than the diameter of the sphere.

The wiring locking portion 478 is a member for locking a flexible wiring (not shown) to the control board arranged on the back side of the base member 470 , and one end of the flexible wiring between the base member 470 and the base member 470 . It is attached to the back side of the base member 470 in a state in which the . As a result, even if the lower displacement member 440 is displaceably arranged with respect to the base member 410, it is possible to suppress entanglement of the flexible wiring.

In addition, the wire locking portion 478 has a projection 478a protruding in a columnar shape on the back side. The projecting distance of the protrusion 478 a is set to a distance that projects further to the rear side than the link member 430 connected to the rear side, and is set to a distance that allows contact with the front surface of the rear base 412 . As a result, the lower displacement member 440 can be prevented from swinging rearward, and the link member 430 can be prevented from colliding with the rear base 412 .

The opening 469 is an opening that defines the sliding displacement direction of the movable rack 464 disposed on the front side, and a guide plate 464d of the movable rack 464, which will be described later, is inserted therein.

The transmission mechanism 460 is a member arranged in front of the base member 470, and meshes with the transmission gears 461, 462, and 463, the drive motor KM2 whose shaft portion is connected to the transmission gear 461, and the transmission gear 463. A movable rack 464 having a tooth surface and slidably disposed in front of the base member 470, and a transmission gear rotatably disposed on the movable rack 464 and engaged with the rack gear 476. 465, a rack 466 having a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 465 and slidably disposed in front of the movable rack 464, and a ball rotatably disposed on one end side of the rack 466. It is mainly formed with a receiving portion 467 .

The transmission gear 461 is a gear in which the shaft portion of the drive motor KM2 is fitted in the shaft hole. is placed in

As described above, the transmission gears 462 and 463 are rotatably held by the base member by inserting the shaft portions 474 and 475 of the base member 470 into the shaft holes. The transmission gears 461 to 463 are meshed gear trains, and when the transmission gear 461 is rotated by the drive motor KM2, the terminal transmission gear 463 is rotated.

The movable rack 464 is formed in the shape of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front. A contact plate 464c, a guide plate 464d protruding from one end to the other end at a substantially central position in the vertical direction, a rack guide portion 464e protruding to the front side opposite to the guide plate 464d, and protruding to the other lower end. It is mainly formed with a collision portion 464f.

The rack gear 464 a is a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 463 . Therefore, by disposing the rack gear 464a and the transmission gear 463 on the base member 470 in a meshed state, the movable rack 464 can be displaced by driving the drive motor KM2.

The shaft portion 464 b is a shaft portion on which the transmission gear 465 is rotatably held, and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the shaft hole of the transmission gear 465 .

The contact plate 464c is a contact portion that contacts a sorting member 540 of the sorting unit 500, which will be described later, to displace the sorting member 540. As shown in FIG. That is, the distributing member 540 can be displaced by the displacement of the movable rack 464 . The manner in which the contact plate 464c and the distribution member 540 contact each other will be described later.

As described above, the guide plate 464d is a plate-like body inserted inside the opening 479 of the base member 470, and can define the displacement direction of the movable rack 464 displaced by driving the drive motor KM2. That is, the movable rack 464 that is displaced by driving the drive motor KM2 can be displaced along the extending direction of the opening 479 . In this embodiment, since the opening 479 extends in the left-right direction, the movable rack 464 can be slid in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470 .

The rack guide portion 464e is a protruding wall for restricting the displacement direction of the rack 466, which will be described later, and protrudes from one end to the other end in the left-right direction.

The collision part 464f is a wall part that abuts on a projection 492b of the displacement member 492 described later to displace the displacement member 492, and is formed so as to protrude from the lower end of the movable rack 464. As shown in FIG. Also, the collision portion 464f is formed in a state where the other end side is inclined. As a result, the projection 492b of the displacement member 492 can be slid and displaced along the inclined surface.

The rack 466 is formed of a horizontally long rod-shaped body that is rectangular when viewed from the front, and includes a rack gear 466a engraved on the upper end surface, a shaft portion 466b projecting from the other end side to the rear in a columnar shape, and a shaft 466b projecting to the front. and a recessed portion 466d recessed from one end to the other end on the back side.

The rack gear 466 a meshes with a transmission gear 465 attached to the movable rack 464 . As a result, when the rack 466 is arranged in front of the movable rack 464 , the movable rack 464 is slidably displaced, and the transmission gear 465 is rotated along with the slidable displacement, and the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466 . . Therefore, rack 466 can be displaced relative to movable rack 464 .

The shaft portion 466b is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft hole 467b of a ball receiving portion 467, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter larger than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b. Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 can be rotatably held.

The sliding plate 466c is a protrusion inserted into an opening 481a of a front case 481, which will be described later, and is formed of a plate-like body having a predetermined thickness. As a result, when the driving force is transmitted from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced with respect to the movable rack 464, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined in the direction in which the opening 481a extends. can.

When the rack 466 is arranged in front of the movable rack 464, the concave portion 466d is in a state in which the rack guide portion 464e is arranged inside. As a result, when the driving force is transmitted from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced with respect to the movable rack 464, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined in the extension direction of the rack guide portion 464e. can.

Here, in order to regulate the displacement direction of the rack 466, if the concave portion 466d and the rack guide portion 464e are formed, the displacement direction of the rack 466 can be defined in the extension direction of the rack guide portion 464e. However, since the lower displacement member 440 is slidably displaced in the left-right direction and rotationally displaced, depending on the displaced state of the lower displaceable member 440, the state of meshing between the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 changes due to its own weight. There was a possibility that the driving force would not be transmitted well from the gear 465 to the rack 466 .

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, there are two portions that define the displacement direction of the rack 466, namely, the slide plate 466c and the opening 481a, and the concave portion 466d and the rack guide portion 464e. change in the displacement state of the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the transmission of drive from the transmission gear 465 to the rack 466 from being obstructed.

The sliding plate 466c is formed to protrude from two locations in the left-right direction of the rack 466 (the left-right direction in FIG. 57(a)). At the rack's displacement end position (the position where the rack 466 projects most with respect to the movable rack 464), it is arranged below the transmission gear 465 (lower side in FIG. 57).

Here, at the displacement end position, as will be described later, the ball receiving portion 467 disposed on the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466 performs a shooting operation (rotational displacement), so that the ball receiving portion 467 disposed on one end side of the rack 466 The other end side of the rack tends to be displaced by the inertial force due to the displacement of the portion 467 . Therefore, a load is likely to be applied to the meshing surfaces of the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466, and the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 may be damaged.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the slide plate 466c on the other end side (opposite side of the shaft portion 466b) is positioned at the displacement end position of the rack (the position where the rack 466 protrudes most with respect to the movable rack 464). In , since it is arranged below the transmission gear 465 (lower side in FIG. 57), the rack 466 at the position where the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 mesh with each other when the ball receiving portion 467 performs a shooting operation (rotational operation). displacement can be suppressed. As a result, damage to the transmission gear 465 and the rack 466 can be suppressed.

The ball receiving portion 467 is a portion that holds a game ball, is formed in a substantially U shape in a front view, and is formed so that the ball can be received in the inner portion of the U shape. That is, the inner side of the U-shape of the ball receiving portion 467 is formed slightly larger than the outer shape of the ball. As a result, one ball can be inserted into the inner portion of the ball receiving portion 467 . Further, the ball receiving portion 467 mainly includes a shaft hole 467b penetrating in the front-rear direction at the lower end of the U shape, and a leg portion 467a projecting downward from the lower outer peripheral surface.

The shaft hole 467b is a shaft hole for rotatably holding the ball receiving portion 467 in the rack 466, as described above, and is formed with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 can be rotatably held by inserting the shaft portion 466b of the rack 466 into the shaft hole 467b. After the shaft portion 466b is inserted into the shaft hole 467b, the biasing spring SP2 is arranged around the shaft portion 466b, and a screw or the like having a head larger than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b is fastened to the shaft portion 466b. be. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged on the rack 466 while being biased clockwise in a front view. A detailed description of the form of the ball receiving portion 467 will be given later.

The leg portion 467a is a protrusion that biases the ball receiving portion 467 to be rotated by the biasing spring SP2. It is set at a position where it contacts the bottom wall portion 481 b of the case 481 . As a result, rotation of the ball receiving portion 467 can be restricted.

The case member 480 is a member that covers the front and rear of the base member 470, and mainly includes a front case 481 arranged on the front side of the base member 470 and a rear case 482 arranged on the rear side.

The front case 481 is formed in the shape of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front. It is mainly formed with a shaft hole 481c penetrating in the front-rear direction.

The opening 481a is formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction, and as described above, when the front case 481 is arranged on the base member 470, the slide plate 466c of the rack is inserted therein.

The bottom wall portion 481b protrudes from the lower end portion of the front case 481 toward the back side and extends in the left-right direction. Further, when the front case 481 is arranged on the base member 470, the bottom wall portion 481b is in a state in which the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is in contact with the upper surface thereof.

The rear case 482 is a plate member for arranging the control board 491 on the rear side of the base member 470 , and has a horizontally elongated rectangular shape that is smaller than the base member 470 when viewed from the front. In addition, the rear case 482 has a projection 482a projecting to the rear side.

As described above, the protrusion 482a is a connecting portion that is connected to the through hole 432b of the second link member 432, and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b. Therefore, after inserting the projection 482a into the through hole 432b, by fastening a screw or the like with a larger head than the inner diameter of the through hole 432b to the tip of the projection 482a, the rear case 482 and the second link member 432 can be rotated. can be connected in good condition.

The decorative member 450 is formed in an external shape that imitates a pattern or character, and the pattern or character is drawn on the surface. The decorative member 450 mainly includes a front-side decorative portion 451 arranged on the front side of the front case 481 and a rear-side decorative portion 452 arranged on the rear side of the rear case 482 . In this embodiment, a shark pattern (character) is drawn on the decorative member 450 .

The front-side decorative portion 451 is formed to have an outer diameter larger than the outer shape of the front case 481 when viewed from the front, and is attached to the front case 481 . As a result, the members (case member 480, base member 470, etc.) arranged on the back side of the front-side decorative portion can be made invisible to the player.

The back-side decorative portion 452 is arranged behind the upper end of the front-side decorative portion 451 . As a result, the members arranged on the back side of the front-side decorative portion 451 from above the back-side decorative portion 452 can be made invisible to the player.

A displacement member 492 is arranged on the same plane as the front-side decorative portion 451 in the front-rear direction. The displacement member 492 mainly includes a shaft portion 492a projecting to the rear side and a projection 492b.

The shaft portion 492 a is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 481 c of the front case 481 . Therefore, by inserting the shaft portion 492a into the shaft hole 481c, the displacement member 492 can be rotatably connected to the front case. A biasing spring SP3 is arranged on the tip side of the shaft portion 492a inserted into the shaft hole 481c. As a result, the displacement member 492 can be arranged in a biased state. A detailed description of the displacement of the displacement member 492 will be given later.

The shaft portion 492a collides with the collision portion 464f of the movable rack 464 described above, thereby transmitting a driving force to the displacement member 492 to rotate about the axis of the shaft portion 492a. That is, the movable rack 464 can rotationally displace the displacement member 492 as it is displaced.

Therefore, the lower displacement member 440 includes a displacement member 492 (displacement member) displaceably arranged on the lower displacement member 440 (base member), and the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member) can hold a game ball. In addition, since the displacement member 492 is formed to be capable of being ejected and is displaceable when the game ball is ejected from the ball receiving portion 467, it is possible to suppress the lower displacement member 440 from rattling.

That is, when a game ball is shot from the ball receiving portion 467, the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 is changed by the weight of the game ball. In the case of adopting a configuration in which the displacement member 492 is displaced in the direction to move downward, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of rattling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the change in the position of the center of gravity. Also, when a game ball is shot from the ball receiving portion 467, the lower displacement member 440 receives a reaction due to the shooting of the game ball. When a displacing configuration is adopted, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of rattling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the reaction.

Further, as described above, when the cam member 422 is arranged at the position of the second displaced state, the force PW1 (see FIG. 56B) in the direction in which the cam member 422 rotates about the axis of the shaft portion 422a is applied. and the force PW2 (see FIG. 56(b)) in the direction in which the cam member 422 rotates about the axis of the shaft portion 422a act in the direction of canceling each other, and the cam member 422 is acted from the first link member 431. Can suppress rotation by force. Therefore, in the second displaced state, the cam member 422 and the link member 430 can be stably arranged. Therefore, when a game ball is shot from the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 at the position of the second displacement state, the first link member 431 or the cam member 422 swings due to the inertia force caused by the shooting of the game ball. can be suppressed.

Further, the displacing member 492 is displaced by displacing the ball receiving portion 467 and causing the collision portion 464f to collide with the shaft portion 492a. . In other words, the drive motor KM2 for displacing the ball receiving portion 467 can be used also as a drive means for displacing the displacement member 492 . Therefore, the weight of the lower displacement member 440 can be reduced by that amount, making it easier to suppress rattling.

Further, since the displacement member 492 can be displaced in mechanical synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, for example, the position of the ball receiving portion 467 is detected by a sensor device, and the displacement member 492 is moved according to the detection result. can be made unnecessary, and the product cost can be reduced accordingly, and the reliability of the displacement operation of the displacement member 492 with respect to the ball receiving portion 467 can be ensured.

Next, transition of the transmission mechanism 460 will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 64. FIG. 61 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the first position, FIG. 62 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the second position, and FIG. 63 is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 in the third position. It is a diagram. 64(a) to (c) are partial enlarged views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG.

Note that the first position is a position where the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at a substantially central position in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 61) with respect to the base member 470 . The second position is a position where the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged on the lower side of the projecting wall 477 in the direction of gravity (lower side in FIG. 62). The third position is a position where the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the right end of the base member 470 in the left-right direction.

61 to 64, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is illustrated by chain lines. Further, FIGS. 64(a) and (b) sequentially illustrate transition states immediately before being displaced to the third position, and FIG. 64(c) illustrates the lower displacement member 440 at the third position.

As shown in FIG. 61 , the lower displacement member 440 at the first position is in a state where the movable rack 464 is positioned at the left end in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470 . At the first position, the rack 466 is arranged in front of the movable rack 464, and the rack 466 and the movable rack 464 overlap in the front-rear direction. That is, like the movable rack 464 , the rack 466 is positioned at the left end in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470 . Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 connected to the rack 466 is arranged at the substantially central position in the left-right direction with respect to the base member 470 .

At the first position, as described above, the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are gathered at the left end of the base member 470 in the left-right direction. Here, since the lower displacement member 440 is slidably displaced and rotationally displaced (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second overhanging states), the position of the center of gravity of the lower displaceable member 440 is arranged near the axis of rotation. It is desirable to be in a state where

According to this embodiment, the transmission mechanism 460 for displacing the ball receiving portion 467 is in a state in which the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are superimposed on each other (two-stage rack). It can be brought close to the grooves 411a and 411b (rotating shaft side of the lower displacement member 440).

Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced from the retracted position to the first and second extended positions as described above, the lower displacement member 440 is set to the first position. It is possible to reduce the driving force when rotationally displacing the . Therefore, the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 that displaces the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

The displacement from the first position shown in FIG. 61 to the second position shown in FIG. 62 is performed by driving the drive motor KM2.

When the drive motor KM2 is driven from the first position, the transmission gear 461 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM2 is rotated. Thereby, the transmission gear 462 and the transmission gear 463 are rotated. When the transmission gear 463 is rotated, a driving force is transmitted to the movable rack 464 from the rack gear 464 a meshing with the transmission gear 463 , and the movable rack 464 is slid rightward with respect to the base member 470 .

When the movable rack 464 is slid and displaced, the transmission gear 465 arranged on the movable rack 464 is rotated by the rack gear 476 of the base member 470 along with the sliding displacement. As a result, the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466 by the rack gear 466 a meshing with the transmission gear 465 . As a result, the rack 466 is slid rightward in the horizontal direction with respect to the movable rack 464, and the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the second position.

The displacement from the second position shown in FIG. 62 to the third position shown in FIG. 63 is performed by driving the drive motor KM2 in the same manner as the displacement from the first position to the second position. Since the transmission of drive from the drive motor KM2 to the rack 466 is the same as the displacement from the first position to the second position, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

As shown in FIGS. 63 and 64, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is released from contact with the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481. , and is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 467b by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP2 disposed on the shaft portion 466b.

More specifically, in the first and second positions (the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged on the left side of the ball receiving portion 467 in the third position in a front view), the tip of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 It is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b of the case 481, and is restricted from rotating clockwise in the front view about the shaft hole 467b by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP2.

On the other hand, when the tip portion of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, it is arranged on the right side of the end portion of the bottom wall portion 481b in a front view, and the bottom wall portion 481b and the base member 470 stand upright. It is arranged inside the concave portion 481b1 formed between the facing walls 471a. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated about the axis of the shaft hole 467b by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP2. When the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated at the third position, the tip of the leg portion 467a comes into contact with the end surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, thereby restricting the rotation of the ball receiving portion 467 around the shaft hole 467b. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 is stopped at a position rotated approximately 40 degrees around the shaft hole 467b. In addition, below, the rotational displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 at the third position will be referred to as a shooting operation.

Further, a concave portion 481b1 is provided in a track area when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position to the third position direction (first direction). In addition, the leg portion 467a is engaged with the recess 481b1, and the leg portion 467a is engaged with the recess 481b1 so that the attitude can be changed. Structure can be simplified.

Further, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the second position to the third position, the collision portion 464f is slid rightward in front view due to the displacement of the movable rack 464 and collides with the protrusion 492b of the displacement member 492. As a result, the displacement member 492 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft portion 492a.

That is, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the ball receiving portion 467 is rotationally displaced and the displacement member 492 is rotationally displaced. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 performs a shooting operation, and the ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, and the weight of the lower displacement member 440 is reduced. Inertial forces acting in the opposite directions can be applied. As a result, swinging of the lower displacement member 440 when a ball is ejected from the inside of the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

Next, referring to FIG. 65, the operation of receiving the ball into the ball receiving portion 467 will be described. 65(a) to (c) are front views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG. 65(a) to (c), the transition states of receiving operation for receiving a ball into the ball receiving portion 467 are illustrated in order.

65(a) to (c), the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is illustrated by chain lines.

Further, in FIGS. 65(a) to 65(c), the horizontal direction in which the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state is indicated by a two-dot chain line with the symbol of the imaginary line H1, and the lower displacement member 440 is in the first tension position. The horizontal direction in the out state is indicated by a phantom line H2. Also, the angle by which the lower displacement member 440 is rotated from the position in the retracted state to the position in the first protruding state is illustrated with the symbol θ. The virtual line H1, the virtual line H2, and the angle θ are also illustrated in the drawings after FIG. 65 .

As shown in FIG. 65(a), in the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is parallel to the imaginary line H1), the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is moved to the first position. , a game ball T1 is thrown from a sorting unit 500 (to be described later) to an opening 451a formed in the front-side decorative portion 451 of the lower displacement member 440. As shown in FIG. The game ball T1 thrown to the opening 451a is thrown to the inside of the projecting wall 477 and is thrown to the inside of the lower displacement member 440. - 特許庁

As shown in FIG. 65(b), when the game ball T1 is thrown to the opening 451a, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the second position. Therefore, as described above, in the second position, the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged below the projecting wall 477, so that the game ball T1 thrown to the inside of the projecting wall 477 is moved to the inside of the ball receiving portion 467. I can throw. By receiving the game ball T1 in the ball receiving portion 467, the game ball T1 can be displaced with the operation of the ball receiving portion 467.

As shown in FIG. 65(c), when the game ball T1 is thrown to the ball receiving portion, the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the first position. As a result, the game ball T1 is arranged in the ball receiving portion 467, and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the first position.

Here, a game machine is known that includes a base member, a base member displaceably arranged on one side of the base member, and a displacement member displaceably arranged on the base member. According to this gaming machine, in addition to an effect in which the base member is displaced between a projecting position in which the base member is projected into the game area and is visible to the player, and a retracted position in which the base member is retreated from the game area, It is possible to perform an effect of displacing the displacement member in the state of being arranged at the overhanging position.

However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, one side of the base member is displaceably disposed on the base member, so that when the displacement member is displaced, the base member rattles with respect to the base member with the one side as the dead point. There was a problem that sticking was likely to occur. In particular, when the displacement member is displaced from a stopped state, the change in acceleration is maximized, so the base member is likely to rattle due to the influence of inertial force.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 starts to be displaced from the second position and from the first position closer to one side of the lower displacement member 440 (base member) than the first position. At least the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at a predetermined position with respect to the base member 410 (for example, the lower displacement member 440 protrudes into the game area and is visible to the player). In the first overhanging state, the displacement starts from the first position, so rattling of the lower displacement member 440 of the base member can be suppressed. That is, the first position is closer to one side of the lower displacement member than the second position. The weight can be kept close to the dead center when the lower displacement member 440 rattles with respect to the base member 410, and the effect of the inertial force when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the stopped state can be reduced accordingly. It can be made difficult to act on the displacement member 440 . As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 can be easily suppressed.

Further, as described above, the lower displacement member 440 is slidably displaced and rotationally displaced (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second extended states). Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced while the game ball T1 is disposed far from the rotation axis, centrifugal force is likely to occur in the game ball T1, and the game ball T1 moves to move the inner wall of the ball receiving portion 467. There was a problem that a collision sound was generated due to collision with the game ball T1, or the ball receiving part 467 was damaged.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the lower displacement member 440 can be displaced to the first position after receiving the game ball T1 in the ball receiving portion 467. It can be placed in the vicinity (brought closer). Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced (displaced from the retracted state to the first and second overhanging states) while the game ball T1 is received by the lower displacement member 440, centrifugal force is applied to the game ball T1. You can prevent it from happening. As a result, when the game ball T1 collides with the ball receiving portion 467, it is possible to suppress the generation of a collision sound or the breakage of the ball receiving portion 467.

Further, in the present embodiment, the lower displacement member 440 has a transmission mechanism 460 for operating the ball receiving portion 467, which is formed by a movable rack 464, a transmission gear 465 (pinion gear) and a rack 466 (rack member). Since the portion 467 is provided, when the movement of the ball receiving portion 467 is started from the first position, not only the weight of the rack 466 but also the weights of the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are applied to one side of the lower displacement member 440 . (the fulcrum when the lower displacement member 440 rattles with respect to the base member 410). As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the stopped state can be easily suppressed.

Further, in the state where the game ball T1 is received in the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is increased by the load of the game ball T1. Therefore, as described above, by setting the lower displacement member 440 to the first position, the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 is moved toward the slide grooves 411a and 411b of the front base 411 (the rotational axis of the lower displacement member 440). side). Therefore, when displacing the lower displacement member 440 from the position of the retracted state to the positions of the first and second extended states, the lower displacement member 440 is rotationally displaced by setting it to the first position. driving force can be reduced. Therefore, the energy consumption of the drive motor KM1 that displaces the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 66, the ball payout operation will be described. 66(a) to (c) are front views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG. 66(a) to (c) sequentially show transition states of the lower displacement member 440 in the ball dispensing operation. 66(a) to (c), the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and the outer shape of the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is illustrated by chain lines. Furthermore, the ball payout operation is an operation to pay out the game ball T1 received in the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 from the emission opening 471 to the outside of the lower displacement member 440. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 66( a ) to 66 ( c ), the dispensing operation of dispensing the ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 sequentially displaces the lower displacement member 440 from the first position to the third position. It is done by

That is, by receiving the game ball T1 inside the ball receiving portion 467 in the receiving operation and displacing the lower displacement member 440 arranged at the first position to the third position, the game ball T1 is moved to the ball receiving portion 467. As it is displaced, it is transported to the exit opening 471 side. The game ball T1 moved to the side of the exit opening 471 is given an inertial force toward the exit opening 471 by the sliding displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 and the shooting operation of the ball receiving portion 467 at the third position. It pops out from the inside of the portion 467 . As a result, the ball can be ejected from inside the lower displacement member 440 .

Here, since the direction of displacement when the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member) starts to be displaced from the first position is the direction away from the position side of the lower displacement member 440, the ball receiving portion 467 is moved to the first position. In the arranged state, the rack 466 (rack member) can be brought closer to the base member 410 from one side of the lower displacement member 440 . That is, in order for the ball receiving portion 467 (rack 466) to be displaced away from one side of the lower displacement member 440, the rack 466 must move the transmission gear 465 ( The portion on the side of the rack gear 466 a with which the pinion gear is meshed is directed toward one side of the lower displacement member 440 . Therefore, the weight of the rack 466 can be brought closer to one side of the lower displacement member 440 (the fulcrum when the lower displacement member 440 rattles with respect to the base member 410). It is possible to easily suppress rattling of the lower displacement member 440 when it is displaced from the stopped state.

The ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in the direction of the third position (first direction), and when it reaches the third position, it is formed so that the posture can be changed. While making it easy to maintain the state held by the part 467, it is possible to suppress the falling of the game ball T1 from the ball receiving part 467, while when reaching the second position, the change in the attitude of the ball receiving part 467 is used. Thus, the game ball T1 can be easily paid out from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467.例文帳に追加

In addition, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged horizontally with the imaginary line H1), the ball receiving portion 467 shown in FIGS. When performing the action, the game ball put out to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 is thrown into the recovery port 411f.

On the other hand, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the first extended state (a state in which the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is rotated by an angle θ from the virtual line H1), the ball receiving portion 467 is dispensed. A game ball put out to the outside of 440 is thrown to the upper part of the ball cradle 710 of the rotating unit 700 .

Next, referring to FIGS. 67 and 68, the ejection operation when two or more balls are thrown into the lower displacement member 440 will be described. 67(a) to (c) and FIGS. 68(a) to (c) are front views of the lower displacement member 440. FIG.

43(a) to (c) and FIGS. 44(a) to (c) illustrate the transition states of the discharging operation in order. 43(a) to (c) and FIGS. 44(a) to (c), the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown transparently. is indicated by a two-dot chain line.

As shown in FIGS. 67(a) to 67(c), when two or more balls are consecutively thrown from a sorting unit 500, which will be described later, the lower displacement member 440 is operated to receive the second ball. The game ball T2 can be dropped onto the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467.

That is, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced from the first position to the second position to throw the first game ball T1 inside the ball receiving portion 467, and the second game ball T2 can be moved to the first ball. 67(b)). By displacing the ball receiving portion 467 to the first position after receiving the first game ball T1 at the second position, the ball receiving portion 467 receives the first game ball T1. 467 is displaced to the first position, and the second game ball T2 can be dropped onto the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467.

Here, in a game machine that displaces a ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 at the second position to the third position by displacing the ball receiving portion 467, if a distributing member 540 of the distributing unit 500, which will be described later, malfunctions. There is a possibility that more than a specified number of game balls are thrown into the orbital area of the ball receiving portion 467, and in this case, there is a problem that the game balls exceeding the specified number may cause a problem. For example, game balls exceeding the specified number enter the transmission mechanism 460 that drives the ball receiving portion 467, and are caught in the movable portion, which may cause damage. Alternatively, there is a risk that game balls exceeding the specified number may flow out of the game area (for example, the back side of the game board 13 or the inside of the back case 300).

In contrast, according to the present embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is formed to be displaceable from the second position to the first position opposite to the throwing direction of the ball. The track area can be expanded. Therefore, for example, even if the distributing member 540 malfunctions and more than the specified number of game balls are thrown, the ball receiving portion 467 expands the orbital area, so that the game balls exceeding the specified number are thrown. Can be accepted in the orbital area. As a result, the game balls exceeding the prescribed number can be moved as the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position. Therefore, the game balls exceeding the specified number can be prevented from entering the transmission mechanism 460 for driving the ball receiving portion 467 and flowing out of the game area. It is possible to make it difficult to cause problems caused by the ball.

In addition, the ball receiving portion 467 is capable of receiving and holding one game ball T1 thrown from a sorting unit 500 (described later) at the second position, and moving from the second position to the first position (second direction). ), so that after receiving one game ball at the second position, the ball receiving portion 467 is moved from the second position to the third direction (first direction ), it is possible to throw game balls exceeding the prescribed number to the trajectory region of the ball receiving portion 467 (the region in the first direction from 467 of the ball receiving portion). Therefore, the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be moved as the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in the third position direction (first direction).

In this case, the ball receiving portion 467 holds the first game ball T1, and the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be thrown to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467. The game ball T2 after the ball can be separated. Therefore, for example, by displacing the ball receiving portion 467 in the third position direction (first direction), while maintaining the state in which the ball receiving member holds the game ball T1 of the first ball, it is possible to play the second and subsequent balls. An operation of ejecting only the ball T2 from the trajectory area becomes possible.

Further, after the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the second position to receive the first ball, it is displaced to the third position to discharge the game ball T1 from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467. , the second game ball T2 falls to the upper part of the rack 466, the second game ball T2 is thrown between the ball receiving portion 467 and the transmission gear 465, and the second game ball T2 is moved to the lower displacement member 440. There is a risk that it will not be possible to discharge to the outside of the

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, after receiving the game ball T1 inside the ball receiving portion 467 at the second position, the receiving operation for receiving the ball in the ball receiving portion 467 is performed at the first position opposite to the exit opening 471. Since the second game ball T2 can be displaced to the outside of the lower displacement member 440, it can be suppressed that it cannot be discharged.

In other words, in a gaming machine equipped with a role object that performs a discharge operation for discharging a game ball thrown into the role object, the motion of the member for discharging the ball (the ball receiving portion 467 in this embodiment) is adjusted to the position where the ball is received. (second position) and the ball discharging position (third position), when two or more game balls are thrown into the accessory, the ball is discharged from the member for discharging the ball. Although there is a possibility that the second game ball T2 is discharged to the side opposite to the exit (exit opening 471), in the present embodiment, after receiving the first game ball T1, the ball receiving portion 467 is moved to the exit opening 471. By displacing it to the first position on the opposite side, the second game ball T2 can be thrown between the ball receiving portion 467 and the exit opening 471.

As shown in FIGS. 68(a) to (c), after throwing the second game ball T2 onto the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467, the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position before the shooting operation. By doing so, the second game ball T2 can be rolled toward the exit opening 471 while being in contact with the ball receiving portion 467 . As a result, the second game ball T2 can be ejected from the ejection opening 471. FIG.

In this case, the lower end surface of the U-shaped portion of the ball receiving portion 467 is above the center position of the second game ball T2 thrown on the displacement path of the ball receiving portion 467 (upward in FIG. 68(a)). placed in In addition, when the leg portion 467a is in contact with the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, it is arranged in a state of being inclined approximately 45 degrees with respect to the contact surface with the bottom wall portion 481b. Furthermore, since the right side of the U-shape of the ball receiving portion 467 (the right side in FIG. 68(a)) is arranged at the same position in the vertical direction as the right end of the leg portion 467a, the second game ball The outer surface of T2 can abut leg 467a.

In addition, since the leg portion 467a is inclined approximately 45 degrees with respect to the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b, the outer surface of the lower hemisphere of the second game ball T2 (lower hemisphere on the side of the bottom wall portion 481b) abutted. As a result, when the second game ball T2 rolls toward the exit opening 471, the inclined surface of the leg portion 467a can generate a force that lifts the second game ball T2 upward. Therefore, the frictional force between the second game ball T2 and the bottom wall portion 481b can be reduced when the second game ball T2 rolls on the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b. As a result, when the second game ball T2 rolls toward the exit opening 471, it is possible to prevent the ball receiving portion 467 from being stopped.

In other words, the leg portion 467 a protrudes from the ball receiving portion 467 in the direction from the first position to the third position (first direction), and the tip of the projecting portion extends along the track of the ball receiving portion 467 . Since the ball receiving portion 467 is formed so as to be able to contact the lower half surface of the game ball (that is, the game ball T2 after the second ball) thrown to the area, the ball receiving portion 467 moves from the first position to the third position direction (first direction). When the game ball is displaced, the lower half of the game ball can be moved while being pushed by the leg portion 467a. As a result, the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be easily discharged from the orbit area of the ball receiving portion 467. FIG.

In addition, the leg portion 467a is provided between the first game ball T1 held by the ball receiving portion 467 and the game ball (the second and subsequent game balls T2) thrown to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467. By interposing, the distance between the first game ball T1 and the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be ensured by the projecting length of the leg portion 467a. Therefore, while maintaining the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 holds the first game ball T1, only the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be easily discharged from the track area.

Furthermore, since the leg portion 467a serves both to change the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 and to move the game ball while pushing its lower half surface, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly. It is possible to reduce the product cost by reducing it.

Also, since the size of the concave portion 481b1 in the direction from the first position to the third position (first direction) is smaller than the diameter of the game ball, the game ball thrown to the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, When the second and subsequent game balls T2) are moved along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 in the first direction, they can easily pass through the recessed portion 481b1. As a result, the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be easily ejected from the trajectory area.

As described above, when the lower displacement unit 400 is arranged in the retracted state, the recovery port 411 f is arranged below the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 . Therefore, the game ball T2 ejected in the retracted state is thrown to the recovery port 411f.

On the other hand, when the lower displacement unit 400 is arranged in the first overhanging state, the recovery port 411f is positioned below the emission opening 471 . Further, the opening of the recovery port 411f is opened on the upper side. Therefore, the ejected game ball T2 is thrown to the recovery port 411f.

That is, the recovery port 411f is disposed vertically below the end portion of the base member 470 on the first direction side (upright wall 471a side) and has an opening in the vertical direction. The game balls (that is, the second and subsequent game balls T2) that are moved along with the movement in the three-position direction (first direction) and discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 are received from the opening of the recovery port 411f. can be recovered.

In addition, the opening of the recovery port 411f is perpendicular to the end of the base member 470 on the first direction side (upright wall 471a side) at least in each of the retracted state, the first protruding state, and the second protruding state. direction downward. As a result, even when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced to any of the retracted position, the first extended state, and the second extended state, the game ball discharged from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, the second ball The subsequent game balls T2) can be received and collected from the opening of the collecting member.

67(a) to (c) and FIGS. 2, the game ball put out to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 is thrown into the recovery port 411f. Further, when the ball receiving portion 467 is ejected while the lower displacement member 440 is in the first extended state (the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 440 is rotated by an angle θ from the virtual line H1), the lower displacement member The game balls put out to the outside of 440 are thrown to the recovery port 411f as described above.

Next, referring to FIG. 69, the configuration when the second game ball T2 is ejected from the ejection opening 471 will be described. 69(a) is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member 440 in the range LXIXa of FIG. 68(b), and FIG. 69(b) is a partially enlarged view of the lower displacement member 440 in the range LXIXb of FIG. 68(a). It is a diagram.

As shown in FIG. 69, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position immediately before the shooting operation, the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the side surface of the ball receiving portion 467 on the erected wall 471a side, and the exit opening is opened. 471 can be extruded to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 .

In this case, when the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is inserted between the bottom wall portion 481b and the standing wall 471a and the ball receiving portion 467 rotates, the game ball T2 and the ball receiving portion 467 come into contact with each other. By doing so, the rotational force of the ball receiving portion 467 can be transmitted to the game ball T2. As a result, the game ball T2 can be easily discharged from the exit opening 471. - 特許庁In addition, it is possible to return the ball receiving portion 467 to the state before the rotating operation by utilizing the repulsive force when the ball receiving portion 467 is brought into contact with the game ball T2. Therefore, when the game ball T2 thrown to the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 is discharged, the first game ball T1 held in the ball receiving portion 467 can be prevented from falling off.

Further, the lower displacement member 440 is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball in the track region when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the second position to the third position direction (first direction), and is recessed. Equipped with a standing wall 471a located on the first direction side of 481b1, the second and subsequent game balls thrown to the orbital area of the ball receiving portion 467 move along with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 in the first direction. When the game ball T2 is moved, it is brought into contact with the standing wall 471a and the ball receiving portion 467, and the posture change of the ball receiving portion 467 is formed to be regulated. While maintaining the state held by the ball receiving part 467, only the game balls after the second ball can be easily discharged from the track area.

That is, the erected wall 471a is erected so that the height from the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 481b to the erected tip is lower than the radius of the game ball, so that the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in the first direction. When the game ball T2 is moved by being pushed by the leg along with this, the lower half surface of the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the standing wall 471a, and the game ball can easily climb over the standing wall 471a. In this case, the game ball T2 is brought into contact with the ball receiving portion 467 (that is, the game ball T2 is interposed between the ball receiving portion 467 and the standing wall 471a), and the reaction force from the game ball T2 to the ball receiving portion 467 can be applied, the change in posture of the ball receiving portion can be regulated, and the first game ball held by the ball receiving portion 467 can be prevented from falling off. As a result, while maintaining the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 holds the first game ball, only the second and subsequent game balls T2 can be easily discharged from the game area.

On the other hand, when the second and subsequent game balls T2 are not thrown into the trajectory area of the ball receiving portion 467, no game ball is interposed between the erected wall 471a and the ball receiving portion 467. The posture of the ball receiving portion 467 can be changed by engaging the portion 467a with the concave portion 481b1. As a result, the first game ball T1 (that is, the game ball held in the ball receiving portion 467) can be easily discharged from the ball receiving portion 467 by utilizing the change in the posture of the ball receiving portion 467.

Next, the sorting unit 500 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 70 to 72. FIG. 70(a) is a top view of the sorting unit 500, and FIG. 70(b) is a rear view of the sorting unit 500. FIG. 71 is an exploded front perspective view of the sorting unit 500, and FIG. 72 is an exploded rear perspective view of the sorting unit 500. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 70 to 72, the sorting unit 500 includes a base plate 520 formed in a substantially rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and a base plate 520 attached to the front side of the base plate 520 and facing the base plate 520. A path forming member 510 that forms a plurality of flow-down paths in which balls can flow down, a distribution member 540 that is rotatably attached to the back side of the base plate 520, and an end surface of the base plate 520 that is attached to the base plate 520 , and an extension path member 530 that extends the flow-down path of the spheres formed between the opposing path formation members 510 .

The base plate 520 includes a columnar shaft portion 523 protruding toward the rear side, a first opening 521 penetrating in an arc shape centering on the axis of the shaft portion 523 , and a radius larger than that of the first opening 521 . A second opening 522 penetrating in a large circular arc shape, a rolling part 525 having a U-shaped cross section with an open upper end side and extending in the left-right direction, and a hook-like protrusion on the back side. It is mainly formed with a locking portion 524 that engages.

The shaft portion 523 is a shaft that is inserted into a shaft hole 545 of the distribution member 540 to be described later and attaches the distribution member 540 to the base member in a rotatable state. be done.

The first opening 521 and the second opening 522 are openings through which the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 of the distribution member 540, which will be described later, are inserted. It is formed. In addition, since the distribution member 540 is attached to the base plate 520 in a rotatable state, the first opening 521 and the second opening 522 are larger than the circumferential dimensions of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 when viewed from the front. A large arc is formed.

The locking portion 524 is an engaging portion that locks the urging spring SP4 with a locking portion 544 formed in the distribution member 540, and one end of the urging spring SP4 is locked.

The rolling part 525 is a bottom surface on which the ball rolls, and is inclined downward toward one end on the left side in the rear view (left side in FIG. 70(b)) and has a U-shaped curved shape. It is formed larger than the outer shape of the sphere. Therefore, the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 can be prevented from stopping at the rolling portion, and the ball can roll toward the one end side.

The rolling part 525 has a plurality of protrusions 525b projecting from the front and rear side surfaces toward the inner side of the U shape, and an opening 525a opening toward the rear side at one end.

The projections 525b are formed on the front and rear side surfaces at regular intervals, and are formed at positions such that the projections 525b formed on the front side and the projections 525b formed on the back side are alternated when viewed from the front. Therefore, the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 can collide with the projection 525b, so that the rolling speed of the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 can be reduced.

Here, as described above, the ball is thrown to the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement unit 400 while the ball receiving portion 467 is placed at the first position (FIGS. 65(a) and 65(b)). )reference). Therefore, when the game ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 of the third ball path KR3 is thrown faster, the game ball is thrown into the lower displacement member 440 before the ball receiving portion 467 moves to the second position. there is a risk of being

On the other hand, in this embodiment, a plurality of projections 525b projecting from the inner surface of the rolling portion 525 of the third ball-throwing route KR3 are formed so that a game ball passing through the rolling portion 525 of the third ball-throwing route KR3 Since resistance can be applied, the speed of the game ball passing through the third throwing path KR3 can be slowed down. Therefore, the time required for the ball receiving portion 467 to be displaced from the switching position (first position) to the receiving position (second position) can be lengthened accordingly, so that the game ball can be reliably delivered to the ball receiving portion 467. can be received by In addition, the output of the displacement speed of the drive motor KM2 can be reduced by the amount that the displacement speed required for the ball receiving portion 467 can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced.

The opening 525a is formed open on the back side of one end of the rolling portion 525, and its outer shape when viewed from the back is formed to be larger than the size of a sphere. Therefore, the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 toward one end is discharged from the opening 525a.

The path forming member 510 is formed in the shape of a rectangular plate having a width in the left-right direction smaller than that of the base plate 520, and a plurality of walls larger than the outer diameter of the game ball are formed on the back side. By forming the space between the opposing spheres to be larger than the outer diameter of the sphere, a plurality of flow-down paths of the sphere are formed inside.

The path forming member 510 has a first opening 511 that opens in the upper end surface, a first ball throwing path KR1 formed between opposing side walls of the first opening 511, and a second ball throwing path connected to the first ball throwing path KR1. A second opening 512 and a third opening 513 that open in the side surface of the path forming member 510 at the ends of KR2 and the third ball throwing path KR3, and the second opening 512 and the third opening 513 that are formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction. a plurality of openings 514, 515, 516, a fourth ball throwing path KR4 formed by walls on the back side of the openings 514, 515, 516; It is mainly formed with a fourth opening 517 that opens.

The first opening 511 is an opening for allowing a ball thrown from a ball-throwing unit 600, which will be described later, to flow into the sorting unit. formed large. Also, the first opening 511 is connected to the ball-throwing unit 600 so that the ball thrown from the ball-throwing unit 600 can enter.

The first ball feeding path KR1 is a path through which the ball that has flowed in from the first opening 511 flows down between the base plate 520 and the path forming member 510, and is formed extending downward. In addition, the fourth ball throwing path KR4 is formed by extending approximately one third of the path forming member 510 in the vertical direction, and the downstream end is connected to the second ball throwing path KR2 and the third ball throwing path KR3. be done. That is, the ball flowing down the first ball-throwing path KR1 is formed so as to be able to flow down the second ball-throwing path KR2 or the third ball-throwing path KR3.

The second ball-throwing route KR2 is a route formed by being connected to the first ball-throwing route KR1, and the downstream end thereof is connected to the second opening 512, as described above. That is, when the ball flowing down the first ball path KR1 through the first opening 511 flows down the second ball path KR2, it is ejected outside the sorting unit 500 through the second opening 512 .

The second opening 512 is connected to a recovery path (not shown) for recovering balls. Therefore, the balls discharged from the second opening are recovered by the recovery path. Further, inside the second opening 512 (downstream end of the second ball throwing path KR2), a sensor device SE2 for detecting passage of a game ball is arranged. Therefore, the sensor device SE1 detects the number of game balls passing through the third winning hole 82, and the sensor device SE2 detects the number of game balls passing through the second ball throwing path KR2. The number of game balls passing through the route KR3 can be detected.

In other words, it is possible to detect whether or not a predetermined number (one ball) of game balls are stored upstream of the regulating plate 541, which will be described later, based on the difference between the sensor devices SE1 and SE1. For example, when the third electric accessory 82a is opened once, the number of balls passing through the third prize winning opening 82 (sensor device SE1) is eight, and the ball passing through the second ball throwing route KR2 (sensor device SE2). When the number is seven, it can be detected that one game ball has flowed down (stored) in the third throwing path KR3.

As described above, the third ball throwing route KR3 is a route formed by being connected to the first ball throwing route KR1, and the downstream end thereof is connected to the third opening 513 . That is, when the ball flowing down through the first opening 511 and down the first ball-throwing path KR1 flows down the third ball-throwing path KR3, it is ejected through the third opening 513 .

The third opening 513 is formed above the other end of the rolling portion 525 of the base plate 520 (the end opposite to the opening 525a). Therefore, the ball discharged from the third opening 513 is thrown inside the rolling part 525 . That is, the ball thrown to the third ball path KR3 is thrown to the rolling portion 525 through the third opening 513. As shown in FIG.

The openings 514 to 516 are respectively formed on the back side of the third prize winning opening 82 formed in the game board 13, and the winning ball in the third prize winning opening 82 is thrown. That is, when the ball flowing down the game area on the front side of the game board 13 wins the third prize winning opening 82, the ball is sent to the inside of the sorting unit 500 from the openings 514 to 516.

The fourth ball throwing path KR4 is formed by connecting to the openings 514 to 516, is connected to one path on the downstream side, and is connected to the fourth opening formed in the lower end surface of the path forming member 510. The fourth opening is connected to a recovery path (not shown) for recovering balls. Therefore, the ball that has won the third prize winning port 82 of the game board 13 is ejected from the fourth opening 517 and collected after being thrown to the fourth ball throwing path KR4 of the sorting unit 500 .

The extension path member 530 is formed to have a U-shaped cross section with an open bottom and extends in the left-right direction. Further, the extension path member 530 is formed such that the inner diameter of the U-shape is larger than the outer diameter of the sphere. Therefore, by being arranged above the rolling portion 525 of the base plate 520, a ball thrown to the upper portion of the rolling portion 525 can be thrown inside the rolling portion 525 and the extension path member 530. , the ball rolling on the rolling portion can be prevented from falling from the rolling portion 525 .

Further, the extension path member 530 has projections 531 formed at the same positions in the left-right direction as the projections 525b formed on the rolling portion 525 at regular intervals. As a result, the rolling speed of the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 can be slowed down, similar to the projection 525b.

The distribution member 540 is formed in a rectangular shape in front view with one side being longer, and is formed with a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The distribution member 540 includes a regulating plate 541 and a storage plate 542 that protrude as plate-shaped bodies on the front side, a shaft hole 545 that is formed through one end of the upper side, and a hook-shaped locking portion 544 that is formed on the back side. and are formed mainly.

The shaft hole 545 is a through hole into which the shaft portion 523 of the base plate 520 is inserted, as described above, and is formed to penetrate in the front-rear direction. The distribution member 540 is rotatable on the base plate 520 by inserting the shaft portion 523 of the base plate 520 through the shaft hole 545 and fastening a screw or the like having a larger head than the shaft hole to the shaft portion 523 from the rear side. attached in good condition.

The restricting plate 541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball-throwing path KR1 and the second ball-throwing path KR2 through the first opening 521, and prevents the ball flowing down the first ball-throwing path KR1 from flowing into the second ball-throwing path KR2. It is formed so as to protrude forward from the front end face of the shaft hole 545, and the distance from the base plate 520 to the front side is set larger than the radius of the sphere.

Further, the regulation plate 541 is curved in an arc shape centering on the axis of the shaft hole 545 . As a result, when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 545, the displacement area of the regulation plate 541 can be minimized.

The storage plate 542 is a plate member that is arranged on the second ball-throwing path KR2 through the second opening 522 and stores the ball flowing down the second ball-throwing path KR2 on the upstream side of the storage plate 542. It is formed to protrude toward the front side from the end face on the front side, and the distance from the base plate 520 to the front side is set larger than the radius of the sphere.

Further, the storage plate 542 is curved in an arc shape centering on the axis of the shaft hole 545 , and the radius of the arc is formed larger than the radius of the curved portion of the regulation plate 541 . Therefore, the reservoir plate 542 is formed at a position spaced apart from the shaft hole 545 more than the regulation plate 541 . As a result, the restricting plate 541 can be protruded from the connecting portion between the first ball-throwing route KR1 and the second ball-throwing route KR2, and the storage plate 542 can be arranged on the second ball-throwing route KR2. Furthermore, the displacement area when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 545 can be minimized.

The projecting portion 543 is a drive transmission member that applies a rotational driving force to the distributing member 540 by colliding with the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 described above. It is formed. That is, a projection 543 to which driving force is transmitted is formed on the side opposite to the one end side where the shaft hole 545 serving as the rotating shaft of the distribution member 540 is formed. Thereby, the force with which the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 collides can be reduced.

Therefore, the driving force of the drive motor KM3 that displaces the contact plate 464c can be reduced, so that the energy consumption of the drive motor KM3 can be reduced. In addition, since the energy generated when the contact plate 464c collides with the protrusion 543 during driving can be reduced, the collision noise can be reduced when the contact plate 464c and the protrusion 543 collide. A detailed aspect of the collision between the contact plate 464c and the projecting portion 543 will be described later.

Further, a bulging portion 543a that bulges in a circular shape is formed at a portion of the projecting tip of the projection 543 that contacts the contact plate 464c. By bringing the contact plate 464c into contact with the bulging portion 543a, the contact area between the contact plate and the distribution member 540 can be reduced. Therefore, when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced, the frictional resistance between the protrusion 543 (the bulging portion 543a) and the contact plate 464c can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in the energy consumption of the drive motor KM3.

The locking portion 544 is a portion that locks the biasing spring SP4 with the locking portion 524 of the base plate 520 as described above. Therefore, since the other end side of the distribution member 540 can always apply a rotating force toward the locking portion 524 side, the vibration of the distribution member 540 due to the vibration of the pachinko machine 10 or the like can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 73, a detailed description will be given of the ball flow path of the sorting unit 500. FIG. FIG. 73 is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit 500 along line LXXIII-LXXIII in FIG. 70(a). In addition, in FIG. 73, the distribution member 540 is illustrated with a dashed line. Also, FIG. 73 illustrates a state in which the distribution member 540 is arranged at the storage position.

Here, the state in which the sorting member 540 is arranged at the storage position means the state in which the sorting member 540 is rotated by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP4 and the storage plate 542 is arranged on the second ball throwing path KR2. .

As shown in FIG. 73, the lower end side of the flow-down path of the first ball throwing path KR1 is tilted toward the central portion of the base plate 520 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 73), and the tilted portion is gentle. It is curved in an S shape. In addition, the S-shaped curved tip portion is connected to the third throwing path KR3, and the second throwing path KR2 is tilted at the end of the first throwing path KR1 in the direction opposite to the tilting direction of the first throwing path KR1. connected in the state of

As a result, the ball flowing down the first ball path KR1 collides with the lower surface of the tilting portion, so that the flowing direction of the ball can be directed from the gravity direction to the tilting direction of the first ball path KR1. Therefore, the ball can flow down toward the entrance of the third ball-throwing route KR3 (the connecting portion between the first ball-throwing route KR1 and the third ball-throwing route KR3). Therefore, in a state where the distribution member 540 is not arranged, the ball flowing down the first ball throwing route KR1 can be thrown to the third ball throwing route KR3.

Here, a flow-down path along which a game ball flows down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the flow-down passage, and a game ball flowing down the flow-down passage to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage A game machine that distributes is known.

However, the conventional game machine has a structure in which the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage are alternately distributed one by one to the first branch passage and the second branch passage. It is distributed evenly (that is, by half) to the passage and the second branch passage. That is, there is a problem that the number of game balls distributed to the first branch passage cannot be changed.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, a ball receiving portion 467 formed displaceably and receiving a game ball from the third ball-throwing path KR3 is provided, and an abutment plate 464c interlocking with the ball receiving portion 467 contacts the distribution member 540. Since the distributing member 540 is displaced by contacting and displacing, the number of game balls distributed to the third ball throwing path KR3 or the second ball throwing path can be changed according to the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 . That is, the number of game balls distributed to the third throwing route KR3 can be changed.

Displacement member 540 can be displaced by utilizing the displacement of ball receiving portion 467. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide a driving means or a transmission mechanism for displacing distribution member 540. can be unnecessary. Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

Further, for example, in a structure that controls the displacement of the sorting member 540 using position detection by a sensor device and driving by a driving means, malfunction due to detection failure or control failure may reduce the reliability of the sorting operation of the sorting member. Inevitably, according to this embodiment, the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 can be switched in mechanical synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, so that the reliability of the distribution operation can be improved.

In particular, since the ball receiving portion 467 is a member that receives a game ball from the rolling portion 525 of the third ball throwing route KR3, it is synchronized with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 to shift the distribution destination of the distribution member 540 to the third ball throwing route. By switching to , the game ball distributed to the third throwing path KR3 can be reliably received by the displacement member.

Furthermore, in conventional gaming machines, game balls flowing down the flow-down path are only distributed to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage.

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, when the destination of distribution by the regulation plate 541 (distribution means) is set to the third ball throwing route KR3 (first branch passage), the downflow of the game ball in the third is regulated. In the state where the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is set to the second ball throwing route KR2 (second branch passage), a storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) is provided to allow the game ball to flow down the third ball throwing route KR3. , can provide interest to the player.

That is, when the distribution destination by the regulation plate 541 is set to the third ball-throwing route, the game balls distributed to the third ball-throwing route KR3 are restricted from flowing down, and the game balls are stored in the third ball-throwing route KR3. When the allocation destination by 541 is set to the second ball-throwing route KR2, it is possible to allow the game balls to flow down the third ball-throwing route KR3 and allow the game balls accumulated in the third ball-throwing route KR3 to flow (release). can. As a result, in addition to the action of allocating game balls flowing down the first ball-throwing path KR1 (flowing-down path) to either the third ball-throwing path KR3 or the second ball-throwing path KR2, the game balls allocated to the third ball-throwing path KR3 are A flowing (opening) action can be formed. Furthermore, these storage and release operations can be alternately formed in conjunction with the sorting operation. As a result, it is possible to give interest to the player.

In addition, since the distribution member 540 (integral member) in which the regulation plate 541 (distribution means) and the storage plate 542 (flow state changing means) are integrally formed, the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 are operated. It is possible to simplify the structure and improve the reliability of operation. This complicates the structure of the motor and lowers the operational reliability.

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 can be formed as a single part, the structure can be simplified accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced and the reliability of operation can be improved. be able to.

Furthermore, the distribution member 540 is formed to be displaceable between a storage position (first state position) and a regulation position (second state position). The 3 ball throwing route KR3 (first branch passage) is arranged at a position where the distribution destination is, and the storage plate 542 is arranged at a position that restricts the flow of game balls in the 3rd ball throwing route KR3, and the distribution member 540 is displaced to the regulating position. In this state, the regulation plate 541 is arranged at the position where the second ball throwing route KR2 is the distribution destination, and the storage plate 542 is arranged at the position allowing the game balls to flow down the third ball throwing route. is displaced between two positions (storage position and regulating position), in addition to the operation of distributing the game ball flowing down the first ball throwing route KR1 (flowing down passage) to either the third ball throwing route KR3 or the second ball throwing route, 3 It is possible to form an operation to temporarily stop (store) the flow of the game balls distributed to the throwing route KR3 and an operation to make the stopped (stored) game balls flow down (release), and these storage and opening operations can be alternately formed in conjunction with the sorting operation. That is, it is possible to simplify the structure, reduce the product cost, and improve the operational reliability.

The distribution member 540 (integral member) is rotatably formed, and the storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) is formed so as to be able to protrude and retract from the third ball throwing route KR3 (first branch passage). By protruding to KR3, the game ball is restricted from flowing down, and since it is formed in an arcuately curved shape centering on the rotation axis of the distribution member 540, the control plate 541 appears and disappears on the third ball throw path KR3. The area of the hole (recess 519) opened in the inner wall of the can be reduced.

Since the storage plate 542 (flowing-down state changing means) is arranged in such a manner that the upstream side of the third ball throwing route KR3 (first branch passage) is concave, the storage plate 542 protrudes toward the third ball throwing route KR3. In the initial state (that is, the state in which only the tip side of the flow state changing means protrudes into the passage), the shape of the tip side of the storage plate 542 can be arranged in a direction that facilitates regulating the flow of the game ball, It is possible to easily regulate the flow of game balls distributed to the third throwing route KR3.

In addition, in a state where the storage plate 542 protrudes to the third ball-throwing path to the maximum and restricts the downflow of the game ball, the concave portion of the storage plate 542 can stably hold the game ball, so that the game ball can be prevented from running wild.

The sorting unit 500 applies a biasing force to the sorting member 540 (integral member), and a biasing spring SP4 (biasing means ), and the distance from the regulating plate 541 to the rotating shaft of the distributing member 540 is made larger than the distance from the regulating plate 541 to the rotating shaft of the distributing member 540, so that the biasing force of the biasing spring SP4 is used. , the distribution member 540 can be easily maintained in a posture (that is, a storage position) in which the storage plate 542 protrudes toward the third emergency route.

In this case, since the distance from the storage plate 542 to the rotation axis of the distribution member 540 is made larger than the distance from the regulation plate 541 to the rotation axis of the distribution member 540, when the falling game balls collide, the rotation axis Even if the same impact force is applied, the urging direction of the urging spring SP4 is the direction in which the accumulating plate 542 protrudes toward the third throwing path KR3. By doing so, it is possible to suppress the storage plate 542 from sinking into the recess 519 by the amount of the urging force.

In addition, since the distribution member 540 (integrated member) is rotated in the direction in which the storage plate 542 (flowing-down state changing means) protrudes into the third ball throwing path (first branch path) due to its own weight, the weight of the distribution member 540 is utilized. The distribution member 540 can be easily maintained in the posture (that is, the storage position) in which the storage plate 542 protrudes toward the third ball throwing path KR3. Therefore, when the game ball collides, it is possible to suppress the storage plate 542 from sinking into the concave portion 519 by its own weight.

Further, even if the biasing spring SP4 (biasing means) falls off, the distribution member 540 is maintained in a posture in which the regulation plate 541 protrudes toward the third ball throwing route KR3 due to its own weight, and the game moves toward the third ball throwing route KR3. You can suppress the ball from flowing down.

Further, a biasing spring SP4 is provided to apply a biasing force to the distribution member 540 to maintain the distribution destination of the distribution member 540 to either the third ball throwing route KR3 or the second ball throwing route KR2. By displacing the ball 540 in the direction against the direction of the biasing spring SP4, the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the other of the third ball throwing route KR3 and the second ball throwing route KR2, and the biasing force of the biasing spring , the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is returned to either the third ball throwing route KR3 or the second ball throwing route KR2.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the distribution destination of the distribution member 540 from being carelessly switched. In this case, the distributing member 540 is displaced with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, and after the distributing destination is switched, the return to the distributing destination before switching can be performed by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP4. Therefore, the contact plate 464c interlocked with the ball receiving portion 467 does not need to be in contact with the distribution member 540. FIG. That is, the abutment plate 464 c interlocked with the ball receiving portion 467 can be separated from the distribution member 540 . Therefore, the degree of freedom in designing the movable range of the ball receiving portion 467 can be increased.

Next, displacement of the distribution member 540 will be described with reference to FIG. 74(a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of the sorting unit 500 in the range LXXIV of FIG. 73. FIG. FIG. 74(a) shows a state in which the distributing member 540 is located at the storage position, and FIG. 74(b) shows a state in which the distributing member 540 is located at the regulating position. Further, the state in which the distribution member 540 is arranged at the regulated position means that the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 collides with the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540, and the distribution member 540 moves about the axis of the shaft hole 545. It is a state in which the regulating plate 541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball-throwing path KR1 and the third ball-throwing path KR3 after being rotated.

As shown in FIG. 74(a), when the sorting member 540 is arranged at the storage position, the storage plate 542 is arranged on the third ball throwing path KR3, and the regulation plate 541 is positioned on the back side of the path forming member 510. is located inside a recess 518 formed in the wall of the

In this case, the distance L1 between the end of the tip of the storage plate 542 protruding inside the third ball throwing path KR3 and the inner wall of the third ball throwing path KR3 facing the tip is made smaller than the diameter of the ball. Therefore, the ball thrown from the upstream of the third ball-throwing path KR3 (the first ball-throwing path KR1) is stopped on the upstream side of the storage plate 542.

Also, the distance dimension L2 from the inside of the curved portion of the storage plate 542 to the connecting portion between the first ball throwing path KR1 and the third ball throwing path KR3 is set to be larger than the radius of the ball and also larger than the diameter of the ball. set small. As a result, the number of balls stopped on the upstream side of the storage plate 542 can be reduced to one. Hereinafter, the state of the sorting unit 500 in which one ball is stopped on the upstream side of the storage plate 542 is referred to as a storage state.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 74(b), when the sorting member 540 is arranged at the regulation position, the regulation plate 541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball-throwing path KR1 and the third ball-throwing path KR3. , the storage plate 542 is arranged inside the recess 519 formed in the wall portion on the back side of the path forming member 510 .

In this case, the distance dimension L3 between the end of the tip of the regulating plate 541 protruding inside the first ball-throwing path KR1 and the inner wall of the entrance of the third ball-throwing path KR3 is made smaller than the diameter of the ball. Therefore, the ball flowing down the first ball-throwing route KR1 collides with the regulation plate 541 and is thrown to the second ball-throwing route KR2.

That is, by switching the distribution member 540 between the regulating position and the storage position, the ball that is thrown along the first ball-throwing path KR1 is thrown to the third ball-throwing path KR3 and stopped on the third ball-throwing path KR3; A state can be formed in which the ball flowing down the first ball path KR1 cannot flow into the third ball path KR3 and is thrown to the second ball path KR2.

Therefore, by displacing one distributing member 540, when one flow path is divided into two flow paths, the flow path of the sphere can be reliably switched to one of them.

Further, the biasing spring SP4 applies a biasing force to the distribution member 540 to maintain the distribution destination of the distribution member 540 on the second ball throwing path KR2. It is possible to suppress switching of the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 to the third throw path.

Furthermore, the regulation plate 541 (distribution means) is formed so as to be able to appear and retract with respect to the first ball throwing route KR1 (downflow passage) or the third ball throwing route KR3 (first branch passage), and its appearance position is Since it is the inner wall on the downstream extension line of the downstream end of the first ball-throwing route KR1, the regulation plate 541 can be protruded at a position close to the game ball flowing down from the lower end side of the first ball-throwing route KR1. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required from when the regulating plate 541 starts to protrude into the downstream passage or the third ball throwing route KR3 (first branch passage) to when the game balls can be sorted. As a result, it is possible to reliably switch the distribution destination by the regulation plate 541 .

In addition, the regulation plate 541 (distribution means) protrudes into the third ball-throwing route KR3 (first branch passage), thereby diverting the game ball flowing down the first ball-throwing route KR1 (flow-down passage) into the second ball-throwing route ( second branch path), and the projecting direction of the regulating plate 541 is set in a direction pointing to the upstream end of the second ball-throwing path KR2, so the game ball flowing down the first ball-throwing path KR1 projects When the game ball comes into contact with the regulating plate in the middle, the game ball can be pushed into the second ball-throwing path KR as the regulating plate protrudes. As a result, the distribution to the second throwing route KR2 can be performed more reliably.

In this embodiment, the regulation plate 541 of the distribution member 540 is arranged at a position closer to the shaft hole 545 than the storage plate 542, but the regulation plate 541 is located farther from the shaft hole 545 than the regulation plate 541. may be placed in That is, the shaft hole 545 of the distribution member 540 may be arranged at the position of the point P on the rear surface on the downstream side of the third ball throwing path KR3 shown in FIGS. 74(a) and 74(b). . In this case, the arrangement positions of the regulating plate 541 and the storage plate 542 formed on the distribution member 540 are formed at the same positions as in the present embodiment.

When the shaft hole 545 is arranged at the point P, the displacement speed of the regulation plate 541 can be faster than that of the storage plate 542 when the distribution member 540 is rotationally displaced. Therefore, as will be described later, when the distribution member 540 is displaced from the storage position to the regulation position, the regulation plate 541 can be quickly protruded onto the flow-down path. As a result, at the timing when the distribution member 540 is switched from the regulating position to the storage position, it is possible to suppress the game balls flowing down the first ball-throwing path KR1 from flowing into the third ball-throwing path KR3.

Also, in this case, the shapes of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 in a front view are arcuate with the point P as the center. As a result, the displacement regions of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 can be minimized when the distribution member 540 is displaced from the regulation position to the storage position (or vice versa). Furthermore, recessed portions 518 and 519 for receiving the restricting plate 541 and the storage plate 542 outside the third throwing path KR3 are recessed along the displacement trajectory of the restricting plate 541 and the restricting plate 541 .

Next, with reference to FIGS. 75 and 76, a case where two or more balls are thrown from the ball-throwing path when the sorting member 540 is arranged at the storage position will be described. 75(a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of the sorting unit 500. FIG. 76(a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of the sorting unit 500. FIG.

78(a) and (b) correspond to the partially enlarged view of the sorting unit 500 of FIG. 74(a). Also, FIGS. 75(a) to 76(b) sequentially illustrate transition states of the sphere when the sphere is introduced. Further, FIGS. 75(a) to 76(b) show a state in which the sorting member 540 is arranged at the storage position.

As shown in FIGS. 75(a) and 75(b), when the first game ball T1 is thrown to the first ball path KR1 with the sorting member 540 arranged at the storage position, as described above, , the game ball T1 is thrown to the third ball-throwing path KR3 and stopped above the storage plate 542. As shown in FIG.

In this case, the storage plate 542 is located downstream of the upper end of the third throwing path KR3 by a distance between the radius and the diameter of the ball. is projected toward the first throwing path KR1 (see FIG. 75).

Therefore, as described above, the third ball throwing path KR3 (first branch path) is formed so as to be inclined downward toward the downstream, and the game ball is formed to roll on the inner wall in the direction of gravity, Since the storage plate 542 (flowing state changing means) is formed so as to be able to protrude into the third ball throwing route KR3 from the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity, the game ball is started to protrude into the third ball throwing route KR3. It is possible to shorten the time required to reach a state in which the flow of water can be regulated. As a result, the distribution destination of the regulating plate 541 is switched from the second ball throwing route KR2 (second branch passage) to the third ball throwing route KR3, and when the game ball is distributed to the third ball throwing route KR3, the game ball The projection of the storage plate 542 can be easily made in time to regulate the flow.

In addition, the regulation plate 541 is formed so as to be retractable with respect to the third ball-throwing route KR3, and when it protrudes to the third ball-throwing route KR3 to the maximum, a force component in the projecting direction acts on the storage plate 542 from the game ball. Therefore, when restricting the flow of the game ball distributed to the third ball throwing route KR3, it is possible to suppress the storage plate 542 from sinking into the concave portion 519 due to the impact when the game ball collides. Therefore, it is possible to easily regulate the flow of the game ball.

Next, as shown in FIGS. 76(a) and (b), when the sorting unit 500 is in the storage state and the second game ball T2 is thrown to the first ball-throwing path KR1, the game ball T2 The ball is thrown from the first throwing path KR1 to the upper end of the third throwing path KR3. Since the game ball T1 is stopped at the upper end of the third ball-throwing path KR3, the game ball T2 collides with the game ball T1 and is thrown to the second ball-throwing path KR2.

In this case, as described above, the game ball T1 protrudes toward the first ball-throwing path KR1. Since it can be guided, the game ball T2 can be thrown to the second ball path KR2 without remaining inside the third ball path KR3. Therefore, it is possible to stabilize the ball throwing on the first ball-throwing path KR1 and the second ball-throwing path KR2.

That is, the inner wall of the first ball-throwing route KR1 (flowing-down passage) on the side facing the second ball-throwing route KR2 (second branching passage) is configured to pass the game ball flowing down the first ball-throwing route KR1 to the third ball-throwing route KR3 (first branch passage). Of the specified number (one ball) of game balls stored in the branch passage), the last game ball can be guided to the side of the third ball-throwing route KR3, so that the game ball flows down the first ball-throwing route KR1. can be easily made to flow down to the second ball throwing route KR2 after colliding with the last game ball among the prescribed number of game balls.

Among the prescribed number of game balls, the last game ball means a game ball located on the upstream side (the side opposite to the regulation plate 541). Also, in the present embodiment, the prescribed number is set to one ball. In this case, the last game ball means the game ball itself stored in the third throwing route KR3.

Further, as described above, the first ball throwing path KR1 (downstream passage) is tilted toward the central portion of the base plate 520 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 73) at the lower end of the downflow path. A portion is formed in a gentle S-shaped curve. That is, since the downstream end of the first ball-throwing route KR1 (flowing-down passage) flows in the downstream direction of the upstream end of the third ball-throwing route KR3, the game ball flowing down the first ball-throwing route KR1 flows in the third ball-throwing route KR1. When the last game ball among the specified number of game balls stored in the ball-throwing path collides, the direction of the repulsive force acting on the last game ball must be different from the flowing direction of the upstream end of the third ball-throwing path KR3. can let As a result, it is possible to prevent the trailing game ball from jumping out of the upstream end of the third ball-throwing path KR3 and flowing into the second ball-throwing path KR2 due to the repulsive force at the time of collision.

Furthermore, the upper end of the third ball path KR3 is inclined in the direction of inclination of the lower end of the first ball path KR1. In addition, it can be on the side of the second throwing path KR2. Therefore, the rebound direction of the game ball T2 that has collided with the game ball T1 can be the entrance (upper end) side of the second ball throwing route KR2. Therefore, the game ball T2 that collides with the game ball T1 can be easily thrown to the second ball-throwing path KR2. As a result, it is possible to suppress the stagnation of the ball on the first ball-throwing path KR1 and the second ball-throwing path KR2.

Further, the distribution destination by the regulation plate 541 is set to the third ball-throwing route KR3 (first branch passage), and the downflow of the game ball in the third ball-throwing route KR3 is regulated by the storage plate 542 (flowing-down state changing means). 3 In a state where a specified number (one ball) of game balls is stored in the ball-throwing route KR3, game balls flowing down the first ball-throwing route KR1 (flowing-down passage) can flow down to the second ball-throwing route KR2 (second branch passage). Therefore, when more than the specified number of game balls flow down the flow-down passage, the game balls exceeding the specified number (game balls T2 after the second ball) are prevented from staying in the first ball throwing route KR1. can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the displacement of the regulating plate 541 (the operation of setting the distribution destination to the second ball-throwing route KR2) from being hindered by the game balls stuck on the first ball-throwing route KR1.

Next, with reference to FIG. 77, a case where a ball is thrown to the ball-throwing path when the sorting member 540 is arranged at the regulating position will be described. 77(a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of the sorting unit 500. FIG.

77(a) and (b) correspond to the partially enlarged view of the sorting unit 500 of FIG. 74(a). Also, FIGS. 77(a) and (b) respectively illustrate the transition states of the sphere when the sphere is injected. Further, FIGS. 77(a) and 77(b) show a state in which the distribution member 540 is arranged at the restricted position.

As shown in FIGS. 77(a) and 77(b), when a ball is thrown along the first throwing path KR1 with the sorting member 540 arranged at the regulating position, the thrown game ball T1 is placed on the first throwing path KR1. It collides with the regulation plate 541 at the lower end of the route KR1. As a result, the game ball T1 is guided to the second ball-throwing route KR2 and flows down the second ball-throwing route KR2.

Next, with reference to FIG. 78, the operation for causing the ball to flow downstream on the third throwing path KR3 will be described. 78(a) and (b) are partial enlarged views of the sorting unit 500. FIG.

78(a) and (b) correspond to the partially enlarged view of the sorting unit 500 of FIG. 74(a). Also, FIGS. 78(a) and (b) illustrate the transition states of the sphere when the sphere is injected. Further, FIG. 78(a) shows a state in which the sorting member 540 is arranged at the storage position, and FIG. 78(b) shows a state in which the sorting member 540 is arranged at the restricting position.

As shown in FIGS. 78(a) and 78(b), when the sorting unit 500 is in the storage state (the state shown in FIG. 78(a)), the sorting member 540 is displaced and arranged at the regulated position. , the game ball T1 stagnated above the storage plate 542 flows down to the downstream side of the third ball throwing path KR3.

That is, only the ball stagnated above the storage plate 542 flows down the third throwing path KR3. In addition, as described above, the number of balls stagnating above the storage plate 542 is set to 1, so that the balls can flow down to the third throwing path KR3 one by one. Therefore, it is possible to stabilize the number of balls flowing down the third ball-throwing route KR3, thereby suppressing an unintended number of balls from flowing down the third ball-throwing route KR3.

Therefore, the distributing member 540 (distributing means) includes a regulating plate 541 (first retractable portion) formed so as to be retractable with respect to the third ball throwing path (first branch path) as the distributing member 540 is displaced. Equipped with a storage plate (second retractable portion), the regulating plate 541 protrudes into the third ball-throwing path so that the game ball flowing down the first ball-throwing path KR1 (flowing-down passage) is directed to the second ball-throwing path KR2 (second branching path). The storage plate 542 is located downstream of the regulation plate 541 in the third throwing path KR3 and protrudes into the third throwing path KR3 to distribute the ball to the third throwing path KR3. When one of the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 protrudes into the passage of the third ball-throwing route KR3, the other is outside the passage of the third ball-throwing route KR3 (recessed portion). 518, 519), displacing the distributing member 540 in accordance with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 (displacement member), so that only the prescribed number (one ball) of the game balls are transferred to the third throwing path KR3. , and can be received by the ball receiving portion 467 .

That is, the regulation plate 541 protrudes into a first state in which game balls flowing down the first ball-throwing path KR1 are distributed to the second ball-throwing path. A second state in which the game balls distributed to the third ball-throwing path are distributed to the third ball-throwing path, and a third state in which the game balls distributed to the third ball-throwing path KR3 are restricted from flowing down (game balls are stored) by projecting the second protruding part. and a fourth state in which the game balls stored in the third ball throwing path are made to flow down and received by the ball receiving portion by retracting the second haunting portion. By combining , only a prescribed number (one ball) of game balls can be distributed to the third ball throwing route KR3 and received by the ball receiving portion 467.

In addition, since the distribution member 540 is provided with the regulation plates 541 and 542, that is, formed as one component, the structure of the distribution member 540 (for operating the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542 and exerting their functions) structure) can be simplified. Furthermore, when one of the restricting plate 541 and the storage plate 542 protrudes into the passage of the third ball-throwing route KR3, the other is retracted out of the passage of the third ball-throwing route KR3. It is sufficient that the distribution member 540 is also formed so as to be displaceable between two positions according to the positions (first position and second position). That is, by displacing the distribution member 540 at two positions, the first to fourth states described above can be formed. Therefore, the structure of the distributing member 540 and the structure for displacing the distributing member 540 in accordance with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 can be simplified, and the reliability of the game ball distributing operation can be improved accordingly.

Next, the sorting unit 500 and the lower displacement unit 400 will be described with reference to FIGS. 79 to 80. FIG. 79 is a front view of the sorting unit 500 and the lower displacement unit 400. FIG. 80 is a top view of the sorting unit 500 and the downward displacement unit 400. FIG. It should be noted that the lower displacement unit 400 is illustrated in a state of being arranged at the retracted position.

As shown in FIGS. 79 and 80, the sorting unit 500 is arranged on the front side of the lower displacement unit 400 (lower side in FIG. 80). In this case, the opening 525a formed in the rolling portion 525 of the distribution unit 500 and the opening 451a formed in the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 are arranged at positions overlapping each other in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the ball rolling on the rolling portion 525 is thrown into the lower displacement member 440 through the opening 525a and the opening 451a.

In other words, the throwing of the ball to the lower displacement member 440 is performed by sending the ball flowing down the game area in front of the game board 13 from the third winning hole 82 formed in the game board 13 through the ball throwing unit 600 and the sorting unit 500. is done.

Therefore, the distribution unit 500 includes the rolling portion 525 that communicates with the track area of the ball receiving portion 467, and the distribution member 540 regulates passage of game balls in the rolling portion 525. To surely throw the second and subsequent game balls T2 to the track area of a distribution member 540 via a rolling part 525 even when the second and subsequent game balls T2 are thrown due to malfunction. can be done. As a result, it is possible to prevent troubles caused by the game ball T2 after the second ball.

Next, the relationship between the distribution member 540 and the lower displacement member 440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 81 to 86. FIG. 81, 83 and 85 are front views of the lower displacement unit 400, and FIGS. 82, 84 and 86 are sectional views of the sorting unit 500. FIG. 81, 83 and 85, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently, and only the sorting member 540 of the sorting unit 500 arranged on the front side is illustrated. . 82, 84 and 86, the distributing member 540 is illustrated with a chain line, and the contact plate 464c of the lower displacement member 440 arranged on the back side is illustrated with a chain line.

81 and 82 show a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is at the first position and the distribution member 540 is at the regulating position, and the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state. The position is illustrated. 83 and 84 show a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at the second position, and the distributing member 540 is arranged at the storage position, and the lower displacement member 440 is positioned in the retracted state. The states are illustrated. 85 and 86 show a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at the first position, and the distributing member 540 is arranged at the storage position. is shown.

As shown in FIGS. 81 and 82, in the state where the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the retracted state and in the state where the ball bearing portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first position, the ball bearing portion A rack 466 for driving 467 is arranged on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440 (on the left side of the lower displacement member 440 when viewed from the front), and a movable rack 464 is arranged on the back side so as to overlap in the front-rear direction.

That is, the movable rack 464 is arranged on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440 (on the left side of the lower displacement member 440 when viewed from the front), similarly to the rack 466 . Therefore, the contact plate 464 c formed on the movable rack 464 is positioned on the other end side of the lower displacement member 440 . In this case, the side surface of the contact plate 464c on the other end side (the left side surface in the front view) is brought into contact with the projecting portion 543 of the distribution member 540 . As a result, the distribution member 540 is subjected to a driving force to rotate about the axis of the shaft hole 545, and is displaced to a position (restriction position) where the regulation plate 541 protrudes into the first ball throwing path KR1.

Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is retracted and the ball receiving portion 467 is placed at the first position, the ball thrown on the first ball-throwing path KR1 of the sorting unit 500 is not on the third ball-throwing path KR3. The ball is thrown to the second throw route KR2 without flowing down. Further, as described above, by displacing the sorting member 540 from the storage state in which the balls are stored above the storage plate 542 to the regulating position, the game player moves to the downstream side of the third ball-throwing path KR3 (downstream side of the storage plate 542). You can throw the ball. At this time, the game ball can be thrown to the inside of the ball receiving portion 467 by causing the ball receiving portion 467 to receive the ball.

In addition, the opening operation of the third electric accessory 82a for putting the game balls in the sorting unit 500 is performed before the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the first position. When displaced to the position, the third electric accessory 82a is closed. As a result, when the distribution member 540 is displaced from the storage position to the regulation position, the game balls passing through the first ball-throwing path KR1 are not restricted from flowing down by the regulation plate 541 and the storage plate 542, and unintended game balls It is possible to suppress the ball from being thrown to the downstream side of the 3-throwing route KR3.

In addition, since the distribution member 540 is formed to be operable in conjunction with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467, the throwing of the game ball to the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 is restricted according to the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. Or acceptable. That is, the control or permission of throwing a game ball can be switched mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467. Driving means for driving 540 or control of each of these means can be made unnecessary, so that the product cost can be reduced and the reliability of operation can be improved.

Further, the distribution member 540 throws the game ball T2 to the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 in conjunction with the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 from the second position in the first position direction (second direction). , the game ball can be reliably thrown to the area on the first direction side of the ball receiving portion 467 in the track area of the ball receiving portion 467 .

The ball receiving portion 467 is formed to be displaceable between a switching position for switching the distribution member 540 and a receiving position (second position) set at a position different from the switching position (first position). When the portion 467 is displaced to the switching position, the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the third throwing path KR3. 467 can receive the game ball, and the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is switched to the second ball throwing route KR2, so that the prescribed number (one ball in this embodiment) that the ball receiving portion 467 can receive the ball is set. It is possible to suppress the game ball exceeding the number from being distributed to the third throwing route KR3.

That is, when the switching position and the receiving position are set to the same position, the ball receiving portion 467 receives the game ball while the destination of distribution by the distribution member 540 is switched to the third ball throwing path. There is a risk that game balls exceeding the prescribed number that can be received by the ball receiving portion 467 will be distributed to the third ball throwing route KR3. If a separate means for restricting the inflow of game balls into the third ball throwing path KR3 is provided, the structure becomes complicated, the reliability is lowered, and the product cost is increased.

On the other hand, in the embodiment, after the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the switching position and a specified number (one ball in this embodiment) of game balls are distributed to the third ball throwing route KR3, the distribution member 540 is moved to the receiving position. , the distribution destination is switched to the second ball throwing route KR2, so that more than one game ball can be prevented from flowing down to the third ball throwing route. Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 can suppress the game balls exceeding the defined number (one ball) that can be received from being distributed to the third ball throwing route KR3. Further, since there is no need to separately provide the aforementioned means (means for regulating the inflow of game balls into the third ball throwing path KR3), reliability can be improved and product costs can be reduced.

Moreover, when the power is turned on (turned on), the pachinko machine 10 starts from the position where each operation unit is turned off (turned off). Furthermore, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, only the control may be reset. In this case, if the sorting member 540 is provided with a driving means, when the power is turned on, the sorting unit 500 in the storage state operates during the initial operation to flow the game balls down the third ball throwing path KR3, A game ball may be thrown to the withdrawal side (first position side) of the ball receiving portion 467 arranged at the third position.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, the displacement of the distribution member 540 and the displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 are synchronized. When the machine 10 is powered on, it is possible to prevent unintended game balls from being thrown to the trajectory area of the ball receiving part 467.例文帳に追加As a result, clogging of game balls inside the lower displacement member 440 can be suppressed.

Furthermore, when the power is turned off with the game ball left in the track area of the lower displacement member 440, the ball receiving part 467 is caused to perform the above-described discharging operation, so that the game ball is left in the track area of the ball receiving part 467. The game ball can be discharged to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 and recovered from the recovery port 411f.

Next, description will be made with reference to FIGS. 83 and 84. FIG. As shown in FIGS. 83 and 84, the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is arranged at the second position or the third position (a position other than the first position). In this state, as described above, the rack 466 for driving the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the substantially central position of the lower displacement member 440 in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 83), and the movable rack 464 is moved from the other end (the left side in the left-right direction in FIG. 83) to one end.

Therefore, the contact plate 464c formed on the movable rack 464 is arranged at a position spaced from the other end of the lower displacement member 4440 toward one end. In this case, the surface of the contact plate 464 c on the other end side (the surface on the left side in front view) is separated from the projecting portion 543 of the distribution member 540 . As a result, the distributing member 540 is rotated about the axis of the shaft hole 545 by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP4 interposed between the distributing member 540 and the base plate 520, and the storage plate 542 is moved to the third throw. It is displaced to a position (storage position) projected onto the route KR3.

Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the second position or the third position (position other than the first position), the first ball throwing path of the sorting unit 500 is A ball thrown to KR1 is in a state of being stopped above the storage plate 542 . Further, as described above, when the sorting unit 500 is in the storage state, the ball thrown to the first ball path KR1 collides with the ball stopped above the storage plate 542 and is thrown to the second ball path KR2. .

Next, description will be made with reference to FIGS. 85 and 86. FIG. As shown in FIGS. 85 and 86, when the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first extended state or the second extended state, the lower displacement member 440 slides relative to the front base 411 as described above. It is displaced and rotationally displaced. Therefore, the contact plate 464 c formed on the movable rack 464 is displaced with the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 and separated from the projecting portion 543 of the distribution member 540 . As a result, the distributing member 540 is rotated about the axis of the shaft hole 545 by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP4 interposed between the distributing member 540 and the base plate 520, and the storage plate 542 is moved to the third throw. It is displaced to a position (storage position) projected onto the route KR3.

Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the first protruding state or the second protruding state, the ball thrown to the first ball throwing path KR1 of the sorting unit 500 is stopped above the storage plate 542. be done. Further, as described above, when the sorting unit 500 is in the storage state, the ball thrown to the first ball path KR1 collides with the ball stopped above the storage plate 542 and is thrown to the second ball path KR2. .

That is, when the lower displacement member 440 is in the first protruding state and the second protruding state (states other than the retracted state), the opening 451a of the decorative member 450 is opened as the lower displacement member 440 is displaced. Since the position is displaced, the state of ball communication between the opening 451a and the opening 525a of the sorting unit 500 is released. Therefore, when a ball flows down the third ball throwing path KR3, there is a risk that the ball will be discharged into the interior of the rear case 300 through the opening 451a. It is possible to suppress the ball from flowing down the downstream side of the route KR3. As a result, it is possible to suppress the balls of the rear case 300 from being discharged inside.

In other words, the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 is formed to be displaceable between the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state, and when the lower displacement member 440 is positioned in the retracted state, Since the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed on the lower displacement member 440, there is a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced while the lower displacement member 440 is disposed in the retracted state, and a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 is disposed in the first or second extended state. , the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the presentation effect accordingly.

In this case, when the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first or second overhanging state, the ball receiving portion 467 cannot receive the game ball from the rolling portion 525 of the third ball throwing route KR3. The rolling portion 525 and the opening 451a of the lower displacement member 440 are in a state of non-communication). Therefore, in a state in which the ball receiving portion 467 cannot receive a game ball (a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is arranged in the first protruding state or the second protruding state), the distribution destination by the distribution member 540 is the third ball path. It is possible to suppress switching to KR3.

Further, since the distributing member 540 is disposed on the base plate 520 of the distributing unit 500 which is formed as a separate member from the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440, the size of the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 is correspondingly increased. can be suppressed.

Here, the displacement of the lower displacement member 440 from the first protruded state to the retracted state is not only laterally rotationally displaced but also rotationally displaced. In addition, there is a possibility that the protrusion 543 of the distributing member 540 contacts the upper surface of the contact plate 464c and the distributing member 540 cannot be rotationally displaced.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the first overhang position shown in FIG. (second position or third position). As a result, the contact plate 464 c of the lower displacement member 440 displaced to the retracted state can be prevented from colliding with the projecting portion 543 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the distribution member 540 from being rotationally displaced due to the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540 coming into contact with the upper surface of the contact plate 464c.

Further, since the distributing member 540 is formed with the bulging portion 543a as described above, when the lower displacement unit 400 is displaced from the first extended state to the retracted state due to control failure or the like, the abutment plate 464c may be displaced. Even when the projecting portion 543 of the distribution member 540 comes into contact with the upper surface, the distribution member 540 can be rotationally displaced.

That is, since the contact area with the contact plate 464c can be reduced by the bulging portion 543a, the bulging portion 543a can be easily slid along the surface when the contact plate 464c contacts. Therefore, the distribution member 540 can be easily rotationally displaced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the distribution member 540 from being rotationally displaced due to the protrusion 543 of the distribution member 540 coming into contact with the upper surface of the contact plate 464c.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 87 to 90, the configuration of the drive transmission portion of rotation unit 700 will be described. 87 is a front view of the rotation unit 700, FIG. 88 is a rear view of the rotation unit 700, FIG. 89 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotation unit 700, and FIG. It is a rear perspective view.

As shown in FIGS. 87 to 90, the rotation unit 700 includes a decoration unit 750 composed of a plurality of displacement members, a ball bearing base 710 arranged above the decoration unit 750 in the direction of gravity, and a ball bearing base 710 arranged above the decoration unit 750 in the direction of gravity. 710 and a rear base 720 arranged on the rear side of the decoration unit 750, a left transmission member 730 arranged on the left side of the decoration unit 750 when viewed from the front, and a right transmission member arranged on the right side of the decoration unit 750 when viewed from the front. 740 and .

The ball receiving base 710 is a member for dropping the game ball emitted from the emission opening 471 on one side of the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 described above. As a result, the ball thrown to the inner side of the lower displacement member 440 can be thrown to the rotation unit 700 . A detailed configuration of the ball cradle 710 will be described later.

The decoration unit 750 is a substantially D-shaped block with a curved portion arranged upward in a side view, and the front side is decorated with characters and patterns. Also, the decoration unit 750 is composed of a plurality of members, and is configured to be displaceable by transmission of a driving force, which will be described later. Note that the configuration of the decoration unit 750 will be described later.

The rear base 720 is a plate member that connects the rear side of the ball holder 710 and the rear side of the decoration unit 750, and is formed in a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front. As described above, since the decoration unit 750 is composed of a plurality of movable members, the fastening portion thereof is limited. By connecting , the decorative unit 750 and the ball receiving base 710 can be assembled as one unit while securing the movable range of the decorative unit 750 .

The left transmission member 730 is mounted with a drive motor KM4 disposed on the left side (left side in FIG. 87) of the decoration unit 750, a transmission member 730 for transmitting the driving force of the drive motor KM4, and the drive motor KM4. It mainly includes a motor base 732, a gear cover 733 that covers the transmission member 730, and a ball throw path cover 734 that is attached to the gear cover 733 and forms a predetermined gap between the gear cover 733 and the gear cover 733. be.

The drive motor KM4 is a drive source for moving each member of the decoration unit 750, which will be described later. Drive of the drive motor KM4 is transmitted by a transmission member 730, which will be described later.

The transmission member 730 includes a transmission gear 731a attached to the shaft of the drive motor KM4, a transmission gear 731b meshing with the transmission gear 731a, a transmission gear 731c meshing with the transmission gear 731b, and a transmission gear 731c. and a transmission gear 731d arranged coaxially with a shaft 735, and a load gear 731e meshing with the transmission gear 731d.

The transmission gear 731a is attached to the drive motor KM4 as described above, and rotates when the drive motor KM4 is rotationally driven.

A one-way clutch OW1 is disposed inside the transmission gear 731b, and the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is connected to a shaft portion JB1 that transmits the rotational driving force of the decoration unit 750 to the right transmission member 740 on the right side.

The one-way clutch OW1 includes an inner ring having a cam surface formed on its outer peripheral surface, an outer ring arranged outside the inner ring, and a plurality of springs and rollers between the inner ring and the outer ring. When the outer ring tries to rotate in one direction with respect to the inner ring, the contact surface pressure between the cam surface and the roller increases, acting as resistance and transmitting power to the inner ring, causing the outer ring to rotate in the other direction with respect to the inner ring. This is a cam-type clutch that slides and disconnects the power transmission when the roller rotates to the right, the contact surface pressure between the cam surface and the roller decreases.

Therefore, when the driving force in one direction is transmitted from the drive motor KM4, the transmission gear 731b can transmit the rotational driving force to the shaft portion JB1, and when the driving force in the other direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, The outer ring slips with respect to the inner ring and the transmission of the driving force to the shaft portion JB1 is interrupted.

The transmission gear 731c is internally provided with a one-way clutch OW1 like the transmission gear 731b. A shaft 735 is arranged inside the one-way clutch OW1 of the transmission gear 731c.

Therefore, the transmission gear 731c can transmit the rotational driving force to the shaft 735 when the driving force in one direction is transmitted from the driving motor KM4, and can transmit the driving force in the other direction from the driving motor KM4. The outer ring slides against the shaft 735 and the transmission of the driving force to the shaft 735 is interrupted. The transmission gear 731c is meshed with the transmission gear 731b, and the directions of rotation thereof are opposite to each other. Therefore, when the transmission gear 731b rotates in one direction, the transmission gear 731c rotates in the other direction. On the other hand, when the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the other direction, the transmission gear 731b is rotated in one direction. That is, by switching the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4, the mode is switched to the mode in which the shaft portion JB1 rotates or the mode in which the shaft 735 rotates.

Transmission gear 731 d is attached to shaft 735 . As described above, shaft 735 is rotated only when transmission gear 731c is rotated in one direction. Therefore, the transmission gear 731c rotates in one direction only when the transmission gear 731c is rotated in one direction, and does not rotate in the other direction.

The load gear 731 e is connected to a shaft portion 791 a of a resistance member 791 having a shaft hole attached to the box member 760 . The resistance member 791 is formed with a shaft portion 791 a rotatable with respect to a base portion fastened to the box member 760 . The resistance member 791 is formed to provide a predetermined amount of resistance when the shaft portion 791a rotates with respect to the base portion. That is, since a predetermined amount of force is required to rotate the shaft portion 791a, a force equal to or greater than the predetermined amount is also required to rotate the load gear 731e connected to the shaft portion 791a.

As a result, when the rotating body 800 meshing with the transmission gear 731d is rotated by the rotation of the transmission gear 731d and stopped, it is possible to suppress the rotation due to the inertial force. That is, the resistance when the shaft portion 791a rotates with respect to the base portion is set larger than the inertial force acting around the axis of the rotating body 800 when the rotation of the rotating body 800 stops.

In addition, the load gear 731e is connected to a transmission gear 731d coaxially arranged with the transmission gear 731c. Therefore, the resistance of the load gear 731e applied to the drive motor KM4 can be limited to one-way rotation of the transmission gear 731d. That is, when the transmission gear 731c rotates in the other direction, the transmission of drive between the transmission gear 731c and the transmission gear 731d is interrupted, so that the resistance of the load gear 731e can be suppressed. As a result, when the transmission gear 731b is rotated in one direction, it is possible to suppress the resistance of the load gear 731e.

The motor base 732 is formed in a box-like body that is open on the decoration unit 750 side, and the drive motor KM4 is arranged outside the bottom portion of the box (on the left side in FIG. 87) with its shaft inserted through the inside of the box. Thereby, the transmission gear 731 a connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM4 can be arranged inside the motor base 732 . That is, the depth dimension of the box of the motor base 732 is set larger than the width dimension of the transmission gear 731a. As a result, the drive motor KM4 and the transmission gear 731a can be arranged in the decoration unit 750 with the drive motor KM4 and the transmission gear 731a attached to the motor base 732, and the collision of the transmission gear 731a with the decoration unit 750 can be suppressed.

The gear cover 733 is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape when viewed from the rear, and is fastened to the decoration unit 750 with the left transmission member 730 disposed therebetween. A through hole 733a is formed through the decoration unit 750 at a position facing the shaft hole of the rotating body 800, which will be described later. As a result, the ball rolling inside the rotating body 800 can be ejected to the outside through the through hole 733a. The ball thrown to the rotating body 800 will be described later.

The ball feed path cover 734 is a member arranged outside the gear cover 733 (on the left side in FIG. 87). As a result, a gap can be formed between the gear cover 733 and the ball feed path cover 734, and the ball inserted through the through hole 733a of the gear cover 733 can be passed through the gap and discharged to the outside of the rotation unit 700. can be done. The ball ejected from the gap between the gear cover 733 and the ball throwing path cover is thrown to a recovery path (not shown) and recovered.

The right transmission member 740 includes a rotating member 741 connected to the other end of the shaft portion JB1, an arm member 742 having one end connected to the rotating member 741, and the rotating member 741 and the arm member 742. A crank cover 743 arranged in the decoration unit 750 in a closed state is formed.

The rotating member 741 includes a main body portion 741b formed in a disk-like plate shape, a one-way clutch OW1 fitted to the shaft of the main body portion 741b, and a cylindrical body projecting to the opposite side of the decoration unit 750 (the right side in FIG. 87). The projection 741a is mainly provided.

One-way clutch OW1 attached to rotating member 741 has an inner ring shaft hole inserted into the other end side of shaft portion JB. In addition, the one-way clutch OW1 is arranged so that the inner ring and the outer ring are not transmitted when rotation opposite to the rotation direction of the shaft portion JB1 is input to the inner ring.

As a result, when a driving force having a rotational speed higher than the rotational speed transmitted from the shaft portion JB1 to the rotating member 741 is input to the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1, only the outer ring is rotated and the rotating member 741 is driven by the drive motor KM4. It can be rotated by driving force other than drive. As a result, the rotating member 741 can be rotated at two or more different speeds.

The arm member 742 has a shape combining a C shape and an I shape when viewed from the side, and is formed by connecting one end of the C shape to the other end of the I shape. In addition, the arm member 742 includes a shaft hole 742a penetrating through the connecting portion between the C-shaped portion and the I-shaped portion, an elliptical first sliding groove 742b penetrating through one end of the I-shaped portion, A second elliptical sliding groove 742c penetrating through the other end of the letter portion is formed.

The shaft hole 742a is a hole into which a shaft portion 764a formed on a right side plate 764 of the box member 760, which will be described later, is inserted, and is formed to have an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 764a. Therefore, the arm member 742 is arranged in the decoration unit 750 with the shaft portion 764a inserted into the shaft hole 742a, so that the arm member 742 is rotatable with respect to the decoration unit 750. As shown in FIG.

The first sliding groove 742b is a hole into which the protrusion 741a of the rotating member 741 is inserted, and the width dimension in the lateral direction of the oval is set larger than the outer diameter of the protrusion 741a. Therefore, the protrusion 741a can be inserted inside the first sliding groove 742b, and the rotation of the rotating member 741 can cause the arm member 742 to be rotationally displaced.

The rotary member 741 has an outer diameter that is smaller than the longitudinal dimension of the I-shaped portion of the arm member 742, and a shaft that extends from the shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742 to half the longitudinal dimension of the I-shaped portion. placed farther apart than Accordingly, by rotating the rotating member 741, the arm member 742 can be caused to reciprocate in rotation about the axis of the shaft hole 742a.

The second sliding groove 742c is a hole into which a projection 773a of the right lid portion 773, which will be described later, is inserted. Therefore, the projection 773a can be inserted inside the second sliding groove 742c. Also, the right lid portion 773 is formed to be rotatably displaceable with respect to the box member 760 . Therefore, the rotating member 741 is rotated as described above, and the arm member 742 reciprocates in rotation, thereby rotating the right lid portion 773 connected to the other end of the arm member 742 with respect to the box member 760. be able to.

The crank cover 743 mainly includes an elliptical portion 743a formed in an elliptical shape when viewed from the rear, and a ball-throwing portion 743b formed continuously on the rear side of the elliptical portion 743a.

The elliptical portion 743a is a cover that covers the arm member 742, and has an outer shape larger than the arm member 742 and the displacement region of the arm member 742 when viewed from the side. A wall is formed which protrudes more than the thickness of the . Accordingly, when the crank cover 743 is arranged on the decoration unit 750, the arm member 742 can be arranged between the crank cover 743 and the decoration unit 750 facing each other.

The ball throwing part 743b is a path member for throwing the ball to the recovery path when the ball flowing down the flow-down area in front of the game board 13 is recovered from a predetermined recovery port. It is shaped like a bar with a space of height. The ball feeding portion 743b is connected at its upper end to an opening of the game board 13 and connected to an opening formed in the decoration unit 750 at its lower end. As a result, the balls collected on the game board 13 can be passed through the interior of the decoration unit 750 via the ball feeding portion 743b and guided to a collection path (not shown).

Next, the decoration unit 750 will be described with reference to FIGS. 91 to 95. FIG. 91 is a front view of the decoration unit 750. FIG. 92(a) is a side view of the decoration unit 750 as viewed in the direction of arrow XCIIa in FIG. 91, and FIG. 92(b) is a side view of the decoration unit 750 as viewed in the direction of arrow XCIIb in FIG. 93 is an exploded perspective front view of the decoration unit 750, and FIG. 94 is an exploded perspective rear view of the decoration unit 750. FIG. 91(b) and 91(c) illustrate a state in which the right side plate 764 and the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 are seen transparently.

As shown in FIGS. 91 to 94, the decoration unit 750 includes a box member 760 serving as a decoration portion on the outside of the decoration unit 750 and a lid disposed above the box member 760 in the gravitational direction (upper side in FIG. 91(a)). It mainly includes a member 770 and a rotating body 800 arranged inside the box member 760 and the lid member 770 .

The box member 760 includes a base member 762 arranged below the rotating body 800, a front plate 761 arranged in front of the base member 762, a lower plate 763 arranged on the bottom surface of the base member 762, It mainly includes a right side plate 764 arranged on the right side of the base member 762 in front view, and a left side plate 765 arranged on the left side of the base member 762 in front view.

The base member 762 is formed in a horizontally elongated rectangular shape that is larger than the rotating body 800 when viewed from above, and is formed with a thickness in the direction of gravity greater than the outer diameter of the sphere. The base member 762 has a curved upper surface coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800 . As a result, collision between the base member 762 and the rotating body 800 can be suppressed when the base member 762 is arranged in the vicinity of the rotating body 800 .

The base member 762 mainly includes a recess 762a recessed downward in the left-right direction on the top surface and a ball-throwing part 762b recessed in a substantially L shape on the bottom surface.

The concave portion 762a is a groove in which the shaft portion JB1 described above is arranged, and is recessed on the shaft of the transmission gear 731b arranged on the side surface of the decoration unit 750. As shown in FIG. Thereby, the driving force of the driving motor KM4 can be transmitted via the shaft portion JB1.

The ball-throwing part 762b is bent in an L-shape and recessed on the bottom surface. connected to Also, the recessed width of the ball feeding portion 762b is formed to be larger than the diameter of the ball. Accordingly, the ball can be thrown inside the box member 760 by arranging the lower surface plate 763 on the lower side.

The front plate 761 is formed to have a horizontally long rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed to have a predetermined thickness on the back side. In addition, the front plate 761 is formed with a winning opening 761a having a size that allows a ball to be inserted on the front side. The prize winning opening 761a is connected to the ball throwing portion 762b of the base member 762 arranged on the back side as described above. Therefore, the ball thrown into the winning opening 761 a is thrown to the ball-throwing portion 762 b of the base member 762 .

The right side plate 764 is formed in a D shape with an upwardly curved outer shape when viewed from the side. The right side plate 764 includes a shaft portion 764a protruding outside the decoration unit 750, a bearing portion 764c penetrating below the shaft portion 764a, and a curved shape having the same axis as the rotation axis of the rotating body 800. an opening 764b that opens at a position facing the lower end of the ball feeding portion 762b of the crank cover 743; It is formed mainly including an engaging portion 764e.

The opening 764b is a hole for allowing the ball thrown from the ball-throwing portion of the crank cover 743 to be thrown to the base member 762, and is formed larger than the outer diameter of the ball. As a result, the ball thrown to the crank cover 743 can be thrown to the base member 762 .

The bearing portion 764c is a hole into which the above-described shaft portion JB1 is inserted, and is formed with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion JB1. Thereby, the driving force can be transmitted to the right transmission member 740 described above.

The curved opening 764d is an opening through which a protrusion 773a protruding from the right lid portion 773 is inserted. Further, the curved opening 764d is formed in an arc shape coaxial with the rotation axis of the lid member 770 because the lid member 770 is rotationally displaced. Thereby, when the lid member 770 is rotationally displaced, it is possible to suppress collision between the projection 773a and the curved opening 764d.

The engaging portion 764e is a member that engages with the right end portion of the base plate 810 disposed inside the rotating body 800 in a front view to hold the base plate 810 so as not to rotate. That is, the tip portion 811a of the right end portion 811 of the base plate 810 is inserted into the engaging portion 764e. This makes the base plate 810 non-rotatable.

The left side plate 765 is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the right side plate 764 when viewed from the side. The left side plate 765 includes a through hole 765a formed through the shaft of the rotating body 800, a shaft portion 765b projecting toward the rotating body 800, and a through hole into which the shaft portion 791a of the resistance member 791 is inserted. It is formed mainly with holes 765c.

The through hole 765a is an opening for inserting the ball ejected from the opening on the left side of the rotating body 800 in front view into the through hole 733a of the motor base 732 described above. That is, the through hole 765a is formed on the axis of the rotating body 800, and its inner diameter is set to be the same size as the inner diameter of the opening of the rotating body 800 on the left side in the front view.

The shaft portion 765b is inserted into a shaft hole 781 formed in a rotation restricting member 780, which will be described later, and can hold the rotation restricting member 780 in a rotatable state. Displacement of the rotation restricting member 780 will be described later.

The through hole 765c is a hole through which the shaft portion 791a of the resistance member 791 is inserted as described above, and is formed at a position facing the side surface of the load gear 731e described above.

The lower surface plate 763 is a plate member that is disposed on the lower surface of the base member 762 so that the ball throwing portion 762b of the base member 762 and the lower surface plate 763 form a ball-throwing path through which the ball can pass. In addition, the bottom plate 763 is formed with an opening 763a penetrating in the vertical direction. The opening 763a is an opening for throwing a ball thrown inside the ball-throwing portion 762b to a recovery path (not shown). Therefore, the winning ball and the ball sent from the winning opening 761 a of the front plate 761 and the game area to the ball feeding portion 743 b of the right transmission member 740 can be ejected from the interior of the decoration unit 750 .

The lid member 770 includes a curved lid portion 771 formed in a curved shape coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800 , a right lid portion 773 fastened to the right side surface of the curved lid portion 771 when viewed from the front, and the curved lid portion 771 . It mainly includes a left lid portion 772 that is fastened to the left side surface of the front view.

As described above, the curved lid portion 771 has a curved shape coaxial with the axis of the rotating body 800 and has a radius larger than that of the rotating body 800 when viewed from the side. The curved lid portion 771 has a transparent portion 771a formed of a transparent plate on a part of the front side.

The transparent portion 771a is a plate that allows the player to visually recognize patterns, characters, and the like drawn on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800 from the player. That is, the player can visually recognize the display of the rotating body 800 through the transparent portion 771a even when the upper end side of the rotating body 800 is covered with the lid member 770. FIG.

The right lid portion 773 is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the side, and the radius of the outer side of the annular ring is set substantially equal to the radius of the curved lid portion 771 . In addition, the inner diameter of the right lid portion 773 is formed to be larger than the size of the outer shape of the right end portion 811 of the rotating body 800 when viewed from the side. As a result, the right lid portion 773 is disposed in a state in which the right end portion 811 of the rotating body 800 is inserted through the annular inner portion.

Further, the right lid portion 773 is mainly formed with a projection 773a projecting to the outside (right side in front view) of the decoration unit 750 and a recess 773b recessed radially inward in the outer peripheral edge portion. . The protrusion 773a is a protrusion that is inserted into the second slide groove 742c of the arm member 742, as described above.

The concave portion 773b can rotate the opening/closing member 870 by inserting a projection 871 of the opening/closing member 870, which will be described later. Therefore, the width of the recessed portion 773 b is set to be larger than the outer shape of the projection 871 . Further, the recess 773b is formed at a position substantially opposite to the edge of the right lid portion 773 where the curved lid portion 771 is arranged.

The left lid portion 772 is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the side, and the radius of the outer side of the annular ring is set substantially equal to the radius of the curved lid portion 771 . In addition, the inner diameter of the left lid portion 772 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the tooth surface 881a of the left rotating portion 880, which will be described later. As a result, the left lid portion 772 is arranged in a state in which the left rotating portion 880 of the rotating body 800 is inserted through the annular inner portion.

Further, the left lid portion 772 is formed with a plate-shaped sensor plate 772a projecting to the outside of the decoration unit 750 (left side in front view). The sensor plate 772a can detect the position of the left side lid portion 772 by being arranged between opposing bifurcated sensors (not shown).

Here, the lid member 770 for the rotating body 800 will be described. The arrangement of the lid member 770 in the assembled state of the rotating body 800 is the state in which the right and left ends of the rotating body 800 are respectively inserted inside the right lid portion 773 and the left lid portion 772 (separate members) before assembly. do. Then, the rotating body 800 and the lid member 770 are connected by assembling the right lid portion 773 , the left lid portion 772 , and the curved lid portion 771 . Therefore, the lid member 770 is rotatable about the axis of the rotating body 800 with respect to the rotating body.

The rotation restricting member 780 is bent in a substantially L-shape when viewed from the side. The rotation restricting member 780 mainly includes a shaft hole 781 passing through the bent portion, a protrusion 782 projecting in the bending direction on one end side, and a flat contact surface 783 formed on the tip of the other end side. be done.

The shaft portion 765b of the left side plate 765 is inserted into the shaft hole 781 as described above. Thereby, the rotation restricting member 780 is rotatably held with respect to the left side plate 765 . Also, a biasing spring SP5 is inserted into the shaft portion. As a result, a unidirectional rotational force acts on the rotation restricting member 780 .

The protrusion 782 can regulate the rotational displacement of the rotating body 800 by engaging with an engaging protrusion 882 of the left rotating portion 880 described later. The abutment surface 783 is a surface with which the rear end of the lid member 770 abuts, and the rotation restricting member 780 can be rotated by the abutment of the lid member 770 . It should be noted that the manner in which the rotation restricting member 780 and the rotating body 800 are restricted will be described later.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 95 to 96, the drive force transmission path when the drive motor KM4 is rotated will be described. 95(a) and 96(a) show the rotation unit 700 as viewed in the direction of arrow XCVa in FIG. 89, and FIGS. be.

In FIG. 95, the direction of displacement of each member when the shaft of the drive motor KM4 is rotated in the positive direction (clockwise) is indicated by a chain double-dashed line. In FIG. 96, the direction of displacement of each member when the shaft of the drive motor KM4 is rotated in the negative direction (counterclockwise) is indicated by a chain double-dashed line.

As shown in FIGS. 95(a) and 95(b), when the drive motor KM4 is driven in the forward direction, the transmission gear 731a rotates in the forward direction. When the transmission gear 731a rotates in the positive direction, the transmission gear 731b rotates in the negative direction, and the transmission gear 731c rotates in the positive direction.

In this case, the one-way clutch OW1 provided in the transmission gear 731b does not transmit the rotation of the outer ring to the inner ring, and the shaft portion JB1 does not rotate. Therefore, the driving force is not transmitted to the rotating member 741 connected to the shaft portion JB1, and the arm member 742 is brought into a stopped state.

On the other hand, the one-way clutch OW1 provided in the transmission gear 731 is in a state of transmitting the rotation of the outer ring to the inner ring, and the shaft 735 is rotated. Therefore, the transmission gear 731d connected to the shaft 735 is rotated. As a result, the load gear 731e meshing with the transmission gear 731d and the tooth surface 881a of the rotor 800 are rotated. That is, when the driving motor KM4 rotates forward, the driving force to the lid member 770 is not transmitted, and the driving force to the rotating body 800 is transmitted.

As shown in FIGS. 96(a) and 96(b), when the drive motor KM4 is driven in the negative direction, the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the negative direction. When the transmission gear 731a is rotated in the negative direction, the transmission gear 731b is rotated in the positive direction, and the transmission gear 731c is rotated in the negative direction.

In this case, the one-way clutch OW1 provided in the transmission gear 731b is in a state of transmitting the rotation of the outer ring to the inner ring, and the shaft portion JB1 is rotated. Therefore, the driving force is transmitted to the rotating member 741 connected to the shaft portion JB1, and the rotating member 741 is rotated. As a result, the arm member 742 rotates and reciprocates about the axis of the shaft hole 742a, and the cover member 770 is displaced.

On the other hand, the one-way clutch OW1 arranged on the transmission gear 731 does not transmit the rotation of the outer ring to the inner ring, and the shaft 735 does not rotate. Therefore, the driving force is not transmitted to the transmission gear 731d connected to the shaft 735, and the rotating body 800 and the load gear 731e are brought into a non-rotating state. That is, when the driving motor KM4 rotates in the negative direction, the driving force to the lid member 770 is transmitted, and the driving force to the rotating body 800 is not transmitted.

Therefore, a transmission gear 731c (rotating side driving means) for transmitting the driving force from the drive motor KM4 to the rotating body 800 and a transmission gear 731b (displacement side transmitting means) for transmitting to an opening/closing member 870 to be described later via the cover member 770. In addition, by disposing the one-way clutch OW1, it is possible to transmit the torque to one of the transmission gear 731c or the transmission gear 731b and block the transmission to the other depending on the direction of rotation of the drive motor KM4. . As a result, only by switching the rotation direction of the drive motor KM4, it is possible to switch the driven target driven by the rotational driving force. It is possible to switch between stopping and displacing and stopping the opening/closing member 870, thereby simplifying the structure while making it possible to form a plurality of modes.

Here, in a structure in which the one-way clutch OW1 is used to switch the object to be driven (the rotating body 800 or the opening/closing member 870 (cover member 770) according to the rotation direction of the driving means, transmission of the driving force from the driving motor KM4 is When cut off, it becomes free to rotate or displace in the direction in which it was driven by the driving force.Therefore, for example, the driven object of the driving means is switched from the rotating body 800 to the opening/closing member 870 (cover member 770). When the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, the rotating body 800 becomes rotatable and may continue to rotate (rotate) due to inertial force.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the load gear 731e (loading gear) meshing with the transmission gear 731d driven by the transmission gear 731c is provided, transmission of the rotational driving force from the drive motor KM4 is interrupted. However, the load (resistance) generated when the load gear 731e is rotated can be used to prevent the rotating body 800 from continuing to rotate.

Next, displacement of the lid member 770 will be described with reference to FIGS. 97 and 98. FIG. Figures 97(a) and 98(c) are in the closed state, Figures 97(b) and 98(b) are in the intermediate state, and Figures 97(c) and 98(a) are in the open state, respectively. FIG. 7 is a side view of the decoration unit 750 and the right transmission member 740;

97(a) to 97(c) and FIGS. 98(a) to 98(c) illustrate a state in which the crank cover 743 of the right transmission member 740 is removed. The closed state of the decoration unit 750 is a state in which the lid member 770 is arranged to cover the upper half of the rotor 800 (upper side in FIG. 97(a)), and the open state is a state in which the lid member 770 rotates It is in a state of being displaced and arranged on the back side of the rotating body 800 (the right side in FIG. 97(c)). The intermediate state is a state in which lid member 770 is positioned between the closed state and the open state.

Further, in FIGS. 97(a) to 97(c), the state of being displaced from the closed state to the open state is illustrated in order, and in FIGS. 98(a) to 98(c), the displacement from the open state to the closed state is illustrated. The states to be executed are illustrated in order.

First, referring to FIG. 97, the displacement of the lid member 770 when it is displaced from the closed state to the open state will be described. The drive force is transmitted to the arm member 742 by rotating the drive motor KM4 in the negative direction as described above.

In the closed state, the projection 741a of the rotating member 741 is arranged on the rear side (right side in FIG. 97(a)) of the shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742. As shown in FIG. Therefore, in the arm member 742, the first sliding groove 742b into which the protrusion 741a is inserted is arranged on the rear side of the shaft hole 742a.

The shaft hole 742a of the arm member 742, the first sliding groove 742b and the second sliding groove 742c are formed substantially on the same straight line. Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the opposite end of the first sliding groove 742b is positioned closer to the front side (left side in FIG. 97(a)) than the shaft hole 742a. As a result, the protrusion 773 a protruding from the right side surface of the lid member 770 is guided by the second slide groove 742 c so that the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is arranged above the rotating body 800 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 97(b), when the rotating member 741 is rotated approximately 90 degrees to position the projection 741a below the shaft of the rotating member 741, the first sliding groove 742b of the arm member 742 is moved. , along with the displacement of the projection 741a, the shaft hole 742a is displaced downward in the gravitational direction (downward in FIG. 97(b)).

Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the opposite end of the first sliding groove 742b is positioned above the shaft hole 742a in the gravitational direction (upper side in FIG. 97(b)). As a result, the protrusion 773a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second slide groove 742c, and the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is placed in a position where it is rotationally displaced toward the back side of the rotating body 800. .

In this case, the center of gravity of lid member 770 is arranged on the back side of the rotation axis of lid member 770 (the center position of rotating body 800 formed in a cylindrical shape). Therefore, due to the load of the lid member 770, a rotational force acts in the direction of displacing the lid member 770 from the closed state to the open state. As described above, the rotating member 741 is provided with the one-way clutch OW1 so that the outer ring can rotate ahead of the inner ring. , the cover member 770 can be continuously rotated.

As shown in FIG. 97(c), when the lid member 770 is displaced to the rear side of the rotating body, the projection 741a of the rotating member 741 is stopped at a position rotated approximately 90 degrees from the intermediate position. That is, it is the leftmost (left side in FIG. 97) end of the displacement area of the projection 741a. Therefore, the rotation of the arm member 742 is restricted and the rotation of the lid member 770 is stopped.

That is, the displacement of the lid member 770 from the closed state to the open state is performed by driving the drive motor KM4 to displace it to the intermediate state and by dropping the lid member 770 under load.

As a result, when the lid member 770 is displaced from the closed state to the open state, the section in which the drive motor KM4 is driven can be reduced to half of the entire section, so the energy consumption of the drive motor KM4 can be reduced.

Furthermore, the speed of displacement from the closed state to the intermediate state can be made to follow the rotation speed of the drive motor KM4, and the speed of displacement from the intermediate state to the open state can be made to follow the load of the lid member 770. The displacement speed from the closed state to the open state can be changed in two stages. Therefore, since the displacement speed of the lid member 770 can be changed without changing the displacement speed of the drive motor KM4, it is not necessary to complicate the control. As a result, the control can be simplified, and the occurrence of control failure can be suppressed.

A section in which the cover member 770 is displaced according to the rotation speed of the drive motor KM4 is called a first section, and a section in which the cover member 770 is displaced according to the load of the cover member 770 is called a second section. will be described with reference numeral DK2 attached to the second interval.

Next, referring to FIG. 98, the displacement of the lid member 770 when it is displaced from the open state to the closed state will be described.

As described above, in the open state, the projection 741a of the rotating member 741 is arranged on the front side (left side in FIG. The portion 771 is arranged on the back side of the rotating body 800 .

Next, as shown in FIG. 98(b), when the rotating member 741 is rotated approximately 90 degrees to position the protrusion 741a above the shaft of the rotating member 741, the first sliding groove 742b of the arm member 742 is moved. As the projection 741a is displaced, the shaft hole 742a is displaced downward in the gravitational direction (downward in FIG. 98(b)).

Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the opposite end of the first sliding groove 742b is positioned above the shaft hole 742a in the gravitational direction (upper side in FIG. 98(b)). As a result, the protrusion 773a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742c, and the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 is rotated upward by about 45 degrees from the state where it is located on the back side of the rotating body 800. It is placed in the position where the

In addition, the lid member 770 displaced to the closed position (the position of FIG. 97(a)) is arranged in the game area (the front side of the game board 13), and is placed in the open position (the position of FIG. 97(c)). position) is placed outside the game area (on the back side of the game board 13). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the game area from colliding with the rotating body 800 and rotating the rotating body 800 . In particular, in the present embodiment, as will be described later, the rotating body 800 is provided with an opening/closing member 870 that displaces toward the game area side. It is possible to suppress the opening (extending) of the opening/closing member 870 .

Also, since the lid member 770 is placed outside the game area in the open position, the displacement of the lid member 770 to the open position creates a space for the opening/closing member 870 to protrude into the game area. can be secured. Accordingly, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 can be brought closer to the game area side, and the opening/closing member 870 can be easily recognized by the player.

Further, the cover member 770 is rotatable about an axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 and is formed in a curved plate shape along the outer surface of the rotating body 800. The space required for shifting between the position (covered position) and the open position (retracted position) can be reduced, so that space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly. In addition, by forming the lid member 770 in such a curved manner, the game ball flowing down the game area is suppressed from being stopped on the lid member 770 arranged in the position of the closed state, and is smoothly opened. can flow down to

Next, as shown in FIG. 98(c), when the rotating member 741 is further rotated approximately 90 degrees to displace the protrusion 71a to the right side of the axis of the rotating member 741, the first sliding groove 742b of the arm member 742 is displaced. is displaced to the rear side (right side in FIG. 98(c)) from the shaft hole 742a as the projection 741a is displaced.

Therefore, the second sliding groove 742c formed at the opposite end of the first sliding groove 742b is positioned closer to the front side (left side in FIG. 98(c)) than the shaft hole 742a. As a result, the protrusion 773 a of the lid member 770 is guided by the second sliding groove 742 c to place the curved lid portion 771 of the lid member 770 above the rotating body 800 .

In this case, as the lid member 770 is displaced, the center of gravity of the lid member 770 is displaced from the rotation axis of the lid member 770 to the front side. Therefore, during the transition from the intermediate state to the closed state, the load of the lid member 770 acts on the rotational force in the direction of displacing the lid member 770 from the open state to the closed state. Therefore, even when the driving of the drive motor KM4 is stopped, the lid member 770 can be continuously rotated by the load of the lid member 770 .

Therefore, the lid member 770 can be brought into the closed state by the load of the lid member 770, so that the lid member 770 can be reliably brought into the closed state.

Here, if the rotational displacement of the lid member 770 is caused only by the drive motor KM4, there is a possibility that the lid member 770 cannot be stopped at the normal position if the driving stop operation of the drive motor KM4 is deviated. Further, in the case where the rotating member 741 rotates in one direction as in the present embodiment, if the stopping operation of the drive motor KM4 is delayed, one rotation is required to return it to the normal position.

In contrast, in the present embodiment, the position where the lid member 770 is to be stopped can be mechanically stopped by using the load of the lid member 770, so that the deviation of the stop position of the lid member 770 can be suppressed. can.

Here, a game machine is known that includes driving means for generating a driving force, a displacement member displaced by the driving force of the driving means, and transmission means for transmitting the driving force to the displacement member. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the state of transmission of the driving force from the driving means to the displacement member by the transmission means is always constant. It is displaced at a speed, and the displacement mode of such a displacement member cannot be changed. Therefore, there is a problem that the performance effect of the performance accompanying the displacement of the displacement member is insufficient.

The displacement speed of the displacement member can be changed by increasing or decreasing the driving speed of the driving means. In order to achieve the speed, it is necessary to arrange a sensor device that detects the position of the displacement member, and to control the output of the drive means to increase or decrease according to the detection result of the sensor device. Invite. In addition, the structure and control become complicated, resulting in a decrease in reliability.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the transmission means (the rotating member 741 and the arm member 742) includes the one-way clutch OW1, and the inner ring (first member) of the one-way clutch OW1 is connected to the outer ring (second member) of the one-way clutch OW1. On the other hand, when displaced in one direction, the rollers are engaged with the inner ring and the outer ring to transmit the driving force, and when the inner ring is displaced in the other direction with respect to the outer ring, the inner ring and the outer ring are displaced in the other direction. The engagement of the rollers with the outer ring is released, the transmission of the driving force is cut off, and in the second section DK2 (predetermined section) of the displacement section of the lid member 770 (displacement member), the outer ring moves against the inner ring. Since it is displaced in one direction, regardless of the driving state of the rotating member 741, the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the second section DK2 can be made faster than the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the other sections. . Therefore, the cover member 770 can be varied to enhance the presentation effect associated with the displacement of the cover member 770 .

In addition, regardless of the drive state of the drive motor KM4, the outer ring can be driven ahead of the inner ring in one direction. It can be driven, and there is no need to increase or decrease the drive speed of the drive motor KM4 in the middle of the displacement section of the lid member 770 (that is, depending on whether it is the first section DK1 or the second section DK2). As a result, the control can be simplified, the control cost can be reduced, and the operational reliability can be improved. Alternatively, in the second section DK2, the operation of the driving means can be stopped, and in this case, it is possible to reduce energy consumption.

In addition, in the driving state in which the inner ring is displaced in the other direction with respect to the outer ring, the engagement of the roller is released and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted, so that the displacing member is brought into a stopped state (driven state). The driving force of the driving means (driving motor KM4) in such a driving state can be used as the driving force for driving the rotating body 800. FIG. That is, by switching the driving direction of the driving means (driving motor KM4), the lid member 770 and the rotating body 800 can be displaced.

Further, the lid member 770 is formed rotatably, and its center of gravity is arranged at a position eccentric from the center of rotation. In the second section DK2, the weight of the lid member 770 displaces the outer ring in one direction. Since it is formed to be operable in one direction, the weight of the lid member 770 can be used to displace the outer ring in one direction ahead of the inner ring. That is, the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the second section DK2 can be made faster than the displacement speed of the lid member 770 in the first section DK1. As a result, it is possible to change the displacement mode of the lid member 770 and enhance the presentation effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member.

Further, the driving force is transmitted by a main body portion 741b to which the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is attached, and a projection 741a (pin portion) that protrudes from the main body portion 741b and is displaced from the rotation center of the main body portion 741c. and the arm member 742, the rotating member 741 is rotated by the outer ring, and the protrusion 741a is slid along the first sliding groove 742b. can be reciprocated on the other end side (second sliding groove 742c side). In this case, the other end side of the arm member 742 can reciprocate the lid member 770 between the open state position and the closed state position as the lid member 770 reciprocates. That is, the displacement direction of the lid member 770 can be switched without switching the driving direction of the drive motor KM4.

Further, in this case, the section of the second section DK can be formed in both of the reciprocating motions. The displacement speed of the lid member 770 can be increased. As a result, the displacement mode of the lid member 770 can be changed, and the presentation effect associated with the displacement of the lid member can be enhanced.

Next, displacement of the rotation restricting member 780 will be described with reference to FIG. 99 . FIG. 99(a) is a side view of the decoration unit 750 in the closed state, and FIG. 99(b) is a side view of the decoration unit 750 in the open state. 99(a) and 99(b) show a state in which the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 is seen transparently.

As shown in FIG. 99(a), when the lid member 770 is closed, the rotation restricting member 780 is pushed downward on the projection 782 side by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP5 (see FIG. 99). (a) is rotated clockwise about the axis of the shaft hole 781).

Therefore, the distance dimension L4 from the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 to the outside of the engaging projection 882 is made smaller than the distance dimension L5 from the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 to the tip of the projection 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 (L4 <L5).

Therefore, the rotating body 800 and the rotation restricting member 780 are not engaged with each other, and the rotating body 800 is allowed to rotate.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 99(b), when the lid member 770 is in the open state, the rotation restricting member 780 has the lid member 770 whose contact surface 783 is displaced toward the back side of the rotating body 800. The contact surface 783 is pushed downward (in FIG. 99(b), it is rotated counterclockwise about the axis of the shaft hole 781).

Therefore, the distance dimension L4 from the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 to the outer side of the engaging projection 882 is made larger than the distance dimension L6 from the rotation axis of the rotating body 800 to the tip of the projection 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 (L6 <L4).

As a result, the protrusion 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 can be inserted inside the engaging protrusion 882 of the rotating body 800 in which the engaging protrusion 882 of the left rotating portion 880 is arranged at the lowest position in the gravity direction. That is, since the rotating body 800 and the rotation restricting member 780 are engaged with each other, the rotating body 800 cannot rotate. In the present embodiment, the position where the rotation of the rotating body 800 is disabled (the position where the protrusion 782 is inserted inside the engaging protrusion 882) is the position where the opening/closing member 870 of the rotating body 800, which will be described later, is in the open state. is set to

That is, the rotation restricting member 780 (rotation restricting means) that restricts the rotation of the rotating body 800 is such that the opening/closing member 870 (displacement member) is displaced to the open position (second position), and the other side of the displacement member is extended to the game area. Since the rotation of the rotator 800 is restricted when it is pulled out, the rotator 800 is rotated with the opening/closing member 870 extended, and the opening/closing member 870 interferes with other members positioned on the rotation trajectory. can be suppressed. In addition, it is possible to suppress the rotating body 800 from rotating due to the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member and the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area.

Here, a displaceable first member and a second member are provided, the first member covering at least a part of the second member invisibly, and a state arranged at the covering position. A gaming machine is known that is formed to be displaceable between a retracted position that reduces the area that covers the second member invisibly. According to this gaming machine, the second member is exposed by displacing the first member to the retracted position from a state in which the first member is arranged at the covering position and the second member is invisible to the player. It is possible to perform an effect that is visually recognized by the player.

However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the second member is formed to be displaceable, so there is a possibility that the second member will be displaced when the second member is exposed. Therefore, there is a problem that the player cannot visually recognize the second member in a proper state, and the presentation effect is lowered.

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the lid member 770 (first member) can restrict the displacement of the rotating body 800 (second member) in the state of being displaced to the open position (retracted position). Since it is formed, the rotating body 800 can be visually recognized by the player in an appropriate state, and the production effect can be ensured. That is, when performing the effect of displacing the lid member 770 to the open position and exposing the rotating body 800 , the displacement of the lid member 770 to the open position, which is unavoidable for the effect, is performed by rotating the lid member 770 . It is used as means for restricting the displacement of body 800 . Therefore, there is no need to separately provide a mechanism for restricting the displacement of the rotating body 800 or perform control, and the structure can be simplified accordingly.

Further, the rotating body 800 has an outer peripheral surface formed asymmetrically with respect to the center of rotation, as will be described later (see FIG. 101). Therefore, the rotating body 800 is formed to be rotatable and its center of gravity position is eccentric from the center of rotation, so that the degree of freedom in designing the rotating body 800 can be increased. That is, the rotating body 800 does not need to have a shape in which the center of gravity is positioned at the center of rotation, and a shape asymmetrical with respect to the rotation axis can be adopted, so that the rendering effect of the rotating body 800 can be enhanced. On the other hand, if the center of gravity of the rotating body 800 is eccentric in this way, the rotating body 800 will be displaced to the closed state position due to its gravity rotating around the center of rotation (there is a risk of being rotated). A configuration in which the lid member 770 is formed so as to be capable of regulating the displacement of the rotating body 800 is particularly effective, whereby the rotating body 800 can be visually recognized by the player in an appropriate state, and the production effect can be ensured.

Note that the rotating body 800 may be formed symmetrically about the axis. In this case, by forming the rotor 800 from two or more members having different specific gravities, the center of gravity can be arranged at a different position from the rotation axis. For example, by forming one half of the surface from a metal material and forming the other half from a flexible material, the center of gravity can be positioned on the side of the metal material, which generally has a higher specific gravity than the flexible material.

Next, the configuration of rotating body 800 will be described with reference to FIGS. 100 to 102. FIG. 100(a) is a front view of the rotating body 800, FIG. 100(b) is a side view of the rotating body 800 as viewed in the direction of arrow Cb in FIG. 100(a), and FIG. FIG. 100(a) is a side view of the rotating body 800 as viewed in the direction of arrow Cc in FIG. 100(a). 101 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotating body 800, and FIG. 102 is an exploded perspective rear view of the rotating body 800. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 100 to 102, rotating body 800 is formed in a cylindrical shape by combining a plurality of members. Rotating body 800 includes a base plate 810 arranged on a shaft portion, and a first display portion 830, a second display portion 840, a third display portion 850 and a fourth display portion 830, which are arranged to surround the base plate 810 and are combined in an annular shape. A display portion 860, a right rotating portion 89 arranged at one end in the axial direction, a left rotating portion 880 arranged at the other end in the axial direction, and an opening/closing member arranged inside the first display portion 830. 870.

The base plate 810 has a substantially L-shaped cross section when viewed in the axial direction, and is formed in a shape extending in the axial direction. The base plate 810 is formed with a right end portion 811 and a left end portion 812 protruding outward from both left and right ends.

The right end portion 811 is formed to protrude from the right side of the base plate 810 in a front view (the right side in FIG. 100(a)) in an annular shape. The right end portion 811 is mainly formed with a tip portion 811a that partially protrudes from the projecting tip of the right end portion 811 and a communication hole 811b in the annular inner portion.

The tip portion 811a further protrudes in the axial direction from the tip portion of the right end portion 811, and the protruding region in the right side view (viewed in the direction of FIG. 100(c)) extends inside the engaging portion 764e of the right side plate 764. is set smaller than the area of The tip portion 811a is inserted inside the engaging portion 764e of the right side plate 764 as described above. As a result, the base plate 810 and the right side plate 764 (cover member 770) are engaged with each other. As a result, the base plate 810 can be stopped against rotational displacement of each display surface (first display section 830, second display section 840, third display section 850, and fourth display section 860) to be described later.

The communication hole 811b is an opening through which a wiring (not shown) connected to the LED board 820 described later is inserted, and is formed through the right side surface of the base plate 810 in front view. Thereby, wiring can be inserted.

The left end portion 812 is formed to protrude from the left side of the base plate 810 in a front view (the left side in FIG. 100(a)) in an annular shape. The left end portion 812 is mainly formed with a tip portion 812a projecting from the lower semicircle of the left end portion 812 and a communication hole 812b in the annular inner portion.

The tip portion 812a further protrudes in the axial direction from the tip portion of the left end portion 812, and has a lower semicircular shape as viewed from the left side (viewed in the direction of FIG. 100(b)).

The communication hole 812b is a path through which a ball thrown into the rotating body 800 by an opening/closing member 870, which will be described later, is discharged to the outside of the rotating body 800. FIG. The communication hole 812 b has an inner diameter larger than that of the ball and substantially the same as the through hole 733 a formed in the gear cover 733 .

The communication hole 812b is an opening connected to the through hole 733a of the gear cover 733, and the projection distance of the left end portion 812 is set to a distance that contacts the through hole 733a. Furthermore, a projection 733b is formed on the upper hemisphere of the end face of the through hole 733a. The protrusion distance of the protrusion 733b is set substantially equal to the protrusion distance of the tip portion 812a. As a result, base plate 810 and gear cover 733 (left transmission member 730) are engaged with each other. As a result, the base plate 810 can be stopped against rotational displacement of each display surface (first display section 830, second display section 840, third display section 850, and fourth display section 860) to be described later.

A reverse rotation prevention member 813 is rotatably disposed on the bottom surface of the base plate 810 . The reverse rotation prevention member 813 is formed in a substantially circular shape when viewed from the top, and has an inclined projection 813a formed on one end side. A biasing spring SP6 is arranged between the reverse rotation prevention member 813 and the base plate 810, thereby always biasing the protrusion 813a to the left side (left side in FIG. 100(a)) when viewed from the front. It is said that

The right rotating portion 890 is formed in a plate shape with a predetermined thickness and has an annular shape when viewed from the side. The right rotation part 890 is formed such that the inside diameter of the ring is larger than the size of the right end part 811 of the base plate 810 . Thereby, the right end portion 811 of the base plate 810 can be inserted inside the right rotating portion 890 . Further, the right rotating portion 890 is mainly formed with a shaft hole 891 penetrating in the left-right direction and a sliding groove 892 curved around the shaft hole 891 and opened.

The shaft hole 891 is a hole into which the shaft portion 872 of the opening/closing member 870 described later is inserted, and is formed with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion 872 . Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the shaft portion 872 of the opening/closing member 870 from being displaced with respect to the first display portion 830 .

The sliding groove 892 is formed in a curved shape centering on the shaft hole 891 , and its radius is set to be the same as the separation distance between the projection 871 and the shaft portion 872 of the opening/closing member 870 . Accordingly, by inserting the projection 871 of the opening/closing member 870 into the sliding groove 892 , the projection 871 can slide inside the sliding groove 892 when the opening/closing member 870 is displaced.

The counterclockwise rotating portion 880 is formed in a plate shape with a predetermined thickness and has an annular shape when viewed from the side. The left rotating portion 880 is formed such that the inside diameter of the ring is larger than the size of the left end portion 812 of the base plate 810 . Thereby, the left end portion 812 of the base plate 810 can be inserted inside the left rotating portion 880 . The counterclockwise rotation portion 880 mainly includes a wall portion 881 projecting from the inner edge portion in an annular shape, an engaging projection 882 projecting from the side wall, and a locking portion 883 in which inclined surfaces are continuously arranged on the inner edge portion. formed with.

The wall portion 881 is formed so as to protrude to the left side of the rotating body 800 when viewed from the front. The wall portion 881 has a gear tooth surface 881a engraved on the outer peripheral surface of the projecting tip, and has a communicating hole 881b that opens inward. The tooth surface 881a meshes with the transmission gear 881d as described above. Thereby, the driving force of the driving motor KM4 can be transmitted to the rotating body 800. FIG.

The communication hole 881b is an opening that communicates the internal space and the external space of the rotating body 800, and can discharge the ball thrown into the rotating body 800 by opening the opening/closing member 870, which will be described later.

The engagement protrusion 882 is a protrusion with which the rotation restricting member 780 is engaged, as described above. The engaging protrusion 882 is formed to protrude from the left side surface of the left rotating portion 880 in a front view. Two engaging projections 882 are formed at positions spaced apart by a predetermined distance, and the projection 782 of the rotation restricting member 780 can be inserted between them.

The locking portion 883 has a serrated cross section. When the counterclockwise rotation portion 880 is arranged on the base plate 810 , the tip of the protrusion 813 a of the reverse rotation prevention member 813 is in contact with the locking portion 883 . As a result, when a rotational force that rotates the left rotating portion 880 in one direction acts, the protrusion 813a can be slid along the inclined surface of the locking portion 883 to rotate the left rotating portion 880. , when a rotational force that rotates the counterclockwise rotating portion 880 in the other direction acts, the surface of the engaging portion 883 is caught by the projection 813a and rotation is suppressed.

As a result, it is possible to restrict the rotating body 800 from rotating in the direction opposite to the direction in which it is rotated by the rotational driving force of the drive motor KM4. It is possible to suppress reverse rotation of the rotating body due to a collision or the like.

The first display portion 830 to the fourth display portion 860 are each formed in the same curved shape, and can be formed into a single circular ring shape by connecting the end surfaces thereof. In addition, the inner diameters of the first display portion 830 to the fourth display portion 860 formed into one ring are set to be substantially the same as the outer diameters of the left and right rotating portions 880 and 890 . Accordingly, by arranging the respective display portions 830 to 860 on the left and right rotating portions 880 and 890, the first display portion 830 to the fourth display portion 860 can be formed in one columnar shape.

Characters and patterns are drawn on each of the first display portion 830 to the fourth display portion 860, and as described above, the driving force is transmitted from the counterclockwise rotation portion 880 to rotate and display each character. The pattern can be visually recognized by the player.

The first display portion 830 mainly includes an opening 831 opened in its curved surface and a bearing portion 832 that opens toward the shaft and protrudes in a U-shape.

The opening 831 is an opening in which an opening/closing member 870 to be described later is arranged, and is formed to have an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer shape of the opening/closing member 870 . The bearing portion 832 is formed in a size that allows the shaft portion 872 of the opening/closing member 870 to be inserted into the opened U-shaped portion. Therefore, by inserting the opening/closing member 870 into the opening 831 and inserting the shaft portion 872 of the opening/closing member 870 into the bearing portion 832 , the opening/closing member 870 can be rotationally displaced with respect to the first display portion 830 . A description of the displacement mode of the opening/closing member 870 will be given later.

When power is supplied to the LED board 820, the LED lights mounted on the LED board 820 can emit light. Also, the LED board 820 is attached to the back side of the base plate 810 .

Next, with reference to FIG. 103, opening and closing of the opening/closing member 870 will be described. FIG. 103(a) is a side view of the rotating body 800 with the opening/closing member 870 closed. FIG. 103(b) is a side view of the rotor 800 with the opening/closing member 870 in the open state. Note that in FIG. 103, when the opening/closing member 870 overlaps with another member, the outer diameter thereof is indicated by a dashed line.

The closed state of the opening/closing member 870 is a state in which the outer peripheral surface of the opening/closing member 870 is arranged substantially parallel to the outer peripheral surface of the first display section 830 . On the other hand, the open state of the opening/closing member 870 is a state in which the outer peripheral surface of the opening/closing member 870 intersects with the outer peripheral surface of the first display portion 830 .

As shown in FIG. 103(a), the rotating body 800 in which the opening/closing member 870 is in the closed state is such that the projection 871 of the opening/closing member 870 is aligned with one end side of the sliding groove 892 of the right rotating portion 890 (in FIG. 103(a), the shaft portion 872).

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 103(b), when the opening/closing member 870 is in the open state, the projection 871 of the opening/closing member 870 is positioned on the other end side of the sliding groove 892 of the right rotating portion 890. As shown in FIG. That is, the opening/closing member 870 is displaced by the protrusion 871 sliding inside the sliding groove 892 of the right rotating portion 890 .

Next, referring to FIG. 104, displacement of the protrusion 871 will be described. 104(a) and (b) are side views of the decoration unit 750. FIG. 104(a) and 104(b), the right side plate 764 of the box member 760 is shown transparently.

FIG. 104(a) illustrates a state in which the decoration unit 750 is closed and the opening/closing member 870 is closed. FIG. 104(b) illustrates a state in which the decoration unit 750 is in the open state and the opening/closing member 870 is in the open state.

As shown in FIG. 104( a ), when the decoration unit 750 is closed, the outer edge of the right lid portion 773 is brought into contact with the projection 871 . When the decoration unit 750 is in the closed state, the outer diameter L7 from the rotation axis of the lower half surface of the right lid portion 773 is made smaller than the distance L8 from the axis of the right rotation portion 890 to one end side of the slide groove 892 (L7 <L8).

Also, the difference in dimension between L7 and L8 is set to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the projection 871 . Therefore, when the outer edge of the right lid portion 773 is in contact with the protrusion 871 , the protrusion 871 is displaced toward one end of the slide groove 892 . As a result, the opening/closing member 870 is closed. That is, when the decoration unit 750 is closed, it is possible to prevent the opening/closing member 870 from being displaced to the open state.

As shown in FIG. 104(b), when the decoration unit 750 is opened, the concave portion 773b formed in the outer edge portion is displaced as the right lid portion 773 is displaced. In this case, the projection 871 is inserted inside the recess 773b. Thereby, the projection 871 can be displaced to the other side of the sliding groove 892 . As a result, the opening/closing member 870 is opened by the biasing force of the biasing spring SP7 arranged between the shaft portion 872 and the first display portion 830 .

As described above, the opening/closing member 870 can be displaced to the open state according to the displacement of the lid member 770 . Therefore, since it is not necessary to dispose a drive source for driving the opening/closing member 870 in the rotating body 800, the rotating body 800 can be made small.

Further, the drive motor KM4 for displacing the opening/closing member 870 can also be used as driving means for displacing the cover member 770. FIG. In this case, when the opening/closing member 870 and the lid member 770 are displaced by driving forces of separate driving means, the opening/closing member 870 and the lid member 770 may interfere with each other if control failure occurs. and lid member 770 can be mechanically connected to synchronize their displacements, so that interference between opening/closing member 870 and lid member 770 can be suppressed.

As shown in FIG. 104(b), when the opening/closing member 870 is opened, the leading end side of rotation is arranged above the winning opening 761a of the box member 760. As shown in FIG. As a result, a ball thrown from a ball throwing portion 711c of the ball receiving base 710, which will be described later, can be dropped onto the upper surface of the opening/closing member 870. As shown in FIG.

In this case, the open/close member 870 is arranged above the shaft portion 872 on the rotating distal end side. Therefore, the ball falling on the upper surface can be rolled toward the inside of the rotating body 800 . A game ball rolled into the rotating body 800 rolls on the upper surface of a base plate 810 arranged inside the rotating body 800 . Further, since the base plate 810 is inclined downward toward the left end portion 812 side, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the base plate 810 rolls toward the left end portion 812 side and rotates from the inside thereof. It can be discharged outside the body 800 . That is, the inside of the rotating body 800 can be used as a ball-throwing path.

Further, as described above, the rotating body 800 is provided with the rotation restricting member 780 that restricts the rotation of the rotating body 800. Therefore, the cover member 770 is displaced to the open position to expose the rotating body 800. Further, by displacing the opening/closing member 870, the effect of the presentation can be enhanced. On the other hand, the rotating body 800 may be rotated (rotated). Therefore, the configuration in which the cover member 770 displaced to the open position is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the rotating body 800 is particularly effective, thereby allowing the player to visually recognize the rotating body 800 in an appropriate state. It is possible to secure the performance effect.

Here, a game machine is known which is provided with a rotating member which is rotatably formed and whose outer surface around the rotation axis is arranged so as to be visible to the player. According to this gaming machine, the rotating member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the display (pattern) on the outer peripheral surface can be visually recognized by the player while rotating the rotating member or stopping the rotating member. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, there is a problem that the rotating member is used only as a member for holding a display on its outer surface for the player to see, and the utilization of the rotating member is insufficient. . That is, the rotating member is formed relatively large because it is necessary to maintain a display that is visible to the player. Therefore, while the occupied space increases, the portion other than the outer surface is not utilized.

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the rotating body 800 (rotating member) communicates the internal space formed therein with the outside, and has an opening 831 and a communicating hole 881b through which a game ball can pass. Since the (communication port) is provided, the game ball flowing down the game area can flow into or out of the internal space through the opening 831 and the communication hole 881b. Therefore, the internal space of the rotating body 800, which is a dead space, can be made to function as a game ball storage space or a ball-throwing passage, and the rotating body 800 can be utilized accordingly.

In addition, in the above-described conventional game machine, it is only possible to form an effect mode in which the display on the outer peripheral surface is visually recognized by the player when the rotating member is stopped. There was a problem that

On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the opening/closing member 870 (displacement member) is displaceably disposed on the outer surface of the rotating body 800 (rotating member), the outer surface of the rotating body 800 rotates or stops. In addition to the presentation mode in which the player visually recognizes the display of , it is possible to form the presentation mode in which the opening/closing member 870 is displaced.

When the cover member 770 (displacement member) is displaced to the closed position (first position), a part of the outer surface of the rotating body 800 (rotating member) is formed by the open/close member 870, so that the outer shape of the rotating body 800 is changed. It can be made smaller, and the space required for the rotating body 800 to rotate can be made smaller accordingly. On the other hand, when the opening/closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position), the opening/closing member 870 protrudes outward in the radial direction of the rotating body 800, so that the displacement of the opening/closing member 870 can easily be visually recognized by the player. It is possible to enhance the performance effect. Further, by rotating the rotating body 800 with the opening/closing member 870 placed at the closed position, and disposing (displacing) the opening/closing member 870 at the open position when the rotation is stopped, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 can be The visually recognizable portion (opening/closing member 870) can be projected outward in the radial direction of the rotating body 800, which can enhance interest.

Also, an LED board 820 that emits light is arranged on the base plate 810 in the internal space of the rotating body 800 . Therefore, by setting the opening/closing member 870 to the open position, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is opened, the internal space is communicated with the outside, and the light emitted from the LED board 820 can be emitted to the outside. On the other hand, when the opening/closing member 870 is in the closed position, the outer surface of the rotating body 800 is closed, and the light emission from the LED board 820 can be blocked from being emitted to the outside. As a result, the performance effect can be enhanced.

Here, in order to make the rotating body 800 rotatable and displaceably displace the opening/closing member 870 on the rotating body 800, a driving means is required for each of the rotating body 800 and the opening/closing member 870, which increases the product cost. increases. Moreover, if the driving means for displacing the opening/closing member 870 is mounted on the rotating body 800, the weight of the rotating body 800 increases, making it difficult to start or stop the rotation of the rotating body 800 smoothly.

In contrast, according to the present embodiment, the opening/closing member 870 is displaced along with the displacement of the lid member 770, and the lid member 770 and the rotating body 800 are displaced by the same driving motor KM4. KM4 can also be used to rotate the rotating body 800 and displace the opening/closing member 870 . Therefore, it is possible to reduce the product cost. Further, since it is not necessary to mount a driving means for displacing the opening/closing member on the rotating body 800, the weight of the rotating body 800 can be reduced, and the rotation of the rotating body 800 can be smoothly started or stopped.

In addition, since the opening 831 (first communication port) and the communication hole 881b (second communication port) are formed at different positions, the opening 831 is used as an inflow port for inflowing game balls from the outside into the internal space, and the communication hole 881b can be used as an outlet for discharging game balls from the internal space to the outside. That is, even if the rotating body 800 (rotating member) is not rotated (maintained in a stopped state), the rotating body 800 can be utilized as a ball-throwing passage for game balls.

Furthermore, since the opening 831 is formed in the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800 and the communication hole 881b is formed in the axial end surface of the rotating body 800, the game ball can flow into the internal space of the rotating body 800 (rotating member). The inflow can be easily visually recognized by the player, and the game ball can be discharged while the rotating body 800 is maintained in a stopped state.

That is, the rotating body 800 has an outer surface that is visible to the player, and an opening 831 (inflow port) is formed on the outer surface, so that the player can easily see the inflow of the game ball. On the other hand, if the communication hole 881b is formed on the outer surface of the rotating body 800, and the rotating body 800 is arranged at the rotational position where the communicating hole 881b is upward, the game ball cannot flow out from the internal space. Since the communication hole 881b (outflow port) is formed in the end surface of the rotating body 800 in the rotation axis direction, regardless of the rotational position of the rotating body 800, a state in which the game ball can flow out from the internal space can be formed.

A displaceable opening/closing member 870 (displacement member) is disposed inside the opening 831 (first communication port), and when the opening/closing member 870 is displaced to the closed position (first position), the opening 831 When the opening/closing member 870 is blocked and the opening/closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position), the opening 831 is opened, so that the inflow of game balls through the opening 831 is switched between the blocking state and the allowing state. be able to.

Furthermore, one side of the opening/closing member 870 (displacement member) is rotatably supported by the rotating body 800 (rotating member), and when the opening/closing member 870 is displaced to the open position (second position), the one side and the opposite side are rotatably supported. Since the other side is projected to the game area, the upper surface of the opening/closing member 870 can receive the game ball flowing down the game area. Therefore, when the opening 831 is formed as an inflow port, the opening/closing member 870 can be used to make it easier for the game ball flowing down the game area to flow into the internal space of the rotating body 800 .

In addition, it is possible to make it easier to stop the game ball flowing down the game area on the upper surface of the opening/closing member 870 . Therefore, for example, when an inlet for game balls is formed in the rotating body 800, the opening/closing member 870 can be used to make it easier for the game balls flowing down the game area to flow into the inlet. In this case, if the opening/closing member 870 catches the game ball flowing down the game area, the rotating body 800 may be rotated by the load acting at that time and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member. . Therefore, the configuration in which the cover member 770 displaced to the open state position displaces the rotation restricting member 780 to restrict the displacement of the rotating body 800 is particularly effective. It is possible to easily maintain a state in which the area protrudes at a predetermined position.

A shaft portion 872 of the opening/closing member 870 is arranged on the rotating direction side of the rotating body 800 . In other words, one side of the opening/closing member 870 (displacement member) is positioned forward of the other side in the rotational direction of the rotating body 800 (rotating member). Therefore, even if the opening/closing member 870 interferes with a member disposed around the rotating member when the rotating body 800 is rotated, the force generated by such interference closes the opening/closing member 870 (displaces it to the closed position). It can be made to act in the direction of That is, it is possible to prevent the opening/closing member 870 from interfering with other members and being displaced to the overhang (second position) when the rotating body 800 rotates. In addition, it is possible to prevent the opening/closing member 870 from engaging with another member and hindering the rotation of the rotating body 800 .

In addition, since the base plate 810 (fixed member) arranged in the internal space of the rotating body 800 is non-rotatable with respect to the box member 760 (base member) in which the rotating body 800 is rotatably arranged, By rolling the game ball flowing into the internal space of the rotating body 800 from the opening 831 toward the communication hole 881b on the upper surface of the base plate 810, the game ball rampages in the internal space as the rotating body 800 rotates. Alternatively, it is possible to prevent the game ball from staying in the internal space due to hindrance to rolling.

As described above, the opening/closing operation of the opening/closing member 870 is restricted by the displacement of the lid member 770, so that the opening/closing member 870 displaced to the open state (second position) does not interfere with members around the rotating body 800. can be suppressed.

As described above, the rotator 800 has the communication hole 811b through which the wiring to the LED board 820 attached to the back side of the base plate 810 is inserted, opposite to the end face of the rotator 800 in which the communication hole 881b is formed. formed on the end face of the Therefore, it is possible to easily secure a space that can be used for each of the communication hole 881b and the communication hole 811b.

That is, when electrical wiring is to be performed on an LED substrate disposed inside the rotating body 800, if the wiring is inserted from the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800, the wiring will get entangled due to the rotation of the rotating body 800. Although it is preferable to wire from the rotator 800, if an opening into which the game balls flow in and an opening from which the game balls flow out are formed on both axial end surfaces of the rotating body 800, it becomes difficult to secure a space for the wiring to pass through.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the inlet of the game ball of the rotating body 800 can be the outer peripheral surface, one of the axial end faces of the rotating body 800 is used as the outlet of the game ball, and the other is used for inserting the wiring. Since it can be used as an opening, it is possible to easily secure a space for inserting the wiring.

As a result, the game ball can be discharged smoothly through the communication hole 881b, and the wiring work to the opening of the electrical connection line (the wiring to the LED board 820) can be easily performed. In addition, since the communicating holes 881b and 811b can be separated from each other as much as possible, interference between the game ball rolling in the internal space of the rotating body 800 to the communicating hole 881b and the electrical connection line can be easily suppressed.

Next, the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 will be described with reference to FIGS. 105 and 106. FIG. 105 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700, and FIG. 106 is a top view of the lower displacement unit 400 as viewed in the direction of arrow CVI in FIG. 105 and 106 show the lower displacement unit 400 in the retracted state.

As shown in FIGS. 105 and 106, the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 are arranged adjacent to each other in the left-right direction. In addition, the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700 in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 106) have the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 arranged at the approximately central position of the ball bearing table 710 in the front-rear direction.

Next, with reference to FIG. 107, a manner of throwing a ball from the lower displacement unit 400 to the rotation unit 700 will be described. 107 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 400 and the rotation unit 700. FIG. Note that FIG. 107 illustrates a state in which the lower displacement unit 400 is arranged in the first extended state.

As shown in FIG. 107, the lower displacement unit 400 is in the first overhanging state, and the ball receiving portion 467 disposed inside the lower displacement member 440 receives the ball inside (performing the ball receiving operation). ), the ball placed inside the ball receiving portion 467 is ejected to the outside of the lower displacement member 440 through the emission opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440, as described above.

The ball ejected from the exit opening 471 of the lower displacement member 440 freely falls onto the ball receiving base 710 of the rotating unit 700 arranged on the right side in the front view. As a result, the ball can be thrown from the lower displacement unit 400 to the rotor 800 .

Next, with reference to FIGS. 108 and 109, the configuration of ball cradle 710 will be described. FIG. 108(a) is a top view of ball cradle 710, FIG. 108(b) is a front view of ball cradle 710, and FIG. 108(c) is CVIIIc-CVIIIc of FIG. 108(a). 7 is a cross-sectional view of ball cradle 710 at line; FIG. 109 is an exploded perspective view of the ball cradle 710. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 108 and 109, the ball cradle 710 includes a box-shaped plate receiving portion 711, a solenoid 712 disposed inside the plate receiving portion 711, and a solenoid 712 connected to the plate receiving portion 711. and a cover member 714 covering the solenoid 712 .

The plate receiving portion 711 includes a bottom plate 711a forming a bottom surface, a standing portion 711b erected on the edge of the bottom plate 711a, a ball throwing portion 711c protruding from a portion of the outer edge of the bottom plate 711a, and a ball throwing portion 711c. and a shaft hole 711d penetrating a standing portion 711b erected on the edge of the shaft.

The bottom plate 711a is bent downward toward the ball feeding portion 711c, which will be described later. As a result, the ball thrown to the upper portion of the bottom plate 711a can roll toward the ball-throwing portion 711c due to its deflection (inclination).

The bottom plate 711a is made of a flexible material, and the bottom surface of the bottom plate 711a (bottom surface in FIG. 108(c)) is textured to form fine irregularities on the surface. As a result, when the bottom plate 711a is molded, the heat shrinkage ratio is made different between the top surface and the bottom surface, so that the bottom plate 711a can be easily bent toward the bottom surface. That is, when the bottom surface to which texturing is applied is thermally shrunk due to the unevenness, it is difficult for a force to act in the direction of convexly curving the bottom plate side. On the other hand, since the upper surface side is formed flat, a pulling force acts in the horizontal direction when thermally shrunk, and the end portion tends to change upward (the upper surface side tends to form a concave curve). Therefore, it is possible to easily bend in the direction in which the balls roll easily when thermally shrunk. As a result, it is possible to suppress defective products when the bottom plate 711a is molded.

The standing portion 711b is a wall portion that stands upward in the gravitational direction (upper side in FIG. 108(c)) from the outer edge of the ball feeding portion 711c. The erected distance of the erected portion 711b is set larger than the outer diameter of the sphere. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball thrown to the upper part of the bottom plate 711a from falling downward from the edge thereof. In this embodiment, the standing dimension of the standing portion 711b is set to approximately 1.5 times the diameter of the sphere.

Also, the standing portion 711b is formed by connecting a central standing portion 711b1 that divides the area of the bottom plate 711a into two to the standing portion 711b. The upper area of the bottom plate 711a is divided into an area in which a ball is thrown on one side and an area in which a solenoid 712 (to be described later) is arranged on the other side by the central standing portion 711b1.

The ball feeding portion 711c is formed on the front side of the bottom plate 711a. In addition, the position in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 108(a)) is arranged on the right side (right side in FIG. 108) of the approximate center position of the bottom plate 711a. Further, the ball feeding portion 711c protrudes from the bottom plate and thus is curved downward. As a result, the ball thrown from the bottom plate 711a can drop downward through the ball-throwing portion 711c. A prize winning opening 761a of the cover member 770 is provided on the lower side of the ball throwing section 711c (see FIG. 106), and the ball falling from the ball throwing section 711c can be thrown into the prize winning opening 761a.

A shaft portion 713a of a displacement member 713, which will be described later, is inserted into the shaft hole 711d. As a result, the displacement member 713 can be rotationally displaced about the axis of the shaft hole 711d.

The solenoid 712 can piston-displace the shaft inserted inside the solenoid 712 by applying electric power. A transmission member 712 a is attached to the shaft of the solenoid 712 . The transmission member 712a is a member that transmits the driving force of the solenoid 712 to a displacement member 713, which will be described later.

The displacement member 713 is formed to have a C-shaped cross section, and mainly includes a protrusion 713b protruding outward from the C-shape at one end and a shaft portion 713a protruding inward from the C-shape at both ends.

The protrusion 713b is a protrusion inserted into the communication hole 712a1 of the solenoid 712, and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter larger than the inner diameter of the communication hole 712a1. Thereby, the displacement of the solenoid 712 is transmitted to the displacement member 713 via the transmission member 712a.

The shaft portion 713a is a shaft inserted into the shaft hole 711d. By inserting the shaft portion 713a into the shaft hole 711d, the displacement member 713 can rotate about the axis of the shaft portion 713a. That is, the displacement member 713 is driven by the displacement of the solenoid 712 .

The cover member 714 is formed to have an external shape larger than the external shape of the solenoid 712 , is arranged above the solenoid 712 arranged on the upper part of the bottom plate 711 a, and is fastened and fixed to the plate receiver 711 . Thereby, the solenoid 712 can be fixed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 110, the ball falling onto the ball cradle 710 will be described. 110(a) and 110(b) are cross-sectional views of the ball cradle 710. FIG. 110(a) and 110(b) correspond to the cross section of the ball receiving base 710 of FIG. 108(c).

As shown in FIG. 110, the ball thrown from the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 freely falls in the direction of gravity, and the shooting action of the ball receiving portion 467 causes the ball to fall toward the rotation unit 700 (right side in FIG. 110(a)). ). That is, the ball is dropped onto the bottom plate 711a of the ball receiving table 710 in the lower right direction in a front view.

In this case, as described above, the bottom plate 711a is bent downward toward the ball-feeding portion 711c, and the ball-feeding portion 711c is formed on the right side of the bottom plate 711a. can be made into an inclined surface that slopes downward toward the right side. Therefore, the displacement direction of the ball and the tilting direction of the bottom plate 711a on which the ball falls can be made parallel to each other.

As a result, as shown in FIG. 110(b), it is possible to prevent the ball falling on the bottom plate 711a from bouncing upward (upward in FIG. 110(b)). Therefore, the ball thrown from the lower displacement member 440 of the lower displacement unit 400 to the ball cradle 710 of the rotary unit 700 can be prevented from falling from the ball cradle 710 .

Furthermore, the ball that has fallen to the bottom plate 711a can be rolled toward the ball feeding portion 711c by the momentum of the drop. Therefore, the rolling time of the ball up to the ball feeding portion 711c can be shortened. As a result, the ball thrown from the lower displacement member 440 to the ball receiving base 710 can be thrown smoothly.

Next, with reference to FIG. 111, light emission of ball cradle 710 will be described. 111(a) and (b) are schematic cross-sectional views of the rotation unit 700 along line CXI-CXI in FIG. Note that FIG. 111(a) illustrates a state in which the decoration unit 750 is arranged in a closed state, and FIG. 111(b) illustrates a state in which the decoration unit 750 is arranged in an open state.

As shown in FIG. 111(a), when the decoration unit 750 is arranged in the closed state, light is emitted to the ball receiving base 710 by an LED base 721 arranged on the rear side of the rear base 720. .

More specifically, the light emitted from the LEDs 721 a of the LED base 721 is reflected toward the back side of the lid member 770 to enter the bottom plate 711 a of the ball receiving base 710 . Further, as described above, since the bottom surface of the bottom plate 711a is textured, incident light can be diffusely reflected due to unevenness of the texture. Thereby, the entire bottom surface of the ball receiving base 710 can be illuminated.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 111(b), when the decoration unit 750 is arranged in the open state, the transparent portion 771a is formed on the lid member 770 as described above, so that the LEDs 721a of the LED base 721 are The light is transmitted without being reflected by the lid member 770 . Since the rotating body 800 is formed inside the cover member 770 , the light can be reflected by the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800 and made incident on the ball support 710 .

Further, in this case, by rotating the third display portion 850 of the rotating body 800 toward the ball receiving base 710 (upper side in FIG. 111(b)), the LEDs 821 of the LED board 820 arranged on the back side of the base plate 810 emit light. The light can be reflected by the inner wall of the rotating body 800 and emitted from the third display unit 850 .

As described above, the inner wall of the third display portion 850 is textured to form a plurality of unevenness on the surface. Therefore, the third display unit 850 makes it easier to emit light to the outside of the rotating body 800 than other display units. Therefore, it is preferable to dispose the third display unit 850 on the ball cradle 710 side.

Next, a detailed configuration of the upper displacement unit 900 will be described with reference to FIGS. 112 to 118. FIG. First, the structure for displacing the upper displacement member 940 will be described with reference to FIGS. 112 to 114. FIG.

112 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900. FIG. 113 is an exploded perspective front view of the upper displacement unit 900. FIG. 114 is an exploded rear perspective view of the upper displacement unit 900. FIG. 112 to 114 illustrate a state in which the upper displacement member 940 is arranged at the retracted position (the position arranged at the uppermost position with respect to the base member 910).

As shown in FIGS. 112 to 114, the upper displacement unit 900 includes a base member 910 arranged on the bottom wall portion 301 (see FIG. 6) of the rear case 300, and a base member 910 arranged inside the base member 910. a transmission member 920, a rotation member 930 rotatably connected to the base member 910 and displaced along with the displacement of the transmission member 920, and a rotation member 930 having one end slidably displaceably connected to the base member 410. and an upper displacement member 940 that is displaced by being connected to the rotary member 930 and driven by the rotation member 930 .

The base member 910 is formed by combining two oblong rectangular plate members in the front-back direction, and includes a front base 911 arranged on the front side and a rear base 912 arranged on the rear side. A transmission member 920 and a rotation member 930 are arranged between the front base 911 and the rear base 912 facing each other.

The front base 911 includes three sliding grooves 911c, 911d, and 911e penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction of the paper surface of FIG. 112), a pivot pin 911b protruding toward the rear side at the center position in the circumferential direction, and one end side of the front base. (left side in front view) and an opening 911a penetrating in the front-rear direction on one end side.

The opening 911a is an opening through which the shaft of the drive motor KM5 arranged on the front base 911 is inserted on the rear side. As a result, the shaft of the drive motor KM5 arranged on the front side of the front base 911 can be inserted through the rear side of the front base 911 .

The shaft support pins 911g and 911b are inserted through shaft holes of a transmission gear 922 and a transmission gear 923, which will be described later, and can hold the transmission gear 922 and the transmission gear 923 rotatably. That is, the pivot pins 911g and 911b are formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameters of the shaft holes of the transmission gears 922 and 923 .

The sliding groove 911c is penetratingly formed in an arc shape around the axis of the pivot pin 911b. The slide groove 911c is an opening through which a shaft support pin 923a of a transmission gear 923, which will be described later, is inserted. set. Accordingly, when the transmission gear 923 is rotated with the shaft support pin 923a inserted into the slide groove 911c, collision between the shaft support pin and the inner wall of the slide groove 911c can be suppressed.

The sliding grooves 911d and 911e are grooves into which the pivot pins 951 and 952 of the upper displacement member 940, which will be described later, are inserted. be done.

The sliding groove 911e is formed linearly in the longitudinal direction of the front base 911 (horizontal direction in front view). On the other hand, the sliding groove 911d is formed in an arc shape centering on the lower side of the front base 911. As shown in FIG. That is, the sliding grooves 911e and 911d are formed non-parallel. Therefore, at different positions in the left-right direction, the two sliding grooves 911e and 911d are formed so that the distance dimension between the vertically facing ones is different. As a result, when the pivot pins 951 and 952 are slid inside the sliding grooves 911e and 911d, the upper displacement member 940 is rotated and slid due to the difference in the distance between the vertically opposed portions. be.

The shaft portion 911f is formed to protrude in a columnar shape toward the front side. The shaft portion 911f can be inserted into a through hole 931 formed at one end of the rotating member 930, which will be described later, and hold the rotating member 930 in a rotatable state. That is, the shaft portion 911f is formed to have an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the through hole 931 of the rotating member 930 .

The rear base 912 is a plate member attached to the rear side of the front base 911 with a predetermined space therebetween. Rear base 912 is formed from a metallic material. Thereby, the rigidity of the entire base member 910 can be improved. As a result, twisting of the base member 910 can be suppressed when the relatively heavy upper displacement member 940 is disposed on the base member 910 formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape.

The transmission member 920 is disposed between the front base 911 and the rear base 912 facing each other. The transmission member 920 mainly includes a transmission gear 921 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM5, a transmission gear 922 meshing with the transmission gear 921, and a transmission gear 923 meshing with the transmission gear 922. formed by

The transmission gear 921 is connected to the drive motor KM5 by inserting the shaft of the drive motor KM5 arranged on the front side of the front base 911 into the shaft hole as described above. As a result, the transmission gear 921 can be rotationally displaced by the driving force of the driving motor KM5.

The transmission gear 922 meshes with the transmission gears 921 and 923 as described above. Thereby, the driving force for rotation of the transmission gear 921 can be transmitted to the transmission gear 923 .

The transmission gear 923 is formed with a pivot pin 923a protruding frontward from its outer peripheral edge. Therefore, when the transmission gear 923 is rotated, the pivot pin 923a is rotationally displaced around the axis of the transmission gear 923. As shown in FIG.

The rotary member 930 is formed in the shape of a long bar on one side, and mainly has a through hole 931 penetrating in the front-rear direction at one end side and an opening 932 extending in the longitudinal direction substantially at the center in the longitudinal direction. formed with.

As described above, the through-hole 931 is an opening into which the shaft portion 911f of the front base 911 is inserted. can hold. A biasing spring SP8 is arranged at the tip of the shaft portion 911f. As a result, the rotating member 930 is biased in a direction to lift the other end side upward with respect to the front base 911 .

The opening 932 is a groove into which the shaft support pin 923a of the transmission gear 923 is inserted, and the shaft support pin 923a is slidably formed therein. As described above, when the transmission gear 923 is rotationally displaced and the arrangement of the pivot pin 923 a is displaced, the pivot pin 923 a is displaced inside the opening 932 . Therefore, since the rotating member 930 is arranged with one end rotatably supported, the rotating member 930 is rotated around the one end by the displacement of the shaft supporting pin 923a.

Further, on the other end side of the rotary member 930, an annular member 933 is arranged which is formed in an annular shape in a front view and is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness on the back side.

The front side of the annular member 933 is formed with two sliding grooves 933a recessed at symmetrical positions along the outer peripheral edge thereof. The annular member 933 is a portion connected to an upper displacement member 940, which will be described later, and the shaft portion 953 of the upper displacement member 940 is inserted inside. The annular member 933 and the upper displacement member 940 are rotatably connected, and the upper displacement member 940 can be displaced as the rotary member 930 is rotationally displaced.

A projection 961 of the upper displacement member 940 is inserted inside the sliding groove 933a, and the projection 961 slides inside the sliding groove 933a by rotationally displacing the upper displacement member 940 with respect to the rotating member. can.

Also, the arc axis of the slide groove 933 a is arranged at a position different from the rotation axis of the upper displacement member 940 with respect to the rotation member 930 . This allows the first opening portion 960 to be displaced when the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the rotating member 930 . A detailed description of the first opening portion 960 will be given later.

On one end side (rotating shaft side) of the rotating member 930, a shaft portion cover 913 and a deformation restricting cover 914 formed of a plate-like body are arranged in front. The shaft cover 913 is arranged in front of the rotating shaft portion of the rotating member 930 and suppresses the rotating member 930 from rattling in the front-rear direction. The deformation restricting cover 914 is arranged at a position spaced apart from the rotating shaft by a predetermined distance, and can prevent the rotating member 930 from being deformed in the longitudinal direction by the weight of the upper displacement member 940 arranged on the other end side.

The upper displacement member 940 includes a base body 950 connected to the front base 911 and the rotating member 930, two first openings 960 rotatably disposed on the back side of the base body 950, and the base body 950. It mainly includes two second open portions 970 rotatably arranged on the front side and a variable portion 980 arranged on one end side.

The base body 950 mainly includes two pivot pins 951 and 952 projecting from the rear surface of one end and a shaft portion 953 projecting from the rear surface of the other end.

The pivot pins 951 and 952 are projections inserted into the sliding grooves 911e and 911d of the front base 911 as described above. Therefore, when the upper displacement member 940 is driven by the rotating member 930, the pivot pins 951 and 952 slide along the sliding grooves 911e and 911d, thereby sliding the upper displacement member 940 in the left-right direction. and the other end side can be rotationally displaced downward.

As described above, the shaft portion 953 is a projection that is inserted into the annular member 933 and coupled to the rotating member 930 , and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the annular member 933 . Thereby, the upper displacement member 940 can be rotatably connected to the rotating member 930 . Therefore, when the rotary member 930 is rotationally displaced about one end thereof by the driving force of the driving motor KM5, the driving force is transmitted to the upper displacement member 940 due to the displacement of the annular member 933 . As a result, the upper displacement member 940 can be displaced along the sliding grooves 911e and 911d.

The first opening portion 960 is a plate member having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction, and two of the first opening portions 960 are arranged on the back side of the base body 950 . The first open portion 960 is rotatably pivotally supported on the other end side of the base body 950 . The first opening 960 also has a protrusion 961 that protrudes rearward and is disposed inside the sliding groove 933 a of the annular member 933 . Accordingly, when the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the rotation member 930 due to the displacement of the rotation member 930, the projection 961 can slide inside the slide groove 933a.

In this case, as described above, the curved axis of the slide groove 933a is arranged at a position different from the rotation axis of the upper displacement member 940 with respect to the rotary member 930, so that the projection 961 slides inside the slide groove 933a. Along with this, the first open portion 960 pivotally supported by the base body 950 can be rotationally displaced.

The second opening portion 970 is a plate member having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction, and two of the second opening portions 970 are arranged on the front side of the base body 950 . The second open portion 970 is rotatably supported on the other end side of the base body 950 . Also. The second opening 970 is formed with an engaging protrusion (not shown) that engages when the first opening 960 is displaced to a predetermined extent. As a result, as described above, when the upper displacement member 940 is rotated by a predetermined amount, the first opening portion 960 engages with the second opening portion 970 when it is rotated about the pivotal portion. The second open portion 970 can be rotationally displaced.

Next, displacement of the upper displacement member 940 will be described with reference to FIGS. 115 to 117. FIG. FIG. 115 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 with the upper displacement member 940 arranged at the retracted position. FIG. 116 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 with the upper displacement member 940 arranged at the intermediate position. FIG. 117 is a front view of the upper displacement unit 900 with the upper displacement member 940 arranged at the extended position.

The retracted position of the upper displacement member 940 is the position where the pivot pins 951 and 952 are arranged on the other end side of the sliding grooves 911d and 911e of the front base 911 (the right side of the front base 911 when viewed from the front). is. The overhang position is a position where the pivot pins 951 and 952 are arranged on one end side of the sliding grooves 911d and 911e of the front base 911 (on the left side of the front base 911 when viewed from the front). Furthermore, the intermediate position is a position in which the upper displacement member 940 is displaced to a position intermediate between the retracted position and the extended position.

As shown in FIGS. 115 to 117, when the upper displacement member 940 is displaced with respect to the front base 911, the longitudinal direction of the upper displacement member 940 changes from the substantially horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 115) to the substantially vertical direction ( (vertical direction in FIG. 117).

In addition, along with the rotational displacement, the position of one end of the upper displacement member 940 is displaced from the position of the right end of the front base 911 in front view to substantially the center position in front view. That is, the upper displacement member 940 is slidably displaced and rotationally displaced when the rotating member 930 is rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM5 as described above.

116 to the extended position shown in FIG. 117, the first opening portion 960 provided on the upper displacement member 940 is rotationally displaced with respect to the base body 950. The second opening portion 970 that is displaced by engaging with the rotational displacement of the first opening portion 960 is also rotationally displaced with respect to the base body 950 . Therefore, at the extended position, the longitudinal direction of the upper displacement member 940 is directed vertically, and the first opening portion 960 and the second opening portion 970 are displaced.

In this embodiment, the upper displacement member 940 is formed in a shape imitating a human arm (including a hand). Therefore, by displacing the first opening portion 960 and the second opening portion 970 from the first position to the third position, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the displacement that makes the human arm thicker. .

Next, with reference to FIG. 118, a detailed description of variable section 980 will be provided. 118(a) is a front view of the variable portion 980, and FIG. 118(b) is a rear view of the variable portion 980. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 118(a) and 118(b), the variable portion 980 is formed in a shape that imitates a human hand. Fingers 982-986 that are connected to form finger portions of a hand.

A drive motor (not shown) is arranged inside the body portion 981, and a variable plate (not shown) arranged inside can be piston-displaced in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 118(a)). be done.

The finger portion 982 is a portion corresponding to the thumb, and the base side thereof is connected to the variable plate of the main body portion 981 . As a result, the finger portion 982 can be displaced by the piston movement of the variable plate.

The finger portions 983 to 986 are mainly formed with a first link RB1 arranged on the base side and a second link RB2 arranged on the tip side inside thereof.

The first link RB<b>1 is rotatably connected to the second link RB<b>2 at its distal end and connected to the variable plate of the main body 981 at its base. Therefore, the piston movement of the variable plate of the body portion 981 can displace the first link RB1 and the second link RB2 via the first link RB1. This allows the fingers 983-986 to be displaced. In this embodiment, by displacing the finger portions 982 to 986, the player can visually recognize the action of opening and closing the fingers of the hand.

The front base 411 has two sliding grooves 411a and 411b penetrating in the front-rear direction (the depth direction of the paper surface of FIG. 43), two cylindrical shaft support pins 411c and 411d projecting to the rear side, and a shaft support pin 411d. and a curved wall portion 411e protruding in an arc around the axis.

The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are holes through which two projections 472 and 473 protruding from the back side of the lower displacement member 440 are inserted. The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are formed to extend in the horizontal direction. Therefore, by displacing the projections 472 and 473 inserted through the sliding grooves 411a and 411b along the sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be slid in the left-right direction.

The sliding grooves 411a and 411b are curved in an arc shape, and extend upward (upward in FIG. 43) from the left (left in FIG. 43) end of the front base 411 to the right (right in FIG. 43) end. ). Furthermore, the sliding grooves 411a and 411b are arranged at positions where the axes of the respective arcs are different, and the gap between them in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 43) is narrowed from the left end to the right end.

Since the distance between the projections 472 and 473 of the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 does not change, when the lower displacement member 440 is slid along the sliding groove, the lower displacement member 440 is rotated. can be displaced. That is, by changing the distance between the two sliding grooves 411a and 411b, the lower displacement member 440 can be rotated as it slides without applying a rotational driving force to the lower displacement member 440. FIG.

The shaft support pin 411c is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft portion 422a of a cam member 422 of a transmission member 420, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion 422a. Further, the pivot pin 411 c is formed of a metal rod-like body and fitted onto the front base 411 . Therefore, when a force acts on the cam member 422 from its outer peripheral surface in the axial direction, it is possible to prevent the pivot pin 411c from breaking (damage).

Next, the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 119 to 121. FIG. In the first embodiment, the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are displaced in the same direction by the driving force of the drive motor KM2. It is displaced in the opposite direction by the driving force of the driving motor KM2. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the part same as the said 1st Embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement member 2440 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 119 and 120. FIG. FIG. 119 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment. 120 is a front view of the lower displacement member 2440. FIG. Note that FIG. 120 illustrates a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 2440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently.

As shown in FIGS. 119 and 120, the lower displacement member 2440 in the second embodiment includes a base member 2470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 covering the front and rear of the base member 2470, and a case member 480. It mainly includes a transmission mechanism 2460 displaceably disposed between the base member 2470 and a decorative member 450 formed to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 .

The base member 2470 is a plate member that is rectangular and horizontally long when viewed from the front. A protruding wall 477 projecting from the upper end of the central portion in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 120) in a U-shape opposite to the vertical direction toward the front side, shaft portions 474 and 475 projecting toward the front side, and the shaft portions 474, 475, and 474 475 is formed mainly by shaft portions 2470a and 2470b protruding upward.

The shaft portion 2470a is a shaft member on which a transmission gear 2468a, which will be described later, is rotatably supported, and is formed smaller than the shaft hole of the transmission gear 2468a.

The shaft portion 2470b is a shaft member on which a transmission gear 2468b, which will be described later, is rotatably supported, and is formed smaller than the shaft hole of the transmission gear 2468b. As will be described later, the transmission gear 2468a and the shaft portion 2470a are arranged in a state in which the gear tooth flanks engraved on the outer peripheral surfaces thereof are in mesh with each other. That is, the distance between the shaft portions 2470a and 2470b in a front view is set to the distance corresponding to the radius of the transmission gears 2468a and 2468b.

The transmission mechanism 2460 is arranged in front of the base member 470, and includes transmission gears 461, 462, and 463, a drive motor KM2 whose shaft portion is connected to the transmission gear 461, and a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 463. A movable rack 2464 slidably disposed in front of the base member 470, a transmission gear 2468a meshing with the movable rack 2464, a transmission gear 2468b meshing with the transmission gear 2468a, and It mainly includes a rack 46 meshing with the transmission gear 2468b and a ball receiving portion 467 rotatably disposed on one end side of the rack 466. As shown in FIG.

The movable rack 2464 is formed as a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front. is formed mainly with

The rack gear 2464g meshes with a transmission gear 2468a, which will be described later. As a result, when the drive is transmitted from the drive motor KM4 and the rack 466 is displaced, the transmission gear 2468a can be rotated along with the displacement.

The transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are supported by the shaft portions 2470a and 2470b of the base member 2470, respectively, while meshing with each other as described above. Accordingly, when the transmission gear 2468a is rotated, the transmission gear 2468b is rotated. The transmission gear 2468b is meshed with the rack gear 466a of the rack 466, and when the transmission gear 2468b is rotated, the driving force is transmitted to the rack 466 and the rack 466 is displaced.

That is, the rack 466 can be driven by the driving force of the drive motor KM4. The transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are partially arranged at positions shifted in the front-rear direction, so that the transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are prevented from colliding with the rack 466 and the movable rack 2464, respectively.

Next, referring to FIG. 121, displacement of the lower displacement member 2440 will be described. 121 is a front view of the lower displacement member 2440. FIG. 121, similarly to FIG. 120, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 2440 and the front case 481 are shown transparently.

As shown in FIG. 121, when electric power is applied to the drive motor KM2 and the transmission mechanism 2460 described above displaces the ball receiving portion 467 to the shooting position, the movable rack 464 and the rack 466 are displaced in different directions. be.

More specifically, when the drive motor KM4 is rotated, the movable rack 464 is displaced toward the other end of the lower displacement member 440 (left side in FIG. 121). Accompanying this displacement, the transmission gears 2468a and 2468b are rotated, and the rack 466 is displaced to one end side (right side in FIG. 3). Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced to the third position.

Therefore, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position, a displacement component can be formed in the direction opposite to the displacement direction of the ball receiving portion 467. The displacement of the movable rack 464 can reduce the change in the position of the center of gravity of the displacement member 2440 . As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 2440 due to changes in the position of the center of gravity can be suppressed.

Next, the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 122 to 127. FIG. In the first embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is slidably displaced by the rack and pinion mechanism, but in the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment, the ball receiving portion 467 is slidably displaced by the link mechanism. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement member 3440 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 122 to 125. FIG. 122(a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment, and FIG. 122(b) is a rear view of the lower displacement member 3440. FIG. 123 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 3440, and FIG. 124 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement member 3440. FIG. 125(a) and 91(b) are front views of the lower displacement member 3440. FIG.

125(a) shows a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 3440 is seen transparently, and in FIG. 125(b), the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 3440 and the front case 3481 are seen transparently. is shown.

As shown in FIGS. 122 to 125, the lower displacement member 3440 in the third embodiment includes a base member 3470 connected to the front base 411, a case member 480 covering the front and rear of the base member 3470, the case member 480 and the base. It mainly includes a transmission mechanism 3460 displaceably disposed between the member 3470 and a decorative member 450 formed to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 .

The base member 3470 is a plate member that is rectangular and horizontally long when viewed from the front. A sliding wall 3470c formed continuously from the base end side of the standing wall 471a and erected at the lower edge of the base member 3470, and the upper end of the central portion in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 122(a)). and an opening 479 extending from one end side to the other end side and recessed in the center portion of the base member 470 in the vertical direction. It is formed.

The sliding wall 3470c is a wall portion that comes into contact with the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 to regulate the position (mode) of the ball receiving portion 467. As shown in FIG. That is, the projection is formed to a position below the ball receiving portion 467 . As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 can be held with the opening of the U-shaped portion facing upward.

In addition, the sliding wall 3470c is formed with a concave portion 3470c1 recessed below the end portion on the side of the standing wall 471a. The recessed portion 3470c1 is a groove that receives the tip of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 therein. As a result, when the ball receiving portion 467 is slid toward the standing portion by a transmission mechanism 3460, which will be described later, the ball receiving portion 467 can be received in the recess and rotated. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 can be caused to perform a shooting operation (an operation of ejecting the ball held inside the U shape to the outside of the lower displacement member 3440).

The transmission mechanism 3460 includes a drive motor KM2 attached to a front case 3480, which will be described later, a first link member 3468 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM2 and rotatably disposed, and the first link member 3468. It mainly includes a second link member 3469 that is rotatably connected and a ball receiving portion 467 that is connected to one end of the second link member 3469 .

The first link member 3468 is formed of a rectangular horizontally long plate-like body, and has a shaft hole 3468b formed through one end, a connecting hole 3468a connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM2, and a A load portion 3468c is formed.

The shaft hole 3468b is a through hole through which a rotating shaft 3469a of a second link member 3469, which will be described later, is inserted.

The connecting hole 3468a is a hole that is fastened to the shaft of the drive motor KM2 as described above, and is formed with an inner diameter that is approximately the same as the outer diameter of the shaft of the drive motor KM2. The first link member 3468 can be rotated by the driving force of the drive motor KM2 by fitting the shaft of the drive motor KM2 into the connecting hole 3468a and fastening it.

The load portion 3468c is formed to protrude toward the other end side from the connecting hole 3468a. The load portion 346c is a member for applying a load for positioning the center of gravity of the first link member 3468 on the other end side of the connecting hole 3468a, and is formed to bulge outward from the one end side.

The second link member 3469 is formed in a horizontally elongated rectangular shape and arranged on the back side of the first link member 3468 . The second link member 3469 mainly includes a rotating shaft 3469a projecting from the other end toward the front in a cylindrical shape, and a through hole 3469b penetrating in the front-rear direction at one end.

The rotating shaft 3469a is inserted into the shaft hole 3468b of the first link member 3468 as described above. This allows the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 to be rotatably connected.

The through hole 3469 b is an opening for connecting the ball receiving portion 467 to the second link member 3469 . Further, the through hole 3469b is formed smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b of the ball receiving portion 467. As shown in FIG. Therefore, the shaft hole 467b of the ball receiving portion 467 and the through hole 3469b are arranged coaxially, and a screw having a head larger than the width of the opening 469 in the lateral direction is inserted from the rear side of the base member 3470 to the opening 479 and the shaft hole 467b. is inserted and fastened to the through hole 3469b, the ball receiving portion 467 is rotatably connected to the second link member.

The case member 480 is a member that covers the front and rear of the base member 470, and mainly includes a front case 3481 arranged on the front side of the base member 470 and a rear case 482 arranged on the rear side.

The front case 3481 is formed in the shape of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front. It is mainly formed with a shaft hole 481c penetrating in the front-rear direction.

The opening 3481d is a hole through which the shaft of the drive motor KM2 disposed on the front side of the front case 3481 is inserted through the back side, and is formed with an outer diameter larger than the shaft of the drive motor KM2. As a result, the driving force of the drive motor KM2 arranged on the front side of the front case 3481 can be transmitted to the first link member 3468 arranged on the rear side.

Next, displacement of the lower displacement member 3440 will be described with reference to FIGS. 126 and 127. FIG. 126(a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 at the first position, and FIG. 126(b) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 at the second position. 127(a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 at the third position, and FIG. 127(b) is a front view of the lower displacement member 440 at the second position.

126(a) to 127(b), transition states of the lower displacement member 440 are illustrated in order. Also, FIGS. 126(a) and 126(b) or FIGS. 127(a) and 127(b) illustrate a state in which the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 3440 and the front case 481 are seen transparently.

As shown in FIGS. 126 and 127, the lower displacement member 440 at the first position is such that the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 extend in the longitudinal direction of the base member 3470 (horizontal direction in FIG. 126(a)). The first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 are arranged so as to overlap each other in the front-rear direction while being substantially parallel to the direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 126(a)).

That is, the connecting portion between the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 is arranged on the one end side of the base member 3470 (the left side in FIG. 126(a)). Thereby, the second link member 3469 is arranged on the one end side. As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the first position.

Next, as shown in FIG. 126(b), when the driving motor KM2 is rotated from the state of the first position and the first link member 3468 is rotationally displaced, one end side of the first link member 3468 is moved to the base member 3470. is displaced with respect to Thereby, the second link member 3469 connected to one end side of the first link member 3468 is displaced. In this case, one end side of the second link member 3469 is connected to the ball receiving portion 467 and is slidable along the opening 479 of the base member 3470 . is extruded to the other end side of the As a result, the ball receiving portion 467 connected to the other end side of the second link member 3469 can be displaced to the second position.

Next, as shown in FIG. 127(a), when the drive motor KM2 is further rotationally displaced from the state of the second position and the first link member 3468 is rotated approximately 180 degrees from the state of the first position. , the connecting portion between the first link member 3468 and the second link member 3469 is arranged on the other end side of the base member 3470 with respect to the rotation axis. Accordingly, one end side of the second link member 3469 is further pushed out to the other end side of the base member 3470, and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the third position.

In this case, the tip of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged inside the recess 3470c1, so that the ball receiving portion 467 is rotated by the biasing spring SP2 to perform the shooting operation.

Further, the load portion 3468c of the first link member 3468 is displaced toward one end of the base member 3470. As shown in FIG. As a result, it is possible to suppress a change in the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 3440 when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced with respect to the base member. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 3440 can be suppressed.

That is, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced from the first position, a displacement component can be formed in the direction opposite to the displacement direction of the ball receiving portion 467. The change in the position of the center of gravity of the displacement member 3440 can be reduced by the displacement of the load portion 3468c. As a result, rattling of the lower displacement member 440 due to changes in the position of the center of gravity can be suppressed.

Further, in the third embodiment, as shown in FIG. 127(b), by continuing the rotation of the first link member 3468, the ball receiving portion 467 can be retracted to the second position and the first position. Therefore, there is no need to switch the control of the drive motor KM2, and the displacement to the second position or the first position can be performed quickly.

Therefore, when a game ball is ejected from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 changes. By quickly bringing the position of the center of gravity closer to the rotation axis of the lower displacement member 440, rattling of the lower displacement member 3440 can be suppressed.

Further, by immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467, it is possible to suppress the wobbling of the lower displacement member 3440 due to the reaction of the discharge operation when the game ball is discharged from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467.

That is, when the game ball is ejected from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is reduced by the amount of the ejected game ball, and the lower displacement member 3440 tends to be displaced upward due to the reaction. By immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467, the reaction due to the rotational displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 acts to displace the base member 470 downward, thereby canceling the reaction when the ball is ejected from the lower displacement member 3440. be able to.

Next, a lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 128 to 130. FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the lower displacement member 440 arranged in the retracted state is configured to be capable of shooting has been described. The firing motion of 440 is restricted. The same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

First, the overall configuration of the lower displacement unit 4400 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 128. FIG. FIG. 128 is a front view of the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment. In FIG. 128, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are shown transparently, and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is shown with a dashed line. Further, FIG. 128 illustrates a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the first position.

As shown in FIG. 128, the lower displacement unit 4400 in the fourth embodiment has an opening formed in the base member 470 of the lower displacement member 440 between the standing wall 471a and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481. 4471b is formed.

A tip portion 4411g1 of an engagement wall 4411g, which will be described later, is inserted into the opening 4471b. That is, the opening 4471b is opened larger than the tip portion 4411g1.

The front base 411 is formed with an engagement wall 4411g formed in a substantially L shape that is continuous with the bottom surface of the recovery port 411f.

The engaging wall 4411g can restrict the rotation of the ball receiving portion 467 at the third position (shooting operation) by inserting the substantially L-shaped tip portion 4411g1 into the opening 4471b. . That is, the tip position of the tip portion 4411g1 is set substantially at the same height as the top surface of the bottom wall portion 481b of the lower displacement member 440 positioned in the retracted state.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 129 and 130, a state in which each member of the lower displacement unit 4400 is displaced will be described. 129 and 130 are front views of the lower displacement unit 4400. FIG. 129 and 130, similarly to FIG. 128, the decorative member 450 of the lower displacement member 440 and the front case 481 are illustrated in a transparent state, and the bottom wall portion 481b of the front case 481 is indicated by a dashed line. illustrated.

Further, FIG. 129 illustrates a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is in the retracted state and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the third position. FIG. 130 also illustrates a state in which the lower displacement member 440 is in the first extended state and the ball receiving portion 467 is arranged at the first position.

As shown in FIG. 129, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the tip of the leg portion 467a of the ball receiving portion 467 comes into contact with the upper surface of the tip portion 4411g1 of the engaging wall 4411g, thereby forming the recess 481b1 or the opening. 4471b is restricted. This restricts the rotation of the ball receiving portion 467 .

Therefore, when ball receiving portion 467 is caused to perform a payout operation in order to discharge the ball thrown onto the track area of ball receiving portion 467 to the outside of lower displacement member 440, ball receiving portion 467 is positioned at the third position. rotates and discharges the game ball held inside the ball receiving portion 467 can be suppressed.

That is, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, the posture of the ball receiving portion 467 is changed when game balls exceeding the specified number (one ball) are ejected from the orbit area of the ball receiving portion 467. can be regulated. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls exceeding the specified number from the trajectory area.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 130 , when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced to the position of the first extended state (not the position of the retracted state), the lower displacement member 440 is displaced with respect to the base member 470 . Therefore, the opening 4471b of the lower displacement member 440 and the engaging wall 4411g are separated. Therefore, in the first protruding state, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced to the third position for shooting.

That is, as the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, when game balls exceeding the specified number (one ball) are ejected from the track area of the ball receiving portion 467, the attitude of the ball receiving portion 467 is By suppressing the change, it is possible to easily maintain the state in which the ball receiving portion 467 holds the prescribed number of game balls, while the lower displacement member 440 is engaged when displaced to the first and second projecting positions. Since the wall 4411g is separated from the inner space of the opening 4471b, the leg 467a is engaged with the opening 4471b as the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position, thereby changing the posture of the ball receiving portion 467. This makes it possible to easily discharge the prescribed number of game balls from the ball receiving portion 467.例文帳に追加

Next, a sorting unit 5500 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 131 to 135. FIG. In the first embodiment, the distribution member 540 rotates to form the storage state and the regulation state, but in the fifth embodiment, the distribution member 540 slides to form the storage state and the regulation state. do. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the overall configuration of the sorting unit 5500 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 131 to 134. FIG. 131(a) is a top view of the sorting unit 5500 in the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 131(b) is a rear view of the sorting unit 5500. FIG. 132 is an exploded perspective front view of the sorting unit 5500, and FIG. 133 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit 5500. FIG. FIG. 134 is a cross-sectional view of the sorting unit 5500 along line CXXXIV-CXXXIV in FIG. 131(a). In addition, in FIG. 134, the outer shape of the distribution member 540 is illustrated with a dashed line.

As shown in FIGS. 131 to 133, a sorting unit 5500 according to the fifth embodiment includes a base plate 5520 formed in a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front, and a base plate 5520 attached to the front side of the base plate 5520 and facing the base plate 5520. A path forming member 510 that forms a plurality of flow-down paths between which balls can flow down; 5520 and an extension path member 530 that extends the flow-down path of the spheres formed between the opposing path formation members 510 .

The base plate 5520 includes two cylindrical shafts 5526 protruding to the back side, a first opening 5521 and a second opening 5522 formed in a rectangular shape, and a U-shaped cross section whose upper end side is open to the side surface of the upper end. It is mainly formed with a rolling portion 525 that is formed in a shape and extends in the left-right direction, and a locking portion 524 that protrudes like a hook on the back side.

Two shaft portions 5526 are formed so as to protrude on the back side, and are inserted into two sliding grooves 5546, which will be described later.

The first opening 5521 and the second opening 5522 are openings through which the regulating plate 541 and the storage plate 5542 of the distribution member 5540, which will be described later, are inserted. It is formed. In addition, since the distribution member 5540 is attached to the base plate 5520 in a slidable state, the first opening 5521 and the second opening 5522 are larger than the regulation plate 5541 and the storage plate 5542 in the sliding direction of the distribution member 5540. formed in the opening.

The distribution member 5540 is formed in a rectangular shape in front view with one side being longer, and is formed with a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The sorting member 5540 includes a regulation plate 5541 and a storage plate 5542 projecting in a plate shape toward the front side, and a sliding groove 5546 formed as an elongated hole in substantially the same direction as the extension direction of the regulation plate 5541 and the storage plate 5542. and a locking portion 544 formed in a hook shape on the back side.

The regulating plate 5541 is disposed at the connecting portion between the first ball-throwing route KR1 and the second ball-throwing route KR2 via the first opening 5521, so that the game ball flowing down the first ball-throwing route KR1 passes through the second ball-throwing route KR2. It is a plate member that regulates the flow into, and the distance projected from the first opening 5521 is set to a distance larger than the radius of the game ball.

In addition, the regulation plate 5541 is formed in a straight line shape when viewed from the front, and its extending direction is set to be substantially the same as the sliding direction of the distribution member 540 . Thereby, when the distribution member 5540 is slid and displaced, the displacement area of the regulation plate 5541 can be minimized. As a result, the opening area of the first opening 5521 can be minimized, and the rigidity of the base plate 5520 can be secured.

The reservoir plate 5542 is a plate member that is arranged on the second ball-throwing route KR2 via the second opening 5522, and allows game balls that flow down the second ball-throwing route KR2 to flow upstream of the reservoir plate 5542. The distance projected from the opening 5522 is set to a distance larger than the radius of the game ball.

In addition, the storage plate 5542 is formed in a straight line shape when viewed from the front, and the direction in which it extends is set to be substantially the same as the sliding direction of the distribution member 540 . Thereby, when the distribution member 5540 is slid and displaced, the displacement area of the storage plate 5542 can be minimized. As a result, the opening area of the second opening 5522 can be minimized, and the rigidity of the base plate 5520 can be secured.

The sliding groove 5546 is an elongated hole penetrating in the front-rear direction. The shaft portion 5526 of the base plate 5520 is inserted into the slide groove 5546 . Therefore, by inserting the shaft portion 5526 into the sliding groove 5546 and fastening a screw or the like to the tip of the shaft portion 5526 from the back side, the distribution member 5540 is held in a state in which it can be slidably displaced with respect to the base plate 5520. be able to.

The sliding grooves 5546 are formed at two locations with their longitudinal directions parallel to each other. As a result, the distribution member 5540 can be slidably displaced while suppressing the rotational displacement of the distribution member 5540 .

Next, referring to FIG. 135, displacement of the distribution member 5540 will be described. 135(a) and 135(b) are partially enlarged views of the sorting unit 5500 in the range CXXXV of FIG. 134. FIG. FIG. 135(a) shows a state in which the sorting member 5540 is arranged at the storage position, and FIG. 135(b) shows a state in which the sorting member 5540 is arranged at the restricting position.

As shown in FIG. 135(a), when the distribution member 5540 is placed in the regulating position, the storage plate 5542 is arranged along the third ball throwing path KR3, and the regulating plate 5541 is located on the back side of the path forming member 510. It is located inside a recess 518 formed in the wall.

In this case, the distance dimension L9 between the tip of the storage plate 5542 protruding inside the third ball throwing path KR3 and the inner wall of the third ball throwing path facing the tip is made smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the ball thrown from the upstream of the third ball-throwing path KR3 (first ball-throwing path KR1) is stopped on the upstream side of the storage plate 5542 .

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 135(b), when the sorting member 5540 is arranged at the regulation position, the regulation plate 5541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball-throwing route KR1 and the third ball-throwing route KR3. , the regulating plate 5541 is arranged at the connecting portion between the first ball-throwing path KR1 and the third ball-throwing path KR3, and the storage plate 5542 is arranged inside the recess 519 formed in the wall on the back side of the path forming member 510. be.

In this case, the distance dimension L10 between the end of the tip of the regulating plate 5541 protruding inside the first ball-throwing path KR1 and the inner wall of the entrance of the third ball-throwing path KR3 is made smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the ball flowing down the first ball-throwing route KR1 collides with the regulation plate 5541 and is thrown to the second ball-throwing route KR2.

That is, by switching the distribution member 5540 between the regulating position and the storage position, the ball thrown on the first ball path KR1 is thrown to the third ball path KR3 and stopped on the third ball path KR3; A state can be formed in which the ball flowing down the first ball path KR1 cannot flow into the third ball path KR3 and is thrown to the second ball path KR2.

Therefore, by slidingly displacing one distribution member 5540, when one flow path is divided into two flow paths, the flow path of the ball can be reliably switched to either one.

In addition, the regulation plate 5541 (distribution means) is formed so as to be able to appear and retract with respect to the first ball throwing route KR1 (downstream passage) or the third ball throwing route KR3 (first branch passage). It is the inner wall on the downstream extension line of the downstream end of the 1 ball throwing path KR1. Therefore, the regulation plate 5541 can be projected at a position close to the game ball flowing down from the lower end side of the first throwing path KR1. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required from when the regulating plate 5541 starts to protrude into the downstream passage or the third ball throwing route KR3 (first branch passage) to when the game balls can be sorted. As a result, it is possible to reliably switch the allocation destination by the regulation plate 5541 .

In addition, the regulation plate 5541 (distribution means) protrudes into the third ball-throwing route KR3 (first branch passage), so that the game ball flowing down the first ball-throwing route KR1 (flow-down passage) is diverted to the second ball-throwing route ( second branch path), and the projecting direction of the regulating plate 5541 is set in the direction pointing to the upstream end of the second ball-throwing path KR2. When the game ball comes into contact with the regulating plate in the middle, the game ball can be pushed into the second ball-throwing path KR as the regulating plate protrudes. As a result, the distribution to the second throwing route KR2 can be performed more reliably.

Next, a rotation unit 6700 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 136 to 140. FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the load gear 731e is connected to drive the rotating body 800 and the rotating body 800 is restricted from operating by inertial force has been described. Gear 731e is removed. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the overall configuration of the rotating unit 6700 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 136 to 138. FIG. 136 is a front view of the rotation unit 6700 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 137 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotation unit 6700. FIG. 138 is an exploded perspective rear view of the sorting unit 6500. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 136 to 138, the rotation unit 6700 includes a decoration unit 6750 having a rotating body 800 that is rotationally displaced, a ball cradle 710 arranged above the decoration unit 6750 in the direction of gravity, and a 710 and a rear base 720 arranged on the rear side of the decoration unit 6750, a left transmission member 730 arranged on the left side of the decoration unit 6750 when viewed from the front, and a crank cover 743 arranged on the right side of the decoration unit 6750 when viewed from the front. and .

The decoration unit 6750 mainly includes a box-shaped box member 760 whose upper side is open in the gravitational direction, and a rotor 800 rotatably disposed inside the box member. That is, in the first embodiment, the decoration unit 750 has the rotor 800 disposed inside the box member 760 and the lid member 770, but in the sixth embodiment, the decoration unit 750 is formed with the lid member 770 removed. be.

The left transmission member 730 is mounted with a drive motor KM4 disposed on the left side (left side of FIG. 136) of the decoration unit 750, a transmission member 6731 for transmitting the driving force of the drive motor KM4, and the drive motor KM4. A motor base 732, a gear cover 733 that covers the transmission member 6731, and a ball throw path cover 734 that is attached to the gear cover 733 and formed with a predetermined gap between facing the gear cover 733. formed with.

The transmission member 6731 includes a transmission gear 731a attached to the shaft of the drive motor KM4, a transmission gear 6731b meshing with the transmission gear 731a, a transmission gear 731c meshing with the transmission gear 6731b, and a transmission gear 731c. and a transmission gear 731 d arranged adjacent to and coaxially arranged by a shaft 735 .

The transmission gear 6731b is a gear that transmits driving force to the transmission gear 731c. Although the one-way clutch OW1 is attached inside the transmission gear 731b in the first embodiment, the one-way clutch OW1 is removed from the transmission gear 6731b in the sixth embodiment. Further, since the transmission gear 731c and the transmission gear 731d are the same as in the first embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Therefore, when the driving force is transmitted in one direction from the drive motor KM4, the rotational driving force can be transmitted to the shaft 735, and when the driving force is transmitted in the other direction from the drive motor KM4, the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is rotated. As a result, the outer ring slips (idles) and the transmission of the driving force to the shaft 735 is interrupted.

Next, the rotation of rotating body 800 will be described with reference to FIGS. 139 and 140. FIG. 139(a) to 139(c) are side views of the decoration unit 6750 viewed in the direction of arrow CXXXIX in FIG. 138, and FIGS. 140(a) to 140(c) are views in the direction of arrow CXXXIX in FIG. is a side view of the decoration unit 6750 in FIG.

139 and 140 show a state in which the left side plate 765 of the box member 760 is seen transparently. FIGS. 139(a) to 139(c) sequentially illustrate modes in which the center of gravity G of the rotating body 800 is displaced in the second section DK2, and FIGS. Modes in which the center of gravity G of 800 is displaced in the first section DK1 are sequentially illustrated.

As shown in FIG. 139, the rotating body 800 is rotationally displaced to the left (as viewed in the direction of FIG. 139) to the right (clockwise) when a driving force in one direction is transmitted from the drive motor KM4.

The rotating body 800 is formed asymmetrically about the rotation axis as described above, and the center of gravity G is arranged at a position different from the rotation axis. Therefore, the rotating body 800 is rotated from the state in which the center of gravity G shown in FIG. 140(a) is arranged above the rotation axis, and the center of gravity G shown in FIG. 140(b) is displaced to a position substantially horizontal to the rotation axis. When started, the load exerts a rotating force in the direction of rotation.

Therefore, the engagement of the roller interposed between the outer ring and the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1 arranged in the transmission gear 731c is released, and the outer ring (rotating body 800 side) precedes the inner ring (drive motor side). and drive. That is, in the second interval, the rotating body 800 can be rotated at a higher rotational speed than the driving motor KM4.

It should be noted that the rotating body 800 that rotates the second section DK2 with the load is rotated to a position where the center of gravity G shown in FIG. 139(c) is positioned below the rotation axis.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 140, when the center of gravity G of the rotating body 800 is displaced in the first section DK1, the load of the rotating body 800 acts in the direction opposite to its rotating direction. Therefore, the rotating body 800 is rotated according to the rotational speed of the drive motor KM4.

Therefore, in the sixth embodiment, the displacement speed of the rotor 800 in the second section DK2 can be made faster than the displacement speed of the rotor 800 in the first section DK1. As a result, it is possible to change the displacement mode of the rotating body 800 and enhance the presentation effect according to the displacement of the rotating body 800 .

Next, a seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 141 to 144. FIG. In the above-described first embodiment, the cover member 770 causes the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 to lead the inner ring by its own weight (that is, the displacement speed of the cover member 770 is increased). The displacement member 7710 in the form makes the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 ahead of the inner ring by using the weight of the game ball (that is, speeds up the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710). In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

141 and 142 are schematic side views of the displacement unit 7700 in the seventh embodiment. 141 schematically illustrates a state in which the displacement member 7710 is arranged at the raised position, and FIG. 142 schematically illustrates a state in which the displacement member 7710 is arranged at the lowered position.

As shown in FIGS. 141 and 142, the displacement unit 7700 includes a displacement member 7710 which is slidably displaceable, and a driving means (not shown, such as an electric motor) for transmitting rotational driving force to the displacement member 7710. and a load gear 7730 that rotates as the displacement member 7710 slides.

The displacement member 7710 is supported by a support mechanism (not shown) so as to be linearly displaceable along the virtual line L1. It mainly includes a rack gear 7712 engraved along the imaginary line L1 and a ball receiving member 7713 rotatably supported at the tip of the displacement member 7710 .

The imaginary line L1 is set as a straight line that slopes down from the raised position shown in FIG. 141 toward the lowered position shown in FIG. That is, at the raised position, the displacement member 7710 is positioned higher in the gravitational direction than at the lowered position.

The driven pin 7711 is a member that is slidably inserted into the drive groove 7723b in the arm member 7723 of the transmission member 7720, and is formed as a cylindrical body with an outer shape slightly smaller than the groove width of the drive groove 7723b. A load gear 7730 is meshed with the rack gear 7712 , and the load gear 7730 is rotated as the displacement member 7710 slides.

The ball receiving member 7713 is a member for holding a game ball on the upper surface of the displacement member 7710, and by rotating around a rotating shaft 7713a, the upright state shown in FIG. 141 and the tilted state shown in FIG. Formable. In the upright state, one end protrudes from the upper surface of the displacement member 7710 so that the game ball can be held (see FIG. 143). On the other hand, in the tilted state, the game ball can be ejected from the upper surface of the displacement member 7710 by positioning the one end side below the upper surface of the displacement member 7710 (see FIG. 144).

The ball receiving member 7713 is maintained in an upright state by a biasing force acting from a biasing spring (for example, a torsion spring) (not shown). An engagement pin 7740 is fixed on the track of the displacement member 7710 (ball receiving member 7713). By engaging 7740, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotated into a tilted state. On the other hand, when the displacement member 7710 is slid to the raised position, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotated by the elastic recovery force of the urging spring and returned to the tilted state.

The transmission member 7720 is a disk-shaped rotating member 7721 that is rotationally driven by the above-described driving means (not shown), and the transmitting member 7720 protrudes from the axial end surface of the rotating member 7721 and is positioned eccentrically from the rotation center of the rotating member 7721. It mainly includes a cylindrical drive pin 7722 and an arm member 7723 having a driven groove 7723a formed at one end thereof so that the drive pin 7722 is slidably inserted.

A one-way clutch OW1 is interposed between the rotating member 7721 and the driving means. More specifically, the one-way clutch OW1 has an inner ring connected to the driving means and an outer ring connected to the rotating member 7721. When the inner ring is driven to rotate in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 141) by the driving means, When the rotational driving force is transmitted to the outer ring (that is, the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A), while the inner ring is rotationally driven in the direction opposite to the direction of arrow A (counterclockwise in FIG. 141) by the driving means, , disconnects the power transmission to the outer ring (rotating member 7721).

The arm member 7723 has a driving groove 7723b formed on the other end opposite to the driven groove 7723a, through which the driven pin 7711 of the displacement member 7710 is slidably inserted. A rotating shaft 7723c rotatably supports the portion between the driven groove 7723a and the driving groove 7723b (intermediate portion).

The drive pin 7722 is formed as a cylindrical body having an outer shape slightly smaller than the groove width of the driven groove 7723a. Further, the driven groove 7723a and the driving groove 7723b are formed as linear grooves along the longitudinal direction of the arm member 7723. As shown in FIG.

According to the displacement unit 7700 formed as described above, when the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 141) from the state in which the displacement member 7710 is arranged at the raised position shown in FIG. , the driving pin 7722 acts on the inner wall surface of the driven groove 7723a, and the arm member 7723 is rotated clockwise in FIG. 141 about the rotating shaft 7723c. As the arm member 7723 rotates clockwise, the inner wall surface of the drive groove 7723b acts in a direction to push down the driven pin 7711, thereby sliding the displacement member 7710 along the virtual line L1, as shown in FIG. is placed in the lowered position shown in FIG.

On the other hand, when the rotating member 7721 is further rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 141) from the state in which the displacement member 7710 is arranged at the lowered position shown in FIG. Acting on the wall surface, the arm member 7723 is rotated counterclockwise in FIG. 141 around the rotating shaft 7723c. As the arm member 7723 rotates counterclockwise, the inner wall surface of the driving groove 7723b acts in a direction to push up the driven pin 7711, thereby sliding the displacement member 7710 along the virtual line L1. It is placed in the raised position shown at 141 .

Here, like the load gear 731e in the first embodiment, the load gear 7730 is formed so as to generate a predetermined amount of resistance when rotating. As a result, the weight (self weight) of the displacement member 7710 acts on the arm member 7723 to rotate the rotating member 7721 in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 141), thereby moving the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 relative to the inner ring. leading in one direction (direction of arrow A). That is, in a state in which no game ball is held, it is possible to suppress the increase in the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 when moving from the raised position to the lowered position.

That is, while the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIGS. 141 and 142) by the rotational driving force of the driving means, the displacement is made at the sliding speed corresponding to the rotational driving speed of the rotational driving means. The member 7710 is reciprocatingly displaced (slide displaced) between the raised position and the lowered position.

143 and 144 are schematic side views of the displacement unit 7700 when a game ball is held by the displacement member 7710. FIG. 143 schematically illustrates a state in which the displacement member 7710 is arranged at the raised position, and FIG. 144 schematically illustrates a state in which the displacement member 7710 is arranged at the lowered position.

As shown in FIGS. 143 and 144, the displacement member 7710 is formed to hold a game ball on its upper surface. That is, in this embodiment, the displacement unit 7700 is arranged in the area where the game ball flows down in the game area, and the displacement member 7710 is formed so that the upper surface of the displacement member 7710 can receive the falling game ball. In addition, in FIG. 143, a state in which four game balls indicated by symbol T are held on the upper surface of the displacement member 7710 is illustrated.

In this case, when the displacement member 7710 holds the game ball, the weight of the displacement member 7710 as a whole is increased (heavy) by the weight of the game ball, and the resistance accompanying the rotation of the load gear 7730 is exceeded. can be made That is, the weight of the displacement member 7710 as a whole (the weight including the game ball) is applied to the arm member 7723 to rotate the rotating member 7721 in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 143), thereby rotating the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1. can be advanced in one direction (arrow A direction) with respect to the inner ring. As a result, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 when moving from the raised position to the lowered position can be made faster than the displacement speed when the game ball is not held (see FIG. 141).

Also, the weight of the displacement member 7710 as a whole can be varied according to the number of game balls being held. Thereby, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be varied (changed) not only depending on whether or not the displacement member 7710 holds game balls, but also according to the number of game balls held. As a result, the variation of the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be increased, and the presentation effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member 7710 can be enhanced accordingly.

As described above, the displacement member 7710 is provided with the ball receiving member 7713 at its tip (the end on the downwardly inclined side). Therefore, when the displacement member 7710 (the upper surface thereof or the ball receiving member 7713) receives the game ball flowing down the game area, the force acting on the displacement member 7710 from the game ball slides toward the lowered position. It can act as a displacing force. That is, the force can be applied via the arm member 7723 and the rotating member 7721 in a direction to move the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 ahead of the inner ring in one direction (arrow A direction).

Thereby, when the displacement member 7710 (its upper surface or the ball receiving member 7713) catches the flowing game ball, the kinetic energy of the game ball is used to slide the displacement member 7710 in the direction toward the lowered position. The displacement speed of the displacement can be made faster.

In this case, the flowing game balls have different flowing directions and flowing velocities. Therefore, the force (magnitude of kinetic energy) acting on the displacement member 7710 can be varied according to the difference in the flow state (flow direction and flow speed) of the game ball to be received. As a result, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 is varied (variation can be made). As a result, the variation of the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 can be increased, and the presentation effect associated with the displacement of the displacement member 7710 can be enhanced accordingly.

In addition, in the seventh embodiment, the rotating member 7721 rotates in one direction, so there is no need to switch the driving direction of the driving means. In other words, the displacement member 7710 can be reciprocated by continuously rotating the rotating means in one direction. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the time required to switch the driving direction of the driving means. As a result, the displacement member 7710 can be displaced immediately, since switching of the driving means is not required.

In this case, by immediately displacing the displacement member 7710, the ball receiving member 7713 is rotationally displaced and the game ball received by the displacement member 7710 (its upper surface or the ball receiving member 7713) is dropped. Rattling of the displacement member 7710 can be suppressed.

That is, when the game ball is dropped from the displacement member 7710 (ball receiving member 7713), the load of the displacement member 7710 is reduced by the amount of the dropped game ball, and the displacement member 7710 tends to be displaced upward due to the reaction. However, by immediately displacing the displacement member 7710, the reaction due to the displacement of the ball receiving member 7713 acts to displace the displacement member 7710 downward, canceling the reaction when the ball is dropped from the displacement member 7710. be able to.

The game ball flowing down the game area is not limited to the game ball moving in the direction of gravity on the front surface of the game board 13, but also includes the game ball moving in a direction different from the direction of gravity. Game balls that move in a direction different from the direction of gravity include, for example, game balls that collide with nails, tulips, accessories, etc. A game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity is exemplified.

Here, in this embodiment, by providing the load gear 7730, in a state where the displacement member 7710 does not hold the game ball (see FIG. 141), when the displacement member 7710 is slid toward the lowered position, , the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 does not lead the inner ring in one direction (the direction of arrow A) (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 does not increase).

On the other hand, when the load gear 7730 is omitted or the resistance of the load gear 7730 is set to a small value, when the displacement member 7710 is slid toward the lowered position, the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is moved with respect to the inner ring. may be configured to lead in one direction (direction of arrow A) (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member 7710 increases). That is, even when only the weight (self weight) of the displacement member 7710 is applied to the arm member 7723 and the rotating member 7721 is rotated in the direction of arrow A (clockwise in FIG. 141), the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 does not move to the inner ring. You may make it precede to it.

Next, the upper plate 8017 in the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 145 to 148. FIG. A rotation operation unit 8650 is arranged at the upper plate 8017 in the eighth embodiment at a substantially central position in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the overall configuration of the rotation operation unit 8650 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 145 to 147. FIG. FIG. 145 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in the eighth embodiment. 146 is an exploded perspective front view of the rotary operation unit 8650. FIG. FIG. 147 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the pachinko machine 10 along line CXLVII-CXLVII in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 145 to 147, the rotation operation unit 8650 is arranged in the inner space of the upper tray 8017 of the pachinko machine 10, and the outer peripheral surface of the rotation operation portion 8654, which will be described later, protrudes outside the upper tray 8017. It is arranged in a state where

The rotation operation unit 8650 includes a drive motor KM6, a transmission gear 8651 connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM6, a transmission gear 8652 meshed with the outer peripheral surface of the transmission gear 8651, and a shaft of the transmission gear 8652. It mainly includes a shaft portion 8653 fitted inside a hole, a one-way clutch OW1 having an inner ring fitted onto the shaft portion 8653, and a rotation operation portion 8654 having an outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 fitted inside. .

Transmission gear 8651 is coupled to the shaft of drive motor KM6. Therefore, the transmission gear 8651 can be rotated by applying a rotational driving force to the drive motor KM6. As described above, the transmission gear 8651 is arranged in mesh with the transmission gear 8652 . Therefore, when a rotational driving force is applied to the drive motor KM6, the transmission gear 8652 can be rotated via the transmission gear 8651. FIG.

The shaft portion 8653 is a rod member formed in a columnar shape, and its axial length is formed longer than the lateral width dimension of the rotation operation portion 8654 . One end of the shaft portion 8653 is fitted into the shaft hole of the transmission gear 8652, and the other end is inserted into the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1, as described above. As a result, the driving force generated when the transmission gear 8652 is rotated can be transmitted to the one-way clutch OW1.

As described above, the one-way clutch OW1 is composed of an inner ring, an outer ring, and rollers engaged therebetween. When the inner ring rotates in one direction, the rotation of the inner ring can be transmitted to the outer ring, and the inner ring rotates in the other direction. When rotated, the rotation of the inner ring can be non-transmitted to the outer ring.

The rotation operation part 8654 is formed in an annular shape, and is disposed with a part of its outer peripheral surface protruding from the upper plate 8017 . In addition, the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 is fitted in the inner circular portion of the rotation operating portion 8654. As shown in FIG. That is, the inward inclination of the rotation operating portion 8654 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer diameter of the one-way clutch OW1. Therefore, rotation is transmitted to the rotation operation portion 8654 by rotating the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1.

As a result, when the drive motor KM6 is driven and rotated in one direction, the rotation is transmitted to the outer ring of the one-way clutch OW1 via the transmission gears 8651, 8652 and the inner ring of the one-way clutch OW1, and the rotation operation portion 8654 is rotated. is rotated. On the other hand, when the drive motor KM6 is driven to rotate in the other direction, transmission between the inner and outer rings of the one-way clutch OW1 is disabled, and transmission of rotational drive to the rotation operation portion 8654 is interrupted.

Next, with reference to FIG. 148, the case where the player operates the rotation operation section 8654 will be described. 148 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. Note that the cross section of FIG. 148 corresponds to FIG.

As described above, the rotation operation unit 8654 rotates when the drive motor KM6 is rotated, and rotates the rotation operation unit 8654 by making the rotation of the drive motor KM6 non-rotating. A mode in which the displacement is stopped can be formed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 148, when the drive motor KM6 is rotated in one direction and the rotation operation portion 8654 is rotated in the A direction, the player operates the outer peripheral surface of the rotation operation portion 8654 to rotate the rotation operation portion. When a rotational force is generated in 8654 in the same direction as the direction of rotation A, the outer peripheral surface of one-way clutch OW1 and rotation operating portion 8654 are rotated first. That is, the rotation operation section 8654 can be operated by the player's operation to rotate at a speed faster than the rotation speed of the drive motor KM6.

Further, when the rotation operation part 8654 is not rotated (the drive motor KM6 is not rotated), the player applies a driving force to the rotation operation part 8654 in the direction of rotation A, thereby rotationally displacing the rotation operation part 8654. be able to.

Therefore, in the eighth embodiment, the rotation operation unit 8654 not only forms a non-rotating or rotating state by driving the drive motor KM6, but also rotates from a stopped state by a player's operation. And the rotation operation part 8654 can be configured to be rotated at a faster speed from the rotating state by the player's operation.

As a result, it is possible to form a plurality of modes in which the player can visually recognize the displacement mode of the rotation operation portion 8654, so that the player can be entertained. Also, by forming a plurality of rotation modes of the rotary operation part 8654, a plurality of performance modes of the pachinko machine 10 can be formed, so that the player can be entertained by the increased performance.

A sensor device or the like that measures the number of rotations is arranged on the side surface of the rotation operation unit 8654, and effects that change based on the number of rotations or the rotation speed of the rotation operation unit 8654 can be performed.

Next, referring to FIG. 149, the first link member 9431 in the ninth embodiment will be described. The plate-like protrusion 9431b of the first link member 9431 in the ninth embodiment has an inclined surface 9431b1 formed with an inclined contact surface with the cam member 422 . In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 149(a) is a perspective front view of the first link member 9431 in the ninth embodiment, and FIG. 149(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 400. FIG. In addition, FIG.149(b) respond|corresponds to the cross-sectional schematic diagram of Fig.56 (a).

Note that the downward displacement unit 400 in the ninth embodiment includes a base member 410 disposed on the bottom wall portion 301 (see FIG. 6) of the rear case 300 and its A transmission member 420 arranged on the base member 410 and a lower displacement member 440 (see FIG. 45) displaced by transmission of driving force from the transmission member 420 are provided. Further, the lower displacement unit 400 in the ninth embodiment includes a link member 9430 that is connected to the base member 410 and the lower displacement member 440 and that is displaced as the transmission member 420 is driven. The lower displacement member 440 is displaced.

As shown in FIG. 149, the first link member 9431 in the ninth embodiment is bent in a substantially V-shape when viewed from the front, and formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The first link member 9431 has a through hole 431a penetrating in the front-rear direction on one end side (direction of arrow D in FIG. 149(a)) and protruding to the rear side on the other end side (direction of arrow U in FIG. 149(a)). a columnar connecting protrusion 431c (see FIG. 46), a plate-like protrusion 9431b protruding at a position facing the curved wall portion 411e of the base member 410, and a columnar sliding protrusion 431d protruding toward the front side of the bent portion. and prepare.

The plate-shaped projection 9431b extends in a curved shape around the axis of the through hole 431a and protrudes toward the front side (front base 411 side (arrow F direction side)). The projecting dimension of the plate-shaped projection 9431b is set larger than the thickness of the cam member 422 (the dimension in the direction of arrow FB). Further, the plate-shaped projection 9431b and the opposing base member 410 (curved wall portion 411e) are arranged with a slight gap (distance X14 (see FIG. 149(b))) therebetween.

The cam member 422 is arranged so as to be displaceable in the region between the front surface of the first link member 9431 excluding the plate-like projection 9431b and the projecting surface (back surface) of the curved wall portion 411e. In addition, the dimension of the two gaps, which is the gap between the cam member 422 and the first link member 9431 facing each other and the gap between the cam member 422 and the base member 410 facing each other, is larger than the distance X14 described above. set large.

As a result, when the first link member 9431 bends in the direction (arrow F direction) in which the distance X14 described above is reduced, the base member 410 (curved wall portion 411e) faces the protruding distal end surface of the plate-like projection 9431b. can be brought into contact with the Therefore, it is possible to prevent the displacement of the cam member 422 from being restricted due to being caught between the front surface of the first link member 9431 excluding the plate-like projection 9431b and the projecting surface (back surface) of the curved wall portion 411e.

In addition, the plate-like projection 9431b has an inclined surface 9431b1 that protrudes toward the cam member 422 toward the cam member 422 on the circumferential side surface on the side of the cam member 422 (arrow L direction in FIG. 149(b)). As shown in FIG. 149(b), the inclined surface 9431b1 is inclined at approximately 45 degrees toward the projecting side (direction of arrow F).

As a result, when the lower displacement unit 400 is in the second displacement state and the end of the cam member 422 comes into contact with the plate-like projection 9431b, the cam member 422 is moved to the rear surface of the first link member 9431 (in the direction of the arrow F). surface), and the protruding tip surface (surface on the arrow F direction side) of the plate-like projection 9431b of the first link member 9431 can be pressed against the curved wall portion 411e. As a result, the cam member 422 and the first link member 9431 can be prevented from rocking in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction), and the lower displacement member 440 can be easily maintained at the position of the second displacement state.

In this case, it is preferable that a flat surface parallel to the inclined surface 9431b1 is formed at the end of the cam member 422 at the contact portion with the inclined surface 9431b1. As a result, when the cam member 422 and the inclined surface 9431b1 come into contact with each other, the cam member 422 can be easily displaced toward the rear side (arrow B direction side).

Next, with reference to FIG. 150, the general winning opening unit 10150 in the tenth embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the general winning slot unit 150 has the adhesive tape 154a attached to the end of the decorative member 154, but in the tenth embodiment, the adhesive tape 10154a is attached to the end of the decorative member 10154. Affixed to the inside spaced apart from the part by a predetermined width. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 150 is a sectional view of the game board 13 in the tenth embodiment. Note that FIG. 150 corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. In addition, the general winning hole unit 10150 in the tenth embodiment is arranged in the game area (front of the base plate 60) of the game board 13, like the general winning hole unit 150 in the first embodiment, and flows down the game area. It is possible to change the path of the game ball to be played. In addition, the general prize winning port unit 10150 is located at the lower end of the gravity direction (arrow D direction side) in a front view (arrow B direction view) with respect to the game area formed by being surrounded by the inner rail 76 and the outer rail 77. It is arranged in a position along the part.

Further, the general prize winning port unit 10150 includes a main body portion 151 formed in a crescent shape when viewed from the front, and a first standing portion 152 erected from the end portion of the main body portion 151 to the front side (arrow F direction side). (See FIG. 12), and a second standing portion 153 (see FIG. 12 ( a)), and a plurality of (three in this embodiment) general prize winning openings 63 (see FIG. 12A) formed on the front side of the main body 151 .

As shown in FIG. 150, the general prize winning slot unit 10150 in the tenth embodiment includes a decorative member 10154 arranged on the back surface of the main body 10151. As shown in FIG. The decorative member 10154 has an adhesive tape 10154a adhered to the main body 151 attached to the inner side of the decorative member 10154 separated from the end of the decorative member 10154 by a predetermined width. As a result, a predetermined gap (space) is formed at the end of the decorative member 10154 between the body portion 151 and the decorative member 10154 by the thickness of the adhesive tape 10154a. As a result, when the player visually recognizes the general winning hole unit 10150 from a predetermined angle or more (for example, a viewpoint at the same height as the upper end of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) in the direction of gravity), the decorative member 60c and It is possible to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize the boundary between the decorative member 10154 and the decoration.

More specifically, by forming an air layer between the end of the decorative member 10154 and the main body 151, the inside of the main body 151 is reflected, and the light from the end (inclined surface 151a) of the main body 151 toward the player side is reflected. It is possible to prevent the light L emitted to the 10154 from being affected by the decoration at the end of the decorative member 10154 (make it difficult for the wavelength of the light L to be changed). In addition, the light that passes through the adhesive tape 10154a and is affected by the decoration of the decorative member 10154 is repeatedly reflected inside the main body 151 and emitted to the outside of the main body 151. The influence of the decoration of the decoration member 10154 can be reduced when the light is reflected toward the viewpoint.

Therefore, it is possible to reduce the change in the wavelength of the light L emitted to the player, and when the player visually recognizes the general prize winning port unit 10150 from a predetermined angle or more, the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 10154 are decorated. It is possible to make it difficult to recognize the boundary of As a result, when the player visually recognizes the decorations of the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 10154 from a normal angle (for example, a viewpoint at the same height as the substantially middle position in the direction of gravity of the game board 13), the decoration of the base plate The decoration of the member 60c and the decoration member 10154 can be easily recognized by the player as one decoration, and at a predetermined angle (for example, the viewpoint at the same height as the upper end in the direction of gravity of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1)). When visually recognizing from the outside, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to understand that the decoration is divided by making it difficult to see the decoration in the boundary portion.

Next, the lower displacement member 11440 in the eleventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 151 to 153. FIG. In the first embodiment, the control board 491 arranged on the back side of the lower displacement member 440 irradiates the decorative member 450 with light. The light emitted from 491 allows the player to recognize the position of the game ball inside. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 151 and 152, the overall configuration of the lower displacement member 11440 in the eleventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 151 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 11440 in the eleventh embodiment. 152(a) and 152(b) are front views of the lower displacement member 11440. FIG. In FIG. 152(a), the outer shape of the light emitter 11491a arranged on the control board 491 is illustrated by a chain line, and in FIG. 152(b), the state in which the decorative member 11450 is removed is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 152(a) and 152(b), the lower displacement member 11440 in the eleventh embodiment includes a base member 470 connected to the front base 411 (see FIG. 45) and front and rear of the base member 470. a transmission mechanism 11460 disposed displaceably between the case member 480 and the base member 470; and a decorative member formed in a manner covering the front and rear of the case member 480 (directions of arrows FB). 11450 and .

The decorative member 11450 is formed in an outer shape that imitates a pattern or character, and the pattern or character is drawn on the surface. The decorative member 11450 includes a front-side decorative portion 11451 arranged on the front side (direction of arrow F) of the front case 481 and a rear-side decorative portion arranged on the rear side (direction of arrow B) of the rear case 482. 452. In this embodiment, a shark pattern (character) is drawn on the decorative member 11450 .

The front-side decorative portion 11451 is formed to have an outer shape larger than the outer shape of the front case 481 when viewed from the front, and is attached to the front case 481 . As a result, the members (case member 480, base member 470, etc.) arranged on the back side of the front-side decorative portion 11451 can be made invisible to the player. Further, the front-side decorative portion 11451 includes a transmission portion 11451b formed of a light-transmitting material on the inner side in front view.

The transmissive part 11451b is formed over the entire area facing a plurality of light emitters 11491a arranged on the control board 491, which will be described later, and can guide the light emitted from the plurality of light emitters 11491a to the player side. It is said that The transmitting portion 11451b is formed such that the front side (arrow F direction side) curves toward the back side (arrow B direction side) toward the outer end in the vertical direction (arrow UD direction). As a result, the light entering from the back side of the transmitting portion 11451b is easily diffused when it passes through the inside of the transmitting portion 11451b and is emitted from the front side.

The transmission mechanism 11460 is a member arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the base member 470, and includes transmission gears 461, 462, and 463, a drive motor KM2 whose shaft portion is connected to the transmission gear 461, A movable rack 464 having a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 463 and arranged slidably displaceable on the front side of the base member 470; a transmission gear 465 rotatably arranged on the movable rack 464; A rack gear 476 formed in the member 470 and having a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 465, and a rack that has a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 465 and is disposed so as to be slidable on the front side of the movable rack 464. 11466 and a ball receiving portion 467 rotatably disposed on one end side of the rack 11466.

The rack 11466 is formed of a horizontally long rod-shaped body that is rectangular when viewed from the front, and has a rack gear 466a engraved on the upper end face, and a rear side (arrow B direction side) from the other end side (arrow L direction side) of the longitudinal direction. A shaft portion 466b protruding in a cylindrical shape, two sliding plates 466c protruding to the front side (arrow F direction side), and a recessed portion extending from one end (arrow R direction side) to the other end in the longitudinal direction. and a shielding plate 11466e projecting upward (in the direction of arrow U) from the front side of the rack gear 466a.

The shielding plate 11466e is made of a non-light transmissive material and can block light emitted from the light emitter 11491a. In addition, the shielding plate 11466e is positioned so that the height of the upward protrusion (height in the direction of arrow U) is higher than the light emitter 11491a disposed on the rear side (position in the direction of arrow U). As a result, the shielding plate 11466e can be displaced in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) as the rack 11466 is displaced, thereby blocking the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a.

The control board 491 is arranged on the back side (arrow B direction side) of the base member 470, and includes a plurality of light emitters 11491a capable of emitting light to the front side. A plurality of light emitters 11491a are arranged side by side in the longitudinal direction of the lower displacement member 11440 (direction of arrows LR), and the ball receiving portion arranged on the front side (direction of arrow F) via the base member 470. It is disposed above 467 (in the direction of arrow U). Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the ball receiving portion 467 from blocking the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a.

Next, referring to FIG. 153, the state in which the game ball is thrown to the inside of the ball receiving portion 467 will be described. 153(a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 11440, and FIG. 153(b) is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the lower displacement member 11440 taken along line CLIIIb-CLIIIb of FIG. 153(a), and FIG. 153(c). ) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member 11440 taken along line CLIIIc-CLIIIc in FIG. 153(a).

As shown in FIG. 153, when a game ball is received in the ball receiving portion 467, the received game ball is arranged at a position overlapping the front side (arrow F direction side) of the light emitter 11491a. As a result, the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 467 can block the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a toward the player. As a result, the player can be made to recognize the position of the game ball thrown inside the lower displacement member 11440 by the shadow formed by blocking the light.

Further, in the eleventh embodiment, the control board 491 is provided on the back side of the decorative member 11450 and is capable of emitting light toward the displacement area of the ball receiving portion 467. The light emitted from the control board 491 is blocked by the ball receiving portion 467 or the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 467, which is disposed on the back side, and the light amount of the light emitted from the decorative member 11450 is partially reduced. , the amount of light emitted from the decorative member 11450 positioned in front of the ball receiving portion 467 or the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 and the light emitted from the decorative members 11450 at other positions By making the amount of light and the amount of light different from each other (forming a shadow by darkening), the player can see that the ball receiving portion 467 or the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 467 is positioned on the back side of the portion with the different amount of light. can be recognized.

More specifically, when the control board 491 is arranged on the back side of the ball receiving portion 467, the light emitted from the control board 491 is blocked by the ball receiving portion 467 or the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467. Thus, the amount of light emitted from the decorative member 11450 on the front side of the ball receiving portion 467 or the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 can be made darker than other portions of the decorative member 11450 . As a result, the player can be made to recognize that the ball receiving portion 467 or the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 is located on the back side of the portion where the amount of light emitted from the decorative member 11450 is small (dark).

Ball receiving portion 467 is formed in a shape to receive the lower hemisphere of the game ball, and light emitter 11491a is arranged at a position higher than the center of the game ball received in ball receiving portion 467. It is possible to make it difficult for the ball receiving portion 467 to be irradiated with the irradiated light. Therefore, the outer shape of the ball receiving portion 467 for receiving the game ball and the rack 11466 for slidingly displacing the ball receiving portion 467 becomes a shadow due to the light emitted from the light emitting body 11491a, and a shadow is formed on the transmitting portion 11451b. can be suppressed. As a result, only the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 can form a shadow on the transmitting portion 11451b, so the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced in a state in which the game ball is not received in the ball receiving portion 467. In this case, it is possible to prevent the player's line of sight from focusing on the ball receiving portion 467 .

Next, the ball receiving portion 12467 in the twelfth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 154 and 155. FIG. In the eleventh embodiment, the case of blocking the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a by the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 has been described. The three pieces 12467e shield the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 154, the configuration of the ball receiving portion 12467 in the twelfth embodiment will be described. 154(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the ball receiving portion 12467 in the twelfth embodiment, and FIG. 154(b) is a front view of the ball receiving portion 12467. FIG. In addition, in FIG. 154(a), part of the ball receiving portion 12467 is illustrated by a chain line.

It should be noted that the lower displacement member 12440 in the twelfth embodiment includes a base member 470 connected to the front base 411 (see FIG. 45) and front and rear of the base member 470 in the same manner as the lower displacement member 11440 in the eleventh embodiment. and a decorative member 11450 formed to cover the front and rear of the case member 480 (in the direction of arrow FB). In addition, the lower displacement member 12440 in the twelfth embodiment is displaceably arranged between the case member 480 and the base member 470, and includes a transmission mechanism 12460 having a ball receiving portion 12467c that can be deformed by receiving a game ball. .

As shown in FIG. 154, the ball receiving portion 12467 in the twelfth embodiment includes a first piece 12467c that is bent into a substantially L shape when viewed from the front, and a second piece 12467d that is connected to the first piece 12467c. , and a third piece 12467e connected to the second piece 12467d and arranged on the rear side of the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d.

The first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d are portions for holding a game ball thrown to the inside of the lower displacement member 12440 from the opening 451a (see FIG. 57). When the game ball is thrown, the second piece 12467d is displaced in the direction of separating from the first piece 12467c, and a part of the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d are arranged in a U shape in front view. A game ball can be held in the inner part of the U shape.

The first piece 12467c is composed of a receiving piece 12467c4 forming one extending side which is L-shaped in front view, a leg portion 467a forming the other extending side, and the receiving piece 12467c4 and the leg portion 467a. An annular bent portion 12467c5 in which a shaft hole 467b penetrating in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) is formed in the connecting portion (bent portion), and a connecting portion 12467c1 protruding to the opposite side with the bent portion 12467c5 interposed therebetween. And prepare.

The receiving piece 12467c4 is a portion that forms a side surface on the other side (in the direction of the arrow R) of the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d that are formed in a U shape when viewed from the front. , is formed in a curved shape that is concave in the direction away from the second piece 12467d.

The connecting portion 12467c1 protrudes from two locations at a predetermined interval in the axial direction (arrow FB direction) of the bent portion 12467c5. The connecting portion 12467c1 is a portion that connects a second piece 12467d and a third piece 12467e, which will be described later. Prepare.

The connecting hole 12467c2 is an opening into which a shaft portion 12467e3 projecting from a third piece 12467e, which will be described later, is inserted. A shaft portion 12467e3 inserted through an insertion hole 12467d3 formed in a second piece 12467d, which will be described later, is inserted into the connecting hole 12467c2 from the rear side (arrow B direction side). Further, the shaft portion 12467e3 is fastened by a screw inserted from the opposite side (front side (arrow F direction side)) to the insertion side of the connecting hole 12467c2. Thereby, the second piece 12467d and the third piece 12467e can be fastened to the first piece 12467c.

In addition, the first piece 12467c has a recess 12467c3 recessed downward in the direction of gravity (arrow D direction) on the projecting base end side of the connecting portion 12467c1. The recessed bottom surface of the recessed portion 12467c3 is formed at the lowest position (bottom) in the bottom surface where the game ball is held by the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d. As a result, the game ball held by the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d rolls inside the recess 12467c3.

The second piece 12467d is a portion that forms a side surface on the other side (in the direction of the arrow L) of the receiving piece 12467c4 of the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d to form a U shape in front view, and is a crescent moon in front view. It is formed into a curved shape that is concave in the direction away from the receiving piece 12467c4. In addition, the connecting portion of the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d has an insertion hole 12467d3 that opens in a circular shape in the front-rear direction (direction of arrow FB), and an insertion hole 12467d3 that opens from the rear side (direction of arrow B) to the front side (direction of arrow F). and a recessed portion 12467d2 that is recessed in a circular cross section toward the side).

The shaft portion 12467e3 of the third piece 12467e is inserted into the insertion hole 12467d3 of the second piece 12467d, and the connecting shaft 12467e4 of the third piece 12467e is inserted into the concave portion 12467d2. Therefore, when the second piece 12567d is displaced, the third piece 12467e is likewise displaced. Therefore, when the second piece 12567d is rotationally displaced with respect to the first piece 12467c, the third piece 12567e is similarly rotationally displaced with respect to the first piece 12467c.

Further, the second piece 12467d is disposed between the opposing connecting portions 12467c1 projecting from two locations of the first piece 12467c and connected to the first piece 12467c. As a result, when the second piece 12467d is twisted in the axial direction of the insertion hole 12467d3, the second piece 12467d is brought into contact with the opposing side surface of the connecting portion 12467c1, thereby preventing the shaft portion 12467e3 from breaking.

The recessed portion 12467d2 is a hole into which a connecting shaft 12467e4 of the third piece 12467e, which will be described later, is inserted, and is recessed in substantially the same shape as the connecting shaft 12467e4.

The third piece 12467e includes a shielding plate 12467e1 formed in a substantially semicircular plate shape when viewed from the front, a shaft portion 12467e3 projecting from the shielding plate 12467e1 toward the front side (arrow F direction side), and a connecting shaft 12467e4. And prepare.

The shielding plate 12467e1 is made of a non-light-transmitting material, and can shield the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a when placed in front of the light emitter 11491a. The shielding of light from the light emitter 11491a by the shielding plate 12467e1 will be described later.

The shaft portion 12467e3 is a cylindrical body inserted into the connecting hole 12467c2 of the first piece 12467c and the insertion hole 12467d3 of the second piece 12467d as described above. In addition, a hole is formed in the protruding distal end surface of the shaft portion 12467e3 so that a screw to be inserted into the connecting hole 12467c2 from the side opposite to the insertion side of the shaft portion 12467e3 can be screwed. Therefore, the first piece 12467c, the second piece 12467d and the third piece 12467e are connected by fastening a screw to the insertion tip surface of the shaft portion 12467e3 while the shaft portion 12467e3 is inserted into the connecting hole 12467c2 and the insertion hole 12467d3. and the third piece 12467e can be made rotatable with respect to the first piece 12467c.

The connecting shaft 12467e4 is inserted into the concave portion 12467d2 of the second piece 12467d as described above. Thus, when the second piece 12467d is rotationally displaced with respect to the first piece 12467c around the shaft portion 12467e3, the connecting shaft 12467e4 can be displaced along with the displacement of the second piece 12467d. Therefore, the third piece 12467e can be displaced along with the displacement of the second piece 12467d.

Next, with reference to FIG. 155, displacement of the ball receiving portion 12467 in the twelfth embodiment will be described in detail. 155(a) and 155(b) are front views of the lower displacement member 12440, and FIG. 155(c) is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the lower displacement member 12440 taken along line CLVc-CLVc in FIG. 155(b). be. 155(a) and 155(b), a portion of the lower displacement member 12440 and the light emitter 11491a are illustrated with chain lines. Also, in FIG. 155(a), the state before the game ball is received by the ball receiving portion 12467 (before being held) is illustrated, and in FIG. 155(b), the game ball is received by the ball receiving portion 12467. A held (held) state is illustrated.

As shown in FIG. 155, in the ball receiving portion 12467, before the game ball is received between the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d, the load of the third piece 12467e pushes the second piece 12467d to the first position. The third piece 12467e is positioned below the light emitting body 11491a arranged on the rear side of the ball receiving portion 12467. Therefore, before the game ball is received by the ball receiving portion 12467, the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a can be emitted to the player side.

On the other hand, when a game ball is received between the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d, the received game ball is received by the receiving surfaces of the first piece 12467c and the second piece 12467d (formed in a U shape when viewed from the front). inner side surface) and is guided to the recess 12467c3 located at the lowest end of the receiving surface. As a result, the second piece 12467d can be rotated around the shaft portion 12467e3 on the outer surface of the game ball in a direction away from the first piece 12467c. As a result, the third piece 12467e, which moves with the displacement of the second piece 12467d, can be arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the light emitter 11491a arranged on the back side of the ball receiving portion 12467.

Therefore, the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a can be shielded by the shielding plate 12467e1 of the third piece 12467e. As a result, only when the game ball is received by the ball receiving portion 12467, the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a can be easily shielded, so that the position of the game ball received by the lower displacement member 12440 can be adjusted to the position of the light emitter 11491a. The position of the shadow that blocks the light can be recognized by the player.

Also, the connecting shaft 12467e4 is inserted into the concave portion 12467d2 of the second piece 12467d, and the load of the third piece 12467e is always applied. The center of gravity G of the third piece 12467e (see FIG. 154(b)) is set on the opposite side of the connecting portion between the second piece 12567d and the third piece 12567e across the shaft portion 12467e3. As a result, when no force other than gravity acts on the second piece 12467d and the third piece 12467de, the load of the third piece 12467e can rotate the second piece 12467d toward the first piece 12467c. .

Therefore, when a game ball is ejected (taken out) from the ball receiving portion 12467, the load of the third piece 12467e can displace the second piece 12467d toward the receiving piece 12467c4 of the first piece 12467c.

Furthermore, similarly to the ball receiving portion 467 in the first embodiment, the ball receiving portion 12467 is rotated around the shaft hole 12467b by the operation of slidingly displacing the inside of the lower displacement member 12440, and the lower displacement member 12440 is emitted. A game ball received from the opening 471 (see FIG. 66) is discharged to the outside.

Here, as a structure for discharging a game ball received in the ball receiving portion 12467, in a structure in which the ball receiving portion 12467 rotates around the shaft hole 467b as the ball receiving portion 12467 slides, the ball receiving portion 12467 The rotational speed of the ball receiving portion 12467 about the shaft hole 467b is changed by the sliding speed of . Therefore, since the rotational speed depends only on the sliding speed of the ball receiving portion 12467, there is a problem that the ejection speed of the game ball from the ball receiving portion 12467 is not stable.

On the other hand, in the twelfth embodiment, the direction in which the second piece 12467d rotates due to the load of the third piece 12467e and the direction in which the ball receiving portion 12467 rotates around the shaft hole 467b when the game ball is emitted are different. Since they are set in substantially the same direction, it is possible to apply a driving force to the game ball ejected from the ejection opening 471 when the second piece 12467d is displaced. Therefore, even if the ball receiving portion 12467 is displaced and the game ball is ejected from the ejection opening 471, even if the force acting on the game ball from the ball receiving portion 12467 is reduced, the speed of the ejected game ball can be maintained. can. As a result, the ejection speed of the game ball ejected from the ball receiving portion 12467 can be stabilized.

Next, a special winning device 13550 in the thirteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 156 to 158. FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the ball throwing path of the game ball that has flowed into the first unit 551 of the special winning device 550 is switched by the first and second drive units 583 and 584 of the third path member 580 has been described. In the thirteenth embodiment, by changing the facing interval of the ball throwing path of the special winning device 13550, the flowing path of the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 13550 is adjusted. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 156 and 157, the overall configuration of the special winning device 13550 in the thirteenth embodiment will be described. FIG. 156(a) is a front view of the special winning device 13550 in the thirteenth embodiment, FIG. 156(b) is a perspective front view of the special winning device 13550, and FIG. It is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device 13550 along the CLVIc-CLVIc line of a). 157 is an exploded perspective front view of the special winning device 13550. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 156 and 157, the special winning device 13550 in the thirteenth embodiment includes a first path member 13560 provided on the front side and a second path member 13560 provided on the back side of the first path member 13560. 2 path members 13570;

The first path member 13560 includes a front plate 13564 formed in a plate shape along the front of the game area of the game board 13, and projecting from the left and right ends of the front plate 13564 to the rear side (base plate 60 side). and a first wall portion 13565 that is

The front plate 13564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between facing a second path member 13570 described later, and is formed of a light-transmitting member. Thereby, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 13550 through the front plate 13564 . Further, the front plate 13564 includes a first protrusion 13564b and a second protrusion 13564c projecting toward the second path member 13570, and a second path member positioned below the first protrusion 13564b and the second protrusion 13564c. and a third protrusion 13564d protruding toward the 13570 side.

The first convex portion 13564b and the second convex portion 13564c are protrusions for guiding the game balls flowing down inside the special prize winning device 13550, and the front plate 13564 is forwarded from the left-right direction outside (arrow LR direction outside). The face plate 13564 is inclined downward toward the central side in the left-right direction.

The third protrusion 13564d is positioned at the center of the front plate 13564 in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR) and extends in the direction of gravity (direction of arrows UD). In the thirteenth embodiment, in the game area of the game board 13, the throwing paths of the game balls flowing down from the special winning device 13550 are different on the left and right of the center position of the special winning device 13550 in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR). A game ball flowing down from the left side of the special prize winning device 13550 when viewed from the front is thrown to the first prize winning port 64 (see FIG. 2), and the thrown game ball imparts a specific game value to the player (predetermined value). number of game balls are paid out). On the other hand, game balls flowing down from the right side of the special winning device 13550 in front view are sent to the out port 71 of the game board 13 and collected by the pachinko machine 10 .

In the thirteenth embodiment, the first winning port 64 is arranged below the left side (arrow L direction side) of the special winning device 13550 (arrow D direction side). The flowing game balls can be made to flow into the first prize winning port 64. - 特許庁

The first wall portion 13565 is a portion that connects the base plate 60 of the game board 13 and the special prize winning device 13550, and connecting plates 13565a that protrude outward to the left and right are attached to the left and right first wall portions 13565, respectively. Prepare two places.

The connection plate 13565a is formed with a through hole 13565a1 for inserting a screw for fastening the special winning device 13550 to the base plate 60 of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. The special winning device 13550 can be fastened to the base plate 60 by the screw inserted through the through hole 13565a1.

The second path member 13570 includes a plate-like base plate 13571 facing the front plate 13564 of the first path member 13560, and the left and right ends of the base plate 13571 (in the directions of arrows LR) of the first path member 13560. and a fourth wall portion 13573 protruding toward the front plate 13564 side.

The base plate 13571 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for game balls in the gap between the first path member 13560 and the front plate 13564 , and has an outer shape smaller than that of the front plate 13564 when viewed from the front. As a result, the front side of the base plate 13571 can be covered with the front plate 13564, making it difficult for the player to visually recognize the base plate 13571.

In addition, the base plate 13571 includes a fourth protrusion 13571b and a fifth protrusion 13571c projecting toward the first path member 13560, and a front plate 13564 located below the fourth protrusion 13571b and the fifth protrusion 13571c. and a sixth convex portion 13571d protruding from the .

The fourth convex portion 13571b and the fifth convex portion 13571c are projections for guiding game balls flowing down inside the special prize winning device 13550, and are arranged from the left-right direction outside (arrow (LR direction outside)) of the base plate 13571. It is inclined downward toward the center of the base plate 13571 .

The sixth protrusion 13571d is formed at a position facing the above-described third protrusion 13564d, and is formed to have a length with a predetermined gap from the tip of the third protrusion 13564d. In addition, the gap between the opposing third convex portion 13564d and the sixth convex portion 13571d is set to a dimension smaller than the diameter of the game ball.

The fourth wall portion 13573 has two fastening holes 13573a for fastening screws inserted through the first path member 13560, respectively, in each of the left and right fourth wall portions 13573. As shown in FIG. Thereby, the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570 are fastened and fixed.

A shim member SI for adjusting the gap between the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570 is arranged around the fastening hole 13573a of the fourth wall portion 13573 .

The shim member SI is made of a thin plate-like transparent material, and is made difficult to be seen by the player. In addition, in the present embodiment, the shim member SI is arranged at the left end in the front view, and the gap between the facing front plate 13564 and the base plate 13571 on the left side in the front view is increased.

Next, with reference to FIG. 158, game balls flowing down inside the special winning device 13550 in the thirteenth embodiment will be described. FIG. 158(a) is a top view of the special winning device 13550, and FIG. 158(b) is a sectional view of the special winning device 13550 along line CLVIIIb-CLVIIIb of FIG. 158(a).

As shown in FIG. 158, the special prize winning device 13550 has a shim member SI at the left end when viewed from the front, and an interval L14 between the facing front plate 13564 and the base plate 13571 on the left side when viewed from the front (Fig. 158 ( a)) is set larger than the interval L15 (see FIG. 158(a)) between the facing front plate 13564 and the base plate 13571 on the right side in front view (L14>L15).

Note that the interval L14 is the interval between the left (arrow L direction) end portions at the positions where the front plate 13564 and the base plate 13571 face each other. Further, the interval L15 is the interval between the right (arrow R direction) ends at the position where the front plate 13564 and the base plate 13571 face each other. Furthermore, the interval L15 is set larger than the diameter of the game ball, so that the game ball flowing down from above the special winning device 13550 can flow into the special winning device 13550 from any position in the horizontal direction ( L14>L15>diameter of game ball).

In addition, the special winning device 13550 is partitioned into left and right on the downstream side by the third convex portion 13564d and the sixth convex portion 13571d. As a result, the game balls flowing down the main path SK1 (see FIG. 158(b)) on the upstream side of the special winning device 13550 are formed on the main path SK2 formed on the left side of the special winning device 13550 when viewed from the front, and on the right side when viewed from the front. It is flowed into one of the sub-paths HK1 to be formed. In addition, as described above, the game area on the downstream side of the special winning device 13550 is formed with different ball throwing paths at the substantially central position of the special winning device 13550 in the horizontal direction. Therefore, a game ball thrown to the game area from the main path SK2 is thrown to a specific winning hole, and a game ball thrown to the game area from the sub-path HK1 is thrown to the out hole 71 of the game board 13.

Further, the protrusion dimensions of the first protrusion 13564b and the second protrusion 13564c of the front plate 13564 and the protrusion dimensions of the fourth protrusion 13571b and the fifth protrusion 13571c of the base plate 13571 are set to be substantially the same. That is, the first protrusion 13565b and the second protrusion 13564c that protrude from the front plate 13564 toward the rear side are set to have the same protrusion dimension. Further, the projection dimensions of the fourth projection 13571b and the fifth projection 13571c projecting from the base plate 13571 toward the front side are set to be the same. Furthermore, the projection dimensions of the first projection 13565b and the fourth projection 13571b are set to be the same.

Further, the first protrusion 13564b and the second protrusion 13564c and the fourth protrusion 13571b and the fifth protrusion 13571c are arranged at different heights in the vertical direction. That is, the first protrusion 13565b and the second protrusion 13564c that protrude from the front plate 13564 toward the back side protrude from the same height. Further, the fourth convex portion 13571b and the fifth convex portion 13571c that protrude from the base plate 13571 toward the front side protrude from the same height. Furthermore, the first protrusion 13565b and the fourth protrusion 13571b are arranged at different heights, and the fourth protrusion 13571b is arranged below the first protrusion 13565b. In addition, the lower side of the first projection 13565b projecting from two locations in the gravity direction is arranged at an intermediate position between the fourth projections 13571b projecting from two locations in the gravity direction.

As a result, the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 13550 can be caused to collide with the first convex portion 13564b and the fourth convex portion 13571b or the second convex portion 13564c and the fifth convex portion 13571c in order. As a result, the game ball can flow down along the extending direction of the first convex portion 13564b, the second convex portion 13564c, the fourth convex portion 13571b and the fifth convex portion 13571c.

The distance dimension L16 (see FIG. 158(a)) between the front plate 13564 and the fourth convex portion 13571b or the base plate 13571 and the first convex portion 13564b on the left side of the special winning device 13550 in front view is determined by the shim member SI. It is set larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the distance L17 between the front plate 13564 and the fifth convex portion 13571c or the base plate 13571 and the second convex portion 13564c on the right side of the special winning device 13550 when viewed from the front is It is set smaller than the diameter of the game ball.

The distance L16 is defined by the distance between the front plate 13564 and the base plate 13571 at the ends of the fourth protrusion 13571b and the first protrusion 13564b on the side of the fifth protrusion 13571c and the second protrusion 13564c (direction of the arrow R). is the distance dimension between In addition, the distance L17 is defined by the distance between the front plate 13564 and the base plate 13571 at the ends of the fifth convex portion 13571c and the second convex portion 13564c on the side of the fourth convex portion 13571b and the first convex portion 13564b (the direction of the arrow L). is the distance dimension between

Furthermore, in the thirteenth embodiment, the first winning port 64 is arranged below (in the arrow D direction side) the left side (arrow L direction side) of the special winning device 13550. The flowing game balls can be made to flow into the first prize winning port 64. - 特許庁

Therefore, the game ball flowing into the main path SK1 of the special winning device 13550 from the right side of the special winning device 13550 in the front view (direction of the arrow R) is made easier to contact the second convex portion 13564c and the fifth convex portion 13571c, It is made to flow down along the extending direction of the second convex portion 13564c and the fifth convex portion 13571c, and is easily guided to the secondary path HK1 side. On the other hand, the game ball that flows into the main path SK1 of the special winning device 13550 from the left side of the special winning device 13550 in the front view (arrow L direction side) is made difficult to collide with the first convex portion 13564b and the fourth convex portion 13571b, The ball is likely to be thrown to the secondary path HK1 as it is. As a result, the flowing direction of the game ball that has flowed into the special winning device 13550 can be changed.

In this embodiment, the first convex portion 13564b, the second convex portion 13564c, the fourth convex portion 13571b, and the fifth convex portion 13571c are combined with the sixth convex portion 13571d and the third convex portion 13564d (main path HK1 and sub path HK1). It is formed above (in the direction of arrow U) the inflow port for game balls with SK6. Therefore, most of the game balls flowing down the main route SK1 can be flowed down the sub route HK1, and a relatively smaller number of game balls than the sub route HK1 can be flowed down the main route SK6.

Further, in the thirteenth embodiment, the shim member SI is used to adjust the facing distance between the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570 and to make the distance between the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570 non-parallel. It is possible to adjust the position of the game ball flowing down (the direction in which the game ball flows down).

Therefore, compared to the case of adjusting the direction in which the game ball tends to flow down by changing the angle of the nail nailed to the front of the base plate 60 with respect to the front of the base plate 60, the direction in which the game ball tends to flow down inside the special winning device 13550 can be made difficult for the player to recognize. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing that the game is disadvantageous before playing with the gaming machine, thereby improving the operation rate of the gaming machine.

In addition, only by changing two directions (forward and backward direction (arrow FB direction)) of the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570, the game ball flowing down inside the special prize winning device 13550 can flow down. Since the direction can be changed, the adjustment can be made easier than with a nail that can be adjusted in all directions with respect to the front of the game board 13 (base plate 60). As a result, the game ball can be easily made to flow down in the direction intended by the coordinator.

Note that the intended direction of the adjuster is, for example, the direction between the opposing first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570 on the side of the secondary path HK1 (direction of arrow L) and the direction on the side of main path SK6 (direction of arrow R). The space between the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570 is made larger than the facing distance, and the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 13550 flows down to the sub path HK1 or the main path SK6 side (arrow R direction side ) is made larger than the facing distance between the first and second path members 13560 and 13570 on the sub-path HK1 side (arrow L direction side) to win a special prize. A game ball flowing down inside the device 13550 flows down to the main path SK6.

Further, the second path member 13570 disposed on the rear side is moved in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) by sandwiching the shim member SI with respect to the first path member 13560 disposed on the front side. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the distance between the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570 facing each other. That is, since the second path member 13570 arranged far from the player is moved in the front-rear direction, the first path member 13560 and the first path member 13560 closer to the player are displaced. It is possible to make it difficult for the player to grasp the distance between the opposing second path members 13570 . As a result, the operating rate of the gaming machine can be improved.

Next, with reference to FIG. 159, an engaging member 14310 in the fourteenth embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment described above, the operation element 315 of the engaging member 310 is formed to protrude toward the bottom wall portion 301 side (back side (arrow B direction side)) of the back case 300. The manipulator 14315 in the fourteenth embodiment is formed such that the projecting distal end surface is inclined toward the base end side. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

159(a) is a rear view of the rear case 300 according to the fourteenth embodiment, and FIG. 159(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rear case 300 taken along line CLIXb--CLIXb of FIG. 159(a).

Note that the back case 14300 in the fourteenth embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 301 in a front view, and four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 301 toward the front, similarly to the back case 300 in the first embodiment. An outer wall portion 302 is provided upright, and the wall portions 301 and 302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. A rectangular opening 301a is formed in the center of the bottom wall portion 301. Through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 301 is visible. It is possible.

In addition, the rear case 14300 in the fourteenth embodiment includes an engaging member 14310 disposed on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 (the box-shaped open side (arrow F direction side)), and the rear case 14300. It mainly includes a fixing member 320 that is disposed on the rear side (the arrow B direction side) and fixes the board box 100 (main controller 110).

As shown in FIG. 159, an engaging member 14310 according to the fourteenth embodiment has a crank-like outer shape when viewed from the front. and a third piece 313 connecting the ends of the first piece 14311 and the second piece 312 to each other in a direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the first piece 14311 and the second piece 312 .

The first piece 14311 has an end portion on one side opposite to the other side to which the third piece 313 is connected (arrow R direction side), and the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 (see FIG. 41(a)). and the engaging portion 316 protruding outward on both sides in the vertical direction (arrow UD direction), which is a direction substantially orthogonal to the extending direction of the first piece 14311, and the two portions A recess 317 recessed in the extending direction (arrow LR direction) of the first piece 14311 from a substantially intermediate position of the engaging portion 316 of the rear case 300 and the bottom wall portion 301 side of the back case 300 (back side (arrow B direction) and a manipulator 14315 protruding toward the side)).

The manipulator 14315 is formed at the end on the other side (arrow L direction side) of the first piece 14311, and its projecting dimension is set to a value larger than the plate thickness of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300, and at least It protrudes to the rear side of rear case 14300 (bottom wall portion 301) by a size that can be grasped by an operator's fingers. As a result, the manipulator 14315 can be projected from the second opening 301d of the bottom wall 301, and the protruding portion (tip of the manipulator 14315) can be grasped and operated.

Further, the projecting distal end surface of the manipulator 14315 is formed as an inclined surface 14315a that approaches the base end side of the manipulator 14315 toward the engagement portion 316 side (the other side of the first piece 14311 (arrow L direction side). As a result, when the operator operates the manipulator 14315 in the direction (arrow L direction) to release the engagement between the engaging member 14310 and the fixing member 320, the engaging member 14310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged. The force acting in the direction of releasing can be reduced.

That is, the force of the operator operating the manipulator 14315 can be dispersed by the inclined surface 14315a. This makes it difficult to release the engagement between the engaging member 14310 and the fixing member 320 by operating the manipulator 14315 from the rear side of the rear case 300 . As a result, an operator who attempts to replace the circuit board box 100 illegally disposed on the fixing member 320 may operate the operator 14315 from the rear side of the rear case 300 to remove the fixing member 320 from the rear case 300. can be suppressed.

The end of the inclined surface 14315a on the engagement portion 316 side is arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the back surface of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300 . As a result, the hand of the operator who operates the manipulator 14315 for the purpose of releasing the engagement between the engaging member 14310 and the fixing member 320 can be brought into contact with the inclined surface 14315a. As a result, a worker who tries to illegally replace the board box 100 arranged on the fixing member 320 by making it difficult to operate the manipulator 14315 operates the manipulator 14315 from the rear side of the rear case 300, Removal of the fixing member 320 from the rear case 300 can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 160(a), the engaging member 15310 in the fifteenth embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment described above, the operator 315 of the engaging member 310 is formed to protrude toward the bottom wall portion 301 side (back side (arrow B direction side)) of the back case 300. The manipulator 15315 in the fifteenth embodiment is pivotally supported by the first piece 15311 of the engaging member 15310 . In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 160(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the back case 300 in the fifteenth embodiment. Note that the cross section of FIG. 160(a) corresponds to the cross section of FIG. 159(b).

Note that the rear case 15300 in the fifteenth embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 301 in a front view, and four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 301 toward the front, similarly to the rear case 300 in the first embodiment. An outer wall portion 302 is provided upright, and the wall portions 301 and 302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. The bottom wall portion 301 has an opening 301a (see FIG. 5) which is rectangular in front view. 2) is made visible.

In addition, the rear case 15300 in the fifteenth embodiment includes an engaging member 15310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 (the box-shaped opening side (arrow F direction side)) and the rear case 15300. A fixing member 320 (see FIG. 41) disposed on the back side (arrow B direction side) and fixing the board box 100 (main controller 110) is mainly provided.

As shown in FIG. 160(a), an engaging member 15310 according to the fifteenth embodiment has a crank-like outer shape when viewed from the front. 2 pieces 312 (see FIG. 41) and a third piece 313 ( (see FIG. 41).

The first piece 15311 has an end portion on one side (arrow R direction side) opposite to the other side (arrow L direction side) to which the third piece 313 is connected. 41(a)) and protrudes outward on both sides in the vertical direction (direction of arrows UD), which is a direction substantially orthogonal to the extending direction of the first piece 15311. 316 (see FIG. 41), a concave portion 317 (see FIG. 41) recessed in the extending direction (arrow LR direction) of the first piece 15311 from a substantially intermediate position between the two engaging portions 316; It mainly includes an operator 15315 inserted through the second opening 301d of the rear case 300 and a bearing 15319 on which the operator 15315 is pivotally supported.

The bearing portion 15319 protrudes from the first piece 15311 on the other side (arrow L direction side) to which the third piece 313 of the first piece 15311 is connected. Further, the bearing portion 15319 is formed with a concave portion into which a columnar shaft member 15315c is inserted, through which an operation element 15315, which will be described later, is inserted in the direction of gravity (arrow UD direction).

The manipulator 15315 is formed in a bar shape, and includes a through hole 15315b penetrating in the gravitational direction at the end on the first piece 15311 side, and a shaft member 15315c inserted into the through hole 15315b.

Therefore, the manipulator 15315 is held so as to be rotatably displaceable with respect to the first piece 15311 by inserting the shaft member 15315c inserted into the through hole 15315b into the concave portion of the bearing portion 15319 . Further, the rotating shaft (shaft member 15315c) of the manipulator 15315 is arranged on the front side of the first piece 15311. As shown in FIG. As a result, the rightward (clockwise) rotation of the manipulator 15315 in the state shown in FIG. Rotation in the left direction (counterclockwise) can be allowed.

Therefore, when the operator operates the manipulator 15315 in the direction of releasing the engagement between the engaging member 15310 and the fixed member 320 (direction of arrow L) (the manipulator 15315 in the state shown in FIG. 160(a) is turned). When rotating clockwise), the force acting in the direction (arrow L direction) to release the engagement between the engaging member 15310 and the fixing member 320 can be reduced. This makes it difficult to release the engagement between the engaging member 15310 and the fixing member 320 by operating the manipulator 15315 from the rear side of the rear case 300 . As a result, a player who attempts to illegally replace the board box 100 arranged on the fixed member 320 can operate the operator 15315 from the rear side of the rear case 300 to remove the fixed member 320 from the rear case 300. can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 160(b), the engaging member 15310 in the sixteenth embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment described above, the slide operation of the engaging member 310 is performed by the manipulator 315. However, in the sixteenth embodiment, the end of the first piece 16311 of the engaging member 16310 is operated. is done in In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 160(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rear case 300 in the sixteenth embodiment. Note that the cross section of FIG. 160(b) corresponds to the cross section of FIG. 160(a). Further, similarly to the back case 300 of the first embodiment, the back case 16300 of the sixteenth embodiment includes a bottom wall portion 301 which is substantially rectangular in front view, and four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 301 facing toward the front. An outer wall portion 302 is provided upright, and the wall portions 301 and 302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. The bottom wall portion 301 has an opening 301a (see FIG. 5) which is rectangular in front view. 2) is made visible.

Further, the rear case 16300 in the sixteenth embodiment includes an engaging member 16310 disposed on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 (the box-shaped opening side (arrow F direction side)) and the rear case 16300. A fixing member 320 (see FIG. 41) disposed on the back side (arrow B direction side) and fixing the board box 100 (main controller 110) is mainly provided.

As shown in FIG. 160(b), an engaging member 16310 in the sixteenth embodiment has a crank-like outer shape in a front view, and a first piece 16311 and a second piece 16311 extending in directions parallel to each other. Two pieces 312 (see FIG. 41) and a third piece 313 ( (see FIG. 41). Further, the engaging member 16310 in the sixteenth embodiment can be slidably displaced by a finger inserted from the rear side through the second opening 301d formed in the rear case 300. As shown in FIG.

The first piece 16311 has an end portion on one side (arrow R direction side) opposite to the other side (arrow L direction side) to which the third piece 313 is connected. 41) and protrudes outward on both sides in the vertical direction (direction of arrows UD), which is a direction substantially perpendicular to the extending direction of the first piece 311. 41), and a concave portion 317 (see FIG. 41) recessed in the extending direction (arrow LR direction) of the first piece 16311 from a substantially intermediate position between the two engaging portions 316. Prepare.

As shown in FIG. 160(b), when the engaging portion 316 of the engaging member 16310 and the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 are engaged with each other, the other side (arrow L direction side) of the first piece 16311 is is arranged horizontally outside the opening of the second opening 301d. Therefore, when the operator operates the engaging member 16310 in the direction of releasing the engagement between the engaging member 16310 and the fixing member 320 (direction of arrow L), the operator inserts the engaging member 16310 from the second opening 301d of the rear case 300. It is possible to make it difficult to displace the engaging member 16310 in the direction in which the engagement between the engaging member 16310 and the fixing member 320 is released. As a result, an operator who is going to replace the board box 100 arranged on the fixing member 320 illegally operates the engaging member 16310 from the rear side of the rear case 300 to remove the fixing member 320 from the rear case 300. can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 161, the rear case 17300 in the seventeenth embodiment will be described. In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the manipulator 315 of the engaging member 310 protrudes from the second opening 301d of the rear case 300 has been described. An operating element 315 protruding from is covered with a part of the rear case at a predetermined position. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 161(a) is a rear view of the rear case 17300 in the seventeenth embodiment, and FIG. 161(b) is a sectional view of the rear case 17300 along line CLXIb-CLXIb of FIG. 161(a).

As shown in FIG. 161, the back case 17300 in the seventeenth embodiment includes a bottom wall portion 17301 which is substantially rectangular in front view, and outer wall portions 302 erected from the outer edges of the four sides of the bottom wall portion 17301 toward the front. and is formed into a box-like shape with one side (front side) opened by the respective wall portions 17301 and 302 . The bottom wall portion 17301 has an opening 301a which is rectangular in front view at the center thereof, and through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) disposed on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 17301 can be visually recognized. It is possible.

In addition, the rear case 17300 includes projecting portions 301b projecting from two locations on the front side of the bottom wall portion 17301, a first opening portion 301c opening at a position facing the fixing member 320, and an engaging member 310. It includes a second opening 301d that opens at a position facing each other, and a covering portion 17301e that covers the rear surface of the second opening 301d on the first opening 301c side (arrow R direction side).

The covering portion 17301e is erected from the end of the second opening 301d on the first opening 301c side (arrow R direction) toward the rear side (arrow B direction). In addition, the covering portion 17301e has a bent portion 17301e1 whose standing tip portion is bent toward the inner side of the opening of the second opening portion 301d in a rear view. As a result, the covering portion 17301e is formed in a box shape that opens on the first opening portion 301c side (arrow R direction side) and the opposite side (arrow L direction side).

In addition, the standing distance of the covering portion 17301e (the distance between the rear surface of the bottom wall portion 17301c and the front surface of the bent portion 17301e1) is set larger than the projection dimension of the operator 315 projecting from the bottom wall portion 17301c. . Further, in the covering portion 17301e, the lateral dimension (arrow LR direction) of the bent portion 17301e1 in rear view is set larger than the lateral dimension of the manipulator 315 in rear view.

As a result, when the engaging portion 316 of the engaging member 310 and the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 are engaged with each other, the manipulator 315 is positioned inside the covering portion 17301e as shown in FIG. 161(b). placed in Therefore, when the operator operates the engaging member 310 in the direction (arrow L direction) to release the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the fixed member 320, the operator grasps the operator 315 from the rear side of the rear case 17300. can be made difficult. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the engaging member 310 from being displaced in the direction of releasing the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 (arrow L direction side). As a result, an operator (player) who attempts to illegally replace the board box 100 arranged on the fixed member 320 operates the engaging member 310 from the rear side of the rear case 17300 to move the fixed member 320 to the rear side. Removal from the case 17300 can be suppressed.

Next, the rear case 18300 in the eighteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 162 to 164. FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the engaging member 310 is slidably displaced in the linear direction (the direction of the arrows LR) has been described. rotationally displaced. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 162 and 163, the configuration of the rear case 18300 and the operation of the engaging member 18310 in the eighteenth embodiment will be described. 162(a) and 163(a) are front views of the rear case 18300 in the eighteenth embodiment, and FIGS. 162(b) and 163(b) are rear views of the rear case 18300. FIG. 162(a) and 162(b) show a state where the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 are engaged, and FIGS. 163(a) and 163(b) show the engaging member 18310 and the locking member 18320 are shown disengaged.

As shown in FIGS. 162 and 163, the rear case 18300 in the eighteenth embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 18301 when viewed from the front, and the four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 18301 are erected toward the front. An outer wall portion 18302 is provided, and the wall portions 18301 and 18302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. In addition, the rear case 18300 includes an engaging member 18310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 18301 (the box-shaped open side (arrow F direction side)) and an engaging member 18310 arranged on the rear side of the rear case 18300. and a fixing member 18320 for fixing the board box 100 (main controller 110).

The bottom wall portion 18301 has an opening 301a which is rectangular in front view in the center thereof, and through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 18301 can be visually recognized. It is said that The bottom wall portion 18301 includes a first opening portion 18301c that opens at a position facing the fixing member 18320, and a protruding portion that is positioned below the first opening portion 18301c (in the direction of arrow D) and protrudes to the front side. 18301b;

The first opening 18301c is an opening for inserting an engaged portion 18332 of a fixing member 18320, which will be described later, and is formed in a shape larger than the engaged portion 18332 in front view. As a result, after disposing the accessory device (rotation unit 700) inside the back case 18300, the engaging portion of the fixing member 18320 can be arranged on the front side of the back case 18300 from the back side of the back case 18300. can.

The projecting portion 18301b is a member that pivotally supports an engaging member 18310, which will be described later, and projects from the front of the bottom wall portion 18301 in a cylindrical shape. In addition, a hole into which a screw is screwed is recessed in the projecting end surface of the projecting portion 18301b. Accordingly, by screwing a screw into the protruding portion 18301b in a state where the engaging member 18310 is arranged in the rear case 18300, the engaging member 18310 can be restricted from coming off from the protruding portion 18301b.

The outer wall portion 18302 has an opening 18302a that opens in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) on the right side (arrow R direction side) in a front view. The opening 18302a is formed on the rotational trajectory of the engaging member 18310, which will be described later. Accordingly, the engaging member 18310 can be protruded outside the rear case 18300 by rotating the engaging member 18310 after the engaging member 18310 is arranged inside the rear case 18300 .

The fixing member 18320 is composed of an intervening member 18330 that engages with an engaging member 18310 to be described later, and a pivot member 340 that is fastened to the intervening member 18330 .

The interposed member 18330 is formed in a box-like shape with an open front side. Engaged portion 18332 protruding to 300 side and formed in a frame shape, insertion hole 333 (see FIG. 39(b)) opening in a circular shape in the bottom surface of the box (side surface in the direction of arrow B), and rear surface and a protrusion 334 protruding from.

The locking portion 18331 has an opening for engaging the other side (arrow L direction side) of the fixing member 320 with the bottom wall portion 18301, and the opening extends from the periphery of the first opening portion 18301c to have an L-shaped cross section. It is engaged with the bottom wall portion 18301 by inserting the projecting wall 18301c1 projecting from the bottom wall portion 18301c1.

As a result, when the interposing member 18330 (fixing member 18320) is arranged in the rear case 18300, the protruding wall 18301c1 is inserted into the engaging portion 18331 of the interposing member 18330, and the other side (arrow L) of the interposing member 18330 direction side) can be locked to the rear case 18300 .

The engaged portion 18332 is a portion that engages with the engaging member 18310, and has a projection dimension toward the rear case 18300 (arrow F direction) that exceeds the engaging member 18310 disposed on the rear case 18300. and the distance dimension from the inner surface of the front side (arrow F direction side) of the enclosed space to the front surface of the bottom wall portion 18301 is larger than the distance from the front surface of the engaging member 18310 to the front surface of the bottom wall portion 18301. set. As a result, the space surrounded by the engaged portion 18332 and the engaging member 18310 are arranged to overlap each other in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction).

The engaging member 18310 is formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed from the front. and a first piece 18311 formed by

The second piece 18312 is provided with a shaft support hole 18312a opening circularly in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) at the end opposite to the side where the first piece 18311 is formed. The pivot hole 18312a is a hole into which the projecting portion 18301b of the rear case 18300 described above is inserted.

The first piece 18311 extends in an arc around the axis of the shaft support hole 18312a. As a result, the displacement area of the first piece 18311 can be minimized when the engaging member 18310 is rotated about the axis of the pivot hole 18312a. In addition, the first piece 18311 has an engaging portion 18316 protruding radially from the pivot hole 18312a at the end opposite to the connection side with the second piece 18312, and engaging portions 316 at the two locations. and a recess 18317 that is recessed in the extending direction of the first piece 18311 from a substantially intermediate position of the first piece 18311 .

The two engaging portions 18316 are formed in a substantially triangular outer shape when viewed from the front. In addition, one engaging portion 18316 of the two engaging portions 18316 gradually increases from the end opposite to the connecting portion with the second piece 18312 toward the connecting portion with the second piece 18312 . It is formed in an outer shape protruding radially outward. The other engaging portion 18316 of the two engaging portions 18316 gradually increases in diameter of the first piece 18311 from the end opposite to the connecting portion with the second piece 18312 toward the connecting portion with the second piece 18312 . It is formed in an outer shape protruding inward in the direction.

The concave portion 18317 is formed by notching in the thickness direction of the first piece 18311, and extending in the extending direction of the first piece 18311 from the end of the first piece 18311 opposite to the connection side with the second piece 18312. It is recessed along the side toward the connection side with the second piece 18312 . Therefore, the end of the first piece 18311 is split into two. As a result, the end portion of the first piece 18311 opposite to the connection side with the second piece 18312 can be elastically deformed more easily than the connection side with the second piece 18312, and the engaging member 18310 can be connected to the fixing member 18320. It can be easily engaged.

Next, engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 will be described. As shown in FIG. 163, the interposed member 18330 and the pivot member 340 are fastened together by screws inserted from the interposed member 18330 side before being engaged with the engaging member 18310 .

Further, the engaging member 18310 is provided in a state of being pivotally supported by the projecting portion 18301b of the rear case 18300 as described above, and the connecting portion between the first piece 18311 and the second piece 18312 is connected to the rear case 18300. It is disposed so as to protrude from the opening 18302a.

The center of gravity of the engaging member 18310 pivotally supported by the rear case 18300 is located closer to the opening 18302a than the projecting portion 18301b of the rear case 18300. A force is applied to the engaging member 18310 so that the connecting portion between the first piece 18311 and the second piece 18312 is rotated in the direction of protruding from the opening 18302 a of the rear case 18300 . Thereby, when the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 is incomplete, the engaging member 18310 is protruded to the outside of the rear case 18300, and the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 is performed. It is possible to prevent forgetting to match.

The intervening member 18330 and the pivot member 340 (fixing member 18320) in the fastened state are such that the projecting wall 18301c1 projecting from the periphery of the first opening 18301c is inserted into the locking portion 18331 of the intervening member 18330. , the left side (arrow L direction side) of the fixing member 18320 in front view is locked to the rear case 18300 . In this case, the engaged portion 18332 of the fixing member 18320 is inserted inside the first opening 18301c, and the space surrounded by the engaged portion 18332 faces the tip of the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18310. It is arranged at a position where

Next, the operator who engages the engaging member 18310 with the fixing member 18320 moves the engaging member 18310 (the connecting portion between the first piece 18311 and the second piece 18312) protruding from the opening 18302a of the rear case 18300 to the rear surface. By pushing the case 18300 inside (in the direction of the arrow R1) (see FIG. 163), the engaging member 18310 is rotated around the projecting portion 18301b.

Thereby, as shown in FIG. 162, the tip of the engaging member 18310 can be inserted into the internal space of the engaged portion 18332 . In this case, the spaced dimension between the outer ends of the two engaging portions 18316 is set larger than the vertical opening dimension of the internal space of the engaged portion 18332, but the recessed portion 18317 of the engaging member 18310 Since the first piece 18311 is easily elastically deformed, the end of the first piece 18311 is elastically deformed inwardly of the recess 18317 to adjust the distance between the outer ends of the two engaging portions 18316 to the cover. The end portion of the first piece 18311 can be inserted inside the engaged portion 18332 by making it smaller than the vertical opening dimension of the internal space of the engaging portion 18332 .

In addition, since the connecting portion between the first piece 18311 and the second piece 18312 of the engaging member 18310 is inserted inside the opening 18302a of the rear case 18300, the engaging member 18310 can be engaged in the engaged state. It is possible to prevent the joint member 18310 from being operated from the outside of the rear case 18300 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the engaging member 18310 from being illegally operated and the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 18320 to be replaced with an illegal board.

Next, disengagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 in the eighteenth embodiment will be described. As shown in FIG. 163(a), the first opening 18301c has a substantially L-shape in front view, and the recessed portion 18317 of the engaging member 18310 in the engaged state with the engaged portion 18332 of the fixing member 18320. can be operated from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the rear case 1300 through the first opening 18301c.

Therefore, by elastically deforming the outer portion of the recessed portion 18317 of the engaging member 18310 toward the recessed side of the recessed portion 18317 using a special tool or the like, the engagement between the engaging portion 18316 of the engaging member 18310 and the engaged portion 18332 can be achieved. combination is canceled. In this disengaged state, the engaging member 18310 is displaced in the direction (arrow L direction) withdrawn from the internal space engaged by the engaged portion 18332, and then the deformation of the engaging member 310 is restored. , the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the engaged portion 18332 can be released.

The gap between the outer portion of the recess 18317 of the engaging member 18310 and the first opening 18301c is preferably formed as small as possible. This makes it impossible to insert the fingers of a person who removes the fixing member 18320 from the rear case 300, and allows the insertion of a dedicated tool. As a result, only a worker with a dedicated tool can replace the board box 100 (main controller 110), and it is possible to prevent the board box 100 from being replaced with an illegal board box 100. FIG.

Next, with reference to FIG. 164, the case where the engaging member 18310 is forgotten to be engaged with the fixing member 18320 will be described. 164(a) is a schematic top view of the game board 13, and FIG. 164(b) is a schematic top view of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. 164(a) and 164(b) illustrate a state in which the engaging member 18310 is forgotten to be engaged with the engaged portion 18332. As shown in FIG. 164(a) and 164(b) illustrate a state in which one piece on the upper side of the outer frame 11, which is formed in a frame shape in a front view, is removed.

As described above, when the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the engaged portion 18332 is incomplete, the engaging member 18310 can be protruded outside the rear case 18300 by gravity. In this case, the distance dimension LR1 (Fig. 164(a) (see FIG. 164(b)) is set larger than the lateral dimension LR2 (see FIG. 164(b)) of the inner side of the outer frame 11 on which the game board 13 is arranged. As a result, when the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 are not engaged and the game board 13 is to be inserted into the outer frame 11, the rear side of the engaging member 18310 hits the front of the outer frame 11. can be brought into contact. As a result, when the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 are not engaged, the game board 13 is prevented from being arranged on the outer frame 11, and the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 is suppressed. forgetting can be suppressed.

Next, an engaging member 19310 in the nineteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 165 and 166. FIG. In the eighteenth embodiment, the engaging member 18310 is arranged inside the outer frame 11 to prevent the engaging member 18310 from being illegally operated. By restricting the rotation of the engaging member 18310, unauthorized operation of the engaging member 18310 is suppressed. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 165 is an exploded perspective front view of the engaging member 19310 in the nineteenth embodiment. 166(a) is a front view of the rear case 18300, and FIG. 166(b) is a cross-sectional view of the one-way 19350 along line CLXVIb-CLXVIb in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 165, the engaging member 19310 in the nineteenth embodiment is formed in a substantially L-shape when viewed from the front. and a first piece 18311 formed by bending from one end of 19312 .

The second piece 19312 has a circular fitting hole 19312b opening in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) at the end opposite to the side where the first piece 18311 is formed. The fitting hole 19312b is a hole into which the one-way 19350 described later is fitted, and is formed to have substantially the same inner diameter as the outer ring 19351 of the one-way 19350 .

The one-way 19350 includes an inner ring 19352 having a cam surface formed on its outer peripheral surface, an outer ring 19351 formed in an annular shape surrounding the outer side of the inner ring 19352, and a plurality of rollers disposed between the outer ring 19351 and the inner ring 19352. A spring 19353 and a roller 19354 are provided (see FIG. 166(b)), and when the inner ring 19352 tries to rotate in one direction with respect to the outer ring 19351, the contact surface pressure between the cam surface and the roller 19354 increases, resulting in resistance. When the inner ring rotates in the other direction with respect to the outer ring 19351, the contact surface pressure between the cam surface and the roller 10354 decreases and slips to cut off the power transmission. A detailed description of the one-way 19350 will be given later.

Further, an operator 19360 is inserted in the center of the inner ring 19352 of the one-way 19350 . The operator 19360 includes an operation portion 19361 arranged on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the rear case 19300 and an insertion portion 19362 protruding on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the operation portion 19361. Prepare the Lord.

The operation part 19361 is a part where an operator operates the operation element 19360 from the rear side of the rear case 19300, and is formed in a circular shape, and its outer shape is formed to be larger than an opening through which an insertion part 19362, which will be described later, is inserted. . As a result, when the operator 19360 is arranged from the back side of the back case 19300, it is possible to prevent the operation part 19361 from slipping out of the back case 19300 to the front side (arrow F direction side).

The insertion portion 19362 is formed in a columnar shape coaxially with the axis of the operation portion 19361 and protrudes toward the front side (arrow F direction side). In addition, the insertion portion 19362 has a projecting wall 19362a projecting radially from its outer peripheral surface.

The protruding wall 19362 a is an engaging portion that prevents the inner ring 19352 of the one-way 19350 from slipping with respect to the insertion portion 19362 , and is inserted into the recess 19352 a formed in the inner ring 19352 . Thereby, it is possible to prevent the rotational force acting on the manipulator 19360 from being non-transmitted to the inner ring 19352 .

Furthermore, a concave portion having a circular shape when viewed from the front is formed on the projecting distal end surface of the insertion portion 19362. By screwing a screw into the concave portion from the front side to the back side, the one-way 19350 can be inserted. An operator 19360 can be connected to the .

Next, with reference to FIG. 166, the arrangement state of rear case 19300 and engaging member 19310 will be described. The rear case 19300 includes a bottom wall portion 19301 that is substantially rectangular in front view, and an outer wall portion 302 that is erected from the outer edges of the four sides of the bottom wall portion 19301 toward the front. It is formed in a box-like shape with one side (front side) opened by the. In addition, the rear case 19300 includes an engaging member 19310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 19301 (the box-shaped open side (arrow F direction side)) and an engaging member 19310 arranged on the rear side of the rear case 19300. and a fixing member 18320 for fixing the board box 100 (main controller 110).

The bottom wall portion 19301 has an opening 301a which is rectangular in front view at the center thereof, and through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) disposed on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 19301 can be visually recognized. It is said that In addition, the bottom wall portion 19301 has a first opening 18301c that opens at a position facing the fixing member 18320, and a first opening 18301c that is positioned below the first opening 18301c (in the direction of arrow D) and opens in the front-rear direction to the inside. and an opening (not shown) into which the insertion portion 19362 of the operator 19360 described above is inserted.

After disposing the engaging member 19310 on the front side of the bottom wall portion 10301 in a state in which the one-way 19350 is viewed inside the fitting hole 19312b, the engaging member 19310 is moved from the rear side of the rear case 19300 to the operator 19360. The insertion portion 19362 is inserted into the inner ring 19352 of the one-way 19350 through the opening of the rear case 19300 to be disposed on the bottom wall portion 19301 .

Next, the operation of the one-way 19350 will be explained. As described above, the one-way 19350 is switched between a case where the transmission of power to the outer ring 19351 is permitted and a case where it is blocked in the one direction and the other direction of rotation of the inner ring 19352 .

First, the case where the power of the inner ring 19352 is transmitted to the outer ring will be described. As shown in FIG. 166(b), when the inner ring 19352 is rotated in one direction (in the direction of arrow LK (see FIG. 166(b))), the cam surface of the inner ring 19352 and the inner peripheral surface of the outer ring 19351 have a gap. The roller 19354 is pinched, and the contact of the roller 19354 acts as resistance, and the power of the inner ring 19352 is transmitted to the outer ring 19351 . In this case, one direction of rotation is set in a direction that engages the engaging member 19310 with the fixing member 18320 .

Next, the case where the power to the inner ring 19352 is interrupted will be described. When the inner ring 19352 is rotated in the other direction (arrow RK direction (see FIG. 166(b))), the roller 19354 is displaced radially inward of the inner ring 19352 due to the resistance of the roller 19354 contacting the inner peripheral surface of the outer ring 19351 . As a result, the contact surface pressure between the inner peripheral surface of the outer ring 19351 and the roller 19354 is reduced, and the roller 19354 slides on the outer ring 19351 to interrupt power transmission. In this case, the rotation direction of the other direction is set to the direction in which the engaging member 19310 is disengaged from the fixing member 18320 .

Thereby, the operator 19360 can be rotated to engage the engaging member 19310 with the fixing member 18320 while the engaging member 19310 is arranged in the back case 19300 . Furthermore, releasing the engagement between the engaging member 19310 and the fixing member 18320 by rotating the operator 19360 from the state where the engaging member 19310 and the fixing member 18320 are engaged is restricted. As a result, it is possible to prevent the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 18320 from being replaced with an illegal board due to unauthorized operation of the engaging member 19310 (manipulator 19360).

Next, an engaging member 20310 in the twentieth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 167 to 169. FIG. In the first embodiment described above, the movement of the engaging member 310 is restricted by the screw inserted through the rear base 720 of the rotating unit 700. However, in the twentieth embodiment, the engaging member 20310 does , the movement of the engaging member 20310 is restricted by being engaged with the engaging portion 20724a formed on the rear base 20720 of the rotating unit 20700. As shown in FIG. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

First, an engaging member 20310 and a rotating unit 20700 in the twentieth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 167 and 168. FIG. FIG. 167 is an exploded perspective view of the rear case 20300 and rotating unit 20700 in the twentieth embodiment. 168(a) is a front view of the engaging member 20310, and FIG. 168(b) is a rear view of the rotating unit 20700 and the engaging member 20310. FIG.

Note that the back case 20300 in the twentieth embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 301 in a front view and four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 301 toward the front, similarly to the back case 300 in the first embodiment. An outer wall portion 302 is provided upright, and the wall portions 301 and 302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. The bottom wall portion 301 has an opening 301a (see FIG. 5) which is rectangular in front view. 2) is made visible.

In addition, the rear case 20300 in the twentieth embodiment includes an engaging member 20310 disposed on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 (box-shaped opening side (arrow F direction side)), and the rear case 20300. It mainly includes a fixing member 320 that is disposed on the rear side (the arrow B direction side) and fixes the board box 100 (main controller 110). Further, a rotating unit 20700 is arranged in front of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 20300 in the twentieth embodiment.

As shown in FIGS. 167 and 168, an engaging member 20310 disposed on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 20300 in the twentieth embodiment has a crank-like shape in front view. The first piece 311 and the second piece 20312 are formed to extend in parallel directions, and the ends of the first piece 311 and the second piece 20312 are connected to each other by the first piece 311 and the second piece 20312 . It is composed of a third piece 313 connected in a direction orthogonal to the extending direction of 20312 .

The first piece 311 and the second piece 20312 are formed with elongated slide grooves 314 extending in their extending directions. (direction of arrows LR).

In addition, the second piece 20312 has a recess 20312c recessed on the side surface parallel to the sliding direction of the engaging member 20310. As shown in FIG. The recess 20312c is a recess into which the tip of the engaging portion 20724a of the rear base 20720 of the rotation unit 20700, which will be described later, is inserted.

More specifically, the recess 20312c has a dimension SH1 (see FIG. 168(a)) to the end on the side opposite to the side of the second piece 20312 connected to the third piece 313 (direction of arrow L). The dimension SH2 (see FIG. 168(b)) that allows the projecting portion 301b to slide inside the sliding groove 314 of 20310 is set to be substantially the same. The recess 20312c is recessed in the shape of a right-angled triangle when viewed from the front, and the right-angled portion is set on the side of the second piece 20312 connected to the third piece 313 (arrow R direction side).

The rotating unit 20700 includes a rectangular rear base 20720 arranged on the right side of the lower portion of the opening 301a of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 20300 (in the direction of the arrow R) and a front surface of the rear base 20720. A rotating body 800 (see FIG. 93) disposed on the side (arrow F direction side) is provided, and the rotating body 800 is rotationally displaced via a light-transmissive center frame 86 disposed on the game board 13. can be visually recognized by the player.

The back base 20720 is a plate member that connects the back of the ball cradle 710 and the back of the decoration unit 750 (the arrow B direction side), and is arranged on the back of the ball cradle 710 and the decoration unit 750 . In addition, the rear base 20720 has an erecting wall 20724 erected from the rear surface.

The standing wall 20724 extends in a shape surrounding the outer edge of the engaging member 20310 arranged on the rear case 20300 . The standing wall 20724 is formed at a position facing the recess 20312c of the engaging member 20310, and has an engaging portion 20724a whose tip is inserted inside the recess 20312c.

The engaging portion 20724a protrudes from the erected wall 20724 in the direction (arrow R direction) in which the engaging member 20310 is engaged with the fixing member 320, and is erected in the direction orthogonal to the sliding direction of the engaging member 20310. It is formed with a predetermined gap from the wall 20724 . As a result, the rigidity of the engaging portion 20724a can be lowered to facilitate elastic deformation of the engaging portion 20724a. In addition, a region in which the engaging portion 20724a can be elastically deformed can be secured by the gap between the standing wall 20724 and the engaging portion 20724a.

In addition, the engaging portion 20724a has a bent portion 20724a1 that bends toward the engaging member 20310 at the tip of the projecting portion. be done. As a result, the engaging member 20310 has the bent portion 20724 a 1 inside the concave portion 20312 c of the engaging member 20310 before engaging with the fixing member 320 . Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the engaging member 20310 to slide in its displacement direction (arrow LR direction) (see FIG. 168(b)).

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the engaging member 20310 from vibrating with respect to the rear case 20300 due to a force such as vibration or shaking and moving in the engaging direction (arrow R direction) with the fixing member 320 . Therefore, before fixing member 320 is arranged on rear case 20300, the position of engaging member 20310 is displaced, and when fixing member 320 is arranged on rear case 20300, the engaged portion of fixing member 320 is displaced. 332 can be prevented from coming into contact with the engaging member 20310 . In other words, when the fixing member 320 is arranged on the back case 20300, the engaging member 20310 must be positioned within the displacement area when the engaged portion 332 (see FIG. 167) of the fixing member 320 is arranged. can be suppressed. As a result, it is not necessary to operate the engaging member 20310 in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixing member 320, so that workability when engaging the engaging member 20310 and the fixing member 320 can be improved. .

Next, with reference to FIG. 169, the engaging member 20310 and the rotating unit 20700 in the state where the engaging member 20310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged will be described. 169(a) is a rear view of the rotating unit 20700 and the engaging member 20310, and FIG. 169(b) is a rear view of the rear case 20300. FIG. 169(a) and 169(b) illustrate a state in which the engaging member 20310 and the fixing member 20320 are engaged. In addition, in FIG. 169(b), part of the engaging member 20310 and the outer shape of the standing wall 20724 are illustrated with chain lines.

As shown in FIG. 169, the operator 315 is operated from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the rear case 20300 to move the engaging member 20310 to the left side (arrow L direction side) of the rear case 20300 to the right side in front view (arrow R direction side) with respect to the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 20300, the engaging member 20310 is arranged inside the concave portion 20312c of the engaging member 20310. The bent portion 20724a1 is pushed out into the recess 20312c by the inclined surface of the recess 20312c.

Here, as described above, the recessed portion 20312c has a distance dimension SH1 (see FIG. 168(a)) to the end of the second piece 20312 on the side opposite to the connection side with the third piece 313 (arrow L direction side). However, since the dimension SH2 (see FIG. 168(b)) in which the projecting portion 301b can slide in the sliding groove 314 of the engaging member 20310 is set to be substantially the same, the engaging member 20310 is set to the fixed member 320 When the second piece 20312 of the engaging member 20310 is displaced to a position where it engages with the third piece 313, the end of the engaging member 20310 on the side opposite to the connection side (arrow L direction side) is aligned with the bent portion 20724a1 and the engaging member 20310 in the direction of displacement (direction of arrows LR). Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the engaging member 20310 from being improperly displaced in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixing member 320 (direction of arrow L).

Note that, as in the first embodiment, the engaging member 20310 is engaged with the fixing member 320 of the engaging member 20310 by hooking (engaging) the engaging portion 316 with the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 . displacement in the disengagement direction is regulated. However, since the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 is inserted through the first opening 301c of the rear case 300, the engaged portion 332 and the engaging portion 316 are engaged through the first opening 301c. There was a risk of being illegally released.

In contrast, in the twentieth embodiment, the displacement of the engaging member 20310 in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixing member 320 is opposite to that of the engaging portion 316 of the engaging member 20310 that engages with the fixing member 320 . Since the side end portion can be regulated by contacting the bent portion 20724a1, if an unauthorized object is inserted through the first opening 301c, the engagement between the end portion of the engaging member 20310 and the bent portion 20724a1 is released. can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 320 from being illegally disengaged from the engaging member 20310 and the fixing member 320 and being replaced with an illegal board. .

Note that the fixing member 320 and the engaging member 20310 are separated by removing the rotating unit 20700 disposed inside the rear case 20300 (bottom wall portion 301) from the rear case 20300, and connecting the ends of the engaging member 20310 and the bent portion. 20724a1, the end of the first piece 311 of the engaging member 20310 is elastically deformed, and the end of the engaging member 20310 is pulled out from the internal space of the engaged portion 332, thereby separating both. can be disengaged.

Therefore, when the fixing member 320 is removed from the rear case 20300, it is necessary to remove the rotation unit 20700 from the front side of the rear case 20300. Therefore, the engagement between the engaging member 20310 and the fixing member 320 is illegally released. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 320 from being replaced with an illegal board.

Furthermore, as described above, the engaging member 20310 is bent in a crank-like shape when viewed from the front. Feeding to the end of the piece 20312 can be restricted. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an illegal object inserted from the first piece 311 side from being accurately sent to the engaging portion between the second piece 20312 and the bent portion 20724a1. As a result, it is possible to prevent the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 320 from being illegally disengaged from the engaging member 20310 and the fixing member 320 and being replaced with an illegal board. .

Next, a rotating unit 21700 in the twenty-first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 170 to 173. FIG. In the first embodiment, the movement of the engaging member 310 is restricted by the screw inserted through the rear base 720 of the rotation unit 700. However, in the twenty-first embodiment, the rear base 21720 of the rotation unit 21700 The movement of the engaging member 310 is restricted by inserting the first piece 311 into the formed insertion portion 21724b. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 170 and 171, the overall configuration of the engaging member 310 and rotating unit 21700 in the twenty-first embodiment will be described. FIG. 170 is an exploded perspective view of the rear case 300 and rotating unit 21700 in the twenty-first embodiment. 171(a) is a rear view of the rotating unit 21700 and the engaging member 310, and FIG. 171(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rotating unit 21700 taken along line CLXXIb-CLXXIb of FIG. 171(a).

Note that the back case 21300 in the twenty-first embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 301 in a front view, and four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 301 toward the front, similarly to the back case 300 in the first embodiment. An outer wall portion 302 is provided upright, and the wall portions 301 and 302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. A rectangular opening 301a is formed in the center of the bottom wall portion 301. Through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 301 is visible. It is possible.

In addition, the rear case 21300 in the twenty-first embodiment includes an engaging member 310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 (the box-shaped opening side (arrow F direction side)) and the rear case 21300. It mainly includes a fixing member 320 that is disposed on the rear side (the arrow B direction side) and fixes the board box 100 (main controller 110). Furthermore, a rotating unit 21700 is arranged in front of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 21300 in the twenty-first embodiment.

As shown in FIGS. 170 and 171, the rotation unit 21700 in the twenty-first embodiment is mounted on the right side (arrow R direction side) of the lower side (arrow D direction side) of the opening 301a of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300. ) and a rotator 800 (see FIG. 93) arranged on the front side of the rear base 21720, and the light provided on the game board 13. A player can visually recognize an effect of rotationally displacing the rotating body 800 through the transparent center frame 86 .

The back base 21720 is a plate member that connects the back side of the ball bearing base 710 and the back side of the decoration unit 750 , and is arranged on the back side of the ball bearing base 710 and the decoration unit 750 . In addition, the rear base 21720 has an erecting wall 21724 erected on its rear surface.

The standing wall 21724 extends in a shape surrounding the outer edge of the engaging member 310 in the state of being arranged on the rear case 300 . The upright wall 21724 is in a state where the engaging member 310 is positioned at the left (arrow L direction) end of the rear case 300 (a state in which the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 is released). ), an insertion portion 21724b protruding toward the concave portion 317 of the engaging member 310 (in the direction of the arrow L) is provided.

The insertion portion 21724b extends from the erected wall 21724 in a direction parallel to the direction of displacement of the engaging member 310 (the direction of arrows LR), and extends from the engaging member 310 in a state of being engaged with the fixing member 320. The dimensions are set so as to overlap in the direction of gravity (arrow UB direction). In addition, a bent portion 21724b1 that bends toward the rear side (engagement member 310 side) is formed at the tip of the insertion portion 21724b, and the bent tip of the bent portion 21742b1 extends in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10 (arrow F- B direction), the length is set so as to overlap with the engaging member 310 .

Further, the width dimension of the insertion portion 21742b in the vertical direction (direction of arrows UD) is set smaller than the width dimension of the concave portion 317 of the engaging member 310 in the vertical direction. Therefore, the insertion portion 21724b is in a state in which the bent portion 21724b1 is inserted inside the recess 317 when the engaging member 310 is engaged with the fixing member 320 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the first piece 311 of the engaging member 310 from elastically deforming toward the inner side of the recess 317 when the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged. As a result, it is possible to prevent the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 320 from being illegally disengaged from the engaging member 20310 and the fixing member 320 and being replaced with an illegal board. .

Next, with reference to FIGS. 171 to 173, the operation of the insertion portion 21724b when engaging the engaging member 310 with the fixing member 320 will be described. 172(a) and 173(a) are rear views of the rotating unit 21700 and the engaging member 310. FIG. 172(b) and 173(b) are schematic cross-sectional views of the rear case 300 and the rotating unit 21700. FIG. 172(a) and 172(b) show a state in which the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 is released, and FIGS. A state in which the joining member 310 is being engaged with the fixing member 320 is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 172 and 173 , the engaging member 310 is disengaged from the fixing member 320 so that the end of the first piece 311 of the engaging member 310 is pushed to the engaged position of the fixing member 320 . When inserted into the internal space of the portion 332 , the end of the first piece 311 is elastically deformed toward the inside of the recess 317 . As a result, the width dimension of the recess 317 in the vertical direction (direction of arrows UD) is smaller than the width dimension of the insertion portion 21724b in the vertical direction.

Further, when the engaging portion 316 is positioned in the internal space of the engaged portion 332 (the position shown in FIG. 173(a)), the end of the first piece 311 touches the projecting tip of the insertion portion 21724b. placed above. In other words, the length dimension of the engaging portion 316 in the left-right direction is set to be larger than the facing dimension from the protruding distal end portion of the insertion portion 21724 b to the end portion of the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 .

Therefore, when the engaging portion 316 is pushed out from the internal space of the engaged portion 332, the end of the engaging member 310 on the first piece 311 side can be brought into contact with the bent portion 21724b1 of the insertion portion 21724b. . In this case, the distal end of the insertion portion 21724b is pushed forward (in the direction of arrow F) along the inclined surface of the bent portion 21724b1. Thereby, the engaging member 310 can be displaced to a position where it engages with the fixing member 320 .

As shown in FIG. 171, when the engaging portion 316 is pulled out of the internal space of the engaged portion 332, as described above, the width dimension of the recess 317 in the vertical direction of the first piece 311 Also, since the width dimension in the vertical direction of the insertion portion 21724b is increased, the bent portion 21724b1 is inserted inside the recess 317 .

Therefore, as described above, it is possible to prevent the first piece 311 of the engaging member 310 from being elastically deformed inside the concave portion 317 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 320 from being illegally disengaged from the engaging member 20310 and the fixing member 320 and being replaced with an illegal board. .

The engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 are separated from the rear case 21300 by removing the rotation unit 21700 disposed inside the rear case 300 (bottom wall portion 301). 20300, the end portion of the first piece 311 of the engaging member 310 is elastically deformed, and the end portion of the engaging member 310 is pulled out from the internal space of the engaged portion 332, thereby separating the two. can be disengaged.

Therefore, when the fixing member 320 is removed from the rear case 21300, it is necessary to remove the rotation unit 21700 from the front side of the rear case 21300. It is possible to prevent the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 320 from being illegally released from the rear side and replaced with an illegal board.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 174 to 176, the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 in the 22nd embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the case where the engaging portion 316 of the engaging member 310 is engaged with the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 was described. A bent portion 22332a1 formed in the fixing member 22320 is engaged with the concave portion 22311a. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

The configurations of the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 in the twenty-second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 174 to 176(a). 174 is a perspective front view of the engaging member 22310 and the securing member 22320. FIG. 175(a) and 175(b) are front views of the rear case 22300. FIG. FIG. 176(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rear case 22300 along line CLXXVIa-CLXXVIa of FIG. 175(b). 175(a) shows a state before the engagement member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 are engaged, and FIG. 175(b) shows a state where the engagement member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 are engaged. is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 174 to 176(a), the back case 22300 in the twenty-second embodiment includes a bottom wall portion 301 which is substantially rectangular in front view, and four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 301 facing forward. An outer wall portion 302 is provided upright, and the wall portions 301 and 302 form a box shape with one open side. In addition, the rear case 22300 includes an engaging member 22310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 (the box-shaped open side (direction of arrow F)) and an engaging member 22310 arranged on the rear side of the bottom wall portion 301 . and a fixing member 22320 for fixing the board box 100 (main controller 110).

The engaging member 22310 has a crank-shaped outer shape when viewed from the front. and a third piece 313 connecting the ends of the first piece 22311 and the second piece 312 in a direction orthogonal to the extending direction.

In addition, the first piece 22311 and the second piece 312 are formed with elongated slide grooves 314 extending in their extending directions. It is made slidable in the extension direction of the piece 312 (arrow LR direction).

The first piece 22311 has a concave portion 22311a recessed toward the rear side (arrow B direction) on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the end opposite to the side to which the third piece 313 is connected. .

The concave portion 22311a is a portion into which a bent portion 22332a1 formed in the fixing member 22320, which will be described later, is inserted to engage the engaging member 22310 with the fixing member 22320. It is formed at a position facing 22332a of the fixing member 22320 when one end (arrow R direction side) of the piece 22311 is accommodated in the internal space of the engaged portion 22332 of the fixing member 22320 .

The internal shape of the recessed portion 22311a is formed to have a substantially right-angled triangular cross-section, and the right-angled portion is set on the end portion side (arrow R direction side) of the first piece 22311, and the bottom surface of the recessed portion is on the second side. It is formed as an inclined surface that deepens toward the back side (in the direction of arrow B) toward the end portion side of one piece 22311 .

The fixing member 22320 is composed of an intervening member 22330 that engages with the engaging member 22310 described above, and a pivot member 340 that is fastened to the rear side of the intervening member 22330 .

The interposition member 22330 is formed in a box shape with an open front side (arrow F direction side), and has a locking portion 331 protruding on one side (arrow R direction side) and the other side (arrow L direction side). The engaged portion 22332 formed in a frame shape protruding from the side surface of the rear case 22300 to the bottom wall portion 301 side (back side (arrow B direction side)), and the box-shaped bottom surface (arrow B direction side) It mainly includes an insertion hole 333 (see FIG. 39(b)) opening in a circular shape and a projection 334 projecting from the rear surface.

The engaged portion 22332 is a portion into which one side (arrow R direction side) end of the first piece 22311 of the engaging member 22310 is inserted into the enclosed internal space. It is set slightly larger than the outer shape of the piece 22311 . In addition, the engaged portion 22332 is formed in a frame shape, and extends from one side of the front side (arrow F direction side) to the insertion direction (arrow R direction side) of the engaging member 22310 into the engaged portion 22332. It has a projecting protrusion 22332a.

The protruding portion 22332a has a bent portion 22332a1 that bends toward the front side (arrow F direction) at the end of the tip, and the bent portion 22332a1 is inserted into the concave portion 22311a of the engaging member 22310 described above to engage. Mating member 22310 and securing member 22320 can be engaged. That is, the bent portion 22332a1 is formed at a position facing the recessed portion 22311a when the engaging member 22310 is inserted into the engaged portion 22332 .

In this case, as shown in FIG. 176(a), the engaging portion between the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 is formed on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 22300 with the engaging member 22310 therebetween. be done. Therefore, since the engaging portion between the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 can be separated from the first opening 301c formed in the bottom wall portion 301, an unauthorized member such as a wire or wire can be removed from the first opening 301c. is inserted and the engagement between the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 is illegally released.

Furthermore, since the first piece 22311 of the engaging member 22310 can be arranged between the bottom wall portion 301 and the engaging portions of the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320, the first piece 22311 formed on the bottom wall portion 301 can be arranged. It is possible to prevent a wire, wire, or the like illegally inserted from an opening such as the 1 opening 301c from reaching the engaging portions of the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 in a straight line. As a result, it is possible to suppress illegally releasing the engagement between the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 by inserting an illegal member (wire, wire, etc.) from the opening of the bottom wall portion 301 .

Further, in the present embodiment, the protrusion 22332a protrudes in the insertion direction of the engaging member 22310 into the internal space of the engaged portion 22332 . Accordingly, the engaging portion between the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 is set on the front side of the fixing member 22320 . As a result, when an unauthorized member such as a wire or wire is inserted through the first opening 301c of the bottom wall portion 301, the insertion direction of the unauthorized member that reaches the engagement portion between the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 is determined as follows. It can be tilted obliquely with respect to the front of the bottom wall portion 301 . As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the force in the direction to disengage the engaging portion between the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 from the distal end of the illegal member. As a result, it is possible to prevent an unauthorized member from being inserted from the first opening 301c of the bottom wall portion 301 and the engagement between the engaging member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 being illegally released.

Next, with reference to FIG. 176(b), the engaging member 23310 and the fixing member 23320 in the twenty-third embodiment will be described. In the twenty-second embodiment, the projection 22332a for engaging the engaging member 22310 is projected in the direction in which the engaging member 22310 is inserted into the engaged portion 22332. However, in the twenty-third embodiment, A projecting portion 23332a projects in a direction opposite to the direction in which the engaged portion 23332 of the engaging member 23310 is inserted. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 176(b) is a cross-sectional view of the rear case 23300 in the twenty-third embodiment. Note that the cross-sectional view of FIG. 176(b) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 176(a). Further, as described above, the twenty-third embodiment differs from the engagement member 22310 and the fixing member 22320 in the twenty-second embodiment only in the engagement positions. Since it is the same as the 22nd embodiment except for some parts, the description thereof will be omitted.

The rear case 22300 in the twenty-third embodiment includes a bottom wall portion 23301 which is substantially rectangular in front view, and an outer wall portion 302 which is erected from the outer edges of the four sides of the bottom wall portion 23301 toward the front. The walls 23301 and 302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. The bottom wall portion 301 has an opening 301a (see FIG. 5) which is rectangular in front view. 2) is made visible.

In addition, the rear case 23300 in the twenty-third embodiment includes an engaging member 23310 disposed on the front side of the bottom wall portion 23301 (the box-shaped open side (arrow F direction side)) and the rear case 23300. It mainly includes a fixing member 23320 that is arranged on the back side (arrow B direction side) and fixes the board box 100 (main controller 110).

As shown in FIG. 176(b), in the twenty-third embodiment, the direction of protrusion 23332a that protrudes from the engaged portion 23332 as described above is the same as that of the protrusion 22332a (see FIG. 176(a)) in the twenty-second embodiment. )), and a bent portion 23332a1 bent toward the back side (arrow B direction side) is formed at the projecting tip of the protrusion 23332a.

The engaging member 23310 has a rectangular opening 23310b larger than the outer shape of the bent portion 23332a1 at a position facing the bent portion 23332a1. Accordingly, when the engaging member 23310 is inserted into the internal space of the engaged portion 23332 of the fixing member 23320, the bent portion 23332a1 is inserted inside the opening 23310b, and the engaging member 23310 and the fixing member 23320 are separated. engaged.

Further, a third opening 23301e is formed at a position facing the fixing member 23320 in the bottom wall 23301 of the rear case 23300 in the twenty-third embodiment. The third opening 23301e allows the operator to release the engaging portion between the engaging member 23310 and the fixing member 23320 from the rear side of the bottom wall portion 23301. As shown in FIG. As a result, the work of removing the fixing member 23320 from the rear case 23300 can be simplified.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 177 and 178, the rear case 24300 in the twenty-fourth embodiment will be described. In the eighteenth embodiment, the case where the engagement between the fixing member 18320 and the engaging member 18310 is released when the fixing member 18320 is removed from the bottom wall portion 18301 has been described. is removed from the bottom wall portion 24301, the portion where the engaging member 24310 is inserted into the fixing member 24320 is cut. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

177(a) is a front view of the rear case 24300 in the twenty-fourth embodiment, and FIG. 177(b) is a cross-sectional view of the rear case 24300 taken along line CLXXVIIb-CLXXVIIb of FIG. 177(a). FIG. 178 is a cross-sectional view of rear case 24300 taken along line CLXXVIII-CLXXVIII of FIG. 177(b).

As shown in FIGS. 177 and 178, the back case 24300 in the twenty-fourth embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 24301 when viewed from the front, and the four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 24301 are erected toward the front. The wall portions 24301 and 302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. In addition, the rear case 24300 includes an engaging member 24310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 24301 (the box-shaped opening side (arrow F direction side)) and an engaging member 24310 arranged on the rear side of the bottom wall portion 24301 . and a fixing member 24320 provided to fix the board box 100 (main controller 110).

The bottom wall portion 24301 has a rectangular opening 301a in the center thereof, through which the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the rear surface of the bottom wall portion 24301 is visible. It is possible. In addition, the bottom wall portion 24301 has a first opening 24301c that opens at a position facing the fixing member 24320, and a left side (arrow L direction side) of the first opening portion 24301c. B direction) and an opening (not shown) into which an insertion portion 24362 of an operator 24360 to be described later is inserted.

The engaging member 24310 mainly includes a second piece 24312 formed in a T shape when viewed from the front, and a first piece 24311 bent from the end of the second piece 24312 and extending in an arc shape. . The second piece 24312 has a through hole 24312d that penetrates in the front-rear direction in the connecting portion of the two orthogonal extending portions. They are set to be approximately the same.

The through-hole 24312d is a portion into which an insertion portion 24362 of an operation element 24360, which will be described later, is inserted, and is formed in a circular shape that is approximately the same as the outer shape of the insertion portion 24362 . As a result, the manipulator 24360 is rotationally operated, so that the engaging member 24310 is rotationally displaced about the through hole 24312d.

The first piece 24311 is formed in an arc shape centering on the through hole 24312d, and protrudes from each end of the second piece 24312 in one direction of rotation (counterclockwise rotation in front view). In addition, each first piece 24311 has an engaging portion 24316 projecting to both sides in the radial direction centering on the axis of the through hole 24312d at the protruding tip portion, and a connecting side of the second piece 24312 from the protruding tip surface. and a recess 24317 that is recessed toward.

The engaging portion 24316 is a portion that engages with a fixing member 24320 to be described later. can be engaged with the engaged portion 24332 formed in the . A detailed description of the shapes of the engaging portion 24316 and the concave portion 24317 will be given later.

The manipulator 24360 is an operating member that transmits an operation from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the bottom wall portion 24301 to the engaging member 24310 disposed on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the bottom wall portion 24301 . It has an operation portion 24361 formed in a cylindrical shape, and an insertion portion 24362 protruding coaxially with the operation portion 24361 . The operation portion 24361 is formed in the bottom wall portion 24301 and has an outer diameter larger than the opening through which the insertion portion 24362 is inserted. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the entire operation element 24360 from being displaced toward the front side of the bottom wall portion 24301 .

The insertion portion 24362 is a portion that is inserted into the through hole 24312 d of the engagement member 24310 as described above, thereby transmitting the rotational force input from the operation portion 24361 to the engagement member 24310 .

The fixing member 24320 is composed of an intervening member 24330 that engages with the engaging member 24310 described above, and a pivot member 340 arranged on the rear side of the intervening member 24330 .

The interposition member 24330 is formed in a box shape with an open front side (arrow F direction side). In addition, the interposition member 24330 is provided with a housing portion 24335 that protrudes from the front and is formed in a box shape with an open bottom side (arrow D direction side). The accommodating portion 24335 is a portion into which the engaging portion of the engaging member 24310 (the distal end portion of the first piece 24311) is inserted, and the open portion on the lower side allows displacement of the first piece 24311 of the engaging member 24310 described above. placed on the trajectory. As a result, the engagement member 24310 can be rotated to house the end of the first piece 24311 of the engagement member 24310 in the internal space of the housing portion 24335 .

In addition, the housing portion 24335 is formed such that its internal space is larger than the engaging portion of the engaging member 24310 at one location. Accordingly, when the engaging member 24310 is cut as described later, the cut portion of the engaging member 24310 can be accommodated in the internal space of the accommodating portion 24335 . In this embodiment, the size of the internal space of the housing portion 24335 is set to be approximately three times the size of the engaging portion of the engaging member 24310 (the tip portion of the first piece 24311). At least three or more engaging members 24310 can be accommodated in the space.

As shown in FIG. 178, the accommodating portion 24335 has an opening on the lower side, and a stepped portion 24335a protrudes stepwise from the opening portion. is engaged. As a result, when the engaging member 24310 is rotated, the tip of the first piece 24311 can be inserted inside the accommodating portion 24335 and engaged with the engaging member 24310 and the fixing member 24320 .

Also, in this case, the recess depth SH3 (see FIG. 178) of the recess 24317 is the distance from the end of the first piece 24311 accommodated and engaged with the accommodation portion 24335 to the lower end of the accommodation portion 24335. It is set smaller than the dimension SH4. Accordingly, the recessed portion 24317 formed in the engaged first piece 24311 is accommodated inside the accommodating portion 24335 . Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the end of the first piece 24311 from being elastically deformed and the engagement between the engaging member 24310 and the fixing member 24320 to be released.

Therefore, in the twenty-fourth embodiment, the fixing member 24320 can be removed from the bottom wall portion 24301 by cutting the first piece 24311 protruding from the housing portion 24335 of the first piece 24311 inserted inside the housing portion 24335. can.

In this case, the distance dimension SH5 (see FIG. 178) from the upper inner edge of the accommodating portion 24335 to the tip of the first piece 24311 is set larger than the distance dimension SH4 described above. As a result, the cut portion of the first piece 24311 can be moved above the housing portion 24335, and the other first piece 24311 is inserted from the opening side (arrow F direction side) of the housing portion 24335 to form the stepped portion 24335a. can be engaged.

Therefore, the number of times the fixing member 24320 is removed from the bottom wall portion 24301 is determined by the number of remaining first pieces 24311 of the engaging member 24310 or the number of cut first pieces 24311 accommodated in the accommodating portion 24335. be able to. As a result, when the fixing member 24320 is illegally removed from the bottom wall portion 24301 and the board box 100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 24320 is replaced with an illegal board, the engaging member 24310 The number of remaining first pieces 24311 or the number of cut first pieces 24311 accommodated in the accommodating portion 24335 can make the operator aware that the fixing member 24320 has been illegally removed.

In addition, as described above, the second piece 24312 of the engaging member 24310 is formed in a T shape when viewed from the front, and the region on the side where the first piece 24311 is not formed (upper side of the T) is used to The engaging member 24310 can be rotated to insert the first piece 24311 into the securing member 24320 . Further, when the first piece 24311 is cut, the cut area of the first piece 24311 is used to make the engaging member 24310 rotatable, and the next (other) first piece 24311 is attached to the fixing member 24320. can be inserted. Thus, the order of accommodation in the accommodation portion 24335 of the first piece 24311 can be determined. Therefore, the operator can visually check the position of the uncut first piece 24311 to determine whether or not the fixing member 24320 has been illegally released. can be suppressed from overlooking traces of fraud by the operator, as compared with the case where the operator counts

Next, referring to FIG. 179, the game board 25013 in the twenty-fifth embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the decorative member 154 of the general prize-winning unit 150 is adhered to the main body 151, but in the twenty-fifth embodiment, the decorative member 154 is adhered to the front side of the base plate 60. be done. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

179(a) and 179(b) are sectional views of the game board 25013 in the twenty-fifth embodiment. 179(a) and 179(b) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. In addition, in FIG. 179(b), a state in which the general prize winning port unit 25150 is disassembled from the base plate 60 is illustrated.

Note that the game board 25013 in the twenty-fifth embodiment is similar to the game board 13 in the first embodiment. A center frame 86 is provided in the opening formed in the . In addition, the game board 25013 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a pinwheel, rails 76 and 77, a general winning opening 63, a first A prize winning port 64, a second prize winning port 640, a variable winning device 65, a first through gate 66, a variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2) are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). attached to the back side of the Furthermore, in the twenty-fifth embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 25150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 179, a general prize winning port unit 25150 disposed on the front side of the base plate 60 of the game board 25013 in the twenty-fifth embodiment includes a main body portion 151 disposed along the front of the base plate 60. , a first standing portion 152 erected at the end of the body portion 151, and a second standing portion erected from the front of the body portion 151, one end of which is connected to the first standing portion 152. 153 , a decorative member 25154 arranged on the back side of the body portion 151 , and a plurality of (three in the present embodiment) general winning holes 63 formed in the body portion 151 .

The decorative member 25154 is formed in a plate shape from a light-transmitting material, and is decorated with patterns or characters (pictures) that are continuous with the decorative member 60c arranged on the front side of the base plate 60. FIG. Also, the decorative member 25154 is formed such that the shape of its outer edge is slightly smaller than the shape of the inner edge of the concave portion 151 b formed in the main body portion 151 .

Also, the decorative member 25154 has an adhesive tape 25154a on the rear end of the decorative member 25154 to be adhered to the front surface of the base plate 60 (the decorative member 60c). As a result, the decorative member 25154 can be arranged by being adhered to the base plate 60 . Therefore, when placing the decorative member 25154 on the base plate 60 , the worker can attach the decorative member 25154 to the front surface of the base plate 60 while visually checking the decoration of the decorative member 60 c of the base plate 60 . Therefore, it is possible to easily align the decoration positions of the decoration member 25154 and the decoration member 60c of the base plate 60. FIG. As a result, the positional deviation of the decoration between the decoration member 25154 and the decoration member 60c of the base plate 60 is suppressed, and the player can see the decoration member 25154 and the decoration member 60c of the base plate 60 as one decoration. It can be easily visualized.

Furthermore, since the decorative member 25154 is directly attached to the front surface of the base plate 60 (the decorative member 60c), the front-to-rear direction of the decorative member 25154 and the decorative member 60c is greater than in the case where the decoration is applied to the front side of the main body 151. (in the direction of arrows FB) can be brought closer together. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in positional deviation of the decorations of the decorative members 25154 and 60c when the player views the decorative member 25154 obliquely. As a result, the player can easily see the decoration member 25154 and the decoration member 60c of the base plate 60 as one decoration.

Further, in the twenty-fifth embodiment, the recess dimension X1 of the recess 151b of the main body 151 is set smaller than the width dimension X2 in the front-rear direction (arrow F-B direction) of the decorative member 25154 and the adhesive tape 25154a combined. be done. As a result, when the body portion 151 is arranged from the front side (arrow F direction side) of the decorative member 25154, the front side of the decorative member 25154 is prevented from coming into contact with the bottom surface 151b2 of the concave portion 151b. can.

Therefore, the rear surface portion 151d forming the rear surface of the main body portion 151 excluding the concave portion 151b can be brought into contact with the front surface of the base plate 60, and a gap is formed between the rear surface portion 151d and the base plate 60. can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent dust or the like from entering between the back surface portion 151d and the base plate 60 and making the decoration of the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 less visible.

Next, the game board 26013 in the twenty-sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the first embodiment, the linear inclined surface 151a is formed at the end of the main body 151 of the general winning hole unit 150. However, in the 26th embodiment, it is formed at the end of the main body 26151. The inclined surface 26151a is formed to have an arcuate cross-section that bulges outward. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

180(a) and 180(b) are sectional views of the game board 26013 in the twenty-sixth embodiment. 180(a) and 180(b) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. Also, in FIG. 180(a), the player moves the game board 26013 to a position higher than the normal game state (for example, at the same height as the upper end in the direction of gravity of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) (upright state). 180(b), the player positions the game board 26013 in a normal game state (for example, approximately the middle position in the gravity direction of the game board 26013). The line of sight when viewed from the viewpoint of the same height as ) is illustrated by a chain double-dashed line.

The game board 26013 in the twenty-sixth embodiment is similar to the game board 13 in the first embodiment. A center frame 86 (see FIG. 2) is provided in the opening formed in the . In addition, the game board 26013 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding the ball, a pinwheel, rails 76 and 77, a general winning opening 63, a first A prize winning port 64, a second prize winning port 640, a variable winning device 65, a first through gate 66, a variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2) are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). attached to the back side of the

Furthermore, in the twenty-sixth embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 26150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG. Therefore, the general prize winning port unit 26150 is disposed below the approximately middle position of the game board 26013 in the direction of gravity. Therefore, the player's line of sight when visually recognizing the general winning hole unit 26150 in the normal game state is directed downward with respect to the game board 26013 .

As shown in FIG. 180, a general prize winning port unit 26150 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 of the game board 26013 in the twenty-sixth embodiment includes a plate-shaped main body portion 26151 along the front of the base plate 60 and its and a decorative member 154 arranged on the back side of the body portion 26151 .

The body portion 26151 is made of a transparent resin material, and the decorations such as patterns and characters (pictures) of the decoration member 154 arranged on the back side can be visually recognized from the player side. In addition, the body portion 26151 has an inclined surface 26151a that bulges in an arcuate cross-section and a concave portion that is recessed from the back surface of the body portion 26151 toward the front side while the end portion thereof in a front view is inclined toward the back side. 151b and .

The inclined surface 26151a is such that the angle of inclination θ1 of the imaginary line IL1 (see FIG. 180) that connects the connecting point with the plane on the front side of the main body portion 26151 and the end on the back side with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60 is 45. set to less than degrees. As a result, the incident angle of the light traveling in the horizontal direction through the main body 26151 is increased from the inclined surface 26151a to the outside of the main body 26151, compared to when the tilt angle θ1 is set to be greater than 45 degrees. . Therefore, when the light is emitted to the outside of the main body portion 26151, the traveling direction of the light can be easily bent upward. Therefore, when the player visually recognizes the general prize winning port unit 26150 from a position (standing position) higher than the position of the normal game state with respect to the game board 26013, the connecting portion of the decorative members 154 and 60c is placed on the front side. It is easy to make it visible from. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the difference in the front-to-rear position of the connecting portion of the decorative members 154 and 60c. can be easily made visible as one decoration. In addition, in this embodiment, the angle θ1 is set to 40 degrees.

In addition, as described above, the inclined surface 26151a is formed to have an arcuate cross section that bulges outward, and the axis of the arc is the imaginary line IL1 (the connection point between the plane on the front side of the main body portion 26151 and the end on the back side). and (see FIG. 180)) on the back side (base plate 60 side). Therefore, the incident angle of the light traveling in the horizontal direction through the body portion 26151 from the inclined surface 26151a to the outside of the body portion 26151 increases toward the center side (lower side in FIG. 180(a)) of the body portion 26151. be. Therefore, the incident angle of the light traveling horizontally through the main body 26151 from the inclined surface 26151a to the outer side of the main body 26151 increases toward the center (lower side in FIG. 180(a)) of the main body 26151. be.

Therefore, the player is below the horizontal line HR1 (see FIG. 180(a)) passing through the middle position between the connection point with the plane on the front side of the main body 26151 and the end on the back side via the inclined surface 26151a. When viewing the decoration on the side, the angle of the line of sight of the player passing through the main body 26151 can be easily brought closer to the direction orthogonal to the front of the base plate 60 (horizontal direction).

Further, the decorative member 154 arranged inside the concave portion 151b has its end positioned on a horizontal line HR1 passing through the intermediate position between the connection point with the plane on the front side of the main body portion 26151 and the end on the back side. (See FIG. 180(a)), and is set on the rear side of the inclined surface 26151a. As described above, when the player visually recognizes decorations below the horizontal line HR1 (see FIG. 180(a)) through the inclined surface 26151a, the angle of the line of sight of the player passing through the main body 26151 is can be easily brought closer to the direction perpendicular to the front surface of the base plate 60 (horizontal direction).

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 180(a), even when the player visually recognizes the general winning hole unit 26150 and the base plate 60 from a position higher than the normal game state (upright position) of the game board 26013, the inclined The decoration of the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 and the decoration of the decorative member 154 of the general prize winning port unit 26150 can be combined with each other through the surface 26151a so that the players can easily recognize them. As a result, the decorative member 154 of the general prize winning port unit 26150 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 can be combined to make it easier to see as one decoration.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 180(b), when the player visually recognizes the general winning unit 26150 and the base plate 60 from the height of the game board 26013 in the normal game state, the bulging shape of the inclined surface 26151a As a result, the incident angle of the light that travels horizontally through the main body 26151 and enters the outer side of the main body 26151 from the inclined surface 26151a approximates a right angle. . Therefore, bending of the line of sight of the player through the inclined surface 26151a is suppressed, and the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) can be made difficult for the player to recognize. As a result, the decorative member 154 of the general prize winning port unit 26150 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 can be combined to make it easier to see as one decoration.

Next, referring to FIG. 181, the game board 27013 in the twenty-seventh embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the linear inclined surface 151a is formed at the end of the main body 151 of the general winning hole unit 150, but in the twenty-seventh embodiment, the end of the main body 26151 is formed. An inclined surface 27151a is formed to have an arcuate cross-section recessed inside the body portion 27151 . In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

181(a) and 181(b) are sectional views of the game board 27013 in the twenty-seventh embodiment. 181(a) and 181(b) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 181(a), the player moves the game board 27013 to a position higher than the normal game state (for example, at the same height as the upper end in the direction of gravity of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) (upright state). 181(b), the player positions the game board 27013 in a normal game state (for example, the game board 27013 at an approximately middle position in the gravity direction). The line of sight when viewed from the viewpoint of the same height as ) is illustrated by a chain double-dashed line.

The game board 27013 in the twenty-seventh embodiment is similar to the game board 13 in the first embodiment. A center frame 86 (see FIG. 2) is provided in the opening formed in the . The game board 27013 includes a base plate 60 which is cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front. A prize winning port 64, a second prize winning port 640, a variable winning device 65, a first through gate 66, a variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2) are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). attached to the back side of the

Furthermore, in the twenty-seventh embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 27150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG. Therefore, the general prize winning port unit 26150 is disposed below the approximately middle position of the game board 26013 in the direction of gravity. Therefore, the player's line of sight when visually recognizing the general winning hole unit 26150 in the normal game state is directed downward with respect to the game board 26013 .

As shown in FIG. 181, a general prize winning port unit 27150 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 of the game board 27013 in the twenty-seventh embodiment includes a plate-like body portion 27151 along the front of the base plate 60 and its and a decorative member 154 arranged on the back side of the body portion 27151 .

The body portion 27151 is made of a transparent resin material, and decorations such as patterns and letters (pictures) of the decoration member 154 arranged on the back side can be visually recognized from the player side. In addition, the body portion 27151 includes an inclined surface 27151a having an arcuate cross-section recessed toward the inside of the body portion 27151, and an inclined surface 27151a that is recessed toward the inside of the body portion 27151. and a recessed portion 151b that is recessed toward.

The inclined surface 27151a is such that the angle of inclination θ2 of the virtual line IL2 (see FIG. 181) connecting the connecting point of the main body portion 27151 with the plane on the front side and the end portion on the rear side with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60 is 45. set to be greater than the degree. As a result, the outward protrusion distance of the inclined surface 27151a can be reduced, and an increase in the outer shape of the main body portion 27151 can be suppressed.

In addition, as described above, the inclined surface 27151a is formed to have an arcuate cross-section recessed inside the body portion 27151, and the axis of the arc is the imaginary line IL2 (the connecting point with the plane on the front side of the body portion 26151). and the end on the back side (see FIG. 181)) to the front side (player side (arrow F direction side)). When visually recognizing each of the decorative members 60c and 154, it is possible to expand the region where the decoration of each of the decorative members 60c and 154 can be visually recognized through the inclined surface 27151a due to the recessed shape. The arcuate cross-section recessed toward the player can refract the light incident on the inclined surface 27151a from the decorative members 60c and 154, and converge the light toward the player's viewpoint. 27151a, it is possible to reduce the size of patterns and characters (pictures) visually recognized through 27151a to make it difficult for the player to understand the connection of the decorative members 60c and 154. As a result, the misalignment of the decorative members 60c and 154 can be prevented by playing the game. It is possible to make it difficult for players to recognize it, and it is possible to suppress loss of interest of the player.

Further, the decorative member 154 arranged inside the concave portion 151b has its end positioned on a horizontal line HR2 passing through the intermediate position between the connection point with the plane on the front side of the main body portion 27151 and the end on the back side. , and is set on the rear side of the inclined surface 27151a.

As a result, as shown in FIG. 181(a), when the player visually recognizes the general winning hole unit 27150 and the base plate 60 from a position (standing position) higher than the normal game state of the game board 26013, The angle of incidence of light traveling horizontally through the main body 26151 on the front side of the connecting portion between the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 is increased when it enters the outer side of the main body 26151 from the inclined surface 26151a. Therefore, the light traveling in the horizontal direction through the main body portion 27151 on the front side of the connecting portion with the decorative member 154 is easily refracted toward the player's viewpoint side, so that the player can enjoy the normal game state with respect to the game board 27013. When the general winning slot unit 27150 is viewed from a position higher than the position (upright position), the connecting portion of the decorative members 154 and 60c can be easily viewed from the front side. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the difference in the front-rear position of the connecting portion of the decorative members 154 and 60c. can be easily made visible as one decoration.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 181(b), when the player views the game board 27013 from the height of the normal game state, the general winning hole unit 27150 and the base plate 60, the recessed shape of the inclined surface 27151a As a result, the incident angle of the light traveling in the horizontal direction through the body portion 27151 on the front side of the connecting portion with the decorative member 154 is approximately a right angle when incident on the outside of the body portion 27151 from the inclined surface 27151a. Light emitted to the outside can be made difficult to refract. Therefore, bending of the line of sight of the player through the inclined surface 27151a is suppressed, and the positional deviation in the front-rear direction between the decorative member 154 of the general winning hole unit 27150 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 is prevented. can be made difficult for the player to recognize. As a result, the decorative member 154 of the general prize winning port unit 27150 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 can be combined to make it easier to see as one decoration.

Next, referring to FIG. 182(a), the game board 28013 in the twenty-eighth embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the case where the inner surface of the end of the recess 151b recessed in the main body 151 of the general winning hole unit 150 is parallel to the thickness direction of the main body 151 has been described. The inner surface of the end of the recess 28151b in the embodiment is inclined inward toward the bottom surface 151b2 of the recess. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 182(a) is a sectional view of the game board 28013 in the twenty-eighth embodiment. Note that FIG. 182(a) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. In addition, in FIG. 182(a), the line of sight when the player views the game board 28013 from a position in a normal game state (for example, a viewpoint at the same height as the game board 28013 at approximately the middle position in the gravity direction) is 2 It is illustrated with a dashed dotted line.

Note that the game board 28013 in the twenty-eighth embodiment is similar to the game board 13 in the first embodiment. A center frame 86 (see FIG. 2) is provided in the opening formed in the . In addition, the game board 28013 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a pinwheel, rails 76 and 77, a general prize opening 63, a first A prize winning port 64, a second prize winning port 640, a variable winning device 65, a first through gate 66, a variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2) are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). attached to the back side of the Furthermore, in the twenty-eighth embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 28150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 182(a), the general prize winning port unit 28150 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 of the game board 28013 in the twenty-eighth embodiment has a plate-shaped body portion 28151 along the front of the base plate 60. and a decorative member 154 arranged on the back side of the body portion 28151 thereof.

The body portion 28151 is made of a transparent resin material, and the decorations such as patterns and characters (pictures) of the decoration member 154 arranged on the back side can be visually recognized from the player side. Further, the body portion 28151 mainly includes an inclined surface 151a whose end portion is inclined toward the back side, and a concave portion 28151b that is recessed from the back side of the body portion 28151 toward the front side.

As described above, the inner side surface 28151b3 of the recess 28151b extends outward from the recess bottom surface 151b2 toward the recess opening side (from the arrow F direction to the arrow B direction) toward the end of the main body 28151. It is formed sloping toward. In this case, the inclination angle θ3 of the inner side surface 28151b3 of the cross section of the recess 28151b with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60 (see FIG. 182(a)) is the inclination angle θ4 of the inclined surface 151a of the main body 151 with respect to the base plate 60 (see FIG. (a)) is set smaller.

As a result, as shown in FIG. 182(a), when the player visually recognizes the decorative member 60c through the inclined surface 28151a of the body portion 28151, the decoration member 60c passes through the body portion 28151 and is bent and visually recognized by the player. It is possible to bring the decoration position of the virtual image closer to the decoration position of the real image when the decoration member 60 c is visually recognized without the main body 28151 . That is, the position of the decorative member 60c that is refracted by the inclined surface 28151a of the main body 28151 and the inner side surface 28151b3 of the recess and visually recognized can be positioned on the line of sight of the player. As a result, when the player visually recognizes the decorative member 60c through the main body portion 28151, it is possible to suppress the misalignment of the decoration caused by the refraction of light, thereby suppressing the loss of interest of the player.

Next, with reference to FIG. 182(b), the game board 29013 in the twenty-ninth embodiment will be described. In the twenty-eighth embodiment, the case where the inclination angle θ3 of the inner side surface 29151b3 in the cross section of the recess 29151b with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60 is set to be smaller than the inclination angle θ4 of the inclined surface 151a with respect to the base plate 60 has been described. In the twenty-ninth embodiment, the inclination angle θ5 of the inner side surface 29151b3 with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60 in the cross section of the recess 29151b is set larger than the inclination angle θ6 with respect to the base plate 60 of the inclined surface 151a. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 182(b) is a sectional view of the game board 29013 in the twenty-ninth embodiment. Note that FIG. 182(b) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. In addition, in FIG. 182(b), when the player views the game board 29013 from the position of the normal game state (for example, from the viewpoint of the same height as the gravity direction of the game board 29013, the line of sight is 2). It is illustrated with a dashed dotted line.

Note that the game board 29013 in the twenty-ninth embodiment is similar to the game board 13 in the first embodiment. A center frame 86 (see FIG. 2) is provided in the opening formed in the . In addition, the game board 29013 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a pinwheel, rails 76 and 77, a general winning opening 63, a first A prize winning port 64, a second prize winning port 640, a variable winning device 65, a first through gate 66, a variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2) are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). attached to the back side of the Furthermore, in the twenty-ninth embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 29150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 182(b), the general prize winning port unit 29150 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 of the game board 29013 in the twenty-ninth embodiment has a plate-like body portion 29151 along the front of the base plate 60. and a decorative member 154 arranged on the back side of the body portion 29151 thereof.

The body part 29151 is made of a transparent resin material, and the decorations such as patterns and characters (pictures) of the decoration member 154 arranged on the back side can be visually recognized from the player side. Further, the body portion 29151 mainly includes an inclined surface 151a whose end portion is inclined toward the back side, and a concave portion 29151b that is recessed from the back side of the body portion 29151 toward the front side.

As described above, the inner side surface 29151b3 of the recess 29151b extends outward from the recess bottom surface 151b2 toward the recess opening side (from the arrow F direction to the arrow B direction) toward the end portion of the main body portion 29151. It is formed sloping toward. In this case, the inclination angle θ5 of the inner side surface 29151b3 of the cross section of the recess 29151b with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60 (see FIG. 182(b)) is the inclination angle θ6 of the inclined surface 151a of the main body 151 with respect to the base plate 60 (see FIG. 182 (b)) is set larger.

As a result, as shown in FIG. 182(b), when the player visually recognizes the decorative member 60c through the inclined surface 151a of the main body 29151, the player can see the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 through the inclined surface 151a. The light irradiated to the viewpoint can be light irradiated in a direction substantially orthogonal to the inclination of the inner side surface 29151b3 of the recess 29151b. Therefore, when light is incident on the inner side surface 29151b3 of the recess 29151b from the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154, it is possible to suppress the light from being refracted. As a result, when light is incident on the inner side surface 29151b3 of the concave portion 29151b, the light is refracted, so that the connecting portion of the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 can be suppressed from being viewed from above in the gravity direction, and the decorative member 60c can be prevented from being seen from above. And the decoration member 154 can be easily made visible to the player as one decoration.

Moreover, since a predetermined gap is provided between the inner side surface 29151b3 of the recess 29151b and the end of the decorative member 154, the gap can absorb dimensional errors that occur when the decorative member 154 is formed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 183(a), the general winning opening unit 30150 in the thirtieth embodiment will be described. In the twenty-eighth embodiment, the case where the inner side surface 28151b3 of the recess 28151b is formed to be inclined has been described. It is formed curved in an arc. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Note that the game board 30013 in the thirtieth embodiment is similar to the game board 13 in the first embodiment. A center frame 86 (see FIG. 2) is provided in the opening formed in the . In addition, the game board 30013 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a pinwheel, rails 76 and 77, a general winning opening 63, a first A prize winning port 64, a second prize winning port 640, a variable winning device 65, a first through gate 66, a variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2) are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). attached to the back side of the Furthermore, in the thirtieth embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 30150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG.

FIG. 183(a) is a cross-sectional view of the general winning opening unit 30150 in the thirtieth embodiment. Note that FIG. 183(a) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. Also, in FIG. 183(a), the line of sight when the player views the game board 30013 from a position in the normal game state (for example, a viewpoint at the same height as the game board 30013 at approximately the middle position in the gravity direction) is It is illustrated by a two-dot chain line.

As shown in FIG. 183(a), the general prize winning unit 30150 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 of the game board 30013 in the thirtieth embodiment has a plate-shaped body portion 30151 along the front of the base plate 60. and a decorative member 154 arranged on the back side of the body portion 30151 thereof.

The body portion 30151 is made of a transparent resin material, and decorations such as patterns and characters (pictures) of the decoration member 154 arranged on the back side can be visually recognized from the player side. Further, the body portion 30151 mainly includes an inclined surface 151a whose end portion is inclined toward the back side, and a concave portion 30151b that is recessed from the back side of the body portion 30151 toward the front side.

An inner side surface 30151b3 of the recess 30151b is formed so as to be inclined outward from the bottom surface 151b2 of the recess toward the opening of the recess (from the direction of arrow F toward the direction of arrow B) toward the end portion of the main body portion 30151. At the same time, it bulges toward the inside of the concave portion 30151b to have an arcuate cross section. As a result, the line of sight of the player viewing the decorative member 60c through the recess 30151b can be easily directed in the direction (horizontal direction) perpendicular to the decorative surface of the decorative member 60c. As a result, when the decoration of the game board 30013 is viewed through the concave portion 30151b, the end portion of the decorative member 154 is suppressed from being visually recognized, and the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 are treated as one decoration to the player. It can be easily visualized.

Next, with reference to FIG. 183(b), the general prize winning port unit 31150 in the 31st embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the inclined surface 151a has a linear cross section. However, the inclined surface 31151a in the thirty-first embodiment includes a plurality of concave portions 31151a1. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 183(b) is a cross-sectional view of the general winning opening unit 31150 in the 31st embodiment. Note that FIG. 183(b) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. Also, the game board 31013 in the thirty-first embodiment is similar to the game board 13 in the first embodiment. A center frame 86 (see FIG. 2) is provided in the opening formed in the . In addition, the game board 31013 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a pinwheel, rails 76 and 77, a general winning opening 63, a first A prize winning port 64, a second prize winning port 640, a variable winning device 65, a first through gate 66, a variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2) are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). attached to the back side of the Furthermore, in the thirty-first embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 31150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 183(b), the general prize winning port unit 31150 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 of the game board 31013 in the thirty-first embodiment includes a plate-like body portion 31151 along the front of the base plate 60. and a decorative member 154 arranged on the back side of the body portion 31151 thereof.

The body portion 31151 is made of a transparent resin material, and the decorations such as patterns and characters (pictures) of the decoration member 154 arranged on the back side can be visually recognized from the player side. Further, the body portion 31151 mainly includes an inclined surface 31151a whose end portion is inclined toward the back side, and a concave portion 151b that is recessed from the back side of the body portion 31151 toward the front side.

The inclined surface 31151a has a plurality of recessed portions 31151a1 recessed in a direction orthogonal to the direction of inclination. The plurality of recessed portions 31151a1 are arranged side by side in the direction of inclination of the inclined surface 31151a and extend along the end portion of the main body portion 31151 when viewed from the front. As a result, the light entering the inside of the main body portion 31151 and emitted from the end portion (inclined surface 31151a) of the main body portion 31151 can be diffusely reflected. Therefore, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the decoration visually through the inclined surface 31151a in a blurred state.

Here, since the end of the decorative member 154 arranged on the main body 31151 is arranged on the rear side of the inclined surface 31151a as in the first embodiment, the decoration of the decorative member 154 and the decoration of the decorative member 60c The player can be made to visually recognize the connected portion of . As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the connection of the decorative members 60c and 154, and to make it easier for the player to recognize the decoration of the decorative member 60c and the decoration of the decorative member 154 as one decoration.

<Adjusting Means for Changing the Flowing Direction by Adjusting the Distance Between the Opposite Parts>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 184 to 186, the special winning device 32550 in the 32nd embodiment will be described. In the thirteenth embodiment, the shim member SI is interposed between the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570 to adjust the facing distance between the first path member 13560 and the second path member 13570. As described above, in the thirty-second embodiment, a case will be described in which the facing distance between the first path member 32560 and the second path member 32570 is adjusted by the fastening position of the screw. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 184 and 185, the configuration of the special winning device 32550 in the 32nd embodiment will be described. FIG. 184 is an exploded perspective front view of the special winning device 32550 in the 32nd embodiment. FIG. 185(a) is a front view of the special winning device 32550, FIG. 185(b) is a top view of the special winning device 32550, and FIG. 185(c) is CLXXXVc-CLXXXVc of FIG. 185(a). FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view of special prize device 32550 at line.

As shown in FIGS. 184 and 185, the special winning device 32550 in the thirty-second embodiment includes a first path member 32560 provided on the front side and a second path member 32560 provided on the back side of the first path member 32560. 2 path members 32570;

The first path member 32560 is formed from a non-light transmissive material. In addition, the first path member 32560 includes a front plate 32564 formed in a plate shape and arranged on the front side of the game area, and projecting from the left and right ends of the front plate 32564 to the back side (base plate 60 side). and a first wall portion 32565 that is

The front plate 32564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between facing a second path member 32570 described later, and is formed of a non-light-transmitting material. As a result, the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 33550 can be made invisible to the player. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from grasping the flowing direction of the game ball inside the special prize winning device 33550, thereby preventing the player from quitting the game.

The first wall portion 32565 is a portion that is connected (fastened) to the second path member 32570, and the two first wall portions 32565 are opposed to a through hole 32565c penetrating in a circular shape in the left-right direction (plate thickness direction). A plurality of one-side projections 32565d are arranged side by side on the surface and protrude in a triangular cross section, and two projections 32565d are erected from both upper and lower ends of the first wall 32565 on the opposite surface side of the second wall 32566. It mainly includes an upright portion 32565e.

The through-hole 32565c is a through-hole for inserting a screw for fastening the first path member 32560 to the second path member 32570, and is formed in each first wall portion 32565 one by one.

The one-side protrusion 32565d is inserted into the other-side recess 32573c of the second path member 32570, which will be described later, to position the first path member 32560 with respect to the second path member 32570. -B direction) and extend in the vertical direction (arrow UD) direction.

The standing portion 32565e is a portion that covers the one-side protrusion 32565d to make the one-side protrusion 32565d invisible to the player, and is set larger than the protrusion distance of the one-side protrusion 32565d. This suppresses the position where the one-side protrusion 32565d is inserted into the other-side recess 32573c from being visually recognized, and allows the player to recognize the position of the first path member 32560 with respect to the second path member 32570. can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from stopping playing the pachinko machine 10 due to the judgment that it is disadvantageous.

The second path member 32570 includes a plate-like base plate 32571 facing the front plate 32564 of the first path member 32560, and the left and right ends of the base plate 32571 (in the directions of arrows LR) of the first path member 32560. and a fourth wall portion 32573 protruding toward the front plate 32564 side.

The base plate 32571 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for a game ball in the gap between the front plate 32564 of the first path member 32560 and the vertical direction (arrow UD direction) of the base plate 32571 when viewed from the front. The size is made smaller than the front plate 32564 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the base plate 32571 from being viewed by the player. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from judging whether the game is advantageous or disadvantageous by visually recognizing the facing distance between the base plate 32571 and the front plate 32564 .

The base plate 32571 is positioned below the fourth protrusion 32571b and the fifth protrusion 32571c projecting toward the first path member 32560 and the fourth protrusion 32571b and the fifth protrusion 32571c. and a sixth convex portion 32571d protruding to the side.

The fourth convex portion 32571b and the fifth convex portion 32571c are protrusions for guiding the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 32550, and the base plate 32571 from the left-right direction outside (arrow LR direction outside). It is inclined downward toward the center of the plate 32571 . As a result, the game ball that flows down between the base plate 32571 and the front plate 32564 and collides with the fourth convex portion 32571b or the fifth convex portion 32571c is It can be made easy to flow down in the direction of inclination.

The sixth convex portion 32571d is formed below the fourth convex portion 32571b and the fifth convex portion 32571c described above, and is formed substantially at the center position of the base plate 32571 in the left-right direction. Also, the sixth convex portion 32571d extends in the direction of gravity. As a result, the game balls that flow down between the opposing base plate 32571 and the front plate 32564 and are guided to the fourth convex portion 32571b or the fifth convex portion 32571c are distributed to either the left or right of the sixth convex portion 32571d. .

The two opposing fourth wall portions 32573 include a plurality of other-side concave portions 32573c recessed toward the inside in the opposing direction on the side surface on the outer side in the opposing direction, and an adjustment hole 32573b penetrating in the opposing direction. and a housing portion 32573d formed inside the fourth wall portion 32573 in the facing direction and surrounding the adjustment hole 32573b.

A plurality of other-side recessed portions 32573c are arranged side by side in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) of the fourth wall portion 32573 and extend in the direction of gravity. The other-side recess 32573c is recessed to have a substantially triangular cross section, and its cross-sectional shape is set to be substantially the same as that of the one-side protrusion 32565d. As a result, the first path member 32560 can be positioned by inserting the one-side protrusion 32565d into the other-side recess 32573c.

The adjustment hole 32573b is a portion through which the tip of the screw inserted through the through hole 32565c of the first path member 32560 is inserted into the housing portion 32573d. Further, the adjustment hole 32573b is formed as an elongated hole elongated in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction), thereby allowing the movement of the first path member 32560 with respect to the second path member 32570. As shown in FIG.

The accommodating portion 32573 d is formed to have a U-shaped cross section when viewed from the front, and both ends of the accommodating portion 32573 d are connected to the fourth wall portion 32573 . The housing portion 32573 d extends from the front surface of the base plate 32571 to the end portion of the front side of the fourth wall portion 32573 . As a result, the screw plate 32590 into which the screw inserted through the through-hole 32565c and the adjustment hole 32573b is screwed can be accommodated in the space surrounded by the accommodation portion 32573d.

The screwing plate 32590 is set to a dimension that allows it to be inserted into the space formed by the housing portion 32573d, and the width dimension in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) is equal to the front-rear direction dimension of the space formed by the housing portion 32573d ( (dimension of the fourth wall portion 32573 projecting toward the front side). As a result, the screw plate 32590 can be inserted inside the housing portion 32573d and can be moved in the front-rear direction.

The screwing plate 32590 includes a screwing hole 32591 into which a screw inserted through the through-hole 32565c and the adjustment hole 32573b is screwed, and two second screws from both ends of the screwing hole 32591 in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). 4 and a guide projection 32592 projecting toward the facing surface of the wall 32573 .

The screwing holes 32591 are formed at two locations and are formed side by side in the vertical direction. The two screw holes 32591 are formed at positions where the distance dimension of one screw hole 32591 from the upper end and the distance dimension of the other screw hole 32591 from the lower end are the same. As a result, when the screw groove of one of the screw holes 32591 is crushed, the other screw hole 32591 can be used to fasten the screw by turning the screw plate 32590 upside down.

The guide protrusion 32592 is provided with an inclined surface that is inclined toward the screwing hole 32591 side while projecting from the front and rear end portions to both laterally outer sides by a predetermined amount. As a result, the tip of the screw inserted through the through hole 32565c and the adjusting hole 32573b can be guided to the screwing hole 32591. Especially in this embodiment, when the threaded hole 32591 is damaged, a new threaded hole 32591 can be used by turning it upside down. In this case, the position of the threaded hole 32591 is likely to be misaligned with the tip of the screw, so the configuration of guiding the tip of the screw to the threaded hole 32591 as in this embodiment is particularly effective.

The adjustment method of the first path member 32560 with respect to the second path member 32570 of the special prize winning device 32550 configured as described above is as follows. Loosen the screw that holds it together. As a result, the movement of the first path member 32560 with respect to the second path member 32570 is permitted.

Next, by elastically deforming the first wall portion 32565 laterally outward with respect to the front plate 32564, the protrusion 32565d on one side of the first path member 32565 inserted into the recess 32573c on the other side of the second path member 32570 is pulled out from the recessed portion 32573c on the other side, the position in the front-rear direction is adjusted, and at the adjusted position, the elastic deformation of the first wall portion 32655 is restored to insert the protruding portion 32565d on the other side into the recessed portion 32573c on the other side again. Thereby, the first path member 32560 can be temporarily fixed (positioned) with respect to the second path member 32570 .

Finally, the screw inserted through the through hole 32565c of the first path member 32560 and screwed into the screw plate 32590 is tightened again, thereby completing the adjustment of the first path member 32560 with respect to the second path member 32570. .

According to this, as described above, the one-side projecting portion 32565d and the other-side recessed portion 32573c are formed in corresponding shapes. It can be pushed into the recess 32573c. Therefore, each position where the one-side protrusion 32565d can be inserted into the other-side recess 32573c can be adjusted so that the positions are always the same. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of variation in the flow of game balls depending on the operator who performs the adjustment, and the adjustment can be simplified.

Next, position adjustment of the second path member 32570 of the first path member 32560 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 186(a) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device 32550, and FIG. 186(b) is a cross-sectional view of the special winning device 32550 along line CLXXXVIb-CLXXXVIb of FIG. 186(a).

As shown in FIG. 186, when the first path member 32560 on the left side (in the direction of arrow L) is pulled out to the front side (in the direction of arrow F) with respect to the second path member 32570, as shown in FIG. In addition, the distance between the front plate 32564 on the left side and the base plate 32571 facing each other is wider than that on the right side. In this case, the game ball flowing down between the front plate 32564 and the base plate 32571 is less likely to collide with the left fourth convex portion 32571b, so that the game ball can easily flow down between the left side facing. . Thereby, the game ball flowing down between the front plate 32564 and the base plate 32571 facing each other can be easily discharged from the lower left side.

Next, a special winning device 33550 in the thirty-third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the thirty-second embodiment, the case where the position of the second path member 32570 with respect to the second path member 32570 is adjusted while the first wall portion 32565 of the first path member 32560 is elastically deformed has been described. In configuration, the first wall 33565 is variably connected to the front plate 32564 . In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 187(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the first path member 33560 in the thirty-third embodiment, and FIG. 187(b) is a sectional view of the special winning device 33550. FIG. Note that FIG. 187(b) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 186(c).

As shown in FIG. 187, the special winning device 33550 in the thirty-third embodiment includes a first path member 33560 arranged on the front side and a second path member arranged on the back side of the first path member 33560. 32570;

The first path member 33560 includes a front plate 33564 formed in a plate shape and arranged on the front side of the game area, and first walls 33565 pivotally supported on the left and right ends of the front plate 33564. .

The front plate 32564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between facing a second path member 32570 described later, and is formed of a non-light-transmitting material. As a result, the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 33550 can be made invisible to the player. As a result, it is possible to suppress the player from grasping the flowing direction of the game ball inside the special prize winning device 33550, thereby suppressing the player from quitting the game.

The holding portion 33564e is a member for holding a rod RD that pivotally supports a first wall portion 33565, which will be described later, and is set to a size that allows the rod RD to be inserted into the annularly formed inner portion. The holding portions 33564e are formed at two locations spaced apart by a predetermined distance in the vertical direction, and the axes of the annular portions of the holding portions 33564e are coaxial in the vertical direction. Of the two holding portions 33564e, the lower holding portion 33564e is formed at the lower end of the front plate 33564 and is closed at the lower end. Thereby, when the rod RD is inserted into the inside of the holding portion 33564e from the upper side of the holding portion 33564e, it is possible to prevent the rod RD from dropping (coming out) from the lower end of the holding portion 33564e.

The first wall portion 33565 is a portion that is connected (fastened) to the second path member 32570, and has a circular through hole 32565c penetrating in the left-right direction (plate thickness direction) and two first wall portions 32565. A plurality of one-side projections 32565d are arranged side by side on the facing surface and protrude in a triangular cross section, and two second wall portions 32566 are provided from both ends of the first wall portion 32565 above and below (in the direction of arrows UD). It mainly includes a standing portion 32565e erected on the opposing surface side, and a supported portion 33565f projecting toward the front plate 33564 side in an annular shape in cross section.

The pivotally supported portion 33565f is a portion into which the rod RD inserted into the holding portion 33564e of the front plate 33564 described above is inserted, and the inner portion formed in an annular shape is set to a size that allows the rod RD to be inserted. . The supported portions 33565f are formed at two locations spaced apart by a predetermined distance in the vertical direction, and the axes of the annular portions of the supported portions 33565f are coaxial in the vertical direction. In addition, between the two supported portions 33565f, the upper holding portion 33564e of the above-described holding portions 33564e is arranged.

As a result, the connection between the front plate 33564 and the first wall portion 33565 is achieved by coaxially arranging the holding portion 33564e and the supported portion 33565f, and by inserting the inner side of the holding portion 33564e and the supported portion 33565f from above. By inserting the rod RD, the first wall portion 33565 is rotatably arranged on the front plate 33564 .

As a result, as shown in FIG. 187(b), when the front plate 33564 of the first path member 33560 is arranged non-parallel to the base plate 32571 of the second path member 32570, the front plate 33564 In contrast, the angle of the first wall portion 33565 can be changed.

That is, in the thirty-second embodiment, when the front plate 32564 of the first path member 32560 is arranged non-parallel to the base plate 32571 of the second path member 32570, the first wall portion It is necessary to hold the 33565 in an elastically deformed state. Further, when the position of the first path member 32560 is adjusted with respect to the second path member 32570, the first wall portion 32565 is elastically deformed laterally outward with respect to the front plate 32564, thereby adjusting the position of the second path member 32570. It is necessary to pull out the one-side protrusion 32565d of the first path member 32560 inserted into the other-side recess 32573c from the other-side recess 32573c. Therefore, there is a possibility that the connecting portion between the front plate 32564 and the first wall portion 32565 is damaged.

On the other hand, in the thirty-third embodiment, since the first wall portion 33565 can be rotated with respect to the front plate 33564, it is not necessary to elastically deform the first path member 33560, and the front plate 33564 and the first wall are not required to be elastically deformed. It is possible to suppress breakage of the connecting portion with the portion 33565 .

The adjustment method of the first path member 33560 with respect to the second path member 32570 of the special prize winning device 33550 configured as described above is as follows. Loosen the screw that holds it together. As a result, the movement of the first path member 33560 with respect to the second path member 32570 is permitted.

Next, by rotating the first wall portion 33565 laterally outward with respect to the front plate 33564, the protrusion 32565d on one side of the first path member 33565 inserted into the recess 32573c on the other side of the second path member 32570 is displaced. After pulling it out of the recessed portion 32573c on the other side, the position in the front-rear direction is adjusted, and at the adjusted position, the rotation of the first wall portion 33565 is reversed to insert the projecting portion 32565d on the other side again into the recessed portion 32573c on the other side. Thereby, the first path member 32560 can be temporarily fixed to the second path member 32570 .

Finally, the screw that is inserted through the through hole 32565c of the first path member 33560 and screwed into the screw plate 32590 is tightened again, thereby completing the adjustment of the first path member 33560 with respect to the second path member 32570. .

Next, the special winning device 34550 in the thirty-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 188 to 190. FIG. In the thirteenth embodiment described above, the case where the direction in which the game ball flows is adjusted by adjusting the facing distance between the front and rear plates of the special winning device 13550. In the thirty-fourth embodiment, however, The direction in which the game ball flows down can be adjusted by changing the position of the projection that protrudes toward it. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 188 and 189, the overall configuration of the special winning device 34550 will be described. FIG. 188(a) is a front view of the game board 34013 in the thirty-fourth embodiment, and FIG. 188(b) is a sectional view of the game board 34013 along line CLXXXVIIIb-CLXXXVIIIb in FIG. 188(a). 189 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 34013. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 188 and 189, the special prize winning device 34550 in the thirty-fourth embodiment is arranged above the first prize winning port 64 arranged on the game board 34013 . In addition, the special prize winning device 34550 is arranged such that the horizontal center line of the first path member 34560 arranged on the front side is aligned with the horizontal center line of the first prize winning port 64 when viewed from the front. .

Furthermore, the special prize winning device 34550 and the first prize winning port 64 are arranged at positions separated from each other by the diameter of the game ball in the gravity direction (arrow UD direction). Thereby, the game ball discharged from the special winning device 34550 can be visually recognized by the player.

The special winning device 34550 includes a first path member 34560 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) and a second path member arranged on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the first path member 34560. 34570 and a fastener 34553 screwed to the rear side of the second path member 34570 .

The first path member 34560 is a plate member that serves as a wall on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between opposing second path members 34570 described later, and is made of a non-light-transmitting material. As a result, the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 34550 can be made invisible to the player. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from grasping the flowing direction of the game ball inside the special prize winning device 34550, thereby preventing the player from quitting the game.

In addition, the first path member 34560 is formed in a plate shape, and includes a front plate 34564 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the game area and a rear side (arrow F direction side) from the left and right ends of the front plate 34564 and a first wall portion 34565 erected on the B direction side).

The front plate 34564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side of the flow-down path of the game ball formed between facing the second path member 32570 described later. Also, the outer shape in the front view is formed large. As a result, the second path member 34570 disposed on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the first path member 34560 can be made difficult to be visually recognized by the front plate 34564 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the second path member 34570 from being viewed by the player. Therefore, when the position of the second path member 34570 is changed, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing the change.

The first wall portion 34565 is a portion fastened to the base plate 34060 of the game board 13, and is formed to have a substantially L-shaped cross section. The standing dimension of the first wall portion 34565 to the back side is the dimension X3 between the front plate 34564 and the fourth convex portion 34571b of the base plate 34571 described later (see FIG. 188(b)), which is the diameter of the game ball. set to a value slightly greater than

In addition, the first wall portion 34565 has a bent portion 34565g that is bent in a direction parallel to the front surface of the base plate 34060 from the erected tip portion, and a through hole 34565g1 penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed in the bent portion 34565g. be. The through-hole 34565g1 is a hole through which a screw is inserted. By screwing the screw inserted through the through-hole 34565g1 into the base plate 34060, the first path member 34560 can be fastened to the base plate 34060.

The second path member 34570 includes a plate-like base plate 34571 facing the front plate 34564 of the first path member 34560 , and a columnar support portion 34579 projecting from the back side of the base plate 34571 .

The base plate 34571 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for game balls in the gap between the front plate 34564 of the first path member 34560 and is formed at a position spaced apart from the front plate 34564 by a predetermined amount. The base plate 34571 also includes a fourth protrusion 34571b that protrudes toward the front plate 34564 side. As a result, the game ball flowing down between the base plate 34571 and the front plate 34564 can collide with the fourth convex portion 34571b to change the flowing direction.

The support portion 34579 is a portion that pivotally supports the second path member 34570, and the columnar axis is formed at a position coaxial with the axis of the base plate 34571 (the center of the base plate 34571). In addition, a circular through hole 34060d is opened in the base plate 34060 of the game board 34013 at a position corresponding to the support portion 34579, and the support portion 34579 is inserted inside the through hole 34060d. Thereby, the second path member 34570 is pivotally supported by the base plate 34060 .

The supporting portion 34579 has a fastening hole 34579a recessed at the projecting tip. The fastening hole 34579a is recessed coaxially with the axis of the support portion 34579, and the inner peripheral surface thereof is internally threaded. As a result, the screw portion 34553b of the fixture 34553 that is inserted through the through hole 34060d from the back side of the base plate 34060 can be screwed into the fastening hole 34579a.

The fixture 34553 is a fastening member for fastening the above-described second path member 34570 to the base plate 34060 of the game board 34013. The operation portion 34553a is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the front side of the operation portion 34553a protrudes. and a screw portion 34553b provided.

The operating portion 34553a is a portion that is gripped by an operator who disposes the second path member 34570 on the base plate 34060, and is formed to have a larger outer shape than the through hole 34060d formed in the base plate 34060. Further, the operating portion 34553a is set to have an outer diameter larger than the inner diameter of the through hole 34060d of the base plate 34060. As shown in FIG.

As a result, when the screw portion 34553b of the fixture 34553 is screwed into the fastening hole 34579a to dispose the second path member 34570 on the base plate 34060, the fixture 34553 is inserted into the base plate 34060 through the through hole 34060d. It is possible to suppress slipping out to the front side.

The threaded portion 34553b is formed in a cylindrical shape coaxial with the axis of the operating portion 34553a, and the outer peripheral surface of the threaded portion 34553b is externally threaded. As described above, the threaded portion 34553b is a portion that is screwed into the fastening hole 34579a of the second path member 34570, is set to have an outer diameter smaller than the through hole 34060d of the base plate 34060, and is inserted through the through hole 34060d. is screwed into the fastening hole 34579 a of the second path member 34570 .

According to the special winning device 34550 configured as described above, when changing the discharge position of the game ball discharged from the special winning device 34550, the operator can change the position of the game ball formed on the base plate 34060 of the game board 13. 1 Insert a hand (arm) from the front side (arrow F direction side) of the game board 13 to the back side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 34060 through the opening 60 a (center frame 86 ), and fix the fixture 34553 . to access the operation unit 34553a.

Next, the operation portion 34553a is rotated to loosen the screw portion 34553b that is screwed into the fastening hole 34579a of the second path member 34570 . As a result, the second path member 34570 is made rotatably displaceable about the support portion 34579 , and the second path member 34570 is rotated to change the position of the fourth projection 34571 b of the second path member 34570 . When the position of the fourth convex portion 34571b is changed, the position where the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 34550 collides with the fourth convex portion 34571b is changed, so the game ball discharged from the special winning device 34550 can be changed.

In this case, as described above, the base plate 34571 of the second path member 34570 is formed in a circular shape when viewed from the front, and the support portion 34579 is formed coaxially with the axis thereof, so that the second path member 34570 can be rotated. In this case, it is possible to suppress a change in the arrangement of the second path member 34570 with respect to the base plate 34060 in front view. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing that the second path member 34570 has been rotated. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from deciding that the game is disadvantageous and not playing the game.

Next, with reference to FIG. 190, the change of the game ball discharge position when the position of the fourth convex portion 34571b (the second path member 34570) is changed will be described. 190(a) to 190(d) are cross-sectional views of the pachinko machine 34010 taken along line CXC-CXC in FIG. 188. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 190, the fourth protrusion 34571b has a substantially V-shaped protruding shape when viewed from the front. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 190(a), when the bent side of the V-shape is arranged on the lower side, the game ball flowing in from above the special winning device 34550 is thrown to the central portion along the slope of the V-shape. can be done easily. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball to flow into the winning opening 64 arranged below the special winning device 34550 .

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 190(b), when the bent side of the V-shape is arranged on the upper side, the game balls flowing in from above the special winning device 34550 are moved to the left and right ends along the slope of the V-shape. Makes it easier to throw the ball. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for game balls to flow into the prize winning port 64 arranged below the special prize winning device 34550 .

Also, as shown in FIGS. 190(c) and 190(b), when the bent side of the V-shape is arranged at either end of the left or right, the game ball flowing in from above the special winning device 34550 To easily throw a ball along the slope of the upper side of the V, and to throw a game ball thrown to the lower side of the V without colliding with the upper side of the V along the slope of the lower side of the V. can be done. Therefore, the direction in which the game ball is thrown can be changed by the difference in the area where the game ball collides between the upper side of the V and the lower side of the V.

Although detailed description is omitted, it is also possible to dispose the bent portion of the fourth convex portion 34571b at a position other than the positions shown in FIGS. 190(a) to 190(d). For example, when the second path member 34570 is rotated 10 degrees to the right in front view from the position shown in FIG. , and the game ball can be easily discharged from a position slightly shifted to the left (arrow L direction side) from the upper side of the prize winning port 64 disposed below the special prize winning device 34550.

Next, a special winning device 35550 in the thirty-fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 191 to 193. FIG. In the thirty-fourth embodiment, the second path member 34570 is rotated to change the position of the fourth projection 34571b. Change the position of section 35571b. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

First, the special winning device 35550 in the thirty-fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 191 and 192. FIG. FIG. 191(a) is a front view of the game board 35013 in the thirty-fifth embodiment, and FIG. 191(b) is a sectional view of the game board 35013 along line CXCIb-CXCIb of FIG. 191(a). FIG. 192 is an exploded perspective view of the special winning device 35550. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 191 and 192, the special prize winning device 35550 in the thirty-fifth embodiment is arranged above (in the direction of arrow U) the first prize winning port 64 arranged on the game board 35013 . Also, in the special prize winning device 35550, the horizontal center line of the first path member 35560 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) is aligned with the horizontal center line of the first prize winning opening 64 in a front view. arranged in a shape.

Furthermore, the special prize winning device 35550 and the first prize winning port 64 are arranged at positions separated from each other by the diameter of the game ball in the gravity direction (arrow UD direction). Thereby, the game ball ejected from the special winning device 35550 can be visually recognized by the player.

The special winning device 34550 includes a first path member 35560 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) and a second path member arranged on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the first path member 35560. 35570 and a fastener 34553 screwed to the rear side of the second path member 35570 .

The first path member 35560 is a plate member that serves as a wall on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between opposing second path members 35570 described later, and is made of a non-light-transmitting material. As a result, it is possible to make the flowing direction of the game ball inside the special winning device 35550 invisible to the player. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from grasping the flowing direction of the game ball inside the special prize winning device 35550, thereby preventing the player from quitting the game.

In addition, the first path member 35560 is formed in a plate shape and includes a front plate 34564 arranged on the front side of the game area, and a front plate 34564 that stands on the rear side (arrow B direction side) from the left and right ends of the front plate 34564. and a first wall portion 35565 provided.

The front plate 35564 is a plate member that serves as a wall on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the flow-down path of the game ball formed between facing the second path member 35570 described later, and the second path member described later. The outer shape of the 35570 is formed to be larger than the base plate 35571 of the 35570 when viewed from the front. As a result, the second path member 35570 arranged behind the first path member 35560 (in the direction of the arrow B) can be made difficult to see with the front plate 35564 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the second path member 35570 from being viewed by the player. Therefore, when the position of the second path member 35570 is changed, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing the change.

The first wall portion 35565 is a portion that is fastened to the base plate 60 of the game board 35013. The first wall portion 34565, which is formed in a substantially L-shaped cross section, has a standing dimension to the back side that is equal to that of the front plate 35564. A dimension X4 (see FIG. 191(b)) between a base plate 35571 and a fourth convex portion 35571b, which will be described later, is set to a value slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball.

In addition, the first wall portion 35565 has a bent portion 35565g that is bent in a direction parallel to the front surface of the base plate 60 from the standing tip portion, and penetrates the bent portion 35565g in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). and a recessed portion 35565g2 recessed from the rear surface of the bent portion 35565g toward the front side (arrow F direction side).

The through-hole 35565g1 is a hole through which a screw is inserted, and by screwing the screw inserted through the through-hole 35565g1 into the base plate 60, the first path member 35560 can be fastened to the base plate 60.

The recessed portion 35565g2 is a portion that accommodates both left and right (arrow LR direction) ends of a base plate 35571 of a second path member 35570, which will be described later. , is recessed in the vertical central portion of the bent portion 35565g. As a result, when the left and right ends of the base plate 35571 are housed inside the recessed portion 35565g2, the left and right ends of the base plate 35571 can be hidden by the bent portions 35365g. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing the position of the base plate 35571 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from deciding that the game is disadvantageous and not playing the game.

In addition, the recess dimension of the recessed portion 35565g2 is set to a depth dimension larger than the plate thickness of the base plate 35571, and the separation distance X5 (see FIG. 191(b)) between the left and right ends of the bent portion 35565g is , the width dimension X6 in the horizontal direction of the base plate 35571 (see FIG. 191(b)). Thereby, the base plate 35571 (second path member 35570) can be displaced in the left-right direction. A method of displacing the base plate 35571 (second path member 35570) will be described later.

The second path member 35570 is a plate-like base plate 35571 facing the front plate 35564 of the first path member 35560, and protrudes in a rectangular shape from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 35571. and a support portion 35579 .

The base plate 35571 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for game balls in the gap between the front plate 35564 of the first path member 35560 and is formed at a position spaced apart from the front plate 35564 by a predetermined amount. The base plate 35571 also includes a fourth protrusion 35571b that protrudes toward the front plate 35564 (arrow F direction). Thereby, it is possible to change the direction in which the game ball flowing down between the opposing base plate 35571 and the front plate 35564 collides with the fourth convex portion 35571b.

The support portion 35579 is a portion that pivotally supports the second path member 35570, and has a cylindrical shaft at a position coaxial with the axis of the base plate 34571 (the center of the base plate 34571). In the base plate 60 of the game board 34013, a sliding hole 35060e elongated in the horizontal direction is opened at a position corresponding to the supporting portion 35579, and the supporting portion 35579 is inserted inside the sliding hole 35060e. be. The second path member 35570 is thereby supported by the base plate 60 .

The width of the sliding hole 35060e in the lateral direction (arrow UD direction) is set to be substantially the same as the vertical direction (arrow UD direction) of the supporting portion 35579. The width dimension in the longitudinal direction (direction of arrows LR) is set larger than the dimension in the direction (direction of arrows LR). This allows the support portion 35579 inserted inside the slide hole 35060e to be slidable in the longitudinal direction of the slide hole 35060e.

In addition, the supporting portion 35579 has a fastening hole 35579a recessed at the projecting tip. The fastening hole 35579a is internally threadable, and the threaded portion 34553b of the fixture 34553 can be screwed into the fastening hole 35579a. The projecting dimension of the support portion 34579 is set smaller than the thickness dimension of the base plate 60, and the screw portion 34553b of the fixture 34553 is screwed into the fastening hole 35579a so that the second path member 35570 is attached to the base. It can be fixed to the plate 60 .

According to the special winning device 35550 configured as described above, when changing the discharge position of the game ball discharged from the special winning device 35550, the operator can change the position of the game ball formed on the base plate 60 of the game board 35013. 1 Insert a hand (arm) from the front side (arrow F direction side) of the game board 35013 to the back side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 60 through the opening 60 a (center frame 86 ), and fix the fixture 34553 . to access the operation unit 34553a.

Next, the operation portion 34553a is rotated to loosen the screw portion 34553b that is screwed into the fastening hole 35579a of the second path member 35570 . As a result, the second path member 35570 is slidably displaced in the left-right direction, and the second path member 35570 is slidably displaced to change the position of the fourth convex portion 35571b of the second path member 35570 . When the position of the fourth convex portion 35571b is changed, the position at which the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 35550 collides with the fourth convex portion 35571b is changed, so the game ball discharged from the special winning device 35550 can be changed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 193, the change of the game ball discharge position when the position of the fourth convex portion 35571b (the second path member 35570) is changed will be described. Figures 193(a) to 193(c) are cross-sectional views of the game board 35013 along line CXCIII-CXCIII in Figure 191(b). 193(a) to 193(c), the position of the second path member 35570 in FIG. 193(b) is set as a reference position, and in FIG. 193(c) shows a state in which the second path member 35570 is displaced to the right (arrow R direction) in front view from the reference position.

As shown in FIG. 193, the fourth convex portion 35571b has a substantially V-shaped protruding shape in a front view, and a game ball flowing in from above the special winning device 35550 is positioned at the center along the V-shaped slope. portion (V-shaped bent portion).

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 193(b), when the V-shaped bent portion of the fourth convex portion 35571b is arranged above the first winning opening 64, the special winning device 35550 is ejected from below. It is possible to make it easier to flow the game ball that is in the first prize winning port 64.例文帳に追加

On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 193(a) and 193(c), when the second path member 35570 is moved from the reference position (the position shown in FIG. 193(b)), the V of the fourth convex portion 35571b Since the curved portion of the character is arranged at a position shifted to either the left or right from the upper portion of the first prize winning port 64, the second path member 35570 is positioned below the special prize winning device 35550 compared to the case where the second path member 35570 is arranged at the reference position. It is made difficult for game balls discharged from to flow into the first winning port 64.例文帳に追加

Next, with reference to FIG. 194, the special winning device 36550 in the thirty-sixth embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment described above, the first unit 551 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 is fastened to the second unit 552 arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 so that the rear side of the base plate 60 is connected. In the thirty-sixth embodiment, the elastic recovery force of the fastening portion 36551b formed in the first unit 36551 pushes the first unit 36551 toward the rear surface of the base plate 60. biased towards the side. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 194(a) is an exploded perspective front view schematically showing the game board 36013 in the thirty-sixth embodiment, and FIG. 194(b) is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the game board 36013. FIG. Note that FIG. 194 corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 194, the special prize winning device 36550 in the thirty-sixth embodiment is the first unit that is displaced from the inside of the first opening 60a in which the center frame 86 is arranged and is arranged on the base plate 60. 36551.

The first unit 36551 has a space in which a game ball can be thrown, and the space is arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the base plate 60 . As a result, game balls flowing down the front of the base plate 60 can be made to flow into the first unit 36551 . Further, the first unit 36551 includes a fastening portion 36551b projecting from the side surface (rear surface) adjacent to the front surface of the base plate 60 toward the rear surface side (arrow B direction side).

The fastening portion 36551b is a portion through which a screw for fastening the first unit 36551 to the base plate 60 is inserted. The projecting tip is bent in the direction.

In addition, the fastening portion 36551b has a bulging portion 36551b2 that bulges toward the front side (arrow F direction) on the side surface of the bending side, and a plate thickness direction (arrow FB and a through hole 36551b1 penetrating in the direction).

In addition, the fastening portion 36551b has a distance dimension X7 from the base end (the rear surface of the first unit 36551) to the front surface of the bent portion when the first unit 36551 is not attached to the base plate 60 (see FIG. 194(b)). is set larger than the thickness dimension of the base plate 60 . In addition, the fastening portion 36551b has a distance dimension X8 (FIG. 194 (b)) is set equal to or slightly smaller than the thickness dimension of the base plate 60 .

When a screw is fastened to the through hole 36551b1, the bulging portion 36551b2 presses (biases) the first unit 36551 against the back side (arrow F direction) of the base plate 60. and is formed between the proximal end of the bent portion of the fastening portion 36551b and the through hole 36551b1.

As a result, when the screw inserted through the fastening portion 36551b is fastened to the rear surface of the base plate 60, the bulging portion 36551b2 abuts the rear surface of the base plate 60, thereby dividing the gap between the bent portion and the base plate 60. , the force of pushing the bent distal end side toward the base plate 60 by the screw can be converted into a force pulling out the proximal end side of the bent portion toward the rear side (arrow B direction side). Thereby, formation of a gap between the rear surface of the first unit 36551 and the front surface of the base plate 60 can be suppressed.

As a result, there is no need to fasten the screw through which the first unit 36551 is inserted from the front side to the base plate 60, and the first unit 36551 can be easily formed to be large by the fastening margin. In addition, in the thirty-sixth embodiment, the first unit 36551 is attached to the base plate 60 using the first opening 60a to which the center frame 86 is fastened. can be easily attached to the first opening 60a.

Next, with reference to FIG. 195, the special winning device 37550 in the thirty-seventh embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment described above, the first unit 551 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 is fastened to the second unit 552 arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 so that the rear side of the base plate 60 is connected. In the thirty-seventh embodiment, the first unit 37551 is fastened with screws inserted from the back side of the base plate 60, and is held in a state of being biased toward the back side of the base plate 60. It is held in a state biased towards the side. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 195(a) is an exploded perspective front view schematically showing the game board 37013 in the thirty-seventh embodiment, and FIG. 195(b) is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the game board 37013. FIG. Note that FIG. 195(b) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 195, the special prize winning device 37550 in the thirty-seventh embodiment is formed from a first unit 37551 arranged in front of the base plate 60 .

The first unit 37551 has a space in which a game ball can be thrown, and the space is arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the base plate 60 . As a result, game balls flowing down the front of the base plate 60 can be made to flow into the first unit 37551 . In addition, the first unit 37551 includes a plurality of annular protrusions 37551b projecting annularly on the rear side (arrow B direction side).

The annular convex portion 37551b is a portion into which a screw inserted from the back side of the base plate 60 is screwed, and the inner peripheral surface thereof is internally threaded. In addition, in the present embodiment, four circular convex portions 37551b are formed on the rear surface of the first unit 37551. As shown in FIG.

A circular recess 37060d is formed in the base plate 60 at a position facing the annular protrusion 37551b. The concave portion 37060d is a portion into which the annular convex portion 37551b is inserted, and is formed with an inner diameter substantially equal to the outer diameter of the annular convex portion 37551b. In addition, the recess depth of the recess 37060d is set larger than the projecting dimension of the annular protrusion 37551b.

In addition, a circular through hole 37060d1 penetrating through the recess 37060d is formed on the bottom surface of the recess 37060d. The through-hole 37060d1 is a hole through which the tip of a screw to be screwed into the annular protrusion 37551b is inserted, and is formed in an opening with an inner diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the recess 37060d. As a result, screws can be fastened to the first unit 37551 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction) of the base plate 60 from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 60 .

In this case, as described above, the recess depth of the recess 37060d is set to be larger than the projecting dimension of the annular projection 37551b. The first unit 37551 can be arranged on the base plate 60 in a state in which the convex portion 37551b (the first unit 37551) is biased toward the rear side (arrow B direction side). Thereby, formation of a gap between the rear surface of the first unit 37551 and the front surface of the base plate 60 can be suppressed.

As a result, there is no need to fasten the screws through which the first unit 37551 is inserted from the front side to the base plate 60, and the first unit 37551 can be easily formed to be large by the fastening margin. In addition, in the thirty-seventh embodiment, since the fastening portion of the first unit 37551 can be accommodated inside the concave portion 37060d of the base plate 60, the space for throwing the game ball formed in the first unit 37551 is correspondingly increased. You can make it bigger.

<Change the amount of light emitted to the front side by the game ball>
Next, the lower displacement member 38440 in the thirty-eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 196 and 197. FIG. In the eleventh embodiment, a shadow is formed at the position of the game ball accommodated in the lower displacement member 11440 by light emitted from the control board 491, and the position of the game ball is recognized at the position of the shadow. However, the lower displacement member 11440 in the thirty-eighth embodiment reflects the light emitted from the control board 491 on the outer surface of the game ball, and the position of the game ball is recognized at the position where the amount of light is increased. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 196 is an exploded perspective front view of the lower displacement member 38440 in the thirty-eighth embodiment. 197(a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 38440, FIG. 197(b) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member 38440 taken along line CXCVIIb-CXCVIIb of FIG. 197(a), and FIG. 197(c). 197(a) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member 38440 along line CXCVIIc-CXCVIIc of FIG. 197(a). FIG. Note that FIG. 197(a) shows a state in which the front side decorative member 38451 and the front case 38481 are removed, and the LED 38483b arranged on the front case 38481 is shown by a chain double-dashed line. Also, FIGS. 197(b) and 197(c) show a state in which the front-side decorative portion 451 is attached.

As shown in FIGS. 196 and 197, the lower displacement member 38440 in the thirty-eighth embodiment includes a base member 470 connected to the front base 411 (see FIG. 46) and the front-rear direction of the base member 470 (arrow FB). Direction) A case member 38480 that covers both sides, a transmission mechanism 460 displaceably arranged between the case member 38480 and the base member 470, and a decorative member 11450 that covers the front and rear of the case member 38480. is formed mainly with

The case member 38480 is a member that covers both sides of the base member 470 in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). It mainly includes a rear case 482 arranged on the side (arrow B direction side).

The front case 38481 is formed in the shape of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front. The front case 38481 has an opening 481a extending in the horizontal direction (direction of arrows LR) at a substantially intermediate position in the vertical direction (direction of arrows UD) and a lower end surface on the rear side (direction of arrow B). a bottom wall portion 481b, a shaft hole 481c penetrating in the front-rear direction at the lower end, and an LED substrate 38483 arranged on the back side.

The LED board 38483 is a member that emits light inside the lower displacement member 38440 (front case 38481). and an LED 38483b.

The body portion 38483a is a base on which wiring that conducts electricity to the plurality of LEDs 38483b is laid, and extends in the displacement direction of the ball receiving portion 467 (arrow LR direction). The plurality of LEDs 38483b are arranged at predetermined intervals in the extending direction (direction of arrows LR) of the main body 38483a.

Moreover, each LED38483b is set in the direction toward the center of the game ball when the game ball passes through the back side (arrow B direction side) of each LED38483b. Thereby, when the game ball is positioned on the back side of each LED 38483b, the light of the LED can be reflected on the outer surface of the game ball and the front side decoration portion 11451 can be irradiated with the light. Therefore, as described above, the front decorative portion 11451 includes the transmission portion 11451b that can transmit light, so that the light reflected on the outer surface of the game ball and irradiated to the front decoration portion 11451 passes through the transmission portion 11451b. It can be emitted to the player side (arrow F direction side) through. Therefore, the amount of light visible from the player's side through the transparent portion 11451b can be increased in the portion reflected by the game ball as compared to other portions. As a result, by increasing (changing) the amount of light, the player can recognize the position of the game ball thrown into the lower displacement member 38440 .

In addition, in this embodiment, the interval at which the plurality of LEDs 38483b are arranged is set smaller than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, even when the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced, at least part of the game ball can be irradiated with the light emitted from the LED 38483b. Therefore, the light emitted from the LED 38483b can be constantly irradiated to the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467. FIG.

Further, according to the thirty-eighth embodiment, the base member 470, the transmission mechanism 460, and the rear case 482, which are arranged on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the LED 38483b, are preferably members having a high light absorption rate. For example, the outer surface of each member constitutes a black color scheme. According to this, it is possible to prevent the light emitted from the LED 38483b from being reflected inside the case member 38480 (lower displacement member 38440) and emitted from the transmitting portion 11451b of the front-side decorative portion 11451 . As a result, the difference in the amount of emitted light can be increased between the front where the game ball is arranged and the other front, and the player recognizes the position of the game ball received inside the lower displacement member 39440. can be made easier.

Next, the lower displacement member 39440 in the thirty-ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 198 and 199. FIG. In the thirty-eighth embodiment, the case where the player recognizes the position where the game ball is arranged by reflecting the light with the game ball has been described, but in the thirty-ninth embodiment, the ball is arranged in the ball receiving portion 39467 Light is reflected by the reflecting member to recognize the position of the game ball. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 198 is an exploded perspective rear view of the lower displacement member 39440 in the thirty-ninth embodiment. 199(a) is a front view of the lower displacement member 39440, and FIGS. 199(b) and 199(c) are cross-sectional views of the lower displacement member 39440. FIG. 199(b) and 199(c) correspond to the cross section of FIG. 198(c).

As shown in FIGS. 198 and 199, the lower displacement member 39440 in the thirty-ninth embodiment includes a base member 470 connected to the front base 411 (see FIG. 46) and a case member 38480 covering the front and rear of the base member 470. , a transmission mechanism 39460 displaceably arranged between the case member 38480 and the base member 470 , and decorative members 11450 arranged in a manner covering the front and rear of the case member 38480 .

The transmission mechanism 39460 is a member arranged on the front side of the base member 470, and includes transmission gears 461, 462, and 463, a driving motor KM2 whose shaft portion is connected to the transmission gear 461, and the transmission gear 463. A movable rack 464 which has a toothed surface and is disposed slidably displaceable on the front side of the base member 470; A transmission gear 465, a rack 39466 having a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 465 and arranged slidably on the front side of the movable rack 464, and rotatably arranged on one end side of the rack 39466 It is mainly formed with a ball receiving portion 39467 that is formed.

The rack 39466 is formed of a horizontally long rod-shaped body that is rectangular when viewed from the front, and includes a rack gear 466a engraved on the upper end surface, a shaft portion 39466b projecting in a columnar shape from the end on the other end side to the front side, and a shaft portion 39466b projecting to the front side. and a recessed portion 466d recessed from one end to the other end on the back side.

The shaft portion 39466b is a protrusion that is inserted into a shaft hole 467b of a ball receiving portion 39467, which will be described later, and is formed in a cylindrical shape with an outer diameter larger than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 467b. Thereby, the ball receiving portion 467 can be rotatably held.

The ball receiving portion 39467 includes a first piece 39467c that is bent into a substantially L shape when viewed from the front, a second piece 39467d that is connected to the first piece 39467c, and a second piece 39467d that is connected to the second piece 39467d. and a third piece 39467e disposed on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the first piece 39467c and the second piece 39467d.

The first piece 39467c and the second piece 39467d are portions that hold the game ball thrown from the opening 451a (see FIG. 57) to the inside of the lower displacement member 39440. When the game ball is thrown, the second piece 39467d is displaced in the direction of separating from the first piece 39467c, and a part of the first piece 39467c and the second piece 39467d are arranged in a U shape when viewed from the front. A game ball can be held in the inner part of the U shape.

The first piece 39467c is composed of a receiving piece 39467c4 forming one extended side that is L-shaped in front view, a leg portion 467a forming the other extending side, and the receiving piece 39467c4 and the leg portion 467a. An annular bent portion 39467c5 in which a shaft hole 467b penetrating in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) is formed in the connecting portion (bent portion), and a connecting portion 39467c1 projecting to the opposite side with the bent portion 39467c5 interposed therebetween. And prepare.

The receiving piece 39467c4 is a portion forming a side surface on the other side (arrow R direction side) of the first piece 39467c and the second piece 39467d forming a U shape in front view, and is formed in a crescent shape in the front. , is formed in a curved shape that is concave in the direction away from the second piece 39467d.

The connecting portions 39467c1 are protruded from two locations at predetermined intervals in the axial direction (arrow FB direction) of the bent portion 39467c5. The connecting portion 39467c1 is a portion that connects a second piece 39467d and a third piece 39467e, which will be described later. Prepare.

The connecting hole 39467c2 is an opening into which a shaft portion 39467e3 projecting from a third piece 39467e, which will be described later, is inserted. A shaft portion 39467e3 inserted through an insertion hole 39467d3 formed in a second piece 39467d, which will be described later, is inserted into the connecting hole 39467c2 from the front side (arrow F direction side). Also, the shaft portion 39467e3 is fastened by a screw inserted from the opposite side (arrow B direction side) to the insertion side of the connecting hole 39467c2. Thereby, the second piece 39467d and the third piece 39467e can be fastened to the first piece 39467c.

In addition, the first piece 39467c has a recess 39467c3 recessed downward in the direction of gravity (arrow D direction) on the projecting base end side of the connecting portion 39467c1. The recessed bottom surface of the recessed part 39467c3 is formed at the lowest position (bottom part) of the side surfaces where the game ball is held by the first piece 39467c and the second piece 39467d. As a result, the game ball held by the first piece 39467c and the second piece 39467d rolls inside the recess 39467c3. As a result, the second piece 39467d can be easily displaced with respect to the first piece 39467c by the load of the game ball.

The second piece 39467d is a portion that forms a side surface on the other side (arrow L direction side) of the receiving piece 39467c4 of the first piece 39467c and the second piece 39467d to form a U shape in front view, and is a crescent moon in front view. It is formed into a curved shape that is concave in the direction away from the first piece 39467c. In addition, the second piece 39467d has an insertion hole 39467d3 that opens in a circular shape in the front-rear direction in the connecting portion of the first piece 39467c, and a circular insertion hole 39467d3 that extends from the front side (arrow F direction side) to the rear side (arrow B direction side). It mainly includes a recessed portion 39467d2 that is recessed in shape.

The shaft portion 39467e3 of the third piece 39467e is inserted into the insertion hole 39467d3 of the second piece 39467d, and the connecting shaft 39467e4 of the third piece 39467e is inserted into the concave portion 39467d2. Therefore, when the second piece 39567d is displaced, the third piece 39467e is likewise displaced. Therefore, when the second piece 39567d is rotationally displaced with respect to the first piece 39467c, the third piece 39567e is similarly rotationally displaced with respect to the first piece 39467c.

Further, the second piece 39467d is disposed between the opposing connecting portions 39467c1 projecting from two locations of the first piece 39467c and connected to the first piece 39467c. As a result, when the second piece 39467d is twisted in the axial direction of the insertion hole 39467d3, the second piece 39467d is brought into contact with the opposite side surface of the connecting portion 39467c1, thereby preventing the shaft portion 39467e3 from breaking.

The recessed portion 39467d2 is a hole into which a connecting shaft 39467e4 of the third piece 39467e described later is inserted, and is recessed in substantially the same shape as the connecting shaft 39467e4.

The third piece 39467e includes a reflecting plate 39467e1 formed in a substantially semicircular plate shape when viewed from the front, a shaft portion 39467e3 and a connecting shaft 39467e4 projecting from the reflecting plate 39467e1 toward the rear side (arrow B direction side). And prepare.

The reflector 39467e1 is made of a resin material and plated on its outer surface. Accordingly, when the light emitted from the LED 38483b is applied to the reflecting plate 39467e1, the light can be reflected on the outer surface thereof. Further, the reflector 39467e1 is formed so as to curve in an arc shape toward the front side (arrow F direction). Thereby, when the light irradiated from the front side is reflected, the light can be focused on a predetermined portion. The shielding of light from the light emitter 11491a by the reflector 39467e1 will be described later.

The shaft portion 39467e3 is a cylindrical body inserted into the connecting hole 39467c2 of the first piece 39467c and the insertion hole 39467d3 of the second piece 39467d as described above. In addition, a hole is formed in the projecting distal end surface of the shaft portion 39467e3 so that a screw to be inserted into the connecting hole 39467c2 from the side opposite to the insertion side of the shaft portion 39467e3 can be screwed. Therefore, by inserting the shaft portion 39467e3 into the connecting hole 39467c2 and the insertion hole 39467d3, the first piece 39467c, the second piece 39467d and the third piece 39467e are connected by fastening a screw to the insertion tip surface of the shaft portion 39467e3. and the third piece 39467e can be rotatable with respect to the first piece 39467c.

The connecting shaft 39467e4 is inserted into the recessed portion 39467d2 of the second piece 39467d as described above. Thus, when the second piece 39467d is rotationally displaced with respect to the first piece 39467c about the shaft portion 39467e3, the connecting shaft 39467e4 can be displaced along with the displacement of the second piece 39467d. Therefore, the third piece 39467e can be displaced along with the displacement of the second piece 39467d.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 199, the ball receiving portion 39467, when a game ball is received between the first piece 39467c and the second piece 39467d facing each other, the received game ball It rolls on the receiving surface of 39467d (the inner side surface formed in a U shape when viewed from the front) and is guided to the concave portion 39467c3 located at the lowest end of the receiving surface. As a result, the second piece 39467d can be rotated around the shaft portion 39467e3 on the outer surface of the game ball in a direction away from the first piece 39467c. As a result, the third piece 39467e, which moves along with the displacement of the second piece 39467d, can be displaced upward and arranged on the irradiation of light from the LED 38483b.

Therefore, the light emitted from the LED 38483b can be reflected by the reflecting plate 39467e1 of the third piece 39467e to the front side (arrow F direction side) of the lower displacement member 39440 and emitted from the transmission portion 11451b. As a result, the amount of light emitted from the transmitting portion 11451b is partially increased, and the player can recognize the position of the game ball thrown into the lower displacement member 39440. FIG.

Also, the connecting shaft 39467e4 is inserted into the concave portion 39467d2 of the second piece 39467d, and the load of the third piece 39467e is always applied. The center of gravity G of the third piece 39467e is set on the opposite side of the connecting portion between the second piece 39567d and the third piece 39567e across the shaft portion 394673e. As a result, when no force other than gravity acts on the second piece 39467d and the third piece 39467e, the load of the third piece 39467e can rotate the second piece 39467d toward the first piece 39467c. .

Therefore, when the game ball is ejected (taken out) from the ball receiving portion 39467, the load of the third piece 39467e can displace the second piece 39467d toward the receiving piece 39467c4 of the first piece 39467c. Therefore, only when a game ball is received by the ball receiving portion 39467, the amount of light reflected by the reflecting plate 39467e1 and emitted from the transmitting portion 11451b can be partially increased. As a result, it is possible to suppress the light from being reflected by the reflecting plate 39467e1 due to the positioning operation of the ball receiving portion 39467 or the like.

Furthermore, similarly to the ball receiving portion 467 in the first embodiment, the ball receiving portion 39467 is rotated around the shaft hole 39467b by the operation of slidingly displacing the inside of the lower displacement member 39440, and the lower displacement member 39440 is emitted. A game ball received from the opening 471 (see FIG. 66) is discharged to the outside.

Here, as a structure for discharging the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 39467, in a structure in which the ball receiving portion 39467 rotates around the shaft hole 467b as the ball receiving portion 39467 slides, the ball receiving portion 39467 The rotational speed of the ball receiving portion 39467 about the shaft hole 467b is changed by the sliding speed of . Therefore, since the rotational speed depends only on the slide speed of the ball receiving portion 39467, there is a problem that the discharge speed of the game ball from the ball receiving portion 39467 is not stable.

On the other hand, in the thirty-ninth embodiment, the direction in which the second piece 39467d rotates due to the load of the third piece 39467e and the direction in which the ball receiving portion 39467 rotates around the shaft hole 467b when the game ball is emitted are different. Since they are set in substantially the same direction, it is possible to apply a driving force to the game ball ejected from the ejection opening 471 when the second piece 39467d is displaced. Therefore, even if the ball receiving portion 39467 is displaced and the game ball is ejected from the ejection opening 471, even if the force acting on the game ball from the ball receiving portion 39467 is reduced, the speed of the ejected game ball can be maintained. can. As a result, the ejection speed of the game ball ejected from the ball receiving portion 39467 can be stabilized.

Next, with reference to FIG. 200, the first unit 40551 in the 40th embodiment will be described. In the above-described first embodiment, the case of informing the user of the problem when game balls are clogged in the curved portion 581a of the main path SK1 has been described. Fraud can be reported when SK1 is passed. In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

200(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 40551 in the fortieth embodiment, and FIG. 200(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 40551 along line CCb-CCb in FIG. 200(a). be. Note that the cross-sectional view of FIG. 200(a) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 200, the first unit 40551 in the fortieth embodiment includes a first path member 560 arranged on the front side (direction of arrow F) and a rear side of the first path member 560 (direction of arrow B). A second path member 570 disposed on the direction side) and a third path member 40580 disposed on the rear surface of the second path member 570 are mainly formed.

The third path member 40580 consists of a first covering member 40581 arranged on the upper side (arrow U direction side) of the second path member 570 and a lower side (arrow D direction side) of the second path member 570. A second covering member 582 (see FIG. 19) arranged on the rear surface of the 40581 and a first driving unit 583 (see FIG. 19) arranged between the first covering member 40581 and the second covering member 582. , and a second drive unit 584 (see FIG. 19) arranged on the back surface of the second covering member 582 .

The first covering member 40581 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for a game ball that curves in a substantially U shape toward the back side (arrow B direction side), and is the back side of the first opening 571a and the fourth opening 571d. , and a plate-like mounting portion 40581b connected to the lower side of the curved portion 40581a.

The curved portion 40581a is curved to have a U-shaped cross section in which the sides of the first opening 571a and the fourth opening 571d (the second path member 570) are open, and the first rolling portion 576 is disposed inside the curved portion 40581a. be done. In addition, the curved portion 40581a is formed so that the width dimension in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR) becomes smaller toward the back side (direction of arrow B), and the width dimension in the left-right direction of the curved portion with a U-shaped cross section is formed. X10 (see FIG. 200(a)) is formed to be 1.1 times or less the diameter of the game ball. Thus, when a game ball having a diameter of 1.1 times or more than the prescribed game ball is thrown, the game ball can be stopped inside the curved portion 40581a (main path SK1).

Further, the curved portion 40581a is arranged inside the recessed portion 86b2 (see FIG. 17) of the center frame 86, similarly to the curved portion 581a in the first embodiment. Therefore, the game ball stopped inside the curved portion 40581a can be detected by the detection device 86b3 (see FIG. 17), and the pachinko machine 10 can be notified of an error (illegal).

Further, the curved portion 40581a has an opening 40581a1 that opens in the curved portion with a U-shaped cross section, and a box-shaped accommodating portion 40581a2 that is open upward from the rear end of the opening 40581a1.

The opening 40581a1 is an opening for ejecting a ball having a diameter smaller than the prescribed gaming ball diameter from the main path SK1. It is formed in a dimension larger than 0.9 times the diameter of the game ball. The opening 40581a1 is formed on the back side of the curved portion 40581a in the rolling direction of the game ball rolling on the first rolling portion 576, and the game ball passing through the main path SK1 is thrown to the opening 40581a1. be able to. Thereby, when a game ball whose diameter is 0.90% or more smaller than the prescribed game ball is thrown, the game ball can be discharged from the opening 40581a1 to the outside of the main path SK1.

The accommodation portion 40581a2 is a box that accommodates the game ball discharged from the opening 40581a1, and the inner space is formed to have a size larger than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the game ball discharged from the opening 40581a1 can be accommodated in the accommodation portion 40581a2, the game ball accommodated can be detected by the detection device 86b3, and the pachinko machine 10 can notify an error (illegal). .

In the forty-fifth embodiment, the width dimension X10 and the opening dimension X11 are formed in different sizes of 0.1 times with respect to the game ball with a prescribed diameter (11 mm), but this is not necessarily the case. , and the magnification of the size of the game ball may be changed.

Next, the first unit 41551 in the forty-first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 201 and 202. FIG. In the first embodiment, the first recess 571h, the second recess 571I, and the third recess 571j formed in the main path SK2, the curved path WK1, and the main path SK3 are arranged vertically (arrow UD direction), the first concave portion 41571h, the second concave portion 41571I, and the third concave portion 41571j in the forty-first embodiment are each formed in a different shape. Parts that are the same as those in the form are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

201(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 41551 in the forty-first embodiment, and FIG. 201(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 41551 taken along line CCIb-CCIb of FIG. 201(a). be. 202(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 41551 along line CCIIa-CCIIa in FIG. 201(a), and FIG. 202(b) is the first unit along line CCIIb-CCIIb in FIG. 201(a). 41551 is a schematic cross-sectional view.

As shown in FIGS. 201 and 202, the first unit 41551 in the forty-first embodiment includes a first path member 41560 disposed on the front side and a first path member 41560 disposed on the back side of the first path member 41560. It mainly includes a second path member 41570 and a third path member 580 (see FIG. 19) arranged behind the second path member 41570 .

The first path member 41560 includes a front plate 41564 formed in a plate shape along the front of the game area of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2), and a substantially U-shaped cross section with an open upper side (arrow U direction side). and a first receiving portion 561, a second receiving portion 562, and a third receiving portion 563 projecting from the upper side (arrow U direction side) end of the front plate 41564 to the rear side (arrow B direction side), and (see FIG. 21), the first receiving portion 561, the second receiving portion 562, and the third receiving portion 563 of the lower side (arrow D direction side) and protrude continuously, and the end of a part of the front plate 41564 A first wall portion 41565 extending along a portion, and two sets of second wall portions 566 and a second wall portion 566 formed below the first wall portion 565 and protruding from two locations separated by a predetermined interval. 3 walls 567 (see FIG. 21).

The front plate 41564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side (arrow F direction side) of a game ball flow-down path formed between opposing second path members 41570 and third path members 580, which will be described later. It is formed from a transparent member. Thereby, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 551 through the front plate 41564 .

The front plate 564 has a first protrusion 41564b, a second protrusion 41564c, and a third protrusion 41564d at positions facing a first recess 41571h, a second recess 41571I, and a third recess 41571j, which will be described later. be done.

The second path member 41570 includes a plate-like base plate 41571 facing the front plate 41564 of the first path member 41560, and a front surface (arrow F direction side) of the base plate 41571 projecting toward the first path member 41560. a fourth wall portion 573 (see FIG. 21), a fifth wall portion 574 (see FIG. 21) projecting downward from the fourth wall portion 573 at a predetermined distance, and the fifth wall and a sixth wall portion 575 (see FIG. 21) projecting downward from the portion 574 by a predetermined distance.

The base plate 41571 includes a first recessed portion 41571h, a second recessed portion 41571I and a second recessed portion 41571h which are recessed in the game ball throwing path (the main path SK2, the curved path WK1 and the main path SK3) formed between the front plate 41564 and the front plate 41564. It has three recesses 41571j.

The first recessed portion 41571h, the second recessed portion 41571I and the third recessed portion 41571j are recessed in a curved shape toward the back side. In addition, the dimension between the first recess 41571h and the first protrusion 41564b, the dimension between the second recess 41571I and the second protrusion 41564c, and the dimension between the third recess 41571j and the third protrusion 41564d are They are set to the same facing dimension L19 (see FIG. 201(b)).

In addition, the facing dimension L19 is set to a value larger than the diameter of the game ball, and a value smaller than the facing dimension L20 (see FIG. 201(b)) between the back surface of the front plate 41564 and the front surface of the base plate 571. is set to As a result, the game ball thrown between the first concave portion 41571h, the second concave portion 41571I and the third concave portion 41571j and the first convex portion 41564b, the second convex portion 41564c and the third convex portion 41564d facing each other is moved to the first concave portion. 41571h, the second concave portion 41571I and the third concave portion 41571j, the first convex portion 41564b, the second convex portion 41564c and the third convex portion 41564d are brought into contact with each other to slow down the rolling (flowing down) speed of the game ball. can.

Furthermore, the projecting dimensions of the first protrusion 41564b, the second protrusion 41564c, and the third protrusion 41564d toward the base plate 41571 are set to be the same. Also, the protruding end surfaces of the first protrusion 41564b, the second protrusion 41564c and the third protrusion 41564d are opposed to the front surface of the base plate 41571 excluding the first recess 41571h, the second recess 41571I and the third recess 41571j. The distance dimension L21 between (see FIG. 201(b)) is set smaller than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the game ball thrown between the first concave portion 41571h, the second concave portion 41571I and the third concave portion 41571j and the first convex portion 41564b, the second convex portion 41564c and the third convex portion 41564d facing each other is moved to the first convex portion. It can collide with the portion 41564b, the second convex portion 41564c and the third convex portion 41564d. As a result, the rolling (flowing down) speed of the game ball can be slowed down.

The first recessed portion 41571h is formed in the base plate 41571 of the main path SK2, and is recessed long along the throwing direction of the game ball on the main path SK2. Thereby, when the game ball thrown inside the first recessed portion 41571h is thrown inside the first recessed portion 41571h, it is possible to suppress an increase in frictional resistance with the first recessed portion 41571h. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 from stopping due to contact with the first recess 41571h.

The first protrusion 41564b projecting from the surface facing the first recess 41571h extends in a direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the first recess 41571h. Thereby, when the game ball thrown through the main path SK2 is brought into contact with the first convex portion 41564b, the game ball can be easily thrown to the inside of the first concave portion 41571h.

The second recess 41571I is formed in the base plate 41571 of the curved path WK1, and is recessed long along the direction of gravity (arrow UD direction). The second recessed portion 41571I has an elliptical shape elongated in the vertical direction when viewed from the front. In addition, the center of the curve on the upper side (main path SK2 side) of the ellipse of the second recess 41571I is arranged on the ball throw locus of the center of the game ball thrown on the main path SK2. Therefore, since the second recess 41571I is recessed above the throwing trajectory of the game ball thrown from the main path SK2, even if the game ball is thrown along the main path SK2 at a relatively high speed, the The center of the game ball can pass through the front side of the second recess 41571I. As a result, the game ball passing through the main path SK2 can be thrown to the inside of the second concave portion 41571I to easily reduce the speed of the game ball, and the game ball can be suppressed from rampaging on the curved path WK1.

The second convex portion 41564c projecting from the surface facing the second concave portion 41571I is bent in a substantially L shape when viewed from the front. In addition, the bent portion of the second convex portion 41564c is set on the front side of the upper curved center of the ellipse of the second concave portion 41571I in the front view. In addition, the curved portion on one side of the second convex portion 41564c extends in a direction orthogonal to the direction of throwing the game ball on the curved path WK1, and the curved portion on the other side is the curved portion on the main path SK2. It extends in a direction orthogonal to the direction. As a result, the game ball sent from the main path SK2 to the curved path WK1 is brought into contact with the second convex portion 41564c on the other side and sent to the inside of the second concave portion 41571I, and the second convex portion 41564c on the one side The throwing speed of the game ball that is brought into contact and thrown along the curved path WK11 can be easily reduced. As a result, the game ball thrown to the curved path WK1 can be suppressed from rampaging, and the game ball can be thrown smoothly.

The third recess 41571j is formed in the base plate 41571 of the main path SK3, and is recessed in an elliptical shape elongated in the throwing direction of the game ball on the main path SK3. Thereby, when the game ball thrown inside the third recessed portion 41571j is thrown inside the third recessed portion 41571j, it is possible to suppress an increase in frictional resistance with the third recessed portion 41571j. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the main path SK3 from stopping due to contact with the third recess 41571j.

In the third recess 41571j, the center of curvature of the upstream end of the game ball throwing path is set below the center position in the left-right direction of the second recess 41571I. Thereby, the game ball that has flowed down inside the second recess 41571I of the curved path WK1 can be easily received in the second recess 41571I, and the game ball can be easily thrown from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3.

The third convex portion 41564d projecting from the surface facing the third concave portion 415671j is bent in a substantially L shape when viewed from the front. In addition, the bent portion of the third convex portion 41564d is set on the front side of the center of curvature of the upstream end portion of the third concave portion 41571j in a front view. The bent portion on one side of the third convex portion 41564d extends in a direction orthogonal to the throwing direction of the game ball on the main path SK3, and the bent portion on the other side is orthogonal to the throwing direction of the game ball on the curved path WK1. direction. As a result, the game ball sent from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3 is brought into contact with the third convex portion 41564d on the other side to be sent inside the third concave portion 41571j, and at the same time to the third convex portion 41564d on one side. It is possible to reduce the throwing speed of the game ball that is brought into contact and thrown along the main path SK3. As a result, the game ball thrown from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK1 can be suppressed from being violent, and the game ball can be thrown smoothly.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 203 to 206, the game board 42013 in the 42nd embodiment will be described. In the above-described first embodiment, the case where the other end side of the board box 100 (main controller 110) arranged in the back case 300 is fixed to the back case 300 by screws inserted from the back side of the board box 100 is described. As described above, in the forty-second embodiment, the case where the second engaging member 42370 arranged on the rear case 42300 is engaged with the board box 42100 will be explained.

First, with reference to FIGS. 203 and 204, the overall configuration of the rear case 42300 in the forty-second embodiment will be described. FIG. 203 is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case 42300 in the forty-second embodiment. 204(a) is a front view of the rear case 42300, and FIG. 204(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rear case 42300 along line CCIVb-CCIVb in FIG. 204(a). In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

As shown in FIGS. 203 and 204, the rear case 42300 in the forty-second embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 42301 in a front view, and the four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 42301 are erected toward the front. An outer wall portion 42302 is provided, and the wall portions 42301 and 42302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open.

In addition, the rear case 42300 includes an engaging member 310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 42301 (the box-shaped open side (arrow F direction side)) and the rear case 42300 arranged on the rear side. A fixing member 320 for fixing one end side of the board box 42100, and a second engaging member 42370 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 42301 and fixing the other end side of the board box 42100 are provided.

The bottom wall portion 42301 has an opening 301a which is rectangular in front view in the center thereof, and through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 42301 is visible. It is possible. The bottom wall portion 42301 also includes a projecting portion 301b projecting in a columnar shape toward the front side and inserted into the sliding groove 314 of the engaging member 310, and a first projection opening at a position opposed to the fixing member 320. An opening 301c, a second opening 301d that opens at a position facing the engaging member 310, and a columnar projection provided on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the bottom wall portion 42301 to provide a second engaging member to be described later. A second projecting portion 42301f inserted into the sliding groove 42372 of the member 42370, and a second projecting portion 42301f penetrating in the plate thickness direction (arrow FB direction) above the second projecting portion 42301f (arrow U direction). 3 openings 42301g.

The second protruding portions 42301f are protrusions that define the displacement direction of the second engaging member 42370, and are formed side by side at two locations in the direction of gravity. In addition, the outer diameter of the second projecting portion 42301f is set to be slightly smaller than the width of the sliding groove 42372 of the second engaging member 42370 described later in the lateral direction. Furthermore, the distance between the centers of the two second projecting portions 42301f is set to be smaller than the width of the sliding groove 42372 in the longitudinal direction. As a result, two second protruding portions 42301f can be inserted and arranged inside the sliding groove 42372 .

The third opening 42301g is an opening into which a protruding portion 42118 of the board box 42100, which will be described later, is inserted. Further, the third opening 42301g disengages the engaging member 310 from the fixing member 320 when the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged (the state shown in FIG. 204(a)). are formed at positions adjacent to each other in the direction (direction of arrow L). This makes it impossible to release the engagement of the engaging member 310 with the fixing member 320 in a state where the projecting portion 42118 is inserted into the third opening 42301g. A detailed description of the positional relationship between the projecting portion 42118 and the engaging member 310 will be given later.

The outer wall portion 42302 has a second opening 42302b that opens vertically (in the direction of the arrow UD) on the side surface on the lower side (in the direction of the arrow D) when viewed from the front. The second opening 42302b is an opening through which the end portion of the second engaging member 42370 described below on the lower side (arrow D direction side) is inserted, and is formed in the displacement region of the second engaging member 42370 . Thereby, the second engaging member 42370 can be displaced.

The board box 42100 has a horizontally long rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front, and the main controller 110 is arranged inside. In addition, the board box 42100 has a bearing portion 117 (see FIG. 206(a)) that protrudes from one end (the direction of the arrow R), and a projecting portion that protrudes from one surface of the front side of the board box 42100. 42118;

The projecting portion 42118 is a portion that is inserted into the third opening 42301g of the rear case 42300 as described above. The length is set so that an opening 42118a, which will be described later, is arranged on the front side of the bottom wall 42301 of the . The projecting portion 42118 has an opening 42118a that opens in the direction of gravity, and a second engaging member 42370, which will be described later, is inserted through the opening 42118a. This prevents the board box 42100 from rotating around the fixing member 320, and allows the board box 42100 to be arranged on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the rear case 42300 in a non-displaceable state.

Further, the third opening 42301g into which the protruding portion 42118 is inserted is engaged when the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged as described above (the state shown in FIG. 204(a)). Since the member 310 is formed adjacent to the fixing member 320 in the direction of disengagement (arrow L direction), the projecting portion 42118 is disposed adjacent to the engaging member 310 . Further, the insertion dimension Y6 (see FIG. 204(b)) of the projecting portion 42118 into the third opening 42301g corresponds to the distance Y7 (see FIG. 204(b)) between the front surface of the engaging member 310 and the bottom wall portion 42301. ) is set to be larger than ). As a result, as shown in FIG. 204(b), the engaging member 310 and the projecting portion 42118 are arranged at positions overlapping each other in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction).

Therefore, in a state in which the second engaging member 42370 is inserted into the opening 42118a of the projecting portion 42118, the engaging member 310 disengages from the fixing member 320 (when the projecting portion 42118 is disposed). direction) is regulated. As a result, when the second engaging member 42370 is inserted into the opening 42118a, it is possible to prevent the engaging member 310 from being illegally disengaged from the fixing member 320. 110) can be suppressed from being replaced with an unauthorized base.

The opening 42118a of the projecting portion 42118 is open in the direction of gravity, and the second engaging member 42370 inserted into the opening 42118a is displaced in the direction of gravity and inserted. Therefore, since the displacement direction (gravitational direction) of the second engaging member 42370 and the displacement direction (horizontal direction) of the engaging member 310 are set in a direction perpendicular to each other, the engaging member 310 cannot be moved due to fraud by the player. The second engaging member 42370 inserted into the opening 42118a can easily receive the force when the opening 42118a is operated. As a result, when the engaging member 310 is forcibly operated by the player illegally, it is possible to prevent the engagement with the fixing member 320 from being released.

The second engaging member 42370 includes a plate member 42371 formed in a plate-like shape of a vertically long rectangle when viewed from the front, and a plate member 42371 extending downward (arrow D direction) from the upper side (arrow U direction side) end of the plate member 42371 . a second engaging portion 42373 protruding horizontally outward (in the direction of the arrows LR) from the upper end (in the direction of the arrow U) of the plate member 42371; A sliding groove 42372 opened in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) is mainly provided below the setting portion 42374 .

As described above, the sliding groove 42372 is an opening for displacing the second engaging member 42370, and is elongated in the direction of gravity (arrow UD direction). In addition, the sliding groove 42372 is set such that the width dimension in the lateral direction (arrow LR direction) is substantially the same as the diameter of the second projecting portion 42301f disposed inside the sliding groove 42372 . Therefore, when the second projecting portion 42301f is inserted into the sliding groove 42372 as described above, the sliding direction of the second engaging member 42370 is defined in the longitudinal direction of the opening of the sliding groove 42372 .

The recessed portion 42374 is an opening for facilitating elastic deformation of the upper end portion of the plate member 42371. The recessed portion 42374 is recessed downward and notched in the front-rear direction. As a result, the rigidity of the upper end portion of the plate member 42371 can be lowered to facilitate elastic deformation.

The second engaging portion 42373 is a portion that engages with the end portion of the opening 42118a of the projecting portion 42118 described above. A separation distance X12 (see FIG. 204(a)) between the ends of the protruded ends on both sides is set to be larger than the lateral opening dimension X13 (see FIG. 204(b)) of the opening 42118a. As a result, when the second engaging member 42370 is inserted into the opening 42118a, the second engaging portion 42373 engages with the end of the opening 42118a, thereby causing the second engaging portion 42373 to move toward the opening 42118a. can be prevented from escaping from

The second engaging portion 42373 is formed in a shape protruding horizontally outward from the upper side of the plate member 42371 toward the lower side. As a result, when the second engaging member 42370 is inserted into the opening 42118a, the second engaging portion 42373 is brought into contact with the inner side of the opening 42118a, thereby facilitating elastic deformation of the upper side of the plate member 42371. be able to.

In addition, when the second engaging member 42370 is inserted into the opening portion 42118a (the engaging portion 42373 is engaged with the projecting portion 42118), the lower end of the second engaging member 42370 is positioned at the second opening of the outer wall portion 42302. It is arranged inside the portion 42302b. This can prevent the second engaging member 42370 from being operated from the outside of the rear case 42300 . As a result, it is possible to prevent unauthorized disengagement of the second engaging portion 42373 from the protruding portion 42118 and replacement of the board box 42100 (main controller 110) with an unauthorized board.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 204 and 205, a method of arranging the board box 42100 to the rear case 42300 will be described. 205(a) is a front view of the rear case 42300, and FIG. 205(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the rear case 42300 along line CCVb-CCVb of FIG. 205(a). 204(a) and 204(b) show the state after the board box 42100 is arranged in the rear case 42300, and FIGS. , the state before the board box 42100 is arranged is shown.

In the circuit board box 42100 of the forty-second embodiment, as in the first embodiment described above, the fixing member 320 is first engaged with the engaging member 310, and one side is disposed on the rear side of the rear case 42300. .

As shown in FIGS. 205(a) and 205(b), before the engaging member 310 is engaged with the fixing member 320 (before being displaced), the tip of the second piece 312 of the engaging member 310 is , on the front side of the third opening 42301g. This can prevent the projecting portion 42118 of the board box 42100 from being inserted inside the third opening 42301g before the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 are engaged. As a result, it is possible to prevent the circuit board box 42100 from being arranged in the rear case 42300 only by engaging the projecting portion 42118 and the second engaging member 42370 .

Next, the other side of the board box 42100 is rotated about the connecting portion between the fixed member on the one side and the 320 , and the projecting portion 42118 is inserted inside the third opening 42301 g of the rear case 42300 . As a result, the projecting portion 42118 is positioned so as to be engageable with the second engaging member 42370 .

The second engaging member 42370 is inserted through the second opening 42302b at its lower side before being inserted inside the third opening 42301g, and is arranged outside the rear case 42300 (FIG. 205(a)). reference). As a result, the operator who arranges the board box 42100 in the rear case 42300 operates the second engaging member 42370 from the outside of the rear case 42300 so that the second engaging member 42370 moves inside the third opening 42301g. can be inserted into the

Further, since the direction of displacement of the second engaging member 42370 is set in the direction of gravity, the second engaging member 42370 is arranged at the lower end by the action of gravity before it is inserted inside the third opening 42301g. . As a result, when projecting portion 42118 is inserted into third opening 42301g of rear case 42300, collision with second engaging member 42370 can be suppressed. As a result, the work efficiency of the worker can be improved.

In addition, when the second engaging member 42370 forgets to engage with the projecting portion 42118, the second engaging member 42370 can be arranged outside the rear case 42300, so that the operator is not in a normal state. can be easily recognized. As a result, it is possible to prevent forgetting to engage the second engaging member 42370 and the projecting portion 42118 .

Next, referring to FIG. 206, rear case 42300 and base plate 42060 will be described. 206(a) is a rear view of the game board 13, and FIG. 206(b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCVIb-CCVIb in FIG. 206(a).

As shown in FIG. 206, a standing member 42060f is arranged on the back surface of the base plate 42060 in the forty-second embodiment. The erecting member 42060f is erected toward the rear side (direction of arrow B) of the base plate 42060, and the end of the erecting member 42060f is set on the same plane as the bottom wall portion 42301 of the rear case 42300. . The standing member 42060f is arranged below the second engaging member 42370 and outside the rear case 42300 . As a result, when the rear case 42300 is arranged on the game board 42013 in a state in which the engagement between the second engaging member 42370 and the projecting portion 42118 is forgotten, the erecting member 42060f is moved to the second engaging member 42370. It can collide downward. As a result, the rear case 42300 is arranged on the base plate 42060 in a state in which the second engaging member 42370 and the projecting portion 42118 are forgotten to be engaged, or in a state in which the circuit board box 42100 is forgotten to be arranged in the rear case 42300. can be suppressed.

In addition, in this embodiment, a light emitting substrate for illuminating the inside of the back case 42300 is arranged on the standing member 42060f. As a result, the standing member 42060f can be used both as a portion for irradiating light and as a portion for suppressing engagement between the rear case 42300 and the base plate 42060 in an abnormal state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the outer shape of the base plate 42060 from becoming large.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 207 to 211, the rear case 43300 in the 43rd embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the case where the engaged portion 332 is formed on the fixing member 320 has been described. formed in In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 207 to 211, the configuration of the rear case 43300 in the forty-third embodiment will be described. FIG. 207 is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case 43300 in the forty-third embodiment. 208(a) is a front view of the rear case 43300, and FIG. 208(b) is a rear view of the rear case 43300. FIG. 209(a) is a cross-sectional view of rear case 43300 along line CCIXa-CCIXa in FIG. 208(b), and FIG. 209(b) is a cross-section of rear case 43300 along line CCIXb-CCIXb in FIG. 209(a). It is a diagram. 208 and 209 illustrate a state in which the engaging member 18310 and the board box 43100 (engaged portion 43101) are engaged.

As shown in FIGS. 207 to 209, the rear case 43300 in the forty-third embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 43301 when viewed from the front, and the four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 43301 are erected toward the front. An outer wall portion 18302 is provided, and the wall portions 43301 and 18302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. In addition, the rear case 43300 includes an engaging member 18310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 43301 (the box-shaped open side (direction of arrow F)) and an engaging member 18310 arranged on the rear side of the rear case 43300. and a fixing member 43320 that fixes (pivotally supports) the board box 43100 (main controller 110).

The bottom wall portion 43301 has an opening 301a which is rectangular in front view at the center thereof, and through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 43301 can be visually recognized. It is said that In addition, the bottom wall portion 43301 includes a first opening portion 43301c that opens at a position facing the fixing member 43320, and a protruding portion that is positioned below the first opening portion 43301c (in the direction of arrow D) and protrudes to the front side. 18301b;

The projecting portion 18301b is a projection that pivotally supports the engaging member 18310 as in the eighteenth embodiment, and projects from the front of the bottom wall portion 43301 in a cylindrical shape. In addition, a hole into which a screw is screwed is recessed in the projecting end surface of the projecting portion 18301b. With this configuration, when the engaging member 18310 is arranged in the rear case 18300, the engaging member 18310 can be prevented from coming out of the projecting portion 18301b by screwing the projecting portion 18301b.

The center of gravity of the engaging member 18310 pivotally supported by the rear case 43300 is positioned closer to the opening 18302a of the outer wall 18302 than the projecting portion 18301b of the rear case 43300 . As a result, when no external force is applied, gravity rotates the engaging member 18310 in a direction in which the connecting portion between the first piece 18311 and the second piece 18312 protrudes from the opening 18302a of the rear case 43300. is acted upon. Therefore, when the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 43320 is incomplete, the engaging member 18310 is protruded outside the rear case 43300 to prevent the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 43320. forgetting can be prevented.

The first opening 43301c is an opening for inserting an engaged portion 43101 of a board box 43100, which will be described later, and is formed to be larger than the engaged portion 43101 in front view. As a result, it is possible to dispose the engaged portion 43101 of the board box 43100 from the back side of the back case 43300 to the front side of the back case 43300 after disposing the accessory device (rotation unit 700) inside the back case 43300. can.

A projecting wall 43301c1 (FIG. 209(a)) for engaging a locking portion 331 formed on one side (arrow R direction side) of a fixing member 43320 (described later) is formed on the edge of the first opening 43301c. ), and a second projecting wall 43301c2 (see FIG. 209(a)) for engaging a second locking portion 43336 formed on the other side (arrow L direction side) of the fixing member 43320 described later. protruded.

The protruding wall 43301c1 and the second protruding wall 43301c2 are bent in opposite directions at the protruding tip portions on the back side (arrow B direction side). As a result, it is possible to prevent the fixing member 43320 from swinging and disengaging from the fixing member 43320 in a state where the fixing member 43320 is engaged with the projecting wall 43301c1 and the second projecting wall 43301c2.

The projecting portion 18301b is a member that pivotally supports the engaging member 18310, as described in the eighteenth embodiment, and projects from the front surface of the bottom wall portion 43301 in a cylindrical shape. Therefore, the engaging member 18310 is arranged in the rear case 43300 so as to be rotatable about the center of the protrusion 18310b.

The fixing member 43320 is composed of an interposed member 43330 that engages with the bottom wall portion 43301 of the rear case 43300 and a pivot member 340 that is fastened to the interposed member 43330 .

The interposed member 43330 is formed in a box-like shape with an open front side, and has an engaging portion 331 projecting from one side surface (arrow R direction side) and a box-shaped bottom surface (arrow B direction side surface). A through hole 333 (see FIG. 39(b)) opening in a cylindrical shape, a projection 334 (see FIG. 39(b)) projecting from the back side, and an inner surface on the other side (arrow L direction side) and a second locking portion 43336 protruding toward.

The locking portion 331 has an opening for engaging one side (arrow R direction side) of the fixing member 43320 with the bottom wall portion 43301, and the opening extends from the periphery of the first opening portion 43301c to have an L-shaped cross section. A protruding wall 43301c1 protruding from the is inserted. As a result, when the interposing member 43330 (fixing member 43320) is arranged in the rear case 43300, the protruding wall 43301c1 is inserted into the locking portion 331 of the interposing member 43330, and one side of the interposing member 43330 (arrow R direction side) can be locked to the rear case 43300 .

The second locking portion 43336 is a projection for engaging the other side (arrow L direction side) of the fixing member 43320 with the second projecting wall 43301c2 formed on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 43301 as described above. When viewed from the front, it is formed at a position overlapping the bent portion of the tip of the second projecting wall 43301c2. In addition, when the second locking portion 43336 is engaged with the second protruding wall 43301c2 (the state shown in FIG. 209(a)), the second locking portion 43336 is positioned closer to the front side than the bent portion of the tip of the second protruding wall 43301c2. be located. This can prevent the other side of the fixing member 43320 from moving to the rear side.

Further, the front surface of the second locking portion 43336 is inclined toward the back side from the projecting base end side (the other side of the fixing member 43320) toward the projecting distal end side (one side of the fixing member 43320). As a result, when engaging the second locking portion 43336 with the second projecting wall 43301c2, the projecting tip of the second projecting wall 43301c2 can be easily slid along the front surface of the second locking portion 43301c2. Therefore, the fixing member 43320 can be engaged with the rear side of the rear case 43300 (bottom wall portion 43301).

In addition, after the projecting wall 43301c1 of the bottom wall portion 43301 is inserted inside the opening of the locking portion 331 on one side, the fixing member 43320 moves the second locking portion 43336 on the other side to the bottom wall portion 43301 side (front side). ) to elastically deform the other side of the fixing member 43320 and move the second locking portion 43336 toward the front side beyond the bent end of the second protruding wall 43301c2 of the bottom wall portion 43301, so that the rear case 43300 ( It is disposed on the bottom wall portion 43301).

The board box 43100 has a horizontally long rectangular outer shape when viewed from the front, and the main controller 110 is arranged inside. Further, the board box 43100 includes a bearing portion 117 protruding from one end (arrow R direction side) and an engaged portion 43101 protruding from the front of the board box 43100 .

The engaged portion 43101 is a portion that engages with the engaging member 18310 as described above. )), the projection dimension toward the rear case 43300 side (arrow F direction side) is set to a dimension exceeding the front surface of the engaging member 18310 disposed on the rear case 43300 . Further, the engaged portion 43101 is provided with an opening 43101a that opens in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) in a front view on the front side of the bottom wall portion 43301 of the rear case 43300 .

The engaged portion 43101 is in a state where the board box 43100 is arranged on the rear side of the rear case 43300 (a state where the board box 43100 is engaged with the engaging member 18310 (state shown in FIG. 209(a)). ), it is formed at a position adjacent to the other side of the fixing member 43320 in the horizontal direction. As a result, when the fixing member 43320 is forcibly pulled to the back side due to fraud by the player, the other side of the fixing member 43320 moves in the direction of releasing the engagement between the second locking portion 43336 and the second projecting wall 43301c2. Elastic deformation can be suppressed. On the other hand, in the state where the board box 43100 is not arranged on the rear side of the rear case 43300 (the state where the board box 43100 is not engaged with the engaging member 18310 (the state shown in FIG. 210(a))), Since the engaging portion 43101 can be arranged away from the other side of the fixing member 43320, the fixing member 43320 can be easily engaged with the engaged portion 43101 (or the fixed member 43320 can be easily engaged with the engaged portion). 43101).

The opening 43101 a is formed at a position corresponding to the displacement region of the engaging member 18310 excluding the engaging portion 18316 . As a result, the engaging member 18310 can be inserted into the opening 43101a to engage the engaged portion 43101 with the engaging member 18310 .

Next, with reference to FIG. 210, the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the board box 43100 will be described. 210(a) and 210(b) are cross-sectional views of the rear case 43300. FIG. Note that FIGS. 210(a) and 210(b) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 209(a), and are connected in the order of FIGS. The transitions in engaging mating member 18310 to board box 43100 are illustrated.

As shown in FIG. 210(a), when engaging the engaging member 18310 with the board box 43100, first, the interposing member 43330 and the pivot member 340 are fastened (integrated) as described above. The fixing member 43320 in this state (the fixing member 43320 in the state shown in FIG. 207) is engaged with the rear side of the rear case 43300 (bottom wall portion 43301).

Next, as shown in FIG. 210(b), the other side of the board box 43100 opposite to the one side where the bearing portion 117 is formed is pressed toward the rear side of the rear case 43300, and the board box 43100 and the board box 43100 are separated. The board box 43100 is rotated with respect to the shaft support member 340 (fixing member 43320) around a caulking fitting (not shown) that connects with the shaft support member 340 as an axis. As a result, the front surface of the circuit board box 43100 is positioned substantially parallel to the rear surface of the rear case 43300, and the opening 43101a of the engaged portion 43101 is connected to the bottom wall portion 43301 through the first opening 43301c of the rear case 43300. , and the opening 43101a is arranged in the displacement region of the engaging member 18310. As shown in FIG.

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 209(a), by rotationally displacing the engaging member 18310 with the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18310 toward the opening 43101a, one side of the engaging member 18310 (engagement 181316 side) can be elastically deformed and inserted into the opening 43101a to be placed at a position via the engaged portion 43101 .

Finally, the end of the board box 43100 on the side opposite to the side where the bearing portion 117 is formed is directed toward the bottom wall portion 43301 of the rear case 43300 toward the rear side of the board box 43100 (arrow B direction side). ) and fixed with screws fastened to the rear case 43300 . As a result, the board box 43100 is arranged on the rear side of the rear case 43300 in a non-rotatable (operable) state. The work of fastening the other side of the board box 43100 to the rear side of the rear case 43300 with screws may be performed before engaging the engaging member 18310 with the engaged portion 43101 .

According to the rear case 43300 assembled as described above, the engaged portion 43101 with which the engaging member 18300 engages is formed in the board box 43100, so that the board box 43100 is attached to the pivot member 340 (fixing member 43320). If the board box 43100 is not pivotally supported (forgetting to dispose the board box 43100), the engaging member 18300 cannot be engaged.

In addition, as described above, the engagement member 18300 is configured such that the connecting portion between the first piece 18311 and the second piece 18312 protrudes from the opening 18302a of the rear case 18300 due to gravity when no external force is applied. A rotating force is applied to the engaging member 18310 . Therefore, when the substrate box 43100 is forgotten to be disposed, the fixing member 43320 and the substrate box 43310 are disposed on the bottom wall portion 43301 of the rear case 43300 by positioning the engaging member 18310 outside the rear case 43300. It is possible to make the operator notice an abnormality (forgetting to arrange the substrate box 43100). Therefore, since it is possible to prevent forgetting to install the board box 43100 (main controller 110) for controlling the pachinko machine 10, the board box 43100 is arranged in the post-assembly process (for example, when checking the operation). It makes it easier to discover what is missing. As a result, it is possible to prevent the pachinko machine 10 from being introduced into a parlor (for example, a pachinko parlor) in a defective state (a state in which parts have been forgotten).

Furthermore, as in the eighteenth embodiment, when the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the engaged portion 43101 is incomplete, the engaging member 18310 can be protruded outside the rear case 18300. , the distance dimension LR1 from the end of the engaging member 18310 in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR) of the game board 13 to the end of the right side (direction of arrow R) of the rear case 43300 (see FIG. 164(a)). is set larger than the left-right dimension LR2 (see FIG. 164(b)) of the inner side in the left-right direction of the outer frame 11 on which the game board 13 is arranged. Thereby, when the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 18320 are not engaged, the game board 13 can be prevented from being arranged on the outer frame 11 . As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can be made aware that the board box 43100 has been forgotten before the pachinko machine 10 is assembled and the operation is checked. It is possible to suppress the passage of electricity to the As a result, it is possible to prevent failures of other boards and electrical components caused by forgetting to install the board box 43100 .

Next, referring to FIG. 211, when the engaging member 18310 is in a disengaged state with the engaged portion 43101 due to factors such as resistance due to contact with the projecting portion 18301b serving as the rotation shaft, the engaging member 18310 is disengaged. A case where the joining member 18310 stops at the engaging position with the engaged portion 43101 will be described. 211(a) and 211(b) are sectional views of the rear case 43300. FIG. 211(a) and 211(b) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 209(a). 211(a) and 211(b) illustrate the state before the engaging member 18310 and the engaged portion 43101 of the board box 43100 are engaged with each other. The state in which the board box 43100 is displaced is illustrated in order of (b).

As shown in FIG. 211(a), when the engaging member 18310 is not engaged with the engaged portion 43101 due to factors such as resistance due to contact with the protruding portion 18301b serving as the rotation shaft, the engaging member 18310 is engaged. When the coupling member 18310 is stopped at the engaging position with the engaged portion 43101, the tip of the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18310 (the end portion in the direction of the arrow L in FIG. 211(a)) contacts the engaged portion. 211(a) and 211(b).

211(b), when the circuit board box 43100 is rotated with respect to the fixing member 43320, the side surface of the engaged portion 43109 on the side of the bearing portion 117 is aligned with the first piece of the engaging member 18310. As shown in FIG. It can be brought into contact with the tip end face of 18311 .

In this case, the displacement direction of the engaged portion 43109 and the displacement direction when the engaging member 18310 is disengaged are set substantially the same. As a result, the force of rotating the board box 43100 toward the bottom wall portion 43301 of the rear case 43300 can be used as the force of pushing back the engaging member 18310 via the engaged portion 43101 .

Here, since the engaged portion 43101 that engages with the engaging member 18310 is formed in the board box 43100 (an expensive component), it is necessary to replace the board box 43100 when the engaged portion 43101 is damaged. , there was a fear that the manufacturing cost would increase.

Further, when the engaging member 18310 is not engaged with the engaged portion 43101 due to factors such as resistance due to contact with the projecting portion 18301b serving as the rotation shaft, the engaging member 18310 is not engaged. When the engaging member 18300 is stopped at the engaging position with the portion 43101, the engaging member 18300 is displaced from the rear side of the bottom wall portion 43301 of the rear case 43300 to the front side of the bottom wall portion 43302, and moves to the displacement area of the engaged portion 43101. are placed. Therefore, when the substrate box 43100 is displaced, the engaged portion 43101 may collide with the engaging member 18310 and be damaged.

In contrast, in the forty-third embodiment, when the fixing member 43320 is arranged on the bottom wall portion 43301 of the rear case 43300, the engagement member 18300 is arranged at a predetermined position (part of the engagement member 18310 is 18302a of the case 43300), the engagement member 18300 is moved to a predetermined position by utilizing the force that moves the substrate box 43100 to the rear side of the bottom wall portion 43301 of the rear case 43300. position can be displaced. As a result, damage to the engaged portion 43101 of the board box 43100 can be suppressed.

Next, the rear case 44300 in the forty-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 212 to 214. FIG. In the first embodiment described above, the movement of the engaging member 310 is restricted by the screw inserted through the rear base 720 of the rotating unit 700. However, in the forty-fourth embodiment, the engaging member 44310 is , the movement of the engaging member 44310 is restricted by being engaged with the projecting portion 44102 projecting from the board box 44100 . In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 212 and 213, the configuration of the rear case 44300 in the forty-fourth embodiment will be described. FIG. 212 is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case 44300 in the forty-fourth embodiment. 213(a) is a front view of rear case 44300, and FIG. 213(b) is a cross-sectional view of rear case 44300 along line CCXIIIb-CCXIIIb of FIG. 213(a). FIGS. 213(a) and 213(b) illustrate a state in which the engaging member 44310 and the board box 44100 (projecting portion 44102) are engaged.

As shown in FIGS. 212 and 213, the rear case 44300 in the forty-fourth embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 301 in a front view, and four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 301 which are erected toward the front. An outer wall portion 302 is provided, and the wall portions 301 and 302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. In addition, the back case 44300 includes an engaging member 44310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 (the box-shaped open side (arrow F direction side)) and the back case 44300 (bottom wall portion 301). and a fixing member 44320 disposed on the rear side of the substrate box 44100 (main controller 110) for fixing (rotating) the board box 44100 (main controller 110).

The engaging member 44310 has a crank-like outer shape when viewed from the front. end portions of the first piece 44311 and the third piece 313 that connects in a direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the second piece 44311 and the second piece 312 . A slide groove 314 is formed in each of the first piece 44311 and the second piece 312 .

The first piece 44311 has an end portion on one side (arrow R direction side) opposite to the other side (arrow L direction side) to which the third piece 313 is connected as an engaging portion with a fixing member 44320 described later. The engaging portion 316 protrudes outward on both sides in the vertical direction (arrow UD direction), which is a direction substantially orthogonal to the extending direction of the first piece 44311, and the two engaging portions 316. A concave portion 44317 recessed in the extending direction (arrow LR direction) of the first piece 311 from approximately the middle position toward the bottom wall portion 301 side (back side (arrow B direction side)) of the rear case 44300. and a protruding operator 315 .

The recessed portion 44317 is formed by notching in the thickness direction (arrow FB direction) of the first piece 44311, and is formed from one side (arrow R direction side) of the first piece 44311 to the other side (arrow L direction side). ). Therefore, one side of the first piece 44311 is divided into two. Thereby, the rigidity of one side of the first piece 44311 can be made lower than that of the other side. As a result, one side of the first piece 44311 can be easily elastically deformed, and the engaging member 44310 can be easily engaged with the fixing member 44320 . Since the method of engaging the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 is the same as the method of engaging the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 in the first embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted. .

In addition, the recessed portion 44317 is formed on the recessed bottom surface recessed toward the other side (arrow L direction side) toward the bottom wall portion 301 side (arrow B direction side) toward the third piece 313 side (arrow L direction side). ) is provided.

The inclined surface 44317a is a surface for sliding the projecting portion 44102 of the substrate box 44100 to be described later when the projecting tip of the projecting portion 44102 abuts thereon. 45 degrees or less in the direction opposite to the sliding direction when the engaging member 44310 is engaged with the fixing member 44320 with respect to the moving direction (arrow FB direction) of the projecting portion 44102 when arranged in the (acute angle) and inclined. As a result, when the tip of the projecting portion 44102 of the board box 44100 abuts, the projecting portion 44102 can be easily slid along the inclined surface 44317a.

The fixing member 44320 is composed of a member separate from the rear case 44300 . As a result, the board box 44100 can be crimped and fixed to the fixing member 44320 having a smaller outer shape than the rear case 44300, so that the board box 44100 can be secured more easily than the case where the fixing member 44320 is integrally formed with the rear case 44300. Can be easily installed. As a result, the board box 44100 can be easily arranged in the rear case 44300 in a state in which the board box 44100 is difficult to be removed from the fixing member 44320 .

The fixing member 320 is composed of an interposed member 330 that engages with the engaging member 44310 described above and a pivot member 340 that is fastened to the interposed member 330 . As a result, the pivot member 340 can be used as a diversion product having the same shape as the fixing member of another game machine. Further, the shaft support member 340 is crimped to a bearing portion 117 of a board box 44100 (main controller 110), which will be described later. Note that the circuit board box 44100 is held in a rotatable state with respect to the pivot member 340 by fastening with a caulking fitting.

The board box 44100 has a horizontally long rectangular outer shape in front view, and the main controller 110 is arranged inside. The board box 44100 also includes a bearing portion 117 that protrudes from one end (the direction of the arrow R) and a protrusion 44102 that protrudes from the front of the board box 44100 . The projecting portion 44102 of the board box 44100 is made of an elastically deformable resin material, and can be elastically deformed when it comes into contact with the engaging member 44310 as described later.

The projecting portion 44102 is a portion that engages with the engaging member 44310 as described above. ), the projecting dimension toward the rear case 44300 side (arrow F direction side) is set to a dimension exceeding the front side (arrow F direction side) of the engaging member 44310 disposed in the rear case 44300, and the engaging member 44310 A bent portion 44012a that bends toward the third piece 313 of the engaging member 44310 (arrow L direction side) is provided at the front end portion of the joining member 44310 .

In addition, when the substrate box 44100 is arranged on the rear side of the rear case 44300 and the engaging member 44310 is engaged with the fixing member 320, the projecting portion 44102 has a base end side other than the bent portion 44102a. It is arranged inside the concave portion 44317 of the engaging member 44310 and is arranged at a position adjacent to the concave bottom surface (inclined surface 44317a) of the concave portion 44317 . Therefore, the bent portion 44102a can be arranged at a position overlapping the engaging member 44310 in a front view.

As a result, the circuit board box 44100 is rotated around the caulking fitting (the portion pivotally supported by the support portion 342) while the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 are engaged with each other, and the circuit board box 44100 (main controller 110) is rotated. ) can be prevented from being replaced with an incorrect board box.

Further, the width dimension of the projecting portion 44102 in the vertical direction (in the direction of the arrows UD) is set to be substantially the same as the width dimension of the concave portion 44317 of the engaging member 44310 in the vertical direction. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress elastic deformation of the first piece 44311 of the engaging member 44310 toward the inside of the recess 44317 from the state where the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 are engaged. As a result, it is possible to prevent the board box 44100 (main controller 110) connected to the fixing member 44320 from being illegally disengaged from the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 and being replaced with an illegal board. .

In the forty-fourth embodiment, after the circuit board box 44100 is arranged on the rear side of the rear case 44300 (the position shown in FIG. 213(b)), the operator 315 is removed from between the rear case 44300 and the circuit board box 44100. Engagement between the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 is performed by operation. As a result, the projecting portion 44102 of the board box 44100 and the engaging member 44310 do not come into contact with each other, and the bent portion 44102a can be arranged on the front side of the engaging member 44310 .

Next, with reference to FIG. 214, the case where the engaging members 44310 and the fixing members 44320 are engaged before the board box 44100 is arranged on the rear side of the rear case 44300 will be described.

214(a) to 214(c) are cross-sectional views of the rear case 44300. FIG. 214(a) to 214(c) correspond to the cross-sectional view of the rear case 44300 in FIG. 213(b). 214(a) to 214(c) show a transition state when the circuit board box 44100 is arranged on the rear side of the rear case 44300 with the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 engaged. are illustrated in order.

As shown in FIG. 214(a), before the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 are engaged with each other (the engaging member 44310 is arranged in the direction of the arrow L), the engaging member 44310 is attached to the substrate box. 44100 is positioned outside the displacement area of the projecting portion 44102 . Therefore, when the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 are not engaged with each other, the circuit board box 44100 rotates around the caulking fitting (the portion pivotally supported by the support portion 342) without coming into contact with the engaging member 44310. can be arranged on the rear side of the rear case 44300.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 214(b), when the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 are engaged (the engaging member 44310 is arranged in the direction of the arrow R), the engaging member 44310 is It is set at a position overlapping the displacement region of the projecting portion 44102 of the board box 44100 .

Here, the board box 44100 is a component including the main controller 110 and the like, and is more expensive than other components (eg, the fixing member 44320). Therefore, in a state where the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 are engaged with each other, the circuit board box 44100 rotates around the caulking fitting (the portion pivotally supported by the supporting portion 342) and is disposed on the rear side of the rear case 44300. When the board box 44100 is broken, the projection 44102 may come into contact with the engaging member 44310 and the board box 44100 may be damaged.

On the other hand, in the forty-fourth embodiment, since the engaging member 44310 has the inclined surface 44317a in the concave portion 44317, as shown in FIG. can be made As a result, by using the force that pushes the board box 44100 toward the front side (direction of the arrow F), the projecting portion 44102 is elastically tilted toward the front side of the inclined surface 44317a (direction of the arrow R). It can be transformed. Therefore, the tip of the projecting portion 44102 can be displaced toward the front side along the inclined surface 44317a while the projecting portion 44102 is elastically deformed. As a result, it is possible to suppress damage to the substrate box 44100 caused by the projecting portion 44102 coming into contact with the engaging member 44310 .

In addition, part of the elastic recovery force of the projecting portion 44102 when the projecting portion 44102 slides along the inclined surface 44317a is directed toward the engaging member 44310 in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixing member 44320 ( arrow L direction). Therefore, when the engagement between the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 is incomplete, the engagement between the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 can be released. As a result, it is possible to prevent the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) from being assembled in a state in which the engagement between the engaging member 44310 and the fixing member 44320 is incomplete.

It should be noted that when the bent portion 44102a is displaced to a position beyond the front side of the engaging member 44310, the projecting portion 44102 returns its elastic deformation and is arranged at the position shown in FIGS. 213(a) and 213(b). be done.

Next, the rear case 45300 in the forty-fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 215 to 217. FIG. In the eighteenth embodiment and the forty-third embodiment, the case where the engaging member 18310 is engaged with either the fixing member 18320 or the board box 43100 has been described. An engagement member 18310 is engaged with both the fixed member 320 and the board box 45100 . In addition, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

First, the configuration of the rear case 45300 in the forty-fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 215 and 216. FIG. FIG. 215 is an exploded perspective front view of the rear case 45300 in the forty-fifth embodiment. 216(a) is a front view of the rear case 45300, and FIG. 216(b) is a rear view of the rear case 45300. FIG. 217(a) is a front view of the rear case 45300, and FIG. 216(b) is a rear view of the rear case 45300. FIG. 216(a) and 216(b) show a state in which the engaging member 18300 is engaged with the fixing member 320 and the board box 45100, and FIGS. A state in which the joining member 18300 is engaged only with the fixing member 320 (and is not engaged with the board box 45100) is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 215 to 217, the rear case 45300 in the forty-fifth embodiment has a substantially rectangular bottom wall portion 45301 when viewed from the front, and the four outer edges of the bottom wall portion 45301 are erected toward the front. An outer wall portion 18302 is provided, and the wall portions 45301 and 18302 form a box shape with one side (front side) open. In addition, the rear case 45300 includes an engaging member 18310 arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 45301 (open side formed in a box shape (arrow F side direction)), and a rear case 45300 (bottom wall portion 45301). ), and a fixing member 320 that fixes (pivotally supports) the board box 45100 (main controller 110).

The bottom wall portion 45301 has an opening 301a which is rectangular in front view at the center thereof, and through the opening 301a, the third pattern display device 81 (see FIG. 2) arranged on the back surface of the bottom wall portion 45301 can be visually recognized. be done. In addition, the bottom wall portion 45301 includes a first opening portion 45301c that opens at a position facing the fixing member 45320, and a protruding portion located below the first opening portion 45301c (in the direction of arrow D) and protruding to the front side. 18301b;

The projecting portion 18301b is a projection that pivotally supports the engaging member 18310 as in the eighteenth embodiment, and projects from the front surface of the bottom wall portion 45301 in a cylindrical shape. In addition, a hole into which a screw is screwed is recessed in the projecting end surface of the projecting portion 18301b. With this configuration, when the engaging member 18310 is arranged in the rear case 18300, the engaging member 18310 can be prevented from coming out of the projecting portion 18301b by screwing the projecting portion 18301b.

The center of gravity of the engaging member 18310 pivotally supported by the rear case 45300 is positioned closer to the opening 18302a of the outer wall 18302 than the projecting portion 18301b of the rear case 45300 . As a result, when no external force is applied, gravity rotates the engaging member 18310 in a direction in which the connecting portion between the first piece 18311 and the second piece 18312 protrudes from the opening 18302a of the rear case 45300. is acted upon. Therefore, when the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 45320 is incomplete, the engaging member 18310 is protruded outside the rear case 45300, and the engagement between the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 45320 is performed. can be prevented from forgetting

The first opening 45301c is an opening for inserting the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 and the engaged portion 45101 of the circuit board box 45100 described later, and corresponds to the engaged portions 332 and 45101 at two locations. A long horizontal opening is made at the position. As a result, it is possible to dispose the engaged portion 45101 of the board box 45100 from the rear side of the rear case 45300 to the front side of the rear case 45300 after disposing the accessory device (rotation unit 700) inside the rear case 45300. can.

Further, a projecting wall 45301c1 for engaging with a locking portion 331 formed on one side (arrow R direction side) of the fixing member 45320 is projected from the edge of the first opening 45301c. The protruding wall 45301c1 has a tip bent in a direction (arrow R direction) opposite to a displacement direction (arrow L direction) when engaging an engaging member 18310 (to be described later) with the engaged portion 45101 . As a result, when the engaging member 18310 is engaged with the engaged portion 45101, the engaging member 18310 presses the engaged portion 45101, thereby moving the fixing member 45320 in the displacement direction of the engaging member 18310. , the projecting wall 45301c1 can be prevented from slipping out of the opening of the locking portion 331. As a result, it is possible to suppress the release of the engagement between the one side (arrow R direction side) of the fixing member 45320 and the rear case 45300 .

The projecting portion 18301b is a member that pivotally supports the engaging member 18310, as described in the eighteenth embodiment, and projects from the front of the bottom wall portion 45301 in a cylindrical shape. Therefore, the engaging member 18310 is arranged in the rear case 45300 so as to be rotatable about the center of the protrusion 18310b.

The board box 45100 has a horizontally long rectangular outer shape in front view, and the main controller 110 is arranged inside. Further, the board box 45100 includes a bearing portion 117 protruding from one end (the side in the direction of the arrow R) and an engaged portion 45101 protruding from the front of the board box 45100 .

The engaged portion 45101 is a portion that engages with the engaging member 18310 in a state where one end thereof is inserted inside the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320. wall 45301) on the back side (the position shown in FIG. 216(a)), the projection dimension toward the back case 45300 side (arrow F direction side) is the engagement provided on the back case 45300. Dimensioned beyond the front face of member 18310 . Further, the engaged portion 45101 is provided with an opening 45101a that opens in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) in a front view on the front side of the bottom wall portion 45301 of the rear case 45300 .

The opening 45101a is an opening into which the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18310 is inserted, and is opened at a position corresponding to the displacement region of the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18310 excluding the engaging member 18316. It is formed. Thereby, the engaging member 18310 can be inserted into the opening 45101a to engage the engaged portion 45101 and the engaging portion 45310. As shown in FIG.

In addition, the engaged portion 45101 is arranged at a different position in the displacement direction when engaging the engaging member 18310 with the engaged portion 332 of the fixed member 320 with a predetermined gap therebetween. . Thereby, after the engaging member 18310 is engaged with the fixing member 320, the engaged portion 332 of the engaged portion 45101 and the engaging member 18310 can be engaged.

The distance between the engaged portion 45101 and the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 is set to be greater than or equal to the length of the engaging portion 18316 in the displacement direction of the engaging member 18310 . As a result, the engaging portion 18316 of the engaging member 18310 can be arranged between the two engaged portions 332 and 45101 in front view (see FIG. 217(a)). As a result, the engaging member 18310 can be engaged with the fixing member 320 and can be maintained in a disengaged state with the board box 45100 .

As a result, the board box 45100 can be rotationally displaced with respect to the fixing member 320 while the fixing member 320 is engaged with the engaging member 18310 and the fixing member 320 is disposed on the rear side of the rear case 45300. can.

According to the rear case 45300 configured as described above, when the fixing member 320 and the board box 45100 are arranged in the rear case 45300 (bottom wall portion 45301), first, as shown in FIG. With the fixing member 320 connected to the 45100 with a caulking metal fitting, the engaging member 18310 is rotated in a state where the fixing member 320 is arranged on the back surface of the rear case 45300 (bottom wall portion 45301), and the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18310 is attached to the fixing member 320. is engaged with the engaged portion 332 of the . As a result, the board box 45100 can be supported by the fixing member 320 in a non-engaged state with the engaging member 18310 .

Therefore, the circuit board box 45100 can be rotated around the caulking fitting (portion pivotally supported by the support portion 342) at the rear side position of the rear case 45300 (bottom wall portion 4531). Therefore, it is possible to facilitate wiring connection to the board box 45100 (main controller 110).

Next, as shown in FIG. 217, the board box 45100 is rotated toward the rear case 45300, and after the front surface of the board box 45100 is arranged in parallel with the rear surface of the rear case 45300 (bottom wall portion 45301), , the engaging member 18100 is rotated toward the engaged portion 45101 of the board box 45100 (in the direction of the arrow L). This allows the tip of the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18100 to be inserted inside the opening 45101a of the engaged portion 45101 . As a result, the board box 45100 can be fixed to the rear side of the rear case 45300 .

Therefore, in the forty-fifth embodiment, the engaging member 18300 can have the role of fixing the fixing member 320 and the board box 45100 to the rear side of the rear case 45300 . As a result, the substrate box 45100 can be attached to the rear side of the rear case 45300 without fixing one side of the substrate box 45100 on the side of the bearing portion 117 and the other side (the direction of the arrow L) to the rear side of the rear case 45300 . can be fixed to reduce the manufacturing cost.

In this case, the engaging portion (the engaging portion between the engaging member 18310 and the engaged portion 45101) for fixing the other side (arrow L direction side) of the rear case 45300 to the rear case 45300 is replaced by the rear case 45300. can be arranged between the bottom wall portion 45301 and the base plate 60 (see FIG. 2) facing each other. As a result, access to the engaging portion of the board box 45100 from the outside of the rear case 45300 and the base plate 60 can be made difficult. As a result, it is possible to prevent board box 45100 from being illegally disengaged and board box 45100 (main controller 110) from being replaced with an illegal main controller.

In the forty-fifth embodiment, the circuit board box 45100 is removed from the back case 45300 by disassembling the base plate 60 (see FIG. 2) and the back case 45300 from the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) assembled together. After that, each accessory device (for example, the rotation unit 700) arranged inside the rear case 45300 (the front side of the bottom wall portion 45301) is removed. As a result, the engaging portion between the engaging member 18310 and the board box 45100 can be accessed, and the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18310 is elastically deformed to connect the board box 45100 and the fixing member 320 to the engaging member 18310. can be disengaged.

Next, with reference to FIG. 218, the general prize winning port unit 46150 in the forty-sixth embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the case where the rear surface portion 151d and the recessed bottom surface 151b2 of the general winning hole unit 150 are formed on a flat surface has been described. A plurality of unevennesses formed along the outer edge of the 46151 are arranged side by side on the rear surface 46151d and the recessed bottom surface 46151b2. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 218 is a sectional view of the game board 46013 in the 46th embodiment. 218 corresponds to the sectional view of the game board 13 in FIG. Also, the game board 46013 in the forty-sixth embodiment has a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, as in the first embodiment. , rails 76, 77, general winning port 63, first winning port 64, second winning port 640, variable winning device 65, first through gate 66, variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2). , and its peripheral portion is attached to the back side of the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). Further, in the forty-sixth embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 46150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening portion 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 218, the general prize winning unit 46150 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the base plate 60 of the game board 46013 in the forty-sixth embodiment is a plate-shaped unit along the front of the base plate 60. It includes a main body portion 46151 and a decorative member 154 arranged on the back side (arrow B direction side) of the main body portion 46151 . The decorative member 154 has an adhesive tape 154a attached along the outer edge thereof in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and the opposite surface of the adhesive tape 154a is attached to the back surface of the main body 46151. are placed.

The body portion 46151 is made of a transparent resin material, and decorations such as patterns and characters (pictures) of the decorative member 154 arranged on the back side (arrow B direction side) can be visually recognized from the player side (front side). It is said that In addition, the main body portion 46151 has an inclined surface 151a which is inclined toward the rear side toward the outside of the main body portion 46151 when viewed from the front, and a concave surface which is recessed from the rear side of the main body portion 46151 toward the front side. It mainly includes a recessed portion 46151b provided and a rear surface 46151d forming the rear surface of the main body portion 46151 excluding the recessed portion 46151b.

The concave portion 46151b is recessed in a shape along the outer edge of the main body portion 46151 at a position separated by a certain width from the outer edge of the main body portion 46151 to the inner side of the main body portion 46151 in a rear view. The recess 46151b is a recess that forms a space for accommodating the decorative member 154 arranged on the back side of the main body 46151, and has a shape larger than the shape of the decorative member 154 when viewed from the rear. Therefore, when the decorative member 154 is arranged inside the recess 46151b, a predetermined gap is formed between the outer edge of the decorative member 154 and the outer edge of the recess 46151b.

The recessed portion 46151b has a recessed bottom surface 46151b2 that serves as a bottom surface in the recessed direction (arrow F direction), an inner side surface 151b3 that is erected from the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 toward the back side (arrow B direction side), Prepare.

The recessed bottom surface 46151b2 is a bonding surface for the decorative member 154, and a region (a region excluding a groove-shaped portion 46151b4 and a projecting portion 46151b5, which will be described later) separated inward by a predetermined distance from the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 in a rear view is , is formed as a plane parallel to the front surface of the main body portion 46151 . As a result, when the decoration of the decorative member 154 is visually recognized through the inner region separated from the outer edge of the main body portion 46151 toward the inside by a predetermined distance in front view, the decoration of the decorative member 154 can be visually recognized uniformly. can be done.

Further, the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 includes a plurality of groove-shaped portions 46151b4 that are recessed toward the front side in a region separated inward by a predetermined distance from the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 in the rear view, and a plurality of groove-shaped portions 46151b4 that are recessed toward the rear side. and a plurality of protruding portions 46151b5 protruding from each other.

A plurality of groove-shaped portions 46151b4 are formed inward from the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 in a rear view at regular intervals, and are formed in a groove shape along the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2. Further, between adjacent groove-shaped portions 46151b4 of the plurality of groove-shaped portions 46151b4, projecting portions 46151b5 project toward the back side.

The projecting portion 46151b5 is formed between a plurality of groove portions 46151b4 formed at regular intervals, and is formed along the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 48151b2 similarly to the groove portion 46151b4. That is, the projecting portions 46151b5 and the groove-like portions 46151b4 are alternately formed from the inner portion toward the outer portion of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2.

The groove-shaped portion 46151b4 is located on the front side with respect to the plane of the bottom surface 46151b2 of the recess, and the projecting portion 46151b5 is located on the rear side with respect to the plane of the bottom surface 46151b2 of the recess. That is, the groove-shaped portion 46151b4 and the projecting portion 46151b5 are formed on the front side and the rear side of the main body portion 46151 with the plane of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 as a boundary.

As a result, as will be described later, the adhesive tape 154a pushed out by the protruding portion 46151b5 can be pushed out to the inside of the grooved portion 46151b4 and accommodated in the grooved portion 46151b4.

Also, the decorative member 154 has an adhesive tape 154a attached to its outer edge. Accordingly, the adhesive tape 154a is attached to a region where the surface opposite to the surface attached to the decorative member 154 is separated inward by a predetermined distance from the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 in the rear view. Therefore, part of the adhesive tape 154a is attached to the grooved portion 46151b4 and the projecting portion 46151b5 of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2.

Therefore, when the decorative member 154 is attached to the main body portion 46151, the adhesive tape 154a is pressed against the projecting portions 46151b5, and the adhesive tape 154a is elastically deformed and between the projecting portions 46151b5 (groove portions). 46151b4). As a result, the contact area between the adhesive tape 154a and the body portion 46151 can be increased compared to the case where the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 is not formed with the projecting portion 46151b5 and is formed flat.

That is, the adhesion area between the adhesive tape 154a and the main body portion 46151 can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the adhesion of the decorative member 154 to the main body portion 46151 from peeling off and the decorative member 154 to come off from the main body portion 46151 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the decorative member 154 from being peeled off from the main body portion 46151 and the position of the decorative member 154 relative to the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 to be displaced.

The volume of the projecting portion 46151b5 projecting from the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 toward the back side is the volume of the space recessed by the groove-shaped portion 46151b4 recessed toward the front side from the recessed bottom surface 46151b2. is set smaller than As a result, the volume of the adhesive tape 154a that is pressed by the protruding portion 46151b5 and elastically deformed enters the inside of the groove-shaped portion 46151b4 so that the volume of the adhesive tape 154a becomes smaller than the volume of the space recessed by the groove-shaped portion 46151b4. be able to.

Therefore, a space can be formed between the adhesive tape 154a that enters the groove-shaped portion 46151b4 and the groove-shaped portion 46151b4. Therefore, the light reflected to the front side from around the ends where the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 overlap in the front-rear direction (direction of arrow FB) passes through the adhesive tape 154a and reaches the main body portion 46151. After passing through the adhesive tape 154a, the light enters the main body 46151 via the air layer (the space between the groove 46151b4 and the adhesive tape 154a). is emitted to the player side.

As a result, by utilizing the refraction due to the incidence and emission of light, it is possible to make the regions visually recognized by the light that has passed through each of the two paths discontinuous. As a result, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the periphery of the ends where the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 overlap in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) in a blurred state.

Furthermore, the projected portion 46151b5 and the grooved portion 46151b4 can diffusely reflect the light incident from the outer region along the outer edge of the recessed bottom surface 46151b2 in rear view. As a result, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the periphery of the ends where the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 overlap in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) in a blurred state.

The rear surface 46151d is the rear surface of the main body 46151 excluding the recess 46151b, and is formed with a constant width in the inner portion along the outer edge of the main body 46151 in rear view. In addition, the rear surface 46151d has a plurality of rear projections 46151d2 projecting toward the rear side (arrow B direction) in a predetermined area along the inner edge of the rear surface 46151d when viewed from the rear, and groove-shaped recesses toward the front side. and a plurality of rear grooved portions 46151d1.

The rear surface groove-shaped portion 46151d1 is formed in a groove shape along the inner edge of the rear surface 46151d while being formed outward at regular intervals from the inner edge of the rear surface 46151d in the rear view. In addition, between adjacent rear groove-shaped portions 46151d1 of the plurality of rear groove-shaped portions 46151d1, rear projections 46151d2 project toward the rear side.

The rear projections 46151d2 are formed between a plurality of rear grooves 46151d1 formed at regular intervals, and are formed along the inner edge of the rear surface 46151d in the same manner as the rear grooves 46151d1. be. That is, the rear projections 46151d2 and the rear grooves 46151d1 are alternately formed from the inner edge side to the outer edge side of the rear surface 46151d.

In addition, the rear grooved portion 46151d1 is positioned on the front side with respect to the plane of the rear surface 46151d, and the rear projection portion 46151d2 is positioned on the rear side with respect to the plane of the rear surface 46151d. That is, the rear grooved portion 46151d1 and the rear projection 46151d2 are formed on the front side and the rear side of the main body 46151 with the plane of the rear surface 46151d as a boundary.

The rear grooved portion 46151d1 and the rear projection 46151d2 are caused to bite into the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60, elastically deforming the decorative surface side of the decorative member 60c, and the decorative member 60c. can be bent into a wavy shape at intervals of the projections of the rear projections 46151d2. As a result, the decoration of the decorative member 60c (with its decorative surface bent in a wavy shape) arranged on the rear side of the rear grooved portion 46151d1 and the rear projection portion 46151d2 can be obscured by the player. can be done.

Here, as described above, the rear grooved portion 46151d1 and the rear projection 46151d2 are formed at the end of the main body 46151 (back 46151d) on the side of the recess 46151b when viewed from the rear, and the decorative member 154 is formed in the recess 46151b. , so that the decoration outside the edge (boundary P1) where the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154 overlap can be obscured by the player.

Therefore, the decoration around the outside of the portion where the decorative member 154 overlaps the decorative member 60c in the front-back direction (the direction of the arrow FB) can be obscured, and the positional displacement between the decorative member 60c and the decorative member 154 can be obscured. can be made difficult for the player to recognize. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the decorations of the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154 as one decoration.

In addition, a rear projection 46151d2 is formed on the inner edge of the rear surface 46151d (the edge on the side of the recess 46151b) when viewed from the rear. As a result, when the general winning slot unit 46150 is arranged on the base plate 60 while the decorative member 60c is elastically deformed by the rear protrusion 46151d2, it is pushed out by the projection on the end side of the recess 46151b in the rear view. The decorative member 60c can be pushed inside the recess 46151b.

Therefore, since the decorative member 60c can be pushed out into the inner portion of the recess 46151b that does not face the back surface 46151d of the main body 46151, the back surface groove-shaped portion 46151d1 is formed at the end of the back surface 46151d on the side of the recess 46151b in the rear view. Compared to the case, the area of elastically deforming the decorative member 60c can be increased.

In this case, since the decorative member 60c is pushed out into the recess 46151b, the pushed-out decorative member 60c can be accommodated in the gap between the outer edge of the recess 46151b and the outer edge of the decorative member 154 in the rear view.

Therefore, the elastically deformed region of the decorative member 60c can be brought closer to the end portion (boundary P1) where the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c overlap. As a result, the player recognizes that one decoration formed by the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c is formed from two divided decorations (the decoration formed by the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c). You can make it difficult to be caught.

In addition, the volume of the rear protruding portion 46151d2 projecting from the rear surface 46151d toward the rear side is the volume of the space recessed in the rear groove portion 46151d1 recessed toward the front side from the rear surface 46151d. is set smaller than As a result, the decorative member 60c elastically deformed by being pressed by the rear projection 46151d2 enters the rear groove 46151d1. It can be smaller than volume.

Therefore, it is possible to form a space between the decorative member 60c that intrudes into the rear grooved portion 46151d1 and the rear grooved portion 46151d1. Therefore, the light reflected toward the front side from the periphery of the ends where the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 overlap in the front-rear direction (the direction of the arrow FB) directly enters the main body 46151, When the light enters the main body 46151 through the layer (the space between the rear grooved portion 46151d1 and the decoration member 60c), it passes through two paths and is emitted to the player side.

As a result, by utilizing the refraction due to the incidence and emission of light, it is possible to make the regions visually recognized by the light that has passed through each of the two paths discontinuous. As a result, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the periphery of the ends where the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 overlap in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) in a blurred state.

Further, the rear projection 46151d2 and the rear groove 46151d1 can diffusely reflect light incident on the main body 46151 from the inner region along the inner edge of the rear surface 46151d in rear view. As a result, it is possible for the player to visually recognize the periphery of the ends where the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 overlap in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) in a blurred state.

Next, with reference to FIG. 219, a general prize winning port unit 47150 in the forty-seventh embodiment will be described. In the thirty-first embodiment, the case where the inner surface on the lower side of the recessed portion 31151a1 is inclined downward toward the rear surface side was described, but the inner surface on the lower side of the recessed portion 47151a1 in the forty-seventh embodiment has been described. is formed with an upward inclination toward the back side. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 219(a) is a partially enlarged front view of the game board 47013 in the forty-seventh embodiment, and FIG. 219(b) is a schematic sectional view of the game board 47013 along line CCXIXb-CCXIXb of FIG. 219(a). . As in the first embodiment, the game board 47013 in the forty-seventh embodiment includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in a front view, and a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, a windmill, and other components. , rails 76, 77, general winning port 63, first winning port 64, second winning port 640, variable winning device 65, first through gate 66, variable display device unit 80, etc. (see FIG. 2). , and its peripheral portion is attached to the back side of the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). Furthermore, in the forty-seventh embodiment, a general prize winning port unit 47150 is arranged in the opening portion of the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11) of the base plate 60. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 219, a general prize winning port unit 47150 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 in the forty-seventh embodiment includes a plate-like main body portion 47151 along the front of the base plate 60 and a main body portion 47151. and a decorative member 154 arranged on the back side.

The body portion 47151 is made of a transparent resin material, and decorations such as patterns and characters (pictures) of the decorative member 154 arranged on the back side can be visually recognized from the player side (front side). Further, the main body portion 47151 mainly includes an inclined surface 47151a whose end in front view is inclined toward the back side, and a concave portion 151b that is recessed from the back side of the main body portion 47151 toward the front side.

The inclined surface 47151a includes a plurality of recessed portions 47151a1 that are recessed perpendicularly to the flat surface of the inclined surface 47151a. A plurality of recessed portions 47151a1 are formed in a groove shape toward the general winning opening 63 (see FIG. 219(a)) positioned below the first winning opening 64. As shown in FIG. In addition, the plurality of recessed portions 47151a1 are arranged side by side in a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the groove-shaped recessed portions 47151a1 when viewed from the front.

The plurality of recessed portions 47151a1 are recessed to have a substantially triangular cross section. In addition, the recessed portion 47151a1 has a recessed tip portion P4 (see FIG. 220(b)), which is a tip portion recessed in a triangular cross section, and extends toward the general winning opening 63 in a front view. Furthermore, the plurality of recessed portions 47151a1 has one inner surface located on the outer edge side of the main body portion 47151 in front view and the other inner surface located on the inner side (opposite side to the outer edge side) of the main body portion 47151 in front view. and

As a result, the light emitted from the inclined surface 47151a is diffusely reflected from the periphery of the decorative connection portion (boundary P1) between the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 and the decorative member 154 of the general winning opening unit 47150 toward the front side. be able to. As a result, the decoration visually recognized through the inclined surface 47151a can be obscured, and it is difficult for the player to recognize that the decoration formed by the decoration member 60c and the decoration member 154 is divided. can do.

In addition, one inner surface of the recessed portion 47151a1 located on the outer edge side of the main body portion 47151 in front view is located on the outer edge of the main body portion 47151 in front view with respect to the recessed distal end portion P4 of the recessed portion 47151a1. It is formed so as to incline toward the back side as it goes. As a result, compared to the case where the inner surface of one side located on the outer edge side of the recessed portion 47151a1 is inclined toward the front side toward the outer edge of the main body portion 47151 in a front view, it is possible to A distance (board thickness) to the rear surface of the portion 47151 can be secured. Therefore, the rigidity of the body portion 47151 can be ensured.

As a result, when the game ball flowing down the game area of the game board 47013 collides with the inclined surface 47151a when flowing down to the front side of the general winning opening unit 47150 (main body part 47151), the general winning opening unit 47150 (main body part 47151) damage can be suppressed.

In addition, the front-back direction position with respect to the front of the main-body part 47151 is always fixed for the recessed front-end|tip part P4. In addition, the inclination angle of the inner surface on one side located on the outer edge side of the recessed portion 47151a1 and the inner surface on the other side located on the inner side (opposite side to the outer edge side) with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60 is always constant. As a result, it is possible to prevent the rigidity of the portion where the concave portion 47151a1 is formed from being partially lowered, and to prevent damage to the general winning hole unit 47150 (main body portion 47151).

On the other hand, the recessed portion 47151a1 has an inner surface on the other side located inside (opposite to the outer edge side) of the main body portion 47151 in a front view, and faces the recessed tip portion P4 of the recessed portion 47151a1. It is inclined downward toward the inner side (opposite side to the outer edge side) (inclining downward toward the front side). As a result, when dust and dirt enter the inside of the recessed portion 47151a1, the dust and dirt are removed along the inner surface of the other side (the side opposite to the outer edge side) of the main body portion 47151 in a front view. It can be discharged from the inside of the concave portion 47151a1 by moving it to the side (the side in the direction of the arrow F).

As a result, when viewing the decorative member 154 or the decorative member 60c (see FIG. 219(b)) through the inclined surface 47151a, the visibility is hindered by the dust and dirt accumulated inside the recessed portion 47151a1. can be suppressed.

Furthermore, as described above, the recessed portion 47151a1 is formed in a groove shape toward the general winning opening 63 (see FIG. 219(a)) located below the first winning opening 64. A game ball that flows down the game area and collides with the concave portion 47151a1 can be guided along the groove direction of the concave portion 47151a1 (extending direction of the concave tip portion P4 in front view).

More specifically, the recessed portion 47151a1 has a recessed tip portion extending toward an opening that opens upward from the general prize winning opening 63 in a front view. As a result, when a game ball flowing down the left side of the game board 13 in front view (arrow L direction side (the side where the general prize winning port unit 47150 is arranged)) comes into contact with the concave portion 47151a1, the game ball can easily flow down toward the opening of the general prize winning port 63.例文帳に追加As a result, the game balls flowing down the game area can be easily made to flow into the opening (the hole for recovering the balls), and the stagnation of the game balls in the game area can be suppressed, so that the game progresses smoothly. .

In addition, as shown in FIG. 219(b), in this embodiment, first out ports 71 are formed on both sides of the general winning port 63 located below the first winning port 64. As shown in FIG. Therefore, when the game ball coming into contact with the recessed portion 47151a1 and flowing down toward the opening of the general winning opening 63 does not flow into the general winning opening 63, the game ball is formed on both sides of the general winning opening 63. can be made to flow into the first out port 71 . Therefore, the game ball flowing down along the concave portion 47151a1 can be easily thrown to at least some opening of the first out port 71 or the general winning port 63 (the first out port 71 or the general winning port 63).

Next, the game board 48013 in the forty-eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 220 and 221. FIG. In the thirty-fourth embodiment, the first path member 34560 arranged on the front side of the special prize winning device 34550 is made of a non-light-transmitting material, and the second path member 34560 arranged on the back side of the first path member 34560 is formed. Although the case where the path member 34570 is invisible to the player has been described, the first path member 48560 in the forty-eighth embodiment is made of a light-transmissive resin material. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 220(a) is a front view of the game board 48013 in the forty-eighth embodiment, and FIG. 220(b) is a sectional view of the game board 48013 along line CCXXb-CCXXb of FIG. 220(a). FIG. 221(a) is a perspective front view of the second path member 48570, and FIG. 221(b) is a sectional view of the special winning device 48550 along line CCXXIb-CCXXIb of FIG. 220(b).

As shown in FIGS. 220 and 221, a game board 48013 according to the forty-eighth embodiment includes a base plate 34060 cut into a substantially rectangular shape in front view, and a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding balls, windmills, and other components. , rails 76, 77, general prize-winning port 63, first prize-winning port 64, second prize-winning port 640, variable prize-winning device 65, first through gate 66, variable display device unit 80, general prize-winning port unit 150, etc. and its peripheral portion is attached to the back side (back side) of the inner frame 4 (see FIG. 1). Also, in the forty-eighth embodiment, a special prize winning device 48550 is arranged above the first prize winning port 64 (in the direction of the arrow U).

The special winning device 48550 includes a first path member 48560 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) and a second path member arranged on the back side (arrow B direction) side of the first path member 48560. 48570 and a fastener 34553 screwed to the rear side of the second path member 48570 .

Also, in the special winning device 48550, the center line of the first path member 48560 arranged on the front side (or the second path member 48570 arranged on the back side) in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR) It is arranged on the same straight line in a front view as the center line in the left-right direction of the 1 winning opening 64 . Furthermore, the special prize winning device 48550 and the first prize winning port 64 are disposed at positions separated from each other by a diameter of the game ball in the direction of gravity (arrow UD direction). This makes it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball discharged from the special prize winning device 48550 and flowing into the first prize winning port 64 .

The first path member 48560 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side (arrow F direction side) of a game ball flow-down path formed between facing a second path member 48570 described later, and is light-transmissive. formed from material. As a result, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 48550 and recognize the position of the game ball.

In addition, the first path member 48560 includes a plate-like front plate 48564 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the game area, and left and right (arrow LR direction) ends of the front plate 48564. and a first wall portion 34565 erected on the back side (arrow B direction side).

The front plate 48564 is a plate member that serves as a wall on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the flow-down path of the game ball formed between facing the second path member 48570 described later, and the second path member described later. It is set at a position spaced apart from the base plate 48571 of 48570 and the diameter of the game ball.

In addition, the front plate 48564 has a decorative surface 48564f (see FIG. 220(b)) made up of a plurality of irregularities on the front surface (the surface on the arrow F direction side). As a result, light emitted toward the player through the decorative surface 48564f (front plate 48564) can be diffusely reflected by the unevenness. Therefore, it is possible to obscure the area where the player visually recognizes the game board 48013 through the decorative surface 48564f (front plate 48564).

Further, the front plate 48654 is formed to have a larger outer shape in front view than the second path member 48570 disposed on the back side of the front plate 48654, and is positioned to cover the second path member 48570 in front view. is placed in This allows the player to visually recognize the second path member 48570 through (transmitted through) the front plate 48564 . Therefore, as described above, the area viewed through the front plate 48564 can be obscured by the unevenness of the decorative surface 48564f, so that the second path member 48570 can be obscured by the player.

The first wall portion 34565 is a portion fastened to the base plate 34060 of the game board 48013, and has a substantially L-shaped cross section in the horizontal direction. In addition, the standing dimension of the first wall portion 34565 toward the back side is the minimum facing dimension X9 (see FIG. 220(b)) between the front plate 48564 and the fourth convex portion 48571b of the base plate 48571 described later. It is set to a value larger than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, the game ball can flow down between the front plate 48564 and the fourth convex portion 48571b of the base plate 48571.

The second path member 48570 includes a plate-like base plate 48571 facing the front plate 48564 of the first path member 48560 and a columnar support 34579 projecting from the back side of the base plate 48571 .

The base plate 48571 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for the game ball in the gap between the first path member 48560 and the front plate 48564, and is set at a position spaced apart from the front plate 48564 by a diameter greater than the diameter of the game ball. . The base plate 48571 is formed in a circular shape when viewed from the front, and the center line of the circle and the center line of the support portion 34579 are coaxially set. As a result, before and after the second path member 48570 is rotated around the center line of the support portion 34579, the outer shape of the base plate 48571 in front view can be the same.

The base plate 48571 has a fourth protrusion 48571b that protrudes toward the front plate 48564 side. As a result, the game ball flowing down between the opposing base plate 48571 and the front plate 48564 can be made to collide with the fourth convex portion 48571b to change the flowing direction.

The fourth convex portion 48571b is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the front, and its center line is set coaxially with the center line of the base plate 48571 . In addition, the fourth convex portion 48571b has a non-uniform projection dimension toward the front side (arrow F direction side).

221(a) and 221(b), the lower convex portion 48571b2 in the region forming the semicircular arc portion on the upper side (arrow U direction side) of the base plate 48571 shown in FIGS. 221(a) and 221(b), and a high convex portion 48571b1 in a region forming a semicircular arc portion on the lower side (arrow D direction side) of the base plate 48571 shown in FIGS. , the projection dimension (in this embodiment, 3 mm) is set to be larger than the projection dimension of the low convex portion 48571b2.

As a result, before and after the second path member 48570 is rotationally displaced about the center of the support portion 34579, the fourth convex visible in the front view of the game board 48013 through the first path member 48560 (transmitted) The shape of the portion 48571b can be the same.

In addition, as described above, the region recognized through the front plate 48564 of the first path member 48560 is vaguely recognized due to the uneven shape of the decorative surface 48564f of the front plate 48564. It is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the difference in the projecting dimension of the fourth projecting portion 48571b projecting to the front side.

As a result, the player recognizes the difference in the height of the fourth convex portion 48571b, judges that the game state of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) is in a disadvantageous state, and stops playing the game. can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from leaving the game before playing the game, so that the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

The support portion 34579 is a portion that pivotally supports the second path member 48570 and is inserted into a cylindrical through hole 34060 d opened in the base plate 34060 . Also, the outer diameter of the support portion 34579 and the inner diameter of the through hole 34060d are formed to have substantially the same dimensions. This prevents the second path member 48570 from being displaced from the base plate 34060 before and after the second path member 48570 is rotated (displaced) about the center of the support portion 34579 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing that the position of the second path member 48570 has been changed by the displacement of the second path member 48570 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from leaving the game before playing the game, so that the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

As in the thirty-fourth embodiment, the support portion 34579 has a fastening hole 34579a (FIG. 220(b)) recessed toward the front side (arrow F direction) in the end surface of the projecting tip (arrow B direction side). reference). The fastening hole 34579a is recessed coaxially with the axis of the support portion 34579, and its inner peripheral surface is internally threaded. As a result, the screw portion 34553b of the fixture 34553 that is inserted into the through hole 34060d from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 34060 can be screwed into the fastening hole 34579a.

According to the special winning device 48550 configured as described above, when changing the discharge position of the game ball discharged from below the special winning device 48550, the operator is formed on the base plate 34060 of the game board 48013. A hand (arm) is inserted from the front side (arrow F direction side) of the game board 48013 to the back side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 34060 through the first opening 60a (center frame 86) and fixed. The operation portion 34553a of the tool 34553 is accessed.

Next, the operation portion 34553a is rotated to loosen the screw portion 34553b that is screwed into the fastening hole 34579a of the second path member 48570 . As a result, the second path member 48570 is made rotatably displaceable about the axis of the support portion 34579, and the second path member 48570 is rotated to change the position of the fourth convex portion 48571b of the second path member 48570. do. When the position of the fourth convex portion 48571b is changed, since the position where the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 48550 is likely to collide with the fourth convex portion 48571b is changed, the game discharged from the special winning device 48550 You can change the ejection position of the ball.

In this case, as described above, the base plate 48571 of the second path member 48570 is formed in a circular shape when viewed from the front, and the support portion 48579 is formed coaxially with the axis thereof, so that the second path member 48570 can be rotated. In this case, it is possible to suppress a change in the arrangement of the second path member 48570 with respect to the base plate 34060 when viewed from the front. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing that the second path member 48570 has been rotated. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from deciding that the game is disadvantageous and not playing the game.

In addition, as shown in FIGS. 221(a) and 221(b), when the high convex portion 48571b1 of the fourth convex portion 48571b is arranged below the low convex portion 48571b2 (arrow D direction side) , the front view shape of the high convex portion 48571b1 is arranged in a semicircular arc shape with an opening upward (in the direction of the arrow U).

Therefore, the inner peripheral surface side of the high convex portion 48571b1 is positioned on the upper side (arrow U direction side). Therefore, the game ball that flows into the space between the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 facing each other easily contacts the inner peripheral surface of the high convex portion 48571b1, and flows down along the inner peripheral surface of the base plate 48571. It is made easier to gather at substantially the same position in the left-right direction as the center.

As described above, in the special prize winning device 48550, the horizontal center line of the second path member 48570 arranged on the back side is arranged on the same straight line in front view as the horizontal center line of the first prize winning port 64. Since it is provided, game balls flowing down from the center of the base plate 48571 and substantially the same position in the left-right direction are made easy to flow into the first winning port 64 . That is, the game state is advantageous for the player.

On the other hand, the second path member 48570 is rotated 180 degrees around the center of the support portion 34579 from the position shown in FIG. When arranged on the upper side (arrow U direction side), the front view shape of the high convex portion 48571b1 is arranged in a semicircular arc shape with an opening downward (arrow D direction).

Therefore, the outer peripheral surface side of the high convex portion 48571b1 is positioned on the upper side (arrow U direction side). Therefore, the game ball that flows into the space between the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 facing each other easily comes into contact with the outer peripheral surface side of the high convex portion 48571b1, and flows down along the outer peripheral surface of the base plate 48571 in both left and right directions. It is made easy to flow down in either direction (direction of arrows LR).

As a result, when the high convex portion 48571b1 of the fourth convex portion 48571b is arranged on the upper side (arrow U direction side) with respect to the low convex portion 48571b2, the high convex portion 48571b1 is positioned relative to the low convex portion 48571b2. It is made difficult for game balls flowing down between the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 to flow into the first winning port 64 as compared with the case where they are arranged on the lower side (arrow D direction side). That is, the game state is disadvantageous for the player.

Further, the second path member 48570 is rotated 90 degrees clockwise about the center of the support portion 34579 from the position shown in FIG. When the high convex portion 48571b1 is arranged on the left side of the low convex portion 48571b2 in the front view (arrow L direction side), the shape of the high convex portion 48571b1 in the front view is arranged in a semicircular arc shape with the right side in the front view being open.

Therefore, the outer peripheral surface side of the high convex portion 48571b1 is positioned on the upper left side in front view. In addition, in the flow-down path of the game ball between the opposing front plate 48564 of the first path member 48560 and the base plate 48571 of the second path member 48570, the distance between the opposite sides on the left side where the high convex portion 48571b1 is arranged is low. It is set to be narrower than the space between the opposite sides on the right side in front view where the convex portion 48571b2 is arranged.

Therefore, the game ball flowing in from the front view left side between the opposing front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 easily contacts the outer peripheral surface side of the high convex portion 48571b1, and by flowing down along the outer peripheral surface, the base plate The left side of 48571 in front view (arrow L direction side) is made easy to flow down.

On the other hand, a game ball flowing in from the right side in front view between the opposing front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 is made less likely to contact the fourth convex portion 48571b than a game ball flowing in from the left side in front view. As a result, a game ball flowing in from the right side in the front view between the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 facing each other is made easier to flow down the area on the right side in the front view from the intermediate position in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR). As a result, game balls that flow in from the right side in front view between the opposing front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 are the first prize winners compared to game balls that flow in from the left side in front view between the opposing front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571. Flow into port 64 is facilitated.

In addition, game balls that flow in from the right side of the front view between the opposing front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 and flow down toward the area on the left side of the front view are made more likely to come into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the high convex portion 48571b1. As a result, the game ball that flows from the right side of the front view between the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 facing each other and flows down toward the area on the left side of the front view flows down along the inner peripheral surface of the high convex portion 48571b1. , the central side of the base plate 48571 in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR). As a result, game balls that flow in from the right side in front view between the opposing front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 are the first prize winners compared to game balls that flow in from the left side in front view between the opposing front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571. Flow into port 64 is facilitated.

The second path member 48570 is rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise with respect to the front view about the center of the support portion 34579 from the position shown in FIG. When the second path member 48570 is arranged on the right side of the low convex portion 48571b2 (in the direction of the arrow R) in front view, the second path member 48570 moves from the position shown in FIG. On the other hand, since the left and right directions are opposite to those in the case of rotating clockwise by 90 degrees, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, in the forty-eighth embodiment, by changing the arrangement of the second path member 48570 with respect to the first path member 48560, it is possible to change the position where the space between the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 is narrowed. . By changing the positions of the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571, it is possible to change the direction in which game balls tend to flow between the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 (special winning device 48550) as described above. . As a result, the game balls flowing into the facing space between the front plate 48564 and the base plate 48571 (special winning device 48550) are easily made to flow into the first winning port 64, or made difficult to flow into the first winning port 64, It is possible to change a state that is advantageous or disadvantageous to the player.

In this case, as described above, the placement of the base plate 48571 of the second path member 48570 with respect to the base plate 34060 and the concave-convex shape of the decorative surface 48564f of the front plate 48564 let the player know the placement of the second path member 48570. It can be difficult to recognize. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from playing the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and not playing the game due to the judgment that the game state is unfavorable. As a result, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

In the forty-ninth embodiment, the second path member 48570 is formed with the fourth protrusion 48571b. The first path member 48560 may be rotationally displaced by forming it on the rear side. Also, the case where the fourth convex portion 48571b is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the front has been described. For example, it may be formed in a polygonal shape such as a triangle or a square.

Next, the special winning device 49550 in the forty-ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 222 to 224. FIG. In the thirty-fifth embodiment, the first path member 35560 arranged on the front side of the special winning device 35550 is made of a non-light-transmitting material, and the second path member 35560 arranged on the back side of the first path member 35560 A case has been described in which the path member 35570 is invisible to the player, but the first path member 49560 in the forty-ninth embodiment is partially made of a light-transmissive resin material. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the special winning device 49550 in the forty-ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 222 and 223. FIG. FIG. 222(a) is a front view of the game board 49013 in the forty-ninth embodiment, and FIG. 222(b) is a sectional view of the game board 49013 along line CCXXIIb-CCXXIIb of FIG. 222(a). FIG. 223 is an exploded perspective view of the special winning device 49550. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 222 and 223, the special winning device 49550 in the forty-ninth embodiment is arranged above (in the direction of the arrow U) the first winning port 64 arranged on the game board 49013 . Also, in the special prize winning device 49550, the horizontal center line of the first path member 49560 disposed on the front side (arrow F direction side) is aligned with the horizontal center line of the first prize winning port 64 in a front view. arranged on a line.

Furthermore, the special prize winning device 49550 and the first prize winning port 64 are arranged at positions separated from each other by the diameter of the game ball in the gravity direction (arrow UD direction). This makes it easier for the player to visually recognize the game balls discharged from the special winning device 49550 .

The special winning device 49550 includes a first path member 49560 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) and a second path member arranged on the rear side (arrow F direction side) of the first path member 49560. 49570 and a fastener 34553 screwed to the rear side of the second path member 49570 .

The first path member 49560 is a member that serves as a wall portion on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the flow-down path of the game ball formed between facing the second path member 49570 described later. The front plate 49564) is formed from a light transmissive material. As a result, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 49550 and recognize the position of the game ball.

In addition, the first path member 49560 includes a plate-like front plate 49564 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the game area, and the left and right ends of the front plate 49564 to the rear side (arrow B direction side). ). In the first path member 49560, the front plate 49564 is made of a light transmissive material, and the first wall portion 49565 is made of a non-light transmissive material. As a result, while the second path member 49570 on the rear side can be seen from the player side through the front plate 49564, the second path member 49570 can be viewed by the player using the non-light-transmitting portion of the first wall portion 49565. It can be invisible from the side.

The front plate 49564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side (arrow F direction side) in the direction in which the game ball flows, formed between facing the second path member 49570 to be described later, and the second path member to be described later. It is set at a position spaced apart from the base plate 49571 of 49570 and the diameter of the game ball.

In addition, the front plate 49564 has a decorative surface 49564f (see FIG. 222(b)) made up of a plurality of irregularities on the front surface (the surface on the arrow F direction side). As a result, light emitted to the player side via the decorative surface 49564f (front plate 49564) can be diffusely reflected by these irregularities. Therefore, it is possible to obscure the area where the player visually recognizes the game board 49013 through the decorative surface 49564f (front plate 49564).

Further, the width of the front plate 49564 in the direction of gravity (the direction of the arrows UD) when viewed from the front is set to be larger than the width of the second path member 49570 in the direction of gravity. It is arranged at a position covering the front side. This allows the player to visually recognize the second path member 49570 through (transmitted through) the front plate 49564 . Therefore, as described above, the region to be viewed through the front plate 49564 can be obscured by the unevenness of the decorative surface 49564f, so that the second path member 49570 can be obscured by the player.

The first wall portion 49565 is a portion fastened to the base plate 35060 of the game board 49013, and the horizontal cross section of the first wall portion 49565 is substantially L-shaped. , the dimension X4 (see FIG. 222(b)) between the front plate 49564 and the fourth convex portion 49571b of the base plate 49571, which will be described later, is set to a value slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball.

In addition, the first wall portion 49565 has a bent portion 49565g that is bent in a direction parallel to the front surface of the base plate 35060 from the standing tip portion, and penetrates the bent portion 49565g in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). a recessed portion 49565g2 recessed from the rear surface of the bent portion 49565g toward the front side (arrow F direction side); A bulging portion 49565g3 that bulges toward (arrow F direction side) is formed.

The through-hole 49565g1 is a hole through which a screw is inserted. By screwing the screw inserted through the through-hole 49565g1 into the base plate 35060, the first path member 49560 can be fastened to the base plate 35060.

The recessed portion 49565g2 is a portion that accommodates both left and right (arrow LR direction) ends of the base plate 49571 of the second path member 49570, which will be described later. It is recessed in the central portion of the bent portion 49565g in the vertical direction (arrow UD direction).

Further, the width dimension of the recessed portion 49565g2 in the vertical direction (direction of arrows UD) is formed to be larger than the width dimension in the vertical direction of the second path member 49570 arranged on the back side of the first path member 49560. be. Furthermore, the recessed dimension of the recessed portion 49565g2 toward the front side is set larger than the plate thickness of the base plate 49571 of the second path member 49570, which will be described later. Further, the width dimension in the left-right direction of the two recessed portions 49565g2 recessed in each of the two bent portions 49565g formed on both sides in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR) is equal to the second path member 49570. is set sufficiently larger than the width dimension in the left-right direction.

As a result, when the second path member 49570 is disposed on the back side of the first path member 49560, the second path member 49570 can be accommodated in the recessed space formed by the recessed portion 49565g2. It is possible to prevent the second path member 49570 from being sandwiched between the member 49560 and the base plate 35060 facing each other.

The bulging portion 49565g3 is a portion that accommodates a fourth convex portion 49571b of a second path member 49570, which will be described later, and is formed by bulging a part of the recessed bottom surface of the recessed portion 49565g2 toward the front side. The fourth protrusion 49571b can be accommodated in the internal space. That is, the bulging portion 49565g3 is set to have a bulging dimension toward the front side larger than the bulging dimension toward the front side of the fourth convex portion 49571b.

In addition, the bulging portion 49565g3 extends outward in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR) from the base end side of the bent portion 49565g, and the positions of the bulging portions 49565g3 on both the left and right sides in the direction of gravity are set at the same height. be done. Furthermore, the lateral width dimension X16 (see FIG. 222(b)) of the internal space of the two bulging portions 49565g3 is larger than the lateral dimension X17 (see FIG. 222(b)) of the fourth convex portion 49571b. is also set large.

The second path member 49570 is a plate-shaped base plate 49571 facing the front plate 49564 of the first path member 49560, and protrudes in a rectangular shape from the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 49571. and a support portion 35579 .

The base plate 49571 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for game balls in the gap between the first path member 49560 and the front plate 49564, and is formed at a position spaced apart from the front plate 49564 by a predetermined amount. The base plate 49571 also includes a fourth protrusion 49571b that protrudes toward the front plate 49564 (arrow F direction). As a result, the game ball flowing down between the opposing base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 can collide with the fourth convex portion 49571b to change the flowing direction.

In addition, the second path member 49570 is configured such that the support portion 35579 is formed on the base plate 35060 by loosening the fastener 34553 screwed to the support portion 35579 in the same manner as the second path member 34570 in the thirty-fifth embodiment. It can be slid along the inside of the slide hole 35060e (see FIG. 222(b)). Thus, by changing the arrangement of the fourth convex portion 49571b with respect to the base plate 35060, it is possible to change (adjust) the flowing direction of the game ball flowing between the base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 facing each other.

The fourth convex portion 49571b is formed to extend in the left-right direction (directions of arrows LR) when viewed from the front. In addition, the fourth convex portion 49571b is set so that the projection dimension toward the front side (arrow F direction side) is non-uniform.

More specifically, the fourth convex portion 49571b is set to have a predetermined protrusion dimension (1.5 mm in this embodiment) at the low convex portion 49571b2 forming the intermediate portion in the left-right direction. The high projections 49571b1 forming the both side portions are set to have a projection dimension (3 mm in this embodiment) larger than the projection dimension of the low projections 49571b2.

The connecting portion between the low convex portion 49571b2 and the high convex portion 49571b1 is inclined from the projecting tip portion of the low convex portion 49571b2 toward the projecting tip portion of the high convex portion 49571b1 as shown in FIG. 222(b). formed by As a result, when a game ball flowing down between the opposing base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 contacts the connecting portion between the low convex portion 49571b2 and the high convex portion 49571b1, the game ball is pushed along the fourth convex portion 49571b. can flow down. As a result, it is possible to easily gather the game balls flowing down between the base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 to the front side of the low convex portion 49571b2.

In addition, the horizontal extension dimension X18 (see FIG. 222(b)) of the low convex portion 49571b2 of the fourth convex portion 49571b is the horizontal is set to be smaller than the maximum displaceable movable amount X19 (see FIG. 222(b)).

As a result, when the placement of the second path member 49570 is moved, and the center position of the second path member 49570 in the left-right direction is moved to a position different from the center position of the first winning opening 64 in the left-right direction, It is possible to make it easier to dispose the connecting portion (inclined portion) of the low convex portion 49571b2 and the high convex portion 49571b1 above the first winning hole 64 . As a result, the game ball that flows into between the opposing base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 from above the first winning port 64 in the direction of gravity is brought into contact with the connecting portion of the low convex portion 49571b2 and the high convex portion 49571b1, thereby causing the first winning. It can make it difficult to flow into the mouth.

Further, the extension dimension X18 is set smaller than the opening width in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) of the first prize winning port 64 arranged below the special prize winning device 49550 . As a result, when the low convex portion 49571b2 is arranged above the first winning hole 64, it is possible to make it easier for the game balls collected on the front side of the low convex portion 49571b2 to flow into the first winning hole 64. .

According to the special winning device 49550 configured as described above, when changing the discharge position of the game ball discharged from below the special winning device 49550, the operator is formed on the base plate 49060 of the game board 49013. A hand (arm) is inserted from the front side (arrow F direction side) of the game board 49013 to the back side (arrow B direction side) of the base plate 35060 through the first opening 60a (center frame 86), and fixed. The operation portion 34553a of the tool 34553 is accessed.

Next, the operation portion 34553a is rotated to loosen the screw portion 34553b that is screwed into the fastening hole 34579a of the second path member 49570 . This allows the support portion 35579 of the second path member 49570 to move along the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 34060d. When the second path member 49570 is moved to a predetermined position, the position of the fourth protrusion 49571b is similarly changed. Therefore, as described above, above the first winning port 64, the game ball flowing in from between the opposing base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 is brought into contact with the connecting portion of the low convex portion 49571b2 and the high convex portion 49571b1. Alternatively, by making it difficult to contact, the game ball can be made to flow into the first winning port 64 easily or difficultly.

Next, with reference to FIG. 224, the change of the game ball ejection position when the position of the fourth convex portion 49571b (second path member 49570) of the special winning device 49550 in the forty-ninth embodiment is changed will be described. Figures 224(a) to 224(c) are sectional views of the game board 49013 along line CCXXIV-CCXXIV in Figure 222(b). 224(a) to 224(c), the position of the second path member 49570 in FIG. 224(b) is set as a reference position, and in FIG. 224(c) shows a state in which the second path member 49570 is displaced to the right (arrow R direction) in front view from the reference position.

First, as shown in FIG. 224(b), when the substantially central portion in the horizontal direction (arrow LR direction) of the low convex portion 49571b2 of the fourth convex portion 49571b is arranged above the first prize winning opening 64. , the connecting portions of the low convex portion 49571b2 and the high convex portion 49571b1 are arranged on both lateral sides of the first winning port 64. As shown in FIG.

Therefore, the game ball that flows into the gap between the base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 facing each other from the gravity direction upper side of the first winning hole 64 passes through the facing gap between the low convex portion 49571b2 and the front plate 49564 and enters the first winning hole 64. easier to flow in. That is, the game state is advantageous for the player.

On the other hand, the game ball that flows into the gap between the base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 facing each other from the gravity direction upper side of the left and right sides of the first winning port 64 contacts the connecting portion of the low convex portion 49571b2 and the high convex portion 49571b1. As a result, the player is easily guided to the upper side of the first prize winning port 64 in the direction of gravity. Therefore, game balls that flow into the gap between the base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 facing each other from both laterally outer sides of the first winning port 64 in the gravitational direction are facilitated to flow into the first winning port 64 .

Therefore, when the substantially central portion of the low convex portion 49571b2 of the fourth convex portion 49571b in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) is arranged above the first winning port 64 in the gravitational direction, the base plate 49571 and the front plate The game balls flowing in between the 49564 facing each other can be easily discharged from the upper side of the first prize winning port 64 in the gravitational direction and easily flowed into the first prize winning port 64.例文帳に追加

Next, as shown in FIG. 224(a), the substantially central portion in the horizontal direction (arrow LR direction) of the low convex portion 49571b2 of the fourth convex portion 49571b is on the left side of the first prize winning opening 64 when viewed from the front. When it is moved, the connecting portion with the high convex portion 49571b1 on the right side in the front view of the low convex portion 49571b2 is arranged above the first prize winning opening 64 in the direction of gravity.

Therefore, the game ball that flows from the gravity direction upper side (the arrow U direction side) of the first winning hole 64 into the space between the base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 facing each other is connected to the right side of the low convex portion 49571b2 and the high convex portion 49571b1 in front view. It is made easy to flow down the left side of the first winning port 64 by contacting the part.

In addition, the game ball that flows into the space between the base plate 49571 and the front plate 49564 facing each other from the upper side of the low convex portion 49571b2 in the direction of gravity passes through the space between the low convex portion 49571b2 and the front plate 49564, and the left side of the first winning opening 64. flow down.

Therefore, when the substantially central portion of the low convex portion 49571b2 of the fourth convex portion 49571b in the horizontal direction (arrows LR) is arranged on the left side of the first winning hole 64, the substantially central portion of the low convex portion 49571b2 is arranged on the upper side of the first winning port 64 in the gravitational direction. That is, the game state can be disadvantageous for the player.

Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 224(c), the substantially central portion in the horizontal direction (arrow LR direction) of the low convex portion 49571b2 of the fourth convex portion 49571b moves to the right side in the front view with respect to the first prize winning opening 64. In this case, the substantially central portion of the low convex portion 49571b2 of the fourth convex portion 49571b in the left-right direction (the direction of the arrows LR) is moved to the left side in front view with respect to the first prize winning opening 64, and the ball is moved. Since the directions are opposite left and right when viewed from the front, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, in the forty-ninth embodiment, the arrangement of the second path member 49570 with respect to the first path member 49560 is changed to change the position where the gap between the front plate 49564 and the base plate 49571 facing each other is narrowed. can be done. By changing the positions of the front plate 49564 and the base plate 49571, it is possible to change the direction in which game balls tend to flow between the front plate 49564 and the base plate 49571 (special winning device 49550) as described above. . As a result, the game balls flowing into the facing space between the front plate 49564 and the base plate 49571 (special winning device 49550) are easily made to flow into the first winning port 64, or made difficult to flow into the first winning port 64, It is possible to create favorable or unfavorable conditions for the player.

In this case, as described above, the base plate 49571 of the second path member 49570 has a region visually recognized through the front plate 49564 and unevenness of the decorative surface 49564f of the front plate 49564. The placement of 49570 can be made difficult to recognize. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from playing the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) and not playing the game due to the judgment that the game state is unfavorable. As a result, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 225 and 226, the special winning device 50550 in the fiftieth embodiment will be described. In the thirteenth embodiment, the first path member 13560 arranged on the front side of the special prize winning device 13550 is made of a light transmitting member, and game balls flowing down the back side of the first path member 13560 are visually recognized from the front side. In the fiftieth embodiment, an opening 50564g is formed in the front plate 50564 of the first path member 50560, and game balls flowing down the back side can be visually recognized through the opening 50564g. be done. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the special winning device 50550 in the fiftieth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 225 and 226. FIG. FIG. 225(a) is a front view of the special winning device 50550 in the fiftieth embodiment, and FIG. 225(b) is a sectional view of the special winning device 50550 along line CCXXVb-CCXXVb of FIG. 225(a). 226(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the special winning device 50550, and FIG. 226(b) is an exploded perspective rear view of the special winning device 50550. FIG.

In FIG. 226(b), the line of sight from the top when viewing the inside of the special winning device 50550 through the opening 50564g of the front plate 50564, which will be described later, is indicated by the line of sight SS1 and is shown by a chain double-dashed line. SS2 is attached to the line of sight from the bottom and is illustrated by a chain double-dashed line.

As shown in FIGS. 225 and 226, the special prize winning device 50550 in the fiftieth embodiment includes a first path member 50560 provided on the front side and a first path member 50560 provided on the back side of the first path member 50560. 2 path member 50570;

In the fiftieth embodiment, similarly to the special winning device 13550 in the thirteenth embodiment, the first winning port 64 (Fig. 2) are provided. Therefore, the larger the number of game balls ejected from the left side of the special winning device 50550 in front view compared to the right side (arrow R direction side) in front view, the more advantageous the game state is set for the player.

The first path member 50560 includes a front plate 50564 formed in a plate shape along the front side of the game area of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2), and left and right ends of the front plate 50564 to the rear side (base plate). 60 side (see FIG. 11)).

The front plate 50564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side (arrow F direction side) of a game ball flow-down path formed between facing a second path member 50570 described later, and is formed of a non-light-transmitting member. be done. As a result, the game ball flowing down the back side through the front plate 50564 can be made invisible. In addition, the front plate 50564 has a plurality of openings 50564g that open toward the second path member 50570 side from the front side, and a plurality of openings 50564g that open toward the second path member 50570 side from the front side, and a plurality of openings 50564g that open toward the side of the second path member 50570 from the front side. and a third protrusion 13564d protruding toward the side.

The plurality of openings 50564g are formed in the left-right direction (directions of arrows LR) of the first path member 50560 when viewed from the front, and are separated from the openings 50564g adjacent to each other in the direction of gravity by a predetermined distance. The pieces (seven pieces in this embodiment) are arranged side by side in the direction of gravity.

In addition, the opening 50564g is set so that the distance dimension Y10 (see FIG. 225(a)) between the openings 50564g adjacent to each other in the gravity direction is smaller than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the game ball flowing down between the front plate 50564 of the first path member 50560 and the base plate 50571 of the second path member 50570 can always be visually recognized from at least one opening 50564g when viewed from the front. can.

Here, as described above, the special prize winning device 50550 is arranged above the first prize winning port 64, so that the first prize winning port 64 (see FIG. 2) and the center of the first prize winning port 64 (see FIG. 2) in the gravity direction (arrow UD direction) It is arranged between the frame 86 (see FIG. 2). Therefore, the special winning device 50550 is arranged below the middle position (center frame 86) of the game board 13 in the direction of gravity (arrow UD direction).

As described above, the player's viewpoint in the normal game state is set at approximately the middle position of the game board 13 in the direction of gravity. Therefore, the special winning device 50550 arranged below the substantially middle position of the game board 13 in the direction of gravity is viewed by the player when looking down from the front side.

On the other hand, according to the opening 50564g in the fiftieth embodiment, even when the dimension Y10 of the adjacent openings 50564g is viewed from above, the special winning device 50564g can be viewed from at least one opening 50564g. The size is set so that the game ball flowing down inside the device 50550 can be visually recognized.

More specifically, the opening width Y11 (see FIG. 226(b)) in the gravity direction (arrow UD direction) is set with respect to the plate thickness T3 (see FIG. 226(b)) of the front plate 50564 . Also, if the angle of inclination of the opening 50564g when viewing the lower end on the back side from the upper end on the front side is an angle θ7 (see FIG. 226(b)), the distance between each dimension (Y10×Y11 )/(T3×sInθ7)<(diameter of game ball) is set. Thereby, when the special winning device 50550 is viewed through the opening 50564g, the game ball can be viewed from any position.

The second path member 50570 includes a plate-like base plate 50571 facing the front plate 50564 of the first path member 50560, and the left and right ends of the base plate 50571 (in the directions of arrows LR) of the first path member 50560. and a fourth wall portion 13573 protruding toward the front plate 50564 side.

The base plate 50571 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for a game ball in the gap between the first path member 50560 and the front plate 50564, and has an outer shape smaller than that of the front plate 50564 when viewed from the front. As a result, the front side of the base plate 50571 can be covered with the front plate 50564, making it difficult for the player to visually recognize the base plate 50571.

In addition, the base plate 50571 includes a plurality of (two in this embodiment) fourth protrusions 50571b protruding toward the first path member 50560 (in the direction of the arrow F), and positioned below the fourth protrusions 50571b. and a sixth convex portion 13571d projecting toward the front plate 50564 side.

The plurality of fourth convex portions 50571b are projections for guiding game balls flowing down inside the special prize winning device 50550, and extend across the base plate 50571 in the horizontal direction (direction of arrows LR). Therefore, the shim member SI (see FIGS. 2226(a) and 226(b)) is sandwiched between the front plate 50564 and the base plate 50571, and the front surface of the base plate 50571 is inclined with respect to the rear surface of the front plate 50564. In this case, the game ball that abuts on the fourth convex portion 50571b can be guided to the side where the facing distance between the front plate 50564 and the base plate 50571 in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) is increased.

In addition, the fourth projections 50571b are arranged side by side at predetermined intervals in the direction of gravity (direction of arrows UD), and are formed between adjacent openings 50564g. As a result, when the special winning device 50550 is viewed from a direction perpendicular to the front surface of the front plate 50564, it is possible to prevent the fourth protrusion 50571b from being viewed through the opening 50564g. Therefore, before the player recognizes the space between the facing surfaces of the fourth convex portion 50571b and the front plate 50564 and plays a game with the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), the player recognizes that the game state is unfavorable. It is possible to suppress the fact that the game is not played. As a result, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

Furthermore, the fourth convex portion 50571b is below the line of sight SS1 from the top of the opening 50564g formed on the upper side in the direction of gravity of the two adjacent openings 50564g, and is located at the two adjacent openings. It is formed above the line of sight SS2 from the bottom of the opening 50564g formed on the lower side in the direction of gravity in the portion 50564g. As a result, when viewing the inside of the special winning device 50550 from the front side through the opening 50564g, it is possible to make it difficult to view the fourth convex portion 50571b formed on the second path member 50570. Therefore, before the player recognizes the space between the facing surfaces of the fourth convex portion 50571b and the front plate 50564 and plays a game with the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), the player recognizes that the game state is unfavorable. It is possible to suppress the fact that the game is not played. As a result, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

Similarly to the fourth convex portion 50571b, the upper end of the base plate 50571 in the direction of gravity is visible from the line of sight SS1 from the top of the opening 50564g formed on the upper side in the direction of gravity of the two adjacent openings 50564g. , and is formed above the line of sight SS2 from the bottom of the opening 50564g formed on the lower side in the direction of gravity of the two adjacent openings 50564g. As a result, when viewing the inside of the special winning device 50550 from the front side through the opening 50564g, it is possible to make it difficult to view the upper end of the base plate 50571 in the gravitational direction. Therefore, before the player recognizes the gap between the opposing base plate 50571 and the front plate 50564 and plays a game with the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), the player recognizes that the game state is unfavorable and starts the game. It can be suppressed that it will not be done. As a result, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

The adjustment (movement) of the gap between the front plate 50564 of the first path member 50560 and the base plate 50571 of the second path member 50570 in the fiftieth embodiment is performed by moving the shim member SI in the same manner as in the thirteenth embodiment. It can be adjusted at a position sandwiched between the front plate 50564 and the base plate 50571, and the adjustment method is the same as in the thirteenth embodiment, so a detailed description will be omitted.

Next, with reference to FIG. 227, the special winning device 51550 in the fifty-first embodiment will be described. In the fiftieth embodiment, the case where the opening 50564g formed in the front plate 50564 is formed in the left-right direction (the direction of the arrows LR) has been described. An opening 51564g is formed in the direction of gravity (arrow UD direction). In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the special winning device 51550 in the fifty-first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 227(a) is a front view of the special winning device 51550 in the fifty-first embodiment, and FIG. 227(b) is a sectional view of the special winning device 51550 along line CCXXVIIb-CCXXVIIb of FIG. 227(a).

In addition, in FIG. 227(a), the fourth convex portion 51571b formed on the base plate 51571 is illustrated by a chain line. In addition, in FIG. 227(b), when viewing the inside of the special winning device 51550 through the opening 51564g of the front plate 51564, the line of sight from the left end in the front view is denoted by a line of sight SS3. The line of sight from the right end in the front view is indicated by a dashed dotted line with the code of line of sight SS4.

As shown in FIG. 227, the special winning device 51550 in the fifty-first embodiment includes a first path member 51560 arranged on the front side and a second path member arranged on the back side of the first path member 51560. 51570;

In the fifty-first embodiment, similarly to the special winning device 50550 in the fiftieth embodiment, the first winning port 64 (Fig. 2) is provided. Therefore, the larger the number of game balls ejected from the left side of the special winning device 51550 in front view compared to the right side (arrow R direction side) in front view, the more advantageous the game state is set for the player.

The first path member 51560 includes a front plate 51564 formed in a plate shape along the front side of the game area of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2), and left and right ends of the front plate 51564 to the rear side (base plate). and a first wall portion 13565 projecting toward the 60 side (see FIG. 11).

The front plate 51564 is a plate member that serves as a wall portion on the front side (arrow F direction side) of a game ball flow-down path formed between opposing second path members 51537, which will be described later, and is formed of a non-light-transmitting member. be done. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the back side through the front plate 51564 can be made invisible. In addition, the front plate 51564 has a plurality of openings 51564g that open toward the second path member 51570 from the front side, and a plurality of openings 51564g that open toward the second path member 51570 from the front side. and a third protrusion 13564d protruding toward the side.

The plurality of openings 51564g are elongated in the direction of gravity of the first path member 51560 (the direction of arrows UD) when viewed from the front, and are spaced apart from adjacent openings 51564g by a predetermined distance. (Six in this embodiment) are arranged side by side in the left-right direction (direction of arrows LR).

Further, the opening 51564g is set so that the distance dimension X20 between the adjacent openings 51564g in the horizontal direction (arrow LR direction) is smaller than the diameter of the game ball. As a result, the game ball flowing down between the front plate 51564 of the first path member 51560 and the base plate 51571 of the second path member 51570 can be visually recognized from at least one opening 51564g in a front view. .

In the opening 51564g, the distance Y12 (see FIG. 227(a)) from the end of the gravity direction (arrow UD direction) to the end of the front plate 51564 in the gravity direction is smaller than the diameter of the game ball. set. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball that has flowed into the special winning device 51550 from becoming invisible due to the front plate 51564 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing sight of the game ball that has flowed into the special winning device 51550 .

Here, as described above, the special prize winning device 51550 is disposed above the first prize winning port 64 (see FIG. 2). -R direction) is arranged at a substantially central position. Also, the player can visually recognize the game board 13 from either the left or right direction on the front side. Therefore, if the distance between the adjacent openings 51564g is simply set smaller than the diameter of the game ball, when the player visually recognizes the openings 51564g from positions shifted left and right with respect to the front of the front plate 51564, There is a possibility that the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 51550 cannot be recognized by the player.

On the other hand, according to the opening 51564g in the fifty-first embodiment, the dimension X20 of the adjacent openings 51564g is such that even when the special winning device 51550 is viewed from a laterally displaced position, at least one opening 51564g The size is set so that the game ball flowing down inside the special winning device 51550 can be visually recognized.

More specifically, the opening width X21 (see FIG. 227(b)) in the horizontal direction (direction of arrows LR) is set with respect to the plate thickness T4 (see FIG. 227(b)) of the front plate 51564 . Also, if the angle of inclination when viewing from one of the left and right ends on the front side of the opening 51564g to the other of the left and right ends on the back side is θ8 (see FIG. 22708(b)), each Between the dimensions, (X20×X21)/(T4×sInθ8)<(diameter of game ball) is set. Thereby, when the special winning device 51550 is viewed through the opening 51564g, one game ball can be viewed from any position.

As for the second path member 51570 . A plate-like base plate 51571 facing the front plate 51564 of the first path member 51560, and projecting from the left and right ends of the base plate 51571 (directions of arrows LR) toward the front plate 51564 of the first path member 51560. and a fourth wall portion 13573 .

The base plate 51571 is a member that forms a ball-throwing path for game balls in the gap between the first path member 51560 and the front plate 51564 , and has an outer shape smaller than that of the front plate 51564 when viewed from the front. As a result, the front side of the base plate 51571 can be covered with the front plate 51564, making it difficult for the player to visually recognize the base plate 51571.

The base plate 51571 has its upper end in the direction of gravity (direction of arrows UD) on the back side between the upper end of the opening 51564g in the direction of gravity (direction of arrows UD) and the upper end of the front plate 51564 in the direction of gravity (direction of arrows UD). set. As a result, the upper end of the base plate 51571 in the direction of gravity can be made difficult for the player to see with the front plate 51564 . As a result, the player recognizes the space between the front plate 51564 and the base plate 51571 facing each other, and recognizes whether the game state is favorable or unfavorable before playing the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). can be suppressed.

In addition, the base plate 51571 includes a plurality of (nine in this embodiment) fourth protrusions 51571b protruding toward the first path member 51560 (in the direction of the arrow F), and four protrusions 51571b below the fourth protrusions 45171b. and a sixth convex portion 13571d projecting from the front toward the first path member 51560 side.

A plurality of fourth convex portions 51571b are protrusions for guiding game balls flowing down inside the special winning device 51550, and are divided across the horizontal direction (arrow LR direction) in the front view of the base plate 51571. formed by Therefore, when the shim member SI (see FIG. 157(a)) is sandwiched between the front plate 51564 and the base plate 51571 and the front surface of the base plate 51571 is inclined with respect to the rear surface of the front plate 51564, the second The game ball that abuts on the 4 convex portion 51571b can be guided to the side where the facing distance between the front plate 51564 and the base plate 51571 in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) is increased.

In addition, the fourth convex portion 51571b divided in the left-right direction (the direction of the arrows LR) projects from one end in the left-right direction to the other end in the downward direction in the direction of gravity. As a result, when a game ball is guided from one side to the other side, the game ball can be easily guided from the fourth convex portion 51571b on one side to the upper end portion of the fourth convex portion on the other side. As a result, the game ball can be easily guided by the fourth convex portion 51571b. In addition, the fourth protrusion 51571b is divided into substantially X-shaped portions when viewed from the front. A game ball can be easily guided in both left and right directions by a plurality of downwardly inclined fourth convex portions 51571b.

The fourth protrusions 51571b are arranged side by side at predetermined intervals in the direction of gravity in the horizontal direction (arrows LR) in a front view, and are formed between adjacent openings 51564g. Thereby, when the special winning device 51550 is viewed from a direction perpendicular to the front surface of the front plate 51564, it is possible to prevent the fourth protrusion 51571b from being viewed through the opening 51564g. As a result, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

Further, the fourth convex portion 51571b is located on the right side of the line of sight SS3 (arrow R direction side) and is formed on the left side (arrow L direction side) of the line of sight SS3 from the right end of the opening 51564g formed on the left-right right side of the two adjacent openings 51564g. .

As a result, when viewing the inside of the special winning device 51550 through the opening 51564g from the front side of the special winning device 51550, it is possible to make it difficult to visually recognize the fourth convex portion 51571b formed on the second path member 51570. . Therefore, the player recognizes the gap between the confronting fourth convex portion 51571b and the front plate 51564, and recognizes that the game state is unfavorable before playing the game with the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1). can be suppressed. As a result, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

The adjustment (movement) of the gap between the front plate 51564 of the first path member 51560 and the base plate 51571 of the second path member 51570 in the fifty-first embodiment is performed by moving the shim member SI in the same manner as in the thirteenth embodiment. It can be adjusted at a position sandwiched between the front plate 51564 and the base plate 51571 facing each other, and the adjustment method is the same as in the thirteenth embodiment, so a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 228 and 229, the first unit 52551 of the special winning device 52550 in the 52nd embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the case where the second concave portion 571I and the second convex portion 564c are formed in the curved path WK1 of the first unit 551 has been described. , a rear-side second convex portion 52571p and a second convex portion 52564c are formed.

First, the configuration of the first unit 52551 in the fifty-second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 228 and 229. FIG. FIG. 228 is a sectional view of the first unit 52551 in the fifty-second embodiment. 229(a) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 52551 along line CCXXIXa-CCXXIXa in FIG. 228, and FIG. 229(b) is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 52551 along line CCXXIXb-CCXXIXb in FIG. 228 corresponds to the cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 in FIG. 25(a).

As shown in FIGS. 228 and 229, the first unit 52551 in the fifty-second embodiment, like the first unit 551 in the first embodiment, has a space (path) through which game balls can flow down. , are arranged on the center frame 86 (see FIG. 2).

The first unit 52551 includes a first path member 52560 disposed on the front side (arrow F direction side) and a second path member 52560 disposed on the back side (arrow B direction side) of the first path member 52560 . It mainly includes a path member 52570 and a third path member 580 (see FIG. 19) disposed on the back surface of the second path member 52570. As shown in FIG.

The first path member 52560 includes a front plate 52564 formed in a plate shape along the front of the game area of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2), and a substantially U-shaped cross section with an open upper side (arrow U direction side). A first receiving portion 561, a second receiving portion 562 and a third receiving portion 563 (see FIG. 21) protruding from the upper end of the front plate 52564 to the rear side, the first receiving portion 561, A first wall portion 565 that is continuously formed on the lower side of the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563 (in the direction of the arrow D) and extends along a part of the edge of the front plate 564; , two sets of a second wall portion 566 and a third wall portion 567 (see FIG. 21) formed below the first wall portion 565 and protruding from two locations separated by a predetermined interval. Prepare.

The front plate 52564 is a plate member that serves as a wall on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between facing a second path member 52570 or a third path member 580 (see FIG. 19), which will be described later. It is formed from a transparent member. Thereby, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 52551 through the front plate 52564 .

In addition, the front plate 52564 is provided with a guide portion 564a (see FIG. 20) protruding toward the second path member 52570 side (arrow B direction side), and the guide portion 564a causes the game ball to hit the back surface of the front plate 52564. It is possible to suppress the formation of scratches due to contact and the adhesion of dirt on the game ball, and maintain a state in which the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 52551 is easily visible to the player.

The second path member 52570 includes a plate-like base plate 52571 facing the front plate 52564 of the first path member 52560, and a fourth wall portion 573 projecting from the front of the base plate 52571 toward the first path member 52560. and a fifth wall portion 574 (see FIG. 21) projected at a position spaced downward from the fourth wall portion 573 by a predetermined distance, and spaced downward from the fifth wall portion 574 by a predetermined distance. and a sixth wall portion 575 (see FIG. 21) protruding from the position.

The base plate 52571 is disposed at a position separated from the front plate 52564 of the first path member 52560 by a diameter of the game ball. Thereby, the game ball can flow down between the front plate 52564 and the base plate 52571 .

The flow-down path of the game ball formed between the facing first path member 52560 and the second path member 52570 is the same as in the first embodiment, from the main path SK1 to the main path SK6, the curved path WK1 and the sub path HK1. It mainly includes a secondary route HK3. A game ball flows through these flow paths in the order of main path SK1, main path SK2, curved path WK1, main path SK3, main path SK4, main path SK5, and main path SK6. Alternatively, the fuel flows from the main route SK3 on the way down the main routes SK1 to SK6 to the sub route HK1 communicating with the main route SK3, and flows down the sub route HK1. Alternatively, from the main route SK5 on the way down the main routes SK1 to SK6, it flows into either the sub route HK2 or the sub route HK3 communicating with the main route SK5, and flows down either the sub route HK2 or the sub route HK3. do.

The main path SK2, the main path SK3, and the curved path WK1 in the fifty-second embodiment include a rear-side first convex protruding from the base plate 52571 of the second path member 52570 toward the front side (arrow F direction side). 52571n, a rear-side second convex portion 52571p, and a third concave portion 571j recessed toward the rear side (arrow B direction side). It has a second protrusion 52564c and a third protrusion 564d that protrude toward.

The first rear projection 52571n is formed on the main path SK2, the second rear projection 52571p and the second projection 52564c are formed on the curved path WK1, and the third recess 571j and the third projection 564d are formed on the main path SK3. be done.

The rear-side first convex portion 52571n is formed downstream of the first stepped portion 571k in the rolling direction of the game ball on the main route SK2, and is located downstream of the first step portion 571k in the rolling direction of the game ball on the main route SK2. An end portion on the upstream side is formed continuously with an end portion of the first step portion 571k.

In addition, the rear-side first convex portion 52571n is formed such that the inclination angle with respect to the front surface of the base plate 52571 on the upstream side of the main path SK2 is substantially the same as the inclination angle with respect to the front surface of the base plate 52571 of the first step portion 571k. Therefore, after the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 flows down along the first step portion 571k, the game ball can flow down along the rear-side first convex portion 52571n. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 between the opposing front plate 52564 and the base plate 52571 can be guided to the front plate 52564 side (front side).

In addition, the gap L24 (see FIG. 229(b)) between the first convex portion 52571n on the back side and the facing of the front plate 52564 is set to a value larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the game ball can pass through the facing space. It is said that In addition, the distance dimension L25 (see FIG. 229(b)) from the projecting tip of the rear-side first convex portion 52571n to the rolling end in the downstream direction of the main path SK2 is set to a value smaller than the radius of the game ball. be.

As a result, the game ball guided inside the main path SK2 to the protruding side of the rear-side first convex portion 52571n (front plate 52564 side (front side)) is the base end side of the rear-side first convex portion 52571n (base plate The game ball can be thrown to the curved path WK1 before turning back to the 52571 side (back side). Therefore, the game ball flowing into the curved path WK1 can be shifted to the front plate 52564 side.

The rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c are formed at positions facing each other in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). In addition, the rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c are set to have approximately the same projecting dimension at the positions where they face each other. As a result, the game ball flowing into the main path SK3 from the curved path WK1 can be thrown to a substantially central position in the front-rear direction of the main path SK3.

In addition, the rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c are formed in a rectangular shape elongated in a direction intersecting the throwing direction of the curved path WK1 when viewed from the front, and communicated with the main path SK2 when viewed from the front. The longitudinal direction is set in a direction inclined upward in the gravitational direction (arrow U direction side) as the distance from .

More specifically, the rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c are arranged linearly along the rolling trajectory of the center of the game ball rolling on the main path SK2 (fourth wall portion 573) when viewed from the front. With respect to the drawn imaginary line IL3 (see FIG. 228), the communicating side with the main path SK2 is formed below the imaginary line IL3 in the gravitational direction (arrow D direction side), and from the communicating side with the main path SK2 The spaced side is formed above the imaginary line IL3 in the gravitational direction (arrow U direction side).

Further, the rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c are set so that the projecting distance in the facing direction (arrow FB direction) increases as the distance from the communication side with the main path SK2 side increases. . That is, the distance between the facing second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c on the rear surface side is set to be larger the closer to the main path SK2 side.

As a result, when the rolling speed of the game ball flowing into the curved path WK1 from the main path SK2 is relatively fast, the game ball is brought into contact with the projecting tip surfaces of the rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c. It is possible to suppress the game ball from being scattered inside the curved path WK1.

In addition, the rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c are provided with a rear-side tip surface 52571p1 and a front-side flat surface 52564c1, which are respectively formed as flat surfaces on the protruding tip surfaces, and these rear-side tip surfaces 52571p1 and A front-side flat surface 52564c1 is formed so as to be inclined toward the projecting base end side toward the downstream side of the curved path WK1 (see FIG. 229(a)).

This makes it easier to change the throwing direction of the game ball that collides with the back side tip surface 52571p1 and the front side flat surface 52564c1 to the flowing direction of the curved path WK1, and suppresses the game ball from being swung (swayed) on the curved path WK1. can. As a result, the game ball can smoothly flow from the main path SK2 to the main path SK3.

In addition, the rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c have a projection dimension in the opposing direction on the communicating side between the main path SK2 and the curved path WK1 that is larger than the projection dimension of the rear-side first convex portion 52571n. It is set to be small, and the distance between them facing each other is set to be larger than the gap L24 between the first rear projection 52571n and the front plate 52564 facing each other.

Thereby, the game ball guided to the front plate 52564 side (arrow F direction side) by the back-side first convex portion 52571n can be easily brought into contact with the second convex portion 52564c. Therefore, the game ball thrown from the main path SK2 to the curved path WK1 can be easily moved along the projecting tip of the second convex portion 52564c. By moving the game ball along the projecting tip of the second convex portion 52564c while allowing the game ball to flow down, the game ball can be easily brought into contact with the back side tip surface 52571p1. As a result, the game ball flows down along the back side tip surface 52571p1, so that the game ball passing through the curved path WK1 is easily moved to the communication side between the main path SK3 and the curved path WK1, and the curved path WK1 is moved. It becomes easy for the game ball to pass through.

Further, a part of the rear-side second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c on the side of the main path SK2 (in the direction of the arrow L) is set at the same height as the rolling surface of the main path SK2. , a part of the game ball that abuts on the second convex portion 52571p and the second convex portion 52564c on the back side to reduce the throwing speed can be positioned on the extension line of the main path SK2 in the throwing direction.

Therefore, when the game balls continuously enter the inside of the special winning device 52550 and the game balls pass continuously, the preceding game balls contact the back side tip surface 52571p1 and the front side flat surface 52564c1 By doing so, it is possible to make the trailing game ball collide (contact) with the leading game ball by slowing down the flow speed of the leading game ball.

As a result, the preceding game ball can be easily pushed out along the back side tip surface 52571p1 and the front side flat surface 52564c1 by the force of the following game ball colliding, and the preceding game ball can be pushed out in the flowing direction of the game ball on the curved path WK1. (Arrow D direction side) can be made easy to flow down. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game balls from flowing down the special winning device 52550 in a continuous (connected) state, and the game balls flowing down the special winning device 52550 can be visually recognized one by one by the player.

Further, as described above, the main route SK3 that communicates with the downstream side of the curved route WK1 is communicated with the sub-path HK1. By the variable plate 583b, it is switched whether or not game balls can flow from the main path SK3 to the sub path HK1. The first variable plate 583b is displaced between the extended position and the retracted position at a constant timing when a predetermined game state (for example, a probability variable state after a big hit) is established.

Therefore, when the game balls flowing down the special winning device 52550 are likely to be consecutive balls, there is a possibility that the two consecutive game balls will flow down the main path SK3 at the timing of the projecting operation of the first variable plate 583b. becomes higher. Therefore, the player may have the impression that it is difficult for the game balls to flow into the sub-path HK1, which may spoil the interest of the player.

On the other hand, in the special winning device 52550, the second convex portion 52564c formed on the curved path WK1 and the second convex portion 52571p on the back side can release the series of consecutive game balls and let them flow down one by one. Therefore, it is possible to prevent game balls from continuously passing over the first variable plate 583b when the first variable plate 583b is in the overhanging state. As a result, it becomes difficult for the player to have the impression that the game ball is difficult to enter the sub-path HK1, and it is possible to suppress the loss of the player's interest.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 230 and 231, the first unit 53551 of the special winning device 53550 in the fifty-third embodiment will be described. In the above-described first embodiment, the front plate 564 of the main path SK2 of the first unit 551 is formed with the first protrusion 564b and the base plate 571 is formed with the first recess 571h. In the main path SK2 of the first unit 53551 in the embodiment, the front plate 53564 is formed with a front-side first concave portion 53564h, and the base plate 53571 is formed with a rear-side first convex portion 53571n.

First, the configuration of the first unit 53551 in the fifty-third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 230 and 231. FIG. FIG. 230 is a cross-sectional view of the first unit 53551 in the fifty-third embodiment. 231(a) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 53551 along line CCXXXIa-CCXXXIa in FIG. 230, and FIG. 231(b) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 53551 along line CCXXXIb-CCXXXIb in FIG. FIG. 231(c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit taken along line CCXXXIc-CCXXXIc in FIG.

230 corresponds to the cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 in FIG. 25(a). 231(a) and 231(b), the downward direction of the game ball flowing down the first unit 53551 is illustrated by an arrow.

As shown in FIGS. 228 and 229, the first unit 53551 in the fifty-third embodiment has a space (path) through which game balls can flow down similarly to the first unit 551 in the first embodiment. , are arranged on the center frame 86 (see FIG. 2).

The first unit 53551 includes a first path member 53560 disposed on the front side (arrow F direction side) and a second path member 53560 disposed on the back side (arrow B direction side) of the first path member 53560 . It mainly includes a path member 53570 and a third path member 580 (see FIG. 19) arranged behind the second path member 53570 .

The first path member 53560 includes a front plate 53564 formed in a plate shape along the front of the game area of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2), and a substantially U-shaped cross section with an open upper side (arrow U direction side). A first receiving portion 561, a second receiving portion 562, and a third receiving portion 563 (see FIG. 21) protruding from the upper end of the front plate 53564 to the rear side, and the first receiving portion 561, A first wall portion 565 that is continuously formed on the lower side (arrow D direction side) of the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563 and extends along a part of the end portion of the front plate 53564; , two sets of a second wall portion 566 and a third wall portion 567 (see FIG. 21) formed below the first wall portion 565 and protruding from two locations separated by a predetermined interval. Prepare.

The front plate 53564 is a plate member that serves as a wall on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between facing a second path member 53570 or a third path member 580 (see FIG. 19), which will be described later. It is formed from a transparent member. Therefore, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 53551 through the front plate 53564 .

In addition, the front plate 53564 is provided with a guide portion 564a (see FIG. 20) protruding toward the second path member 53570 side (arrow B direction side), and the guide portion 564a hits the game ball against the back surface of the front plate 53564a. It is possible to suppress the formation of scratches due to contact and the adhesion of dirt on the game ball, thereby maintaining a state in which the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 53551 is easily visible to the player.

The second path member 53570 includes a plate-like base plate 53571 facing the front plate 53564 of the first path member 53560, and a fourth wall portion 573 projecting from the front of the base plate 53571 toward the first path member 53560. and a fifth wall portion 574 (see FIG. 21) projected at a position spaced downward from the fourth wall portion 573 by a predetermined distance, and spaced downward from the fifth wall portion 574 by a predetermined distance. and a sixth wall portion 575 (see FIG. 21) protruding from the position.

The base plate 53571 is disposed at a position separated from the front plate 53564 of the first path member 53560 by a diameter of the game ball. Thereby, the game ball can flow down between the front plate 53564 and the base plate 53571 .

The flow-down path of the game ball formed between the opposing first path member 53560 and the second path member 53570 is the same as in the first embodiment, from the main path SK1 to the main path SK6, the curved path WK1 and the sub path HK1. It mainly includes a secondary route HK3. A game ball flows through these flow paths in the order of main path SK1, main path SK2, curved path WK1, main path SK3, main path SK4, main path SK5, and main path SK6. Alternatively, the fuel flows from the main route SK3 on the way down the main routes SK1 to SK6 to the sub route HK1 communicating with the main route SK3, and flows down the sub route HK1. Alternatively, from the main route SK5 on the way down the main routes SK1 to SK6, it flows into either the sub route HK2 or the sub route HK3 communicating with the main route SK5, and flows down either the sub route HK2 or the sub route HK3. do.

In the main path SK2, the main path SK3 and the curved path WK1 in the fifty-third embodiment, the base plate 53571 of the second path member 53570 has a rear-side first convex protruding toward the front side (arrow F direction side). A portion 53571n, and a second recessed portion 53571I and a third recessed portion 571j recessed toward the rear side (arrow B direction side). In the main path SK2, the main path SK3 and the curved path WK1, the front plate 53564 of the first path member 53560 has a second protrusion 564c projecting toward the back side and a recess toward the front side. and a front-side first concave portion 53564h.

The first rear-side convex portion 53571n and the first front-side concave portion 53564h are formed on the main path SK2, the second concave portion 53571I and the second convex portion 564c are formed on the curved path WK1, and the third concave portion 571j is formed on the main path SK3. be done.

The rear-side first convex portion 53571n is formed downstream of the first stepped portion 571k in the rolling direction of the game ball on the main route SK2, and is located at the upstream end in the rolling direction of the game ball on the main route SK2. is formed continuously at the downstream end of the first stepped portion 571k in the rolling direction of the game ball on the main path SK2.

In addition, the rear-side first convex portion 53571n is formed such that the inclination angle of the projecting surface on the upstream side of the main path SK2 with respect to the front surface of the base plate 53571 is substantially the same as the inclination angle of the first step portion 571k with respect to the front surface of the base plate 53571. be done. Therefore, after the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 has flowed down along the first step portion 571k, the game ball can be made to flow down along the rear-side first convex portion 53571n. Thereby, the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 between the opposing front plate 53564 and the base plate 53571 can be guided to the front plate 53564 side (front side).

The front-side first concave portion 53564h is formed at a position facing the rear-side first convex portion 53571n in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction), and is formed in a substantially arc shape toward the front side (arrow F direction side). It is formed as a recess. In addition, the front-side first recess is formed in an elliptical shape that is long in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, and the bottom surface of the recess in the direction orthogonal to the rolling surface (fourth wall portion 573) of the game ball on the upstream side of the main path SK2. The height dimension Y8 (see FIG. 230) is set to the radius of the game ball, and the height dimension Y9 (see FIG. 230) is set higher than the radius of the game ball.

As a result, when the game ball flowing down the main path SK2 is thrown along the front side first concave portion 53564h, a force that lifts the game ball upward in the direction of gravity (in the direction of arrow U) is applied to the game ball, causing the game ball to roll. speed can be reduced. As a result, the rolling speed of the game ball flowing into the curved path WK1 can be made sufficiently small, and the game ball can easily flow down smoothly.

In addition, the front-side first concave portion 53564h is set so that the downstream end of the main path SK2 (the end in the direction of the arrow B) exceeds the rolling surface of the main path SK2 (the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573). As a result, the game ball guided along the bottom surface of the first concave portion 53564h on the front side can flow into the curved path WK1 from a position higher than the rolling surface of the main path SK2.

Therefore, the front-side first concave portion 53564h makes it possible to slow down the rolling speed of the game ball as described above, and to allow the game ball to flow into the curved path WK1 from a position high in the direction of gravity. It is possible to easily change the flowing direction of the game ball flowing into WK1 to the throwing direction (arrow UD direction) of the curved path WK1. As a result, the inflow of game balls from the main path SK2 to the curved path WK1 can be easily stabilized.

Further, the front-side first concave portion 53564h has an end portion (an end portion in the direction of arrow R) on the downstream side of the main path SK2 that is aligned with at least a portion of a second concave portion 53571I described later in the direction of gravity (the direction of arrows UD). is formed at a position overlapping with . Thereby, the game ball guided along the concave bottom surface of the first concave portion 53564h on the front side can be easily thrown to the second concave portion 53571I formed in the curved path WK1 communicating with the downstream side of the main path SK2.

In addition, since it is formed at a position that overlaps at least a part of the second recess 53571I in the direction of gravity, the throwing direction of a game ball thrown from the main path SK2 (first recess 53564h on the front side) to the curved path WK1 is changed to the curved path WK1. can be approached in the downstream direction.

Therefore, when the game ball continuously passes through the inside of the special winning device 53550, the flow speed of the preceding game ball is slowed down by the second concave portion 53571I and the second convex portion 564c of the curved path WK1, and the preceding game ball A game ball following in the throwing direction of the game ball can collide (abut). As a result, the preceding game ball can be pushed out by the following game ball, and the preceding game ball can be easily made to flow down in the downward direction (arrow D direction) of the curved path WK1. As a result, it is possible to prevent game balls from continuously (in a row) flowing down the special winning device 53550, and the game balls flowing down the special winning device 53550 can be visually recognized one by one by the player.

Further, as described above, the main route SK3 that communicates with the downstream side of the curved route WK1 is communicated with the sub-path HK1. By the variable plate 583b, it is switched whether or not game balls can flow from the main path SK3 to the sub path HK1. The first variable plate 583b is displaced between the extended position and the retracted position at a constant timing when a predetermined game state (for example, a probability variable state after a big hit) is established.

Therefore, when the game balls flowing down the special winning device 53550 are likely to be consecutive balls, there is a possibility that the two consecutive game balls will flow down the main path SK3 at the timing of the projecting operation of the first variable plate 583b. becomes higher. Therefore, the player may have the impression that it is difficult for the game balls to flow into the sub-path HK1, which may spoil the interest of the player.

On the other hand, in the special winning device 53550, the main path SK2 and the curved path are formed on the back side first convex portion 53571n, the front side first concave portion 53564h, the second concave portion 53571I and the second convex portion 564c. Since the series of game balls can be released and allowed to flow down one by one, it is possible to prevent the game balls from continuously passing over the first variable plate 583b when the first variable plate 583b is in an overhanging state. As a result, it becomes difficult for the player to have the impression that the game ball is difficult to enter the sub-path HK1, and it is possible to suppress the loss of the player's interest.

The second recess 53571I is formed as a recess recessed toward the rear side of the base plate 53571 of the curved path WK1. The second recessed portion 53571I is formed in an elliptical shape when viewed from the front, and the upper end in the longitudinal direction of the ellipse is arranged on the communication side between the main route SK2 and the curved route WK1, and the lower end in the longitudinal direction is arranged on the main route SK3. and curved path WK1. Thereby, the game ball flowing into the curved path WK1 from the main path SK2 can be smoothly guided to the main path SK3 by flowing down along the inside of the second recess 53571I.

In addition, the upper end of the second concave portion 53571I in a front view is more distant from the connection side of the curved route WK1 and the main route SK2 or the main route SK3 in the horizontal direction (arrow LR direction) than the lower end. position. That is, the second concave portion 53571I is formed such that its longitudinal direction in front view is inclined with respect to the direction of gravity.

Furthermore, the center of the ellipse in the front view of the second concave portion 53571I faces from the end of the fourth wall portion 573 on the curved wall portion 545b side in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) to the curved wall portion 545b in the horizontal direction. It is set at a substantially intermediate position between. As described above, the longitudinal direction of the second concave portion 53571I is inclined with respect to the direction of gravity when viewed from the front. The lower right portion when the longitudinal direction of the second recess 53571I is arranged in the gravitational direction can be arranged on the lower side in the gravitational direction of approximately the middle position between the curved wall portion 545b in the horizontal direction.

As a result, the game ball passing through the curved path WK1 moves from the end of the fourth wall portion 573 on the curved wall portion 545b side in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) to the curved wall portion 545b in the horizontal direction. The game ball can be concentrated in the lower right portion of the second recessed portion 53571I where it is easy to pass through the intermediate position.

Therefore, the game ball passing through the curved path WK1 can be easily guided along the recessed surface at the lower right part of the curved path, and the game ball exiting from the curved path WK1 can be thrown in the downstream direction of the main path SK3. can be done. As a result, the game ball can be stably thrown from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3.

In addition, the second concave portion 53571I is formed on the inner surface facing the front side first concave portion 53564h in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) (see FIG. 231(a)). As described above, the front-side first recessed portion 53564h is recessed in an arc shape toward the front side. By throwing the game ball along the inner surface of the first recess 53564h, the game ball can roll in the throwing direction of the main path SK2 and can be thrown toward the second recess 53571I side. Thereby, it is possible to easily receive the game ball sent from the main path SK2 to the curved path WK1 inside the first front concave portion 53564h.

Further, as described above, the second recess 53571I is formed such that its longitudinal direction in front view is inclined with respect to the direction of gravity, and its upper end in front view is formed at a position separated from the downstream end of the main path SK2. be done. Therefore, the separation distance in the downward flow direction of the game ball in the front view from the front side first concave portion 53564h of the main path SK2 to the curved path WK1 is increased.

As a result, by flowing down the main path SK2 at a speed equal to or higher than a predetermined speed, a game ball flowing down the front side of the main path SK2 without being thrown inside the first front concave portion 53564h is formed on the front side of the curved path WK1. The game ball can be easily thrown to the inside of the second concave portion 53571I of the curved path WK1 by making the second convex portion 564c contact and flowing down to the back side (base plate 53571 side).

On the other hand, when the game ball rolls on the main path SK2 at a speed equal to or lower than the predetermined speed, the game ball is guided to the front side (front plate 53564 side) by the rear side first convex portion 53571n, and the front side first concave portion 53564h. flow inside the As a result, the game ball flowing down along the inner wall of the front side first recess 53564h rolls toward the second recess 53571I of the curved path WK1 and is thrown inside the second recess 53571I.

Therefore, regardless of the flow speed of the main path SK2 (regardless of whether it passed through the inside of the front side first recess 53564h), the game ball flowing down the curved path WK1 can pass through the inside of the second recess 53571I. As a result, the game ball thrown from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3 flows down along the inside of the second recess 53571I, and the game ball can be thrown from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3 stably.

The third recessed portion 571j is a recessed portion formed in the base plate 53571 forming the inner wall of the main path SK3, and is formed in an elliptical shape elongated in the horizontal direction (direction of arrows LR) when viewed from the front. Also, the third recessed portion 571j is formed in the base plate 53571 at a position protruded to the front side by the stepped portion 571m.

The recess depth to the rear side (arrow B direction side) at the vertical center of the third recess 571j is substantially the same as the height dimension L23 (see FIG. 231(b)) to the front side of the stepped portion 571m. is set to In addition, the end portion of the third recessed portion 571j on the downstream side of the main path SK3 is set at substantially the same position as the end portion of the step portion 571m. As a result, when a game ball passing through the inside of the third recess 571j escapes from the third recess 571j, it is possible to prevent the game ball from being caught on the inner surface of the third recess 571j on the throwing direction side.

The stepped portion 571m protrudes forward (in the direction of the arrow F) from the inner wall (the front of the base plate 53571) on the back side of the main route SK3, and is formed on the upstream side of the main route SK3. Further, the protruding surface of the stepped portion 571m is set at a position in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) that is substantially the same as the back side of the curved path WK1. Therefore, when a game ball is thrown from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3, the game ball can flow downstream of the main path SK3 without being caught by the stepped portion 571m.

On the other hand, when the game ball flows backward along the main path SK3, the game ball can be brought into contact with the projecting portion of the stepped portion 571m. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing backward along the main path SK3.

In addition, the main route SK3 is communicated with the sub route HK1, and the first variable plate 583b projecting or retreating to the communicating portion between the sub route HK1 and the main route SK3 allows game balls to flow from the main route SK3 to the sub route HK1. It is possible to switch whether the inflow is possible or not. The first variable plate 583b is displaced between the extended position and the retracted position at a constant timing when a predetermined game state (for example, a probability variable state after a big hit) is established.

Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) is brought into a predetermined game state (for example, during a jackpot), and the game balls flow into the secondary path HK1 at the timing when the first variable plate 583b is displaced from the retracted position to the extended position. In this case, the game ball may be pushed out by the first variable plate 583b and flow back through the main path SK3. Since it is formed on the upstream side of the first variable plate 583b, it is possible to suppress the backflow of game balls due to the displacement of the first variable plate 583b.

In the fifty-third embodiment, the inner surface (back surface of the front plate 53564) facing the third recessed portion 571j of the main path SK3 is flat. As a result, while suppressing the hindrance of the game ball thrown from the curved path WK1 to the main path SK3, the game ball that runs wild when passing through the main path SK3 is received inside the third recess 571j. , can suppress its rampage.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game balls passing through the main route SK3 from stagnation and the game balls from continuing on the main route SK3. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) is brought into a predetermined game state, and when the first variable plate 583b is displaced between the extended position and the retracted position at a predetermined timing, the extended position is set. The continuous game balls passing through the shape portion of the first variable plate 583b can prevent the player from having the impression that the game balls are difficult to enter the secondary path HK1.

Next, the first unit 54551 of the special winning device 54550 in the fifty-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 232 to 235. FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where only the main path SK2 communicates with the main path SK1 of the first unit 551 has been described. Path HK6 is communicated. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the configuration of the first unit 54551 in the fifty-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 232 and 233. FIG. FIG. 232 is an exploded perspective front view of the first unit 54551 in the fifty-fourth embodiment. 233 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 54551. FIG. 233 corresponds to the schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 551 in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 232 and 233, the first unit 54551 in the fifty-fourth embodiment is provided with a space (path) through which game balls can flow down similarly to the first unit 551 in the first embodiment. , are arranged on the center frame 86 (see FIG. 2).

The first unit 54551 includes a first path member 54560 disposed on the front side (arrow F direction side) and a second path member 54560 disposed on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the first path member 54560. It mainly includes a path member 54570 and a third path member 54580 arranged behind the second path member 54570 .

The first path member 54560 includes a front plate 54564 formed in a plate shape along the front of the game area of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2), and a substantially U-shaped cross section with an open upper side (arrow U direction side). A first receiving portion 561, a second receiving portion 562 and a third receiving portion 563 protruding from the upper end of the front plate 54564 to the rear side, and the first receiving portion 561 and the second receiving portion 562 and a first wall portion 565 formed in a row on the lower side of the third receiving portion 563 (direction of arrow D) and extending along a part of the edge portion of the front plate 564; It mainly includes two pairs of a second wall portion 566 and a third wall portion 567 that are formed below the portion 565 and protrude from two locations spaced apart by a predetermined interval.

The front plate 54564 is a plate member that serves as a wall on the front side of a game ball flow-down path formed between an opposing second path member 54570 or a third path member 54580, which will be described later. The member 54570 and the third path member 54580 are formed in substantially the same shape as the external shape, and the whole is formed of a light transmitting member. Thereby, the player can visually recognize the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 54551 through the front plate 54564 .

In addition, the front plate 54564 is provided with a guide portion 564a (see FIG. 20) protruding toward the second path member 54570 side (arrow B direction side), and the guide portion 564a hits the game ball against the back surface of the front plate 54564a. It is possible to suppress the formation of scratches due to contact and the adhesion of dirt on the game ball, and maintain a state in which the game ball flowing down inside the first unit 54551 is easily visible to the player.

The second path member 54570 includes a plate-like base plate 54571 facing the front plate 54564 of the first path member 54560, and a fourth wall portion 573 projecting from the front of the base plate 54571 toward the first path member 54560. and a fifth wall portion 54574 projecting downward from the fourth wall portion 573 at a predetermined distance, and a fifth wall portion 54574 projecting at a predetermined distance downward from the fifth wall portion 54574. and a sixth wall portion 54575 that

The base plate 54571 is disposed at a position separated from the front plate 54564 of the first path member 54560 by a diameter of the game ball. Thereby, the game ball can flow down between the front plate 54564 and the base plate 54571 .

In addition, the base plate 54571 has a first opening 571a, a second opening 571b and a third opening 571c which are opened at positions corresponding to the first receiving portion 561, the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563, respectively. , a fourth opening 571d opening below the first opening 571a, a fifth opening 571e and a sixth opening 54571f opening above each of the fifth wall 54574 and the sixth wall 54575, A recessed portion 571g located between the fifth wall portion 54574 and the sixth wall portion 54575 and recessed toward the rear side, and a recessed portion 571g formed so as to protrude from the left end portion of the base plate 54571 and recessed toward the rear side. and a projecting portion 54572 having a communication path 54572a.

The projecting portion 54572 projects from the fourth opening 571d to the sixth opening 54571f on the left side of the base plate 54571 in front view. In addition, the projecting portion 54572 includes a groove-like communicating passage 54572a that is recessed toward the back side.

The communication path 54572a is formed in a substantially U shape when viewed from the front, with both ends of the U shape directed toward the base plate 54571 side. One end of the communication path 54572a on the upper side of the approximately U-shape in front view communicates with the front side of the fourth opening 571d, and the other end on the lower side of the approximately U-shape in front view communicates with the sixth opening 54571f. It communicates with the front side.

Both the recessed width and the recessed depth of the communication path 54572a are set larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the game ball can pass through the inside thereof. In addition, the front side of the communication path 54572a (protruding portion 54572) is covered by the front plate 54564 of the first path member 54560, and the game ball passing through the communication path 54572a is discharged outside the first unit 54551. is suppressed. Therefore, a secondary path HK6 that communicates the main path SK1 and the main path SK5 is formed by the internal space of the communication path 54572a.

One end of the upper side of the communication path 54572a communicates with the left side of the fourth opening 571d (in the direction of the arrow L) in a front view, and the communication path 54572a extends downward as it separates from the fourth opening 571d. Formed at an angle. Further, the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573 projecting from the lower end portion of the fourth opening portion 571d is inclined downward as it goes from the fourth opening portion 571d side to the right side (arrow R direction) in front view. formed by

Therefore, the game ball that flows in from the first receiving portion 561 of the first unit 54551, passes through the main path SK1 and flows out from the fourth opening 571d rolls along the inclination direction of the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573. In order to move, it rolls in a direction (arrow R direction) away from one end on the upper side of the communicating path 54572a in front view. That is, the game ball flowing in from the first unit 54551 does not normally flow into the communication path 54572a (secondary path HK6), but rolls on the upper surface of the fourth wall portion 573 (main path SK2).

The fifth wall portion 54574 serves as a rolling surface for a game ball thrown from the curved wall portion 565b of the first wall portion 565 described above. It protrudes at a position spaced below the diameter and extends in the left-right direction (arrow LR direction) of the base plate 54571 . In addition, the fifth wall portion 54574 has its upper surface (surface in the arrow U direction) downward as it goes from the curved wall portion 565b side (arrow R direction side) toward the later-described recessed portion 571g side (arrow L direction side). Formed at an angle. As a result, the game ball thrown from the curved wall portion 565b to the upper surface of the fifth wall portion 54574 can roll toward the concave portion 571g. Furthermore, the fifth wall portion 54574 is provided with a first receiving recessed portion 574a, a second receiving recessed portion 574b and a fifth receiving recessed portion 54574c recessed downward on the rolling surface of the game ball.

The fifth receiving recess 54574c is formed at the end of the fifth wall 54574 closer to the recess 571g (arrow L direction) than the first receiving recess 574a and the second receiving recess 574b. In addition, the fifth receiving recess 54574c is formed in a substantially L-shape that is left-right reversed when viewed from the front, and the dimensions of both sides of the L-shape are set larger than the diameter of the game ball. Furthermore, a sixth opening 54571f that opens to the base plate 54571 is formed inside the fifth receiving recess 54574c. Thereby, the game ball thrown inside the fifth receiving recess 54574c can be thrown to the back side of the base plate 54571 through the sixth opening 54571f.

The sixth opening 54571f is divided into a plurality of openings (four openings in this embodiment) by a third path member 54580 arranged on the back side of the second path member 54570 . Of the four openings, two openings formed below a second variable plate 54584b to be described later and inside the third receiving recess 575a and the fifth receiving recess 54574c in front view are the second path. The back side of the member 54570 is communicated with a collection path for collecting game balls. On the other hand, the opening formed above the second variable plate 54584b and the opening formed above the third wall portion 567 The rear side of the second path member 54570 is communicated with by the second covering member 582 .

In addition, above the fifth receiving recess 54574c, when the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1) is in a normal game state (for example, a non-jackpot state), a second variable plate of a second drive unit 54584 described later A part of 54584b (first plate member 54584b1) covers the opening on the upper side (fourth wall portion 573 side). As a result, in the normal game state, the game ball is restricted from flowing into the fifth receiving recess 54574c from above the fifth receiving recess 54574c.

Furthermore, a detection device SE6 (not shown) is arranged in front of the sixth opening 54571f formed inside the fifth receiving recess 54574c. As a result, a game ball flowing into the fifth receiving recess 54574c is detected, and a predetermined game value is given to the player. In the present embodiment, a game value is given to the player with a predetermined number of prize balls.

The sixth wall portion 54575 is a portion that serves as a rolling surface for a game ball that rolls on the fifth wall portion 54574 and is thrown to the concave portion 571g. direction side) is projected from the base plate 54571 at a position spaced apart from the diameter of the game ball, and extends in the left-right direction (arrow LR) direction of the base plate 54571. The upper surface of the sixth wall portion 54575 is inclined downward from the concave portion 571g side (arrow L direction side) toward the third wall portion 567 side. As a result, the game ball thrown from the recessed portion 571g to the upper surface of the sixth wall portion 54575 can be rolled toward the ball-throwing path formed by the third wall portion 567 . In addition, the sixth wall portion 54575 is provided with a third receiving recessed portion 575a recessed downward on the rolling surface of the game ball.

The third path member 54580 includes a first covering member 581 disposed on the back surface of the second path member 54570 on the upper side in the gravitational direction (arrow U direction side), and the gravitational direction lower side (arrow U direction side) of the second path member 570 . A second covering member 582 arranged on the rear surface of the D direction side), a first driving unit 583 arranged between the first covering member 581 and the second covering member 582, and a second covering member 583. A second driving unit 54584 arranged on the back surface of the member 582 is mainly provided.

The second drive unit 54584 includes a second solenoid 584a having a shaft that is displaced in the front-rear direction by electric power, a second variable plate 54584b connected to the shaft of the second solenoid 584a, the second solenoid 584a and the second variable plate and a second protection member 54584c covering the periphery of 54584b.

The second variable plate 54584b consists of two long plates, a first plate member 54584b1 and a second plate member 54584b2, which are long in the left-right direction (directions of arrows LR), and the first plate member 54584b1 and the second plate member 54584b2 are arranged in the direction of gravity ( and a connecting member 54584b3 connecting in the direction of arrow UD).

The first plate member 54584b1 and the second plate member 54584b2 are plate members whose upper surfaces serve as rolling surfaces for game balls flowing down the inside of the first unit 54551. placed in the space formed between them. In addition, the second variable plate 54584a has the shaft of the second solenoid 584a connected to the back side (the direction of the arrow B). Switching is made between a state of extending between the first path member 54560 and the second path member 54570 and a state of being retracted from the opposing space (moved to the rear side of the second path member 54570).

Also, the first plate member 54584b1 and the second plate member 54584b2 are formed at positions aligned in the horizontal direction (arrow LR direction) when viewed from the front. Furthermore, the first plate member 54584b1 and the second plate member 54584b2 are set so that the gap between them facing each other is set larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the first plate member 54584b1 is formed above the second plate member 54584b2. be.

The first plate member 54584b1 is arranged above the fifth receiving recess 54574c and below the recess 571g when viewed from the front. The upper surface of the first plate member 54584b1 is set at substantially the same height as the upper surface of the fifth wall portion 54574, and the upper surface of the first plate member 54584b1 is lowered in the recess direction (arrow B direction) of the recess portion 571g. Formed at an angle. As a result, in a state in which the second variable plate 54584b is arranged inside the ball throwing path of the first unit 54551 (a state in which the first path member 54560 and the second path member 54570 are opposed to each other), the fifth wall portion By changing the rolling direction of the game ball rolling from the upper surface of 54574, the game ball can be rolled toward the inside of the concave portion 571g.

On the other hand, in a state in which the second variable plate 54584b is retracted from the inside of the ball throwing path of the first unit 54551 (a state in which the second variable plate 54584b is moved to the back side of the second path member 54570), the fifth wall portion 54574 A game ball rolling on the upper surface (main path SK3) can be received inside the fifth receiving recess 54574c, and the game ball can flow into the sixth opening 54571f.

The second plate member 54584b2 is arranged above the fourth receiving recess 575b in front view. The second plate member 54584b2 is disposed on the left side (arrow L direction side) of the fifth receiving recess 54574c opened in the horizontal direction (arrow LR direction) when viewed from the front, and its upper surface is the fifth receiving recess 54574c. It is set at a position higher than the upper surface of the receiving recess 54574c. As a result, when the second variable plate 54584b is arranged inside the ball throwing path of the first unit 54551 (when it protrudes between the opposing first path member 54560 and the second path member 54570), the fifth It is possible to suppress the game ball thrown to the inside of the receiving recess 54574c from jumping out from the inside of the fifth receiving recess 54574c.

Further, the second plate member 54584b2 is formed such that its upper surface is inclined toward the sixth opening 54571f (back side). As a result, in a state where the second variable plate 54584b is arranged inside the ball-throwing path of the first unit 54551, the game ball thrown from the concave portion 571g (main path SK4) to the upper surface of the second plate member 54584b2 6 can be rolled toward the inside of the opening 54571f.

On the other hand, in a state in which the second variable plate 54584b is retracted from the inside of the ball throwing path of the first unit 54551 (a state in which the second variable plate 54584b is moved to the back side of the second path member 54570), the concave portion 571g (main A game ball thrown from the path SK4) can be received in the third receiving recess 575a and flowed into the sixth opening 54571f.

In addition, when the second variable plate 54584b protrudes toward the front side, the tip of the second variable plate 54584b is inserted into the sixth opening 54571f described above, and the third receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575a. It is arranged above the recess 575b. As a result, in a state where the second variable plate 54584b projects toward the front side, the second variable plate 54584b can prevent game balls from flowing into the third receiving recess 575a and the fourth receiving recess 575b.

The connecting member 54584b3 is a member that connects the first plate member 54584b1 and the second plate member 54584b2. The end portion on the first plate member 54584b1 side is connected in the gravity direction (arrow UD direction).

In addition, the connecting member 54584b3 is formed at the end portion on the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the first plate member 54584b1 and the second plate member 54584b2, and the first plate member 54584b1 and the second plate member 54584b1 on the front side of the connecting member 54584b3 are connected to each other. The game ball can be thrown to the inside of the fifth receiving recess 54574c through the gap between the two plate members 54584b2.

The second protection member 584c is formed in a box shape that opens on the side of the second path member 54570, and a mechanism for connecting the shaft of the second solenoid 584a and the second variable plate 54584b is arranged inside thereof. The second protection member 584c also includes a rear side wall portion 584c1 that covers the rear side of the ball-throwing path formed by the second wall portion 566 of the first path member 54560. As shown in FIG. As a result, not only can the rear side wall portion 584c1 and the second wall portion 566 form a ball-throwing path, but also the second path member 54570 can be covered with the rear side wall portion 584c1 and the second wall portion 566. As a result, it is possible to prevent the detection devices SE3 to SE6 arranged on the second path member 54570 from being tampered with by inserting an unauthorized member from the side surface of the first unit 54551 .

According to the first unit 54551 formed as described above, as shown in FIG. 233, the first unit 54551 includes main paths SK1 to SK6, sub paths HK1, HK2, HK6, and curved path WK1. .

Both ends of the secondary route HK6 are communicated with the connecting portion of the main route SK1 and the main route SK2 and the connecting portion of the main route SK4 and the main route SK5. Therefore, game balls thrown from the main path SK1 in the fifty-fourth embodiment can flow into not only the main path SK2 but also the sub path HK6.

In addition, the secondary path HK6 has a path on the lower end side that communicates with the portion where the main path SK4 and the main path SK5 communicate. extended towards the part. Therefore, game balls passing through the sub-path HK6 can flow into the sub-path HK2 via the connecting portion of the main paths SK4 and SK5.

Further, in the fifty-fourth embodiment, the sub-path HK2 is formed at two locations, one below the communicating portion of the main paths SK3 and SK4, and the other below the communicating portion of the main paths SK4 and SK5.

Therefore, in the fifty-fourth embodiment, game balls flowing in from the main path SK1 flow down from the main path SK1 to the main path SK6 in order. Alternatively, the fuel flows from the main route SK3 on the way down the main routes SK1 to SK6 to the sub route HK1 communicating with the main route SK3, and flows down the sub route HK1. Alternatively, from the main route SK4 or main route SK5 on the way down the main route SK1 to main route SK6, it flows into either the sub route HK2 or the sub route HK3 communicating with the main route SK4 and the main route SK5, and flows into the sub route HK2 or Either HK3 flows down. Alternatively, the fuel flows from the main route SK1 to the sub route HK6 and flows into the sub route HK2 via the main route SK5.

Next, with reference to FIG. 234, game balls flowing into the secondary path HK6 will be described. 234(a) to 234(c) are partially enlarged cross-sectional schematic diagrams of the first unit 54551. FIG. 234(a) to 234(c), the three game balls flowing into the first receiving portion 561 are illustrated with numbers 1 to 3, and the transition state thereof is shown in FIG. 234(a). to FIG. 234(c).

As shown in FIGS. 234(a) to 234(c), the first receiving portion 561 is set to have dimensions in the horizontal direction (directions of arrows LR) capable of receiving at least two or more game balls at the same time. Likewise, the curved portion 581a of the first covering member 581 that throws the game balls of the first receiving portion 561 downward is also set to have a lateral dimension that allows two game balls to flow down at the same time.

On the other hand, the rolling surface (main path SK2) of the fourth wall portion 573 for game balls thrown from the curved portion 581a has a width in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) and a vertical direction in which one game ball is thrown. (arrow UD direction) is set to the width.

Therefore, when three or more game balls flow into the first receiving portion 561 of the first unit 54551 and the game balls flow from the main route SK1 to the main route SK2, as shown in FIG. Then, both the first game ball and the second game ball try to flow into the main path SK2, causing the first game ball and the second game ball to flow into the main path SK1. The game ball stagnate at the connecting portion with the main route SK2. As a result, the third game ball can collide with the first game ball or the second game ball, and the second or third game ball can bounce toward the communicating path 54572a.

As a result, as shown in FIG. 234(c), the following game ball (second or third game ball) can be thrown to the communication path 54572a. As a result, it is possible to suppress further clogging of a game ball thrown later at the connecting portion between the main path SK1 and the main path SK2. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from losing interest due to game balls clogging the connecting portion between the main path SK1 and the main path SK2.

Next, with reference to FIG. 235, game balls passing through the sub-path HK6 will be described. 235(a) and 235(b) are partially enlarged cross-sectional schematic diagrams of the first unit 54551. FIG. Incidentally, in FIGS. 235(a) and 235(b), the game balls passing through the sub-path HK6 are illustrated in order.

As shown in FIGS. 235(a) and 235(b), the secondary path HK6 communicates with the connecting portion between the main path SK4 and the main path SK5 above the second plate member 54584b2 of the second variable plate 54584b. and extends toward a sixth opening 545571f formed inside the fifth receiving recess 54574c.

Therefore, the game ball flowing out from the secondary path HK6 is thrown to the secondary path HK2 inside the fifth receiving recess 54574c. Also, when the rolling speed of the game ball flowing out from the secondary path HK6 is slow, it rolls on the upper surface of the second plate member 54584b2 and is thrown to the secondary path HK2 inside the fifth receiving recess 54574c.

Furthermore, the throwing distance of the game ball on the secondary route HK6 is set shorter than the throwing distance of the game ball on the main route SK2. Thereby, it is possible to suppress collision between the preceding game ball passing through the main path SK2 and the following game ball passing through the sub path HK6. Also, when a game ball flowing down the main path SK2 earlier than the preceding game ball stagnating in the communicating portion of the main path SK1 and the main path SK2 collides with a following game ball passing through the sub path HK6. 2, either one of the balls can be pushed into the fifth receiving recess 54574c depending on the throwing direction of the game balls flowing out from the secondary path HK6.

In addition, a detection device SE6 (not shown) is disposed in the sixth opening 54571f inside the fifth receiving recess 54574c to which the sub-path HK2 communicates. A predetermined game value is given to the player. Therefore, the sub route HK6 is a route through which a predetermined game value is awarded to the player.

Therefore, the first unit 54551 causes the following game ball to flow into the sub-path HK6 when the preceding game ball stagnating in the communicating portion of the main path SK1 and the main path SK2 collides with the following game ball. , a predetermined game value can be given to the player by the game ball flowing into the sub-path HK6. Therefore, the first unit 54551 can make a state advantageous to the player when the game balls stagnate on the main path SK1 and the main path SK2. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game balls from stagnation on the main path SK1 and the main path SK2, thereby reducing the interest of the player.

Next, the first unit 55551 in the fifty-fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the first unit 54551 in the fifty-fourth embodiment, the case where the game ball thrown from the sub-path HK6 is thrown to the sub-path HK2 has been described. is thrown to a general winning hole 55571r formed in the first unit 55551. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, referring to FIG. 236, the configuration of the first unit 55551 in the fifty-fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 236 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the first unit 55551 in the fifty-fifth embodiment. Note that the first unit 55551 in FIG. 236 corresponds to the cross section of the first unit 551 in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 236, the first unit 55551 in the fifty-fifth embodiment, like the first unit 551 in the first embodiment, has a space (path) through which game balls can flow down, and has a center frame. 86 (see FIG. 2).

The first unit 55551 includes a first path member 54560 disposed on the front side (arrow F direction side) and a second path member 54560 disposed on the back side (arrow B direction side) of the first path member 54560 . It mainly includes a path member 55570 and a third path member 580 (see FIG. 19) disposed on the rear side of the second path member 54570. As shown in FIG.

The second path member 55570 includes a plate-like base plate 55571 facing the front plate 54564 of the first path member 54560, and a fourth wall portion 573 projecting from the front of the base plate 55571 toward the first path member 54560. and a sixth wall portion 575 projecting downward from the fourth wall portion 573 by a predetermined distance.

The base plate 55571 is disposed at a position spaced apart from the front plate 54564 of the first path member 54560 by a diameter of the game ball. Thereby, the game ball can flow down between the front plate 54564 and the base plate 54571 .

In addition, the base plate 55571 has a first opening 571a, a second opening 571b and a third opening 571c which are opened at positions corresponding to the first receiving portion 561, the second receiving portion 562 and the third receiving portion 563, respectively. , a fourth opening 571d opening below the first opening 571a, a fifth opening 571e and a sixth opening 571f opening above each of the fifth wall 55574 and the sixth wall 575, A general prize winning port 55571r opened around the sixth opening 571f, a recessed portion 571g located between the fifth wall portion 55574 and the sixth wall portion 575 and recessed on the back side, and a base plate 54571 and a protruding portion 54572 having a communicating passage 54572a formed so as to protrude from the left (arrow L direction) end and recessed toward the back side (arrow B direction).

The general winning opening 55571r is an opening for passing a game ball, and is set to an opening larger than the diameter of the game ball. In addition, the general winning opening 55571r is similar to the general winning opening 63 provided on the base plate 60 of the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) described above. This is an opening through which a number (in this embodiment, five) of game balls are paid out to the player as prize balls. That is, the general winning opening 55571r is an opening through which a game value is given to a player by winning a game ball.

The fifth wall portion 55574 serves as a rolling surface for a game ball thrown from the curved wall portion 565b of the first wall portion 565 described above. It protrudes toward the front side from a position spaced below the diameter and extends in the left-right direction of the base plate 55571 (direction of arrows LR).

In addition, the fifth wall portion 55574 has its upper surface (surface in the arrow U direction) downward as it goes from the curved wall portion 565b side (arrow R direction side) to the recessed portion 571g side (arrow L direction side) described later. Formed at an angle. As a result, the game ball thrown from the curved wall portion 565b to the upper surface of the fifth wall portion 55574 can roll toward the concave portion 571g.

Further, the fifth wall portion 55574 includes a fifth receiving recess portion 55574c recessed from the end portion on the side of the recessed portion 571g (direction of arrow L) toward the curved wall portion 565b (direction of arrow R).

The fifth receiving recessed portion 55574c is formed between the recessed portion 571g and the second variable plate 54584b (between the main path SK4 and the main path SK6) in the gravitational direction (arrow UB direction), and is located on the main path SK5. It communicates with the opening on the upstream side. As a result, the game ball that is thrown with a rightward displacement component in the upstream opening of the main path SK5 can be thrown inside the fifth receiving recess 55574c.

In addition, the above-described general prize winning opening 55571r is formed inside the fifth receiving recess 55574c. Therefore, the game ball thrown inside the fifth receiving recess 55574c wins the general winning opening 55571r. As a result, a predetermined game value is awarded to the player as the game ball thrown into the general winning hole 55571r wins.

According to the first unit 55551 configured as described above, similarly to the sub-path HK6 in the 54th embodiment, game balls thrown from the main path SK1 flow not only into the main path SK2 but also into the sub-path HK6. can be made

In addition, the sub-path HK6 has a lower-end side path that communicates with the portion where the main paths SK4 and SK5 communicate, and extends toward the opening of the fifth receiving recess 55574c. Therefore, the game ball passing through the sub-path HK6 can be made to flow into the fifth receiving recess 55574c through the communicating portion of the main path SK4 and the main path SK5 and win the general prize-winning opening 55571r.

Therefore, in the fifty-fifth embodiment, game balls flowing in from the main route SK1 flow down from the main route SK1 to the main route SK6 in order. Alternatively, it flows from the main route SK3 on the way down the main routes SK1 to SK6 to the sub route HK1 communicating with the main route SK3. Alternatively, from the main route SK4 or main route SK5 on the way down the main route SK1 to main route SK6, it flows into either the sub route HK2 or the sub route HK3 communicating with the main route SK4 and the main route SK5, and flows into the sub route HK2 or Either HK3 flows down. Alternatively, it flows from the main route SK1 to the sub route HK6 and then flows into the general prize winning port 55571r via the main route SK5.

In addition, as described in the fifty-fourth embodiment, the inflow of game balls from the main path SK1 to the sub path HK6 is the preceding game ball when receiving three or more game balls from the first receiving portion 561 at the same time. is stagnant, the following game ball is bounced to the side of the secondary path HK6 (see FIG. 234(c)).

Therefore, in the present embodiment, game balls flowing into the secondary route HK6 can be made to flow into the general prize winning port 55571r to give the player a predetermined game value. It is possible to suppress the decrease in the interest of the player due to the stagnation of the game balls.

In addition, in the present embodiment, compared to the sub-path HK2 (in which game balls thrown from the sub-path HK6 in the fifty-fourth embodiment win), the game value given is relatively small (the number of balls to be paid out is small). Since game balls can be thrown to the set general prize winning opening 55571r, when the game balls flowing into the secondary path HK6 vary due to individual differences in the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 1), the game balls are given to the player. It is possible to reduce the difference between the game values obtained.

Next, the special winning device 56550 in the fifty-sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 237 and 238. FIG. In the first embodiment, the case where the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 are held only by the fastening force of the screws has been described. The first unit 56551 and the second unit 56552 are fastened by the fastening force of . In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, referring to FIG. 237, the overall configuration of the special winning device 56550 in the fifty-sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 237 is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the special winning device 56550 in the fifty-sixth embodiment. In addition, in FIG. 237, the special winning device 56550 is shown in an exploded state.

As shown in FIG. 237, a special prize winning device 56550 in the fifty-sixth embodiment is a first detachable device on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the center frame 86 (the projecting portion 86b) sandwiching the center frame 86. It is composed of a unit 551 and a second unit 56552 that can be removed from the rear side of the center frame 86 . Also, the special winning device 56550 is arranged on a base plate 56060 which is rectangular in front view.

The base plate 56060 has a first opening 60a opened in the central portion in a front view, and a second opening 60b opened downward in the gravity direction of the play area formed by the rail members 76 and 77. . A center frame 86 is arranged in the first opening 60a, and a general prize winning unit 150 (see FIG. 11) is arranged in the second opening 60b (see FIG. 11).

In addition, the base plate 56060 has a recessed groove 56060h that is recessed toward the front side on the rear surface. The recessed groove 56060h is a groove into which a projecting portion 56612a of a second unit 56552, which will be described later, is inserted, and is formed at a position facing the projecting portion 56612a.

The second unit 56552 includes a fourth path member 56610 disposed on the first unit 551 side (front side (arrow F direction side)) and a back side (arrow B direction side) of the fourth path member 56610. a fifth path member 56620 provided, a sixth path member 56630 disposed on the back side of the fifth path member 56620 and forming a throwing path for game balls between opposing the fifth path member 56620; and a decorative member 650 (see FIG. 31) arranged on the side surface of the unit 56552.

The fourth path member 56610 is attached to the rear side (arrow B direction side) of the first unit 551 via the center frame 86 . The fourth path member 56610 includes a mounting plate 56611 formed in a vertically long rectangular plate shape when viewed from the front, and an end portion of the mounting plate 56611 standing on the first unit 551 side (front side (arrow F direction side)). and a side wall portion 56612 provided.

The mounting plate 56611 includes an insertion portion 617 which is recessed in a circular shape on the side of the first unit 551 (front side (direction of arrow F)) and has a through hole formed in the bottom surface of the recess, and a fifth path member 56620. A path-side fastening portion 56618 that protrudes in a circular shape on the side (back side (arrow B direction side)) and has a hole in which a screw is screwed on the tip surface of the protrusion, and an opening in the center of the mounting plate 56611. and a second insertion portion 614 opened outside the opening 613 .

The insertion portion 617 is a portion through which the tip of a screw for fastening the first unit 551 and the second unit 552 is inserted, and is formed on the back surface of the first unit 551 (the third path member 580 (see FIG. 20)). It is formed at a position facing the columnar body 551a.

In the fifty-sixth embodiment, the projection dimension Y10 (see FIG. 237) of the columnar body 551a projecting from the first unit 551 toward the back side and the side wall from the opposing surface of the insertion portion 617 to the columnar body 551a The total dimension of the distance Y11 (see FIG. 237) to the contact surface 56612b of the portion 56612 is set smaller than the thickness Y3 of the base plate 56060 (see FIG. 237). As a result, before the second unit 56552 is fastened to the first unit 56551, a gap is formed between the columnar body 551a and the insertion portion 617 (see FIG. 238(a)).

The path-side fastening portion 56618 is a portion into which a screw to be inserted through an insertion hole 56632 of the sixth path member 56630 described later is screwed, and is formed at a position facing the insertion hole 56632 . Thereby, the sixth path member 56630 can be fastened to the fourth path member 56610 .

The second insertion portion 614 is a hole through which a screw to be screwed into the screw hole 86b4 of the projecting portion 86b is inserted when fastening the fourth path member 56610 to the projecting portion 86b of the center frame 86. It is formed at a position corresponding to the screw hole 86b4 (see FIG. 35) formed in 86b. Thereby, the fourth path member 56610 can be arranged on the rear surface of the projecting portion 86b of the center frame 86. As shown in FIG.

The side wall portion 56612 is a portion for positioning the fourth path member 56610 with respect to the base plate 56060 when the fourth path member 56610 is arranged on the base plate 56060, and is set at a position facing the rear surface of the base plate 56060. be done.

In addition, the side wall portion 56612 has a protruding portion 56612a that partially protrudes toward the base plate 56060 side (arrow F direction side) from the upright distal end surface thereof, and a distal end where the protruding portion 56612a is not formed. A contact surface 56612b that contacts the back surface of the base plate 56060 is formed on the surface.

The projecting portion 56612a is a portion that is inserted into a recessed groove 56060h that is recessed in the back surface of the base plate 56060. The thickness of the projecting portion 56612a is set to be substantially the same as that of the main body portion of the side wall portion 56612, and the recessed groove 56060h is set substantially the same as the width of the recess. Accordingly, when the fourth path member 56610 is arranged, the fourth path member 56610 is positioned with respect to the base plate 56060 by inserting the projecting portion 56612a into the recessed groove 56060h. can be arranged.

Also, the projecting dimension of the projecting portion 56612a is set smaller than the recessing depth of the recessed groove 56060h. Therefore, when the projecting portion 56612a is inserted into the recessed portion 56060d of the base plate 56060 and the fourth path member 56610 is disposed on the back surface of the base plate 56060, the contact surface 56612b of the fourth path member 56610 is placed on the base plate 56060. , and a gap can be formed between the opposing ends of the projecting portion 56612a and the recessed surface of the recessed groove 56060h.

Further, the side wall portions 56612 stand independently from the four pieces of the end portion in a front view, and the side wall portions 56612 standing from the four pieces are not connected. As a result, the rigidity of the fourth path member 56610 (side wall portion 56612) can be made lower than when the side wall portions 56612 are connected to each other.

A connecting (bending) portion between the side wall portion 56612 and the mounting plate 56611 is formed to have an arcuate cross section. As a result, the rigidity of the fourth path member 56610 (side wall portion 56612) can be reduced compared to the case where the side wall portion 56612 and the mounting plate 56611 are formed perpendicular to each other.

The fifth path member 56620 includes a plate-shaped plate member 621 formed in a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front, a central opening 622 opening at the center of the plate member 621 when viewed from the front, and a sixth path from the plate member 621. and a fastened portion 56627 protruding on the member 630 side (rear side).

The to-be-fastened part 56627 is a part into which the tip of a screw inserted through a fastening hole 56633 formed in a sixth path member 56630 to be described later is screwed, and is formed at a position corresponding to the fastening hole 56633 . Thereby, the fifth path member 56620 and the sixth path member 56630 are fastened. Also, the projection dimension of the fastened portion 56627 toward the sixth path member 56630 is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, a gap is formed between the fifth path member 56620 and the sixth path member 56630 to allow the game ball to flow down.

The sixth path member 56630 includes a plate-like base plate 631 that is substantially rectangular in front view, and a second central opening opened in the base plate 631 at a position facing the central opening 622 of the fifth path member 56620. 634 , and an insertion hole 56632 and a fastening hole 56633 formed through the second central opening 634 of the base plate 631 .

The insertion hole 56632 is a hole for inserting a screw for fastening the fourth path member 56610 and the sixth path member 56630, and is formed coaxially with the hole drilled in the path-side fastening portion 56618 of the fourth path member 56610. be done. As a result, the fourth path member 56610 and the sixth path member 56630 can be fastened by screwing a screw inserted through the insertion hole 56632 into the path side fastening portion 56618 .

The fastening hole 56633 is a hole through which a screw for fastening the fifth path member 56620 and the sixth path member 56630 is inserted, as described above, and is formed coaxially with the fastened portion 56627 of the fifth path member 56620 . As a result, the fifth path member 56620 and the sixth path member 56630 can be fastened by screwing the screw inserted through the fastening hole 56633 into the fastened portion 56627 .

Next, with reference to FIG. 238, fastening of the special winning device 56550 will be described. 238(a) to 238(c) are schematic sectional views of the special winning device 56550. FIG. Note that FIG. 238(a) shows a state in which the fourth path member 56610 is arranged on the back side of the first unit 56551, and FIG. 238(b) shows the first unit 56551 and the fourth path member 56610. A fastened state is illustrated, and FIG. 238(c) illustrates a state in which the special winning device 56550 is assembled.

As shown in FIG. 238(a), the attachment of the special prize winning device 56550 to the base plate 56060 in the fifty-sixth embodiment is carried out by placing the assembled first unit 551 in front of the base plate 56060 and , the fourth path member 56610 of the second unit 56552 is arranged on the back side of the base plate 56060 . Further, a screw for inserting the second insertion portion 614 is screwed into the screw hole 86b4 of the center frame 86 from the rear side of the fourth path member 56610. As shown in FIG.

Thereby, the fourth path member 56610 and the center frame 86 are fastened. In this case, as described above, a gap is formed between the opposing columnar body 551a and the insertion portion 617, and the first unit 56551 and the fourth path member 56610 are separated from each other.

Next, as shown in FIG. 238(b), the insertion portion 617 of the fourth path member 56610 is inserted from the back side of the fourth path member 56610, and the screw is screwed into the columnar body 551a. Due to this screw engagement, a force acts between the first unit 56551 and the fourth path member 56610 in the direction of bringing them closer to each other.

As described above, the fourth path member 56610 has a low overall rigidity due to the side wall portion 56612 . As a result, when a force acts between the first unit 56551 and the fourth path member 56610 to bring them closer together, only the fourth path member 56610 can be easily elastically deformed.

Therefore, deformation of the first unit 56551 can be prevented when a pulling force is applied to the first unit 56551 toward the rear side (arrow B direction side). As a result, the deformation of the first unit 56551 and the flow-down path of the game ball formed in the internal space of the first unit 56551 are distorted, and it is possible to prevent the game ball from passing through the inside of the first unit 56551 with difficulty.

In addition, since the mounting plate 56611 of the fourth path member 56610 has an outer shape larger than that of the first unit 56551 when viewed from the front, the first unit 56511 and the fourth path member 56610 are separated from each other by the connecting portion. From the connection portion between the first unit 56511 and the fourth path member 56610, the distance between the fourth path member 56610 and the base plate 56060 is greater than the distance Y12 (see FIG. 238(c)) between the unit 56551, the base plate 56060, and the contact portion. The distance Y13 to the abutting portion is set larger.

As a result, when a force acts between the first unit 56551 and the fourth path member 56610 in the direction of approaching each other, the force can be more easily concentrated on the fourth path member 56610 than on the first unit 56551 . As a result, only the fourth path member 56610 can be easily elastically deformed.

In order to elastically deform only the fourth path member 56610, the overall plate thickness of the fourth path member 56610 may be set smaller than the plate thickness of the third path member 580 forming the rear surface of the first unit 56551. good.

Finally, as shown in FIG. 238(c), the fifth path member 56620 and the sixth path member 56630 assembled on the back side of the fourth path member 56610 are arranged on the back side of the fourth path member 56610. , a screw passing through the insertion hole 56632 from the rear side of the sixth path member 56630 is screwed into the path-side fastening portion 56618, thereby integrally assembling the first unit 56551 and the second unit 56552, and Unit 56551 and second unit 56552 can be arranged on base plate 56060 .

Further, as shown in FIG. 238(c), each fastening portion of the first unit 56551, the second unit 56552 and the center frame 86 is arranged vertically (arrow UD direction) and horizontally when the special prize winning device 56550 is viewed from the front. From the central position (in FIG. 238(c), the center in the vertical direction) in the direction (direction of arrows LR) outward, firstly the fourth path member 56610 (integrated with the fifth path member 56620). A fastening portion with the sixth path member 56630 is formed, secondly, a fastening portion between the fourth path member 56610 and the center frame 86 is formed, and finally a fastening portion between the first unit 56551 and the fourth path member 56610 is formed. It is formed.

Therefore, between the fastening portion of the first unit 56551 and the fourth path member 56610 and the fastening portion of the fourth path member 56610 and the sixth path member 56630, the fourth path member 56610 and the center frame 86 A fastening portion is formed.

As a result, the elastic deformation of the fourth path member 56610 when the first unit 56551 and the fourth path member 56610 are fastened is reduced by the fastening portion between the fourth path member 56610 and the center frame 86. It is possible to make it less likely to occur at the fastening portion between 56610 and sixth path member 56630 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the fastening portion between the fourth path member 56610 and the sixth path member 56630 from being damaged due to the elastic deformation of the fourth path member 56610 .

Next, referring to Figures 239 to 242, the lower displacement unit 57400 in the fifty-seventh embodiment will be described. In the first embodiment, the cam member 422 is brought into contact with the plate-like protrusion 431b when the lower displacement unit 400 is in the second overhanging state. The cam member 57422 is brought into contact with the plate-like projection 57431b also when the 57400 is in the retracted state and the first extended state. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, referring to FIG. 239, the overall configuration of the lower displacement unit 57400 in the fifty-seventh embodiment will be described. Figures 239(a) to 239(c) are schematic front views of a lower displacement unit 57400 in the fifty-seventh embodiment. 239(a) to 239(c), the outer shape of the base member 410 of the lower displacement unit 57400 is illustrated by a chain double-dashed line, and the base member 410 is disposed inside the lower displacement member 440 in a displaceable state. The outer shape of the ball receiving portion 467 is shown by a dashed line.

As shown in FIG. 239, the downward displacement unit 57400 in the fifty-seventh embodiment is disposed on the bottom wall portion 301 (see FIG. 0) of the rear case 300, similarly to the downward displacement unit 400 in the first embodiment. A base member 410 , a transmission member 57420 disposed on the base member 410 , a link member 57430 connected to the base member 410 and displaced as the transmission member 57420 is displaced, and one end of which slides on the base member 410 . and a lower displacement member 440 which is movably connected and whose other end is connected to the link member 57430 and which is displaced by transmitting driving force from the link member 57430 .

The transmission member 57420 includes a transmission gear 421 (see FIG. 45) connected to the shaft of the drive motor KM1 (see FIG. 45) attached to the front side of the front base 411 (see FIG. 45), and the transmission gear 421 and and a cam member 57422 which is meshed and rotated as the transmission gear 421 is driven.

Link member 57430 is formed from two links, first link member 57431 and second link member 432 . In addition, the link member 57430 connects the first link member 57431 and the second link member 432 in a rotatable state.

The first link member 57431 is bent in a substantially V-shape when viewed from the front, and is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. Also, the first link member 57431 is displaced as the cam member 57422 is displaced. The first link member 57431 has a through hole 431a penetrating in the front-rear direction on one side of the first link member 57431, and a columnar shape on the other end side of the first link member 57431 toward the rear side (arrow B direction side). a plate-like projection 57431b projecting to a position facing the curved wall portion 411e of the base member 410; and a cylindrical sliding projection 431d projecting from the bent portion toward the front side. formed by A detailed description of the plate-like projection 57431b will be given later.

The cam member 57422 is formed in a shape in which ends of two semicircles having different outer diameters when viewed from the front are combined with each other, and is formed in a plate shape having a predetermined thickness in the front-rear direction. The cam member 57422 includes a tooth surface 422b engraved on the outer peripheral surface of the semicircular portion with a small outer diameter, a shaft portion 422a penetrating through the center of the semicircular portion with a small outer diameter, and a link member to be described later. A sliding groove 422c recessed along the outer peripheral edge of the surface (back surface) facing the 57430, and contact portions 57422d projecting from a plurality of locations (three locations in this embodiment) on the outer peripheral surface. . A detailed description of the contact portion 57422d will be given later.

In addition, the cam member 57422 is arranged in a displaceable state in the area between the front surface of the first link member 57431 excluding the plate-like projection 57431b of the first link member 57431 and the projecting surface (back surface) of the curved wall portion 411e. is set.

According to the lower displacement unit 57400 configured as described above, the drive motor KM1 (see FIG. 45) is driven to move the cam member 57422 to the first position ( By displacing the lower displacement member 440 between the retracted state shown in FIG. It can be displaced between the second extended state shown in c).

239(a) to 239(a) to 239(a) to 239(a) to 239(a) to 239(a) to 239(a). The ball receiving portion 467 is slidably displaced in the positions of the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state shown in 239(c), and the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 is moved to the outside of the lower displacement member 440. can be discharged to

Next, referring to Figures 240 to 242, the first link member 57431 and cam member 57422 will be described in detail. 240(a) to 240(c) are rear views of the first link member 57431 and the cam member 57422. FIG. 241(a) to 241(c) are front views of the first link member 57431 and the cam member 57422. FIG. 242(a) is a perspective front view of the first link member 57431, FIG. 242(b) is a perspective rear view of the cam member 57422, and FIG. 242(c) is CCXLIIc of FIG. 240(b). 57400 is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement unit 57400 taken along line -CCXLIIc. FIG.

240(a) to 240(c), the curved wall portion 411f of the base member 410 is illustrated, and the outer shape of the cam member 57422 overlapping the front side of the first link member 57431 and the sliding groove 422c3 are shown. , and the plate-like projection 57431b of the first link member 57431 are illustrated by dashed lines. 240(a) to 240(c), the outer shape of the curved wall portion 411f of the base member 410 is illustrated by chain lines, and the first link member 57431 overlapping the back side of the cam member 57422 is illustrated by chain lines. be done.

Furthermore, FIGS. 240(a) and 241(a) show the retracted state of the lower displacement unit 57400, and FIGS. 240(b) and 241(b) show the first extended state of the lower displacement unit 57400. 240(c) and 241(c), the second extended state of the lower displacement unit 57400 is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 240 to 242, the outer peripheral surface of the cam member 57422 is provided with a plurality of (three in this embodiment) abutment portions 57422d partially projecting outward. The contact portion 57422d is a portion that contacts the side surface of the plate-like projection 57431b of the first link member 57431, and the contact prevents the first link member 57431 and the cam member from swinging.

The plurality of contact portions 57422d are formed to contact the first link member 57431 when the lower displacement unit 57400 is in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state, respectively. As described above, at the retracted position, the first extended position, and the second extended position, the ball receiving portion 467 disposed inside the lower displacement member 440 (see FIG. 239) is displaced to displace the ball receiving portion. A game ball received inside 467 can be discharged outside the lower displacement unit 57400 .

Therefore, in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state, the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 changes as the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced. The force acting on the first link member 57431 from the displacement member 440 is changed. Therefore, the first link member 57431 is easily rocked with respect to the base member 410 .

In contrast, in the present embodiment, the contact portion 57422d is brought into contact with the plate-like projection 57431b of the first link member 57431 in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state, and the first link member 57431 Since the swinging can be suppressed, the lower displacement member 440 swings when discharging the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 to the outside of the lower displacement member 440, and the game ball discharged from the ball receiving portion 467 is discharged. Instability of the position can be suppressed.

In addition, the plurality of abutting portions 57422d have a projecting distal end surface radially outward from the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 57422, and the width in the axial direction (arrow FB direction) of the shaft portion 422a is reduced radially outward. and its cross section is formed in a triangular shape.

On the other hand, the plate-like projection 57431b of the first link member 57431 has a housing portion 57431b1 recessed on the side surface that contacts the cam member 57422 . The accommodating portion 57431b1 is recessed in a triangular cross-sectional shape corresponding to the protruding tip end surface of the contact portion 57422d, and when the lower displacement unit 57400 is in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state, , the contact portion 57422d can be housed inside the housing portion 57431b1.

As a result, the lower displacement unit 57400 is in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state. can be suppressed from swinging back and forth. As a result, when the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 467 is discharged to the outside of the lower displacement member 440, the lower displacement member 440 swings, and the discharge position of the game ball discharged from the ball receiving portion 467 becomes unstable. can be prevented from becoming

Further, when the lower displacement unit 57400 is in a state other than the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state, the contact portion 57422d can be separated from the plate-shaped projection 57431b. Therefore, when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced, it is possible to prevent the first link member 57431 and the plate-shaped projection 57431b from coming into contact with each other and increase the sliding resistance when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in electric power when displacing the lower displacement member 440 .

Next, referring to Figures 243 and 244, the lower displacement unit 58400 in the fifty-eighth embodiment will be described. In the fifty-seventh embodiment, the cam member 57422 is brought into contact with the plate-like projection 57431b when the lower displacement unit 400 is in the retracted state, the first extended state, and the second extended state. In the fifty-eighth embodiment, the cam member 58422 is always brought into contact with the plate-like projection 57431b. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate|omitted.

Further, since the lower displacement unit 58400 in the fifty-eighth embodiment has the same configuration as the lower displacement unit 400 in the fifty-seventh embodiment in that the lower displacement member 440 is displaced by the rotation of the cam member 58422, the detailed description thereof is as follows. omitted.

First, referring to FIGS. 243 and 244, the cam member 57422 in the fifty-eighth embodiment will be described. Figures 243(a) to 243(c) are rear views of the first link member 57431 and the cam member 58422 in the fifty-eighth embodiment. 244(a) to 244(c) are front views of the first link member 57431 and the cam member 58422. FIG.

243(a) to 243(c), the curved wall portion 411f of the base member 410 is illustrated, and the outer shape of the cam member 58422 overlapping the front side of the first link member 57431 and the sliding groove 422c3 are shown. , and the plate-like projection 57431b of the first link member 57431 are illustrated by dashed lines. 243(a) to 243(c), the outer shape of the curved wall portion 411f of the base member 410 is illustrated by chain lines, and the first link member 57431 overlapping the back side of the cam member 57422 is illustrated by chain lines. be done.

As shown in FIGS. 243 and 244, the cam member 58422 in the fifty-eighth embodiment is formed into a shape in which ends of two semicircles having different outer diameters in a front view are combined with each other. It is formed from a plate state having a predetermined thickness. The cam member 58422 includes a tooth surface 422b engraved on the outer peripheral surface of the semicircular portion with a small outer diameter, a shaft portion 422a penetrating through the center of the semicircular portion with a small outer diameter, and a link member to be described later. A sliding groove 422c recessed along the outer peripheral edge of the surface (back surface) facing the 57430 and a contact portion 58422d projecting from the outer peripheral surface are provided.

The contact portion 58422d is formed in a shape along the displacement trajectory of the plate-like projection 57431b of the first link member 57431. As the cam member 58422 rotates about the shaft portion 422a, the projecting surface of the contact portion 58422d contacts the side surface of the plate-like projection 57431b.

In addition, similarly to the contact portion 57422d in the fifty-seventh embodiment, the projecting tip end surface of the contact portion 58422d extends radially outward from the shaft portion 422a of the cam member 58422. The width in the axial direction (arrow FB direction) of the portion 422a is reduced, and its cross section is formed in a triangular shape.

According to the lower displacement unit 58400 configured as described above, regardless of the displacement state of the lower displacement unit 58400 (retracted state, first extended state, second extended state), the contact portion 58422d is always placed in the first Since it is possible to prevent the first link member 57431 from swinging by bringing it into contact with the plate-like projection 57431b of the link member 57431, it is possible to prevent the lower displacement member 440 from swinging when the lower displacement member 440 is displaced.

Thereby, when the ball receiving part 467 of the lower displacement member 440 is displaced and the game ball is shot (discharged), it is possible to suppress the first link member 57431 from swinging in the front-rear direction. As a result, when the game ball received by the ball receiving portion 467 is discharged to the outside of the lower displacement member 440, the lower displacement member 440 swings, and the discharge position of the game ball discharged from the ball receiving portion 467 becomes unstable. can be prevented from becoming

In addition, even when a game ball is received by the lower displacement member 440 or when the position of the center of gravity of the lower displacement member 440 changes at the receiving position of the received game ball, the lower displacement member 440 tends to swing during displacement. can be prevented from becoming As a result, the displacement operation of the lower displacement member 440 can be stabilized, so that the displacement operation of the lower displacement member 440 can be easily seen by the player.

Next, the ball receiving portion 59467 in the fifty-ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 245 and 246. FIG. In the twelfth embodiment, the game ball is thrown to the ball receiving portion 12467, and the third piece 12467e is arranged at a position to shield the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a. In the ball receiving portion 59467 in the embodiment, the third piece 59467e shields the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a when the game ball is not thrown. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each said embodiment, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, the configuration of the ball receiving portion 59467 in the fifty-ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 245 and 246. FIG. FIG. 245 is a front view of the lower displacement member 59440 in the fifty-ninth embodiment. 246(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the ball receiving portion 59467, and FIG. 246(b) is a front view of the ball receiving portion 59467. FIG. 245 shows a state in which the decorative member 450 (see FIG. 58) arranged on the front side of the lower displacement member 59440 and the front case 481 (see FIG. 58) are removed.

As shown in FIGS. 245 and 246, the lower displacement member 59440 in the fifty-ninth embodiment is a base member 470 connected to the front base 411 (see FIG. 151), like the lower displacement member 11440 in the eleventh embodiment. (see FIG. 151), a transmission mechanism 59460 disposed displaceably between the case member 480 and the base member 470, a case member 480 covering the front and rear of the base member 470 (see FIG. 151), and the case member 480 and a decorative member 11450 (see FIG. 151) formed to cover the front and rear (arrow FB direction).

The transmission mechanism 59460 is a member arranged in front of the base member 470, and meshes with the transmission gears 461, 462, and 463, the drive motor KM2 whose shaft portion is connected to the transmission gear 461, and the transmission gear 463. A movable rack 59464 having a tooth surface and slidably disposed in front of the base member 470, and a transmission gear rotatably disposed on the movable rack 59464 and meshing with the rack gear 476. 465, a rack 466 having a tooth surface that meshes with the transmission gear 465 and disposed slidably in front of the movable rack 59464, and a ball rotatably disposed at one end of the rack 466. It is mainly formed with a receiving portion 467 .

The main body of the movable rack 59464 is formed in the shape of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front. The movable rack 59464 includes a rack gear 464a engraved on the lower end (the end in the direction of arrow D) of the main body, a shaft 464b projecting in a cylindrical shape from the front side (the side in the direction of arrow F), and the main body. A plate-shaped abutment plate 464c protruding upward from the upper end (the end on the arrow U direction side), and a displacement direction side (arrow R direction side) of the ball receiving portion 59467 described later when a game ball is shot (ejected). A plate-shaped contact portion 59464g protrudes from the end of the main body, and a guide plate 464d (Fig. 59), a rack guide portion 464e (see FIG. 58) projecting toward the front side opposite to the guide plate 464d, and a plate-like collision portion 464f projecting from the lower end of the body portion. be.

The abutting portion 59464g is a protrusion that abuts against the third piece 59467e of the ball receiving portion 59467 when the ball receiving portion 59467, which will be described later, is arranged at the first position, and is arranged on the displacement trajectory of the third piece 59467e. be done. Thereby, when the ball receiving portion 59467 is set to the first position, the ball receiving portion 59467 can be pushed in to displace the third piece 59467e.

The ball receiving portion 59467 includes a main body portion 59467f formed in a substantially U shape when viewed from the front, leg portions 467a projecting radially outward from the U-shaped curved portion of the main body portion 59467f, and a main body portion. It mainly comprises a third piece 59467e rotatably connected to the back side of 59467f, and a locking member 59467g for locking the third piece 59467e.

The main body portion 59467f includes a shaft hole 467b penetrating in the front-rear direction at the lower end of the U-shape, a recessed portion 59467f1 spherically recessed in the inner surface of the curved portion of the U-shape, and a left-right direction on the back side of the main body portion 59467f. and a through hole 59467f2 penetrating in the direction of the arrows LR.

The recessed portion 59467f1 is a recess that accommodates a part of the third piece 59467e, which will be described later. be. In addition, the recessed portion 5946f1 is formed as a recess that curves downward, and the center of the curve is located at a position biased toward the front side (arrow F direction) of the main body portion 59467f in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction). set.

Therefore, when the third piece 59467e protrudes from the inside to the outside of the recessed portion 59467f1, the end of the recessed portion 59467f1 on the back side (arrow B direction side) can be visually recognized from the front (player side). . As a result, the height of the boundary line between the third piece 59467e and the game ball (position in the direction of gravity) when the game ball is received in the third piece 59467e, which will be described later, and the height of the end on the back side of the main body 59467f can be set at substantially the same position.

As a result, the height of the boundary line between the third piece 59467e and the end of the main body 59467f on the back side when the shielding plate 59467e1 is projected inside the main body 59467f, and the game ball is received by the third piece 59467e. The height difference between the third piece 59467e and the game ball in this case can prevent the player from recognizing whether the game ball is received inside the main body 59467f.

The through-hole 59467f2 is a portion into which a shaft for supporting a third piece 59467e, which will be described later, is inserted, and is set larger than the outer diameter of the shaft to be inserted into the third piece 59467e.

The third piece 59467e includes a shielding plate 59467e1 formed in a bowl shape, a shaft supporting portion 59467e5 projecting from the outer peripheral surface of the shielding plate 59467e1, a through hole 59467e6 passing through the shaft supporting portion 59467e5 in the left-right direction, and a shaft. and a weight member 59467e7 attached to the projecting tip of the support 59467e5.

The shielding plate 59467e1 is made of a non-light-transmitting material, and can shield light emitted from the light emitter 11491a when placed in front of the light emitter 11491a. The shielding of light from the light emitter 11491a by the shielding plate 59467e1 will be described later.

In addition, the shielding plate 59467e1 is formed with a constant thickness, and the inner diameter formed by being curved into a bowl shape is set larger than the diameter of the game ball. Thereby, the game ball sent to the ball receiving portion 59467 can be held by the curved inner surface of the shielding plate 59467e1.

The pivotal support portion 59467e5 is located on the back surface of the main body portion 59467f and is arranged between a pair of through holes 59467f2 penetrating through the main body portion 59467f. The shaft support portion 59467e5 has the through-hole 59467f2 and the through-hole 59467e6 coaxially arranged between a pair of through-holes 59467f2. is inserted. Thereby, the third piece 59467e is held in a rotatable state with respect to the main body portion 59467f.

In the third piece 59467e, the shielding plate 59467e1 rotates toward the front side with respect to the through hole 59467e6, and the outer surface of the shielding plate 59467e1 comes into contact with the concave portion 59467f1 of the main body portion 59467f. The shielding plate 59467e1 stands upward from the through-hole 59467e6 from the state in which at least a part of it is accommodated inside the recessed portion 59467f1 of the main body portion 59467f (the state shown in FIG. 247(b)). The plate 59467e1 is rotated between the state in which the plate 59467e1 protrudes to the inner portion of the U-shape of the body portion 59467f (the state shown in FIG. 247(a)).

In addition, the third piece 59467e receives the game ball sent to the ball receiving portion 59467 inside the shielding plate 59467e1, so that the third piece 59467e is housed inside the recessed portion 59467f1 from the state of projecting inside the main body portion 59467f. state can be displaced. Also, in this case, the game ball sent to the ball receiving portion 59467 can be held in the inner portion of the shielding plate 59467e1.

The weight member 59467e7 is a weight for pushing up the shielding plate 59467e1 upward in the direction of gravity (the position overhanging the main body 59467f) when the shielding plate 59467e1 does not hold a game ball, and is made of a metal material. It is arranged on the opposite side of the shielding plate 59467e1 with the through hole 59467e6 interposed therebetween.

The locking member 59467g is formed in an L-shape with the left and right sides being opposite when viewed from the front, and is pivotally supported on the rear side of the projecting portion in which the through hole 5967f is formed. In addition, the ball receiving portion 59467 is disposed on the rotating direction side (front view right side (arrow R direction side)) during the operation of discharging the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 59467 . Thereby, when the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 59467 is ejected, the locking member 59467g can be easily rotated in the rotation direction of the ball receiving portion 59467.

The locking member 59467g has an opening 59467g1 that opens in the front-rear direction (arrow FB direction) at the upper end of one side extending in the direction of gravity, and a shaft supporting portion 59467e5 of the third piece 59467e extending from the lower end of the one side. and a locking portion 59467g2 on the other side projecting on the side (left side in front view (arrow L direction side)).

The locking portion 59467g2 is a portion that engages with the shaft support portion 59467e5 of the third piece 59467e, and is disposed in the displacement region of the shaft support portion 59467e5 of the third piece 59467e. In addition, the engaging portion 59467g2 is formed as an inclined surface toward the base end side as the projecting distal end surface of the engaging member 59467g protrudes from one side of the engaging member 59467g and moves away from the opening portion 59467g1 side. When the third piece 59467e is displaced and a part of it comes into contact with the inclined surface, the contact force of the third piece 59467e acts in the rotational direction of the locking member 59467g. As a result, the locking member 59467g can be easily rotationally displaced about the opening 59467g1 as the third piece 59467e is displaced.

Next, referring to FIG. 247, the operation of the third piece 59467e when the lower displacement member 59440 is arranged in the retracted state will be described. 247(a) to 247(c) are enlarged front views of the lower displacement unit 59400. FIG. 247(a) to 247(c), a portion of the ball receiving portion 59467 and the contact portion 59464g are illustrated by dashed lines, and in FIG. 247(a), the ball receiving portion 59467 is in the first position FIG. 247(b) shows a state in which the ball receiving portion 59467 is displaced to the first position, and FIG. 247(c) shows a state in which the ball receiving portion 59467 is in the third position. is shown.

As shown in FIG. 247(a), in the state before the ball receiving portion 59467 is arranged at the first position, the shielding plate 59467e1 of the third piece 59467e protrudes inside the main body portion 59467f (it is arranged upwardly). ) state. Thereby, the light emitted from the back side of the ball receiving portion 59467 can be shielded by the shielding plate 59467e1.

On the other hand, when the ball receiving portion 59467 is arranged at the first position as shown in FIG. Therefore, the weight member 59467e7 of the third piece 59467e contacts the contact portion 59464g, and the third piece 59467e rotates about the through hole 59467e6. As a result, the shielding plate 59467e1 of the ball receiving portion 59467 is housed inside the concave portion 59467f1. In other words, the state in which the shielding plate 59467e1 is erected is changed to the state in which the shielding plate 59467e1 is tilted.

In this case, the third piece 59467e is held by engaging the locking portion 59467g2 of the locking member 59467g with the portion of the third piece 59467e where the weight member 59467e7 is arranged. As a result, the ball receiving portion 59467 can be displaced from the first position to just before the third position while the shielding plate 59467e1 projecting to the inner portion of the main body portion 59467f is retracted.

Therefore, in the fifty-ninth embodiment, the ball receiving portion 59467 is displaced with the shielding plate 59467e1 projecting inside the body portion 59467f, and the ball receiving portion 59467 is displaced with the shielding plate 59467e1 retracted from the inside of the body portion 59467f. and can be formed.

As a result, a shadow resembling a game ball is formed on the transmission part 11451b (see FIG. 151) of the front side decorative part 11451 (see FIG. 151) by the shielding plate 59467e1, and the player sees the game ball in the ball receiving part 59467. It is possible to form a case where it is recognized and a case where it is recognized that there is no game ball in the ball receiving portion 59467. As a result, it is possible to increase the variation of effects by the lower displacement member 59440 .

Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 247(c), the engagement between the third piece 59467e and the engaging member 59467g is released by displacing the ball receiving portion 59467 to the third position. That is, the ball receiving portion 59467 is displaced to the third position to cause the ball receiving portion 59467 to shoot (eject) the game ball, and the ball receiving portion 59467 is locked by utilizing the inertial force when the rotation of the ball receiving portion 59467 is stopped. The member 59467g is rotated in a direction to release the engagement between the locking portion 59467g2 and the shaft support portion 59467f5. This releases the engagement between the third piece 59467e and the locking member 59467g.

Next, displacement of the ball receiving portion 59467 will be described with reference to FIGS. 248 and 249. FIG. 248(a) and 248(b) are front views of the lower displacement member 59440, and FIG. 249(a) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member 59440 taken along line CCXLIXa-CCXLIXa in FIG. 248(a). 249(b) is a cross-sectional view of the lower displacement member 59440 along line CCXLIXb-CCXLIXb of FIG. 248(b).

248(a) shows the state before the game ball is received (before being held) by the ball receiving portion 59467, and in FIG. 248(b), the game ball is received by the ball receiving portion 59467. A held (held) state is illustrated.

As shown in FIGS. 248 and 249, before the game ball is received in the ball receiving portion 59467, the shielding plate 59467e1 of the third piece 59467e protrudes to the inner portion of the U shape of the main body portion 59467f (shielding plate 59467e1 stands up). As a result, the shielding plate 59467e1 can shield the light emitted toward the ball receiving portion 59467 (arrow F direction), which is arranged on the rear side of the ball receiving portion 59467. FIG. As a result, the shadow formed by the shield plate 59467e1 can be visually recognized by the player as a shadow formed by the game ball.

In addition, when the ball receiving portion 59467 receives a game ball, the game ball is guided to the inner surface side of the bowl-shaped shielding plate 59467e1. As a result, the shielding plate 59467e1 is rotated around the pivot portion by the load of the game ball, and is accommodated inside the concave portion 59467f1 of the main body portion 59467f. As a result, the light emitted from the light emitter 11491a emitted from the back side of the ball receiving portion 59467 toward the ball receiving portion 59467 (arrow F direction) is blocked by the game ball, and the game ball thrown to the ball receiving portion 59467 is blocked. The position can be recognized by the player.

Furthermore, since the game ball is accommodated on the inner surface side of the bowl-shaped shield plate 59467e1, it is possible to suppress the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 59467 from swinging as the ball receiving portion 59467 is displaced. As a result, the player can easily recognize the shadow formed by the game ball.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 250 to 257, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko game machine (hereinafter simply referred to as "pachinko machine") 10 will be described as a 60th embodiment. 250 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in the 60th embodiment, FIG. 251 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG.

As shown in FIG. 250, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 whose outer shell is formed by wooden frames combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and a and an inner frame 12 supported so as to be openable and closable. In order to support the inner frame 12 in the outer frame 11, metal hinges 18 are attached at two upper and lower positions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 250). A frame 12 is supported toward the front side so that it can be opened and closed.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 251) having a large number of nails, winning slots 63, 64, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 12 from the back side. A ball (game ball) flows down the front surface of the game board 13 to play a pinball game. In addition, the inner frame 12 includes a ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 253) that shoots a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a shooting unit that guides the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A rail (not shown) or the like is attached.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 covering the front upper side and a lower tray unit 15 covering the lower side are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached at two upper and lower positions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 250). 14 and a lower tray unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are unlocked by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, and the like, and has a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening at its substantially central portion. A glass unit 16 having two sheet glasses is arranged on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.例文帳に追加

An upper tray 17 for storing balls projects forward from the front frame 14 and is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. The bottom surface of the upper tray 17 is inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 250). A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17 . The frame button 22 is operated by the player when, for example, the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 251) is changed, or the content of the super ready-to-win effect is changed. be.

Light-emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the front frame 14 (for example, corner portions). These light emitting means are controlled to change the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking in response to changes in the game state such as when a big win is made or when a predetermined ready-to-win state is reached, and play a role of enhancing the effect during the game. Illuminated portions 29 to 33 containing light emitting means such as LEDs are provided on the periphery of the window portion 14c. In the pachinko machine 10, these electric decoration parts 29 to 33 function as production lamps such as big win lamps, and the respective electric decoration parts 29 to 33 are lit by lighting or blinking of built-in LEDs at the time of a big win or a ready-to-win production. Alternatively, it flashes to indicate that the jackpot is in progress or that the player is in the process of reaching one step before the jackpot. In addition, a display lamp 34 having a built-in light emitting means such as an LED or the like and capable of displaying whether prize balls are being paid out or when an error has occurred is provided in the upper left portion of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 250).

In addition, a small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized on the lower side of the right electrical decoration part 32, and a pasting space K1 on the front side of the game board 13 (Fig. 251) can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to bring out more splendor, a plated member 36 made of ABS resin, which is plated with chrome, is attached to the area around the electric decorations 29-33.

A ball rental operation unit 40 is arranged below the window portion 14c. The ball rental operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41 , a ball rental button 42 and a return button 43 . When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with banknotes, cards, etc. inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the balls are released according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display section 41 is an area in which the balance information of the card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED is turned on to display the remaining amount in numbers as the balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain lending balls based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and lending balls are supplied to the top tray 17 as long as the card or the like has a balance. be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit. A pachinko machine in which balls are directly lent to the upper tray 17 from a ball leasing device or the like without going through the card unit, that is, a so-called cash machine, does not require the ball leasing operation unit 40. A decorative seal or the like may be added to the installation portion to make the parts configuration common. It is possible to achieve commonality between a pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine.

In the lower tray unit 15 located below the upper tray 17, a lower tray 50 for storing the balls that could not be stored in the upper tray 17 is formed in a substantially box-like shape with an open upper surface. . On the right side of the lower tray 50, an operating handle 51 is provided which is operated by the player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13. As shown in FIG.

Inside the operating handle 51, there are a touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the ball shooting unit 112a, a shooting stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operating handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) for detecting a dynamic operation amount (rotational position) based on a change in electrical resistance is incorporated. When the operating handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the amount of rotation operation. A ball is shot with a strength (shooting intensity) corresponding to , and is hit to the front surface of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball extraction lever 52 is provided at the lower front portion of the lower tray 50 for operation when discharging the balls stored in the lower tray 50 downward. The ball extracting lever 52 is always urged in the front direction, and when it is slid in the rear direction against the urge, the bottom opening formed in the bottom surface of the lower tray 50 is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball extracting lever 54b is normally performed with a box (generally called a "senryo box") placed below the lower tray 50 for receiving the balls ejected from the lower tray 50. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 251, the game board 13 has a base plate 60 which is cut into a substantially square shape in a front view. The opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, the through gate 67, the variable display device unit 80, etc. are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the rear surface of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 250). mounted on the side. The base plate 60 is made of a light-transmissive resin material, and is formed so that the player can visually recognize various structures arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side thereof. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in through-holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is fixed by a tapping screw or the like from the front side.

The central portion of the front surface of the game board 13 can be seen from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 250) of the front frame 14. FIG. Mainly referring to FIG. 251, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described below.

On the front surface of the game board 13, an outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is erected, and a strip-shaped metal plate is placed inside the outer rail 62 like the outer rail 62. An arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed by is erected. The outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62, and the front and rear sides are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 250). A game area is formed in which a game is played by the behavior of . The game area is the front surface of the game board 13 and is defined by two rails 61 and 62 and an outer edge member 73 made of resin that connects the rails. area where the ball flows down).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 253) to the upper part of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left part in FIG. 251) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 13 from returning into the ball guide passage again. be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right in FIG. 251) at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the ball. is attenuated and rebounded toward the center.

First pattern display devices 37A and 37B having a plurality of LEDs as light emitting means and a 7-segment display are arranged in the lower left side of the game area in front view (lower left side in FIG. 251). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are for displaying in accordance with each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 253), and mainly display the game state of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. In this embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used properly according to whether the ball has won the first prize winning port 64 or the second prize winning port 640.例文帳に追加Specifically, when the ball enters the first winning hole 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while when the ball enters the second winning hole 640, the first The pattern display device 37B is configured to operate.

In addition, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B use LEDs to indicate whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the variable probability, the time saving mode, or the normal state by the lighting state, or indicate whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the changing state by the lighting state. Whether the stop pattern is a pattern corresponding to the probability variable jackpot, a pattern corresponding to the normal jackpot, or a missing pattern is indicated by the lighting state, the number of pending balls is indicated by the lighting state, and a 7-segment display device indicates the round during the jackpot. Display numbers and errors. The plurality of LEDs are configured so that each LED has a different emission color (for example, red, green, and blue), and depending on the combination of the emission colors, it is possible to suggest various game states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. can.

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed when a prize is won in the first prize winning port 64 and the second prize winning port 640.例文帳に追加In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big win (big win lottery), and also determines the kind of big win when it is determined as a big win. As the jackpot type determined here, a 15R probability variable jackpot, a 4R probability variable jackpot, and a 15R normal jackpot are prepared. The first pattern display devices 37A and 37B not only indicate whether or not the result of the lottery is a jackpot as a stop pattern after the end of variation, but also indicate a pattern corresponding to the jackpot type when the jackpot is won. .

Here, the “15R probability variable jackpot” is a probability variable jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after the maximum number of rounds is 15 rounds, and the “4R probability variable jackpot” is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 4 rounds. It is a variable jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after . In addition, "15R normal jackpot" is a jackpot that shifts to a low probability state after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds, and a time-saving state during a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). be.

In addition, the "high probability state" refers to a state in which the probability of a subsequent jackpot is increased as an added value after the end of the jackpot, a time during so-called probability fluctuation (probability change), in other words, a game that is easy to shift to a special game state It is the state of The high-probability state (during variable probability) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the probability of winning a second symbol, which will be described later, is increased and the ball is likely to enter the second winning hole 640 . "Low probability state" refers to a state in which the odds are not variable, and the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state in which the jackpot probability is lower than when the odds are variable. In addition, the time-saving state (during time-saving) of the "low-probability state" is a state in which the jackpot probability is normal, and the jackpot probability remains the same, but only the winning probability of the second symbol is increased, and the second winning port 640 It refers to the state of the game in which the ball is likely to win a prize. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is in the normal state, it means that the game is in a state of neither variable probability nor time reduction (state in which neither the jackpot probability nor the second pattern winning probability is increased).

During the probability change or the time reduction, not only the winning probability of the second symbol is increased, but also the time when the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is opened is changed, and the time is longer than during normal. set. When the electric accessory 640a is in the open state (open state), the balls enter the second winning port 640 more than when the electric accessory 640a is in the closed state (closed state). becomes easy. Therefore, during the probability change or the time reduction, the ball can easily enter the second winning hole 640, and the number of times the big winning lottery is performed can be increased.

In addition, instead of changing the opening time of the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 during the probability change or the time saving, or in addition to changing the opening time, A change may be made to increase the number of times the accessory 640a is released more than during normal times. In addition, the winning probability of the second symbol is not changed during the probability change or the time reduction, and the electric accessory 640a is opened at the time when the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened and once. At least one of the number of times may be changed. In addition, during the probability change and the time reduction, the time for opening the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 and the number of times the electric accessory 640a is opened per hit are not set. Only the probability may be changed to be higher than normal.

The game area is provided with a plurality of general winning holes 63 through which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. A variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the central portion of the game area. In the variable display device unit 80, the winning (starting winning) to the first winning port 64 and the second winning port 640 is used as a trigger, and while synchronizing with the variable display on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the third symbol is displayed. It is composed of a third pattern display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as a "display device") that performs variable display, and an LED that variably displays the second pattern triggered by the passage of the ball through the through gate 67. A second pattern display device (not shown) is provided.

A center frame 86 is arranged in the variable display device unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third pattern display device 81 . The third pattern display device 81 can be visually recognized through an opening formed in the center of the center frame 86 .

The third pattern display device 81 is composed of a large liquid crystal display of 9-inch size. A column of symbols is displayed. Each pattern row is composed of a plurality of patterns (third patterns), and these third patterns are horizontally scrolled for each pattern row to variably display the third pattern on the display screen of the third pattern display device 81.例文帳に追加It's like In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the game state is displayed by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B under the control of the main control device 110 (see FIG. 253). Decorative display according to the display of the pattern display devices 37A and 37B is performed. Incidentally, instead of the display device, for example, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured using a reel or the like.

The second pattern display device alternately lights up a symbol "O" and a symbol "X" as a display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) for a predetermined time each time the ball passes through the through gate 67. This is for variable display. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if the winning lottery is won, the second symbol display device stops and displays the symbol "○" after the second symbol is variably displayed. Further, if the result of the winning lottery is a loss, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed on the second symbol display device after the variable display of the third symbol.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device stops at a predetermined symbol ("○" symbol in this embodiment), the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning hole 640 is displayed for a predetermined period of time. is configured to be activated (opened) only.

The time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set so as to be shorter during the variable probability or during the time saving than during the normal gaming state. As a result, the variable display of the second symbol is performed in a short time during the probability change and the time reduction, so that more winning lotteries can be performed than during normal times. Therefore, the chance of winning in the winning lottery increases, so that the player can be given more opportunities to open the electric accessary 640a of the second winning opening 640.例文帳に追加Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is likely to enter the second winning hole 640 during the probability variation and the time saving.

In addition, during the probability change or the time reduction, other methods such as increasing the winning probability, increasing the opening time and the number of openings of the electric accessory 640a for one hit, etc. When the ball is in a state where it is easy to win a prize, the time required for the variable display of the second symbol may be fixed regardless of the game state. On the other hand, if the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set shorter than normal during the variable probability or during the time saving, the winning probability may be constant regardless of the game state, and one winning The opening time and the number of openings of the electric accessory 640a may be constant regardless of the game state.

The through gate 67 is attached to the game board on the right side of the lower area of the variable display unit 80, and allows some of the balls launched to the game board that flow down the right side of the game board to pass through. is configured to When the ball passes through the through gate 67, a winning lottery for the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a win, the symbol "○" is displayed as a stop symbol of the variable display, and if the result of the winning lottery is a loss. For example, an "x" symbol is displayed as a variable display stop symbol.

The number of times the ball passes through the through gate 67 is suspended up to a total of four times, and the number of suspended balls is displayed by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B described above, and is displayed on the second symbol suspension lamp (not shown). is also displayed. Four second pattern holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are arranged symmetrically below the third pattern display device 81 .

In addition, the variable display of the second pattern is performed by switching lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second pattern display device as in the present embodiment. A part of the pattern display device 81 may be used. Similarly, the lighting of the second symbol reservation lamp may be performed by a part of the third symbol display device 81 . Also, the maximum number of held balls for passage of the ball through the through gate 67 is not limited to 4, and may be set to 3 or less, or 5 or more (for example, 8). Also, the number of through gates 67 to be attached is not limited to one, and may be plural (for example, two). Also, the mounting position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the right side of the variable display device unit 80, but may be the left side of the variable display device unit 80, for example. In addition, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the lighting display may not be performed by the second symbol reservation lamp.

Below the variable display device unit 80, a first winning hole 64 through which balls can win is arranged. When a ball enters the first winning hole 64, a first winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused to turn on the first winning hole switch. (See FIG. 253), a lottery for a big hit is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

On the other hand, on the right side of the first winning hole 64 when viewed from the front, a second winning hole 640 through which a ball can win is arranged. When the ball enters the second winning hole 640, a second winning hole switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused to turn on the second winning hole switch. (See FIG. 253), a lottery for a big win is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37B.

In addition, the first prize winning port 64 and the second prize winning port 640 are also one of the prize winning ports from which five balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. In this embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the first prize winning port 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the second prize winning port 640 are configured to be the same. , the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the first prize winning port 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the second prize winning port 640 are different numbers, for example, the number of balls to the first prize winning port 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when is won may be set to three, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball enters the second prize winning port 640 may be set to be five.

An electric accessory 640a is attached to the second prize winning port 640. - 特許庁This electric accessory 640a is configured to be openable and closable, and normally the electric accessory 640a is in a closed state (reduced state), making it difficult for the ball to enter the second winning opening 640. On the other hand, as a result of the variable display of the second symbol triggered by the passage of the ball through the through gate 67, when the symbol "○" is displayed on the second symbol display device, the electric accessory 640a is in the open state (enlarged state), which makes it easier for the ball to enter the second winning hole 640.例文帳に追加

As described above, during the variable probability and during the time saving, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than during normal, and the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is short, so in the variable display of the second symbol "○ ' is more likely to be displayed, and the number of times the electric accessory 640a is in the open state (retracted state) increases. Furthermore, the time during which the electric accessory 640a is opened is also longer during the variable probability and the shorter working hours than during the normal time. Therefore, it is possible to create a state in which the ball is more likely to enter the second winning hole 640 during the variable probability and the shorter working hours compared to the normal time.

Here, when the ball enters the first prize winning port 64 and when the ball enters the second prize winning port 640, the probability of winning the jackpot is the same in both the low probability state and the high probability state. However, the probability of winning a 15R probability variable jackpot as the type of jackpot selected in the event of a jackpot is higher when the ball enters the second winning port 640 than when the ball enters the first winning port 64. is set. On the other hand, the first prize winning port 64 does not have an electric accessory like the second prize winning port 640, and the ball can always win a prize.

Therefore, during normal operation, the electric accessory attached to the second prize winning port 640 is often closed, and it is difficult to win the second prize winning port 640. Then, a ball is shot so that the ball passes through the left side of the variable display unit 80 (so-called "left-handed hitting"), and by winning the first prize-winning port 64, many chances of a big winning lottery are obtained, and a big win is achieved. It is advantageous for the player to aim at that.

On the other hand, during the probability change or the time reduction, by passing the ball through the through gate 67, the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning port 640 is likely to be in an open state, and the second winning port 640 is in a state where it is easy to win. Therefore, the ball is shot toward the second prize-winning port 640 so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display device 80 (so-called "right-handed hitting"), and is passed through the through gate 67 to open the electric accessory. In addition, it is advantageous for the player to aim for a 15R probability variable jackpot by winning the second prize winning port 640.例文帳に追加

As described above, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment shoots balls to the player according to the game state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether the game is variable probability, short time, or normal). It is possible to change the way of hitting to "left hitting" and "right hitting". Therefore, it is possible to change the way the player hits the ball, so that the player can enjoy the game.

A variable prize winning device 65 is provided on the right side of the first prize winning port 64, and a horizontally long rectangular specific prize winning port (large open port) 65a is provided in the substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning of the first prize winning port 64 or the second prize winning port 640 results in a jackpot, after a predetermined time (fluctuation time) elapses, the jackpot stop symbol is displayed. The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on so as to cause the first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B to be lit, and the third symbol display device 81 is caused to display the stop symbol corresponding to the big win, thereby indicating the occurrence of the big win. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (jackpot) in which the ball is likely to win. As this special game state, the specific winning opening 65a which is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have passed or until 10 balls have been won).

The specific winning opening 65a is closed after a predetermined period of time has passed, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined period of time. The opening and closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening and closing operation is performed is one form of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, and the player is given a game value (game value) by paying out a larger amount of prize balls than usual. is done.

Specifically, the variable prize winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular opening/closing plate that covers the specific prize winning opening 65a, and a large opening solenoid (not shown) for opening and closing forward with the lower side of the opening/closing plate as an axis. and The specific prize winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which the ball cannot or hardly wins a prize. In the event of a big win, the large opening solenoid is driven to tilt the opening/closing plate to the lower front side to temporarily form an open state in which the ball is likely to enter the specific prize winning port 65a, and the open state and the normal closed state are formed. It operates to alternate between states.

A second variable prize winning device 82a is arranged on the upper left of the first prize winning port 64, and a second specific prize winning port 82 is provided in the vicinity thereof. Normally, the second variable prize winning device 82a is in a closed state (reduced state) so that the ball cannot enter the second specific prize winning port 82. On the other hand, when a specific jackpot (for example, a 15R probability variable jackpot) is won, the second variable prize winning device is opened (enlarged state) to create a special game state in which the ball easily wins the second specific prize winning port 82.例文帳に追加can be done.

Incidentally, the special game state is not limited to the form described above. A large opening that is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a is provided in the game area, and when the LED corresponding to the big win is lit in the first pattern display devices 37A and 37B, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, and the A special game is a game state in which a large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times when a ball enters the specific winning opening 65a while the specific winning opening 65a is open. You may make it form as a state. In addition, the number of specific winning holes 65a is not limited to one, and one or more than two (for example, three) may be arranged. , the left side of the variable display device unit 80 .

An affixing space K1 for affixing a certificate stamp, an identification label, etc. is provided at the right corner of the lower side of the game board 13. 35 (see FIG. 250).

The game board 13 is provided with a first outlet 71 . Balls that flow down the game area and do not win any of the winning holes 63, 64, 65a, 640 are guided through the first out hole 71 to a ball discharge path (not shown). The first out port 71 is arranged below the first winning port 64 .

The game board 13 is provided with a large number of nails for properly dispersing and adjusting the falling direction of the balls, and various members (accessories) such as windmills.

As shown in FIG. 252, the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly provided with control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 . The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a dispensing unit 93 as a unit. In addition, each control board has an MPU as a 1-chip microcomputer that manages each control, a port that communicates with various devices, a random number generator that is used for various lotteries, and is used for time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generation circuit or the like is mounted as required.

The main control device 110, the sound lamp control device 113, the display control device 114, the payout control device 111, the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . Each of the board boxes 100 to 104 has a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to accommodate each controller and each board.

In addition, the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and firing control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover in an unopenable manner (caulking structure) by a sealing unit (not shown). consolidation). A sealing seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. The sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing seal is peeled off in order to open the circuit board boxes 100, 102, or if the circuit board boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base and the box cover may be damaged. cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100, 102 have been opened.

The dispensing unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and open upward, a tank rail 131 connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a tank rail 131 downstream of the tank rail 131. and a payout device 133 which is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and which pays out balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of a payout motor 216 (see FIG. 253). ing. The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall, and a payout device 133 pays out the required number of balls as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131 .

The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor control knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erasure switch 122. The state recovery switch 120 is operated to eliminate ball clogging (return to normal state) when a dispensing error such as ball clogging occurs in the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 253). The operating knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when the pachinko machine 10 is to be returned to its initial state.

Next, referring to FIG. 253, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 253 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG.

The main control unit 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 storing various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 201, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 202. A RAM 203 and other various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are incorporated. In the main control unit 110, the MPU 201 performs main processing of the pachinko machine 10, such as the setting of the jackpot lottery, the display settings of the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and the lottery of the display results of the second symbol display device. to run.

In addition, various commands are transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers by the data transmission/reception circuit in order to instruct the sub-controllers such as the payout controller 111 and the sound lamp controller 113 to operate. Such commands are sent in only one direction from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers.

The RAM 203 stores various areas, counters, flags, contents of internal registers of the MPU 201, return addresses of control programs executed by the MPU 201, etc., and a stack area for storing various flags, counters, I/O, and the like. and a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

When power is interrupted due to power failure or the like, the RAM 203 stores the stack pointer and the values of each register at the time of power interruption (including power failure; the same applies hereinafter). On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including when the power is turned on due to the cancellation of the power failure; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203 . Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (not shown) when the power is turned off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed by the start-up process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. , NMI interrupt processing (not shown) is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 via a bus line 204 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 205 includes the payout control device 111, the sound lamp control device 113, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol display device, the second symbol reservation lamp, and the lower side of the opening/closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a. A solenoid 209 consisting of a large opening solenoid for driving opening and closing to the front side and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory is connected. to send.

The input/output port 205 also includes various switches 208 including a group of switches (not shown) and a group of sensors including a slide position detection sensor S and a rotation position detection sensor R, and a RAM erasure switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply 115, which will be described later. , and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erasing signal SG2 output from the RAM erasing switch circuit 253 .

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 storing control programs executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 used as a work memory and the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. , and a work area (work area) in which values such as I/O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply 115 even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when power is shut off due to a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) is immediately executed as power failure processing.

An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 215 is connected to the main controller 110, the dispensing motor 216, the launch controller 112, and the like. Although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch for detecting paid prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout controller 111 but not to the main controller 110 .

The shooting control device 112 controls the ball shooting unit 112a so that the shooting strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51 when the main controller 110 issues an instruction to shoot the ball. . The ball shooting unit 112a has a shooting solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the operation is performed on the condition that the shooting stop switch 51b for stopping the shooting of the ball is turned off (not operated). A shooting solenoid is energized corresponding to the amount of rotation operation (rotation position) of the handle 51 , and the ball is shot with strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51 .

The audio lamp control device 113 outputs audio from an audio output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs lighting and extinguishing from a lamp display device (electrical parts 29 to 33, an indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227, and changes production (variation It controls the setting of the display mode of the third pattern display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as display) and advance notice effects. The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic device, has a ROM 222 storing control programs executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 used as a work memory and the like.

An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 comprising an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 225 is connected to the main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the lamp display device 227, the other device 228, the frame button 22, and the like.

Sound lamp control device 113, based on various commands (fluctuation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from main control device 110, determines the display mode of third symbol display device 81, and sends the determined display mode to the command The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). In addition, the sound lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 or super reach. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the effect contents of the hour. When the stage is changed, a rear image change command including information about the stage after the change is transmitted to the display control device 114 in order to display the rear image corresponding to the stage after the change on the third pattern display device 81. . Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third design, which is the main image to be displayed on the third design display device 81 . The display control device 114 displays various images on the third pattern display device 81 in accordance with commands transmitted from the sound lamp control device 113 .

Also, the sound lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) representing the display content of the third pattern display device 81 from the display control device 114 . In the audio lamp control device 113, based on the display command received from the display control device 114, in accordance with the display content of the third pattern display device 81, output the audio corresponding to the display content from the audio output device 226, Lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the display contents.

The display control device 114 is connected to the sound lamp control device 113 and the third pattern display device 81, and based on the command received from the sound lamp control device 113, the third pattern display device 81 changes the third pattern, etc. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display contents of the third pattern display device 81 to the sound lamp control device 113 . The sound lamp control device 113 outputs sound from the sound output device 226 in accordance with the display contents indicated by this display command, so that the display of the third pattern display device 81 and the sound output from the sound output device 226 are matched. be able to.

The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to power failure, etc., and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 252). and an erase switch circuit 253 . The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an overview, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of 24 volts supplied from the outside, various switches such as the various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, a voltage of 12 volts for driving a motor, etc. A voltage of 5 volts for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, etc. are generated, and these 12 volts, 5 volts and backup voltages are supplied to the controllers 110 to 114 and the like as necessary voltages.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 at the time of power failure due to power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of stable DC 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power shutdown, power shutdown) has occurred when this voltage is less than 22 volts. Then, a power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute NMI interrupt processing. Even after the stable DC voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the driving voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing. is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 252) is pressed. When the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main controller 110 clears the backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input, and controls the payout initialization command for clearing the backup data in the payout control device 111. Send to device 111 .

Next, with reference to FIGS. 254 to 257, the winning opening unit 300 in which the first winning opening 64 is formed will be described in detail.

First, with reference to FIGS. 254 to 257, the configuration of the prize winning port unit 300 will be described. 254 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. 255(a) is a front view of the prize winning unit 300, and FIG. 255(b) is a rear view of the prize winning unit 300. FIG. FIG. 256(a) is a side view of the winning opening unit 300, and FIG. 256(b) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 300 along line CCLVIb-CCLVIb in FIG. 255(a). 257(a) is a perspective front view of the winning opening unit 300, and FIG. 257(b) is a perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 300. FIG. Note that FIG. 254 shows a state in which the center frame 86 and the prize winning port unit 300 are removed from the game board 13 . Also, in FIGS. 255(b) and 256(a), a virtual line S1 is illustrated along the extending direction of the curved portion of the upper end of the passage forming member 330 which is formed to have a substantially D-shaped cross section.

As shown in FIG. 254, in the base plate 60, a through hole 60a penetrating in the thickness direction is formed by router processing slightly below the central opening to which the center frame 86 is attached (lower side in FIG. 251). The winning port unit 300 has a passage forming member 330, which will be described later, inserted into the through hole 60a, and is fixed from the front side of the game board 13 by tapping screws or the like.

Next, as shown in FIGS. 255 to 257, the prize-winning unit 300 includes a base member 310 formed in a plate-like body, and protrudes toward the front side of the base member 310 (FIG. 255(a) front side of the paper surface). A ball winning portion 320 and a passage forming member 330 protruding from the back side of the base plate 60 are mainly provided, and the base member 310, the ball winning portion 320 and the passage forming member 330 are integrally formed from a resin material.

The base member 310 is formed in a plate-like shape larger than the through hole 60a and arranged parallel to the base plate 60 (see FIG. 254). The base member 310 has an opening 311 penetrating from the front side (the right side in FIG. 256(a)) to the back side (the left side in FIG. 256(a)), and above the opening 311 (the upper side in FIG. 251). Two recessed portions 312 (see FIG. 256(b)) recessed from the front side to the back side, a plurality of through holes 313 formed through the periphery of the base member 310, and a circular It is mainly formed with a projection 314 which is formed in a columnar shape and protrudes toward the rear side.

The opening 311 is a hole that allows a game ball thrown into a ball winning portion 320 (first winning port 64) to be described later to be thrown to the back side, and is formed to have a dimension larger than the diameter of the game ball. .

The recessed portion 312 is a pilot hole for driving a game nail YK, which will be described later, into the base plate 60, and is recessed on an extension line for driving the game nail YK. Further, the concave portion 312 is formed in a circular shape when viewed in the direction in which the game nail YK is driven, and the inner diameter thereof is slightly smaller than the outer shape of the game nail. As a result, when driving the game nail YK into the recessed portion 312, the contact resistance between the game nail YK and the recessed portion 312 can be reduced, and the game nail YK can be held on the inner surface of the recessed portion 312.

In addition, the game nail YK is driven into the base member 310 (the winning opening unit 300) while being inclined upward (upward in FIG. 256(a)) by 5 degrees. Accordingly, the recessed portion 312 is recessed with a downward inclination of 5 degrees from the front side to the rear side.

Two game nails YK are arranged on the base member 310, and the head sides of the nails protrude into the game area. The two game nails YK are arranged above the upper end of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320, which will be described later, and are set at the same height. Thus, by adjusting the interval between the two game nails YK, the number of balls flowing into the first winning hole 64 can be adjusted with respect to the number of game balls flowing down the game area.

The through-holes 313 are through-holes for inserting screws for fastening and fixing the prize winning unit 300 to the base plate 60 . Further, the through hole 313 is formed so as to have a larger diameter on the front side. As a result, when the tip side (thread portion side) of the countersunk screw is inserted from the front side of the through hole 313 and screwed into the base plate 60, the head of the countersunk screw can be prevented from protruding to the front side. Therefore, when the game ball flows down the game area, it is possible to prevent the countersunk screw from hindering the flow of the game ball. As a result, it is possible to stabilize the flow of the game ball flowing down the game area.

The projections 314 are projections for positioning the base plate 60 and the prize-winning unit 300, and two projections 314 are formed on the left and right with the opening 311 interposed therebetween. A recess 60 b (see FIG. 254 ) is formed in the base plate 60 at a position facing the projection 314 . The recess 60 b is formed in a circular shape with an inner diameter substantially the same as the outer shape of the projection 314 . As a result, when the winning opening unit 300 before being fastened to the base plate 60 is arranged on the base plate 60, the projection 314 is inserted into the recess 60b, so that the winning opening unit 300 is attached to the base plate 60. can be positioned.

The ball winning portion 320 is formed of a side wall 321 projecting from the periphery of the opening 311 toward the front side (right side in FIG. 256(a)) and a front wall 322 connecting the projecting tip side of the side wall 321. A first winning port 64 is formed in an area surrounded by the front wall 322 .

The side wall 321 is formed to have a U-shaped cross section with an open top, and the distance dimension between the opposed inner walls is formed larger than the diameter of the game ball. The front wall 322 is formed in a manner that closes the projecting tip of the side wall 321 . Therefore, the first prize winning port 64 is formed in a manner in which the upper side is open.

The side wall 321 has a bottom surface (lower surface in FIG. 256(b)) formed with a rolling portion 323 that stands upward. The rolling part 323 is formed with a constant plate thickness from the back side (left side in FIG. 256(b)) end of the passage forming member 330 to be described later to the front wall 322 .

Further, the rolling portion 323 is inclined upward toward the front side (front wall 322 side) and is formed at an intermediate position between the opposing side walls 321 . As a result, the game ball that has flowed into the first winning port 64 is thrown to the upper surface of the rolling portion 323, rolls due to the inclination of the rolling portion 323, and is thrown to the rear side.

The passage forming member 330 is formed so as to protrude from the periphery of the opening 311 of the base member 310 toward the rear side. The passage forming member 330 is formed in a substantially D shape in which the lower side is curved when viewed from the rear, and a space large enough to insert a game ball is formed inside. As a result, the game ball flowing into the first winning port 64 can be thrown to the back side of the passage forming member 330 and to a passage member (not shown) communicating with the back side of the passage forming member 330. - 特許庁

In addition, the passage forming member 330 has two bent portions (portions indicated by virtual lines S1 (see FIGS. 255(b) and 256(a))) positioned at the upper side (upper side in FIG. 255) in rear view. It is located on the back side of the central position of the base end side of the concave portion 312 . Further, at two bent portions of the passage forming member 330, bulging portions 331 are formed that bulge radially outward about the virtual line S1. Thereby, the rigidity around the concave portion 312 can be increased. As a result, it is possible to suppress damage to the winning opening unit 300 due to the impact when the game nail YK is driven into the recessed portion 312 .

Further, as described above, the game nail YK is disposed in a direction non-parallel to the plane of the base member 310 (in a direction inclined downward toward the tip side driven into the base member 310). Therefore, the tip portion is positioned below the imaginary line S1. As a result, the thickness of the bulging portion 331 located in the upper part of the tip side of the game nail YK is increased. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the tip side of the game nail YK to be displaced upward.

Here, since the winning hole unit 300 is arranged in the middle of the game ball flowing down from above, the game ball flowing down to the upper side of the game nail YK projecting to the game area side is likely to collide. Therefore, due to the impact of the game ball colliding with the upper portion of the game nail YK, a force displacing the game nail YK upward is likely to act on the tip portion of the game nail YK. Therefore, it is necessary to form a thick back side of the prize winning port unit 300 in which the game nail YK is implanted.

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the virtual line S1 (the curved portion of the upper end of the passage forming member 330) is arranged on the back side of the position where the game nail YK is driven, and the virtual line S1 bulges out about the axis of the virtual line S1. Since the portion 331 is formed, it is not necessary to make the bulging portion 331 larger than necessary. As a result, it is possible to suppress an increase in the manufacturing cost of the prize winning port unit 300 .

In addition, the passage forming member 330 is positioned below (lower in FIG. 255) (curved portion of D shape in rear view) and has a guide portion 333 that guides the rolling of the game ball that has entered the first winning hole 64. The guide portion 333 and the bulging portion 331 are connected by a first connecting portion 334 .

Thereby, the rigidity of the bulging portion 331 in the vertical direction can be increased. Therefore, when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the upper portion of the game nail YK projecting toward the game area, the game nail YK can be prevented from being displaced in the vertical direction.

Furthermore, the passage forming member 330 is formed with a second connecting portion 335 connecting between the two bulging portions 331 . As a result, the rigidity of the bulging portion 331 in the direction connecting the two bulging portions 331 (horizontal direction in FIG. 255(b)) can be increased.

The prize winning unit 300 is arranged below the central opening of the base plate 60 to which the center frame 86 is attached, as described above. Therefore, when a game ball flowing down around the center frame 86 flows into the first winning hole 64, the game ball is thrown from both the left and right sides (left and right in FIG. 251) of the base plate 60 (game board 13). Therefore, when the game ball collides with the game nail YK, a force tends to act to displace the game nail YK to the left and right.

Also, when adjusting the amount of game balls flowing into the first winning hole 64, it is necessary to change the gap between the two game nails YK. Therefore, also from this point, force in the left-right direction tends to act on the game nail YK.

In this embodiment, since the two bulging portions 331 are connected by the second connecting portion 335, when a game ball flowing down from both the left and right sides of the base plate 60 collides with the game nail protruding into the game area. And when adjusting the interval between the two game nails YK, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the game nail YK in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 255(b)) due to the impact.

The winning hole unit 300 configured as described above is arranged by driving the game nail YK arranged above the first winning hole 64 into the base member 310 as described above. Therefore, when the game nail YK is broken or the game nail YK is pulled out of the base member 310 and normal game play becomes impossible, the countersunk screw inserted through the through hole 313 of the base member 310 is removed. Then, by removing the winning opening unit 300 from the base plate 60 and attaching the winning opening unit 300 in a normal state to the base plate 60, a normal game can be performed.

That is, the game nail YK positioned above the first prize winning port 64 and for adjusting the number of game balls flowing into the first prize winning port 64 is highly likely to break or fall off due to the adjustment. In this case, if only the game nail YK is replaced, the new game nail YK is driven into the same prepared hole (recessed portion 312), so the force for holding the game nail YK is insufficient, and the new game nail YK falls out immediately. There is fear.

On the other hand, in this embodiment, when the game nail YK breaks or falls off, the base member 310 in which the pilot hole (recessed portion 312) is formed can be replaced. can be suppressed from falling out immediately.

Next, the sixty-first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 258 to 264. FIG. In the 60th embodiment, the winning hole unit 300 is formed from one member, but in the 61st embodiment, the winning hole unit 2300 is formed from two members. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 258 and 259, the arrangement position of the winning opening unit 2300 in the 61st embodiment will be described. FIG. 258 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in the 61st embodiment. 259 is an exploded perspective front view of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. 258 and 259 show part of the game nail arranged on the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. Also, FIG. 259 shows a state in which the center frame 86 and the prize winning port unit 2300 are removed from the base plate 60 .

As shown in FIGS. 258 and 259, the base plate 60 in the 61st embodiment has a recessed portion 2060c continuous to the lower side (FIG. 258 side) of the central opening of the base plate 60 to which the center frame 86 is attached. It is formed. Part of the prize winning unit 2300 is inserted into the recessed portion 2060c, and is fixed by tapping screws or the like from the front side of the base plate 60 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 258).

A recessed portion 2360d recessed from the front side to the rear side of the base plate 60 is formed around the center opening side of the recessed portion 2060c. The recessed portion 2360d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape in a front view as the outer shape of the second prize winning member 2500, which will be described later. Thereby, the second winning member 2500 can be arranged inside the recess 2360d.

In addition, a plurality of annular protrusions 2060d1 are formed in the recessed portion 2360d and have an annular shape and protrude toward the front side. The annular projection 2060d1 is formed so that a screw inserted through the second winning member 2500 can be fastened to its inner edge portion. In addition, in the present embodiment, the annular projections 2060d1 are formed at four locations in the concave portion 2360d.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 260 to 262, the configuration of the winning opening unit 2300 will be described. FIG. 260(a) is a front view of the winning opening unit 2300, FIG. 260(b) is a sectional view of the winning opening unit 2300 along line CCLXb-CCLXb of FIG. 260(a), and FIG. 260(c). 260(a) is a cross-sectional view of the winning opening unit 2300 taken along line CCLXc-CCLXc of FIG. 260(a). 261 is an exploded perspective front view of the winning opening unit 2300, and FIG. 262 is an exploded perspective rear view of the winning opening unit 2300. FIG. Note that the illustration of the second winning member 2500 is omitted in FIG. 260(c).

As shown in FIGS. 260 to 262, the winning opening unit 2300 includes a first winning member 2400 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 and into which the game nail YK is driven, and a front side of the first winning member 2400. and a second prize winning member 2500 having a first prize winning port 64 disposed therein.

The first prize winning member 2400 is formed of a body portion 2410 that is formed of a plate-like body that is substantially rectangular in front view, and a bulging portion 2420 that bulges from the back side of the body portion 2410 . A game nail YK is driven into the first winning member 2400 from the front side.

The body portion 2410 has first recesses 2411 that are recessed inward from both ends in the horizontal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 260(a)) when viewed from the front, and recesses that are recessed inward from both ends in the direction of gravity when viewed from the front. and through holes 2413 penetrating in the plate thickness direction at four corners. Further, the distance dimension in the plate thickness direction of the main body portion 2410 is formed to be substantially the same as or smaller than the recess dimension of the recess portion 2060d of the base plate 60 toward the back side. As a result, when the first winning member 2400 is arranged on the base plate 60, the front side of the main body portion 2410 can be prevented from protruding toward the game area. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first winning member 2400 from obstructing the flow of the game ball.

The first concave portion 2411 is formed at an intermediate position of the body portion 2410 in the gravitational direction (vertical direction in FIG. 260(a)). As a result, when the first prize winning member 2400 is fitted into the recess 2460d of the base plate 60, the contact surface between the first prize winning member 2400 and the base plate 60 can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the first winning member 2400 from being displaced from the base plate 60 in the gravitational direction.

The second concave portion 2412 is formed at an intermediate position in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 260(a)) of the body portion 2410 . As a result, the distance between the center frame 86 and the first prize winning opening 64 can be reduced. As a result, the game balls flowing down from the upper part of the center frame 86 can easily flow into the first winning port 64 .

The through hole 2413 is a hole into which the tip side of a screw is inserted when fastening the first winning member 2400 to the base plate 60 . Also, the through-hole 2413 is expanded in diameter toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 260(b)). As a result, when a countersunk screw is inserted into the through hole 2413 from the front side of the first winning member 2400 , the head of the screw can be inserted into the through hole 2413 .

Furthermore, the through-hole 2413 has an enlarged diameter portion 2413a that is enlarged in diameter from the intermediate position in the plate thickness direction to the back side portion. The enlarged diameter portion 2413a is formed to have an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the annular projection 2060d1 described above, and the recess dimension in the plate thickness direction (the distance from the back surface of the main body portion 2410 to the bottom surface of the recessed portion of the enlarged diameter portion 2413a). is smaller than the projection dimension of the annular projection 2060d1.

As a result, when the first prize winning member 2400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 2360d, the annular projection 2060d1 can be inserted inside the enlarged diameter portion 2413a, and the bottom surface of the recessed portion of the enlarged diameter portion 2413a and the annular projection 2360 can be inserted. can be brought into contact with the protruding tip surface of the As a result, the fastening position of the screw can be positioned on the front side by the projecting distance of the annular projection 2060d1, and the length of the tip side of the screw can be shortened. In addition, since the concave bottom surface of the enlarged diameter portion 2413a and the protruding tip surface of the annular projection 2360 are in contact with each other, the length of screwing can be increased accordingly, and the fastening force when the screw is fastened. can be ensured.

The bulging portion 2420 is formed at a position overlapping the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60 in the front-rear direction (left-right direction in FIG. 260(b)). Also, the game nail YK is driven at a position overlapping the bulging portion 2420 in the front-rear direction. Thereby, the rigidity of the first winning member 2400 at the position where the game nail YK is driven can be increased. As a result, when the game nail YK is driven into the first prize winning member 2400, or when the game ball flowing down in the flow-down area collides with the game nail YK, the damage of the first prize winning member 2400 can be suppressed.

The second prize winning member 2500 mainly includes a base portion 2510 formed from a rhombic plate-like body when viewed from the front, and a ball winning portion 320 protruding from the front side of the base portion 2510 (the right side in FIG. 260(b)). In preparation for this, the base portion 2510 and ball winning portion 320 are integrally formed from a resin material.

The base portion 2510 is set to be larger in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 260(a)) in a front view than the concave portion 2060c described above. As a result, the base portion 2510 can be arranged on the front side (the right side in FIG. 260(b)) of the recessed portion 2060c, and both horizontal ends of the base portion 2510 can be brought into contact with the front surface (front) of the base plate 60. can.

The base portion 2510 has an opening portion 311 recessed downward from its upper end portion (upper end portion in FIG. 260(a)) and horizontal (vertical direction to the paper surface in FIG. 260(b)) both ends in the plate thickness direction ( 260(b) left-right direction)). It should be noted that the opening 311 in the 61st embodiment is formed continuously with the outer edge of the base portion 2510 . Also, the through holes 313 are formed at two locations.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 263 and 264, assembly of the prize winning port unit 2300 to the base plate 60 will be described. 263(a) and 264(a) are front views of the game board 13. FIG. 263(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 taken along line CCLXIIIb-CCLXIIIb of FIG. 263(a), and FIG. 264(b) is a sectional view of game board 13 taken along line CCLXIVb-CCLXIVb of FIG. 264(a). It is a diagram. 263(c) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXIIIc-CCLXIIIc in FIG. 263(a), and FIG. 264(c) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXIVc-CCLXIVc in FIG. 264(a). It is a diagram.

263(a) to 263(c) show the state in which the first winning member 2400 is arranged on the base plate 60 (the state before the first winning member 2400 is arranged). 264(a) to 264(c) illustrate the state where the prize winning unit 2300 is assembled to the base plate 60. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 263, the winning opening unit 2300 is attached to the base plate 60 by first attaching the first winning member 2400 before driving the game nail YK to the base plate 60 . In this case, by inserting the first winning member 2400 along the recessed portion 2060d of the base plate 60, as described above, the annular projection of the base plate 60 is inserted inside the enlarged diameter portion 2413a formed in the through hole 2413. 2060d1 is inserted.

With the annular projection 2060d1 inserted inside the enlarged diameter portion 2413a, the tip of the countersunk screw is inserted into the through hole 2413 from the front side, and the tip of the countersunk screw is inserted into the inner circumference of the annular projection 2060d1. Screw it onto the surface. As a result, the first winning member 2400 before driving the game nail YK is attached to the base plate 60 . The front surface of the first winning member 2400 is set at a position substantially flush with the front surface of the base plate 60 .

The game nail YK is driven into the first prize winning member 2400 from the front side while the first prize winning member 2400 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 . Thereby, it is easy to drive the game nail YK into the first winning member 2400 which is formed to be relatively small. In addition, the relative positions of the nails driven into the base plate 60 can be adjusted.

Next, as shown in FIG. 264, a second winning member 2500 is attached to the front side. As a result, the distance between the first winning opening 64 and the game nail can be narrowed. That is, in a state where the first prize winning opening 64 (ball winning part 320) is formed in the first prize winning member 2400 into which the game nail YK is driven, the machine for driving the game nail YK and the first prize winning opening 64 are connected when driving the game nail. In order to avoid interference with the game nail YK, it is necessary to separate the game nail YK from the first winning hole 64 by a predetermined distance. Since it is formed in the second prize winning member 2500 attached in a later process than the first prize winning member 2400, after driving the game nail YK into the first prize winning member 2400, the first prize winning opening 64 is arranged close to the game nail YK. can be set.

Next, the 62nd embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 265 to 267. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, when the first winning member 2400 is replaced with a new member, the screw to be fastened is screwed into the same screw hole (female thread formed in the annular projection 2060d1) before and after the replacement. However, in the 62nd embodiment, when the first prize winning member 3400 is replaced, the screws for fastening the first prize winning member 3400 have different screw holes (different annular protrusions 2060d1) before and after the replacement. formed female thread). In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

265(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 62nd embodiment, and FIG. 265(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXVb-CCLXVb of FIG. 265(a). 266 is a perspective front view of the game board 13, and FIG. 267 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. Note that FIG. 267 shows a state in which the center frame 86 is removed. 265 to 266, the outlines of the winning opening unit 3300 and the base plate 60 are simplified.

As shown in FIGS. 265 to 267, the prize winning unit 3300 in the 62nd embodiment has a part thereof (the first prize winning member 3400) inserted inside the concave portion 2060c and the front side of the base plate 60. It is fixed by a tapping screw or the like from (FIG. 265(a) front side of the paper surface).

Around the center opening (center frame 86) side of the recessed portion 2060c, there is a wall extending from the front side of the base plate 60 (Fig. 265(a) front side of the paper surface) toward the rear side (Fig. 265(a) back side of the paper surface). A concave portion 3060d is formed. The recessed portion 3060d is formed to have substantially the same external shape in a front view as the external shape of the first winning member 3400 described later. Thereby, the first winning member 3400 can be arranged inside the recess 3060d.

In addition, the recess 3060d is formed in an annular shape and has an annular protrusion 2060d1 projecting toward the front side, and chamfered portions 3060d6 and an annular protrusion 2060d1 at the left and right edges of the front side. and an inclined surface 3060d2 that inclines from the lower side of the plane (lower side in FIG. 265(b)) toward the upper side (upper side in FIG. 265(b)) toward the rear side (left side in FIG. 265(b)). It should be noted that the inclined surface 3060d2 is formed so as to be inclined 5 degrees toward the rear side from the lower side to the upper side.

The annular protrusions 2060d1 are formed at two locations with the same height in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 265(a)) with the concave portion 2060c interposed therebetween. (in other words, screw holes (female threads) are formed at a total of four locations in two pairs).

The chamfered portion 3060d6 is formed by notching the front side (front side of the paper surface of FIG. 265) edges of the left and right sides (the left and right sides of FIG. 265(a)) where the first winning member 3400 is arranged. The chamfered portion 3060d1 is formed so as to incline toward the rear side toward the center in the left-right direction, and the cutout area increases from downward (lower in FIG. 265(a)) to upward (upper in FIG. 265(a)). be enlarged. In addition, the chamfered portion 3060d6 is formed so that the inner end portion in the left-right direction is inclined 5 degrees toward the upper rear side with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. That is, the notch is formed at substantially the same angle as the inclined surface 3060d2.

The winning opening unit 3300 includes a first winning member 3400 arranged inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60 and a second winning member arranged on the front side of the first winning member 3400 and the base plate 60. 3500.

The first prize winning member 3400 includes a main body portion 3410 formed of a plate-like body that is horizontally long and substantially rectangular when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 2420 that bulges from the back side of the main body portion 3410, and a game nail driven from the front side. YK is mainly provided. Also, the first winning member 3400 is disposed in a state in which the lateral direction of the body portion 3410, which will be described later, is parallel to the inclination direction of the above-described inclined surface 3060d2. Therefore, when the first prize winning member 3400 is arranged on the base plate 60 , it is arranged in a state inclined to the rear side with respect to the plane of the base plate 60 .

The body portion 3410 has two through holes 3413 penetrating in the plate thickness direction with a circular cross section, and recesses with a circular cross section from the back side (left side in FIG. 265(b)) to the front side (right side in FIG. 265(b)). two recesses 3414 are formed. The recessed portion 3414 is set to have the same shape (substantially the same recessed dimension and inner diameter) as an enlarged diameter portion 3413a of a through hole 3413, which will be described later. Also, the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 3410 so that its position in the lateral direction is intermediate between the axis of the through hole 3413 and the axis of the recess 3514 . That is, the distance dimension L1 from the axis of the through-hole 3413 to the axis of the game nail YK (see FIG. 265(b)) and the distance dimension L2 from the axis of the recess 3414 to the axis of the game nail YK (see FIG. 265(b)) ) are set at the same distance.

The through hole 3413 is a hole into which the tip side of a screw is inserted when fastening the first winning member 3400 to the base plate 60 . The through-hole 3413 is enlarged in diameter toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 265(b)). As a result, when a countersunk screw is inserted into the through hole 3413 from the front side of the first winning member 3410 , the head of the screw can be inserted inside the through hole 2413 .

Furthermore, the through-hole 3413 has an enlarged diameter portion 3413a that is enlarged on the back side (left side in FIG. 265(b)) from the substantially intermediate position in the plate thickness direction. The enlarged diameter portion 3413a is formed to have an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the annular projection 2060d1, and has a concave dimension in the thickness direction smaller than the projection dimension of the annular projection 2060d1.

The through-holes 3413 are two circles formed above (upper in FIG. 265(b)) of the four annular projections 2060d1 described above when the first winning member 3400 is arranged on the base plate 60. It is formed at a position facing the ring projection 2060d1. On the other hand, recesses 3414 are formed at positions facing two annular projections 2060d1 formed downward (downward in FIG. 265(b)) among the four annular projections 2060d1.

Therefore, when the first prize-winning member 3400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 2360d, the two annular projections 2060d1 arranged above the four annular projections 2060d1 are arranged inside the enlarged diameter portion 3413a. can be inserted, and the annular projection 2060d1 can be brought into contact with the inner side of the enlarged diameter portion 3413a.

As a result, the two circular projections 2060d1 formed above the four circular projections 2060d1 and the through hole formed in the first winning member 3400 can be fastened and fixed with countersunk screws. .

Also, when the first prize winning member 3400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 2360d, two of the four annular projections 2060d1 arranged below can be inserted inside the recessed portion 3414. At the same time, the recessed bottom surface of the recessed portion 3414 can be brought into contact with the projecting tip surface of the annular projection 2060d1.

As described above, the through-hole 3413 and the recessed portion 3414 are formed at the same distance from each other across the game nail YK in the lateral direction of the first winning member 3400 . Therefore, when the first prize winning member 3400 is removed from the base plate 60, the first prize winning member 3400 is turned upside down to insert the lower annular projection 2060d1 inside the enlarged diameter portion 3413a of the through hole 3413. and the upper annular projection 2060d1 can be inserted inside the recess 3414. That is, by turning the first winning member 3400 upside down, the first winning member 3400 can be attached to the base plate 60 . Thus, in this embodiment, the first winning member 3400 can be attached to the base plate 60 in two different postures.

Therefore, in the first winning member 3400 of the winning opening unit 3300, the game nail YK is planted at the same position in the first posture and in the second posture obtained by reversing the first posture. Even if the posture of the member 3400 is changed, the position of the game nail YK with respect to the base plate 60 can be maintained at a predetermined position.

Further, as described above, the base plate 60 is formed with the chamfered portion 3060d6 cut toward the front edge portion of the first prize winning member 3400 of the prize winning port unit 3300. The front surface of the first winning member 3400 can be smoothly connected. That is, by forming the inclined surface 3060 d 2 on the base plate 60 , formation of a step between the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the first winning member 3400 can be suppressed. Therefore, in order to suppress such a step, it is unnecessary to arrange another member (for example, part of the second prize winning member 2500) in front of the base plate 60 or in front of the first prize winning member 3300. FIG.

The second prize winning opening 3500 includes a base portion 3510 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front, a ball winning portion 320 protruding from the front side of the base portion 3510 (the right side in FIG. 265(b)), is formed mainly with

The base portion 3510 is formed to have a width dimension in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 265(a)) larger than that of the concave portion 2060c in front view. As a result, the base portion 3510 can be arranged on the front side of the recessed portion 2060c, and both longitudinal ends of the base portion 3510 can be brought into contact with the front surface of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG.

The base portion 3510 mainly includes an opening portion 311 penetrating through the back side of the ball winning portion 320 and through holes 313 penetrating through both ends in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 268(a)).

According to the winning opening unit 3300 configured as above, when the game nail YK of the first winning member 3400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls off the first winning member 3400, the second winning member 3500 is removed from the base plate 60, the defective first prize winning member 3400 is removed, and a new (normal) first prize winning member 3400 is attached.

Here, a game machine is known which includes a first game board member (base plate 60) and a second game board member which is fastened and fixed to the first game board member to form a game board together with the first game board member. ing. An insertion hole (through hole 2413) is formed in the second game board member, and a female screw (an inner edge portion of the annular protrusion 2060d1) is formed in the first game board member, and is inserted through the insertion hole of the second game board member. The screw member (countersunk screw N2) is screwed into the internal thread of the first game board member, so that the second game board member is fastened and fixed to the second game board member. According to such a game machine, the second game board member can be detached from the first game board member. That is, when a failure or breakage occurs in the second game board member, it is possible to replace only the second game board member and eliminate the need to replace the entire game board. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, each time the second game board member is replaced, the female screw and the screw member are repeatedly screwed together, causing fatigue (wear or galling) in the thread of the female screw. , there is a problem that the reliability of fastening and fixing decreases when the number of times of replacement increases.

On the other hand, according to the 62nd embodiment, the base plate 60 includes a plurality of (four in this embodiment) annular projections 2060d1 for fastening and fixing the first winning member 3400 of the winning opening unit 3300, and the winning opening unit A first winning member 3400 of 3300 is formed with a plurality of (two in this embodiment) through holes 2413 through which countersunk screws N2 can be inserted, and has a number smaller than the number of annular protrusions 2060d1 (two in this embodiment). ), the first prize winning member 3400 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 by the countersunk screw N2 of ), so if the thread of the female screw of 1 is worn out (worn or galled), the other annular projection 2060d1 inner edge portion (female thread) can be used. Therefore, even if the number of exchanges of the first winning member 3300 increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

Further, in the 62nd embodiment, the first winning member 3400 of the winning opening unit 3300 is formed so that the posture with respect to the base plate 60 can be at least selected from the first posture and the second posture obtained by flipping the first posture upside down. In the first posture and the second posture, the inner edge of the annular projection 2060d1 connected to the through hole 2413 is the inner edge of the different annular projection 2060d1, so that the inner edge of the one annular projection 2060d1 is flattened. If this occurs, by changing the posture of the first prize winning member 3400, the internal thread of the other annular protrusion 2060d1 can be used. Therefore, even when the number of exchanges increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

For example, as shown in FIGS. 265 to 267, when the first prize winning member 3400 is arranged in the base plate 60 with the through hole 2413 positioned above the first prize winning member 3400, the first prize winning member A countersunk screw N2 for fastening the 3400 to the base plate 60 is screwed into two annular projections 2060d1 formed above the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. When the first prize winning member 3400 is defective and needs to be replaced, the through hole 2413 of the replaced first prize winning member 3400 is arranged in the base plate 60 under the first prize winning member 3400 . As a result, the countersunk screw N2 that fastens the first prize winning member 3400 to the base plate 60 is screwed into the two annular projections 2060d1 formed below the base plate 60. As shown in FIG.

Furthermore, since the number of through holes 2413 of the first prize winning member 3400 is smaller than the number of the annular projections 2060d1, the first prize winning member 3400 is disposed in front of the base plate 60 so as to be visually recognizable. In this case, it is possible to reduce the number of through-holes 3400 that are visually recognized by the player when the countersunk screw N2 is not inserted. Therefore, the area of another member (for example, the second winning member 3500) for covering the through hole 3400 can be suppressed. It is preferable that the first winning member 3300 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 by means of the same number of countersunk screws N2 as the number of through holes 3400 . In this case, it is possible to eliminate the through hole 2413 which is visually recognized by the player when the countersunk screw N2 is not inserted. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the need to cover the through hole 3400 with another member.

Also, by reducing the number of through-holes 2413, the strength of the first winning member 3400 can be secured accordingly. Here, since the first winning member 3400 is relatively small, it is difficult to ensure its strength. On the other hand, when the first prize winning member 3400 is formed assuming that the game nail YK is implanted, the driving load when the game nail YK is implanted or the game ball is driven by the game nail YK during the game. It is necessary to secure the strength against the impact when colliding with Therefore, in the first winning member 3400 in which the game nail YK is implanted, reducing the number of through-holes 2412 is particularly effective from the viewpoint of ensuring strength.

In the base plate 60, the inclined surface 3060d2 supporting the first prize winning member 3400 of the prize winning port unit 3300 is provided with a predetermined inclination angle (5 degrees in this embodiment), and the first prize winning member 3400 is inclined. Since the nail is planted perpendicularly to the main body portion 3410 supported on the surface 3060d2, even if the posture (first posture or second posture) of the first winning member 3400 is changed, the nail will not be attached to the base plate 60. The tilt angle can be kept constant.

Next, the 63rd embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 268 and 269. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the screw to be fastened when the first winning member 2400 is replaced is screwed into the same female threaded portion (annular protrusion 2060d1) before and after the replacement has been described. In the form, when the first prize winning member 3400 is replaced, the screw that fastens the first prize winning member 3400 is screwed into a different female screw portion (annular projection 2061d1) before and after the replacement. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 268(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 63rd embodiment, and FIG. 268(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXVIIIb-CCLXVIIIb of FIG. 268(a). 269 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. Note that FIG. 269 shows a state in which the center frame 86 is removed. In addition, in FIGS. 268 and 269, the outlines of the winning opening unit 4300 and the base plate 60 are illustrated in simplified form.

As shown in FIGS. 268 and 269, the winning opening unit 4300 in the 63rd embodiment has a part (the first winning member 4400) inserted inside the concave portion 2060c and the front side of the base plate 60 ( It is fixed by a tapping screw or the like from the front side of the paper in FIG. 268(a).

Around the central opening (center frame 86) side of the recessed portion 2060c, there is a wall extending from the front side of the base plate 60 (Fig. 268(a) front side of the paper surface) toward the rear side (Fig. 268(b) back side of the paper surface). A recessed portion 4060d is formed.

An annular protrusion 2060d1 that is formed in an annular shape and protrudes toward the front side is formed in the recessed portion 4060d. In this embodiment, three annular projections 2060d1 are formed in the recessed portion 4060d vertically (vertical direction in FIG. 269), and a total of six annular projections 2060d are formed with the recessed portion 2060c interposed therebetween.

The winning opening unit 4300 includes a first winning member 4400 arranged inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60 and a second winning member arranged on the front side of the first winning member 4400 and the base plate 60. 3500.

The first prize-winning member 4400 includes a body portion 4410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 2420 bulging from the back side of the body portion 4410, and a game nail YK driven from the front side. formed from

The body portion 4410 is formed with a through hole 2413 penetrating in the plate thickness direction with a circular cross section. The through-holes 2413 are formed on the front side (the right side in FIG. 268(b)) of the six annular protrusions 2060d1 formed on the base plate 60 when the first winning member 4400 is arranged on the base plate 60. be done. That is, six through-holes 2413 are formed in the body portion 4410 .

Therefore, when the first winning member 4400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 4360d, the annular projections 2060d1 can be inserted inside the enlarged diameter portion 2413a. In the 63rd embodiment, two countersunk screws N2 are used to fasten the first winning member 4400 and the base plate 60, and the countersunk screws N2 are screwed into two of the six annular projections 2060d1. be.

It is preferable that the annular projection 2060d1 for screwing the countersunk screw N2 is provided one each from two recessed portions 4060d formed on both sides in the left-right direction with the recessed portion 2060c interposed therebetween. According to this, the countersunk screw N2 can be fastened at both longitudinal ends of the first winning member 4400 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the first winning member 4400 from swinging with respect to the base plate 60 due to the collision or impact of the game ball.

The second prize winning opening 4500 includes a base portion 4510 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front, and a ball winning portion 320 protruding from the front side of the base portion 4510 (to the right in FIG. 268(b)). is formed mainly with

The width of the base portion 4510 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 268(a)) is larger than that of the concave portion 2060c in front view. As a result, the base portion 4510 can be disposed on the front side of the recessed portion 2060c, and both longitudinal ends of the base portion 4510 can be brought into contact with the front surface of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG.

The base portion 4510 includes an opening 311 penetrating through the back side of the ball winning portion 320, through holes 313 penetrating at both ends in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 268(a)), and 268(a) upward) from both sides.

The covering portion 4511 is formed so as to be located on the front side of the annular protrusion 2060d1 of the base plate 60 when the second prize winning member 4500 is arranged on the base plate 60 . As a result, the covering member 4511 is disposed on the front side of the countersunk screw N2 that fastens the first prize winning member 4400, making it difficult for the player to visually recognize the screw that fastens the first prize winning member. In addition, since the first prize winning member 3400 can be removed after the first prize winning member 3400 and the second prize winning member 3500 are removed from the base plate 60, the player can arrange it in front of the game board 13 by illegal operation. By opening the front frame 14 that is closed and removing only the first prize winning opening 3400, it is possible to suppress fraudulent activities. At the same time, the through hole 2413 to which the countersunk screw N2 is not fastened can be covered to make it difficult for the player to visually recognize.

According to the winning opening unit 4300 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first winning member 4400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls out of the first winning member 4400, the second winning member 3500 is removed from the base plate 60, the defective first prize winning member 4400 is removed, and a new (normal) first prize winning member 4400 is attached.

As described above, the first winning member 3300 of the winning opening unit 4300 has through holes 2413 at positions corresponding to the female threads of the plurality of annular projections 2060d1. If slippage (wear or galling) occurs, other female threads can be used. Therefore, even when the number of exchanges increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

In addition, in the 63rd embodiment, when the first winning member 4400 is attached to the base plate 60, it is fastened to the six annular projections 2061d1 with two countersunk screws N2, so another female screw is used. In this case, there is no need to change the attitude of the first winning member 4400 . That is, the number of female threads is not limited to the number of postures that can be selected by the first winning member 4400 . Therefore, a larger number of female threads can be secured. As a result, it is possible to ensure a greater number of times the first winning member 4400 can be replaced.

Further, the second prize winning member 4500 is formed with a covering portion 4511, and the covering portion 4511 is positioned on the front side of the first prize winning member 4400, so that the countersunk screw N2 is inserted therethrough. Any through-holes 2413 that are not covered can be covered to hide them from the player. Therefore, the appearance can be improved. Also, when only the lower side of the first winning member 4400 (lower side in FIG. 268(a)) is fastened and fixed to the game board 13 by the countersunk screw N2, the second winning member 4500 is placed in front of the first winning member 4400. Since the covering portion 4511 of the projecting portion 4511 is projected, the upper side of the first winning member 4400 (the upper side in FIG. 268(a)) can be suppressed from floating.

Next, the sixty-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 270 and 271. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the countersunk screw N2 that fastens the first winning member 2400 is screwed (female thread of the annular projection 2061d1) is formed on the base plate 60. However, in the 64th embodiment, the countersunk screw A screwing target (female thread) of N2 is formed in a separate member. note that. The same reference numerals are assigned to the same parts as those of the above-described embodiments, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 270(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 64th embodiment, and FIG. 270(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXXb-CCLXXb of FIG. 270(a). 271 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. Note that FIG. 271 shows a state in which the center frame 86 is removed. In addition, in FIGS. 270 and 271, the outlines of the winning opening unit 5300 and the base plate 60 are illustrated in simplified form.

As shown in FIGS. 270 and 271, the winning opening unit 5300 in the 64th embodiment has a part thereof (the first winning member 2400) inserted inside the concave portion 2060c, and the front side of the base plate 60. It is fixed by a tapping screw or the like from (FIG. 270(a) front side of the paper surface).

Around the central opening (center frame 86) side of the recessed portion 2060c, there is a wall extending from the front side of the base plate 60 (Fig. 270(a) front side of the paper surface) toward the rear side (Fig. 270(a) back side of the paper surface). A recessed portion 5060d is formed.

The hollow portion 5060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the first winning member 2400 when viewed from the front. Thereby, the first winning member 2400 can be inserted and disposed inside the recessed portion 5060d. An insertion hole 5060d3 penetrating from the front side to the back side is formed in the recessed portion 5060d.

The insertion hole 5060d3 is formed in a circular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed coaxially with the axis of the through hole 2413 of the first prize winning member 5400 when the first prize winning member 5400 is arranged on the base plate 60 .

Further, on the game board 13, a rotary member 5600 made of a plate having a circular shape when viewed from the front is arranged on the back side of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. Further, on the back side of the rotating member 5600, a rotating shaft portion 5650 formed in a cylindrical shape and inserted into the center of the rotating member 5600 is arranged.

The rotating member 5600 has a circular shaft hole 5610 penetrating through its center, and a plurality of fastening holes 5620 penetratingly formed at positions spaced apart from the center of the rotating member 5600 by the same distance. Axial hole 5610 is a hole in which rotating shaft portion 5650, which will be described later, is arranged, and the inner diameter thereof is formed to be smaller than the outer diameter of rotating shaft portion 5650 (support portion 5660).

The fastening holes 5620 are separated from adjacent fastening holes 5620 in the circumferential direction about the center of the rotating member 5600 by a predetermined angle. In this embodiment, eight fastening holes 5620 are formed in the rotary member 5600, and adjacent fastening holes 5620 are formed at positions spaced apart from each other by approximately 45 degrees around the axis of the rotary member 5600. FIG. In addition, the fastening hole 5620 is a portion into which the countersunk screw N2 for fastening the first winning member 2400 is screwed, and a female thread is formed inside by tapping.

The rotation shaft portion 5650 is a support portion that rotatably supports the rotation member 5600. The support portion 5660 formed in a cylindrical shape engages with the support portion 5660 located on the back side of the support portion 5660 and bulging outward in the radial direction. A portion 5670 is mainly provided.

The support portion 5660 is formed so that its outer diameter is smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 5610 of the rotating member 5600 . Accordingly, the support portion 5660 can be inserted inside the shaft hole 5610 to rotatably support the shaft hole 5610 . In addition, two through holes 5661 are formed in the support portion 5660 so as to penetrate from the front side to the back side. By inserting a screw through the through-hole 5661 from the rear side and screwing it into the rear side of the base plate 60 , the rotating shaft portion 5650 is held from the base plate 60 so as not to fall off.

The engaging portion 5670 has an outer shape larger than the inner diameter of the shaft hole 5610 of the rotating member 5600 . Accordingly, when the support portion 5660 of the rotating shaft portion 5650 is inserted inside the shaft hole 5610 of the rotating member 5600, it is possible to prevent the rotating member 5600 from falling off to the rear side.

The rotating member 5600 is disposed with its center located below the central opening of the base plate 60 in which the center frame 86 is disposed, and a portion of the rotating member 5600 is located on the back side of the recessed portion 2060c of the base plate 60. located in Two of the plurality of fastening holes 5620 are arranged coaxially with the insertion hole 5060d3 of the recess 5060d of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. As a result, the first winning member 5400, which will be described later, can be fastened and fixed with the countersunk screw N2.

As described above, the rotating member 5600 is rotatably disposed with respect to the base plate 60, and the fastening holes 5620 are formed at regular intervals in the circumferential direction around the center of the rotating member 5600. , the axial positions of the two insertion holes 5060d3 and the two fastening holes 5620 can be aligned.

The winning opening unit 5300 is formed with a first winning member 5400 disposed inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60 . The first prize winning member 5400 includes a main body portion 5410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a protruding portion 2420 protruding from the back side of the main body portion 5410, and a game nail YK driven from the front side. formed from

The main body portion 5410 is formed with a through hole 2413 penetrating in a circular shape in the plate thickness direction. The through hole 2413 is formed coaxially with two through holes 5060 d 3 formed in the base plate 60 when the first winning member 5400 is arranged on the base plate 60 . Therefore, by inserting the countersunk screw N2 into the through hole 2413 from the front side of the first winning member 5400, the tip of the countersunk screw N2 can be inserted through the insertion hole 5060d3 of the base plate 60. FIG. As described above, the fastening hole 5620 of the rotary member 5600 is located on the rear side of the insertion hole 5060d3, so that the countersunk screw N2 can be fastened and fixed to the fastening hole 5620.

As described above, according to the winning opening unit 5300 and the rotating member 5600 configured, when the game nail YK of the first winning member 5400 is broken, or when the game nail YK falls out of the first winning member 5400, After removing the second prize winning member 2500 from the base plate 60, the defective first prize winning member 5400 can be removed and a new (normal) first prize winning member 5400 can be attached for repair.

In addition, since the disc member 5600 is displaceably supported on the back surface of the base plate 60 and has a plurality of internal threads formed thereon, when the screw thread of one internal thread is worn out (worn or galled), By displacing the disc member 5600, other internal threads can be used. Therefore, even if the number of exchanges of the first winning member 5400 of the winning opening unit 5300 increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

That is, in the sixty-fourth embodiment, the rotating member 5600 is rotatably arranged with respect to the base plate 60, and the fastening holes 5620 into which the countersunk screws N2 can be screwed are formed at a plurality of locations (8 holes) at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. place). Therefore, when replacing the first prize winning member 5400, the rotation member 5600 is rotated, and the fastening hole 5620, to which the countersunk screw N2 has never been screwed, is aligned with the insertion hole 5060d3 of the base plate 60. Later, the countersunk screw N2 is inserted into the replaced first winning member 5400 and screwed into the fastening hole 5620 . Thereby, the female screw for fastening the countersunk screw N2 can be made different before and after the replacement of the first prize winning member 5400 .

Therefore, since the female threaded portion (fastening hole 5620) into which the countersunk screw N2 is screwed can be changed along with the replacement of the first winning member 5400, it is possible to suppress the female threaded portion from becoming loose. As a result, the reliability of fastening and fixing of the first winning member 5400 can be ensured.

In particular, in the sixty-fourth embodiment, since the disk member 5600 is supported on the back surface of the base plate 60, when the first prize winning member 5400 is removed, the disk member 5600 does not drop off, or the first prize winning member When mounting 5400 , it is not necessary for an operator to manually hold disk member 5600 from the rear surface of base plate 60 in order to screw countersunk screw N2 into the internal thread of disk member 5600 . Therefore, when replacing the first winning member 5400, the game board 13 need not be opened, and the first winning member 5400 can be replaced from the front while the game board 13 remains closed. Therefore, the workability of replacing the first winning member 5400 can be improved.

In addition, since the disk member 5600 is formed in a circular shape when viewed from the front and is rotatably supported on the base plate 60 with the center of the circular shape as a rotation axis, in order to change the female screw to which the countersunk screw N2 is screwed, Even if the disk member 5600 is rotated, the appearance of the disk member 5600 visually recognized by the player can be kept constant. In particular, when the base plate 60 is made of a light-transmissive material and the disk member 5600 is seen through the base plate 60, the circular shape when viewed from the front is particularly effective in maintaining the appearance.

Furthermore, the base plate 60 has an opening formed in the area where the first winning member 5400 is arranged, and is provided with a concave portion 2060c that communicates with the disc member 5600. Through this concave portion 2060c, An operator can operate the disc member 5600 from the front of the base plate 60 . That is, when attaching the first winning member 5400, it is necessary to adjust the position of the female screw by rotating the disk member 5600, but such adjustment can be performed while the game board 13 is closed. . Also, the concave portion 2060c can be hidden from the player by being covered with the first winning member 5400. FIG. Therefore, the appearance can be improved.

Next, the sixty-fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 272 and 273. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the countersunk screw N2 for fastening the first winning member 2400 is inserted from the front side of the game board 13. In the 65th embodiment, the countersunk screw N2 is inserted from above. . In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 272(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 65th embodiment, and FIG. 272(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXXIIb-CCLXXIIb of FIG. 272(a). 273 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. 272(a) and 272(b) show a state in which the second winning member 2500 is removed, and FIG. 273 shows a state in which the center frame 86 is removed. In addition, in FIGS. 272 and 273, the outlines of the winning opening unit 6300 and the base plate 60 are illustrated in simplified form.

As shown in FIGS. 272 and 273, the base plate 60 in the 65th embodiment is arranged around the center opening (center frame 86) side of the recessed portion 2060c from the front side (FIG. 272(a) front side of the paper surface) to the rear side. A recessed portion 6060d recessed toward the side is formed.

The hollow portion 6060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the first winning member 2400 when viewed from the front. Thereby, the first winning member 6400 can be inserted and arranged inside the recess 6060d. In addition, a plurality of fastening holes 6060d4 recessed downward are formed in the lower surface where the recessed portion 6060d is formed.

The fastening hole 6060d4 is formed in a circular shape when viewed from above, and is formed coaxially with the axis of the through hole 6413 of the first prize winning member 6400 when the first prize winning member 6400 is arranged on the base plate 60.

The winning opening unit 6300 includes a first winning member 6400 arranged inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60, and a second winning member arranged on the front side of the first winning member 6400 and the base plate 60. 2500.

The first prize-winning member 6400 includes a body portion 6410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 2420 bulging from the back side of the body portion 6410, and a game nail YK driven from the front side. formed from

A plurality of through holes 6413 are formed through the body portion 6410 and the bulging portion 2420 in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 272(a)). The through hole 6413 is a hole into which the screw N4 for fastening the first winning member 5400 is inserted, and is formed larger than the outer diameter of the tip of the screw N4. Further, the through-hole 6413 has an upper end side enlarged to a size that allows insertion of the head of the screw N4. As a result, when the first winning member 5400 is fastened, the head of the screw N4 can be prevented from protruding upward (toward the center frame 86).

Three through-holes 6413 are formed at each end of the first winning member 6400 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 272(a)) (six in total). As described above, the through hole 6413 of the first winning member 6400 is formed coaxially with the fastening hole 6060d4 of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. Therefore, the first winning member 6400 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 by inserting the screw N4 through the through hole 6413 and screwing it into the fastening hole 6060d4.

According to the prize winning port unit 6300 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 6400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls off the first prize winning member 6400, the center frame 86 can be used as the base. After being removed from the plate 60, it can be repaired by removing the defective first prize winning member 540 and attaching a new (normal) first prize winning member 6400. FIG.

As described above, the through holes 6413 are formed at a plurality of locations (six locations) in the first winning member 6400 . Therefore, when replacing the first prize winning member 6400, after arranging the replaced first prize winning member 6400 on the base plate 60, the screw N4 is not screwed even once and is coaxial with the fastening hole 6060d4. The screw N4 is inserted through the located through hole 6413, and the screw N4 is screwed into the fastening hole 6060d4. Thereby, the internal thread for tightening the screw N4 can be made different before and after the replacement of the first winning member 6400 .

Therefore, since the internal thread (fastening hole 6060d4) into which the screw N4 is screwed can be changed along with the replacement of the first winning member 6400, it is possible to prevent the internal thread from becoming loose. As a result, it is possible to prevent the screw N4 screwed into the base plate 60 from coming off due to an impact or the like.

Also, since the through hole 6413 and the fastening hole 6060d4 extend substantially parallel to the front surface of the base plate 60, the through hole 6413 or the head of the screw N4 can be prevented from being exposed to the front surface of the game board 13 (game surface). Therefore, the through hole 6413 through which the screw N4 is not inserted can be made difficult for the player to see, and the area of another member for covering the through hole 6413 can be reduced or eliminated. In addition, since the head of the screw N4 is not exposed to the rolling surface (game surface) of the game ball, it is not necessary to use the screw N4 as a countersunk screw or to provide a counterbore (recess) for accommodating the head of the screw N4. and simplify the structure.

Next, the sixty-sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 274 and 275. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the countersunk screw N2 is screwed into the annular projection 2060d1 formed on the base plate 60 has been described. An annular protrusion 2060d1) is formed on the first winning member 7400. As shown in FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 274(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 66th embodiment, and FIG. 274(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXXIVb-CCLXXIVb of FIG. 274(a). 275 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. Note that FIG. 275 shows a state in which the center frame 86 is removed. In addition, in FIGS. 274 and 275, the outlines of the winning opening unit 7300 and the base plate 60 are illustrated in simplified form. Furthermore, in FIGS. 274(a) and 274(b), the first prize winning member 2400 of the prize winning port unit 7300 is seen transparently, and its outer shape is illustrated by chain lines.

As shown in FIGS. 274 and 275, the base plate 60 in the 66th embodiment is arranged around the center opening (center frame 86) side of the recessed portion 2060c from the back side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 274(a)) to the front side. A recessed portion 7060d is formed on the side (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 274(a)), and a game board projecting portion 7060k is formed in the non-recessed portion on the front side of the recessed portion 7060d.

The hollow portion 7060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the first winning member 7400 when viewed from the rear. Thereby, the first winning member 7400 can be inserted and arranged inside the recessed portion 7060d. In addition, a plurality of through holes 7060e penetrating to the front side are formed in the recessed portion 7060d.

The through hole 7060e has a circular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed coaxially with the axis of the annular protrusion 7414 of the first prize winning member 7400 when the first prize winning member 7400 is arranged on the base plate 60. . The through-hole 7060e is formed so that its front side is enlarged so as to accommodate the head of the countersunk screw N2, and its rear side is formed so that its diameter is enlarged so that the annular projection 7414 can be accommodated. That is, the enlarged diameter portion 7060e has an enlarged diameter portion 7060e1 on the back side.

The enlarged diameter portion 7060e1 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of an annular projection 7414, which will be described later, and to have a concave dimension toward the front side smaller than the projecting dimension of the annular projection 7414, which will be described later. As a result, in a state in which the first prize winning member 7400 is arranged on the base plate 60, the annular projection 7414 can be inserted inside the enlarged diameter portion 7060e1, and the protruding tip surface of the annular projection 7414 can be inserted into the enlarged diameter portion 7060e1. It can be brought into contact with the bottom surface of the recess.

That is, when the first winning member 7400 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 , a gap may be formed between the back surface of the first winning member 7400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 . Therefore, the elastic deformation of the annular projection 7414 can be used to facilitate the relative displacement of the first winning member 7400 with respect to the base plate 60 . As a result, for example, when the game nail YK is planted in the first winning member 7400, the vibration when the game ball collides with the game nail YK during the game is absorbed, and the game nail YK is damaged (broken). ) can be suppressed.

In this case, the ring projection 7414 is preferably set to have a dimension smaller than the inner dimension of the enlarged diameter portion 7060e1. In addition, it is preferable that the first winning member 7400 and the base plate 60 do not come into contact with each other except for the projecting tip of the annular projection 7414 and the concave bottom surface of the enlarged diameter portion 7060e1. These can make the annular projection 7414 more elastically deformable.

The winning opening unit 7300 includes a first winning member 7400 arranged inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60, and a second winning member arranged on the front side of the first winning member 7400 and the base plate 60. 2500.

The first prize-winning member 7400 includes a main body portion 7410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 7420 bulging from the front side of the main body portion 7410, and a bulging portion 7420 side (front side). ) are mainly provided with game nails YK that are driven in from ).

The bulging portion 7420 is formed substantially in the center of the body portion 7410 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 274(a)) and is formed shorter than the body portion 7410 in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 7410 . As a result, a body-side protruding portion 7437 that protrudes outward from the protruding portion 7420 is formed on the outer side of the main body portion 7410 in the longitudinal direction. A body-side swelling portion 7437 of the body portion 7410 is formed with an annular projection 7414 projecting annularly toward the base plate 60 on the front side.

Two annular projections 7414 are formed on each of the longitudinal ends of the body portion 7410 (four in total). The annular protrusion 7414 is a portion into which the countersunk screw N2 is screwed, and a female thread is formed on the inner peripheral portion of the annular ring.

The four countersunk screws N2 for fastening the first winning member 7400 are inserted through the through holes 7060e of the base plate 60 and screwed into the annular protrusion 7414 of the first winning member 7400. As shown in FIG. Accordingly, the first winning member 7400 can be fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 .

According to the prize winning unit 7300 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 7400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls off the first prize winning member 7400, the second prize winning member 7500 is removed. After detaching from the base plate 70 , the defective first prize winning member 7400 can be removed and a new (normal) first prize winning member 7400 can be attached for repair.

Here, a first game board member (base plate 60) and a second game board member (winning slot unit 3300) which is fastened and fixed to the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member is provided. game machines are known. An insertion hole (through hole 2413) is formed in the second game board member, and a female screw (an inner edge portion of the annular protrusion 2060d1) is formed in the first game board member, and is inserted through the insertion hole of the second game board member. The screw member (countersunk screw N2) is screwed into the internal thread of the first game board member, thereby fastening and fixing the second game board member to the first game board member. According to such a game machine, the second game board member can be detached from the first game board member. That is, when a failure or breakage occurs in the second game board member, it is possible to replace only the second game board member and eliminate the need to replace the entire game board. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, each time the second game board member is replaced, the female screw and the screw member are repeatedly screwed together, causing fatigue (wear or galling) in the thread of the female screw. , there is a problem that the reliability of fastening and fixing decreases when the number of times of replacement increases.

On the other hand, according to the sixty-sixth embodiment, the through hole 7060e through which the countersunk screw N2 is inserted is formed in the base plate 60, and the countersunk screw N2 inserted through the through hole 7060e of the base plate 60 is screwed. Since the internal thread (annular projection 7414) that is to be received is formed in the first prize winning member 7400, when the first prize winning member 7400 is replaced, a new internal thread can be used along with the replacement. Therefore, even when the number of exchanges increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

In addition, an annular projection 7414 projecting from the front surface of the first prize winning member 7400 and an enlarged diameter portion 7060e1 recessed in the back surface of the base plate 60 so as to receive the annular projection 7414 are provided. Since the through hole 7060e is formed in the annular protrusion 7414 of the winning member 7400 and communicates with the enlarged diameter portion 7060e1 of the base plate 60, the length of the screw portion (shaft portion) of the female screw can be secured. . Therefore, the axial force of the countersunk screw N2 can be increased accordingly, and the first winning member 7400 can be easily fastened and fixed firmly to the base plate 60 .

Since the first member 7400 is relatively small, it is difficult to secure its strength. , the load on the first winning member 7400 can be dispersed. That is, the configuration in which the annular projection 7141 is provided with a female thread is particularly effective from the viewpoint of achieving both strong fastening and fixing and damage prevention of the constituent members.

In addition, since the recessed portion 7060d is recessed from the back side to the front side of the first winning member 7400, it is possible to suppress damage to the base plate 60 when the game nail YK is driven.

That is, in the sixty-first embodiment described above, since the recess 2060d is recessed from the front side to the back side, the impact when the game nail YK is driven into the first prize winning member 2400 is reduced to the first prize winning member 2400. is transmitted to the base plate 60 at the back side portion of the recessed portion 2060d (the portion thinned by the recessed portion 2060d). Therefore, force acts on the thinned portion of the base plate 60 in the direction away from the recessed portion 2060d (backward direction). As a result, there is a possibility that the force concentrates on the corner portion of the recessed portion 2060d and the base plate 60 is damaged.

On the other hand, in the 66th embodiment, the impact when driving the game nail YK is transmitted from the countersunk screw N2 to the base plate 60 at the front side portion of the recess 7060d (the portion thinned by the recess 2060d). be. Accordingly, a force acts on the thinned portion of the base plate 60 in a direction toward the recessed portion 7060d. As a result, it is possible to suppress the concentration of force on the corners of the recessed portion 7060d, and to suppress the breakage of the base plate 60. FIG.

Further, the base plate 60 is formed with a central opening (window) for making the third pattern display device 81 visible, and a concave portion 2060c for disposing the first winning member 7400. Since the central opening and the recessed portion 2060c communicate with each other, when exchanging the first prize winning member 7400, the operator uses the central opening of the base plate 60 to grasp the first prize winning member 7400. ). Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability of the replacement work of the first winning member 7400 . For example, when the game nail YK is implanted in the first prize winning member 7400, the replacement work can be performed without gripping the game nail YK. It is possible to suppress bending of the game nail and change of the interval between the game nails YK by suppressing the holding.

In addition, two game nails YK are implanted in the first prize winning member 7400, and a female screw is not formed on the extension line of the imaginary line connecting the two game nails YK, so the first prize winning member 7400 cracking can be suppressed. That is, since the strain (elastic deformation of the first prize-winning member 7400) accompanying the implantation of the two game nails YK overlaps in the direction of the virtual line connecting the two game nails YK, in the area on the extension line of the virtual line, In areas where the first winning member 7400 is likely to crack, internal threads are not formed in such areas, so that the strain associated with the installation of the game nail YK and the load associated with the screwing of the countersunk screw N2 are further increased. Overlapping can be suppressed. As a result, cracking of the first winning member 7400 can be suppressed.

It should be noted that the distance between the extension line of the virtual line and the internal thread may be set to be equal to or greater than the reference dimension (nominal diameter of the screw) of the outer diameter of the countersunk screw N2 from the viewpoint of suppressing cracking of the first winning member 7400. More preferably, it is set to be at least twice the standard dimension of the outer diameter of the countersunk screw N2.

Next, the sixty-seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 276(a). In the sixty-first embodiment, the first winning member 2400 is detachable from the front side of the base plate 60. In the sixty-seventh embodiment, the first winning member 8400 is attached to the base plate 60. It is formed so as to be removable from the upper side. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 276(a) is a sectional view of the game board 13 in the 67th embodiment. Note that FIG. 276(a) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 274(b). In addition, in FIG. 276(a), the outlines of the winning opening unit 8300 and the base plate 60 are simplified. Furthermore, in FIG. 276(a), the second prize winning member 2500 of the prize winning port unit 8300 is seen transparently, and its outer shape is illustrated by broken lines.

As shown in FIG. 276(a), the base plate 60 in the sixty-seventh embodiment has a recess 7060d recessed toward the front side in the rear surface of the base plate 60, and a recess 7060d formed on the opposite side of the recess 7060d. a second recessed portion 8060f (which is recessed toward the rear side in the front surface of the base plate 60), a protruding portion 8060g formed between the recessed portion 7060d and the second recessed portion 8060f, and a base plate extending from the recessed portion 7060d. A through hole 7060 e is formed through the front surface of the plate 60 .

The second recessed portion 8060f is formed continuously with the recessed portion 2060c, and the distance dimension in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 276(a)) is formed smaller than the horizontal dimension of the recessed portion 7060d. The through hole 7060e is formed on the front side where the recessed portion 7060d is formed, and is positioned laterally outside the second recessed portion 8060f.

The protruding portion 8060g is a plate that is inserted inside a groove portion 8414 of the first winning member 8400, which will be described later. They are formed to have the same vertical dimension.

The winning opening unit 7300 includes a first winning member 8400 arranged inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60, and a second winning member arranged on the front side of the first winning member 8400 and the base plate 60. 3500.

The first prize-winning member 8400 includes a body portion 8410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 8420 bulging from the front side of the body portion 8410, and a bulging portion 8420 side (front side). ) are mainly provided with game nails YK that are driven in from ).

The bulging portion 8420 is formed substantially in the center of the body portion 8410 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 276(a)) and is formed shorter than the body portion 8410 in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 8410 . Further, in the bulging portion 8420, a groove portion 8421 is formed (recessed) from the side surface in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 276(a)) on the connecting portion side with the main body portion 8410 toward the central side.

A female screw (fastening hole 8415) into which the countersunk screw N2 can be screwed is formed on the body portion 8410 on the outer side in the longitudinal direction of the bulging portion 8420 . The fastening hole 8415 is formed coaxially with the through hole 7060 e of the base plate 60 when the first winning member 8400 is arranged on the base plate 60 . Therefore, the first winning member 8400 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 by inserting the countersunk screw N2 into the through hole 7060e and then screwing it into the fastening hole 8415. As shown in FIG.

The groove portion 8421 is formed in the entire width direction of the main body portion 8410 (the direction connecting the front side of the paper surface and the back side of the paper surface in FIG. 276(a)). Further, the groove portion 8421 is formed so that the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 276(a)) facing dimension is larger than the front-rear direction dimension of the projection 8060g described above, and the recess dimension in the left-right direction is the same as that of the projection 8060g. is formed larger than the projecting dimension of

As a result, the first winning member 8400 is displaced from above the recessed portion 2060c (front side of the paper surface in FIG. 276(a)) downward (back side of the paper surface in FIG. 8060g can be inserted and arranged on the base plate 60 . That is, the protrusion 8060g and the groove 8421 are engaged with each other.

According to the prize winning port unit 8300 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 8400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls off the first prize winning member 8400, the center frame 86 can be used as the base. After removal from the board 60, the defective first prize winning member 8400 can be removed and repaired by installing a new (normal) first prize winning member 8400. FIG.

As described above, the fastening hole 8415 for fastening the first winning member 8400 to the base plate 60 is formed in the first winning member 8400 . Therefore, when the first winning member 8400 is replaced, the fastening hole 8415 for fastening the first winning member 8400 is also replaced. It can suppress sagging. As a result, it is possible to prevent the countersunk screw N2 fastened to the fastening hole 8415 of the first prize winning member 8400 from coming off (loosening) due to impact or the like.

In the sixty-seventh embodiment, as described above, the protrusion 8060g protruding from the inner surface of the recessed portion 2060c of the base plate 60 and the recess on the outer surface of the first prize winning member 8400 to receive the protrusion 8060g. and a groove portion 8421 extending continuously along the direction parallel to the front surface (game surface) of the base plate 60 and connected to the central opening (window portion). While making it possible to extract the first winning member 8400 to the central opening side of the base plate 60, it is possible to prevent the first winning member 8400 from falling off from the base plate 60 even when the countersunk screw N2 is loosened or removed due to vibration accompanying the game or by illegal means. .

That is, since the projecting portion 8060g and the groove portion 8421 are engaged with each other, if the countersunk screw N2 slips out of the fastening hole 8415 due to an impact or the like, the engagement between the projecting portion 8060g and the groove portion 8421 causes the first The movement of the winning member 8400 in the front-rear direction with respect to the base plate 60 can be suppressed.

Furthermore, a game board projecting portion 7060k formed with an insertion hole 7060e projecting from the inner surface of the recessed portion 2060c of the base plate 60, and a main body projecting portion projecting from the outer surface of the first winning member 8400 and formed with a female screw. A protrusion 8060g protrudes from the game board protruding portion 7060k of the base plate 60, and a non-formed portion of the main body side protruding portion 7437 of the first winning member 8400 (the outer surface of the protruding portion 8420 ), the length of the threaded portion (fully threaded portion) of the female thread can be ensured. Therefore, the axial force of the countersunk screw N2 can be increased accordingly, and the first prize winning member 8400 can be easily fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 firmly.

In addition, since the first winning member 8400 is relatively small, it is difficult to ensure its strength. By ensuring, the load on the first winning member 8400 can be distributed while a predetermined axial force can be applied to the countersunk screw N2. That is, the configuration in which the projecting portion 8060g projects from the game board projecting portion 7060g of the base plate 60 is particularly effective from the viewpoint of achieving both strong fastening and fixing and damage prevention of the first winning member 8400 .

Next, the sixty-eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 276(b). In the sixty-first embodiment, the first winning member 2400 is detachable from the front side of the base plate 60. However, in the sixty-eighth embodiment, the first winning member 9400 is attached to the base plate 60. It is formed so as to be removable from the upper side. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 276(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 in the 68th embodiment. Note that FIG. 276(b) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 274(b). In addition, in FIG. 276(b), the outlines of the winning opening unit 8300 and the base plate 60 are simplified. Furthermore, in FIG. 276(b), the second winning member 2500 of the winning opening unit 8300 is shown transparently, and its outer shape is shown by broken lines.

As shown in FIG. 276(b), the base plate 60 in the sixty-eighth embodiment has a concave portion recessed from the back side (upper side in FIG. 276(b)) to the front side (lower side in FIG. 276(b)). 9060d. A protruding portion 9060g protruding inward from the inner wall at the end of the base plate 60 on the back side is formed in the recessed portion 9060d.

The projecting portion 9060g is a wall portion for forming a facing surface between the back surface of the recessed portion 9060d and the projecting portion 9060g, and is formed at a predetermined distance from the back surface of the recessed portion 9060d. As a result, an engaging portion 9417 of the first winning member 9400, which will be described later, can be inserted between the rear surface of the recessed portion 9060d and the projecting portion 9060g.

In addition, the protruding portion 9060g has a protruding tip position in the width direction of the base plate 60 (horizontal direction in FIG. 276(b)) set outside the through hole 7060e in the width direction of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. Thereby, the screwing distance between the countersunk screw N2 and the first winning member 8400 can be secured.

The winning opening unit 9300 includes a first winning member 9400 arranged inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60, and a second winning member arranged on the front side of the first winning member 9400 and the base plate 60. 2500.

The first prize-winning member 9400 includes a body portion 9410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body in a front view, a bulging portion 9420 bulging from the front side of the body portion 9410, and a bulging portion 9420 side (front side). ) are mainly provided with game nails YK that are driven in from ).

The bulging portion 9420 is formed substantially in the center of the body portion 9410 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 276(b)) and is formed shorter than the body portion 9410 in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 9410 . In addition, a female screw (fastening hole 8415) into which the countersunk screw N2 can be screwed is formed on the main body portion 9410 on the outer side in the longitudinal direction. The fastening hole 8415 is formed coaxially with the through hole 7060 e of the base plate 60 when the first winning member 9400 is arranged on the base plate 60 . Therefore, the first winning member 9400 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 by inserting the countersunk screw N2 into the through hole 7060e and then screwing it into the fastening hole 8415. As shown in FIG.

The body portion 9410 is provided with recessed portions 9416 that are recessed inward from both ends in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 276(b)) on the back side (the upper side in FIG. 276(b)). An engaging portion 9417 partially protruding outward in the left-right direction is formed on the front side of the setting portion 9146 .

The recessed portion 9416 is formed at the outer end portion in the left-right direction and is formed over the entire area in the up-down direction. Further, the recessed portion 9416 has a horizontal dimension larger than that of the projecting portion 9060 g of the base plate 60 , and a longitudinal dimension larger than that of the projecting portion 9060 g of the base plate 60 . It is set larger than the longitudinal dimension of the portion 9060g. As a result, the first winning member 9400 is displaced downward from the upper side of the recessed portion 2060c (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 276(a)), and the engaging portion 9417 is displaced between the facing portion between the projecting portion 9060g and the recessed portion 9060d. can be inserted and arranged. As a result, the engaging portion 9417 and the opposing portion between the projecting portion 9060g and the recessed portion 9060d can be engaged.

According to the prize winning port unit 9300 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 9400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls off the first prize winning member 9400, the center frame 86 can be used as the base. After being removed from the plate 60, it can be repaired by removing the defective first prize winning member 9400 and attaching a new (normal) first prize winning member 9400. FIG.

As described above, the fastening hole 8415 for fastening the first winning member 9400 to the base plate 60 is formed in the first winning member 9400 . Therefore, when the first prize winning member 9400 is replaced, the fastening hole 8415 for fastening the first prize winning member 9400 is also replaced. It can suppress sagging. As a result, it is possible to prevent the countersunk screw N2 fastened to the fastening hole 9415 of the first winning member 9400 from coming off (loosening) due to impact or the like.

In the sixty-eighth embodiment, as described above, the engaging portion 9417 protruding from the outer surface of the first prize winning member 9400 and the recessed portion 2060c of the base plate 60 are arranged to receive the engaging portion 9417. The recessed portion 9060d is recessed in the surface of the base plate 60 and extends continuously along the direction parallel to the front surface (game surface) of the base plate 60 and continues to the central opening. While making it possible to extract the first winning member 9400 to the central opening of the base plate 60, it is possible to prevent the first winning member 9400 from falling off from the base plate 60 even when the countersunk screw N2 is loosened or removed due to vibration accompanying the game or by illegal means. .

That is, since the protruding portion 9060g and the recessed portion 9060d are engaged with each other, if the countersunk screw N2 were to slip out of the fastening hole 8415 due to an impact or the like, the first winning member 8400 would move back and forth with respect to the base plate 60. You can restrain it from moving in any direction.

A game board overhanging portion 7060k formed with a through hole 7060e extending from the inner surface of the recessed portion 2060c of the base plate 60, and a main body side overhanging portion 7437 extending from the outer surface of the first winning member 9400 and formed with a female screw. , the engaging portion 9417 protrudes from the main body side projecting portion 7437 of the first prize winning member 9400, and the concave portion 9060g is recessed in the non-formed portion of the game board projecting portion 7060k of the base plate 60. , the length of the threaded portion (completely threaded portion) of the female thread can be secured. Therefore, the axial force of the countersunk screw N2 can be increased accordingly, and the first prize winning member 9400 can be easily fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 firmly.

Since the first prize winning member 9400 is relatively small, it is difficult to ensure its strength. By securing the length, it is possible to distribute the load on the first winning member 9400 while making it possible to apply a predetermined axial force to the countersunk screw N2. That is, the configuration in which the engaging portion 9417 protrudes from the body-side projecting portion 7437 of the first prize winning member 9400 is particularly effective from the viewpoint of achieving both strong fastening and fixing and damage prevention of the first prize winning member 9400 .

Next, the sixty-ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 277 and 278. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where both the left and right sides of the bulging portion 2420 of the first winning member 2400 are continuously extended in the vertical direction (that is, do not protrude toward the back side of the main body portion 2410) has been described. A projecting portion 10422 projecting outward in the left-right direction is formed in the swelling portion 10420 of the first winning member 10400 of the sixty-ninth embodiment. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

277(a) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member 10400 in the 69th embodiment, and FIG. 277(b) is an exploded perspective front view of the first winning member 10400 and the base plate 60. FIG. 278(a) is a front view of the game board 13, and FIG. 278(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXXVIIIb-CCLXXVIIIb of FIG. 277(a) and 277(b), the outlines of the first winning member 10400 and the base plate 60 are simplified. Also, FIGS. 278(a) and 278(b) show a state in which the second winning member 2500 is removed.

As shown in FIG. 277, the base plate 60 in the sixty-ninth embodiment includes a recessed portion 2060c recessed downward from the lower side of the central opening of the base plate 60, and a recessed portion 2060c connected to the recessed portion 2060c. and a notch portion 10060h that is notched (opened) from a part of the recessed portion 2060d toward the rear side.

The notch portion 10060h is an opening that receives a projecting portion 10422 formed on the first winning member 10400, which will be described later. The notch portion 10060h is cut outward in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 278(a)) in the remaining portion of the base plate 60 where the recessed portion 2060d is formed as an opening communicating with the recessed portion 2060c.

The winning opening unit 10300 includes a first winning member 10400 arranged inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60, and a second winning member 2500 arranged on the front side of the first winning member 10400 and the base plate 60 ( 261).

The first prize-winning member 10400 includes a body portion 2410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 2420 bulging from the back side of the body portion 2410, and a body portion 2410 extending from the bulging portion 2420 to the body portion 2410. 278(a), and a game nail YK that is driven from the front surface of the main body 2410. As shown in FIG.

The projecting portion 10422 extends from an intermediate portion obtained by dividing the bulging portion 2420 into three equal parts in the lateral direction of the body portion 2410 (vertical direction in FIG. 278(a)) in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 2410 (horizontal direction in FIG. 278(a)). protruding from the In addition, the protruding portion 10422 is formed and set as a flat surface in which the outer ends of the protruding ends (left and right ends) are substantially flush with the longitudinal direction end surfaces (peripheral surfaces) of the main body portion 2410. It is formed along the extension line of the imaginary line connecting the two planted game nails YK.

Furthermore, the dimension of the bulging portion 10400 in the direction perpendicular to the imaginary line connecting the two game nails YK (vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 278(b))) is made larger than the dimension of the projecting portion 10422. , the rigidity of the first prize winning member 10400 in the direction orthogonal to the virtual line connecting the two game nails YK can be increased, and as a result, damage to the first prize winning member 10400 can be suppressed.

The through holes 2413 formed in the main body 2410 are formed at the upper, lower, left, and right ends of the main body 2410 when viewed from the front, and the two upper and lower portions are formed at positions sandwiching the projecting portion 10422 . As a result, both the area for increasing the rigidity of the first prize winning member 10400 and the area for fastening and fixing the first prize winning member 10400 to the base plate 60 can be efficiently secured. As a result, it is possible to achieve both suppression of damage to the first prize winning member 10400 and miniaturization of the first prize winning member 10400 .

The cutout portion 10060h described above is formed to have substantially the same shape as the outer shape of the projecting portion 10422 when viewed from the front. It is press-fitted into the portion 10060h. As a result, the projecting portion 10422 can be held by the base plate 60 . In other words, the rigidity of the base plate 60 can be used to increase the configuration of the first prize winning member 10400 by holding at least part of the projecting portion 10422 . As a result, damage to the first winning member 10400 can be suppressed.

Also, the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 2410 at the middle position in the width direction. Therefore, the protruding portion 10422 is formed along the extension of the imaginary line connecting the two game nails YK planted on the main body portion 2410 side, so damage to the first winning member 10400 can be suppressed. That is, since the strain (elastic deformation of the first prize-winning member 10400) caused by the vegetation of the two game nails YK overlaps in the direction of the imaginary line connecting the two game nails, the area on the extension line of the imaginary line has the first By forming the protruding portion 10422 in such a region where the winning member 10400 is likely to crack, the strain caused by the installation of the game nail YK can be alleviated accordingly. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the strain caused by the implantation of the game nail YK from being further superimposed on the load caused by the collision of the game ball against the game nail YK.

According to the winning opening unit 10300 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first winning member 10400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls out of the first winning member 10400, the first winning member 2400 is removed from the base plate 60, the defective first prize winning member 10400 is removed and a new (normal) first prize winning member 10400 is attached.

Here, a first game board member (base plate 60) and a second game board member (first winning member 2400) which is detachably disposed on the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member. ) and in which nails (game nails YK) are implanted in the game surface of the second game board member. According to this game machine, when the nail of the second game board member is broken, only the second game board member is replaced, thereby eliminating the need to replace the entire game board. However, in the conventional game machine described above, since the second game board member is formed relatively small, it is difficult to ensure the rigidity of the second game board member. Therefore, there is a problem that the second game board member is likely to be damaged when an external force acts on the nail due to the collision of the game ball.

On the other hand, in the 69th embodiment, damage to the first winning member 10400 due to the action of external force on the game nail YK can be suppressed, so the external force is applied to the game nail YK by the collision of the game ball. In this case, damage to the first winning member 10400 can be suppressed.

That is, the first winning member 10400 includes a bulging portion 2420 in which the game nail YK is implanted, and a main body side which has a thickness smaller than that of the bulging portion and is abutted and fastened to the base plate 60. The body-side projecting portion 2437 protrudes from the contact surface with the base plate 60 and has a projecting portion 10422 connected to the projecting portion 2420. The rigidity of portion 2420 can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to suppress damage to the first winning member 10400 when an external force acts on the game nail YK due to the collision of the game ball.

Further, as described above, the cutout portion 10060h is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the projecting portion 10422 when viewed from the front. The upper and lower surfaces of the installation portion 10422 can be brought into contact with the notch portion 10060h. Thereby, it is possible to suppress damage to the first winning member 10400 when the game ball comes into contact with the game nail YK.

That is, when a game ball collides with the game nail YK from above, the impact of the collision pushes down the head side of the game nail YK centering on the connecting portion between the game nail YK and the first winning member 2400.例文帳に追加Rotational force acts. In the sixty-ninth embodiment, the upper and lower surfaces of the projecting portion 10422 can be brought into contact with the notch portion 10060h on the rear side portion into which the game nail YK is driven. Therefore, the faces of the game nail YK can be brought into contact with each other against the rotational force that pushes the head side of the game nail YK downward, centering on the connecting portion between the game nail YK and the first winning member 2400 . Therefore, it is possible to disperse the impact by contacting the surfaces of the game balls. As a result, damage to the first winning member 10400 can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 279, the 70th embodiment will be described. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the first winning member 2400 is directly fixed to the base plate 60 has been described, but the first winning member 10400 in the 70th embodiment is fixed to the base plate with the rubber collar GC interposed therebetween. 60 indirectly attached. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 279(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the first winning member 11400 and the base plate 60 in the 70th embodiment, and FIG. 279(b) is a sectional view of the first winning member 11400 and the base plate 60. . Note that the cross-sectional view of FIG. 279(b) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 274(b). 279(a) and 279(b), the outlines of the first winning member 11400 and the base plate 60 are simplified.

As shown in FIG. 279, the base plate 60 in the 70th embodiment includes a recessed portion 2060c recessed downward from the lower side of the center opening of the base plate 60, and the base plate 60 connected to the recessed portion 2060c. and a recessed portion 2060d formed in the front surface of the main body.

Further, the outer peripheral surface (gap forming surface 11060d5) of the recessed portion 2060d in a front view is formed as an inclined surface that is inclined outward toward the front side. Thereby, a gap can be formed between the opposing first prize winning member 11400 and the recessed portion 2060d. A fastening hole 6060d4 is formed in the recessed portion 2060d so as to penetrate therethrough in the front-rear direction and has a female thread formed on the inner surface thereof. Accordingly, the first winning member 11400 can be fastened to the base plate 60 .

The winning opening unit 11300 includes a first winning member 11310 arranged inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60, and a second winning member 2500 arranged on the front side of the first winning member 10400 and the base plate 60 ( 261).

The first prize-winning member 11400 includes a body portion 11410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 2420 that bulges from the back side of the body portion 11410, and from the body portion 11410 side (front side) It is mainly provided with a game nail YK to be driven.

The body portion 11410 is formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and includes an insertion hole 11418 which is coaxially formed through the fastening hole 6060d4 of the base plate 60 . The insertion hole 11418 is a hole through which the screw N3 for fastening the first winning member 11400 is inserted. The insertion hole 11418 is formed with an enlarged diameter on the front side, and a large-diameter head portion of the rubber collar GC, which will be described later, can be inserted into the insertion hole 11418 . The inner diameter of the insertion hole 11418 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the trunk portion of the rubber collar GC on the small diameter side. Thereby, the small diameter side of the rubber collar GC can be inserted inside the insertion hole 11418 .

The rubber collar GC is formed in an annular shape and has a large-diameter portion that expands outward on one side in the axial direction of the body portion. The rubber collar GC is made of a rubber-like elastic body, and can be elastically deformed by the action of an external force. One rubber collar GC is provided on each of the front side and the back side of the insertion hole 11418 of the first winning member 11400 , and the smaller diameter side (body portion) is inserted inside the insertion hole 11418 .

The first winning member 11400 is attached to the base plate 60 by inserting the screw N3 from the front side and screwing it into the fastening hole 6060d4 of the base plate 60 with the rubber collar GC disposed inside the insertion hole 11418. It is attached. Therefore, an elastic member (rubber collar GC) can be interposed between the first winning member 11400 and the base plate 60 .

As described above, the gap forming surface 11060d5 is formed on the base plate 60, and a gap is formed between the recessed portion 2060d and the first winning member 11400, so that the elastic member (collar member GC) is elastically displaced. Accordingly, when the first winning member 11400 is relatively displaced with respect to the base plate 60, collision between the two can be suppressed.

According to the winning opening unit 11300 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first winning member 11400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls out of the first winning member 11400, the first winning member 11400 , after removing the first prize winning member 2400 from the base plate 60, the defective first prize winning member 11400 can be removed and a new (normal) first prize winning member 11400 can be attached for repair.

Further, as described above, the rubber collar GC made of a material having an elastic modulus smaller than that of the base plate 60 and the first winning member 11400 is provided, and the first winning member 11400 is disposed on the base plate 60 via the rubber collar GC. Therefore, the elastic deformation of the rubber collar GC can be used to facilitate relative displacement of the first winning member with respect to the base plate 60 . That is, the relative displacement (elastic deformation) absorbs the external force accompanying the collision of the game ball with the game nail YK, and can suppress damage to the first winning member 11400 .

Furthermore, as described above, the gap forming surface 11060d5 is inclined outward toward the front side. Can be a sloping surface. Therefore, dust and the like between the first winning member 11400 and the base plate 60 can be dropped to the front side by using the downward slope of the gap forming surface 11060d5. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the movement of the first winning member 11400 from being clogged with dust or the like between the first winning member 11400 and the base plate 60 .

Also, the head of the screw N3 can be brought into close contact with the rubber collar GC. Therefore, since the screw N3 can be made difficult to rotate, it is possible to suppress the rotation and loosening of the screw N3 due to the impact of the game ball colliding with the game nail YK.

Furthermore, since the rubber collar GC is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape and is interposed between the through hole and the shaft of the screw N3, the displacement direction of the first winning member 11400 relative to the base plate 60 is reduced. It can increase the degree of freedom. That is, relative displacement can be easily made not only in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the screw N3 but also in the direction inclined to the axis of the screw N3 (prying direction). As a result, the damage of the first winning member 11400 can be suppressed by absorbing the external force accompanying the collision of the game ball with the game nail YK.

In addition, since the large diameter portion of the rubber collar GC disposed on the back side of the first prize winning member 11400 is interposed between the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 11400, the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 11400 The member 11400 can be connected only with the rubber collar GC (that is, at least a part of the vibration transmission path from the first winning member 11400 to the base plate 60 can be formed with only the rubber collar GC). Therefore, the first winning member 11400 can be easily displaced relative to the base plate 60, and the external force accompanying the collision of the game ball with the game nail YK can be easily absorbed.

In addition, the screw N3 can be relatively displaced in the axial direction, and the degree of freedom in the relative displacement direction of the first winning member 11400 with respect to the base plate 60 can be increased. Therefore, also from this point, it is possible to easily absorb the external force accompanying the collision of the game ball with the game nail YK.

Furthermore, by interposing the outer diameter portion of the rubber collar GC between the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 11400, it is possible to suppress the tilting of the first prize winning member 11400 with respect to the base plate 60 due to its own weight. . In particular, it is particularly effective when the rubber collar GC deteriorates over time (when it sags).

Next, the seventy-first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 280 and 281. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the entire front surface of the first winning member 2400 is formed as a flat surface has been described. It protrudes to the front side. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 280(a) is an exploded perspective front view of the first winning member 12400 in the 71st embodiment, and FIG. 280(b) is an exploded top view of the first winning member 12400 of FIG. 280(a). 281(a) is a top view of the first winning member 12400, and FIG. 281(b) is a partially enlarged top view of the first winning member 12400 in the range CCLXXXIb of FIG. 281(a).

As shown in FIGS. 280 and 281, the first winning member 12400 in the seventy-first embodiment includes a main body portion 12410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and a rear side of the main body portion 12410 protruding. It is formed mainly by including a bulging portion 2420 and a game nail YK that is driven from the front side of the main body portion 12410 .

The body portion 12410 is formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and mainly includes a through hole 2413 through which the countersunk screw N2 is inserted, and an annular portion 12419 protruding forward from the periphery of the hole into which the game nail YK is driven. formed in preparation for

Therefore, since damage to the first prize winning member 11400 due to the action of external force on the game nail YK can be suppressed, the first prize winning member 10400 can be prevented from being damaged when the game nail YK is hit by an external force. damage can be suppressed.

That is, the first winning member 12400 protrudes from the main body portion 12420 in which the game nail YK is implanted and is provided with the annular portion 12419 surrounding the base of the game nail YK, so that the rigidity of the portion holding the game nail YK is increased. It can be enhanced by the annular portion 12419 . Therefore, it is possible to suppress damage to the first winning member when an external force acts on the game nail due to the collision of the game ball.

The inner diameter of the annular portion 12419 is set to be substantially the same as or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the tip portion of the game nail YK. Further, the width dimension L4 from the inner edge to the outer edge of the annular portion 12419 (see FIG. 281(b)) and the projection dimension L5 of the annular portion 12419 toward the front side (see FIG. 281(b)) The outer surface of the portion 12419 is set to a size that allows it to be positioned in the inner space N (see FIG. 281(b)) in a state where the game ball T is in contact with the front surface of the first winning member 12400 and the game nail YK. . In this embodiment, the width dimension L4 from the inner edge to the outer edge and the projection dimension L5 of the annular portion 12419 toward the front side are set to be substantially the same (L4=L5).

Thereby, it is possible to prevent the game ball T from colliding with the annular portion 12419 . As a result, it is possible to suppress damage to the ring portion 12419 caused by collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the ring portion 12419 . In addition, since the annular portion 12419 protrudes toward the front side, the area for supporting the game nail YK can be increased. As a result, it is possible to suppress damage to the first winning member 12400 caused by the game ball T flowing down the game area colliding with the game nail YK.

That is, since the annular portion 12419 is positioned closer to the first prize winning member 12400 than the outer surface of the game ball that is in contact with the game nail YK and the planting surface 12419, the game ball T collides with the annular portion 12419. It is possible to prevent the annular portion 12419 from being damaged.

In addition, an inclined portion 12419a whose diameter increases toward the front side is formed on the inner edge of the projecting tip portion of the annular portion 12419. As shown in FIG. As a result, when driving the game nail YK into the first winning member 12400, the tip of the game nail YK can be guided inside the annular portion 12419. As shown in FIG.

Here, the first prize winning member 12400 is formed of a member different from the base plate 60, and when the game nail YK is broken or falls off from the first prize winning member 12400, a new (normal) prize winning member 12400 can be replaced. 1 winning member 12400 can be replaced. Therefore, when forming a replacement part for the first prize winning member 12400, the work of driving the game nail YK into only the first prize winning member 12400 is performed.

Since the first winning member 12400 is a component smaller than the base plate 60, it is necessary to reliably position the first winning member 12400 when driving the game nail YK. Therefore, there is a risk that the jig for driving the game nail YK into the first winning member 12400 will become complicated.

On the other hand, in the seventy-first embodiment, since the inclined portion 12419a is formed, it is possible to absorb the positional deviation when driving the game nail YK into the first winning member 12400. FIG. As a result, the jig for driving the game nail YK into the first winning member 12400 can be simplified.

In addition, the dimension of the inclined portion 12419a in the front-rear direction (the front-rear direction in FIG. 281(b)) is set smaller than the projecting dimension of the annular portion 12419. As shown in FIG. Therefore, by forming the annular portion 12419 , it is possible to prevent damage to the first winning member 12419 and to simplify the jig for driving the game nail YK into the first winning member 12400 .

Furthermore, since the circular ring portion 12419 has a larger cross-sectional area toward the main body portion 12410 side, the game nail YK is prevented from colliding with the ring portion 12419 while preventing the game ball from colliding with the ring portion 12419 . It is possible to further increase the rigidity of the portion that holds the That is, both the damage of the ring part 12419 due to the direct collision of the game nail YK with the ring part 12419 and the damage of the first winning member 12410 due to the game ball T colliding with the game nail YK can be effectively prevented. can be suppressed.

The cross-sectional area of the annular portion 12419 means a cross section obtained by cutting the annular portion 12419 along a plane orthogonal to the installation direction of the game nail YK. In this case, the cross-sectional shape of the annular portion is arbitrary, and examples thereof include circular, elliptical, polygonal, and combinations thereof. However, it is preferable that the cross-sectional shape of the ring portion 12419 is circular. This is because the volume of the annular portion 12419 can be maximized while avoiding a collision with the game ball, thereby further increasing its rigidity.

Next, the seventy-second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 282 and 283. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the second winning member 2400 is attached from the front side of the base plate 60, but in the 72nd embodiment, the second winning member 13400 is attached from the back side of the base plate 60. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

282(a) is a sectional view of the game board 13 in the 72nd embodiment, and FIG. 282(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXXXIIb-CCLXXXIIb of FIG. 282(a). 283 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. 282 and 283 show a state in which the second winning member 2500 is removed. 282 and 283, the outlines of the first winning member 13400 and the base plate 60 are simplified.

As shown in FIGS. 282 and 283, the base plate 60 in the 72nd embodiment has a concave portion recessed from the back side (the upper side in FIG. 282(b)) to the front side (the lower side in FIG. 282(b)). 13060d. The recessed portion 13060d is formed stepwise toward the rear side in a stepped manner in the left-right direction. and a second receiving portion 13060d8 connected to the rear surface of the second receiving portion 13060d8.

The first housing portion 13060d7 is a recess for housing a main body portion 13410 of the first winning member 13400, which will be described later, inside, and is formed to have an outer shape slightly larger than the outer shape of the main body portion 13410 when viewed from the front. Also, the depth dimension in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 282(b)) of the first accommodating portion 13600d7 is formed to be substantially the same as or slightly larger than the thickness dimension in the front-rear direction of the main body portion 13410 . Accordingly, when the first winning member 13400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 2060c, it is possible to prevent the main body portion 13410 from projecting toward the second housing portion 13060d8.

The second housing portion 13060d8 is a recess for housing a rear member 13700, which will be described later, inside, and is formed to have an outer shape slightly larger than the outer shape of the rear member 13700 when viewed from the front. Also, the depth dimension in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 282(b)) of the second accommodating portion 13060d8 is formed to be substantially the same as or slightly larger than the thickness dimension in the front-rear direction of the back member 13700 .

The back member 13700 is formed in a horizontally long rectangle when viewed from the front, and is formed integrally with the center frame 86 . The longitudinal dimension of the back member 13700 is formed to be larger than the longitudinal dimension of the body portion 13410 of the first winning member 13400 .

The first prize-winning member 13400 includes a body portion 13410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 7420 bulging from the front side of the body portion 13410, and a bulging portion 7420 side (front side). ) are mainly provided with game nails YK that are driven in from ).

The main body part 13410 is formed with fastening holes 8415 for screwing screws for fastening the first winning member 13400 to the base plate 60 at both left and right ends thereof. Thus, by inserting the countersunk screw N2 into the through hole 7060e of the base plate 60 and screwing it into the fastening hole 8415, the first winning member 13400 and the base plate 60 can be fastened and fixed.

In this case, the first winning member 13400 is attached to the base plate 60 before the center frame 86 is attached to the base plate 60 . That is, the center frame 86 is attached to the base plate 60 after the first prize winning device 13400 is fixed (arranged) to the base plate 60 . As a result, the first winning member 13400 is arranged (held) between the front surface of the first housing portion 13060d7 of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the back member 13700 facing each other. Also, the bottom surface of the center frame 86 faces the upper end surface of the first winning member 13060d7.

According to the game board 13 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 13400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls out of the first prize winning member 13400, the center frame 86 is replaced by the base plate 60. can be repaired by removing the defective first prize winning member 13400 and attaching a new (normal) first prize winning member 13400 after removing the defective first prize winning member 13400.

Here, a first game board member (base plate 60) and a second game board member (first winning member 13400) which is fastened and fixed to the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member. A gaming machine equipped with such a device is known. According to such a game machine, the second game board member can be attached to and detached from the game board. Therefore, when a failure or breakage occurs in the second game board member, it is possible to replace only the second game board member and eliminate the need to replace the entire game board. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, there is a risk that the fastening and fixing of the second game board member to the first game board member may be released (loosened) due to, for example, vibration accompanying the game. has the problem that the second game board member may fall off from the first game board member.

On the other hand, in the 72nd embodiment, the removal of the first prize winning member 13400 from the base plate 60 can be regulated, so that, for example, the fastened fixation of the first prize winning member 13400 to the base plate 60 is released (loosened). Even in this case, it is possible to prevent the first prize winning member 13400 from falling off from the first prize winning member 13400 .

That is, when the center frame 86 is arranged on the base plate 60, the bottom surface of the center frame 86 and the rear member 13700 are positioned so as to restrict the movement of the first winning member 13400 in the removal direction (upward and rearward). are placed. As a result, even when the first prize winning member 13400 is released from the base plate 60, the center frame 86 (back member 13700) is used to prevent the first prize winning member 13400 from falling off from the base plate 60. can be suppressed.

Since the back member 13700 is disposed on the inner surface of the lower edge of the central opening of the base plate 60, even if the back member 13700 is released from the base plate 60 (for example, fixed by fastening), the back member 13700 can be maintained. Using its own weight, it can be maintained in a state of being placed on the inner surface of the lower edge side of the central opening. That is, it is possible to maintain the state in which the back member 13700 is arranged at a position where the movement of the first winning member 13400 in the removal direction can be restricted. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first winning member 13400 from falling off from the base plate 60 .

Next, the seventy-third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 284 and 285. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the second prize winning member 2500 is disposed on the front side of the first prize winning member 2400 has been described. In addition to 2500 being disposed, passage forming member 13800 is disposed in engagement. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 280 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13 and the passage forming member 13800 in the 73rd embodiment. 281(a) and 281(b) are sectional views of the game board 13 and the passage forming member 13800. FIG. 281(a) and 281(b) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 264(b). 281(a) shows the state before the passage forming member 13800 is attached to the game board 13, and FIG. 281(b) shows the state after the passage forming member 13800 is attached to the game board 13. . In FIG. 280, the illustration of the second winning member 13500 is omitted, and the outer shape is illustrated with a dashed line.

As shown in FIGS. 284 and 285, the first prize-winning member 14400 in the seventy-third embodiment includes a main body 2410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front, and a rear side of the main body 2410 (FIG. 285 ( a) It is mainly formed with a bulging portion 2420 bulging from the left side and a game nail YK driven from the front side of the body portion 2410 .

The bulging portion 2420 includes a concave portion 14423a. The concave portion 14423a is recessed upward (upward in FIG. 285(a)) on the lower surface (lower surface in FIG. 285(a)) on the base side (right side in FIG. 285(a)) of the bulging portion 2420. be.

The recessed portion 14423a is a recessed portion into which a projecting portion 14812 of the passage member 14800, which will be described later, is inserted. In addition, the recess dimension of the recessed portion 14423a is set larger than the projecting dimension of the projecting portion 14812 . Therefore, the projecting portion 14812 can be inserted inside the recessed portion 14423a.

The passage member 14800 is formed to have a rectangular shape elongated in the vertical direction and has an internal space inside. The passage member 14800 is mainly formed with an opening 14811 at the upper end of the front side (first prize winning member 14400 side) that allows communication between the internal space and the outside, and a protruding portion 14812 that protrudes upward from the upper end surface. be.

The opening 14811 is formed on the back side of the first winning port 64 (left side in FIG. 285(b)) when the passage member 14800 is arranged on the game board 13 . As a result, the game ball thrown to the rear side from the first winning hole 64 can be thrown inside the passage member 14800 through the opening 14811 .

The protrusion 14812 is formed to protrude upward (upward in FIG. 285(b)) from the end on the opening 14811 side (rightward in FIG. 285(b)). To insert the projecting portion 14812 into the recessed portion 14423a, the passage member 14800 is positioned on the back side of the base plate 60 and displaced upward while the first winning member 14400 is arranged on the base plate 60. is done in

The passage member 14800 is attached to the base plate 60 by inserting a screw (not shown) from the back side and screwing the screw into the back side of the base plate 60 .

According to the game board 13 configured as described above, when the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 14400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls out of the first prize winning member 14400, the passage member 14800 is removed. Later, it can be repaired by removing the defective first winning member 13400 and attaching a new (normal) first winning member 14400 .

Here, if the first winning member 14400 can be removed only from the front side, when the front frame 14 is opened by the player's fraudulent act, it is replaced with the first winning member 14400 or the like brought by the player. easier to be

On the other hand, a projecting portion 14812 is formed in the first winning member 14400, and a recessed portion 14423a capable of receiving the projecting portion 14812 is recessed in the passage member 14800, and the projecting portion 14812 is recessed. By being engaged with the portion 14423a, the movement of the first winning member 14400 in the removal direction is restricted, so the projecting portion 14812 can be shielded from the outside by the recessed portion 14423a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 14812 and the recess 14423a from being unjustly disengaged.

Furthermore, as described above, since the passage member 14800 is attached to the back surface of the base plate 60 by screws (not shown) from the back side of the game board 13, fraudulent removal of the first winning member 14400 can be prevented.

That is, since the projecting portion 14812 of the first winning member 14400 and the recessed portion 14423a of the passage member 14423 are engaged through the recessed portion 2060c, the base plate 60 is used to move the passage member 14423 from the front. can be difficult to access. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the protrusion 14812 and the recess 14423a from being unjustly disengaged.

Furthermore, since the first winning member 14400 can be engaged with the passage member 14800, when the countersunk screw N2 that fastens and fixes the first winning member 14400 to the base plate 60 comes off due to an impact or the like, the first winning member 14400 It is possible to prevent the winning member 14400 from moving to the front side or the back side of the base plate 60 and falling off from the base plate 60 .

Next, the first winning member 15400 in the seventy-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the first prize winning member 2400 is only fastened and fixed to the base plate 60, but in the 74th embodiment, the hook 15431 of the first prize winning member 15400 is engaged with the base plate 60. be done. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

286(a) is a perspective front view of the first winning member 15400 in the 74th embodiment, and FIG. 286(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13. FIG. Note that FIG. 286(b) corresponds to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 263(c) and illustrates a state in which the second winning member 2500 is removed.

As shown in FIG. 286, the first prize winning member 15400 in the seventy-fourth embodiment includes a main body portion 2410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and a back side of the main body portion 2410 (upper side in FIG. 286(b)). ) and a game nail YK that is driven from the front side of the body portion 2410 .

The bulging portion 2420 protrudes toward the rear side (upward in FIG. 286(b)) of both ends in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 2410 (horizontal direction in FIG. FIG. 286(b) left-right direction) It has a hook-shaped portion 15431 that is bent outward.

The hook-shaped portion 15431 is arranged at a position where the tip thereof overlaps the rear side of the base plate 60 (upper side in FIG. 286(b)) when the first winning member 15400 is arranged on the base plate 60 . Therefore, the first winning member 15400 can be engaged with the base plate 60 . Therefore, when the countersunk screw N2 that fastens the first winning member 15400 to the base plate 60 comes off due to an impact or the like, the first winning member 15400 falls to the front side of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 286(b)). can be prevented. As a result, when the countersunk screw N2 comes off during the player's game, the player can continue the game.

The hook-shaped portion 15431 is formed at a position substantially at the same height as the through-hole 2413 formed above one of the four through-holes 2413 formed in the main body portion 2410, and is formed on the rear surface of the bent portion of the projecting tip. (lower surface in FIG. 286(b)) is formed at a position overlapping the axis of the through hole 2413 . That is, the back surface of the bent portion of the hook-shaped portion 15431 closes the through hole 2413 opening in the base plate 60 .

In addition, the hook-shaped portion 15431 has an inclined surface 15431a formed on the outer surface of the projecting tip (the outer surface in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 2410). The inclined surface 15431a is formed so as to be narrower toward the projecting tip.

As a result, when the first winning member 15400 is arranged on the base plate 60, it can be arranged by inserting it from the front side of the base plate 60. FIG. That is, the hook-shaped portion 15431 is bent in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 2410 (horizontal direction in FIG. 286(b)) as described above, so that the width dimension of the bulging portion 2420 in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 2410 is equal to that of the base plate 60. , the distance between the facing recessed portions 2060c is larger than the distance dimension between the facing recessed portions 2060c. Since an inclined surface 15431 is formed in the portion 15431, by bringing the inclined surface 15431a into contact with the wall surface of the recessed portion 2060c, the hook-shaped portion 15431 can be elastically deformed inward. can be inserted and arranged from the front side of the base plate 60. - 特許庁

Accordingly, when the first prize winning member 15400 is attached to the base plate 60, the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 15400 are directly engaged via the hook-shaped portion 15431a, and the first prize winning member 15400 moves in the removal direction. is regulated, there is no need to perform a separate step for preventing the first winning member 15400 from falling off. Therefore, it is possible to simplify the replacement work of the first prize winning member 15400, and to suppress forgetting to perform the process for preventing the first prize winning member 15400 from coming off.

Further, since the hook-shaped portion 15431 is formed on the first winning member 15400, when replacing the first winning member 15400, a new hook-shaped portion 15431 can be used along with the replacement. That is, in the configuration in which the hook-shaped portion 16541 is arranged on the base plate 60 and the claw portion is engaged with the first winning member 15400, the elastic deformation of the hook-shaped portion 16541 is repeated as the number of exchanges increases, and the elastic force increases. Since it lowers, it becomes easier to release the engagement. On the other hand, according to the seventy-fourth embodiment, even if the number of times of replacement increases, a new hook-shaped portion 15431 can be used for each replacement, so the reliability of engagement can be ensured.

On the other hand, when the first prize winning member 15400 is removed from the base plate 60, the end of the hook-shaped portion 15431 on the side of the bent distal end is positioned at the same height as the hook-shaped portion 15431 as described above. 2413, after removing the countersunk screw N2 that fastens the first prize winning member 15400 and the base plate 60, the through hole 2413 of the first prize winning member 15400 has an outer shape larger than that of the through hole 2413. By inserting a columnar jig with a small diameter, the hook-shaped portion 15431 can be elastically deformed and removed.

That is, for example, it is not necessary to open the game board 13 and release the engagement of the hook-shaped part 15431 from the rear side thereof, and the engagement of the hook-shaped part 15431 can be released while the game board 13 is closed. can. Therefore, the workability of removing the first winning member 15400 from the game board 13 can be improved. With the game board 13 closed, the replacement of the first winning member 15400 can be completed from the front.

In addition, since the inside of the hole for releasing the engagement of the hook-shaped portion 15431a can be hidden from the player during the normal game state, the design of the game board 13 can be ensured.

Next, with reference to FIG. 287, the first winning member 16400 in the 75th embodiment will be described. In the sixty-first embodiment, the rear side of the bulging portion 2420 of the first prize winning member 2400 is arranged on substantially the same plane as the rear surface of the base plate 60. However, in the seventy-fifth embodiment, the first prize winning member A bulging portion 16420 of 16400 protrudes to the rear side of the base plate 60 . In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

Figures 287(a) and 287(b) are sectional views of the game board 13 and the front frame 14 in the 75th embodiment. 287(a) and 287(b), illustration of the second winning member 2500 is omitted. 287(a) and 287(b) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 263(c). Furthermore, FIG. 287(a) shows a state in which the first winning member 16400 is attached to the base plate 60, and FIG. 287(b) shows a state in which the first winning member 16400 is removed from the base plate 60. be done.

As shown in FIG. 287(a), in the seventy-fifth embodiment, the first prize winning member 16400 includes a body portion 2410 formed from a horizontally long rectangular plate when viewed from the front, and the back side of the body portion 2410 (see FIG. 287(a)). 287 ( a ) upper side) and a game nail YK driven from the front side of the main body 2410 .

The bulge portion 16420 is formed to bulge on the back side of the main body portion 2410, and the width dimension L7 (see FIG. 287(a)) in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 287(a)) extends from the base plate 60. It is set larger than the distance dimension L8 (see FIG. 287(a)) from the head of the game nail YK to the glass unit 16 of the front frame 14 when the first winning member 16400 is arranged (L7>L8).

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 287(b), the countersunk screws N1 and N2 fastening the first prize winning member 16400 and the second prize winning member 2500 to the base plate 60 are removed, and the first prize winning member 16400 is moved to the front side (FIG. 287). (b) downward), it is possible to prevent the first winning member 16400 from slipping out of the base plate 60 and falling.

More specifically, the width L7 of the bulging portion is set larger than the distance L8 from the head of the game nail YK to the glass unit 13, so that the head of the game nail YK and the glass unit 13 come into contact with each other. When the first prize winning member 16400 is displaced by the maximum distance, at least a portion of the bulging portion 16420 can be positioned between the opposing concave portions 2060c. As a result, even when the first prize winning member 16400 is released from the base plate 60 , the glass unit 13 can be used to prevent the first prize winning member 16400 from coming off the base plate 60 .

Also, in this case, the tips of the game nails YK of the first winning member 16400 are brought into contact with the glass unit 13, so that the first winning member 16400 can be prevented from coming off the base plate 60. FIG. That is, the thickness dimension (dimension in the removal direction) of the first winning member 16400 can be reduced by the amount that the length of the game nail YK can be used.

Next, the seventy-sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 288 and 289. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the first winning member 2400 is only fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 has been described. match. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 288 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13 in the 76th embodiment. 289(a) is a front view of the game board 13, and FIG. 289(b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCLXXXIXb-CCLXXXIXb of FIG. 289(a). 288, illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted. Also, in FIGS. 288, 289(a) and 289(b), illustration of the second winning member 2500 is omitted.

As shown in FIGS. 288 and 289, the first winning member 17400 in the seventy-sixth embodiment includes a body portion 2410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and a rear side of the body portion 2410 (FIG. 289 ( b) the bulging portion 2420 bulging from the left side), the body portion 2410 and the ball plunger 17450 disposed on the upper surface side of the bulging portion 2420 (upper side surface in FIG. 289(b)), and the front side of the main body portion 2410 It is mainly provided with a game nail YK that is driven from.

The ball plunger 17450 includes a holding portion 17451 formed in a cylindrical shape and closed on one side (lower side in FIG. 289(b)), a spherical body 17452 disposed inside the holding portion 17451, and a It is mainly formed by including a spherical body 17452 and an elastic spring member 17453 disposed between one of the holding portions 17451 .

The holding part 17451 is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the inner diameter of the other open side (the upper side in FIG. 289(b)) is made smaller than the spherical body 17452 arranged inside. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the sphere 17452 from slipping out of the inside of the holding portion 17451 .

The spring member 17453 is a spirally wound spring, and is pre-compressed between the sphere 17452 and the bottom surface of the holding portion 17451 . As a result, the spherical body 17452 can be held in a state in which a portion of the sphere 17452 protrudes outside the holding portion 17451 .

The ball plunger 17450 is such that the upper end surface (open side surface) of the holding portion 17451 (the upper end surface in FIG. 289(b)) is on the same plane as the upper surfaces of the main body portion 2410 and the swelling portion 2420 of the first winning member 17400. be located. Further, the ball plunger 17450 is arranged at a substantially middle position in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 289(a)) of the main body portion 17410, and substantially at a middle position in the front-back direction (left and right direction in FIG. 289(b)) of the first winning member 2400. position.

The center frame 86 has a bent portion 17086a at its lower end (lower end in FIG. 289(b)) bent toward the rear side. A lower surface of the bent portion 17086 is formed with an inclined surface 17086a1 that is inclined upward toward the rear side.

In addition, the distance L9 between the inclined surface 17086a1 and the end face of the opposing base plate 60 from the approximate center position in the front-rear direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 289(b)) is It is formed smaller than the vertical dimension (vertical direction in FIG. 289(b)) of the first prize winning member 17400 when it is not in the closed state. Therefore, when the first winning member 17400 is arranged on the base plate 60 , the sphere 17452 can be inserted inside the holding portion 17451 .

In this case, since the inclined surface 17086a1 is inclined upward toward the back side as described above, the force by which the spherical body 17452 is pushed up by the spring member 17453 pushes the entire first winning member 17400 toward the back side (FIG. 289(b)). left).

Therefore, when the countersunk screw N2 that fastens and fixes the first prize winning member 17400 to the base plate 60 comes off due to an impact or the like, the first prize winning member 17400 falls to the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side in FIG. 289(b)). can be suppressed. As a result, when the countersunk screw N2 comes off during the game, the player can continue the game.

In addition, since the ball 17452 of the ball plunger 17450 is elastically supported by the spring member 17453, the ball 17452 can act as a mass body for the input when the game ball collides with the game nail YK. can be done. That is, the ball plunger 17450 can function as a dynamic damper. As a result, the vibration caused by the collision of the game ball with the game nail YK can be suppressed, and the breakage of the game nail YK and the first winning member 17400 can be suppressed. In particular, the expansion and contraction direction of the spring member 17453 (the direction of elastic support of the sphere 17452) is the vertical direction, and coincides with the falling direction of the game ball (that is, the direction of impact on the game nail YK). It is possible to effectively exhibit the function (damage prevention) as a dynamic damper against collision.

Next, the seventy-seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 290 to 292. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, it is necessary to remove the second prize winning member 2500 when removing the first prize winning member 2400 from the base plate 60. However, in the 77th embodiment, the first prize winning member 18400 is removed. When removing from the base plate 60, the work of removing the second prize winning member 2500 is unnecessary. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 290 and 291, the overall configuration of the game board 13 in the 77th embodiment will be described. FIG. 290(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 77th embodiment, and FIG. 290(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCXCb-CCXCb of FIG. 290(a). 291 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. Note that FIG. 291 shows a state in which the center frame 86 is removed. In addition, in FIGS. 290 and 291, the outlines of the first winning member 18400 and the base plate 60 are simplified.

As shown in FIGS. 290 and 291, the base plate 60 in the seventy-seventh embodiment includes a recessed portion 18060c recessed downward (downward in FIG. 290(a)) from the center opening side to which the center frame 86 is attached, Recessed portions extending from the front side (the right side in FIG. 290(b)) to the back side (the left side in FIG. 290(b)) while continuing to both ends of the recessed portion 18060c in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 290(a)). 18060d, and a second recessed portion 18060j that is recessed downward so as to be continuous with the central portion of the recessed portion 18060c in the left-right direction.

The recessed portion 18060c is formed in a horizontally long rectangular shape in front view by recessing from the central opening side, and its shape in front view is substantially the same as the shape in rear view of the bulging portion 18420 of the first winning member 18400 described later. set.

The recessed portions 18060d are formed continuously at both ends in the left-right direction of the recessed portion 18060c, and are recessed from the front side to the rear side of the base plate 60 to substantially the central position in the plate thickness direction. In addition, the recessed portion 18060d is a portion that accommodates a part of the main body portion 18410 of the first prize winning member 18400 described later (the portion that protrudes downward from the bulging portion 18420). It is recessed downward with substantially the same recess dimension as the amount of protrusion of the protruding body portion 18410 .

A fastening hole 1860d4 penetrating from the front side to the back side is formed in the recessed portion 18060d. The fastening hole 18060d4 is internally formed with a female thread for screwing a countersunk screw N2 that fastens and fixes the first winning member 18400 to the base plate 60. As shown in FIG.

The second recessed portion 18060j is an opening that allows the game ball that has flowed into the first winning port 64 of the second winning member 2500 to flow to the back side of the base plate 60, and is the first winning port of the second winning member 2500. It is recessed below 64 .

The winning opening unit 18300 includes a first winning member 18400 disposed inside the recessed portion 18060c of the base plate 60, and a front side of the first winning member 18400 and the base plate 60 (right side of FIG. 290(b)). and a second winning member 2500 provided.

The first prize-winning member 18400 includes a main body portion 18410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 18420 bulging from the back side of the main body portion 18410 (the left side in FIG. 290(b)), and a main body. A game nail YK driven from the part 18410 side (front side) is mainly included.

The body portion 18410 is formed with through holes 18413 penetrating in the front-rear direction at both ends in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 290(a)) of the lower end (lower side in FIG. 290(a)). be. The through hole 18413 is formed coaxially with the fastening hole 1860d4 formed in the recess 18060d. As a result, the countersunk screw N2 inserted through the through hole 18413 is screwed into the fastening hole 1860d4 so that the first winning member 18400 can be fastened and fixed to the base plate 60. FIG.

Also, the through hole 18413 is formed so as to increase in diameter toward the front side into which the countersunk screw N2 is inserted. Thereby, the head of the countersunk screw N2 can be inserted inside the through hole 18413 . As a result, when the first winning member 18413 is fastened to the base plate 60, the tip of the game nail YK can be prevented from protruding into the game area.

The upper end of the bulging portion 18420 is flush with the upper end of the main body portion 18410 , and the lower end of the main body portion 18400 protrudes downward from the lower end of the bulging portion 18420 . In addition, the bulging portion 18420 is formed over the entire area of the main body portion 18400 in the left-right direction.

A part of the center frame 86 arranged in the central opening of the base plate 60 is the upper end portion of the first prize winning member 18400 (Fig. 290 (b ) upper end) and a portion (front protruding portion) overlapping in the front-rear direction (left-right direction in FIG. 290(b)). Therefore, the center frame 86 can restrict the movement of the first prize winning member 18400 in the direction of pulling out, so that the shape of the base plate 60 can be simplified and its formation can be facilitated. The second winning member 2500 and the center frame 86 are preferably arranged on both sides of the first winning member 18400 in the gravity direction. This is because the shape of the base plate 60 can be simplified.

In addition, the center frame 86 is positioned at a predetermined distance from the upper end surface of the first prize winning member 18400 in a state where the first prize winning member 18400 is arranged on the base plate 60, and extends from the front projecting portion toward the rear side. A projecting protrusion 18086b is formed.

In addition, in the state where the first prize winning member 18400 is arranged on the base plate 60, the distance dimension L10 (see FIG. 290(b)) between the protrusion 18086b and the first prize winning member 18400 is the first prize winning member It is set larger than the vertical dimension L11 (see FIG. 290(b)) of the area where the 18400 and the second winning member 2500 overlap in the longitudinal direction.

Next, referring to FIG. 292, a procedure for removing the first winning member 18400 from the base plate 60 will be described. 292(a) to 292(c) are sectional views of the game board 13. FIG. 292(a) to 292(c) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 290(b). Also, FIGS. 292(a) to 292(c) illustrate transition states in order when the first winning member 18400 is removed.

First, as shown in FIG. 292(a), when removing the first winning member 18400, the countersunk screw N2 that fastens and fixes the first winning member 18400 to the base plate 60 is removed.

Secondly, as shown in FIG. 292(b), the first winning member 18400 is lifted upward with respect to the base plate 60. Then, as shown in FIG. As described above, the distance dimension L10 between the protrusion 18086b and the first prize winning member 18400 facing each other is greater than the vertical dimension L11 of the area where the first prize winning member 18400 and the second prize winning member 2500 overlap in the front-rear direction. 292(b)) can be positioned above the second winning member 2500 by lifting the first winning member 18400 upward.

Therefore, by rotating the lower end of the first prize winning member 18400 forward from the state shown in FIG. can be positioned forward of the front surface of the base plate 60 . Finally, the upper end of the first winning member 18400 can be pulled out from the base plate 60 by pulling out the lower end of the first winning member 18400 in the lateral direction of the main body 18410 . When attaching the first winning member 18400, the first winning member 18400 can be attached to the base plate 60 by performing the reverse procedure.

Therefore, when the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 18400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls out of the first prize winning member 18400, the defective first prize winning member 18400 is removed and a new (normal) first prize winning member is replaced. It can be repaired by installing 18400.

Here, a first game board member (base plate 60) and a second game board member (first winning member 18400) arranged on the first game board member and forming the game board together with the first game board member A gaming machine equipped with such a device is known. According to such a game machine, since the second game board member is fastened and fixed to the first game board member by the screw member (countersunk screw N2), the screw member may be removed illegally or carelessly caused by vibration during the game. If it becomes loose, the second game board member may fall off from the first game board member. On the other hand, the applicant of the present application disposes the second member on the first game board member in a state of being superimposed on a part of the second game board member, so that the engagement between the two by the overlapped part The present inventors have come up with a technique to prevent the second game board member from falling off from the first game board member (unknown at the time of the filing of the present application).

However, with the above-described technique, when performing the replacement work of the second game board member, it is necessary to remove not only the second game board member but also the second member from the game board. , there is a problem that the replacement work of the second game board member becomes complicated.

On the other hand, according to the seventy-seventh embodiment, the first prize winning member 18400 is detachable while the second prize winning member 2500 is held by the base plate 60. The replacement work of the first winning member 18400 can be simplified. That is, since it is not necessary to remove the second prize winning member 2500 from the base plate 60, the number of man-hours required for the process of reattaching the second prize winning member 2500 is reduced, and the operator does not lose the second prize winning member 2500. Also, it is possible to prevent the second winning member 2500 from being attached incorrectly.

That is, the second prize winning member 2500 is arranged at a position where movement in the direction in which the first prize winning member 18400 is pulled out can be regulated, and the first prize winning member 18400 is pulled out by moving upward, which is different from the direction in which the first prize winning member 18400 is pulled out. Since movement in the direction is permitted, the first winning member 18400 can be removed without removing the second winning member 2500 from the base plate 60 . Also, the first prize winning member 18400 can be attached while the second prize winning member is arranged on the base plate 60 . Therefore, the man-hours can be reduced accordingly, and the replacement work of the first winning member 18400 can be simplified.

In addition, since the direction of movement of the first winning member 18400 in the drawing direction is allowed to be parallel to the direction of gravity, the movement of the first winning member 18400 in the drawing direction is restricted by the second winning member 2500. The state in which the first prize winning member 18400 is placed in a possible position can be maintained by the weight of the first prize winning member 18400 (action of gravity). That is, even if the countersunk screw N2 that fixes the first prize winning member 18400 to the base plate 60 is illegally removed or is unnecessarily loosened due to vibration during the game, the first prize winning member 18400 is partially secured to the second prize winning member. Since it is maintained in a position where it overlaps with the prize winning member 2500 (a position where movement in the drawing direction is restricted), the first prize winning member 18400 falls off the base plate 60 due to the engagement of the two by the overlapped portion. can be suppressed.

Furthermore, the first prize winning member 18400 has the lower end portion of the main body portion 18410 disposed between the rear surface of the base portion 2510 of the second prize winning member 2500 and the front surface of the recess portion 18060d. It is possible to prevent the first winning member 18400 from falling to the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side in FIG. 290(b)) when the countersunk screw N2 that fastens and fixes the 18400 comes off due to impact or the like. As a result, even if the countersunk screw N2 comes off while the player is playing the game, the player can continue playing the game.

Next, the seventy-eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 294 and 295. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, it is necessary to remove the second prize winning member 2500 when removing the first prize winning member 2400 from the base plate 60. However, in the 78th embodiment, the first prize winning member 19400 is removed. When removing from the base plate 60, the work of removing the second winning member 19500 is unnecessary. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 293 and 294, the overall configuration of the game board 13 in the 78th embodiment will be described. FIG. 293 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13 in the 78th embodiment. 294(a) is a front view of the game board 13, and FIG. 294(b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCXCIVb-CCXCIVb of FIG. 294(a). Note that FIG. 293 shows a state in which the center frame 86 is removed. 293 and 295, the outlines of the first winning member 18400 and the base plate 60 are simplified.

As shown in FIGS. 293 and 294, the winning opening unit 19300 in the seventy-eighth embodiment includes a first winning member 2400 disposed inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60, the first winning member 2400 and and a second winning member 19500 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side in FIG. 294(b)).

The second prize winning member 19500 includes a base portion 19510 formed from a rhombic plate-like body when viewed from the front, a ball winning portion 320 protruding from the front side of the base portion 19510 (the right side in FIG. 294(b)), and a base. It mainly includes a passage forming member 19330 located on the opposite side of the ball winning portion 320 with the portion 19510 interposed therebetween.

The base portion 19510 is set to be larger in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 294(a)) than the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60 when viewed from the front. As a result, the base portion 19510 can be arranged on the front side (the right side in FIG. 294(b)) of the recessed portion 2060c, and the left and right ends of the base portion 2510 can be brought into contact with the front surface of the base plate 60. FIG.

The base portion 19510 has an opening portion 311 opened in the plate thickness direction (left and right direction in FIG. 294(b)) at a substantially central position when viewed from the front, and sliding grooves 19512 penetrating in the plate thickness direction at both ends in the left and right direction. Formed by the Lord.

The sliding groove 19512 is formed to extend in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 294(a)), and the inner surface of the sliding groove 19512 extends inward from the front side to the rear side (back side of the paper surface in FIG. 294(a)). Formed at an angle. The sliding groove 19512 is an opening through which the countersunk screw N1 for fastening and fixing the second prize winning member 19500 to the base plate 60 is inserted. formed large.

In addition, the slide groove 19512 is formed at its lower end (lower end in FIG. 294(a)) with an accommodating portion 19512a formed on a sloped surface having an outer shape larger than the head of the countersunk screw N2. Further, the accommodating portion 19512a is set on the same axis as the countersunk screw N2 when the second winning member 19500 is arranged at the arrangement position of the base plate 60 (the position shown in FIG. 294). Thereby, the position where the second winning member 19500 is attached can be determined. Also, since the sliding groove 19512 extends vertically, by weakening the fastening of the countersunk screw N1, the second winning member 19500 can be moved downward from the position shown in FIG.

The passage forming member 19330 is formed to protrude from the periphery of the opening 311 of the base member 19310 toward the rear side. The passage forming member 19330 is formed in a substantially U shape in which the lower side is curved when viewed from the rear, and a space large enough to insert a game ball is formed inside. As a result, the game ball that has flowed into the first winning port 64 can be thrown to the back side of the passage forming member 19330 and to the passage member 19800 communicating with the back side of the passage forming member 19330 .

In addition, the passage forming member 19330 has extending portions 19340 protruding into the interior of the passage member 19800 to be described later from the rear ends of the wall surfaces on both left and right sides (both left and right sides in FIG. 294(a)). The extensions 19340 are composed of a pair of rod-shaped protrusions 19341 that protrude toward the rear side (left side in FIG. 294(b)) from the both ends of the wall surfaces on both the left and right sides of the passage forming member 330, and the protruding distal ends of the pair of protrusions 19341. and a metal body 19343 connected to the connecting portion 19342 and extending downward.

The protruding portion 19341 protrudes from the upper end portion of the passage forming member 19330 to the back side, and the protruding tip side thereof is inserted inside an opening 19811 of the passage member 19800 described later. Further, the protruding portion 19341 is positioned approximately in the middle of the space formed inside the passage member 19800 in the front-rear direction.

The connecting portion 19342 is formed of a rod-like body, and both ends thereof are connected to the projecting tips of the pair of projecting portions 19341 respectively. A groove into which a metal body 19343 to be described later is press-fitted and connected is formed in the lower surface of the connecting portion 19342 . Note that the connection between the connecting portion 19342 and the metal body 19343 is not limited to press-fitting, and may be connected by adhesion, screw fastening, or the like.

The metal body 19343 is a plate member made of a metal material (iron in this embodiment), and the width dimension in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 294(a)) is the width of the internal space of the passage member 19800 described later. It is set smaller than the dimension. In addition, the metal body 19343 is disposed in a state of being inclined toward the rear side (left side in FIG. 294(b)) as it goes downward (lower side in FIG. 294(b)) while connected to the connecting portion 19342 .

The metal body 19343 is located above the lower end surface of the passage forming member 19330 in the state where the second winning member 19500 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60, and is the shortest distance to the lower surface of the opening 19811 of the passage member 19800. The distance dimension L11 (see FIG. 294(b)) is set larger than the outer diameter of the game ball. As a result, when the game ball that has flowed into the first prize winning port 64 of the second prize winning member 19500 rolls on the passage forming member 19330 and is thrown to the inside of the passage member 19800, the game ball is pushed into the passage forming member 330. It can collide with the front side.

Therefore, it is not necessary to collide the game ball with the inner wall of the passage member 19800 to change the throw direction of the game ball. Moreover, since the metal body 19343 is made of iron and has higher rigidity than the resin forming the passage member 19800, it is possible to suppress the passage member 19800 from being damaged. Furthermore, when the metal body 19343 is damaged, the metal body 19343 can be replaced by removing the countersunk screw N1 that fastens the second winning member 19500 to the base plate 60 . Therefore, the repair of the metal body 19343 can be simplified.

Note that the metal body 19343 is not limited to iron. Other members may be employed as long as they are materials that can be detected by the sensor device SE, which will be described later. For example, it may be made of aluminum, stainless steel, or the like.

The passage member 19800 has a vertically elongated rectangular parallelepiped shape and an internal space inside. The passage member 19800 is arranged on the upper end side of the inner space of the passage member 19800 extending in the vertical direction, and the opening 19811 that opens at the upper end portion of the front side (the right side in FIG. 294(b)) and communicates the inner space with the outside. and a sensor device SE.

The opening 19811 is formed on the back side of the first winning port 64 (left side in FIG. 294(b)) when the passage member 19800 is arranged on the game board 13 . As a result, the game ball thrown from the first winning member 64 to the rear side can be thrown inside (internal space) of the passage member 19800 through the opening 19811 .

The sensor device SE is a member that detects the number of game balls passing inside the passage member 19800, and has an opening that has an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the game ball and penetrates in the vertical direction.

The passage member 19800 is attached to the base plate 60 by inserting a screw (not shown) from the back side and screwing the screw into the back side of the base plate 60 .

Next, referring to FIG. 295, displacement of the second winning member 19500 will be described. 295(a) is a front view of the game board 13, and FIG. 295(b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCXCVb-CCXCVb of FIG. 295(a). 295(a) and 295(b) show a state in which the countersunk screw N1 that fastens the second winning member 19500 to the base plate 60 is loosened.

As shown in FIG. 295, when the countersunk screw N1 that fastens the second prize winning member 19500 is loosened, the head of the countersunk screw N1 moves slightly away from the front surface of the second prize winning member 19500, so that the tip of the countersunk screw N1 ( shaft portion) can slide inside the sliding groove 19512, and the second winning member 19500 can be displaced downward.

As a result, the first prize winning member 2400 and the second prize winning member 19500 can be arranged at positions that do not overlap in the front-rear direction. Therefore, when the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 2400 is broken or when the game nail YK falls off the first prize winning member 2400, the defective first prize winning member 19500 can be removed without removing the second prize winning member 19500 from the base plate 60. It can be repaired by removing the winning member 2400 and attaching a new (normal) first winning member 2400 .

That is, the second prize winning member 19500 is arranged on the base plate 60 so as to be displaceable between a restriction position for restricting removal of the first prize winning member 2400 and a permitting position for permitting removal of the first prize winning member 2400. , the first winning member 2400 can be removed without removing the second winning member 19500 from the game board 13 . Also, the first prize winning member 2400 can be attached while the second prize winning member 19500 is arranged on the base member. Therefore, the man-hours can be reduced accordingly, and the replacement work of the first winning member 2400 can be simplified. Furthermore, since the second prize winning member 19500 is not removed from the base plate 60, it is possible to prevent forgetting to attach the second prize winning member 19500 when the first prize winning member 2400 is replaced.

Furthermore, since the allowable position of the second prize winning member 19500 that allows removal of the first prize winning member 2400 is set below the regulated position in the gravity direction, the second prize winning member 19500 is maintained at the allowable position by its own weight. be able to. That is, when exchanging the first prize winning member 2400, the operator does not need to hold the second prize winning member 19500 at the allowable position. Therefore, the man-hours can be suppressed and the replacement work of the first winning member 2400 can be simplified.

Also, when the second prize winning member 19500 is displaced downward, the shortest distance dimension L12 (see FIG. 295(b)) between the front surface of the metal body 19343 and the lower surface of the opening 19811 of the passage member 19800 is It is made smaller than the outer diameter of the game ball. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the game ball from passing through the passage member 19800 when the second prize winning member 19500 is forgotten to be returned to the normal position after replacing the first prize winning member 2400 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from being able to play in a state in which the player has an advantage.

In addition, as a state in which the player is advantageous, the second winning member 19500 is positioned downward and separated from the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 2400, and the game ball flowing down the game area is A state in which the first winning port 64 is won without being hindered by the game nail YK is exemplified.

Furthermore, when the second prize winning member 19500 is displaced downward, the metal body 19343 of the extension portion 19340 connected to the second prize winning member 19500 is moved downward and arranged inside the opening of the sensor device SE. be. Since the metal body 19343 is made of a material that can be detected by the sensor device SE, if the second prize winning member 19500 is forgotten to return to the normal position (the position shown in FIG. 294) after the first prize winning member 2400 is replaced, , a state in which the sensor device SE can detect the metal body 19343 can be formed. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 monitors the detection state of the sensor device SE, and if the detection continues for a predetermined time or longer, it is possible to detect a state in which the second winning member 19500 has been forgotten to return to the predetermined position. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can notify the clerk of the abnormal state (for example, abnormal sound, special light emission, etc.).

Therefore, when the second winning member 19500 is placed at the allowable position, the metal body 19343 is placed at a position detectable by the sensor device SE. , it can be detected that the second winning member 19500 remains in the allowable position (that is, forgetting to return it to the regulating position). That is, while the time during which the sensor device SE is turned on (or turned off) when the ball passes through is relatively short, the sensor device SE is kept in the allowable position while the second winning member 19500 remains in the allowable position. Since the time during which the SE is turned on (or turned off) continues, when the sensor device SE is turned on (or turned off) over a predetermined time (threshold value), the second winning member 19500 is arranged at the allowable position. It can be judged that the state is as it is.

As a result, it is possible to prevent forgetting to return the second prize winning member 19500 to the normal position after replacing the first prize winning member 2400 . In addition, even if the countersunk screw N1 is loosened while the player is playing the game and the second winning member 19500 is displaced downward, the clerk can be notified, so that the player does not notice the abnormal state. If not, you can let the store clerk know. Therefore, when the countersunk screw N1 is loosened and the second winning member 19500 is in an abnormal position, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged by continuing the game.

In addition, when the detecting portion is made of a metal material and the second prize winning member 19500 is arranged at the regulating position, a part of the inner wall of the passage through which the game ball passes is formed by the metal body 19343, so the durability of the passage is improved. It is possible to improve the quality.

In addition, a part of the second passage in the first passage and the second passage that is bent and connected to the downstream side of the first passage (the game ball that flows down from the first passage collides) portion) is preferably formed of metal body 193943 . This is because it is possible to effectively improve the durability by reinforcing the parts that are likely to be damaged.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 296 and 297, the second winning member 20500 in the 79th embodiment will be described. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the first prize winning member 2400 and the second prize winning member 2500 are separately removed has been described. be In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 296(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 79th embodiment, and FIG. 296(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCXCVIb-CCXCVIb in FIG. 296(a). 297 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13. FIG. Note that FIG. 297 shows a state in which the center frame 86 is removed.

As shown in FIGS. 296 and 297, the winning opening unit 20300 in the seventy-ninth embodiment includes a first winning member 20400 disposed inside the recessed portion 2060c of the base plate 60, the first winning member 20400 and the first winning member 20400. and a second winning member 20500 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 296(b)).

The first prize-winning member 20400 includes a body portion 20410 formed of a plate-like body that is rectangular in front view, a bulging portion 2420 that bulges from the back side of the body portion 20410 (upper side in FIG. 296(b)), and a body portion. 20410 side (front side) is mainly provided with a game nail YK.

The body portion 20410 and the bulging portion 2420 have a recessed portion 20432 recessed from bottom to top at a substantially central position in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 296(b)). A through hole 2413 is formed through which a countersunk screw N2 for fastening the first winning member 20400 to the base plate 60 is inserted.

The concave portion 20432 is formed to be larger than the lateral dimension (left and right direction in FIG. 296(b)) of the passage forming member 330 of the second prize winning member 20500 described later, and extends from the front side to the back side of the first prize winning member 20400. Formed continuously. Thus, when the second prize winning member 20500 is arranged in front of the first prize winning member 20400, the passage forming member 330 can be inserted and arranged inside the recess 20432.

In addition, since the recessed portion 20432 is formed with an open bottom, by passing through such an open portion, it is integrated with the base plate 60 (that is, a state in which the recessed portion 20432 and an engaging portion 20513 described later are engaged). It is possible to easily perform the work of disassembling the first winning member 20400 and the second winning member 20500 removed in .

The second prize winning member 20500 includes a base portion 20510 formed from a rhombic plate-like body when viewed from the front, a ball winning portion 320 protruding from the front side of the base portion 2510 (lower side in FIG. 296(b)), It mainly includes a passage forming member 330 located on the opposite side of the ball winning portion 320 with the base portion 2510 interposed therebetween.

Engagement portions 20513 are formed on the base portion 2510 so as to protrude from the left and right edges on the upper end side of the opening portion 311 toward the rear side. The engaging portions 20513 are formed above both ends of the passage forming member 330 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 296(b)). The engaging portion 20513 is formed so as to protrude from the rear surface of the base portion 2510 toward the rear side (the upper side in FIG. 296(b)), and the projecting tip thereof is bent outward in the left-right direction.

In addition, the length L13 (see FIG. 296(b)) of the engagement portion 20513 protruding toward the rear side is set substantially equal to the thickness of the first winning member 20500 in the front-rear direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 296(b)). be. In addition, the engagement portion 20513 has a distance dimension L14 (see FIG. 296(b)) in the left-right direction on the base end side (the side of the base portion 20510 of the second prize winning member 20500), which corresponds to the concave portion 20432 of the first prize winning member 20400 described above. 20432, and the distance dimension L15 (see FIG. 296(b)) in the left-right direction on the bending tip side is set to be larger than the dimension between the recesses 20432 in the left-right direction. be. Thereby, the second winning member 20500 can be engaged with the first winning member 20400 .

Further, the engaging portion 20513 includes an elastic piece 20513b formed to be elastically deformable, a claw portion 20513c projecting from the elastic piece, and an inclined surface 20513a inclined from the back side to the front side toward the tip of the bending side. is formed. As a result, by bringing the inclined surface 20513a of the engaging portion 20513 into contact with the inner wall of the recess 20432, the second prize winning member 20500 can be arranged (inserted) from the front side of the first prize winning member 20400, By reaching, the engaging portion 20513 can be engaged with the first winning member 20400 .

According to the prize winning port unit 20300 configured as described above, when both the two game nails YK of the first prize winning member 20300 are broken and the first prize winning member 20400 is replaced, the second prize winning member 20500 is replaced with the base plate 60. The first winning member 20400 can be removed from the base plate 60 by removing it from the base plate 60 .

Here, a game machine is known which includes a first game board member (base plate 60) and a second game board member which is fastened and fixed to the first game board member to form a game board together with the first game board member. ing. According to such a game machine, since the second game board member can be attached to and detached from the first game board member, only the second game board member is replaced when a failure or damage occurs in the second game board member. Thus, replacement of the game board as a whole can be made unnecessary. However, the conventional game machine described above has a problem that the second game board member is difficult to remove from the first game board member. For example, in a second game board member in which a nail is implanted, a worker can remove the second game board member from the game board by grasping the nail. Since there is no gripping part on the second game board member, it becomes difficult to remove. This problem is particularly noticeable when the second game board member is embedded in the first game board member in such a manner that the game surfaces of the second game board member and the first game board member are flush with each other. becomes.

On the other hand, in the 79th embodiment, when at least the countersunk screw N2 is removed, the operator can directly or indirectly grasp the first prize winning member 20400. Therefore, the first prize winning member 20400 can be removed from the base plate 60 Can be easily removed.

That is, in the seventy-ninth embodiment, since the first prize winning member 20400 and the second prize winning member 20500 are arranged in a state of being engaged by the engaging portion 20513, both of the two game nails YK of the first prize winning member 20400 In the event of breakage, the countersunk screws N1 and N2 are removed, and the second winning member 20500 disposed on the front side of the base plate 60 is held with fingers and pulled out to the front side, thereby removing the first winning member. 20400 can be removed from the base plate 60 at the same time. As a result, replacement of the first winning member 20400 can be facilitated.

Further, the engaging portion 20513 includes an elastic piece 205013b formed to be elastically deformable and a claw portion 20513c projecting from the elastic piece, and the claw portion 20513c is formed to be engageable with the recess 20432. Therefore, even when the first prize winning member 20400 and the second prize winning member 20500 are attached separately, the engaging portion 20513 and the concave portion 20432 can be engaged by utilizing the elastic deformation of the elastic piece 20513b. Therefore, it is not necessary to attach the first prize winning member 20400 or the second prize winning member 20500 to the base plate 60 in an integrated state. It is possible to improve the quality.

Also, when it is necessary to remove the first prize winning member 20400, the first prize winning member 20400 can be removed from the base plate 60 by holding and pulling out the second prize winning member 20500 without holding the first prize winning member 20400 with a finger. Since it can be removed, it is possible to prevent the game nail YK of the first winning member 20400 from being held by the operator. As described above, the game nail YK is a portion that is adjusted to a size that allows the game ball to be inserted between the two, so when removing the first winning member 20400, the game nail YK is held with a finger. Otherwise, there is a risk that the adjustment will go wrong (the game nail YK will bend).

On the other hand, in the winning opening unit 20300, the second winning member 20500 and the first winning member 20400 can be removed at the same time, so that the first winning member 20400 can be removed from the base plate 60 without holding the game nail YK. can be removed. Therefore, when the first winning member 20400 is removed, it is possible to prevent the game nail YK from being out of adjustment (the game nail YK is bent).

Next, the base plate 60 in the 80th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 298 and 299. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the first prize winning member 2400 is directly arranged on the base plate 60 has been described, but in the 80th embodiment, the elastic member 21510 is provided between the first prize winning member 2400 and the base plate 60. be intervened. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 298(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 80th embodiment, and FIG. 298(b) is a sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCXCVIIIb-CCXCVIIIb in FIG. 298(a). 299(a) and 299(b) are cross-sectional views of the game board 13 taken along line CCXCIXa-CCXCIXa in FIG. 298(a). 298 and 299 show a state in which the second winning member 2500 is removed.

As shown in FIGS. 298 and 299, the base plate 60 in the 80th embodiment is arranged around the central opening (center frame 86) side of the recessed portion 2060c from the front side (FIG. 298(a) front side of the paper surface) to the rear side. A recessed portion 21060d recessed toward the side is formed.

The hollow portion 21060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the first winning member 2400 when viewed from the front. Thereby, the first winning member 2400 can be inserted and disposed inside the recess 21060d. The recess 21060d mainly includes an annular projection 2060d1 projecting forward and a curved portion 21060d9 recessed in a semicircular shape from the front toward the rear.

The curved portion 21060d9 is a concave portion into which an elastic member 21510, which will be described later, is inserted, and is curved in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 299(a)). Further, the curved portion 21060d9 is set such that the maximum recessed distance toward the back side is larger than the radius of the elastic member 21510 described later. Further, the curved portion 21060d9 has upper and lower (up and down in FIG. 298(a)) ends (inner walls) formed on planes parallel to the horizontal direction.

The elastic member 21510 is formed in a cylindrical shape from a rubber material. In addition, the elastic member 21510 is formed such that its axial dimension is smaller than the vertical dimension of the curved portion 21060d9. Therefore, the elastic member 21510 can be arranged vertically inside the curved portion 21060d9.

In addition, as described above, the elastic member 21510 is formed so that its radius is smaller than the maximum recessed distance to the rear side of the curved portion 21060d9. Therefore, when the elastic member 21510 is arranged inside the curved portion 21060d9, the elastic member 21510 can be arranged by being placed on the lower surface (lower wall surface) of the curved portion 21060d9. Therefore, the elastic member 21510 can be easily arranged, and the elastic member 21510 can stand on its own until the body portion 2410 is arranged.

Further, the elastic member 21510 is formed to have a diameter larger than the maximum recess distance to the rear side of the curved portion 21060d9. As a result, when the elastic member 21510 is disposed inside the curved portion 21060d9, a portion of the elastic member 21510 can be protruded forward of the recessed portion 2060d.

The first winning member 2400 is arranged inside the concave portion 2060c from the front side in a state where the elastic member 21510 is arranged on the base plate 60 . As a result, the first winning member 2400 can be arranged on the base plate 60 while the elastic member 21510 is elastically compressed and deformed.

According to the game board 13 configured as described above, in a state where the first winning member 2400 is arranged on the base plate 60 and fixed by fastening the countersunk screw N2, the body portion 2410 of the first winning member 2400 moves the elastic member 21510. can be pressed and elastically deformed. Therefore, when replacing the first prize winning member 2400, if the countersunk screw N2 that fastens the first prize winning member 2400 is removed, the body portion 2410 of the first prize winning member 2400 is pushed forward by the elastic recovery force of the elastic member 21510. be Therefore, the first winning member 2400 can be protruded from the base plate 60 to form a step between them. Therefore, the operator can directly or indirectly grip the step, thereby making it easier to remove the first winning member 2400 from the base plate 60 .

Further, when both the game nails YK of the first prize winning member 2400 are broken and the first prize winning member 2400 is removed from the base plate 60, the first prize winning member 2400 is pushed out to the front side by removing the countersunk screw N2. By doing so, a portion for gripping the first winning member 2400 with a finger can be formed. As a result, the first winning member 2400 can be easily removed from the base plate 60 .

Furthermore, when removing the first prize winning member 2400, it is possible to grasp a portion other than the game nail YK, so when removing the first prize winning member 2400, it is possible to suppress bending of the game nail YK.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 300 and 301, the winning opening unit 22300 in the 81st embodiment will be described. In the 61st embodiment, the front surface of the main body 2410 is arranged on the same plane as the front surface of the base plate 60. In the 82nd embodiment, however, the protruding part 22433 protruding from the main body 2410 to the front side is described. is formed.

FIG. 300(a) is an exploded perspective view of a prize winning port unit 22300 in the eighty-first embodiment, and FIG. 300(b) is a front view of the game board 13. FIG. 301(a) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCCIa-CCCIa in FIG. 300(b), and FIG. 301(b) is a cross-section of the game board 13 along line CCCIb-CCCIb in FIG. 301(a). It is a diagram. In addition, in FIGS. 300(b), 301(a) and 301(b), the second prize winning member 22300 is seen transparently, and its outer shape is illustrated by chain lines.

As shown in FIGS. 300 and 301, the winning opening unit 22300 in the eighty-first embodiment includes a first winning member 22400 disposed inside the concave portion 2060c of the base plate 60, the first winning member 22400 and the first winning member 22400. and a second winning member 22500 arranged on the front side of the base plate 60 (right side in FIG. 296(a)).

The first prize-winning member 22400 includes a body portion 22410 formed of a rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 2420 bulging from the back side of the body portion 22410 (left side in FIG. 301(a)), and a body portion. 22410 side (front side) is mainly provided with a game nail YK.

The first prize-winning member 22400 is positioned below the game nail YK and protrudes forward from the opening 22434 that opens in a shape larger than the outer diameter of the game ball in the front-rear direction, and from the lower end side of the inner edge of the opening 22434. Primarily, it includes protruding portions 22433 and through holes 2413 formed at both ends in the left-right direction of the main body portion 22410 and through which countersunk screws N2 for fastening the first winning member 22400 to the base plate 60 are inserted.

The opening 22434 is formed on the back side of the opening 311 of the second prize winning member 22500, which will be described later. You can throw the ball to the side.

The protruding portion 22433 is formed to protrude from the opening 22434 toward the front side, and the upper surface thereof is inclined downward toward the rear side. Also, the protruding portion 22433 is set to have a protruding dimension that abuts on the rear side of the front wall 322 of the ball winning portion 320 .

The second prize winning member 22500 mainly includes a base portion 2510 formed from a rhombic plate-like body when viewed from the front, and a ball winning portion 320 protruding from the front side of the base portion 2510 (the right side in FIG. 301(a)). formed in preparation for

A groove portion 22322a into which the projecting portion 22433 is fitted is formed (recessed) at the lower end portion of the inner surface of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 . That is, the groove portion 22322a is formed on the front side of the projection portion 22433 described above, and the outer shape of the groove portion 22322a in a front view is set to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the projection portion 22433 . Thus, when the second prize winning member 22500 is arranged on the front side of the first prize winning member 22400, the second prize winning member 22500 can be positioned with respect to the first prize winning member 22400 by the projection 22433 and the groove 22321a.

Therefore, in a game state, the projecting portion 22433 is hidden from the player by the second prize winning member 22500 to improve the appearance, and in a state where the second prize winning member 22500 is removed, the operator can grasp the projecting portion 22433. The constituent members can be easily removed from the game board.

In addition, as described above, the protrusion 22433 is formed such that its upper surface slopes downward toward the back side, so that the game ball that has flowed into the first winning port 64 is placed on the upper surface and rolls toward the back side. can be made Therefore, the groove 22321a and the projecting portion 22433 do not need to be provided separately, and can be used as portions for forming the passage, so that the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

According to the ball winning unit 22300 formed as described above, when both the game nails YK of the first winning member 22400 are broken and the first winning member 22400 is replaced, the first winning member 22400 from the base plate 60 Can be easily removed.

More specifically, the first prize winning member 22400 is arranged so that the base plate 60 and the front surface are flush with each other. disappears. Therefore, it becomes difficult to remove the first winning member 22400 from the base plate 60 when both of the game nails YK are broken.

On the other hand, in the 81st embodiment, since the first winning member 22400 is formed with a protruding portion 22433 that protrudes toward the front side, if the two game nails YK of the first winning member 22400 are broken, By removing the second winning member 22500, the projecting portion 22433 can be projected to the front surface of the base plate 60. As shown in FIG. Therefore, it is possible to remove the first winning member 22400 from the base plate 60 by holding the projecting portion 22433 with a finger. As a result, replacement of the first winning member 22400 can be facilitated.

Furthermore, when removing the first prize winning member 22400, it is possible to grasp a portion other than the game nail YK, so when removing the first prize winning member 22400, it is possible to suppress the bending of the game nail YK.

In addition, as described above, the projecting portion 22433 can position the second winning member 22400 by being fitted (fitted inside) in the groove portion 22321a, and the game ball that has flowed into the first winning port 64 can be positioned on the back side. It can be used as a rolling surface that rolls to the side. Therefore, since there is no need to newly form a portion for positioning the second prize winning member 22400 and a portion for rolling the game ball, the manufacturing cost of the prize winning port unit 22300 can be reduced.

Here, in this embodiment, since the relative position between the game nail YK planted in the first prize winning member 22400 and the projecting portion 22433 is constant, a stable game can be provided to the player. That is, in the conventional product in which the projecting portion 22433 is integrally formed with the winning opening unit 22300, the mounting position of the winning opening unit 22300 with respect to the first winning member 22400 may vary due to the dimensional tolerance of each part and the work tolerance during the mounting work. , the relative position between the projecting portion 22433 and the game nail YK is not constant. Therefore, depending on their positional relationship, even if the ball passes between the pair of game nails YK of the first prize winning member 22400 and enters the first prize winning port 64, it may rebound depending on the collision position with the projecting portion 22433. As a result, it sometimes jumps out of the first prize winning port 64.例文帳に追加

On the other hand, in this embodiment, since the projecting portion 22433 is disposed (integrally formed) on the first prize winning member 22400, the game nail YK implanted in the first prize winning member 22400 and the projecting portion 22433 are positioned relative to each other. Position can be fixed. Therefore, the rebounding described above can be suppressed, and a stable game can be provided to the player.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 302 and 303, the first winning member 23400 in the 82nd embodiment will be described. In the 61st embodiment, the holding member was not attached when removing the first prize winning member 2400, but in the 82nd embodiment, the first prize winning member 23400 is attached A holding member 23450 is provided to hold the .

302(a) is a perspective front view of the first winning member 23400 in the 82nd embodiment, and FIG. 302(b) is a front view of the game board 13. FIG. 303(a) and 303(b) are cross-sectional views of the game board 13 taken along line CCCIIIa-CCCIIIa in FIG. 302(a). In addition, in FIG. 302(b), the second winning member 2500 is seen transparently, and its outer shape is illustrated with a dashed line. Also, FIG. 303(b) shows a state in which the second winning member 2500 is removed.

As shown in FIGS. 302 and 303, the first prize winning member 23400 in the 82nd embodiment includes a body portion 23410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and a body portion 23410 protruding from the back side. It is formed by mainly including a bulging portion 2420 and a game nail YK that is driven from the body portion 23410 thereof.

The body portion 23410 has a second through hole 23435 positioned below the game nail YK and penetrating in the front-rear direction, a holding member 23450 inserted into the second through hole 23400, and first winning members 23400 at both ends in the left and right direction. to the base plate 60 and a through hole 2413 through which the countersunk screw N2 is inserted.

The second through hole 23435 is formed in a circular shape and penetrates in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 303(a)). The second through hole 23435 has a large diameter portion 23435a formed on the front side and a small diameter portion 23435a formed on the back side (left side in FIG. 303(a)) with an inner diameter smaller than that on the front side (right side in FIG. 303(a)). 23435b. Also, the second through hole 23435 is formed at a position where its axis overlaps the second winning member 2500 in the front-rear direction.

The large-diameter portion 23435a is a through hole into which a head portion 23451 of a holding member 23450 described later is inserted, and is formed with an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the head portion 23451 . The small-diameter portion 23435b is a through-hole through which the shaft portion 23452 of the holding member 23450, which will be described later, is inserted.

The holding member 23450 includes a columnar head 23451 and a columnar shaft portion coaxially arranged with the head 23451 and having an outer diameter smaller than the outer diameter of the head 23451. 234542 and a groove portion 23453 recessed on the back side of the shaft portion 23452 .

The head 23451 is formed so that its axial length (horizontal direction length in FIG. 303(a)) is smaller than the axial length of the large diameter portion 23435a. In addition, the outer diameter of the coil spring SP disposed around the shaft portion 23452 is formed to be larger. As a result, when the head 23451 is inserted into the second through hole 23435, the coil spring SP can be prevented from slipping out to the front side.

As described above, the shaft portion 23452 is a member that is inserted into the second through hole 23435 and slides in the front-rear direction inside the small diameter portion 23435b. be done.

The groove portion 23453 is a groove for mounting the E-ring 23454 and is formed along the circumferential direction of the shaft portion 23452 with a width slightly larger than the plate thickness of the E-ring 23454 . The groove 23453 is formed on the rear side of the shaft 23452, and the E ring 23454 is attached with the groove 23453 projecting from the rear side of the second through hole 23453 (left side in FIG. 303(a)).

The E-ring 23454 is formed to have a larger outer diameter than the small-diameter portion 23435b of the second through hole 23453 . Thereby, the state in which the holding member 23450 is arranged inside the second through hole 23435 can be maintained. A coil spring SP is arranged around the shaft portion 23452 . Therefore, the head 23451 is held while being biased toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 303) by the elastic recovery force of the coil spring SP.

Therefore, the first prize winning member 23400 is formed at a position where the axis of the second through hole 23435 overlaps the second prize winning member 2500 in the front-rear direction. The head portion 23451 of the holding member 23450 is pressed rearward by the base portion 2510 of the second winning member 2500 . As a result, the coil spring SP is contracted, and the head 23451 of the holding member 23450 is placed inside the large diameter portion 23435a.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 303(b), when the second winning member 2500 is removed from the base plate 60, the elastic recovery force of the coil spring SP pushes the head 23451 of the holding member 23450 forward. Thereby, the holding member 23450 can be displaced to the front side.

Therefore, when both of the game nails YK of the first prize winning member 23400 are broken and the first prize winning member 23400 is to be replaced, the first prize winning member 23400 can be easily removed from the base plate 60 .

More specifically, the first prize winning member 23400 is arranged so that the base plate 60 and the front surface are flush with each other. disappears. Therefore, it becomes difficult to remove the first winning member 23400 from the base plate 60 when both of the game nails YK are broken.

On the other hand, in the eighty-second embodiment, a holding member 23450 is arranged so as to be retractable from the first prize winning member 23400, a coil spring SP is arranged on the base plate 60 to urge the holding member 23450 in the projecting direction. Since the second winning member 2500 is disposed at a position where the holding member 23450 of the first winning member 23400 is inserted, the holding member 23450 is held by the second winning member 2500 in the gaming state. It is possible to make it easier for the operator to remove the first winning member 23400 from the base plate 60 by allowing the operator to hold the holding member 23450 while the second winning member 2500 is removed, while concealing it from the player and improving the appearance. can.

In addition, since the fastening direction of the second prize winning member 2500 to the game board is set parallel to the appearance direction of the holding member 23450, the holding member 23450 can be inserted while fastening and fixing the second winning member 2500 to the game board. can be made That is, since it is not necessary to separately perform the work process of immersing the holding member 23450 and the work process of fastening and fixing the second prize winning member 2500 to the game board, the number of man-hours can be reduced, and the first prize winning member 23400 and The workability of attaching the second winning member 2500 to the game board can be improved.

Furthermore, when removing the first prize winning member 23400, it is possible to grasp a portion other than the game nail YK, so that when removing the first prize winning member 23400, bending of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

Moreover, since the head 23451 of the holding member 23450 is formed to have a larger outer diameter than the shaft 23452, the head 23451 can be easily hooked on the finger. Therefore, the first winning member 23400 can be easily removed from the base plate 60 accordingly.

Next, referring to FIG. 304, the first winning member 24400 in the 83rd embodiment will be described. In the 61st embodiment, when removing the first prize winning member 24400, the case where the finger can be locked on the back surface of the first prize winning member 24400 was explained, but the first prize winning member 24400 of the 83rd embodiment , the inner wall of the opening 24434 so that a finger can be locked. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 304(a) is a front view of the game board 13 in the 83rd embodiment, and FIG. 304(b) is a cross-sectional view of the game board 13 along line CCCIVb-CCCIVb of FIG. 304(a). In addition, in FIGS. 304(a) and 304(b), the second winning member 2500 is seen transparently and its outer shape is illustrated by broken lines.

As shown in FIG. 304, the first winning member 24400 in the eighty-third embodiment includes a body portion 24410 formed of a rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, and a rear side of the body portion 24410 (left side in FIG. 304(b)). It is formed by mainly including a bulging portion 2420 bulging out from the main body portion 24410 side (front side) and a game nail YK driven from the side (front side).

The main body 24410 has an opening 24434 positioned below the game nail YK and opening in the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 304) in a shape larger than the outer diameter of the game ball. Primarily, it includes projecting walls 24434a and through holes 2413 formed at both ends in the left and right direction and through which countersunk screws N2 for fastening the first winning member 24400 to the base plate 60 are inserted.

The opening 24434 is formed on the back side of the opening 311 of the second prize winning member 2500, and the game ball that has flowed into the first prize winning port 64 is inserted through the opening 24434 to the back side of the base plate 60. can throw to

The protruding wall 24434a is a wall portion that protrudes downward from the front side of the upper end of the inner edge of the opening 24434 . A projecting wall 24434a is formed on the inner wall of the opening 24334 with a stepped surface facing the back side of the base plate 60, so that the first winning member 24400 can be pulled out from the base plate 60 using the stepped surface. That is, there is no need to insert the finger into the passage until it reaches the back surface of the first prize winning member 24400, and to lock the finger on the back surface of the first prize winning member 24400. Since it can be stopped, the first winning member 24400 can be easily removed from the base plate 60.例文帳に追加

In addition, the first prize winning member 24400 has a notch portion 24436 which is cut out over the entire width direction of the first prize winning member 24400 (horizontal direction in FIG. 304(a)) on the rear side of the lower end portion thereof. The notch portion 24436 is formed so as to be inclined upward toward the back side. As a result, when removing the first prize winning member 24400 from the base plate 60 by hooking a finger on the projecting wall 24434a, the cutout portion 24436 is used to pull out the first prize winning member 24400 from the base plate 60. A mode can be formed in which the first winning member 24400 is rotated with the outer surface of the first winning member 24400 located on the inner wall side where the stepped surface of 24434 is formed (upper surface in FIG. 304(b)) as a fulcrum. Therefore, it is possible to easily remove (pull out) the first winning member 24400 from the base plate 60 .

Next, the fastening direction of the first winning member 25400 to the base plate 60 in the eighty-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 305 and 306. FIG. In the 61st embodiment, the case where the countersunk screw N2 is screwed into the annular projection 2060d1 formed on the base plate 60 has been described. It is screwed into the fastening member 25470 provided. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

FIG. 305 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13 in the eighty-fourth embodiment. 306(a) is a front view of the game board 13, and FIGS. 306(b) and 306(c) are cross-sectional views of the game board 13 along line CCCVI-CCCVI in FIG. 306(a). 306(b) shows the state before the game nail YK is driven into the bulging portion 25420, and FIG. 306(c) shows the state after the game nail YK is driven into the bulging portion 25420. illustrated. 305 and 306 show a state in which the second winning member 2500 is removed from the game board 13. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 305 and 306, the base plate 60 in the eighty-fourth embodiment extends from the rear side (upper side in FIG. 305(b)) to the front side around the center opening (center frame 86) side of the recessed portion 2060c. It is mainly formed with a recessed portion 25060d recessed on the lower side of FIG. 305(b).

The hollow portion 25060 is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 25060 when viewed from the rear. Thereby, the first winning member 25400 can be arranged inside the recess 25060d. An insertion hole 25060d3 penetrating in the front-rear direction is formed in the recessed portion 25060d.

The insertion hole 25060d3 has a circular shape when viewed from the front, and is formed coaxially with the insertion hole 25418 of the first prize winning member 25400 when the first prize winning member 25400 described later is arranged on the base plate 60 . Further, the insertion hole 25418 is formed so that the front side thereof is enlarged in diameter to accommodate the head of the countersunk screw N2.

The first prize winning member 25400 includes a body portion 25410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a bulging portion 25420 bulging from the front side of the body portion 25410, and driven from the bulging portion 25420 side. It is mainly provided with the game nail YK.

The bulging portion 25420 is formed substantially in the center of the main body 25410 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 306(b)) and has an outer dimension shorter than that of the main body 257410 in the longitudinal direction of the main body 25410 . The main body portion 25410 is formed with insertion holes 25410 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 306(b)) at both ends in the longitudinal direction.

The insertion hole 25418 is a hole through which the tip of the countersunk screw N2 that fastens and fixes the first winning member 25400 is inserted, and has an inner diameter that is larger than the outer diameter of the tip side (shaft portion) of the countersunk screw N2. The through hole 25418 is formed so that its axis is coaxial with the axis of the through hole 25060 d 3 formed in the base plate 60 . As a result, the countersunk screw N2 can be inserted through the insertion hole 25418 after being inserted through the insertion hole 25060d3 of the base plate 60 .

The fastening member 25470 is made of an iron material and formed into a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front. The fastening member 25470 has a longitudinal dimension L16 (see FIG. 306(b)) set larger than the longitudinal dimension L17 (see FIG. 306(b)) of the first prize winning member 25400, and has a central position in the longitudinal direction. It is arranged at the same position in the front-rear direction (FIG. 306) as the central position in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 25400 .

In addition, the fastening member 25470 has an intermediate position in its lateral direction (the vertical direction in FIG. It has a fastening hole 25471 penetrating in the front-rear direction. It is arranged on the back side of the connecting portion between the game nail YK and the first winning member 25400 . That is, the fastening member 25470 can be positioned on the extension line in the planting direction of the game nail YK. Therefore, it is possible to effectively increase the support rigidity of the first winning member 25400 while suppressing the area of the fastening member 25470, thereby suppressing the product cost and implanting the game nail YK on the front surface of the first winning member 25400. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of damage such as cracks in the first winning member 25400 when installing.

The fastening hole 25471 is internally formed with a female thread into which the countersunk screw N2 can be screwed. The fastening hole 25471 is formed so that its axis is coaxial with the insertion hole 25418 of the first winning member 25400 and the insertion hole 254060d3 of the base plate 60 described above. Thereby, the countersunk screw N2 inserted through the insertion holes 25400d3 and 25418 can be screwed into the fastening hole 25471 of the fastening member 25470. As shown in FIG.

Therefore, in a state where the first winning member 25400 is arranged on the base plate 60, by inserting the countersunk screw N2 from the front side of the base plate 60 through the insertion hole 25060d3 and the insertion hole 25418 and screwing it into the fastening hole 25471, The first winning member 25400 can be fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 .

Here, a first game board member (base plate 60) and a second game board member disposed on the first game board member and forming a game board together with the first game board member are provided. A game machine is known in which nails (game nails YK) are implanted in members. According to such a game machine, since the second game board member can be attached to and detached from the game board, for example, when the nail of the second game board member is broken, only the second game board member can be replaced and the game can be played. Replacement of the board as a whole can be made unnecessary. However, the above-described conventional game machine has a problem of poor workability in planting nails. That is, since a step of implanting nails into the second game board member is required separately from the step of implanting nails into the first game board member, the number of man-hours increases accordingly. Furthermore, since the second game board member is relatively small, in order to plant the nail in the second game board member within a predetermined tolerance, it is necessary to increase the holding accuracy of the second game board member and the speed of the planting operation. As a result, the number of man-hours increases as compared with the case of setting nails in a relatively large game board.

On the other hand, according to the eighty-fourth embodiment, the first winning member 25400 pressed from the front side of the base plate 60 can be supported. Then, the game nail YK can be implanted in the first winning member 25400. FIG. Therefore, the workability of planting the game nail YK in the first prize winning member 25400 can be improved.

That is, a pair of countersunk screws N2 and a fastening member 25470 formed with fastening holes 25471 into which the pair of countersunk screws N2 are respectively screwed, and made of a material having higher rigidity than the base plate 60 and the first winning member 25400. , and the countersunk screw N2 protruded to the rear side of the first winning member 25400 through the through hole 2560d3 of the base plate 60 is screwed into the female thread of the fastening member 25470, so that the first winning member is attached to the base plate 60. 25400 is arranged, the first winning member 25400 can be supported by the fastening member 25400 from the rear side. Therefore, when the game nail is implanted in the game surface of the first prize winning member 25400, it is possible to prevent the first prize winning member 25400 from being damaged such as cracks.

In this case, as described above, the fastening member 25470 is formed so that its longitudinal dimension L16 is smaller than the longitudinal dimension L17 of the main body 25410, and is disposed at the center position in the left-right direction of the first winning member 25400. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the fastening member 25470 from riding on the rear side of the base plate 60 . Therefore, the fastening member 25470 can be easily brought into close contact with the back surface of the first prize winning member 25400, and the support rigidity of the first prize winning member 25400 by the fastening member 25470 can be increased. As a result, when the game nail YK is implanted in the game surface of the first prize winning member 25400, damage such as cracking of the first prize winning member 25400 can be suppressed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 307 and 308, the first winning member 26400 in the eighty-fifth embodiment will be described. In the sixty-first embodiment, the side surfaces of the bulging portion 2420 at both ends in the left-right direction are parallel to the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 264(c)). The side surfaces at both ends in the left and right direction are inclined toward the center in the left and right direction toward the back side. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

307 is an exploded perspective front view of the game board 13 in the eighty-fifth embodiment, and FIGS. 308(a) and 308(b) are sectional views of the game board 13. FIG. 308(a) and 308(b) correspond to the cross-sectional view of FIG. 306(a). 308(a) shows a state before the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 2410. FIG. 307 and 308 illustrate the state in which the second winning member 2500 is removed from the game board 13. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 307 and 308, the base plate 60 according to the eighty-fifth embodiment has a recessed portion 26060c which is continuous with the lower side of the central opening of the base plate 60 to which the center frame 86 is attached. The first prize winning member 26400 is partly inserted inside the recessed portion 26060c and fixed from the front side of the base plate 60 by countersunk screws N2.

The concave portion 26060c is formed with an inclined surface 26060c1 whose inner end surface is inclined toward the center in the left-right direction toward the back side. The inclined surface 26060c1 is formed to extend vertically. The slanted surface 26060c1 has a length in the front-rear direction smaller than the length in the front-rear direction of the bulging portion 26420 of the first winning member 26400, which will be described later.

The first prize-winning member 25400 includes a body portion 2410 formed of a horizontally long rectangular plate-like body when viewed from the front, a swelling portion 26420 swelling from the back side of the body portion 2410 (FIG. 308 (upper side)), and a body portion. It is mainly provided with a game nail YK that is driven from the 2410 side.

Through-holes 26413 are formed through the body portion 2410 in the front-rear direction at both left and right ends thereof. The through hole 26413 is formed coaxially with the fastening hole 26060d4 formed in the base plate 60. With the first winning member 26400 arranged on the base plate 60, the countersunk screw N2 is inserted through the through hole 26413 from the front side. The first winning member 26400 can be fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 by inserting it and screwing it into the fastening hole 26060d4.

The bulging portion 26420 is formed substantially in the center of the body portion 2410 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 308(b)) and has a dimension shorter than that of the body portion 2410 in the longitudinal direction of the body portion 2410 .

In addition, the bulging portion 26420 is provided with contact surfaces 26424 which are located at both ends of the bulging portion 26420 in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 308(a)) and which are inclined inward in the left-right direction toward the back side. . The contact surface 26424 is formed at substantially the same inclination angle as the above-described inclined surface. Furthermore, the dimension in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 308(a)) of the bulging portion 26420 on the main body portion 2410 side (front side) is the left-right direction on the front side of the inclined surface 26060c1 of the base plate 60 (boundary with the recessed portion 2060d). Set to a dimension larger than the directional dimension. As a result, when the first winning member 26400 is arranged on the base plate 60, the contact surface 26424 and the inclined surface 26060c1 are brought into contact with each other, and a gap is formed between the rear surface of the main body portion 2410 and the front surface of the recess portion 2060d. can be provided.

Further, when the first prize winning member 26400 is arranged on the base plate 60 from the front side, the contact surface 26424 of the first prize winning member 26400 is brought into contact with the inclined surface 26060c1 and is displaced toward the back side, so that the contact The surface 26424 is guided by the inclined surface 266060c1. Therefore, positioning of the first winning member 26400 to the base plate 60 can be simplified.

Furthermore, when the first winning member 26400 is arranged on the base plate 60, the contact surface 26424 and the inclined surface 26060c1 can be brought into contact with each other, so that the first winning member 26400 is pressed from the front side. is formed so that the force acting on the base plate 60 can be dispersed in the direction orthogonal to the plate thickness of the base plate 60 . Therefore, the workability of planting the game nail YK in the first prize winning member 26400 can be improved.

More specifically, the contact surface 26424 on which the first winning member 26400 and the base plate 60 abut is formed as an inclined surface 26060c1 inclined with respect to the driving direction of the game nail YK. Using the inclination (taper angle) of the abutment surface 26424 and the inclined surface 26060c1, the pressing force when the nail YK is implanted is determined in the thickness direction of the base plate 60 (vertical direction in FIG. 308(a)) and the plate thickness. It can be dispersed in the direction perpendicular to the thickness (horizontal direction in FIG. 308(a)). As a result, the burden on the base plate 60 can be reduced, and damage such as cracks in the base plate 60 can be suppressed.

Next, the eighty-sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 309 to 317. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 309 and 310, the arrangement position of the winning opening unit 27300 in the eighty-sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 309 is a front view of the game board 13 in the 86th embodiment. 310 is an exploded front perspective view of the game board 13. FIG. 309 and 310 show part of the game nail arranged on the base plate 60. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 309 and 310, the base plate 60 in the eighty-sixth embodiment has a front face of the base plate 60 below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 to which the center frame 86 is attached (lower side in FIG. 309). A recessed portion 27060d is formed so as to be recessed from the rear surface side (back side of the paper surface of FIG. 309).

The prize winning port unit 27300 is composed of a first prize winning member 27400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 27060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 27400 when viewed from the front. Thereby, the first winning member 27400 can be disposed inside the recess 27060d.

The second prize winning member 3500 is mounted on the front surface of the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 27400 (the surface on the front side of the page in FIG. 309), the center of the opening 311 (see FIG. 316) of the second prize winning member 3500 described later, and the The center of the through hole 27060a (see FIG. 315) of the base plate 60 is arranged at the same position in the width direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 309) and the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 309). In addition, the second prize winning member 3500 is arranged below the first prize winning member 27400 (lower side in FIG. 309) in a front view, and below the game nail YK of the first prize winning member 27400 (see FIG. 309). lower side).

Next, with reference to FIGS. 311 to 313, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 27400 will be described. 311 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 27300. FIG. FIG. 312 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning slot unit 27300. FIG. FIG. 313(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 27300, and FIG. 313(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 27300 taken along line CCXIIIb-CCCXIIIb in FIG. 313(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 312, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 313(b).

As shown in FIGS. 311 to 313, the first winning member 27400 is arranged inside the recess 27060d of the base plate 60, as described above. Here, with reference to FIG. 314, the first winning member 27400 in this embodiment will be described.

314(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 27400, FIG. 314(b) is a front view of the first winning member 27400, and FIG. 314(c) is a front view of the first winning member 27400. It is a side view.

As shown in FIGS. 314(a) to 314(c), the first prize winning member 27400 mainly includes a main body 27410 formed of a substantially rectangular rectangular parallelepiped in front view and a game nail YK. .

The body portion 27410 is a member into which the game nail YK is driven, and has a circular through hole 3413 penetrating in the plate thickness direction. Further, as described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 27410 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 27060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 315).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 314(c)) of the body portion 27410 is the distance D1 ( (see FIG. 313(b)). Also, the front and rear surfaces of the main body portion 27410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

The through hole 3413 is a hole for inserting the tip (shaft portion) of the countersunk screw N5 (see FIG. 312), and accommodates the screw head whose diameter is expanded toward the front side (FIG. 314(b) front side of the paper surface). A portion 3413b is provided. The inner diameter of the through hole 3413 is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N5. Also, the through holes 3413 are arranged at the four corners of the body portion 27410 .

The screw head accommodating portion 3413b is expanded in diameter as it progresses from the rear side (left side in FIG. 314(c)) to the front side (right side in FIG. 314(c)) of the body portion 27410, and is cut along a plane parallel to the front side of the body portion 27410. A circular cross section is formed. In addition, the inner diameter of the screw head accommodating portion 3413b at the front surface of the body portion 27410 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the head of the countersunk screw N5.

The game nail YK arranged in the main body part 27410 is for adjusting the number of balls flowing into the first winning port 64 (see FIG. 316) described later with respect to the number of game balls flowing down the game area. , and two game nails YK are arranged in front of the main body 27410 in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

The head is located at the rear end of the shaft portion of the game nail YK in the driving direction, is perpendicular to the center line of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, and has a larger diameter than the shaft portion of the game nail YK. Shows the part to be formed.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body portion 27410 in the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 314(b)), and are arranged at the center of the body portion 27410 in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 314(b)). Centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the part 27410, it is separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning part 320 described later in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 314(b)). are placed. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 314(c)) by 5 degrees.

As described above, the width (dimension) of the main body 27410 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 314(c)) is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. is formed smaller than the distance D1 (see FIG. 313(b)). Therefore, the protruding length of the game nail YK driven into the main body 27410 into the play area is the length D2 of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 into the play area (see FIG. 313(b)). When the game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body part 27410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side in FIG. 314(c)) until the position becomes equal, the game nail YK driven into the main body part 27410 passes through the main body part 27410. Then, the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the rear surface of the main body portion 27410 .

In addition, as described above, the through holes 3413 are provided at the four corners of the body portion 27410, whereas the game nail YK is positioned at the center of the body portion 27410 in the widthwise direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 314(b)). 314(b) left-right direction) is centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the main body 27410, and in the longitudinal direction (FIG. 314(b) left-right direction) the left and right sides of the side walls 321 of the ball winning portion 320, which will be described later. The through-holes 3413 are arranged in the main body 27410 at positions separated from the game nail YK because the through holes 3413 are driven at positions separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner sides of the wall. Therefore, it is possible to secure strength around the main body portion 27410 where the game nail YK is driven. Therefore, it is possible to suppress damage to the main body 27410 due to the driving load when driving the game nail YK or due to the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK.

Returning to FIG. 311 to FIG. 313, description will be made. The first prize winning member 27400 is placed inside the recessed portion 27060d on the back surface of the main body portion 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 (the left surface in FIG. 313(b)) and the front surface of the recessed portion 27060d (the right surface in FIG. 313(b)). ) are arranged in contact with each other.

The fixing of the first winning member 27400 to the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60) is performed by inserting the countersunk screw N5 into the through hole 3413 from the front side of the main body portion 27410 (Fig. is screwed into a female thread formed in a fastening hole 27060d4 of a recess 27060d, which will be described later. Note that the head of the countersunk screw N5 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b disposed on the front side of the through hole 3413 (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 313(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N5 It is possible to prevent the part from popping out from the front of the first winning member 27400 to the front side (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 313(a)).

Here, with reference to FIG. 315, the recess 27060d and the through hole 27060a in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 315(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 27060d and the through hole 27060a, FIG. 315(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 27060d and the through hole 27060a, and FIG. FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view of the recessed portion 27060d and the through hole 27060a taken along the line CCCXVc-CCCXVc of (b).

As shown in FIGS. 315(a) to 315(c), the recessed portion 27060d is recessed from the front side of the base plate 60 toward the rear side (left side in FIG. 315(c)), The hole 27060a is provided through the base plate 60 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 315(c)). A facing portion 27060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 27060d.

The recessed portion 27060d is a portion for arranging the first winning member 27400 inside the base plate 60 (see FIG. 312), and as described above, is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (see FIG. 315 ( b) underside). In addition, the outer shape in a front view is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 27400 . Also, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 27060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 315(c)) is approximately the width in the thickness direction of the body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 (see FIG. 314(c)). The dimensions are the same and the distance is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recess 27060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (for example, 2.5 times the distance from the front surface of the recess 27060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60). size) is formed.

Further, the recessed portion 27060d has a circular shape in a front view that is recessed from the front surface of the recessed portion 27060d toward the back side of the base plate 60 (the left side in FIG. 315(c)) in the direction perpendicular to the front surface of the recessed portion 27060d. It has four fastening holes 27060d4 and two recesses 27060d10.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 3413 (see FIG. 314) of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 arranged inside the recessed portion 27060d in a front view. In addition, the inner diameter of the fastening hole 27060d4 is formed to have substantially the same dimension as the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N5, and as described above, the fastening hole 27060d4 is formed with a female thread.

The positions in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 315(b)) of the centers of the two recessed portions 27060d10 are arranged in the left-right direction (right-left direction in FIG. 315(b)) centered on the center in the left-right direction of the recessed portion 27060d when viewed from the front. It is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320, which will be described later.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 315(b)) are from the lower surface of the recessed portion 27060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. 315(b)), 27410 from the lower surface of the main body 27410 of the first winning member 27400 to the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting distance D4 (see FIG. 314(c)).

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left side in FIG. 315(c)) is the rear side (left side in FIG. 315(c)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 315(c)) driven into the base plate 60. is placed in Also, the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10 is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft of the game nail YK.

The shank has a circular cross section and indicates a portion (a portion formed in a shaft shape) ranging from the leading end to the head in the driving direction.

In addition, an elastic member G1 having substantially the same shape as the recess 27060d10 in front view is inserted into the recess 27060d10, and the width (dimension) of the elastic member G1 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 315(c)) is the same as that of the recess. It is formed smaller than the distance from the front surface of 27060d to the front surface of recess 27060d10. That is, the elastic member G1 is formed as a cylinder having an outer diameter substantially equal to the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10, and the axial length of the cylinder is smaller than the depth dimension of the recess 27060d10. The elastic member G1 is made of a rubber-like elastic body.

The through hole 27060a allows the game ball thrown into the inside of the ball winning portion 320 (see FIG. 316) provided in the second winning member 3500 to be described later to pass to the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 315(c)). It is a portion for throwing a ball, and is arranged in the center of the recessed portion 27060d with respect to the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 315(b)) on the lower side of the recessed portion 27060d (lower side in FIG. 315(b)).

Further, as described above, the through hole 27060a penetrates the base plate 60 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 315(c)), and the size of the hole in front view is a predetermined size (for example, diameter 11 mm). It is formed in dimensions larger than the diameter of the sphere.

Two fastening holes 60I are arranged below the lower surface of the recessed portion 27060d (lower side in FIG. 315(b)) and laterally (left-right direction in FIG. 315(b)) outside the through hole 27060a. is set.

The facing portion 27060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 27060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 311 to FIG. 313, description will be made. As described above, the positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 315(a)) are the left-right directions (the ) in the left-right direction) at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 to be described later.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 313(a)) are from the bottom surface of the recessed portion 27060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. Since the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the bottom of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 is separated by a distance D4 (see FIG. 314(c)), the main body portion The projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the 27410 is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 27060d10.

On the other hand, the bottom surface of the recessed portion 27060d10 (the left surface in FIG. 313(b)) is closer to the back side of the base plate 60 than the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 313(b)) (see FIG. 313 ( b) Since it is disposed on the left side), the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the main body portion 27410 is not driven into the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60).

Here, a first game board member (base plate 60) and a second game board member (first winning member) which is detachably disposed on the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member. 27400), and in which nails (game nails YK) are driven into the board surface of the second game board member. According to this game machine, when the nail of the second game board member is broken or bent due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area, the entire game board can be replaced by replacing only the second game board member. can be made unnecessary. Also, even if the nail falls off, by replacing the second game board member, there is no need to drive the nail again into the hole formed by the nail that fell off and the nail is driven by the second game board member. It is possible to suppress the decrease in the holding power of

However, in the gaming machine described above, the second game board member is formed to be relatively small, especially the plate thickness is formed to be small. Therefore, when a nail having the same length as the nail driven into the first game board member is driven into the second game board member to a position where the length protruding into the game area is equal, the nail penetrates the second game board member. , is also driven into the first game board member.

When the nail penetrates the second game board member and is also driven into the first game board member, the second game board member is removed when replacing the second game board member in a state where the nail is broken or bent. was difficult. In addition, when the number of replacements increases, nails are repeatedly driven into the first game board member, resulting in damage to the first game board member. , and there is a problem that the holding power of the nail is lowered.

On the other hand, by setting the nail to be driven into the second game board member to be shorter than the nail driven into the first game board member, when the nail is driven to a position where the lengths protruding into the game area are equal. , the nail can be prevented from penetrating the second game board member and being driven into the first game board member.

However, the use of multiple nails of different lengths raises the problem of increased manufacturing costs. Furthermore, if a short length of nail is used, the driving depth of the nail is reduced, so that the second game board member's holding power of the nail is lowered, and the nail is easily pulled out. Also, since multiple lengths of nails are used, there is a possibility that the nails will be mistyped.

Further, the portion of the second game board member into which the nail is driven is protruded toward the back side and the thickness is increased, so that when the nail is driven to a position where the protruding length of the nail is equal to the game area, the nail is driven. can be suppressed from penetrating the second game board member and hitting the first game board member.

However, if the portion of the second game board member into which the nail is driven is projected to the rear side, the thickness of the portion of the first game board member that receives the projected portion of the second game board member becomes thin. That is, the first game board member has a notched structure (see FIG. 267), and the strength is lowered. Therefore, due to insufficient strength, a problem arises that the first game board member is damaged when the nail is driven.

In contrast, according to the eighty-sixth embodiment, as described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 protruding into the game area is driven into the base plate 60. The game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 313(b)) is driven into the main body 27410 from the front side (the right side in FIG. 313(b)) to a position equal to the length D2 protruding into the game area, and the game is played. Even when the tip of the nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the main body 27410, the tip of the game nail YK can be received in the recess 27060d10 to prevent damage to the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60, facing portion 27060l).

That is, as described above, the positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. (a) in the left-right direction) are disposed at positions separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 (see FIG. 316), and above and below the center of the two recesses 27060d10. The position in the direction (vertical direction in FIG. 313(a)) is a game that protrudes upward from the lower surface of the recessed portion 27060d and from the lower surface of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 to the back surface of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400. Since the nail YK is arranged at a distance D4 (see FIG. 314(c)) from the center of gravity of the protruding portion of the nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the main body portion 27410 is located in the recessed portion 27060d (base It is not driven into the plate 60, facing portion 27060l) but is received in the recess 27060d10. As a result, damage to the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60, facing portion 27060l) can be suppressed.

The inner diameter of the concave portion 27060d10 is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK.

As a result, even if there is positional deviation due to assembly tolerance or variation in the driving position of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK can be reliably received in the recess 27060d10. As a result, it is possible to suppress the game nail YK from being driven into the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60, facing portion 27060l), thereby suppressing damage to the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60, facing portion 27060l).

Further, even when changing the driving angle of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK can be reliably received in the concave portion 27060d10. As a result, it is possible to suppress the game nail YK from being driven into the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60, facing portion 27060l), thereby suppressing damage to the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60, facing portion 27060l).

On the other hand, by setting the inner diameter of the recessed portion 27060d10 to about twice the outer diameter of the game nail YK, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the recessed portion 27060d (the base plate 60, the facing portion 27060l), and the recessed portion. The processing cost of 27060d10 can be suppressed.

As described above, the game nail YK driven into the body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 is driven into the base plate 60 by being received in the recess 27060d10 even if the tip protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 27410. The same length as the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 313(b)) can be used. Thereby, the holding force of the game nail YK by the first winning member 27400 can be ensured.

That is, when the recessed portion 27060d10 is not recessed, it is shorter than the thickness dimension of the main body portion 27410 so as not to protrude from the back surface of the main body portion 27410 even if there are dimensional tolerances and variations in driving. The game nail YK can only be driven into the body part 27410 by the length. Therefore, the contact area between the game nail YK and the body portion 27410 is reduced, and the holding force of the game nail YK by the body portion 27410 is reduced.

On the other hand, if the recess 27060d10 is recessed, the game nail YK can be driven into the main body 27410 until the tip protrudes from the back surface of the main body 27410. Also, the driving amount of the game nail YK into the body portion 27410 can be set to the same length as the thickness dimension of the body portion 27410 . As a result, the contact area between the game nail YK and the body portion 27410 can be increased, and the holding force of the game nail YK by the first winning member 27400 (body portion 47410) can be ensured.

Also, when replacing the first winning member 27400 due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK is not driven directly into the main body portion 27410 (facing portion 27060l). Since it is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recessed portion 27060d10 of the recessed portion 27060d, the first winning member 27400 can be easily removed.

Also, the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 has its tip driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 27060d10 of the recess 27060d. held. Therefore, even if the fastening of the countersunk screw N5 is loosened, the game nail YK can be held by the viscoelastic force of the elastic member G1.

In addition, since the tip of the game nail YK is held by the elastic member G1 in this way, even if the fastening of the countersunk screw N5 is loosened, the first winning member 27400 (main body portion 27410) is positioned on the front side (Fig. 313). (b) to the right), and formation of a step between the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the first winning member 27400 (main body portion 27410) can be suppressed.

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 313(b)) of the elastic member G1 is greater than the distance from the front surface of the recess 27060d to the front surface (bottom surface) of the recess 27060d10 (that is, the depth of the recess 27060d10). Since it is formed small, the shape of the elastic member G1 changes by the volume of the game nail YK driven into the elastic member G1 (because it has incompressibility and tries to keep the volume constant, it expands in the radial direction). ), the elastic member G1 protrudes from the recess 27060d10, and the protruding elastic member G1 presses the back surface of the first prize winning member 27400 (main body portion 27410) to the front side. Extrusion can be suppressed. Alternatively, when driving the game nail YK, it is possible to avoid the situation where the space for receiving the elastic member G1 is lost and the game nail YK cannot be driven to a predetermined position.

When the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK, the impact caused by the collision vibrates the first prize winning member 27400, making it easier for the countersunk screw N5 to loosen. Vibration of the first winning member 27400 can be suppressed by the viscoelastic properties of the elastic member G1. As a result, loosening of the fastening of the countersunk screw N5 can be suppressed. In addition, it is possible to suppress damage or wear of the first winning member 27400 and the base plate 60 due to vibration.

As described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left and right direction in FIG. 313(b)) of the recessed portion 27060d is equal to direction), and the front surface of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 is formed in a plane perpendicular to the lower surface. The winning member 27400 can be arranged at a position substantially flush with the front surface of the body portion 27410 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body part 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 from being arranged with a step, and the game ball flowing down the game area hits the step, which is disadvantageous to the player. It is possible to suppress the movement of the game ball in an (or advantageous) direction.

Here, with reference to FIG. 316, the second winning member 3500 in this embodiment will be described.

316(a) is a front perspective view of the second winning member 3500, FIG. 316(b) is a front view of the second winning member 3500, and FIG. 316(c) is a view of the second winning member 3500. It is a top view.

As shown in FIGS. 316(a) to 316(c), the second winning member 3500 includes a base portion 3510 and a sphere projecting from the front side of the base portion 3510 (lower side in FIG. 316(c)). The winning section 320 is mainly provided.

The base portion 3510 is for fixing the ball winning portion 320 to the base plate 60. When viewed from the front, the top surface outside the ball winning portion 320 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 316(b)) is , is formed of a plate-like body inclined downward (downward in FIG. 316(b)). The width dimension in the longitudinal direction of the base portion 3510 (horizontal direction in FIG. 316(b)) is formed larger than the width dimension in the lateral direction (see FIG. 315(b)) of the recessed portion 27060d. The width dimension in the vertical direction (b) is formed larger than the width dimension in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 316(b)) of the ball winning portion 320 described later.

The base portion 3510 has an opening 311 penetrating in the plate thickness direction and a circular through hole 313 penetrating in the plate thickness direction on the back surface of the ball winning portion 320 (the upper surface in FIG. 316(c)). .

The opening 311 is formed to be larger in diameter than a game ball of a predetermined size (for example, 11 mm in diameter) when viewed from the front.

Through-holes 313 which are circular in front view and pass through in the plate thickness direction are provided at both ends in the longitudinal direction (left-right direction in FIG. 316(b)) of the left and right side surfaces (see FIG. 315(b)) of the recessed portion 27060d. Prepare.

The through-hole 313 has a screw head accommodating portion 313a whose diameter is enlarged toward the front side (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 316(b)), and the inner diameter of the through-hole 313 is equal to or equal to the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N1. It is formed to be slightly large and arranged below the lower surface of the recess 27060d and outside the through hole 27060a in the left-right direction (see FIG. 315).

The screw head accommodating portion 313a is expanded in diameter from the rear side (the upper side in FIG. 316(c)) to the front side (the lower side in FIG. 316(c)) of the base portion 3510, and is parallel to the front side of the base portion 3510. A cut cross section is formed in a circular shape. In addition, the inner diameter of the screw head accommodating portion 313a at the front surface of the base portion 3510 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the head of the countersunk screw N1.

The ball winning portion 320 surrounds the left and right sides of the opening 311 (left and right sides in FIG. 316(b)) and the bottom side (bottom side in FIG. 316(b)) and protrudes to the front side (bottom side in FIG. 316(c)). It is formed of a side wall 321 and a front wall 322 disposed at the projecting tip of the side wall 321 , and a first winning port 64 is formed in a region surrounded by the side wall 321 and the front wall 322 .

The side wall 321 has a U-shaped cross-section taken along a plane parallel to the base portion 3510 with an open top (upward direction in FIG. 316(b)). The distance dimension between opposing inner walls is formed larger than the diameter of a game ball of a predetermined size (for example, 11 mm in diameter). In addition, the side wall 321 is erected upward (toward the front of the page in FIG. 316(c)) on the bottom surface (back side of the page in FIG. 316(c)) centered in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 316(c)). A rolling part 323 is provided.

The front wall 322 is formed parallel to the base portion 3510 at the projecting tip of the side wall 321 . Therefore, the front wall 322 is formed so as to block the projecting tip of the side wall 321, and the first prize winning opening 64 is formed so as to open upward (upward in FIG. 316(b)).

The rolling part 323 is formed with a constant plate thickness from the end of the opening 311 to the front wall 322, and is inclined upward toward the front side (lower side in FIG. 316(c)). . Therefore, the game ball that has flowed into the first winning port 64 is thrown to the upper surface of the rolling portion 323, and the inclination of the rolling portion 323 causes the upper surface of the rolling portion 323 (Fig. surface) and is thrown toward the opening 311 .

Returning to FIG. 311 to FIG. 313, description will be made. As described above, the second prize winning member 3500 is arranged at a position where the center of the opening 311 and the center of the through hole 27060a of the base plate 60 are aligned, and the two game nails YK are installed in the ball prize winning portion 320. They are arranged above the upper ends of the side walls 321 (upper side in FIG. 313(a)). As a result, the game ball that has flowed into the first winning port 64 passes through the opening 311 and the through hole 27060a and is thrown to the back surface of the base plate 60, and the two game nails YK flow down the game area. The number of game balls flowing into the first winning hole 64 can be adjusted with respect to the number of balls.

The second winning member 3500 is fixed to the base plate 60 by inserting the countersunk screw N1 into the through hole 313 of the base portion 3510, It is carried out by screwing into a female thread formed in the fastening hole 60I of the base plate 60 . As described above, the through-hole 313 is located below the lower surface of the recessed portion 27060d (lower side in FIG. 313(a)) and outside the through-hole 27060a in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 313(a)). The second winning member 3500 can be fixed to the base plate 60 so as to be disposed thereon.

In addition, the head of the countersunk screw N1 is arranged inside the screw head accommodating portion 313a arranged on the front side of the through hole 313 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 313(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N1 It is possible to prevent the part from popping out from the front of the second prize winning member 3500 to the front side (the front side of the paper surface in FIG. 313(a)).

In addition, the second winning member 3500 is disposed on the front surface of the base plate 60 and the first winning member 27400 (the surface on the front side of the paper in FIG. It is arranged at a position covering a part of the lower side (the lower side in FIG. 313(a)). Therefore, the fastening and fixing between the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60) and the first prize winning member 27400 is loosened by the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK, and the first prize winning member 27400 moves to the front side. (Fig. 313(b) right side), it is possible to suppress the generation of a step from the rear surface to the front direction (Fig. 313(b) left and right direction) between the base plate 60 and the first winning member 27400.

In addition, as described above, the base portion 3510 of the second prize winning member 3500 has an upper surface outside the sphere winning portion 320 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 313(a) downward), the countersunk screw N5 is arranged on the back surface of the base portion 3510 of the second prize winning member 3500 (the surface on the far side of the page in FIG. 313(a)). can be suppressed. Therefore, even when replacing the first winning member 27400 due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the countersunk screw N1 and the countersunk screw N5 can be removed in the same process, and the number of work steps can be reduced.

Next, referring to FIG. 317, a method for manufacturing the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 317(a) is a front view of the first prize winning member 27400 attached to the recess 27060d (base plate 60), and FIG. 317(b) is the line CCCXVIIb-CCCXVIIb of FIG. FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 and the first winning member 27400;

FIG. 317 shows the state after the first prize winning member 27400 is attached to the recess 27060d (base plate 60) and before the second prize winning member 3500 is attached to the base plate 60 (the first prize winning member 27400 is attached). process). Also, in this state, the game nail YK is not driven into the first winning member 27400 .

As shown in FIGS. 317(a) and 317(b), the body portion 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 before the game nail YK is driven into the position where the game nail YK is driven (see FIG. 314) is penetrated. A hole 27410a is formed.

The through-hole 27410a has a circular shape when viewed in the direction in which the game nail YK is driven, and is arranged so as to be inclined 5 degrees with respect to the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 317(b)) (that is, 5 degrees upward). (along the arrangement position of the game nail YK) is arranged through the body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 . Also, the inner diameter of the through hole 27410a is formed to be equal to or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the game nail YK. As a result, when driving the game nail YK into the through hole 27410a (main body portion 27410), the contact resistance between the game nail YK and the through hole 27410a (main body portion 27410) is reduced, and the game nail YK is driven into the through hole 27410a (main body portion 27410). 27410).

After the step of attaching the first winning member 27400, the game nail YK is driven into the main body portion 27410 and the elastic member G1 of the first winning member 27400 from the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side in FIG. 317(b)) (the game nail YK driving process).

Here, in the game nail YK driving step, since the first prize winning member 27400 is attached to the recessed portion 27060d (base plate 60), the game nail is attached to the main body portion 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 formed relatively small. It becomes easier to drive YK.

Further, in the game nail YK driving process, the game nail YK is also driven into the base plate 60, so that the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 and the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 The relative positions can be matched, and the changeover work between the base plate 60 and the main body portion 27410 becomes unnecessary, and the work time can be shortened.

Since the concave portion 27060d10 is provided in the concave portion 27060d (facing portion 27060l), the tip of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the main body portion 27410 can be received in the concave portion 27060d10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the facing portion 27060l from being damaged (cracked) by the load when driving the game nail YK.

Further, in the game nail YK driving process, since the ball winning portion 320 (second winning member 3500) is not attached to the base plate 60, the game nail YK is driven into an arbitrary position of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400. be able to.

For example, when the ball winning part 320 is formed on the first prize winning member 27400 or the base plate 60, in the game nail YK driving process, the ball projecting to the front side of the base plate 60 (Fig. 317 (a) front side of the paper) The winning part 320 creates a place where a machine for driving the game nail YK cannot be placed. Therefore, there is a position where the game nail YK cannot be driven into the body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 .

On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the ball winning portion 320 (second winning member 3500) is attached to the base plate 60 after the game nail YK driving process, the periphery of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 is mounted in the game nail YK driving process. has no shape that hinders the arrangement of the machine for driving the game nail YK, and as described above, the game nail YK can be driven into any position of the body portion 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 .

Next, the second prize winning member 3500 is attached to the front surface of the first prize winning member 27400 and the base plate 60 (right side in FIG. 317(b)) (step of attaching the second prize winning member 3500) (see FIG. 311). As a result, the space between the winning ball part 320 and the game nail YK can be narrowed.

Next, the eighty-seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 318 to 322. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 318 to 320, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 28400 in the eighty-seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 318 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 28300 in the eighty-seventh embodiment. FIG. 319 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 28300. FIG. FIG. 320(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 28300, and FIG. 320(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 28300 taken along line CCCXXb-CCCXXb of FIG. 320(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 319, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 320(b).

As shown in FIGS. 318 to 320, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 320(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 28060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 320(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 28300 is composed of a first prize winning member 28400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 28060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 28400 when viewed from the front. Thereby, the first winning member 28400 can be arranged inside the recess 28060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 321, the first winning member 28400 in this embodiment will be described.

321(a) is a front perspective view of the first prize winning member 28400, FIG. 321(b) is a front view of the first prize winning member 28400, and FIG. 321(c) is a front view of the first prize winning member 28400. 321(d) is a side view of the first winning member 28400. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 321(a) to 321(d), the first prize-winning member 28400 includes a main body 28410 formed of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped that is horizontally elongated when viewed from the front; It mainly includes a fixing part 28420 formed from a horizontally long rectangular parallelepiped projecting in the direction (the left direction in FIG. 321(d)) and a game nail YK.

The main body portion 28410 is a portion into which the game nail YK is driven, and as described above, the main body portion 28410 is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the hollow portion 28060d formed in the base plate 60 (Fig. 322), the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 321(d)) of the main body portion 28410 is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. is formed smaller than the distance D1 (see FIG. 320(b)). In addition, the front and rear surfaces of the body portion 28410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

The fixing part 28420 is arranged so that the lower surface of the fixing part 28420 and the lower surface of the main body part 28410 form the same surface, and the upper surface of the fixing part 28420 is positioned in the vertical direction from the position where the game nail YK described later is driven. (Fig. 321(d) vertical direction), it is disposed downward (Fig. 321(d) downward direction). In addition, the width (dimension) in the extending direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 321(d)) of the fixing portion 28420 of the first winning member 28400 is the width in the thickness direction (see FIG. 322(d)) of the second concave portion 28060d11 described later. It is formed to be equal to or slightly smaller than (dimension).

In addition, the fixing portion 28420 has two concave portions that are circular in top view and recessed from the upper surface of the fixing portion 28420 downward (downward in FIG. A fastening hole 28420a is provided.

The fastening hole 28420a is coaxial with the axis of a through-hole 28060d12 (see FIG. 322) provided in the recess 28060d to be described later in a top view when the first winning member 28400 is provided inside the recess 28060d. is placed in

Two game nails YK are arranged in front of the main body part 28410 in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body 28410 in the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 321(b)), and are arranged at the center of the body portion 28410 in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 321(b)). Centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the portion 28410, the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 are spaced apart by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 321(b)). be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 321(b)) by 5 degrees.

The protruding length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 28410 into the game area is equal to the length D2 of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 into the game area (see FIG. 320(b)). When the game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body 28410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side in FIG. 321(d)) to the position, the game nail YK driven into the main body 28410 passes through the main body 28410, The tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the main body part 28410. - 特許庁

Next, referring to FIG. 322, the recess 28060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 322(a) is a front perspective view of the recess 28060d, FIG. 322(b) is a front view of the recess 28060d, and FIG. 322(c) is the line CCCXXIIc-CCCXXIIc of FIG. 322(b). 28060d is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 28060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 322(a) to 322(c), the recessed portion 28060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 322(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 322(c)). A facing portion 28060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 28060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 28060d in a front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 28400 (see FIG. 321). In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 322(c)) of the recessed portion 28060d is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (see FIG. 321(d)) of the body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400. ) is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than

The recessed portion 28060d is recessed downward (downward in FIG. 322(b)) below the central opening 601 (downward in FIG. 322(b)) with the front surface of the recessed portion 28060d opened. 1 recessed portion 28060d10 and the lower side of the first recessed portion 28060d10 (lower side in FIG. 322(b)) are recessed from the front of the recessed portion 28060d toward the rear side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 322(c)). and a second concave portion 28060d11.

The first recessed portion 28060d10 is composed of a semicircle arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 322(c)) in a top view, and a recessed portion 28060d extending from both ends of the semicircle toward the front of the recessed portion 28060d. It is formed into a shape composed of straight lines perpendicular to the front surface.

In addition, the lower surface of the first concave portion 28060d10 is located below the tip of the game nail YK (see FIG. 320) protruding from the back surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400 arranged inside the concave portion 28060d (FIG. 322). (b) downward direction), and the center of the top-view semicircular shape in the left-right direction (FIG. 322(b) left-right direction) of the first recess 28060d10 is the game driven into the main body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400. It is arranged at the same position as the nail YK in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 322(b)).

In addition, the side surface near the center of the first concave portion 28060d10 is closer to the back side of the base plate 60 than the tip of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400 disposed inside the recessed portion 28060d. (Fig. 322 (c) left), the inner diameter of the first recess 28060d10 is larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, and larger than the inner diameter of the screw head accommodation portion 28060d12a described later. .

Further, the first recess 28060d10 has a through hole 28060d12 penetrating from the lower surface of the first recess 28060d10 toward the second recess 28060d11.

The through-hole 28060d12 is circular in top view, and the center of the through-hole 28060d12 coincides with the center of the semicircular portion of the first recess 28060d10.

Also, the inner diameter of the through hole 28060d12 is formed slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N6.

In addition, the through hole 28060d12 has a screw head accommodating portion 28060d12a that expands upward (upward in FIG. 322(c)).

As described above, the screw head accommodating portion 28060d12a is expanded in diameter as it progresses from below the through hole 28060d12 (downward in FIG. 322(c)) to upward (upward in FIG. 322(c)). The inner diameter of the lower surface of the first recess 28060d10 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the head of the countersunk screw N6.

As described above, the second recessed portion 28060d11 is disposed below the first recessed portion 28060d10 (lower side in FIG. 322(b)), and its external shape in front view is the fixing portion 28420 of the first winning member 28400 (see FIG. 321). ) is formed to be approximately the same as or slightly larger than the external shape of

In addition, the lower surface of the second recess 28060d11 and the lower surface of the recess 28060d are arranged to form the same surface, and as described above, the thickness direction of the second recess 28060d11 (horizontal direction in FIG. 322(c)). The width (dimension) of is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the width (see FIG. 321(d)) of the fixing portion 28420 of the first winning member 28400 in the overhanging direction.

The facing portion 28060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 28060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 318 to FIG. 320, description will be made. The first prize winning member 28400 is disposed inside the recessed portion 28060d at a position where the front surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first prize winning member 28400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 are substantially flush with each other.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400 from being arranged with a step from the rear surface to the front direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 320(b)). , the game ball flowing down the game area can be prevented from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

In addition, to fix the first winning member 28400 to the recessed portion 28060d (base plate 60), a countersunk screw N6 is inserted into the through hole 28060d12 from above the first recessed portion 28060d10 (upward in FIG. 320(b)), This is performed by screwing a male thread formed on the shaft of N6 into a female thread formed in the fastening hole 28420a of the fixing portion 28420 of the first winning member 28400. FIG.

As a result, there is no need to provide a through hole for inserting a screw in the body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400, and the strength of the body portion 28410 can be increased.

In addition, as described above, the lower surface of the second recess 28060d11 of the recess 28060d and the lower surface of the recess 28060d are arranged to form the same surface, and the lower surface of the fixing portion 28420 of the first winning member 28400 and the lower surface of the first prize winning member 28400 are arranged to form the same surface. Since the lower surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first prize winning member 28400 and the lower surface of the main body portion 28410 are arranged to form the same surface, when the first prize winning member 28400 is arranged inside the recess portion 28060d, the front side of the base plate 60 ( It can be easily arranged from the right side of FIG. 320(b).

In addition, the front surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first prize winning member 28400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 are arranged at a position where they are substantially flush with each other, and the first prize winning member 28400 is positioned in the recess portion 28060d (base plate 60). In the fixed state, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the main body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400 (horizontal direction in FIG. 320(b) in the lateral direction), the rear surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400 and the front surface of the recessed portion 28060d do not come into contact with each other. In addition, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the second concave portion 28060d11 (horizontal direction in FIG. direction), the rear surface of the fixing portion 28420 of the first winning member 28400 and the front surface of the second recess 28060d11 do not come into contact with each other.

Here, the distance from the front surface of the recess 28060d and the front surface of the second recess 28060d11 to the rear surface of the base plate 60 is small, and the strength is small.

Therefore, the driving load when driving the game nail YK or the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK is the front surface of the recessed portion 28060d or the front surface of the second recessed portion 28060d11. 28060d (base plate 60) can be prevented from being damaged.

In addition, as described above, the lower surface of the first concave portion 28060d10 is located below the tip of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400 arranged inside the concave portion 28060d (see FIG. 320). (b) downward direction), and the side surface near the center of the first recess 28060d10 is the game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the main body portion 28410 of the first winning member 28400 disposed inside the recess 28060d. Since it is arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 320(b)) from the tip, the protruding part of the game nail YK protruding from the back side of the main body part 28410 is in the space surrounded by the first concave part 28060d10. are placed.

Therefore, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 28060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 28060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the head of the countersunk screw N6 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 28060d12a disposed above the through hole 28060d12 (upward in FIG. 320(b)), the head of the countersunk screw N6 It is possible to suppress protruding upward (upward in FIG. 320(b)) from the lower surface of the 1 recess 28060d10. Therefore, the tip of the game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the body portion 28410 can be prevented from coming into contact with the countersunk screw N6.

Further, as described above, the inner diameter of the first concave portion 28060d10 is larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK and is larger than the inner diameter of the screw head housing portion 28060d12a. 28060d (base plate 60), the gaming nail YK is not driven into the depression 28060d (base plate 60) even if positional deviation due to assembly tolerance or variation in the driving position of the gaming nail YK occurs. Damage to the portion 28060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 28060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 28060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Also, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 320(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the length of the game nail YK becomes equal, the main body portion 28410 of the first prize winning member 28400 is driven. The tip of the game nail YK driven into the first prize member 28400 has a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body part 28410 of the first prize member 28400. The contact area is increased, and the reduction in the holding force of the game nail YK by the first winning member 28400 can be suppressed.

Further, even when the first winning member 28400 is replaced due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, since the tip of the game nail YK is not driven into the recess 28060d (base plate 60), the first prize winning member 28400 is replaced. 1 The winning member 28400 is easy to remove.

Next, the eighty-eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 323 to 327. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 323 to 325, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 29400 in the 88th embodiment will be described. FIG. 323 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 29300 in the eighty-eighth embodiment. 324 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 29300. FIG. FIG. 325(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 29300, and FIG. 325(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 29300 taken along line CCCXXVb-CCCXXVb of FIG. 325(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 324, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 325(b).

As shown in FIGS. 323 to 325, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 325(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 29060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 325(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 29300 is composed of a first prize winning member 29400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 29060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 29400 when viewed in the direction in which the game nail YK is driven. . Thereby, the first winning member 29400 can be disposed inside the recess 29060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 326, the first winning member 29400 in this embodiment will be described.

326(a) is a front perspective view of the first prize winning member 29400, FIG. 326(b) is a front view of the first prize winning member 29400, and FIG. 326(c) is a front view of the first prize winning member 29400. It is a side view.

As shown in FIGS. 326(a) to 326(c), the first winning member 29400 mainly includes a main body 29410 formed of a substantially rectangular rectangular prism in a front view and a game nail YK. be.

The main body part 29410 is a part into which the game nail YK is driven, and has a through hole 3413 penetrating in the driving direction of the game nail YK. Further, as described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 29410 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 29060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 327).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 326(c)) of the body portion 29410 is the distance from the front of the base plate 60 of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 to the tip of the game nail YK. It is formed smaller than D1 (see FIG. 325(b)).

The front surface of the body portion 29410 is formed in a plane parallel to the front surface of the base plate 60, while the back surface of the body portion 29410 is formed in a plane perpendicular to the game nail YK driven into the front surface of the body portion 29410. be done. Further, the upper surface and the lower surface of the body portion 29410 are formed to be perpendicular to the back surface of the body portion 29410 .

The through-holes 3413 are provided with screw head accommodating portions 3413b whose diameters are enlarged toward the front side (the front side of the paper in FIG.

Two game nails YK are arranged in front of the main body part 29410 in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

The two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the front surface of the main body 29410 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 326(b)), and in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 326(b)). 326(b) left-right direction) centering on the longitudinal center of the body portion 29410, the inside facing distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320. is set. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 326(b)) by 5 degrees.

As described above, the back surface of the body portion 29410 is formed on a plane perpendicular to the game nail YK driven into the front surface of the body portion 29410. The rear surface of 29410 is formed such that the lower side (the lower side in FIG. 326(c)) is inclined 5 degrees toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 326(c)), and the upper and lower surfaces of the main body portion 29410 The rear surface side (left side in FIG. 326(c)) is formed on a surface inclined downward (lower side in FIG. 326(c)) by 5 degrees with respect to the surface perpendicular to the front surface.

As described above, the width (dimension) of the main body 29410 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 326(c)) is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. Since the distance D1 (see FIG. 325(b)) is formed to be smaller than the distance D1 (see FIG. 325(b)) to the base plate 60, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body 29410 protruding into the game area is equal to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. When the game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body 29410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side of FIG. 326(c)) to a position equal to the length D2 (see FIG. 325(b)) projecting into the game area. , the game nail YK driven into the body portion 29410 passes through the body portion 29410, and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 29410.

In addition, as described above, the through holes 3413 are arranged at the four corners of the body portion 29410, whereas the game nail YK is located at the center of the body portion 29410 in the short direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 326(b)). 326(b) left-right direction) is centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the main body 29410, and in the longitudinal direction (FIG. The through-hole 3413 is arranged at a position away from the game nail YK in the body portion 29410 because the nail is driven at a position separated by the distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the insides of the walls on both sides. Therefore, it is possible to ensure the strength of the periphery of the main body portion 29410 into which the game nail YK is driven. Therefore, it is possible to suppress damage to the main body 29410 due to the driving load when driving the game nail YK or due to the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK.

Returning to FIG. 323 to FIG. 325, description will be made. In the first prize winning member 29400, the back surface of the main body portion 29410 of the first prize winning member 29400 (left side in FIG. 325(b)) and the front surface of the hollow portion 29060d (right side in FIG. 325(b)) are in contact with the inside of the hollow portion 29060d. arranged in contact with each other.

To fix the first winning member 29400 to the recessed portion 29060d (base plate 60), the countersunk screw N5 is inserted into the through hole 3413 from the front side of the main body portion 29410 (Fig. is screwed into a female thread formed in a fastening hole 27060d4 of a recess 29060d, which will be described later. Note that the head of the countersunk screw N5 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b disposed on the front side of the through-hole 3413 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 325(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N5 It is possible to prevent the part from popping out from the front of the first winning member 29400 to the front side (Fig. 325(a) front side of the paper surface).

Here, with reference to FIG. 327, the recess 29060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 327(a) is a front perspective view of the recess 29060d, FIG. 327(b) is a front view of the recess 29060d, and FIG. 327(c) is the line CCCXXVIIc-CCCXXVIIc of FIG. 327(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 29060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 327(a) to 327(c), the recessed portion 29060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 327(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 327(c)). A facing portion 29060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 29060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 29060d when viewed in the direction in which the game nail YK is driven is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 29400 (see FIG. 326).

Therefore, the front surface of the recess 29060d is 5 degrees from the front surface of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 327(c)) to the front side of the base plate 60 (right side in FIG. 327(c)). The upper and lower surfaces of the recessed portion 29060d are arranged such that the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 327(c)) is the lower side (FIG. 327 It is formed on a surface inclined 5 degrees to (c) the lower side).

In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 327(c)) of the recessed portion 29060d is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (see FIG. 326(c)) of the body portion 29410 of the first winning member 29400. ) and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recess 29060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (for example, 2 of the distance from the front surface of the recess 29060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60). .5 times the size) is formed.

In addition, the recessed portion 29060d is recessed from the front side (the right side in FIG. 327(c)) toward the rear side (the left side in FIG. 327(c)) of the base plate 60 in the direction perpendicular to the front surface of the recessed portion 29060d. and four fastening holes 27060d4 circular in front view, and a game nail YK recessed from the front side (right side of FIG. 327(c)) to the back side (left side of FIG. 327(c)) of the base plate 60 There are two circular recesses 29060d10 as viewed in the direction of driving.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 3413 (see FIG. 326) of the main body portion 29410 of the first winning member 29400 arranged inside the recessed portion 29060d when viewed in the direction in which the game nail YK is driven. be.

The concave portion 29060d10 is arranged coaxially with the game nail YK (see FIG. 326) driven into the main body portion 29410 of the first winning member 29400 arranged inside the recessed portion 29060d when viewed in the driving direction of the game nail YK. be done. In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 29060d10 (the left surface in FIG. 327(c)) is located on the back side of the base plate 60 from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. c) on the left). In addition, the inner diameter of the concave portion 29060d10 in the direction of driving the game nail YK is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK.

An elastic member G1 having substantially the same shape as the recess 29060d10 is inserted into the recess 29060d10.

The facing portion 29060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 29060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 323 to FIG. 325, description will be made. As described above, the first prize winning member 29400 is disposed inside the recess 29060d with the rear surface of the body portion 29410 of the first prize winning member 29400 and the front surface of the recess 29060d in contact with each other. Also, as described above, the back surface of the main body portion 29410 of the first prize winning member 29400 is formed in a plane perpendicular to the game nail YK driven into the front surface of the main body portion 29410 of the first prize winning member 29400 . Therefore, the direction of the force generated in the first prize winning member 29400 when driving the game nail YK coincides with the direction of the repulsive force generated in the first prize winning member 29400 from the recess 29060d. In other words, when driving the game nail YK, no force acts on the first prize winning member 29400 in any direction other than the direction in which the game nail YK is driven. positional deviation can be suppressed.

The recessed portion 29060d10 is arranged coaxially with the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 29410 of the first winning member 29400 arranged inside the recessed portion 29060d when viewed in the direction in which the game nail YK is driven. The bottom surface (the left side in FIG. 325(b)) is located on the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 325(b)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 325(b)) driven into the base plate 60. The inner diameter of the recessed portion 29060d10 in the direction viewed from which the game nail YK is driven is about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK. The projecting portion of the nail YK is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 29060d10.

On the other hand, the bottom surface of the recessed portion 29060d10 (the left surface in FIG. 325(b)) is closer to the back side of the base plate 60 than the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 325(b)) (see FIG. 325 ( b) Since it is arranged on the left side), the protruding part of the game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the main body part 29410 is not driven into the recessed part 29060d (base plate 60), and the recessed part 29060d (base plate 60) is damaged. can be suppressed.

In addition, since the inner diameter of the recessed portion 29060d10 is approximately twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, positional deviation due to assembly tolerances and variation in the driving position of the game nail YK do not occur. However, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 29060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 29060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 29060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 29060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Moreover, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 325(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the lengths protruding into the game area are equal, the game nail driven into the main body portion 29410 Compared to the case where the tip of YK uses a game nail with a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body part 29410 (left side surface in FIG. , the contact area with the main body portion 29410 of the first winning member 29400 can be suppressed from decreasing in the holding force of the game nail YK.

Further, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 29060d (left and right direction in FIG. direction), and the front surface of the body portion 29410 of the first winning member 29400 is formed in a plane parallel to the front surface of the base plate 60. It can be arranged at a position substantially flush with the front surface of the body portion 29410 of the first winning member 29400 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 29410 of the first winning member 29400 from being arranged with a step from the rear surface to the front direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 325(b)). , the game ball flowing down the game area can be prevented from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

Next, the eighty-ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 328 to 332. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 328 to 330, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 30400 in the eighty-ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 328 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 30300 in the eighty-ninth embodiment. 329 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 30300. FIG. FIG. 330(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 30300, and FIG. 330(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 30300 taken along line CCCXXXb-CCCXXXb of FIG. 330(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 329, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 330(b).

As shown in FIGS. 328 to 330, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 330(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 30060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 330(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 30300 is composed of a first prize winning member 30400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 30060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 30400 when viewed from the front. Thereby, the first winning member 30400 can be arranged inside the recess 30060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 331, the first winning member 30400 in this embodiment will be described.

331(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 30400, FIG. 331(b) is a front view of the first winning member 30400, and FIG. 331(c) is a front view of the first winning member 30400. It is a side view.

As shown in FIGS. 331(a) to 331(c), the first prize-winning member 30400 mainly includes a main body portion 30410 formed of a substantially rectangular rectangular prism in a front view, and a game nail YK. be.

The body portion 30410 is a portion for driving the game nail YK, and has a through hole 3413 penetrating in the plate thickness direction. Also, as described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 30410 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 30060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 332).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 331(c)) of the body portion 30410 is the distance D1 ( (see FIG. 330(b)). Also, the front and rear surfaces of the main body portion 30410 are formed to be perpendicular to the side surfaces.

On the other hand, the upper surface 30410a and the lower surface 30410b of the body portion 30410 are formed in a tapered shape with respect to the front surface of the body portion 30410, and the upper surface 30410a of the body portion 30410 has a rear side (left side in FIG. 331(c)) facing downward (FIG. 331 (c) downward), and the lower surface 30410b of the main body 30410 is formed such that the rear side (left side in FIG. 331(c)) is inclined upward (upward in FIG. 331(c)). .

The through-hole 3413 has a screw head accommodating portion 3413b whose diameter is enlarged toward the front side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 331(b)). The through-holes 3413 are provided at two locations in the body portion 30410. The through-holes 3413 are located at the center of the body portion 30410 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 331(b)), and direction) are arranged at each of the longitudinal ends of the body portion 30410 .

Two game nails YK are arranged in front of the main body part 30410 in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body 30410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 331(b)), and in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 331(b)). Centered on the longitudinal center of the portion 3041d0, the inner facing distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is arranged in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 331(b)). be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 331(b)) by 5 degrees.

As described above, the width (dimension) of the main body 30410 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 331(c)) is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. Since the distance D1 (see FIG. 330(b)) is formed to be smaller than the distance D1 (see FIG. 330(b)) to the base plate 60, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body 30410 protruding into the game area is equal to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. When the game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body 30410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side of FIG. 331(c)) to a position equal to the length D2 (see FIG. 330(b)) protruding into the game area. , the game nail YK driven into the body portion 30410 penetrates the body portion 30410, and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 30410.

Further, as described above, the through-hole 3413 is positioned at the center of the main body portion 30410 in the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 331(b)) and at the center of the main body portion in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 331(b)). 30410, one each at each end in the longitudinal direction. 331(b) left-right direction), centering on the center of the longitudinal direction of the main body 3041d0, the longitudinal direction ( FIG. Since the through hole 3413 is driven at a distance D3 (see FIG. 316), the through hole 3413 is arranged at a position away from the game nail YK in the main body 30410. FIG. Therefore, it is possible to ensure the strength of the periphery of the main body portion 30410 into which the game nail YK is driven. Therefore, it is possible to suppress damage to the main body portion 30410 due to the driving load when driving the game nail YK or due to the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK.

Next, referring to FIG. 332, the recess 30060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 332(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 30060d, FIG. 332(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 30060d, and FIG. 332(c) is the line CCCXXXIIc-CCCXXXIIc of FIG. 332(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 30060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 332(a) to 332(c), the recessed portion 30060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 332(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 332(c)). A facing portion 30060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 30060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 30060d in a front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 30400 (see FIG. 331). In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 30060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 332(c)) is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (see FIG. 331(c)) of the body portion 30410 of the first winning member 30400. ) and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 30060d to the back surface of the base plate 60 (for example, the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 30060d to the back surface of the base plate 60, which is 2.0). 5 times the size) is formed.

An upper surface 30060d13 and a lower surface 30060d14 of the recessed portion 30060d are formed in a tapered shape, and the upper surface 30060d13 of the recessed portion 30060d is arranged such that the rear side of the base plate 60 (the left side in FIG. 332(c)) is the lower side (the lower side in FIG. 332(c)). side), and the front position of the recessed portion 30060d is formed upward (upward in FIG. 332(c)) from the arrangement position of the recessed portion 27060d10, which will be described later. A lower surface 30060d14 of the recessed portion 30060d is formed on a surface in which the back surface side (left side in FIG. 332(c)) of the base plate 60 is inclined upward (upper side in FIG. 332(c)), and the position of the recessed portion 30060d on the front surface will be described later. 332(c) downward) from the arrangement position of the concave portion 27060d10.

In addition, the recessed portion 30060d is formed at two locations that are recessed from the front surface of the recessed portion 30060d toward the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 332(c)) in the direction perpendicular to the front surface of the recessed portion 30060d. It has a fastening hole 27060d4 and two recesses 27060d10.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 3413 (see FIG. 331) of the main body portion 30410 of the first winning member 30400 arranged inside the recessed portion 30060d in a front view.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 332(b)) are arranged in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 332(b)) centered on the center of the recessed portion 30060d in the left-right direction in front view. The side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right sides.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 332(b)) are from the bottom of the recessed portion 30060d to the upward direction (vertical direction in FIG. 332(b)). The center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the bottom surface of the first winning member 30400 to the back surface of the main body portion 30410 of the first prize winning member 30400 is disposed at a distance D5 (see FIG. 331(c)).

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left side in FIG. 332(c)) is the rear side (left side in FIG. 332(c)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 332(c)) driven into the base plate 60. is placed in In addition, the inner diameter of the circular shape when viewed from the front is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK.

An elastic member G1 is inserted into the recess 27060d10.

The facing portion 30060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 30060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 328 to FIG. 330, description will be made. The first prize winning member 30400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 30060d at a position where the front surface of the main body portion 30410 of the first prize winning member 30400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 are substantially flush with each other.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 30410 of the first winning member 30400 from being arranged with a step from the back surface to the front direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 330(b)). , the game ball flowing down the game area can be prevented from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

The fixing of the first winning member 30400 to the recessed portion 30060d (base plate 60) is performed by inserting the countersunk screw N5 into the through hole 3413 from the front side of the main body portion 30410 (Fig. A male thread formed on the shaft portion of the recess 30060d is screwed into a female thread formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the recess 30060d. Note that the head of the countersunk screw N5 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b disposed on the front side of the through-hole 3413 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 330(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N5 It is possible to prevent the part from popping out from the front of the first winning member 30400 to the front side (Fig. 330(a) front side of the paper surface).

Further, when the first prize winning member 30400 is fixed to the recessed portion 30060d (base plate 60), the upper surface 30060d13 of the recessed portion 30060d and the upper surface 30410a of the main body portion 30410 of the first prize winning member 30400 abut each other. The lower surface 30060d14 of 30060d and the lower surface 30410b of the main body portion 30410 of the first prize winning member 30400 come into contact with each other.

Therefore, in a state where the front surface of the main body portion 30410 of the first prize winning member 30400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 are substantially flush with each other, as described above, the first prize winning member 30400 The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 330(b)) of the body portion 30410 is formed to be equal to or slightly smaller than the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 330(b)) of the recess portion 30060d. Therefore, the rear surface of the main body portion 30410 of the first winning member 30400 and the front surface of the recessed portion 30060d do not come into contact with each other.

Here, the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 30060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 is small, and the strength is small.

Therefore, the driving load when driving the game nail YK or the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK is not transmitted to the front of the recessed portion 30060d having a small strength, and the base plate 60 is damaged. can be suppressed.

In addition, since the upper surface 30060d13 and the lower surface 30060d14 of the recessed portion 30060d formed in a tapered shape and the upper surface 30060d13 and the lower surface 30060d14 of the main body portion 30410 of the first winning member 30400 formed in a tapered shape are in contact with each other, the game nail YK or the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK, from the front to the back direction (Fig. 330 (b) left and right direction) and up and down direction (Fig. 330 (b) up and down), damage to the base plate 60 can be suppressed. In addition, it is possible to suppress positional deviation of the first prize winning member 30400 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 330(b)) when driving the game nail YK.

In addition, as described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 30410 of the first prize winning member 30400 protruding into the game area corresponds to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (FIG. 330(b)). The game nail YK is driven into the main body portion 30410 from the front side (the right side in FIG. 330(b)) until the length D2 protruded into the game area indicated by the dashed dotted line) is the same, and the tip of the game nail YK is the back surface of the main body portion 30410. 330d), the positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 330(a)) are different from each other in the left-right direction (see (a) left-right direction) of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 at a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls, and in the vertical direction of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 ( The position in FIG. 330(a) up-down direction) is from the bottom of the recess 30060d to the top (upward in FIG. 30410 is arranged at a distance D5 (see FIG. 331(c)) from the center of gravity of the protruding part of the game nail YK, the game nail YK is driven into the recess 30060d (base plate 60). Therefore, damage to the recessed portion 30060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10 is about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, positional deviation due to assembly tolerance and variations in the driving position of the game nail YK do not occur. However, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 30060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 30060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 30060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 30060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the recessed portion 30060d (base plate 60) and to suppress the processing cost of the recessed portion 27060d10.

Further, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 330(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the length of the game nail YK is equal to the length of the game nail driven into the main body 30410, Compared to the case where the tip of YK uses a game nail with a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body 30410, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first winning member 30400 is increased, and the first winning member 30400 A decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

Also, when replacing the first winning member 30400 due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 27060d10 of the recess 30060d. Therefore, the removal of the first winning member 30400 is easy.

Next, the 90th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 333 to 337. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 333 to 335, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 31400 in the 90th embodiment will be described. FIG. 333 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 31300 in the 90th embodiment. FIG. 334 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 31300. FIG. FIG. 335(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 31300, and FIG. 335(b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 31300 taken along line CCCXXXVb-CCCXXXVb of FIG. 335(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 334, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 335(b).

As shown in FIGS. 333 to 335, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 335(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 31060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 335(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 31300 is composed of a first prize winning member 31400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 31060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 31400 when viewed from the front. As a result, the first winning member 31400 can be arranged inside the recess 31060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 336, the first winning member 31400 in this embodiment will be described.

336(a) is a front perspective view of the first prize winning member 31400, FIG. 336(b) is a front view of the first prize winning member 31400, and FIG. 336(c) is a front view of the first prize winning member 31400. FIG. 336(d) is a side view, and FIG. 336(d) is a cross-sectional view of the first winning member 31400 taken along line CCCXXXVId-CCCXXXVId in FIG. 336(c).

As shown in FIGS. 336(a) to 336(d), the first prize-winning member 31400 is a main body formed of a hexagonal prism with tapered left and right ends of the bottom surface of a horizontally elongated substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front. It is formed by mainly including a part 31410 and a game nail YK.

The body portion 31410 is a portion into which the game nail YK is driven. 337).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 336(c)) of the body portion 31410 is the distance D1 ( (See FIG. 335(b)). In addition, the front and rear surfaces of the body portion 31410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

Tapered surfaces 31410a formed in a tapered shape on the main body portion 31410 are disposed at both left and right ends of the lower surface of the main body portion 31410, and taper upward (Fig. (b) upward).

In addition, the body portion 31410 has a circular shape when viewed in a vertical direction with respect to the tapered surface 31410a of the body portion 31410, and a through hole 31413 passing through the tapered surface 31410a in the vertical direction from the tapered surface 31410a to a counterbore 31413a described later, and A countersinking hole 31413a penetrating from the through hole 31413 to the upper surface of the main body portion 31410 is provided.

In a vertical view with respect to the tapered surface 31410a of the body portion 31410, the through-hole 31413 is arranged coaxially with the axis of a counterbore 31413a described later.

In addition, the through hole 31413 includes a screw head accommodating portion 3413b whose diameter is enlarged toward the upper surface side of the main body portion 31410 (the upper side in FIG. The inner diameter of the hole 31413 is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N5.

The counterbore 31413a is provided at the center of the body portion 31410 in the plate thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 336(c)). In addition, the counterbored hole 31413a is arranged outside in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 336(b)) or above (upper side in FIG. 336(b)) the arrangement position of the game nail YK, which will be described later, in a front view. .

Two game nails YK are arranged in front of the main body part 31410 in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body 31410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 336(b)), and in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 336(b)). In the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 336(b)) centering on the longitudinal center of the portion 31410, the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 are arranged apart by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls. be. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 336(b)) by 5 degrees.

As described above, the width (dimension) of the main body 31410 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 336(c)) is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. Since the distance D1 (see FIG. 335(b)) is formed to be smaller than the distance D1 (see FIG. 335(b)) to the base plate 60, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body 31410 protruding into the game area is equal to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. When the game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body 31410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side of FIG. 336(c)) to a position equal to the length D2 (see FIG. 335(b)) projecting into the game area of . , the game nail YK driven into the body portion 31410 passes through the body portion 31410, and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 31410. As shown in FIG.

Next, referring to FIG. 337, the recess 31060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 337(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 31060d, FIG. 337(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 31060d, and FIG. 337(c) is the line CCCXXXVIIc-CCCXXXVIIc of FIG. 337(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 31060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 337(a) to 337(c), the recessed portion 31060d is formed below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (on the lower side in FIG. 337(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 337(c)). A facing portion 31060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 31060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 31060d in a front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 31400 (see FIG. 336).

Therefore, the lower surface of the recessed portion 31060d is formed in a tapered shape, and the tapered surface 31060d13 formed on the lower surface of the recessed portion 31060d tapers upward (Fig. 337 (b) upward).

In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 337(c)) of the recessed portion 31060d is the same as the width in the thickness direction (see FIG. 336(c)) of the body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400. Alternatively, it is formed slightly larger and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 31060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (for example, 2.5 times the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 31060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60). size) is formed.

In addition, the recessed portion 31060d has two recessed portions 27060d10 in the vertical direction with respect to the front surface of the recessed portion 31060d, and the tapered surface 31060d13 has a circular shape when viewed in the vertical direction with respect to the tapered surface 31060d13. It has two fastening holes 27060d4 recessed in the vertical direction.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 337(b)) are arranged in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 337(b)) centered on the center of the recessed portion 31060d in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. The side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right sides.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 337(b)) are from the lower surface of the recessed portion 31060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. 337(b)), The distance D4 (see FIG. 336(c)) from the lower surface of the 31410 to the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the main body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400 is disposed at a position away.

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left side in FIG. 337(c)) is the rear side (left side in FIG. 337(c)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 337(c)) driven into the base plate 60. is placed in

An elastic member G1 is inserted into the recess 27060d10.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 31413 (see FIG. 336) of the main body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400 arranged inside the recessed portion 31060d.

The facing portion 31060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 31060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 333 to FIG. 335, description will be made. The first prize winning member 31400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 31060d at a position where the front surface of the main body portion 31410 of the first prize winning member 31400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 are substantially flush with each other.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400 from being arranged with a step from the back surface to the front direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 335(b)). , the game ball flowing down the game area can be prevented from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

To fix the first prize winning member 31400 to the recess 31060d (base plate 60), insert the countersunk screw N5 into the through hole 31413 from above the body portion 31410 of the first prize winning member 31400 (upward in FIG. 335(a)). A male screw formed on the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N5 is screwed into the tapered surface 31060d13 of the recessed portion 31060d and a female screw formed in the fastening hole 27060d4.

As a result, there is no need to provide a through hole for inserting a screw in the body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400, and the strength of the body portion 31410 can be increased.

In addition, when viewed in a vertical direction with respect to the tapered surface 31410a of the body portion 31410, the head of the countersunk screw N5 is arranged inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b arranged above the through hole 31413 (upper side in FIG. 335(b)). By doing so, it is possible to suppress the head of the countersunk screw N5 from protruding upward (upward in FIG. 335(c)) from the upper surface of the first prize winning member 31400 .

In addition, the front surface of the main body portion 31410 of the first prize winning member 31400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 are arranged at a position where they are substantially flush with each other, and the first prize winning member 31400 is positioned in the recess portion 31060d (base plate 60). In the fixed state, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of main body portion 31410 (left-right direction in FIG. ), the rear surface of the main body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400 and the front surface of the recessed portion 31060d do not come into contact with each other.

Here, the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 31060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 is small, and the strength is small.

Therefore, the driving load when driving the game nail YK or the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK is not transmitted to the front of the recessed portion 31060d having a small strength, and the base plate 60 is damaged. can be suppressed.

Further, instead of the game nail YK, a game nail (not shown) having a helical groove formed on the tip side of the shaft portion of the game nail YK may be used. When driving a game nail having a helical groove, the game nail having a helical groove has a helical groove when viewed in the direction in which the game nail having the helical groove is driven. The game nail is driven into the body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400 while rotating around the axis of the game nail. As a result, a rotational force is generated in the body portion 31410 about the shaft portion of the game nail having the helical groove formed thereon, and the tapered surface 31410a of the body portion 31410 and the tapered surface 31060d13 of the recessed portion 31060d come into contact with each other. Since they are in contact with each other, the rotation of the main body portion 31410 is suppressed. Therefore, positional deviation of the first winning member 31400 with respect to the recessed portion 31060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

As described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400 protruding into the game area corresponds to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (Fig. 335(b) double-dot chain line). ) into the main body 31410 from the front side (the right side in FIG. 335(b)) until the length D2 protruding into the game area is equal to the length D2, and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back of the main body 31410. Even in this state, the positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 335(a)) are different in the left-right direction (the ) in the left-to-right direction) of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 at a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls, and in the vertical direction of the center of the two concave portions 27060d10 (see FIG. 335). (a) up-down direction) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 31060d upward (upward in FIG. 335(a)) from the lower surface of the main body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400 Since the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting on the rear side is separated by a distance D4 (see FIG. 336(c)), the game nail YK is not driven into the recess portion 31060d (base plate 60). Damage to the recessed portion 31060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10 is about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, positional deviation due to assembly tolerance and variations in the driving position of the game nail YK do not occur. However, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 31060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 31060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 31060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 31060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the recessed portion 31060d (base plate 60) and to suppress the processing cost of the recessed portion 27060d10.

Also, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 313(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the lengths protruding into the game area are equal, the game nail driven into the main body portion 31410 Compared to the case where the tip of YK uses a game nail with a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body 31410, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first winning member 31400 is increased, and the first winning member 31400 A decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

Also, when replacing the first winning member 31400 due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 27060d10 of the recess 31060d. Therefore, the removal of the first winning member 31400 is easy.

In addition, as described above, the counterbored hole 31413a is arranged longitudinally (horizontal direction in FIG. 335(a)) or above (upper side in FIG. 335(a)) from the arrangement position of the game nail YK in a front view. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game nail YK from passing through the counterbore 31413a and being driven.

Therefore, in a state where the game nail YK is driven into the main body portion 31410 of the first winning member 31400, the countersunk screw N5 can be removed, and the first winning member 31400 can be removed from the recess portion 31060d. In addition, it is possible to prevent the contact area between the game nail YK and the first prize winning member 31400 from becoming small, and suppress the decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 31400 .

Next, the 91st embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 338 to 342. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 338 to 340, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 32400 in the 91st embodiment will be described. FIG. 338 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 32300 in the 91st embodiment. FIG. 339 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 32300. FIG. FIG. 340(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 32300, and FIG. 340(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 32300 along the line CCCXLb-CCCXLb in FIG. 340(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 339, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 340(b).

As shown in FIGS. 338 to 340, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 340(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 32060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 340(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 32300 is composed of a first prize winning member 32400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 32060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 32400 when viewed from the front. As a result, the first winning member 32400 can be arranged inside the recess 32060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 341, the first winning member 32400 in this embodiment will be described.

341(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 32400, FIG. 341(b) is a front view of the first winning member 32400, and FIG. 341(c) is a front view of the first winning member 32400. It is a top view.

As shown in FIGS. 341(a) to 341(c), the first winning member 32400 includes a main body portion 32410 formed of a substantially rectangular rectangular parallelepiped in front view, and a side surface of the main body portion 32410 (FIG. 341(b)). The left and right surfaces) are mainly provided with an overhanging portion 32420 formed from a semi-circular column in front view that overhangs outward in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 341(b)) and a game nail YK. It is formed.

The body portion 32410 is a portion into which the game nail YK is driven, and the width (dimension) of the body portion 32410 in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 341(c)) is the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. from the front surface of the base plate 60 to the tip of the game nail YK (see FIG. 340(b)). In addition, the front and back surfaces of the body portion 32410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

As described above, the protruding portion 32420 protrudes outward in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 341(b)) at the center of the side surface (left and right side surfaces in FIG. , the center of the semicircular shape in front view is disposed at a position that coincides with the center of a through hole 3413, which will be described later. In addition, the front surface (lower surface in FIG. 341(c)) and the rear surface (upper surface in FIG. 341(c)) of the projecting portion 32420 are the front surface (lower surface in FIG. They are disposed so as to form the same surface as the rear surface (upper surface in FIG. 341(c)).

In addition, the size of the semicircular shape when viewed from the front is formed to be larger than the countersunk housing portion 3413b on the front surface of the main body portion 32410 .

The through-hole 3413 has a screw head accommodating portion 3413b whose diameter is enlarged toward the front side (Fig. 341(b) front side of the paper surface), and the center of the through-hole 3413 is in the vertical direction (Fig. 341(b) vertical direction). are arranged at the center of the body portion 32410 in the short direction, and are arranged at both ends of the body portion 3241d0 in the longitudinal direction in the left-right direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 341(b)).

Two game nails YK are arranged in front of the main body part 32410 in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body portion 32410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 341(b)), and in the lateral direction (lateral direction in FIG. 341(b)) Centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the portion 3241d0, in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 341(b)), the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 are spaced apart by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls. be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 341(b)) by 5 degrees.

As described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 341(c)) of the main body portion 32410 is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. Since the distance D1 (see FIG. 340(b)) is formed to be smaller than the distance D1 (see FIG. 340(b)) to the base plate 60, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body 32410 protruding into the game area is equal to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. The game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body 32410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 341(c)) until the length D2 (see FIG. 340(b)) protruding into the game area is equal to the position. Then, the game nail YK driven into the body portion 32410 penetrates the body portion 32410 and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 32410 .

Returning to FIG. 338 to FIG. 340, description will be made. The first prize winning member 32400 is arranged inside the hollow portion 32060d so that the rear surface of the main body portion 32410 of the first prize winning member 32400 and the front surface of the hollow portion 32060d are in contact with each other.

Fixation of the first winning member 32400 to the recessed portion 32060d (base plate 60) is performed by forming countersunk screws N5 on the main body portion 32410 and the overhanging portion 32420 from the front side of the main body portion 32410 (Fig. 340(a) front side of the paper surface). The countersunk screw N5 is inserted into the through hole 3413, and the male thread formed on the shaft of the countersunk screw N5 is screwed into the female thread formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the recess 32060d, which will be described later. Note that the head of the countersunk screw N5 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b disposed on the front side of the through-hole 3413 (the front side of the paper surface of FIG. 340(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N5 It is possible to prevent the part from popping out from the front of the first winning member 32400 to the front side (Fig. 340(a) front side of the paper surface).

Here, with reference to FIG. 342, the recess 32060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 342(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 32060d, FIG. 342(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 32060d, and FIG. 342(c) is the line CCCXLIIc-CCCXLIIc of FIG. 342(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 32060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 342(a) to 342(c), the recessed portion 32060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 342(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front side toward the back side (left side in FIG. 342(c)). A facing portion 32060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 32060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 32060d in a front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 32400 (see FIG. 341). Therefore, the recessed portion 32060d is formed with a receiving portion 32060d13 recessed outward in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 342(b)) in a semicircular shape when viewed from the front.

As described above, the receiving portion 32060d13 is recessed outward in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 342(b)) in the side surface of the recessed portion 32060d. Centrally located.

Also, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 32060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 342(c)) is approximately the width in the thickness direction of the body portion 32410 of the first winning member 32400 (see FIG. 341(c)). It is formed to have the same dimensions and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recess 32060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (for example, 2.5 times the distance from the front surface of the recess 32060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60). size) is formed.

In addition, the recessed portion 32060d has a circular shape in a front view that is recessed from the front surface of the recessed portion 32060d toward the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 342(c)) in the direction perpendicular to the front surface of the recessed portion 32060d. It has four fastening holes 27060d4 and two recesses 27060d10.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 3413 (see FIG. 341) of the main body portion 32410 of the first winning member 32400 arranged inside the recessed portion 32060d in a front view.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 342(b)) are arranged in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 342(b)) centered on the center of the recessed portion 32060d in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. The side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right sides.

The position of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 342(b)) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 32060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. 32410 from the lower surface of the first winning member 32400 to the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting to the back surface of the main body portion 32410 is disposed at a distance D4 (see FIG. 341 (c)) away.

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left surface in FIG. 342(c)) is the rear side (left side in FIG. 342(c)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 342(c)) driven into the base plate 60. is placed in In addition, the inner diameter of the circular shape when viewed from the front is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK.

An elastic member G1 is inserted into the recess 27060d10.

The facing portion 32060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 32060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 338 to FIG. 340, description will be made. As described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 32410 of the first prize winning member 32400 protruding into the game area corresponds to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (Fig. 340(b) double-dot chain line ) into the main body portion 32410 from the front side (the right side of FIG. 340(b)) until the length D2 protruded into the game area of ), and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the main body portion 32410. Even in this state, the positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 340(a)) are different in the left-right direction (the ) in the left-right direction) of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 at a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls, and in the vertical direction of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 (see FIG. 340). (a) up-down direction) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 32060d upward (upward in FIG. 340(a)) from the lower surface of the main body portion 32410 of the first winning member 32400 Since the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting on the rear side is separated by a distance D4 (see FIG. 341(c)), the game nail YK is not driven into the recess portion 32060d (base plate 60). Damage to the recessed portion 32060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10 is about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, positional deviation due to assembly tolerance and variations in the driving position of the game nail YK do not occur. However, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 32060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 32060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 32060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 32060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the recessed portion 32060d (base plate 60) and to suppress the processing cost of the recessed portion 27060d10.

Also, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 340(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the length of the game nail YK is equal to the length of the game nail driven into the main body 32410, Compared to the case where the tip of YK uses a game nail with a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body 32410, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first winning member 32400 is increased, and the first winning member 32400 A decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

Also, when replacing the first winning member 32400 due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 27060d10 of the recess 32060d. Therefore, the removal of the first winning member 32400 is easy.

Further, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 32060d (left and right direction in FIG. direction), and the front surface of the main body portion 32410 of the first winning member 32400 is formed in a plane perpendicular to the lower surface. It can be arranged at a position substantially flush with the front surface of the body portion 32410 of the winning member 32400 . Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 32410 of the first winning member 32400 from being arranged with a step from the back surface to the front direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 340(b)). , the game ball flowing down the game area can be prevented from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

Further, instead of the game nail YK, a game nail (not shown) having a helical groove formed on the tip side of the shaft portion of the game nail YK may be used. When driving a game nail having a helical groove, the game nail having a helical groove has a helical groove when viewed in the direction in which the game nail having the helical groove is driven. The game nail is driven into the body portion 32410 of the first winning member 32400 while rotating around the shaft portion of the game nail. Therefore, a rotational force is generated in the main body portion 32410 with the shaft portion of the game nail having the helical groove formed as the rotation axis. , the rotation of the first winning member 32400 is suppressed. Therefore, positional deviation of the first winning member 32400 with respect to the recessed portion 32060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Here, as described above, the hollow portion 32060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 32400 when viewed from the front, but the first prize winning member 32400 must be arranged inside. Therefore, considering the dimensional tolerance, the recessed portion 32060d is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the first winning member 32400 .

Further, the first prize winning member 32400 is displaced inside the recess 32060d by repeated collisions of the game balls flowing down the game area with the game nail YK.

On the other hand, the projecting portion 32420 of the first prize winning member 32400 can reduce the amount of positional deviation of the first prize winning member 32400 .

For example, when the first winning member 32400 is arranged below the recessed portion 32060d (lower side in FIG. 340(a)) with respect to the design position, the lower surface of the main body portion 32410 of the first winning member 32400 , the lower surface of the recessed portion 32060d, the lower half of the overhanging portion 32420 of the first winning member 32400 (lower side in FIG. (a) Lower) The distance between the half circular portions is arranged to be smaller than the design position.

Therefore, the projecting portion 32420 of the first prize winning member 32400 and the receiving portion 32060d13 of the recessed portion 32060d are located not only on the lower side of the semicircular shape when viewed from the front (lower side of FIG. 340(a)), but also on both left and right sides ( a) The distance until it abuts on both left and right sides is smaller than the design position.

Therefore, when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK, and the first winning member 32400 is displaced downward (FIG. 340(a) downward) and in the horizontal direction (FIG. 340(a) horizontal direction). In this case, it is possible to reduce not only the amount of positional deviation of the first winning member 32400 in the downward direction (the downward direction in FIG. 340(a)) but also the amount of positional deviation in the lateral direction (the lateral direction in FIG. 340(a)). can.

Further, for example, the rotational force of the countersunk screw N5 when fixing the first prize winning member 32400 to the recess 32060d is transmitted to the first prize winning member 32400, and the first prize winning member 32400 is attached to the recess 32060d. When rotated around, the right side of the first winning member 32400 (the right side in FIG. 340(a)), the lower side of the projecting portion 32420 (the lower side in FIG. 340(a)), and the right side of the recessed portion 32060d. (Fig. 340(a) right side) below the receiving portion 32060d13 (Fig. 340(a) lower side) and the upper side of the projecting portion 32420 (Fig. 340(a) upper side) and the upper side of the receiving portion 32060d13 (FIG. 340(a) upper side) on the left side of the recessed portion 32060d (FIG. 340(a) left side) becomes smaller than the designed position.

In this state, when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK from the diagonally upper left direction in front view, the first winning member 32400 is displaced diagonally downward to the right, but is arranged at the designed position. 340(a) right side of the first prize winning member 32400 (Fig. 340(a) right side). is smaller than the design position until it abuts on the circular portion on the diagonally lower right side of the receiving portion 32060d13.

Therefore, even if the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK from the diagonally upper left direction in the front view, and the first winning member 32400 is displaced diagonally downward to the right, the position shifts in the diagonally downward right direction. can be reduced.

Similarly, in a state in which the first winning member 32400 is rotated counterclockwise in a front view with respect to the designed position, a game ball flowing down the game area is attached to the game nail YK to the right in a front view. In the case of a collision from the obliquely upward direction, it is possible to reduce the amount of positional deviation of the first winning member 32400 in the obliquely downward left direction.

Next, the 92nd embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 343 to 347. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 343 to 345, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 33400 in the 92nd embodiment will be described. FIG. 343 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 33300 in the 92nd embodiment. FIG. 344 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 33300. FIG. FIG. 345(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 33300, and FIG. 345(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 33300 taken along line CCCXLVb-CCCXLVb in FIG. 345(a). is. 344, illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted, and illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 345(b).

As shown in FIGS. 343 to 345, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 345(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 33060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 345(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 33300 is composed of a first prize winning member 33400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 33060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 33400 when viewed from the front. As a result, the first winning member 33400 can be arranged inside the recess 33060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 346, the first winning member 33400 in this embodiment will be described.

346(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 33400, FIG. 346(b) is a front view of the first winning member 33400, and FIG. 346(c) is a front view of the first winning member 33400. It is a top view.

As shown in FIGS. 346(a) to 346(c), the first prize-winning member 33400 includes a main body 33410 formed of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped that is horizontally long when viewed from the front, and centering on the vertices of the four corners of the main body 33410. It is mainly formed by projecting portions 33420 projecting outward from the four corners of the main body portion 33410 and game nails YK.

The body portion 33410 is a portion into which the game nail YK is driven, and the width (dimension) of the body portion 33410 in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 346(c)) is the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 345(b)) from the front surface of the base plate 60 to the tip of the game nail YK. Also, the front and rear surfaces of the main body portion 33410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

As described above, since the overhanging portions 33420 project outward from the four corners of the main body portion 33410 centering on the vertices of the four corners of the main body portion 33410, the shape in front view of the main body portion 33410 extends from the side surface to the upper surface or the upper surface. It is formed in an arc-shaped shape on the lower surface. In addition, the front and rear surfaces of the projecting portion 33420 and the front and rear surfaces of the main body portion 33410 are arranged to form the same surfaces.

The through-hole 3413 has a screw head accommodating portion 3413b whose diameter is expanded toward the front side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 346(b)), and the center of the through-hole 3413 is aligned with the center of the overhanging portion 33420. are placed.

Two game nails YK are arranged in front of the main body part 33410 in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are disposed at the center of the main body portion 33410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 346(b)), and in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. Centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the portion 3341d0, in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 346(b)), the inner facing distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is arranged. be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 341(b)) by 5 degrees.

As described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 346(c)) of the main body portion 33410 is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. Since the distance D1 (see FIG. 345(b)) is formed to be smaller than the distance D1 (see FIG. 345(b)) to the base plate 60, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 33410 protruding into the game area is equal to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. The game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body 33410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 346(c)) until the length D2 (see FIG. 345(b)) protruding into the game area is equal to the position. Then, the game nail YK driven into the body portion 33410 penetrates the body portion 33410, and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 33410.

Returning to FIG. 343 to FIG. 345, description will be made. The first prize winning member 33400 is arranged inside the hollow portion 33060d so that the rear surface of the main body portion 33410 of the first prize winning member 33400 and the front surface of the hollow portion 33060d are in contact with each other.

Fixation of the first winning member 33400 to the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60) is performed by forming countersunk screws N5 on the main body portion 33410 and the protruding portion 33420 from the front side of the main body portion 33410 (Fig. 345(a) front side of the paper surface). The countersunk screw N5 is inserted into the through hole 3413, and the male thread formed on the shaft of the countersunk screw N5 is screwed into the female thread formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the recess 33060d, which will be described later. Note that the head of the countersunk screw N5 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b disposed on the front side of the through-hole 3413 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 345(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N5 It is possible to prevent the part from popping out from the front of the first winning member 33400 to the front side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 345(a)).

Here, with reference to FIG. 347, the recess 33060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 347(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 33060d, FIG. 347(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 33060d, and FIG. 347(c) is the line CCCXLVIIc-CCCXLVIIc of FIG. 347(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 33060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 347(a) to 347(c), the recessed portion 33060d is formed below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (on the lower side in FIG. 347(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 347(c)). A facing portion 33060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 33060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 33060d in a front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 33400 (see FIG. 346). Therefore, the recessed portion 33060d is formed with receiving portions 33060d13 recessed in an arc from the apexes of the four corners of the recessed portion 33060d to the outside and from the side surfaces of the recessed portion 33060d to the upper surface or the lower surface.

Also, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 33060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 347(c)) is approximately the width in the thickness direction of the body portion 33410 of the first winning member 33400 (see FIG. 346(c)). The dimensions are the same and the distance is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recess 33060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (for example, 2.5 times the distance from the front surface of the recess 33060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60). size) is formed.

In addition, the recessed portion 33060d has a circular shape in a front view that is recessed from the front surface of the recessed portion 33060d toward the back side of the base plate 60 (the left side in FIG. 347(c)) in the direction perpendicular to the front surface of the recessed portion 33060d. It has four fastening holes 27060d4 and two recesses 27060d10.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 3413 (see FIG. 346) of the main body portion 33410 of the first winning member 33400 arranged inside the recessed portion 33060d in a front view.

The positions in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 347(b)) of the centers of the two concave portions 27060d10 are arranged in the left-right direction (right-left direction in FIG. 347(b)) centered on the center in the left-right direction of the recessed portion 35060d in front view. The side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right sides.

The position of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 347(b)) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 33060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. The center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the bottom surface of the first winning member 33400 to the back surface of the main body portion 33410 of the first prize winning member 33400 is disposed at a distance D4 (see FIG. 346(c)).

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left side in FIG. 347(c)) is the rear side (left side in FIG. 347(c)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 347(c)) driven into the base plate 60. is placed in In addition, the inner diameter of the circular shape when viewed from the front is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK.

An elastic member G1 is inserted into the recess 27060d10.

The facing portion 33060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 33060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 343 to FIG. 345, description will be made. As described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 33410 of the first prize winning member 33400 protruding into the game area corresponds to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (Fig. 345(b) double-dot chain line ) into the main body 33410 from the front side (the right side of FIG. 345(b)) until the length D2 protruding into the game area is equal to the length D2, and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back of the main body 33410. Even in this state, the positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 345(a)) are different in the left-right direction (the ) in the left-right direction) at a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320, and in the vertical direction of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 (a) up-down direction) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 33060d upward (upward in FIG. 345(a)) from the lower surface of the main body portion 33410 of the first winning member 33400 Since the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting on the rear side is separated by a distance D4 (see FIG. 346(c)), the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60). Damage to the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10 is about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, positional deviation due to assembly tolerance and variations in the driving position of the game nail YK do not occur. However, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60) and to suppress an increase in processing of the recessed portion 27060d10.

Further, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 345(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the lengths protruding into the game area are equal, the game nail driven into the main body portion 33410 Compared to the case where the tip of YK uses a game nail with a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body 33410, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first winning member 33400 is increased, and the first winning member 33400 A decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

Also, when replacing the first winning member 33400 due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 27060d10 of the recess 33060d. Therefore, the removal of the first winning member 33400 is easy.

In addition, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left and right direction in FIG. 345(b)) of the recessed portion 33060d is the direction), and the front surface of the main body portion 33410 of the first winning member 33400 is formed in a plane perpendicular to the lower surface. The front surface of the body portion 33410 of the prize winning member 33400 can be arranged at a position that is substantially the same (flush). Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 33410 of the first winning member 33400 from being arranged with a step in the front direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 345(b)) from the rear surface. , the game ball flowing down the game area can be prevented from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

Further, instead of the game nail YK, a game nail (not shown) having a helical groove formed on the tip side of the shaft portion of the game nail YK may be used. When driving a game nail having a helical groove, the game nail having a helical groove has a helical groove when viewed in the direction in which the game nail having the helical groove is driven. The game nail is driven into the body portion 33410 of the first winning member 33400 while rotating around the axis of the game nail. Therefore, a rotational force is generated in the body portion 33410 with the shaft portion of the game nail having the helical groove formed as the rotation axis. , the rotation of the first winning member 33400 is suppressed. Therefore, positional deviation of the first winning member 33400 with respect to the recessed portion 33060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Here, as described above, the recessed portion 33060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 33400 when viewed from the front, but the first prize winning member 33400 must be arranged inside. Therefore, considering the dimensional tolerance, the recessed portion 33060d is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the first winning member 33400 .

In addition, the first winning member 33400 is displaced inside the recessed portion 33060d by repeated collisions of the game balls flowing down the game area with the game nail YK.

On the other hand, the projecting portion 33420 of the first prize winning member 33400 can reduce the amount of positional deviation of the first prize winning member 33400 .

For example, when the first winning member 33400 is arranged below the recessed portion 33060d (lower side in FIG. 345(a)) with respect to the designed position, the lower surface of the main body portion 33410 of the first winning member 33400 , the lower surface of the recessed portion 33060d, the lower side of the projecting portion 33420 of the first winning member 33400 (lower side in FIG. 345(a)), the lower side of the receiving portion 33060d13 of the recessed portion 33060d ( a) The distance between the lower side) and the arc portion is arranged to be smaller than the design position.

Therefore, the projecting portion 33420 of the first winning member 33400 and the receiving portion 33060d13 of the recessed portion 33060d are located not only on the lower side of the circle in front view (the lower side in FIG. 345(a)), but also on the left and right sides (the ) is smaller than the design position.

Therefore, when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK, and the first winning member 33400 is displaced downward (FIG. 345(a) downward) and in the horizontal direction (FIG. 345(a) horizontal direction). Also, it is possible to reduce not only the amount of positional deviation in the downward direction (the downward direction in FIG. 345(a)) but also the amount of positional deviation in the lateral direction (the lateral direction in FIG. 345(a)) of the first winning member 33400. can.

Further, for example, the rotational force of the countersunk screw N5 when fixing the first prize winning member 33400 to the recess 33060d is transmitted to the first prize winning member 33400, and the first prize winning member 33400 moves against the recess 33060d when viewed from the front. When rotated around, the right side of the first prize winning member 33400 (the right side in FIG. 345(a)), the lower side of the projecting portion 33420 (the lower side in FIG. 345(a)), and the right side of the recessed portion 33060d. (Fig. 345(a) right side), the lower side of the receiving portion 33060d13 (Fig. 345(a) lower side), and the upper side of the projecting portion 33420 (Fig. 345(a) upper side) and the upper side of the receiving portion 313060d13 (FIG. 345(a) upper side) on the left side of the recessed portion 33060d (FIG. 345(a) left side) becomes smaller than the designed position.

In this state, when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK from the diagonally upper left direction in front view, the first prize winning member 33400 is displaced diagonally downward to the right, but it is arranged at the designed position. Compared to the case where the first prize winning member 33400 is placed on the upper right side, the circular portion on the lower right side of the projecting portion 33420 is positioned on the lower right side of the receiving portion 33060d13 on the upper right side of the recessed portion 33060d. The distance until it contacts the circular part of is smaller than the design position.

Also, in this state, when a game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK from the diagonally upper right direction in front view, the first winning member 33400 is displaced diagonally downward to the left, but is placed at the designed position. Compared to the case where it is provided, the circular part on the left oblique lower side of the projecting part 33420 arranged on the lower right of the first prize winning member 33400 is located at the lower right of the recess part 33060d. The distance until it abuts on the circular part on the diagonally lower left side is smaller than the designed position.

Therefore, when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK from the diagonally upper left direction or the diagonally upper right direction in front view, and the first winning member 33400 is displaced in the diagonally downward right direction or the diagonally downward left direction. Also, the amount of positional deviation in the diagonally downward right direction or the diagonally downward left direction can be reduced.

Similarly, in a state in which the first winning member 33400 is rotated counterclockwise in a front view with respect to the designed position, a game ball flowing down the game area is attached to the game nail YK on the right in a front view. When the first winning member 33400 collides from the obliquely upward direction or the obliquely upward left direction, it is possible to reduce the amount of positional deviation of the first winning member 33400 in the obliquely downward left direction or the obliquely downward right direction.

Next, the 93rd embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 348 to 352. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 348 to 350, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 34400 in the 93rd embodiment will be described. FIG. 348 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 34300 in the 93rd embodiment. FIG. 349 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 34300. FIG. FIG. 350(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 34300, and FIG. 350(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 34300 along line CCCLb-CCCLb in FIG. 350(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 349, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 350(b).

As shown in FIGS. 348 to 350, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 350(b)) on which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 34060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 350(b)) is formed.

The prize winning opening unit 34300 is composed of a first prize winning member 34400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 34060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 34400 when viewed from the front. As a result, the first winning member 34400 can be arranged inside the recess 34060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 351, the first winning member 34400 in this embodiment will be described.

351(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 34400, FIG. 351(b) is a front view of the first winning member 34400, and FIG. 351(c) is a front view of the first winning member 34400. It is a top view.

As shown in FIGS. 351(a) to 351(c), the first prize winning member 34400 mainly includes a main body portion 34410 formed of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped horizontally elongated when viewed from the front, and a game nail YK. be.

The main body portion 34410 is a portion into which the game nail YK is driven, and has a notch portion 34410a and a through hole 3413 . Further, as described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 34410 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 34060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 352).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 351(c)) of the body portion 34410 is the distance D1 ( (see FIG. 350(b)). Also, the front and rear surfaces of the main body portion 34410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

The through-hole 3413 is provided with a screw head accommodating portion 3413b whose diameter is enlarged toward the front side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 351(b)), and is arranged at the four corners of the main body portion 34410.

The notch portions 34410a are provided on both sides of the back surface of the main body portion 34410 so as to extend longitudinally (horizontal direction in FIG. 351(c)) from the arrangement position of the game nail YK, which will be described later, and from the arrangement position of the screw head accommodating portion 3413b. are also arranged inside. In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the notch portion 34410a (vertical direction in FIG. 351(c)) is the same as the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of an overhanging portion 34060d11 (FIG. 352(c) reference) is formed to be equal to or slightly smaller than the width (dimension).

Two game nails YK are arranged on the front side of the main body part 34410 (Fig. 351(b) front side of the paper surface) in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body portion 34410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 351(b)), and in the lateral direction (lateral direction in FIG. 351(b)). In the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 351(b)) centering on the longitudinal center of the portion 34410, the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 are arranged apart from each other by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls. be. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 351(c)) by 5 degrees.

As described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 351(c)) of the main body portion 34410 is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. 350(b)), the length protruding into the game area of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 34410 is equal to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. The game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body 34410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 351(c)) until the length D2 (see FIG. 350(b)) protruding into the game area is equal to the position. Then, the game nail YK driven into the body portion 34410 penetrates the body portion 34410 and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 34410 .

In addition, as described above, the through holes 3413 are arranged at the four corners of the body portion 27410, whereas the game nail YK is positioned at the center of the body portion 34410 in the short direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 351(b)). 351(b) left-right direction) is centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the main body 34410, and the longitudinal direction (FIG. 351(b) left-right direction) The through-hole 3413 is arranged at a position apart from the game nail YK in the body portion 34410 because it is driven at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner sides of the walls. Therefore, it is possible to ensure the strength of the periphery of the main body portion 34410 into which the game nail YK is driven. Therefore, it is possible to suppress damage to the main body 34410 due to the driving load when driving the game nail YK or due to the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK.

Next, referring to FIG. 352, the recess 34060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 352(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 34060d, FIG. 352(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 34060d, and FIG. 352(c) is the CCCLIIc-CCCLIIc line of FIG. is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 34060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 352(a) to 352(c), the recessed portion 34060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 352(b)) as described above. 352(c) to the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 352(c)). A facing portion 34060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 34060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the hollow portion 34060d in a front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 34400 (see FIG. 351). In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 34060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 352(c)) is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (see FIG. 351(d)) of the body portion 34410 of the first winning member 34400. ) and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 34060d to the back surface of the base plate 60 (for example, the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 34060d to the back surface of the base plate 60, which is 2.0). 5 times the size) is formed.

The recessed portion 34060d has projecting portions 34060d11 projecting from the back side (the left side in FIG. 352(c)) toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 352(c)) on both left and right sides of the front surface of the recessed portion 34060d. , four fastening holes that are circular in front view and recessed from the front surface of the recessed portion 34060d toward the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 352(c)) in the vertical direction with respect to the front surface of the recessed portion 34060d. 27060d4 and two recesses 27060d10.

The overhanging portion 34060d11 has an external shape in front view that is substantially the same as the external shape in rear view of the notch portion 34410a formed in the main body portion 34410 of the first prize winning member 34400 (see FIG. 351). to the front surface of the base plate 60 is the distance from the front surface of the main body portion 34410 of the first winning member 34400 to the notch portion 34410a formed in the main body portion 34410 of the first winning member 34400 (see FIG. 351(c) ) are formed substantially identically.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 3413 (see FIG. 351) of the main body portion 34410 of the first winning member 34400 arranged inside the recessed portion 34060d in a front view. In addition, the inner diameter of the fastening hole 27060d4 is formed to have substantially the same dimension as the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N5, and as described above, the fastening hole 27060d4 is formed with a female thread.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 352(b)) are arranged in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 352(b)) centered on the center of the recessed portion 34060d in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. It is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320, which will be described later.

The position of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 352(b)) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 34060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. It is disposed at a distance from the lower surface of the 34410 to the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the main body portion 34410 of the first winning member 34400 .

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left side in FIG. 352(c)) is the rear side (left side in FIG. 352(c)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 352(c)) driven into the base plate 60. is placed in In addition, the inner diameter of the circular shape when viewed from the front is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK.

An elastic member G1 is inserted into the recess 27060d10.

The facing portion 34060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 34060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 348 to FIG. 350, description will be made. The first prize winning member 34400 is arranged in such a manner that a notch portion 34410a formed in the main body portion 34410 of the first prize winning member 34400 and an overhang portion 34060d11 formed in the hollow portion 34060d are in contact with each other inside the hollow portion 34060d. be established.

As described above, the distance from the projecting portion 34060d11 to the front surface of the base plate 60 is from the front surface of the main body portion 34410 of the first prize winning member 34400 to the notch portion 34410a formed in the main body portion 34410 of the first prize winning member 34400. (see FIG. 351(c)), the front surface of the body portion 34410 of the first winning member 34400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 are arranged at a position where they are substantially flush with each other. be done.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 34410 of the first winning member 34400 from being arranged with a step from the rear surface to the front direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 350(b)). , the game ball flowing down the game area can be prevented from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

In addition, to fix the first winning member 34400 to the recessed portion 34060d (base plate 60), the countersunk screw N8 is inserted into the through hole 3413 from the front side of the main body portion 34410 (Fig. This is done by screwing a male thread formed on the shaft of the screw N8 into a female thread formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the recess 34060d. Note that the head of the countersunk screw N8 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b disposed on the front side of the through-hole 3413 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 350(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N8 It is possible to prevent the part from popping out from the front of the first winning member 34400 to the front side (Fig. 350(a) front side of the paper surface).

In addition, as described above, the width (dimension) of the notch 34410a in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. (b) The width (dimension) in the horizontal direction) is formed to be equal to or slightly smaller than the width (dimension), so that the rear surface of the first winning member 34400 and the front surface of the recess 34060d do not come into contact with each other.

Therefore, the driving load when driving the game nail YK or the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK is not transmitted to the front of the recessed portion 34060d having a small strength, and the base plate 60 is damaged. can be suppressed.

Further, as described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 34410 of the first prize winning member 34400 protruding into the game area is the same as the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (Fig. 350(b) 2 The game nail YK is driven into the main body 34410 from the front side (the right side in FIG. 350(b)) until the length D2 protruded into the game area (dotted chain line) is equal to the length D2, and the tip of the game nail YK is the back of the main body 34410. 350d), the positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. (a) left-right direction) of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 at a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls, and in the vertical direction of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 ( The position in FIG. 350(a) vertical direction) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 34060d upward (FIG. 350(a) upward direction), from the lower surface of the main body portion 34410 of the first prize winning member 34400 Since the game nail YK is arranged at a distance from the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the 34410, the game nail YK is not driven into the recess 34060d (base plate 60), and the recess 34060d (base plate 60) is not driven. ) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10 is about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, positional deviation due to assembly tolerance and variations in the driving position of the game nail YK do not occur. However, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 34060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 34060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 34060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 34060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the recessed portion 34060d (base plate 60) and to suppress the processing cost of the recessed portion 27060d10.

Further, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 350(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the lengths protruding into the game area are equal, the game nail driven into the main body portion 34410 Compared to the case where the tip of YK uses a game nail with a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body 34410, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first winning member 34400 is increased, and the first winning member 34400 A decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

Also, when replacing the first winning member 34400 due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 27060d10 of the recess 34060d. Therefore, the removal of the first winning member 34400 is easy.

Next, the ninety-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 353 to 357. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 353 to 355, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 35400 in the 94th embodiment will be described. FIG. 353 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 35300 in the 94th embodiment. FIG. 354 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 35300. FIG. FIG. 355(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 35300, and FIG. 355(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 35300 taken along line CCCLVb-CCCLVb in FIG. 355(a). , and FIG. 355(c) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 35300 along the line CCCLVc--CCCLVc in FIG. 355(a). Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 354, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIGS. 355(b) and 355(c).

As shown in FIGS. 353 to 355, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 355(b)) on which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 35060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 355(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 35300 is composed of a first prize winning member 35400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 35060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 35400 when viewed from the front. Thereby, the first winning member 35400 can be arranged inside the recess 35060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 356, the first winning member 35400 in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 356(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 35400, FIG. 356(b) is a front view of the first winning member 35400, and FIG. It is a cross-sectional view of the first winning member 35400 taken along line CCCLVIc-CCCLVIc.

As shown in FIGS. 356(a) to 356(c), the first winning member 35400 mainly includes a main body 35410 formed of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped horizontally elongated when viewed from the front, and a game nail YK. be.

The main body part 35410 is a part for driving the game nail YK, and has a through hole 3413 penetrating in the board thickness direction. Further, as described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 35410 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 35060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 357).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 356(c)) of the body portion 35410 is the distance D1 ( (See FIG. 355(b)). Also, the front and rear surfaces of the main body portion 35410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

In addition, the body portion 35410 has a through hole 35413, which is circular in bottom view and penetrates the bottom surface of the body portion 35410 in the vertical direction from the bottom surface of the body portion 35410 to the below-described counterbore hole 35413a, A countersunk hole 35413a penetrating from the through hole 35413 to the upper surface of the body portion 35410 is provided.

The center of the through-hole 35413 in a bottom view is arranged at a position coinciding with the center of a counterbore 35413a described later. Also, the diameter of the through hole 35413 is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N5.

The center of the countersunk hole 35413a is disposed at the center of the body portion 35410 in the plate thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 356(c)). Further, the counterbore 35413a is arranged outside in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 356(b)) from the arrangement position of the game nail YK, which will be described later.

Two game nails YK are arranged in front of the main body part 35410 in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are disposed at the center of the main body portion 35410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 356(b)), and in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 356(b)). Centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the portion 3541d0, in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 356(b)), the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 are spaced apart by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing sides. be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 356(b)) by 5 degrees.

As described above, the width (dimension) of the main body 35410 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 356(c)) is the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 from the front of the base plate 60. Since the distance D1 (see FIG. 355(b)) is formed to be smaller than the distance D1 (see FIG. 355(b)) to the base plate 60, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body 35410 protruding into the game area is the same as the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. When the game nail YK is driven into the front of the main body 35410 from the front side of the base plate 60 (right side of FIG. 356(c)) to a position equal to the length D2 (see FIG. 355(b)) projecting into the game area of . , the game nail YK driven into the body portion 35410 passes through the body portion 35410, and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 35410.

Next, referring to FIG. 357, the recess 35060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 357(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 35060d, FIG. 357(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 35060d, and FIG. 357(c) is the CCCLVIIc-CCCLVIIc line of FIG. 357(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 35060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 357(a) to 357(c), the recessed portion 35060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 357(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 357(c)). A facing portion 35060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 35060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 35060d in a front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 35400 (see FIG. 356). In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 357(c)) of the recessed portion 35060d is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (see FIG. 356(c)) of the body portion 35410 of the first winning member 35400. ) and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recess 35060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (for example, the distance from the front surface of the recess 35060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60, which is 2.0). 5 times the size) is formed.

In addition, the recessed portion 35060d is formed at two locations vertically recessed from the bottom surface of the recessed portion 35060d toward the bottom surface of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 357(c)). Two recesses that are recessed from the front of the recess 35060d toward the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 357 (c)) in the vertical direction to the front of the fastening hole 27060d4 and the recess 35060d 27060d10 is provided.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 35413 (see FIG. 356) of the main body portion 35410 of the first winning member 35400 arranged inside the recessed portion 35060d in top view.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 357(b)) are arranged in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 357(b)) centered on the center of the recessed portion 35060d in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. The side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right sides.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 357(b)) are from the bottom of the recessed portion 35060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. The center of gravity of the projecting part of the game nail YK projecting from the lower surface of the 35410 to the back surface of the main body part 35410 of the first winning member 35400 is arranged at a distance D5 (see FIG. 356(c)).

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left side in FIG. 357(c)) is the rear side (left side in FIG. 357(c)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 357(c)) driven into the base plate 60. is placed in In addition, the inner diameter of the circular shape when viewed from the front is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK.

An elastic member G1 is inserted into the recess 27060d10.

The facing portion 35060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 35060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 353 to FIG. 355, description will be made. The first prize winning member 35400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 35060d at a position where the front surface of the main body portion 35410 of the first prize winning member 35400 and the front surface of the base plate 60 are substantially flush with each other.

Therefore, the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body part 35410 can be prevented from being arranged with a step from the front surface to the rear surface direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 355(b)), and flow down the game area. It is possible to prevent the game ball from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

In addition, to fix the first winning member 35400 to the recessed portion 35060d (base plate 60), the countersunk screw N5 is inserted into the through hole 35413 from the upper surface side of the main body portion 35410 (upper side in FIG. 355(a)), and the countersunk screw N5 is A male thread formed on the shaft of the recess 35060d is screwed into a female thread formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the recess 35060d. By arranging the head of the countersunk screw N5 inside the countersunk hole 35413a arranged on the upper side of the through hole 35413 (the upper side in FIG. 355(c)), the head of the countersunk screw N5 is placed in the first It is possible to prevent the winning member 35400 from protruding upward (upward in FIG. 355(c)).

Further, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 355(b)) of main body portion 35410 is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 355(b)) of recessed portion 35060d. ), the rear surface of the first winning member 35400 and the front surface of the recess 35060d do not come into contact with each other.

Therefore, the driving load when driving the game nail YK or the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK is not transmitted to the front of the recessed portion 35060d having a small strength, and the base plate 60 is damaged. can be suppressed.

Further, as described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 35410 of the first prize winning member 35400 protruding into the game area is the same as the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (Fig. 355(b) 2). The game nail YK is driven into the main body 35410 from the front side (the right side in FIG. 355(b)) until the length D2 protruding into the game area (dotted chain line) is equal to the length D2, and the tip of the game nail YK is the back of the main body 35410. 355(a)), the center of the recesses 27060d10 in the horizontal direction (Fig. (a) left-right direction) of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 at a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls, and in the vertical direction of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 ( The position in FIG. 355(a) in the vertical direction) is from the bottom of the recess 35060d to the top (upward in FIG. Since the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the back of the 35410 is separated by a distance D4 (see FIG. 356(c)), the game nail YK is driven into the recess 35060d (base plate 60). Therefore, damage to the recessed portion 35060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10 is about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, positional deviation due to assembly tolerance and variations in the driving position of the game nail YK do not occur. However, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 35060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 35060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 35060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 35060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the recessed portion 35060d (base plate 60) and to suppress the processing cost of the recessed portion 27060d10.

Further, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 355(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the length of the game nail YK is equal to the length of the game nail driven into the main body 35410, Compared to the case where the tip of YK uses a game nail with a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body 35410, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first winning member 35400 is increased, and the first winning member 35400 A decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

Also, when replacing the first winning member 35400 due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the tip of the game nail YK is driven into the elastic member G1 inserted into the recess 27060d10 of the recess 35060d. Therefore, the removal of the first winning member 35400 is easy.

Next, the ninety-fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 358 to 363. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 358 to 361, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 36400 in the 95th embodiment will be described. FIG. 358 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 36300 in the 95th embodiment. FIG. 359 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 36300. FIG. FIG. 360 is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning slot unit 36300. FIG. FIG. 361(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 36300, and FIG. 361(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 36300 along line CCCLXIb-CCCLXIb in FIG. 361(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 359, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIGS. 360 and 361(b).

As shown in FIGS. 358 to 361, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 361(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 36060d recessed toward the side (the right side in FIG. 361(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 36300 is composed of a first prize winning member 36400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 36060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 36400 when viewed from the rear. As a result, the first winning member 36400 can be arranged inside the recess 36060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 362, the first winning member 36400 in this embodiment will be described.

Figure 362(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 36400, Figure 362(b) is a front view of the first winning member 36400, and Figure 362(c) is a view of the first winning member 36400. It is a side view.

As shown in FIGS. 362(a) to 362(c), the first prize winning member 36400 mainly includes a main body portion 36410 formed of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped horizontally elongated when viewed from the front, and a game nail YK. be.

The body portion 36410 is a part into which the game nail YK is driven, and is recessed vertically from the front side of the body portion 36410 toward the back side (the left side in FIG. 362(c)). It has four fastening holes 27060d4 that are circular in front view.

Further, as described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 36410 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 36060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 363), and the thickness direction of the main body portion 36410 (FIG. 362). The width (dimension) in the (c) lateral direction) is formed to be approximately the same as the width in the thickness direction of the recess 36060d (see FIG. 363(c)).

The fastening hole 27060d4 is coaxial with the axis of the through hole 3413 (see FIG. 364) provided in the recess 36060d to be described later in front view when the first winning member 36400 is provided inside the recess 36060d. is placed in

Two game nails YK are arranged on the front side of the main body 36410 (Fig. 362(b) front side of the paper surface) in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body portion 36410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 362(b)), and in the lateral direction (lateral direction in FIG. 362(b)). Centered on the longitudinal center of the portion 3641d0, the inner facing distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is arranged in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 362(b)). be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 362(b)) by 5 degrees.

Next, referring to FIG. 363, the recess 36060d in this embodiment will be described.

363(a) is a front perspective view of the base plate 60, FIG. 363(b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate 60, and FIG. 363(c) is a rear view of the base plate 60, FIG. 363(d) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 along line CCCLXIIId-CCCLXIIId in FIG. 363(c).

As shown in FIGS. 363(a) to 363(d), the recessed portion 36060d is formed below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 363(c)) as described above. It is recessed from the rear surface toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 363(d)). A mounting portion 36060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 36060d.

The outer shape of the recessed portion 36060d in rear view is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the first prize winning member 36400 (see FIG. 362), and the width (dimension) of the recessed portion 36060d in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 363(d)). is formed to have substantially the same size as the width in the thickness direction of the body portion 36410 of the first winning member 36400 (see FIG. 362(c)).

Therefore, the rear surface of the first winning member 36400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are arranged at substantially the same (flush) position.

The base plate 60 also includes a circular through hole 3413 penetrating in the plate thickness direction and a game nail hole 36060d20 circular in the direction of driving the game nail YK penetrating in the plate thickness direction.

The inner diameter of the through-hole 3413 is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N9, and the diameter of the screw is increased toward the front side of the base plate 60 (the back side of the paper in FIG. 363(c)). A head accommodating portion 3413b is provided. In addition, the through holes 3413 are arranged at the four inner corners of the recess 36060d in a rear view.

The game nail through hole 36060d20 is centered on the game nail YK (see FIG. 362) driven into the main body portion 36410 of the first winning member 36400 disposed inside the recess portion 34060d when viewed in the driving direction of the game nail YK. are placed.

In addition, the inner diameter (radius) of the game nail through hole 36060d20 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter (radius) of the head of the game nail YK when viewed in the direction in which the game nail YK is driven, and the game ball flowing down the game area is formed to be larger. The distance L3 from the point of contact between the game ball and the front surface of the base plate 60 to the center of the game nail through hole 36060d20 (see FIG. 363(d)) arranged small. That is, the outer edge of the game nail through hole 36060d20 is arranged at a position that does not come into contact with the game ball.

The attached portion 36060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 36060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 358 to FIG. 361, description will be made. The fixing of the first prize winning member 36400 to the recessed portion 36060d (base plate 60) is achieved by contacting the front surface of the body portion 36410 of the first prize winning member 36400 with the bottom surface of the recessed portion 36060d (the right side in FIG. 361(b)). In this state, the countersunk screw N9 is inserted into the through hole 3413 from the front side of the base plate 60 (the front side of the paper in FIG. This is done by screwing into a female thread formed in the fastening hole 27060d4. Note that the head of the countersunk screw N9 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b disposed on the front side of the through-hole 3413 (the front side of the paper in FIG. 361(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N9 It is possible to prevent the portion from protruding from the front of the base plate 60 to the front side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 361(a)).

In addition, since it is not necessary to attach the first prize winning member 36400 to the front of the base plate 60, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a step in the game area, and the game ball flowing down the game area hits the step, which is disadvantageous for the player ( (or advantageous) can be suppressed from moving the game ball.

Further, as described above, in the direction of driving the game nail YK, the radius of the game nail through hole 36060d20 is the same as that of the game nail YK at the position where the game ball flowing down the game area abuts the front of the game nail YK and the base plate 60. Since the distance L3 (see FIG. 363(d)) from the point of contact between the ball and the front surface of the base plate 60 to the center of the game nail through hole 36060d20 is smaller than the distance L3 (see FIG. 363(d)), the game ball is positioned inside the game nail through hole 36060d20. It is possible to prevent the game ball from moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

In addition, due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK, the fastening fixation between the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 36400 is loosened, and even in a state where the first prize winning member 36400 is movable, the first prize winning member 36400 Since the winning member 36400 moves to the back side of the base plate 60 (the left side in FIG. 361(b)), it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a step in the game area.

Also, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 36410 of the first winning member 36400 protruding into the game area is the game of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 361(b)). Even if the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 36410 of the first prize winning member 36400 to a position equal to the length D2 protruding into the area, the rear surface of the first prize winning member 36400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are separated from each other as described above. The game nail YK does not pass through the body portion 36410 because it is arranged at substantially the same (flush) position. Therefore, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first prize winning member 36400 is increased, and a decrease in the holding power of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 36400 can be suppressed.

In addition, it is confirmed that the first winning member 36400 rotates in the direction of the arrow R1 (see FIG. 361(b)) due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK. In addition, since the contact surface between the front surface of the main body portion 36410 of the first prize winning member 36400 and the bottom surface of the recess portion 36060d (the right side surface in FIG. 361(b)) can also be suppressed, the first prize winning member 36400 damage to the fastening hole 27060d4 formed in the body portion 36410 of the .

Also, the projection length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 36410 of the first winning member 36400 (the shortest length from the front of the main body portion 36410 of the first winning member 36400 to the position where the game ball collides L1 (see FIG. 361(b))) is the projection length of the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 361(b)) driven into the base plate 60 (from the front of the base plate 60 to the position where the game ball collides). is greater than the distance L2 (see FIG. 361(b)), which is the shortest length of . Therefore, the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 36400 (main body portion 36410) can be increased (the collision load of the game ball can be relieved by its own elastic deformation). Accompanying damage (breakage or bending) can be suppressed. Since the game nail YK driven into the first prize winning member 36400 (main body portion 36410) frequently collides with the game ball aiming to enter the first prize winning port 64, the amount of elastic deformation is ensured by the above-described configuration. Being able to do so is especially effective.

Here, a method for manufacturing the game board 13 will be described. In the first prize winning member 36400, before the game nail YK is driven, the body portion 36410 is fastened and fixed to the recessed portion 36060d (base plate 60) by means of countersunk screws N9.

Next, the game nail YK is driven into the main body portion 36410 of the first winning member 36400 from the front side of the main body portion 36410 (the right side in FIG. 361(b)).

Here, as described above, the game nail through hole 36060d20 is the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 36410 of the first winning member 36400 disposed inside the recess 34060d when viewed in the driving direction of the game nail YK. and the game nail through hole 36060d20 is arranged to be larger than the head of the game nail YK. It passes through the through hole 36060d20 and is not driven into the recessed portion 36060d (base plate 60). Therefore, damage to the recessed portion 36060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, even if there is a positional deviation due to assembly tolerance or a variation in the driving position of the game nail YK, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 36060d (base plate 60), and the recessed portion 36060d (base plate 60) is not driven. Damage can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 36060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 36060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, as described above, the through holes 3413 provided in the recessed portion 36060d are provided at the four corners inside (bottom surface) of the recessed portion 36060d when viewed from the rear, and the game nail through holes 36060d20 (first winning member 36400 (Game nails YK) to be driven into (main body portion 36410) are arranged at the four corners and arranged around through-holes 3413. As shown in FIG.

That is, the game nail through-hole 36060d20 (game nail YK) is arranged at the position farthest from the through-hole 3413, and the through-hole 3413 is located at a portion of the base plate 60 having a large thickness dimension (the concave portion 36060d of the base plate 60 is non-formed portion), and the distance from the through hole 3413 to the portion of the base plate 60 having a larger thickness dimension than the distance from the game nail through hole 36060d20 (game nail YK) to the through hole 3413 is shortened.

As a result, the driving load of the game nail YK is less likely to act on the through hole 3413, and the strength around the through hole 3413 can be ensured. As a result, when the main body portion 36410 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 by the countersunk screw N9 and the game nail YK is driven into the main body portion 36410, it is possible to suppress the fastening hole 27060d4 (attached portion 36060l) from being damaged. .

Next, the 96th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 364 to 369. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 364 to 367, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 37400 in the 96th embodiment will be described. FIG. 364 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 37300 in the 96th embodiment. FIG. 365 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 37300. FIG. FIG. 366 is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 37300. FIG. FIG. 367(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 37300, and FIG. 367(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 37300 taken along line CCCLXVIIb-CCCLXVIIb of FIG. 367(a). 367(c) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 37300 along line CCCLXVIIc-CCCLXVIIc of FIG. 367(a). Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 365, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIGS. 366, 367(b) and 367(c).

As shown in FIGS. 364 to 367, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 367(b)) on which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 37060d recessed toward the side (the right side in FIG. 367(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 37300 is composed of a first prize winning member 37400 and a second prize winning member 3500 , and the recessed portion 37060 d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 37400 . As a result, the first winning member 37400 can be arranged inside the recess 37060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 368, the first winning member 37400 in this embodiment will be described.

368(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 37400, FIG. 368(b) is a back perspective view of the first winning member 37400, and FIG. 368(c) is the first winning member 37400. 368(d) is a side view of the first winning member 37400. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 368(a) to 368(d), the first prize-winning member 37400 mainly includes a main body portion 37410 formed of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped horizontally elongated when viewed from the front, and a game nail YK. be.

The main body portion 37410 is a part into which the game nail YK is driven, and as described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 37410 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the hollow portion 37060d formed in the base plate 60 (Fig. 369), the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the main body portion 37410 (horizontal direction in FIG. 368(d)) is substantially the same as the width in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 37060d (see FIG. 369(e)). formed in

In addition, the lower surface 37410a of the main body portion 37410 is formed in a tapered shape, and the lower surface 37410a of the main body portion 37410 is formed such that the rear side (left side in FIG. 368(d)) is inclined upward (upper side in FIG. 368(d)). be.

In addition, the lower surface 37410a of the main body portion 37410 is provided with two circular fastening holes 27060d4 recessed in the vertical direction with respect to the lower surface 37410a of the main body portion 37410 when viewed from the front.

Two game nails YK are arranged on the front side of the main body part 37410 (the back side of the paper in FIG. 368(c)) in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body portion 37410 in the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 368(b)), and the main body in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 368(c)). Centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the portion 3741d0, in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 368(c)), the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 are arranged apart by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls. be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 368(c)) by 5 degrees.

Next, referring to FIG. 369, the recess 37060d in this embodiment will be described.

369(a) is a front perspective view of the base plate 60, FIG. 369(b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate 60, and FIG. 369(c) is a rear view of the base plate 60, 369(d) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 along line CCCLXIXd-CCCLXIXd in FIG. 369(c), and FIG. 369(e) is a cross-sectional view of base plate 60 along line CCCLXIXe-CCCLXIXe in FIG. 369(c). It is a diagram.

As shown in FIGS. 369(a) to 369(e), the recessed portion 37060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 369(c)) as described above. 369(d) right side). A mounting portion 37060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 37060d.

Also, the outer shape of the recessed portion 37060d is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 37400 (see FIG. 368). Therefore, the bottom surface 37060d13 of the recessed portion 37060d is formed in a tapered shape, and the bottom surface 37060d13 of the recessed portion 37060d is inclined upward (upper side in FIG. 369(d)) from the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 369(d)). formed on the surface.

In addition, the base plate 60 has a circular shape when viewed in the vertical direction of the lower surface 37060d13 of the recessed portion 37060d. A countersunk hole 37060d12 penetrating through the rear surface of the base plate 60 is provided.

The center of the through-hole 37060d11 is arranged at a position that coincides with the center of a counterbore 37060d12, which will be described later, in a vertical view of the lower surface 37060d13 of the recess 37060d. In addition, the inner diameter of the through hole 37060d11 is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N10, and the screw head accommodating portion 3413b is expanded toward the rear side (left side in FIG. 369(e)). Prepare.

The center of the counterbored hole 37060d12 is laterally outward (Fig. 369(c) lateral direction) from the later-described game nail through hole 36060d20 in a rear view, and laterally laterally (Fig. 369(c) vertically above the through hole 27060a and above the lower surface 37060d13 of the recess 37060d on the back surface of the base plate 60 (FIG. 369(c) vertically). direction) is arranged on the lower side. In addition, the inner diameter of the counterbore 37060d12 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the head of the countersunk screw N10.

In addition, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 37060d (horizontal direction in FIG. ))), the rear surface of the first winning member 37400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are arranged at substantially the same (flush) position.

Also, the base plate 60 is provided with a game nail through hole 36060d20 penetrating in the plate thickness direction.

The attached portion 37060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 37060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 364 to FIG. 367, description will be made. First prize winning member 37400 is fixed to recessed portion 37060d (base plate 60) by contacting the front surface of body portion 37410 of first prize winning member 37400 with the bottom surface of recessed portion 37060d (right side in FIG. 367(b)). In addition, in a state where the lower surface 37410a of the main body portion 37410 and the lower surface 37060d13 of the recessed portion 37060d are in contact, the countersunk screw N10 is inserted into the through hole 37060d11 from the rear side of the base plate 60 (Fig. 367(a), the back side of the paper). , the male thread formed on the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N10 is screwed into the female thread formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the body portion 37410 of the first winning member 37400. In addition, the head of the countersunk screw N10 is arranged inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b arranged on the back side of the through hole 37060d11 (the back side of the paper in FIG. 368(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N10 It is possible to prevent the portion from protruding from the back surface of the base plate 60 to the back side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 368(a)).

In addition, since it is not necessary to attach the first prize winning member 37400 to the front of the base plate 60, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of steps in the game area. (or advantageous) can be suppressed from moving the game ball.

In addition, due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK, the fastening fixation between the base plate 60 and the first winning member 37400 is loosened, and even in the state where the first winning member 37400 is movable, the first winning member 37400 Since the winning member 37400 is sandwiched between the bottom surface of the recess 37060d (the right side in FIG. 368(b)) and the lower surface 37060d13 of the recess 37060d, the first winning member 37400 can be prevented from moving.

Also, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 36410 of the first winning member 36400 protruding into the game area is the game of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 361(b)). Even if the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 36410 of the first prize winning member 36400 to a position equal to the length D2 protruding into the area, the rear surface of the first prize winning member 36400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are separated from each other as described above. The game nail YK does not pass through the body portion 36410 because it is arranged at substantially the same (flush) position. Therefore, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first prize winning member 36400 is increased, and a decrease in the holding power of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 36400 can be suppressed.

Also, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 37410 of the first winning member 37400 protruding into the game area is the game of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 367(b)). Even if the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 37410 of the first prize winning member 37400 to a position equal to the length D2 protruding into the area, the rear surface of the first prize winning member 37400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are separated from each other as described above. The game nail YK does not pass through the body portion 37410 because it is arranged at substantially the same (flush) position. Therefore, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first prize winning member 37400 is increased, and the reduction in the holding power of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 37400 can be suppressed.

In addition, the rotation of the first prize winning member 37400 in the direction of the arrow R1 due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK is confirmed not only by the fastening of the countersunk screw N10 and the fastening hole 27060d4, but also by the fastening of the first prize winning member. Since it is possible to suppress the contact surface between the front surface of the body portion 37410 of the 37400 and the bottom surface of the recessed portion 37060d (the right side surface in FIG. 367(b)), the countersunk screw N10 It is possible to suppress damage at the fastening part of

Also, the distance L4 (Fig. 367(b)) is the distance from the point at which the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 367(b)) collides with the game ball flowing down the game area to the front of the base plate 60. It is larger than the distance L5 (see FIG. 367(b)). Therefore, the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK can be increased, and damage to the first winning member 37400 due to the force generated when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK can be suppressed. Further, since the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK can be increased, the plastic deformation of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

Further, as described above, since the lower surface 37410a of the main body portion 37410 and the lower surface 37060d13 of the recessed portion 37060d are in contact with each other, not only the countersunk screw N10 of the main body portion 37410 of the first winning member 37400 and the fastening hole 27060d4 are fastened. , the lower surface 37060d13 of the recessed portion 37060d can also receive the driving load when driving the game nail YK. Therefore, damage to the fastening hole 27060d4 formed in the body portion 37410 of the first winning member 37400 can be suppressed.

Next, the ninety-seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 370 to 375. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 370 to 373, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 38400 in the 97th embodiment will be described. FIG. 370 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 38300 in the 97th embodiment. FIG. 371 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 38300. FIG. FIG. 372 is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning slot unit 38300. FIG. Fig. 373(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 38300, and Fig. 373(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 38300 along line CCCLXXIIIb-CCCLXXIIIb in Fig. 373(a). 373(c) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 38300 along line CCCLXXIIIc-CCCLXXIIIc of FIG. 373(a). Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 371, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIGS. 372, 373(b) and 373(c).

As shown in FIGS. 370 to 373, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 373(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 38060d recessed toward the side (the right side in FIG. 373(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 38300 is composed of a first prize winning member 38400 and a second prize winning member 3500 , and the recessed portion 38060 d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 38400 . As a result, the first winning member 38400 can be arranged inside the recess 38060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 374, the first winning member 38400 in this embodiment will be described.

374(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 38400, FIG. 374(b) is a back perspective view of the first winning member 38400, and FIG. 374(c) is the first winning member 38400. 374(d) is a side view of the first winning member 38400. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 374(a) to 374(d), the first prize-winning member 38400 mainly includes a main body portion 38410 formed of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped horizontally elongated when viewed from the front, and a game nail YK. be.

The main body portion 38410 is a part into which the game nail YK is driven, and as described above, the main body portion 38410 is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the hollow portion 38060d formed in the base plate 60 (Fig. 375), the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the main body portion 38410 (horizontal direction in FIG. 374(d)) is substantially the same as the width in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 38060d (see FIG. 375(e)). formed in

A notch portion 38420 is formed on the rear side of the lower surface of the main body portion 38410 (left side in FIG. 374(d)). The upper surface of the notch 38420 (upper surface in FIG. 374(d)) is formed below (downward in FIG. 374(d)) the arrangement position of the game nail YK, which will be described later. In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the notch 38420 (horizontal direction in FIG. 374(d)) corresponds to the width in the thickness direction of the projecting portion 38060d13 disposed in the recess 38060d described later ( e) is made equal to or slightly larger than cf.

In addition, on the rear surface 38420a of the notch portion 38420, two fastening holes 27060d4, which are circular in front view and recessed from the rear surface of the main body portion 38410 toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 374(d)), are formed. .

The fastening hole 27060d4 is coaxial with the axis of the through hole 38060d11 (see FIG. 375) provided in the recess 38060d to be described later when viewed from the rear when the first winning member 38400 is provided inside the recess 38060d. is placed in

Two game nails YK are arranged on the front side of the main body part 38410 (the back side of the paper in FIG. 374(c)) in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body portion 36410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 374(c)) and on the main body in the lateral direction (lateral direction in FIG. 374(c)). Centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the portion 3641d0, in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 374(c)), the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 are arranged apart by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between facing inner sides. be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 374(c)) by 5 degrees.

Next, referring to FIG. 375, the recess 38060d in this embodiment will be described.

375(a) is a front perspective view of the base plate 60, FIG. 375(b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate 60, and FIG. 375(c) is a rear view of the base plate 60, 375(d) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 along line CCCLXXVd-CCCLXXVd in FIG. 375(c), and FIG. 375(e) is a cross-sectional view of base plate 60 along line CCCLXXVe-CCCLXXVe in FIG. 375(c). It is a diagram.

As shown in FIGS. 375(a) to 375(e), the recessed portion 38060d is formed below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 375(c)) as described above. is recessed from the rear surface toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 375(d)). A mounting portion 38060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 38060d.

Also, the outer shape of the recessed portion 38060d is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 38400 (see FIG. 374).

A projecting portion 38060d13 projecting upward (upward in FIG. 375(e)) is provided on the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 375(e)) on the lower surface of the recessed portion 38060d.

The protruding portion 38060d13 has an external shape in a rear view that is substantially the same as the external shape of the notch portion 38420 formed in the main body portion 38410 of the first prize winning member 38400 (see FIG. 374), and extends in the thickness direction of the protruding portion 38060d13. The width (dimension) in the left-right direction in FIG. See) is formed to be the same size or slightly smaller.

In addition, the overhanging portion 38060d13 has a through hole 38060d11 penetrating from the front surface 38060d14 of the overhanging portion 38060d13 which is circular in rear view to a countersunk hole 38060d12 described later, and from the through hole 38060d11 to the rear surface of the overhanging portion 38060d13 (base plate 60). It has a counterbore hole 38060d12 that penetrates.

The center of the through-hole 38060d11 is arranged at a position coinciding with the center of a counterbore 38060d12, which will be described later, when viewed from the rear. Further, the inner diameter of the through hole 38060d11 is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N11, and the screw head accommodating portion 3413b is expanded toward the rear side (left side in FIG. 375(e)). Prepare.

The counterbore hole 38060d12 is positioned laterally outside (Fig. 375(c) lateral direction) of the game nail through hole 36060d20 and laterally (Fig. 375(c) lateral direction) inside the side surface of the recessed portion 38060d. 375(c) above the through hole 27060a and below the upper surface of the projecting portion 38060d13 (FIG. 375(c) downward direction). Also, the inner diameter of the counterbore 38060d12 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the head of the countersunk screw N11.

Also, the base plate 60 is provided with a game nail through hole 36060d20 penetrating in the plate thickness direction.

The attached portion 38060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 38060d in the base plate 60. As shown in FIG.

Returning to FIG. 370 to FIG. 373, description will be made. The fixation of the first prize winning member 38400 to the recessed portion 38060d (base plate 60) is achieved by the back surface 38420a of the notch portion 38420 formed in the main body portion 38410 of the first prize winning member 38400 and the overhang formed in the recessed portion 38060d. With the front surface 38060d14 of the portion 38060d13 in contact with the front surface 38060d14, the countersunk screw N11 is inserted into the through hole 38060d11 from the back side of the base plate 60 (the back side of the paper in FIG. The male screw is screwed into the female screw formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the notch 38420 formed in the main body 38410 of the first winning member 38400. The head of the countersunk screw N11 is disposed inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b disposed on the back side of the through hole 38060d11 (the back side of the paper in FIG. 373(a)). It is possible to prevent the portion from protruding from the back surface of the base plate 60 to the back side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 373(a)).

In addition, since it is not necessary to attach the first prize winning member 38400 to the front of the base plate 60, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a step in the game area, and the game ball flowing down the game area hits the step, which is disadvantageous for the player ( (or advantageous) can be suppressed from moving the game ball.

In addition, due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK, the fastening and fixing between the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 38400 is loosened, and even in the state where the first prize winning member 38400 is movable, the first prize winning member 38400 Since the winning member 38400 is sandwiched between the bottom surface of the recessed portion 38060d (left side in FIG. 373(b)) and the front surface 38060d14 of the projecting portion 38060d13 formed in the recessed portion 38060d, the first winning member 38400 movement can be suppressed.

Also, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 38410 of the first winning member 38400 protruding into the game area is the game of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 373(b)). Even if the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 38410 of the first prize winning member 38400 to a position equal to the length D2 protruding into the area, the rear surface of the first prize winning member 38400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are separated from each other as described above. The game nail YK does not pass through the body portion 38410 because it is arranged at substantially the same (flush) position. Therefore, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first prize winning member 38400 is increased, and a decrease in the holding power of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 38400 can be suppressed.

In addition, the rotation of the first prize winning member 38400 in the direction of the arrow R1 due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK is confirmed not only by the fastening of the countersunk screw N11 and the fastening hole 27060d4, but also by the fastening of the first prize winning member. Since the contact surface between the front surface of the body portion 38410 of the 38400 and the bottom surface of the recessed portion 38060d (the left surface in FIG. Damage to the fastening hole 27060d4 formed in the 38420 can be suppressed.

Also, the distance L6 (Fig. 373(b)) is the distance from the point where the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 373(b)) collides with the game ball flowing down the game area to the front of the base plate 60. It is larger than the distance L7 (see FIG. 373(b)). Therefore, the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK can be increased, and damage to the first winning member 38400 due to the force generated when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK can be suppressed. Moreover, since the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK can be increased, the plastic deformation of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

In addition, as described above, the rear surface 38420a of the notch portion 38420 formed in the main body portion 38410 of the first winning member 38400 and the front surface 38060d14 of the projecting portion 38060d13 formed in the recessed portion 38060d are in contact with each other. , Not only the countersunk screw N11 of the main body portion 38410 of the first winning member 38400 and the fastening hole 27060d4 are fastened, but also the front surface 38060d14 of the projecting portion 38060d13 formed in the recessed portion 38060d. can accept. Therefore, damage to the fastening hole 27060d4 formed in the notch portion 38420 of the main body portion 38410 of the first winning member 38400 can be suppressed.

Next, the 98th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 376 to 381. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 376 to 379, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 39400 in the 98th embodiment will be described. FIG. 376 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 39300 in the 98th embodiment. FIG. 377 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning slot unit 39300. FIG. FIG. 378 is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 39300. FIG. FIG. 379(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 39300, and FIG. 379(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 39300 taken along line CCCLXXIXb-CCCLXXIXb of FIG. 379(a). 379(c) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 39300 along line CCCLXXIXc-CCCLXXIXc of FIG. 379(a). Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 377, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIGS. 378, 379(b) and 379(c).

As shown in FIGS. 376 to 379, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 on the lower side of the base plate 60 to which the center frame 86 is attached (lower side in FIG. A recessed portion 39060d recessed from 379(b) upper side) downward (downward direction in FIG. 379(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 39300 is composed of a first prize winning member 39400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 39060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the main body portion 39410 of the first prize winning member 39400 when viewed from above. . The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 379(c)) of the recessed portion 39060d corresponds to the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 379(c)) of the body portion 39410 of the first winning member 39400 described later. It is formed equal to or slightly larger than the width (dimension). As a result, the first winning member 39400 can be arranged inside the recess 39060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 380, the first winning member 39400 in this embodiment will be described.

380(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 39400, FIG. 380(b) is a back perspective view of the first winning member 39400, and FIG. 380(c) is the first winning member 39400. 380(d) is a top view of the first winning member 39400. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 380(a) to 380(d), the first prize-winning member 39400 is formed of a main body 39410 formed of a substantially rectangular rectangular parallelepiped when viewed from the front and a semi-circular column when viewed from the rear. It is formed by mainly including an overhanging portion 39420 and a game nail YK.

The body portion 39410 is a portion into which the game nail YK is driven, and as described above, the outer shape of the body portion 39410 when viewed from above is substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 39060d formed in the base plate 60. (see FIG. 381), the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the main body portion 39410 (vertical direction in FIG. 380(d)) is equivalent to the width in the thickness direction of the recess portion 39060d (see FIG. 381(d)). Or formed slightly smaller.

Further, the side surface 39410a of the body portion 39410 is tapered.

As described above, the side surface 39410a of the main body portion 39410 is tapered such that the rear side (lower side in FIG. 380(d)) is inclined inward in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 380(d)). The position on the back surface is formed on the outside in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 380(c)) from the arrangement position of the game nail YK, which will be described later.

In addition, on the side surface 39410a of the main body portion 39410, the main body is recessed from the side surface 39410a of the main body portion 39410 toward the back side (upper side in FIG. 380(d)) in the vertical direction to the side surface 39410a of the main body portion 39410. A side surface 39410a of the portion 39410 is provided with four circular fastening holes 27060d4 when viewed in the vertical direction.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is formed on the side surface 39410a of the main body 39410 in a state in which the first prize winning member 39400 is arranged inside the hollow portion 39060d, and is the axis of the through hole 39060d11 arranged in the hollow portion 39060d, which will be described later. (See FIG. 381).

As described above, the protruding portion 39420 is formed of a semicircular cylinder in a rear view, and protrudes from the rear surface of the main body portion 39410 to the rear side (lower side in FIG. 380(d)). In addition, the protruding portion 39420 is centered in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 39410d in the horizontal direction (the horizontal direction in FIG. 380(c)), and the game nail YK described later is arranged in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 380(c)). It is disposed above the installation position (upward in FIG. 380(c)).

In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 380(d)) of the projecting portion 39420 of the first winning member 39400 is equal to the width (dimension) of a notch portion 601a provided in the central opening 601 of the base plate 60, which will be described later. 381) in the thickness direction.

Two game nails YK are arranged on the front side of the main body part 39410 (the back side of the paper in FIG. 380(c)) in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body portion 39410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 380(c)), and in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 380(c)). Centered on the center of the longitudinal direction of the portion 3941d0, in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 380(c)), the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 are spaced apart by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls. be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 380(c)) by 5 degrees.

Next, referring to FIG. 381, the recess 39060d in this embodiment will be described.

381(a) is a front perspective view of the base plate 60, FIG. 381(b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate 60, and FIG. 381(c) is a front view of the base plate 60, 381(d) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 taken along line CCCLXXXId-CCCLXXXId of FIG. 381(c), and FIG. 381(e) is a cross-section of base plate 60 taken along line CCCLXXXIe-CCCLXXXIe of FIG. 381(c). It is a diagram.

As shown in FIGS. 381(a) to 381(e), the recessed portion 39060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 381(c)) as described above. (Fig. 381(d) upper side) downward (Fig. 381(d) downward direction). A mounting portion 39060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 39060d.

In addition, as described above, the recessed portion 39060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape as the main body portion 39410 of the first winning member 39400 (see FIG. 379) when viewed from above.

Therefore, the side surface 39060d13 of the recessed portion 39060d is formed such that the back surface 39060d14 side (the upper side in FIG. 381(e)) is inclined inward in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 381(e)). is formed outside in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 381(e)) from the arrangement position of the recess 27060d10, which will be described later.

In addition, the recessed portion 39060d has a circular shape when viewed in the vertical direction with respect to the side surface 39060d13 of the recessed portion 39060d. A countersunk hole 39060d12 penetrating through the rear surface of the base plate 60 is provided.

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (vertical direction in FIG. 381(e)) of the recessed portion 39060d is equal to or slightly larger than the width in the thickness direction of the body portion 39410 of the first winning member 39400 (see FIG. 379). be.

Further, the distance from the front surface of the base plate 60 to the rear surface 39060d14 of the recessed portion 39060d is formed smaller than the distance D1 from the front surface of the base plate 60 to the tip of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60. be.

The center of the through-hole 39060d11 is arranged at a position that coincides with the center of a countersunk hole 39060d12, which will be described later, when viewed in the vertical direction with respect to the side surface 39060d13 of the recessed portion 39060d. The inner diameter of the through-hole 39060d11 is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N12, and the diameter of the screw is increased toward the rear side of the base plate 60 (upper side in FIG. 381(e)). A head accommodating portion 3413b is provided.

The countersunk hole 39060d12 is arranged at the center of the side surface 39060d13 in the width direction and the same distance in the vertical direction from the center of the side surface 39060d13 in the vertical direction when viewed in the vertical direction with respect to the side surface 39060d13 of the recessed portion 39060d. Also, the inner diameter of the counterbore 39060d12 is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the head of the countersunk screw N12.

The base plate 60 is provided with a game nail through hole 36060d20 penetrating in the plate thickness direction, and the back surface 39060d14 of the recessed portion 39060d is provided with two concave portions 27060d10.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 381(c)) are arranged in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 381(c)) centered on the center of the recessed portion 39060d in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. The side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right sides.

The position of the center of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 381(c)) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 39060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. It is disposed at a distance (see FIG. 380(c)) from the lower surface of the 39410 to the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the main body portion 39410 of the first winning member 39400 .

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left surface in FIG. 381(d)) is located on the back side of the base plate 60 from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 381(d)) driven into the base plate 60 ( d) on the left). In addition, the inner diameter of the circular shape when viewed from the front is set to be about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK.

An elastic member G1 is inserted into the recess 27060d10.

In addition, on the lower side of the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (the lower side in FIG. 381(c)), the rear surface 39060d14 of the recessed portion 39060d (the upper surface in FIG. A semicircular notch 601a is provided from the rear to the back of the base plate 60 when viewed from the rear. Also, the cutout portion 601a has substantially the same outer shape as the projecting portion 39420 of the first prize winning member 39400 .

The attached portion 39060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 39060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 376 to FIG. 379, description will be made. Fixing the first prize winning member 39400 to the recessed portion 39060d (base plate 60) is performed by turning the countersunk screw N12 while the side surface 39410a of the main body portion 36410 of the first prize winning member 39400 and the side surface 39060d13 of the recessed portion 39060d are in contact with each other. Insert into the through hole 39060d11 from the back side of the base plate 60 (Fig. 379(a), the back side of the paper surface), and insert the male screw formed in the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N12 into the female screw formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the first winning member 39400. This is done by screwing the Note that the head of the countersunk screw N12 is disposed inside the screw head housing portion 3413b disposed on the back side of the through hole 39060d11 of the base plate 60 (the back side of the paper surface in FIG. 379(a)). It is possible to prevent the head of the screw N12 from protruding from the back of the base plate 60 toward the back side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 379(a)).

In addition, since it is not necessary to attach the first prize winning member 39400 to the front of the base plate 60, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a step in the game area, and the game ball flowing down the game area hits the step, which is disadvantageous for the player ( (or advantageous) can be suppressed from moving the game ball.

In addition, due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK, the fastening fixation between the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 39400 is loosened, and even in the state where the first prize winning member 39400 is movable, the first prize winning member 39400 Since the winning member 39400 is sandwiched between the bottom surface of the recessed portion 39060d (lower surface in FIG. 379(c)) and the side surface 39060d13, movement of the first winning member 39400 can be suppressed.

In addition, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 379(b)) of main body portion 39410 is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 379(b)) of depression portion 39060d. ), the rear surface of the first winning member 39400 and the rear surface 39060d14 of the recess 39060d do not come into contact with each other.

Here, the distance from the back surface 39060d14 of the recessed portion 39060d to the back surface of the base plate 60 is small, and the strength is small.

Therefore, the driving load when driving the game nail YK or the impact when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK is not transmitted to the front of the recessed portion 39060d having a small strength, and the base plate 60 is damaged. can be suppressed.

Also, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 39410 of the first winning member 39400 protruding into the game area is the game of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 379(b)). When the game nail YK is driven into the main body portion 39410 from the front side (the right side in FIG. 379(b)) to a position equal to the length D2 protruding into the area, as described above, the concave portion 39060d is projected from the front side of the base plate 60. Since the distance to the back surface 39060d14 is formed smaller than the distance D1 from the front of the base plate 60 of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 to the tip of the game nail YK, the main body portion 39410 of the first winning member 39400 The tip of the game nail YK driven into protrudes from the back surface of the main body part 39410. - 特許庁

Even when the tip of the game nail YK driven into the body portion 39410 of the first prize winning member 39400 protrudes from the back surface of the body portion 39410, the left and right direction of the center of the two recessed portions 27060d10 (Fig. 379(a) left and right direction) ) is a distance D3 ( (see FIG. 316) are arranged at separated positions, and the positions in the vertical direction (the vertical direction in FIG. direction) from the lower surface of the body portion 39410 of the first prize winning member 39400 to the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting from the back surface of the body portion 39410 of the first prize winning member 39400. , the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 39060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 39060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the inner diameter of the recess 27060d10 is about twice the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, positional deviation due to assembly tolerance and variations in the driving position of the game nail YK do not occur. However, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 39060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 39060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

Further, even when the driving angle of the game nail YK is changed, the game nail YK is not driven into the recessed portion 39060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 39060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the recessed portion 39060d (base plate 60) and to suppress the processing cost of the recessed portion 27060d10.

Also, even if the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 379(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is driven into the game area so that the length of the game nail projected into the game area is equal, the game nail driven into the main body portion 39410 Compared to the case where the tip of YK uses a game nail with a length that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body 39410, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first winning member 39400 is increased, and the first winning member 39400 A decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

In addition, the rotation of the first prize winning member 39400 in the direction of the arrow R1 due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK is confirmed not only by the fastening of the countersunk screw N12 and the fastening hole 27060d4, but also by the fastening of the first prize winning member. Since the contact surface between the front surface of the body portion 39410 of the 39400 and the bottom surface of the recessed portion 39060d (the right side surface in FIG. damage can be suppressed.

Also, the distance L8 (Fig. 379(b)) is the distance from the point where the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 379(b)) collides with the game ball flowing down the game area to the front of the base plate 60. It is larger than the distance L9 (see FIG. 379(b)). Therefore, the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK can be increased, and damage to the first winning member 39400 due to the force generated when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK can be suppressed. Further, since the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK can be increased, the plastic deformation of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

In addition, as described above, the outer shape of the notch portion 601a when viewed from the rear is substantially the same as the outer shape of the overhanging portion 39420 of the first prize winning member 39400. It can be arranged inside the notch 601a. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first winning member 39400 from protruding upward (the upper side in FIG. 379(b)) from the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 .

In addition, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 379(b)) of the projecting portion 39420 of the first winning member 39400 is ) lateral direction), it protrudes further to the back side (left side in FIG. 379(b)) than the back side of the base plate 60 . Therefore, when removing the first prize winning member 39400 from the recessed portion 39060d, the projecting portion 39420 of the first prize winning member 39400 can be used as a handle to remove the first prize winning member 39400 from the recessed portion 39060d.

Next, the 99th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 382 to 387. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 382 to 385, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 40400 in the 99th embodiment will be described. FIG. 382 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 40300 in the 99th embodiment. 383 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 40300. FIG. FIG. 384 is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning slot unit 40300. FIG. FIG. 385(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 40300, and FIG. 385(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning port unit 40300 taken along line CCCLXXXVb-CCCLXXXVb of FIG. 385(a). 385(c) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 40300 along line CCCLXXXVc-CCCLXXXVc of FIG. 385(a). Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 383, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIGS. 384, 385(b) and 385(c).

As shown in FIGS. 382 to 385, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 385(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 40060d recessed toward (the right side in FIG. 385(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 40300 is composed of a first prize winning member 40400 and a second prize winning member 3500 , and the recessed portion 40060 d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 40400 . Thereby, the first winning member 40400 can be arranged inside the recess 40060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 386, the first winning member 40400 in this embodiment will be described.

386(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 40400, FIG. 386(b) is a back perspective view of the first winning member 40400, and FIG. 386(c) is the first winning member 40400. 386(d) is a side view of the first winning member 40400. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 386(a) to 386(d), the first prize-winning member 40400 mainly includes a main body 40410 formed of a substantially rectangular rectangular parallelepiped in front view, and a game nail YK. be.

The body portion 40410 is a portion into which the game nail YK is driven, and as described above, the body portion 40410 is formed to have substantially the same shape as the hollow portion 40060d formed in the base plate 60 (Fig. 387), the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 386(d)) of the main body portion 40410 is equal to or slightly smaller than the width in the thickness direction of the depression portion 40060d (see FIG. 387(d)). It is formed. Also, the upper surface 40410a and the lower surface 40410b of the main body 40410 are tapered.

The upper surface 40410a of the body portion 40410 is formed such that the front side (the right side in FIG. 386(d)) is inclined downward (the bottom side in FIG. 386(d)). It is formed above the arrangement position of the nail YK (upward in FIG. 386(d)). In addition, the lower surface 40410b of the body portion 40410 is formed such that the front side (the right side in FIG. 386(d)) is inclined upward (the upper side in FIG. It is formed below the arrangement position of the nail YK (downward in FIG. 386(d)).

In addition, the body portion 40410 has a circular shape when viewed in the vertical direction with respect to the bottom surface 40410b of the body portion 40410. Through holes 40413 and 40413 that penetrate the bottom surface 40410b in the vertical direction from the bottom surface 40410b to counterbore holes 40413a to be described later. A counterbored hole 40413a is provided that penetrates from the rear surface of the main body portion 40410 .

The center of the through-hole 40413 is arranged at a position that coincides with the center of a counterbore 40413a, which will be described later, when viewed in the vertical direction with respect to the lower surface 40410b of the main body 40410. As shown in FIG. The inner diameter of the through-hole 40413 is formed to be equal to or slightly larger than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the countersunk screw N13, and the screw head is expanded toward the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 386(d)). It has a housing portion 3413b.

The counterbored hole 40413a is arranged outside in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 386(c)) from the arrangement position of the later-described game nail YK in a vertical view with respect to the lower surface 40410b of the main body 40410 . Also, the inner diameter of the counterbore 40413a is formed to be larger than the outer diameter of the head of the countersunk screw N13.

Two game nails YK are arranged on the front side of the main body part 40410 (Fig. 386(c), the back side of the paper surface) in a state where the heads of the game nails YK protrude into the game area.

In addition, the two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the main body portion 40410 in the lateral direction in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 386(c)), and in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 386(c)). Centered on the longitudinal center of the portion 4041d0, the inner facing distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 is arranged in the longitudinal direction (left and right direction in FIG. 386(c)). be done. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 386(c)) by 5 degrees.

Next, referring to FIG. 387, the recess 40060d in this embodiment will be described.

387(a) is a front perspective view of the base plate 60, FIG. 387(b) is a rear perspective view of the base plate 60, and FIG. 387(c) is a rear view of the base plate 60, FIG. 387(d) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 along line CCCLXXXVIId-CCCLXXXVIId in FIG. 387(c).

As shown in FIGS. 387(a) to 387(d), the recessed portion 40060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 387(c)) as described above. It is recessed from the rear surface toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 387(d)). A mounting portion 40060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 40060d.

Further, as described above, the recessed portion 40060d is formed to have substantially the same outer shape in rear view as the outer shape of the main body portion 40410 of the first prize winning member 40400 (see FIG. 386).

Therefore, the upper surface 40060d13 and the lower surface 40060d14 of the recessed portion 40060d are formed in a tapered shape, and the upper surface 40060d13 of the recessed portion 40060d is arranged so that the bottom side (right side in FIG. 387(d)) faces downward (lower side in FIG. 387(d)). It is formed on an inclined surface, and the position of the recessed portion 40060d on the bottom surface is formed above (upward in FIG. 387(d)) the arrangement position of the later-described game nail through hole 36060d20. The lower surface 40060d14 of the recessed portion 40060d is formed on a surface in which the bottom surface side (the right side in FIG. 387(d)) is inclined upward (the upper side in FIG. 387(d)), and the position of the recessed portion 40060d on the bottom surface is the game nail threading device described later. It is formed below the arrangement position of the hole 36060d20 (downward in FIG. 387(d)).

In addition, the lower surface 40060d14 of the recessed portion 40060d is circular when viewed in the vertical direction with respect to the lower surface 40060d14, and has two fastening holes 27060d4 recessed in the vertical direction in the lower surface 40060d14.

In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 40060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 387(d)) is equal to or slightly larger than the width in the thickness direction of the main body portion 40410 of the first winning member 40400 (see FIG. 386). It is formed.

Therefore, the rear surface of the first winning member 40400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are arranged at substantially the same (flush) position.

Also, the base plate 60 is provided with a game nail through hole 36060d20 penetrating in the plate thickness direction.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 40413 (see FIG. 386) of the main body portion 40410 of the first winning member 40400 arranged inside the recessed portion 40060d.

The attached portion 40060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60 and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 40060d in the base plate 60 .

Returning to FIG. 382 to FIG. 385, description will be made. The fixing of the first prize winning member 40400 to the recessed portion 40060d (base plate 60) is performed by contacting the upper surface 40410a of the main body portion 40410 of the first prize winning member 40400 with the upper surface 40060d13 of the recessed portion 40060d, and In a state where the lower surface 40410b of the main body portion 40410 and the lower surface 40060d14 of the recessed portion 40060d are in contact with each other, the first winning member 40400 is inserted into the through hole 40413 from the back side (Fig. This is performed by screwing a male thread formed on the shaft portion of the screw N13 into a female thread formed in the fastening hole 27060d4 of the lower surface 40060d14 of the recessed portion 40060d. In addition, the head of the countersunk screw N13 is arranged inside the screw head accommodating portion 3413b arranged on the back side of the through-hole 40413 (on the side of the barrel in FIG. 385(a)), so that the head of the countersunk screw N13 It is possible to prevent the portion from protruding from the back surface of the base plate 60 to the back side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 386(a)).

In addition, since it is not necessary to attach the first prize winning member 40400 to the front of the base plate 60, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a step in the game area, and the game ball flowing down the game area hits the step, which is disadvantageous for the player ( (or advantageous) can be suppressed from moving the game ball.

In addition, due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK, the fastening fixation between the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 40400 is loosened, and even in a state where the first prize winning member 40400 is movable, the first prize winning member 40400 Since the winning member 40400 moves to the back side of the base plate 60 (the left side in FIG. 385(b)), it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a step in the game area.

Also, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 40410 of the first winning member 40400 protruding into the game area is the game of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 385(b)). Even if the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 40410 of the first prize winning member 40400 to a position equal to the length D2 protruding into the area, the rear surface of the first prize winning member 40400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are separated from each other as described above. The game nail YK does not pass through the body portion 40410 because it is arranged at substantially the same (flush) position. Therefore, the contact area between the game nail YK and the first prize winning member 40400 is increased, and a decrease in the holding power of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 40400 can be suppressed.

In addition, the rotation of the first prize winning member 40400 in the direction of the arrow R1 due to the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK can be detected not only by the fastening portion of the countersunk screw N13 but also by the main body of the first prize winning member 40400. Damage to the fastening hole 27060d4 formed in the lower surface 40060d14 of the recessed portion 40060d can also be suppressed since the contact surface between the upper surface 40410a of the portion 40410 and the upper surface 40060d13 of the recessed portion 40060d can be prevented from being damaged.

Also, the distance L10 (Fig. 385(b)) is the distance from the point where the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 385(b)) collides with the game ball flowing down the game area to the front of the base plate 60. It is larger than the distance L11 (see FIG. 385(b)). Therefore, the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK can be increased, and damage to the first winning member 40400 due to the force generated when the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK can be suppressed. Further, since the amount of elastic deformation of the game nail YK can be increased, the plastic deformation of the game nail YK can be suppressed.

The hundredth embodiment will now be described with reference to FIGS. 388-391. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 388 to 390, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 27400 in the 100th embodiment will be described. FIG. 388 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 27300 in the 100th embodiment. FIG. 389 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 27300. FIG. FIG. 390(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 27300, and FIG. 390(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 27300 along the line CCCXCb-CCCXCb of FIG. 390(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIG. 389, and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG. 390(b).

As shown in FIGS. 388 to 390, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 390(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 41060d recessed toward (the left side in FIG. 390(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 27300 is composed of a first prize winning member 27400 and a second prize winning member 3500 , and the recess 27060 d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 27400 . As a result, the first winning member 27400 can be arranged inside the recess 41060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 391, the recess 41060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 391(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 41060d, FIG. 391(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 41060d, and FIG. 391(c) is the line CCCXCIc-CCCXCIc of FIG. 391(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 41060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 391(a) to 391(c), the recessed portion 41060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 391(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 391(c)). A facing portion 41060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 41060d.

The recessed portion 41060d is a portion for arranging the first winning member 27400 inside the base plate 60 (see FIG. 390), and as described above, is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (see FIG. 391 ( b) underside). In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 41060d in front view is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 27400 . Also, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 41060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 391(c)) is approximately the width in the thickness direction of the body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 (see FIG. 314(c)). The width (dimension) of the distance from the front surface (bottom surface) of the recessed portion 41060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (that is, the thickness direction of the facing portion 41060l (horizontal direction in FIG. 391(c))). ) (eg, 2.5 times the distance from the front surface of the recess 41060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60).

In addition, the recessed portion 41060d extends from the front side of the recessed portion 41060d (the right side in FIG. 391(c)) to the rear side of the base plate 60 (the left side in FIG. 391(c)) in the vertical direction with respect to the front surface (bottom surface) of the recessed portion 41060d. ) are provided with four circular fastening holes 27060d4 and two recesses 41060d10 in a front view.

The fastening hole 27060d4 is arranged coaxially with the axis of the through hole 3413 (see FIG. 314) of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 arranged inside the recessed portion 41060d in a front view.

The positions in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 391(b)) of the centers of the two recessed portions 41060d10 are arranged in the left-right direction (right-left direction in FIG. 391(b)) centered on the center in the left-right direction of the recessed portion 41060d when viewed from the front. It is disposed at a position separated by a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner facing walls of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320, which will be described later.

The positions of the centers of the two recesses 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 391(b)) are from the lower surface of the recessed portion 41060d upward (vertical direction in FIG. 27410 from the lower surface of the main body 27410 of the first winning member 27400 to the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting distance D4 (see FIG. 314(c)).

In addition, the bottom surface of the recess 41060d10 (the left surface in FIG. 391(c)) is the rear side (left side in FIG. 391(c)) from the tip of the game nail YK (the two-dot chain line in FIG. 391(c)) driven into the base plate 60. is placed in Further, the inner diameter of the recess 41060d10 is formed to have substantially the same size as the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the shaft portion.

The facing portion 41060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60 and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 41060d in the base plate 60 .

Returning to FIG. 388 to FIG. 390, description will be made. As described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 protruding into the game area corresponds to the length of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (Fig. 390(b) double-dot chain line ) into the main body 27410 from the front side (the right side of FIG. 390(b)) until the length D2 protruding into the game area is equal to the length D2, and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back of the main body 27410. Even in this state, the positions of the centers of the two recesses 41060d10 in the left-right direction (the left-right direction in FIG. 390(a)) are different in the left-right direction (the ) in the left-to-right direction) of the left and right side walls of the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 at a distance D3 (see FIG. 316) between the inner opposing walls, and in the vertical direction (FIG. 390) of the center of the two recesses 41060d10 (a) up-down direction) is from the lower surface of the recessed portion 41060d upward (upward in FIG. 390(a)) from the lower surface of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 It is arranged at a position separated by a distance D4 (see FIG. 314(c)) from the center of gravity of the projecting portion of the game nail YK projecting to the back surface.

That is, when the main body 27410 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 by the countersunk screw N5, the axial center of the recess 41060d10 is positioned on the extension of the axial center of the through hole 27410a of the main body 27410. As a result, the game nail YK is driven into the recessed portion 41060d10 of the recessed portion 41060d (base plate 60), and damage to the recessed portion 41060d (base plate 60) can be suppressed.

In addition, compared to the case of using a short game nail that does not protrude from the back surface of the main body portion 27410, the tip of the game nail YK is held in the recess 41060d10, so that the game nail YK and the first winning member 27400 The contact area can be increased. Therefore, the holding power of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 27400 can be ensured.

Further, even when the first prize winning member 27400 is replaced due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, since the tip of the game nail YK is inserted into the recess 41060d10 of the recess 41060d, the first prize winning member 27400 is easy to remove.

Further, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 41060d (left and right direction in FIG. direction), and the front surface of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 is formed in a plane perpendicular to the lower surface, so that the front surface of the base plate 60 and the main body portion 27410 can be arranged at a position that is substantially the same (flush) with the front surface of the 27410. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 from being arranged with a step. Therefore, it is possible to suppress movement of the game ball in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player when the game ball flowing down the game area hits a step.

Here, a method for manufacturing the game board 13 in this embodiment will be described.

In this embodiment, first, in the step before the first winning member 27400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 41060d, the recessed portion 41060d10 is formed in the recessed portion 41060d, and the game nail YK is attached to the base plate 60. Drive in. Also, in a step different from driving the game nail YK into the base plate 60, the game nail YK is driven into the main body portion 27410. As shown in FIG.

As described above, the length of the game nail YK driven into the main body 27410 protruding into the game area is the length D2 of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 into the game area (Fig. 390 ( When the game nail YK is driven into the body portion 27410 from the front to a position equal to b)), the game nail YK driven into the body portion 27410 penetrates the body portion 27410, and the tip of the nail YK is driven from the back side of the body portion 27410. protrude.

Next, the first winning member 27400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 41060d and fastened and fixed with a countersunk screw N5. In this case, the tip (protruding portion) of the game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the main body portion 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 is contained (inserted) in the concave portion 41060d10 of the concave portion 41060d, and the first tip is inserted inside the concave portion 41060d. A winning member 27400 is provided.

As described above, the inner diameter of the recess 41060d10 is formed to have substantially the same size (or slightly smaller diameter) than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK, so that The tip (protrusion) of the game nail YK is included (inserted) into the recess 41060d10 of the recess 41060d to connect them. As a result, the first winning member 27400 is held on the base plate 60 through the holding force of the game nail YK by the concave portion 41060d10.

As a result, even if the countersunk screw N5 is loosened, the first prize winning member 27400 is less likely to rattle, and a step is formed between the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the first prize winning member 27400. can be suppressed.

Further, when disposing the first winning member 27400 inside the recessed portion 41060d, the tip of the game nail YK is included (inserted) into the recessed portion 41060d10 of the recessed portion 41060d so that the base plate 60 (the recessed portion 41060d ), the position of the first winning member 27400 (body portion 27410) can be determined. As a result, it is possible to improve the workability of disposing the first winning member 27400 in the recessed portion 41060d. Further, it is possible to improve the positional accuracy of the first winning member 27400 (main body portion 27410) with respect to the base plate 60 (recess portion 41060d).

Next, the 101st embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 392 to 396. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 392 to 394, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 42400 in the 101st embodiment will be described. FIG. 392 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 42300 in the 101st embodiment. FIG. 393 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 42300. FIG. FIG. 394(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 42300, and FIG. 394(b) is a cross-sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 42300 taken along the line CCCXCIVb-CCCXCIVb of FIG. 394(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIGS. 393 and 394(b).

As shown in FIGS. 392 to 394, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 394(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 42060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 394(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 42300 is composed of a first prize winning member 42400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 42060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 42400 when viewed from the front. As a result, the first winning member 42400 can be arranged inside the recess 42060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 395, the first winning member 42400 in this embodiment will be described.

395(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 42400, FIG. 395(b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member 42400, and FIG. 395(c) is the first winning member 42400. 395(d) is a cross-sectional view of the first winning member 42400 taken along line CCCXCVd-CCCXCVd of FIG. 395(c).

As shown in FIGS. 395(a) to 395(d), the first prize winning member 42400 mainly includes a main body portion 42410 formed of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped horizontally elongated when viewed from the front.

The body portion 42410 is a part into which the game nail YK is driven. It has two recessed portions 42410a that are recessed downward (downward in FIG. 395(c)) with the rear side (left side in FIG. 395(d)) being open.

As described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 42410 is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 42060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 396).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 395(d)) of the body portion 42410 is the distance D1 ( (see FIG. 313(b)). In addition, the front surface (the right surface in FIG. 395(d)) and the rear surface (the left surface in FIG. 395(d)) of the main body 42410 are perpendicular to the bottom surface (the lower surface in FIG. 395(d)). It is formed.

The concave portion 42410a is a portion into which a tool described later (for example, the tip of a flathead screwdriver) is inserted when removing the first winning member 42400 from the base plate 60. left side) above the arrangement position of the game nail YK, which will be described later. The recessed portion 42410a is formed in a square shape when viewed from the rear, and the length of one side of the square is approximately 5 mm. Further, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 395(d)) of the recessed portion 42410a is formed to be about 2 mm.

Next, referring to FIG. 396, the recess 42060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 396(a) is a front perspective view of the recessed portion 42060d, FIG. 396(b) is a front view of the recessed portion 42060d, and FIG. 396(c) is the line CCCXCVIc-CCCXCVIc of FIG. 396(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 42060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 396(a) to 396(c), the recessed portion 42060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 396(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 396(c)). A facing portion 42060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 42060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 42060d in front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 42400 (see FIG. 395).

In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 396(c)) of the recessed portion 42060d is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (see FIG. 395(d)) of the body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400. ) and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 42060d to the back surface of the base plate 60 (the left surface in FIG. 396(c)) (for example, from the front surface of the recessed portion 42060d 396 (c) left side surface) of the base plate 60).

The facing portion 42060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 42060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 392 to FIG. 394, description will be made. The two game nails YK are disposed at the center of the main body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 394(a)) and in the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 394(a)). ) in the longitudinal direction centered on the longitudinal center of the main body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 (horizontal direction in FIG. 394(a)), the distance D3 (See Fig. 316) are spaced apart. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 394(a)) by 5 degrees.

Here, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 42060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 394(b), and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 42060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (the left surface in FIG. 394(b)). Therefore, the game nail YK driven into the first prize winning member 42400 and the base plate 60 has a sufficiently larger contact area with the first prize winning member 42400 than the base plate 60 does.

Therefore, even in a situation where the holding force of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 42400 is sufficiently greater than that of the base plate 60, and the game nail YK is repeatedly driven by breaking or bending. Replacing the first winning member 42400 can suppress a decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK.

Next, a method for fixing the first winning member 42400 to the base plate 60 will be described.

First, the body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 is arranged inside the recess portion 42060d. In this case, the back surface of the body portion 42410 of the first prize winning member 42400 (the left surface in FIG. 394(b)) is brought into contact with the front surface of the recess portion 42060d, and the lower surface 42410b of the body portion 42410 of the first prize winning member 42400 The lower surface 42060d11 of the recessed portion 42060d is brought into contact.

As described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 394(b)) of main body portion 42410 is the same as the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 394(b)) of depression portion 42060d. They are formed to have approximately the same dimensions. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body part 42410 of the first prize winning member 42400 from being arranged with a step, and the game ball flowing down the game area hits the step, which is disadvantageous to the player. It is possible to suppress the movement of the game ball in an (or advantageous) direction.

Next, the game nail YK is driven from the front of the main body portion 42410 into the first winning member 42400 (the main body portion 42410) arranged in the base plate 60 (the hollow portion 42060d). As described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 394(c)) of the main body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 is from the front of the base plate 60 (right side in FIG. 394(b)). Since the distance D1 to the tip of the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 394(b)) driven into the base plate 60 is smaller than the distance D1, the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 The length of the game nail YK projected into the game area is equal to the length D2 of the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 394(b)) driven into the base plate 60, and the game nail YK is pushed forward. When driven into the body portion 42410 of the first prize winning member 42400 from the side (the right side of FIG. 394(b)), the game nail YK driven into the body portion 42410 of the first prize winning member 42400 , and the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the back surface of the main body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 (left side surface in FIG. 394(b)).

Therefore, the tip of the game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the main body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 (the left surface in FIG. 394(b)) is driven into the recess portion 42060d (facing portion 42060l) of the base plate 60 (that is, The tip of the game nail YK is connected to the base plate 60 (facing portion 42060l), and the connection fixes the first winning member 42400 to the base plate 60 (recess portion 42060d).

This eliminates the need for screwing work for fixing the first prize winning member 42400 to the base plate 60, thereby reducing the number of man-hours and the product cost.

In addition, since it is not necessary to provide a through hole for inserting a screw in the body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400, it is possible to reduce the number of man-hours and suppress the deterioration of the strength of the body portion 42410 accordingly.

A center frame 86 (not shown) is attached to the base plate 60 . The main body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 is arranged such that its upper surface (upper surface in FIG. 394(b)) contacts the outer peripheral surface (lower surface) of the center frame 86 .

In this manner, the upper surface of the first prize winning member 42400 (main body portion 42410) and the outer peripheral surface (lower surface) of the center frame 86 are disposed in contact with each other, and as described above, the main body portion of the first prize winning member 42400 Since the lower surface 42410b of 42410 and the lower surface 42060d11 of the recessed portion 42060d are disposed in contact with each other, the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK causes the first winning member 42400 to move downward (FIG. 394 (b ) downward) or rotating in the direction of the arrow R1 can be effectively suppressed.

Further, as described above, since the length of one side of the recessed portion 42410a which is square in rear view is formed to be about 5 mm, it is possible to secure the distance between the recessed portion 42410a and the game nail YK. . Therefore, the game nail YK is driven into the vicinity of the recessed portion 42410a, or the game nail YK is driven into the recessed portion 42410a, and the body portion 42410 (near the recessed portion 42410a) is damaged (chipped or cracked). can be suppressed.

Next, a method for removing the first winning member 42400 from the base plate 60 will be described.

As described above, the first prize winning member 42400 is fixed to the base plate 60 by driving the game nail YK into the first prize winning member 42400 and the base plate 60. The first winning member 42400 can be removed from the base plate 60 by pulling out the stuck game nail YK from the base plate 60.例文帳に追加

Specifically, in a state where the center frame 86 is removed from the base plate 60, the tip of a tool having a thin tip and a rectangular cross section (for example, a flathead screwdriver, not shown) is attached to the main body of the first winning member 42400. The tool is operated by inserting it into the concave portion 42410a arranged on the back surface of the portion 42410 (the left surface in FIG. 394(b)). That is, the first winning member 42400 is displaced to the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side in FIG. 394(b)) by the principle of leverage with the upper front end of the recessed portion 42060d as a fulcrum. As a result, the tip of the game nail YK can be pulled out from the base plate 60 (facing portion 42060l), and as a result, the first winning member 42400 (main body portion 42410) can be removed from the base plate 60. FIG.

As described above, since the game nail YK driven into the first prize winning member 42400 (main body portion 42410) has a sufficiently larger contact area with the first prize winning member 42400 than the contact area with the base plate 60, As the first winning member 42400 is displaced, the tip of the game nail YK can be reliably extracted from the base plate 60 (facing portion 42060l).

In addition, as described above, the length of one side of the recessed portion 42410a which is a square in rear view is formed to be about 5 mm, and the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 394(b)) is formed to be about 2 mm. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent the rigidity of the main body portion 42410 from decreasing while allowing the tip of a tool having a thin tip and a rectangular cross-sectional shape, such as a flat-blade screwdriver, to be inserted into the concave portion 42410a.

Further, as described above, the recessed portion 42410a is arranged above the arrangement position of the game nail YK (upward in FIG. 394(b)). That is, the game nail YK is positioned on the side where it is inclined upward. Therefore, by operating the tool inserted into the recessed portion 42410a in a direction in which the tip of the tool presses the back surface of the main body portion 42410 (the direction in which the main body portion 42410 protrudes toward the front side of the base plate 60), a game nail can be obtained. While suppressing bending of the tip of YK (that is, suppressing expansion of the diameter of the hole (recess) of the facing portion 42060l into which the tip of the game nail YK is driven), the tip of the game nail YK is removed from the base plate 60 with a small force. The first winning member 42400 can be removed.

The 102nd embodiment will now be described with reference to FIGS. 397-401. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 397 to 399, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 43400 in the 102nd embodiment will be described. FIG. 397 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 43300 in the 102nd embodiment. FIG. 398 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning slot unit 43300. FIG. FIG. 399(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 43300, and FIG. 399(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 43300 taken along line CCCXCIXb-CCCXCIXb of FIG. 399(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIGS. 398 and 399(b).

As shown in FIGS. 397 to 399, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 399(b)) to which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 43060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 399(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 43300 is composed of a first prize winning member 43400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 43060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 43400 when viewed from the front. As a result, the first winning member 43400 can be arranged inside the recess 43060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 400, the first winning member 43400 in this embodiment will be described.

400(a) is a front perspective view of the first prize winning member 43400, FIG. 400(b) is a rear perspective view of the first prize winning member 43400, and FIG. 400(c) is the first prize winning member 43400. 400(d) is a side view of the first winning member 43400. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 400(a) to 400(d), the first prize winning member 43400 mainly includes a main body 43410 formed of a substantially rectangular rectangular parallelepiped in front view.

The body portion 43410 is a portion for driving the game nail YK, and projects from the back side of the body portion 43410 (left side in FIG. 400(d)) to the back side of the body portion 43410 (left side in FIG. 400(d)). It has an overhang 43420 .

As described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 43410 is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 43060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 401).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 400(d)) of the body portion 43410 is the distance D1 ( (see FIG. 313(b)). In addition, the front surface (the right side surface in FIG. 400(d)) and the rear surface (the left side surface in FIG. 400(d)) of the main body 43410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

The projecting portion 43420 is a portion for restricting the displacement of the first prize winning member 43400 when the first prize winning member 43400 is arranged inside the recess portion 43060d, and is formed in the recess portion 43060d described later. It is formed in substantially the same shape as the notch 43060d11.

The protruding portion 43420 is disposed at the center of the main body portion 43410 in the longitudinal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 400(c)), and extends below the first winning member 43400 (lower side in FIG. 400(c)). The lower surface of the portion 43420 and the lower surface of the main body portion 43410 are arranged to form the same surface.

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 400(d)) of the overhanging portion 43420 is the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 43060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (the left surface in FIG. 400(b)). are formed to have approximately the same dimensions as the

Next, referring to FIG. 401, the recess 43060d in this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 401(a) is a front perspective view of the recess 43060d, FIG. 401(b) is a front view of the recess 43060d, and FIG. 401(c) is the CDIc-CDIc line of FIG. 401(b). is a cross-sectional view of a recessed portion 43060d in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 401(a) to 401(c), the recessed portion 43060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 401(b)) as described above. is recessed from the front to the back side (left side in FIG. 401(c)). A facing portion 43060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 43060d.

In addition, the outer shape of the recessed portion 43060d in a front view is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 43400 (see FIG. 400).

In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 401(c)) of the recessed portion 43060d is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (see FIG. 400(d)) of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400. ) and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 43060d to the back surface of the base plate 60 (the left surface in FIG. 401(c)) (for example, from the front surface of the recessed portion 43060d The size is approximately 2.5 times the distance to the back surface of the base plate 60 (left side surface in FIG. 401(c)).

A notch portion 43060d11 penetrating in the plate thickness direction is formed below the center of the recessed portion 43060d (lower side in FIG. 401(b)).

The notch portion 43060d11 is a portion for enclosing the projecting portion 43420 (see FIG. 400) formed on the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400, and is formed in an arc shape when viewed from the rear. (left-right direction in FIG. 401(b)) is substantially the same as the width of the through hole 27060a (left-right direction in FIG. 401(b)).

In addition, the cutout portion 43060d11 has the largest width at both ends (left and right direction in FIG. 401(b)) on the lower surface of the recessed portion 43060d, and the width at both ends (FIG. 401(b)) increases upward (upward direction in FIG. (b) left-right direction) is formed in an arcuate shape that is convex upward (upward direction in FIG. 401(b)).

The upper end of the notch 43060d11 is formed below (downward in FIG. 401(b)) the driving position (see FIG. 399) of the game nail YK, which will be described later.

The facing portion 43060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 43060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 397 to FIG. 399, description will be made. The two game nails YK are disposed at the center of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 399(a)), and in the lateral direction (vertical direction in FIG. 399(a)) ) in the longitudinal direction centered on the longitudinal center of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 (horizontal direction in FIG. 399(a)), the distance D3 (See Fig. 316) are spaced apart. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 399(a)) by 5 degrees.

Here, as described above, the width (dimension) (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recess 43060d (horizontal direction in FIG. (b) left-right direction) and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the front surface of the recessed portion 43060d to the rear surface of the base plate 60 (the left surface in FIG. 399(b)). Since it is formed large, the game nail YK driven into the first prize winning member 43400 and the base plate 60 has a sufficiently larger contact area with the first prize winning member 43400 than the base plate 60 does.

Therefore, even in a situation where the holding force of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 43400 is sufficiently greater than that of the base plate 60, and the game nail YK is repeatedly driven by breaking or bending. Replacing the first winning member 43400 can suppress a decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK.

Next, a method for fixing the first winning member 43400 to the base plate 60 will be described.

The first prize winning member 43400 is arranged inside the hollow portion 43060d so that the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 (the left surface in FIG. 399(b)) and the front surface of the hollow portion 43060d are in contact with each other, The lower surface 43410b of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 and the lower surface 43060d12 of the recessed portion 43060d are disposed in contact with each other.

A center frame 86 (not shown) is attached to the base plate 60 after the first winning member 43400 is arranged in the recess 43060d (the base plate 60). Here, the upper surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 (upper surface in FIG. 399(b)) and the outer peripheral surface of the center frame 86 are arranged in contact with each other.

As described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 399(b)) of main body portion 43410 is the same as the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 399(b)) of depression portion 43060d. They are formed to have approximately the same dimensions.

Further, as described above, when the first prize winning member 43400 is arranged inside the recessed portion 43060d, the projecting portion 43420 formed on the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 The cutout portion 43060d11 formed in the recessed portion 43060d is disposed at the center in the longitudinal direction (left-right direction in FIG. 399(a)) and is located below the center of the recessed portion 43060d (lower side in FIG. 399(a)). Therefore, the cutout portion 43060d11 formed in the recessed portion 43060d can include the projecting portion 43420 formed on the rear surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 .

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the front surface of the base plate 60 and the front surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 from being arranged with a step from the back surface to the front direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 399(b)). , the game ball flowing down the game area can be prevented from hitting a step and moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player.

Further, as described above, the protruding portion 43420 formed on the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 and the notch portion 43060d11 formed in the recessed portion 43060d are formed in substantially the same shape. , the projecting portion 43420 formed on the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 and the notch portion 43060d11 formed in the recess portion 43060d are in contact with each other, and the first prize winning member 43400 moves in the horizontal direction (Fig. 399 ( a) displacement in the left-right direction) and in the up-down direction (vertical direction in FIG. 399(a)) can be suppressed.

Further, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. Since the distance from the front to the back of the base plate 60 (the left side in FIG. 399(b)) is formed to have substantially the same dimensions, the first winning prize is from the back side of the base plate 60 (the left side in FIG. 399(b)). It is possible to suppress the projecting portion 43420 formed on the back surface of the body portion 43410 of the member 43400 from protruding.

Further, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 399(c)) of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 is equal to ) to the tip of the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 399(b)) driven into the base plate 60. The length of the nail YK projecting into the game area is equal to the length D2 of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 399(b)) projecting into the game area. is driven into the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 from the front side (the right side of FIG. 399(b)), the game nail YK driven into the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 Penetrating through the portion 43410, the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the rear surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 (the left surface in FIG. 399(b)).

As described above, since the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 (the left side in FIG. 399(b)) and the front surface of the recess portion 43060d are arranged in contact with each other, the main body of the first prize winning member 43400 The tip of the game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the part 43410 (the left surface in FIG. 399(b)) is driven into the base plate 60, and the first winning member 43400 is fixed to the base plate 60.

Therefore, screwing work for fixing the first winning member 43400 to the base plate 60 is not required, and the number of work steps can be reduced, and the product cost can be suppressed.

Further, there is no need to provide a through-hole for inserting a screw in the body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400, thereby suppressing a decrease in the strength of the body portion 43410. FIG.

Further, as described above, the lower surface 43410b of the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 and the lower surface 43060d12 of the recessed portion 43060d are disposed in contact with each other, and the upper surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 (see FIG. 399 (b) Upper surface) and the outer peripheral surface of the center frame 86 are disposed in contact with each other, so that the first winning member 43400 moves downward (Fig. 399(b) downward) or rotating in the direction of arrow R1 can be suppressed.

Further, as described above, the upper end of the notch 43060d11 is formed below the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (downward in FIG. 399(b)), so that the notch 43060d11 and the game nail It becomes possible to secure the distance between YK and the game nail YK can be driven into the base plate 60. - 特許庁

Next, a method for removing the first winning member 43400 from the base plate 60 will be described.

As described above, the first prize winning member 43400 is fixed to the base plate 60 by driving the game nail YK into the first prize winning member 43400 and the base plate 60. The first winning member 43400 can be removed from the base plate 60 by pulling out the stuck game nail YK from the base plate 60 .

As described above, the cutout portion 43060d11 formed in the recessed portion 43060d is formed so as to enclose the projecting portion 43420 formed on the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400, and extends in the plate thickness direction. Since it is formed penetrating, by pushing the projecting portion 43420 formed on the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 from the back surface of the base plate 60 (left surface in FIG. 399(b)), The first winning member 43400 can be displaced to the front side of the base plate 60 (the right side in FIG. 399(b)).

As a result, the first winning member 43400 and the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 can be pulled out from the base plate 60 .

Here, as described above, since the game nail YK driven into the first prize winning member 43400 and the base plate 60 has a sufficiently larger contact area with the first prize winning member 43400 than the base plate 60, the first prize winning member 43400 and the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 follow the movement of the first prize winning member 43400 .

Further, as described above, the projecting portion 43420 formed on the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first winning member 43400 is arranged below the arrangement position of the game nail YK (downward in FIG. 399(b)). Therefore, the distance between the projecting portion 43420 formed on the back surface of the main body portion 43410 of the first prize winning member 43400 and the game nail YK can be reduced, and the first prize winning member 43400 can be removed from the base plate 60 with a small force. be able to.

Next, the 103rd embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 402 to 405. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 402 to 404, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 44400 in the 103rd embodiment will be described. FIG. 402 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 44300 in the 103rd embodiment. FIG. 403 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 44300. FIG. FIG. 404(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 44300, and FIG. 404(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 44300 along line CDIVb-CDIVb in FIG. 404(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIGS. 403 and 404(b).

As shown in FIGS. 402 to 404, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 below the center frame 86 to which the center frame 86 is attached (lower side in FIG. 404(b)). A recessed portion 42060d recessed toward the side (left side in FIG. 404(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 44300 is composed of a first prize winning member 44400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 42060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 44400 when viewed from the front. As a result, the first winning member 44400 can be arranged inside the recess 42060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 405, the first winning member 44400 in this embodiment will be described.

405(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 44400, FIG. 405(b) is a rear perspective view of the first winning member 44400, and FIG. 405(c) is the first winning member 44400. 405(d) is a cross-sectional view of the first winning member 44400 taken along line CDVd-CDVd in FIG. 405(c).

As shown in FIGS. 405( a ) to 405 ( d ), the first winning member 44400 mainly includes a main body 44410 formed of a substantially rectangular rectangular parallelepiped when viewed from the front.

The body portion 44410 is a portion for driving the game nail YK, and is provided on the back surface of the body portion 44410 (the left surface in FIG. 405(d)) downward from the upper surface of the body portion 44410 (downward in FIG. 405(c)). It has two recessed portions 42410a that are recessed with openings on the back side (left side in FIG. 405(d)).

As described above, the outer shape of the main body portion 44410 is formed substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 42060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 396).

The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 405(d)) of the body portion 44410 is the distance D1 ( 313(b)), and the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 42060d (see FIG. 396) is smaller than the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the elastic member G2 (see FIG. 404). ) is formed to be smaller by an amount equal to or slightly smaller than the dimension of In addition, the front surface (the right surface in FIG. 405(d)) and the rear surface (the left surface in FIG. 405(d)) of the main body 44410 are formed to be perpendicular to the bottom surface.

The recessed portion 42410a is a portion into which a tool, which will be described later, is inserted when removing the first winning member 44400 from the base plate 60. It is arranged above the arrangement position of the game nail YK.

Returning to FIG. 402 to FIG. 404, description will be made. The two game nails YK are disposed at the center of the main body 44410 of the first winning member 44400 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 404(a)), and in the horizontal direction (vertical direction in FIG. 404(a)). ), the distance D3 (See Fig. 316) are spaced apart. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 404(a)) by 5 degrees.

Here, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)) of the recessed portion 42060d is the The width (dimension) in the lateral direction) of the elastic member G2 is formed to be larger than the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (the lateral direction in FIG. Since it is formed sufficiently larger than the distance to the back surface of the base plate 60 (the left surface in FIG. 404(b)), the first winning member 44400, the elastic member G2 and the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 are The contact area with the first winning member 44400 is sufficiently larger than that of the base plate 60 .

Therefore, even in a situation where the holding force of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 44400 is sufficiently greater than that of the base plate 60, and the game nail YK is repeatedly driven by breaking or bending. Replacing the first winning member 44400 can suppress a decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK.

Next, a method for fixing the first winning member 44400 to the base plate 60 will be described.

In the first prize winning member 44400, an elastic member G2 is inserted between the back surface of the body portion 44410 of the first prize winning member 44400 (the left side in FIG. 404(b)) and the front surface of the hollow portion 42060d inside the hollow portion 42060d. The lower surface 44410b of the main body portion 44410 of the first winning member 44400 and the lower surface 42060d11 of the recessed portion 42060d are arranged in contact with each other.

A center frame 86 (not shown) is attached to the base plate 60 after the first winning member 44400 is arranged in the recess 42060d (the base plate 60). Here, the upper surface of the main body portion 44410 of the first winning member 44400 (upper surface in FIG. 404(b)) and the outer peripheral surface of the center frame 86 are arranged in contact with each other.

The elastic member G2 is formed smaller than the main body portion 44410 of the first winning member 44400, and the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)) is formed to be about 2 mm. Also, the elastic member G2 is formed of a rubber-like elastic body.

As described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)) of main body portion 44410 is greater than the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)) of depression portion 42060d. 404(b), the width of the elastic member G2 in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)). 404(b) right side surface) is disposed with a step from the rear surface to the front direction (FIG. 404(b) left-right direction) with respect to the front surface of the base plate 60 (the right side surface in FIG. 404(b)).

The back surface of the base portion 3510 of the second prize winning member 3500 (the left surface in FIG. 404(b)) and the front surface of the base plate 60 (the right surface in FIG. 404(b)) are in contact with each other, and the second prize winning member 3500 is placed on the base plate. When fixed to 60, the elastic member G2 is deformed, and the width in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)) is reduced.

Therefore, the back surface of the base portion 3510 of the second winning member 3500 (the left surface in FIG. 404(b)) and the front surface of the base plate 60 (the right surface in FIG. 404(b)) come into contact with each other. The front of the main body part 44410 of the first prize winning member 44400 can be prevented from being arranged with a step from the back to the front (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)), and the game ball flowing down the game area can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress the game ball from moving in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player when hitting a step.

Further, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(c)) of the main body portion 44410 of the first winning member 44400 is equal to ) to the tip of the game nail YK (two-dot chain line in FIG. 404(b)) driven into the base plate 60. The length of the nail YK projecting into the game area is equal to the length D2 of the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 (two-dot chain line in FIG. 404(b)) projecting into the game area. is driven into the body portion 44410 of the first prize winning member 44400 from the front side (the right side of FIG. 404(b)), the game nail YK driven into the body portion 44410 of the first prize winning member 44400 Penetrating through the portion 44410, the tip of the game nail YK protrudes from the rear surface of the main body portion 44410 of the first winning member 44400 (the left surface in FIG. 404(b)).

As described above, since the elastic member G2 is inserted between the back surface of the main body portion 44410 of the first winning member 44400 (the left surface in FIG. 404(b)) and the front surface of the recess portion 42060d, the The game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the body portion 44410 of the winning member 44400 (the left surface in FIG. 404(b)) penetrates the elastic member G2, and the tip of the game nail YK projects from the back surface of the elastic member G2 (FIG. 404 (b) protrudes from the left side);

The tip of the game nail YK protruding from the back surface of the elastic member G2 (the left surface in FIG. 404(b)) is driven into the base plate 60, and the first winning member 44400 is fixed to the base plate 60. FIG.

Therefore, screwing work for fixing the first winning member 44400 to the base plate 60 is not required, and the number of work steps can be reduced, and the product cost can be suppressed.

Further, there is no need to provide a through-hole for inserting a screw in the main body portion 44410 of the first prize winning member 44400, thereby suppressing a decrease in the strength of the main body portion 44410.

In addition, since the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the elastic member G2 (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)) is formed to be about 2 mm, the thickness direction of the main body portion 44410 of the first winning member 44400 (in FIG. 404 ( b) The width (dimension) in the left-right direction can be formed to be large, and a decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK by the first winning member 44400 can be suppressed.

In addition, since the game nail YK is driven into the elastic member G2, the holding force of the game nail YK increases due to the viscoelastic force of the elastic member G2, and the game nail YK is pulled out of the first winning member 44400 and the base plate 60. can be suppressed.

In addition, the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the game nail YK, and the displacement of the game nail YK is suppressed by the repulsive force of the elastic member G2, and the elastic member G2, the first winning member 44400 and the base plate 60 are damaged. can be suppressed.

Further, as described above, the lower surface 44410b of the main body portion 44410 of the first prize winning member 44400 and the lower surface 42060d11 of the recessed portion 42060d are disposed in contact with each other, and the upper surface of the main body portion 44410 of the first prize winning member 44400 (see FIG. 404 (b) Upper surface) and the outer peripheral surface of the center frame 86 are disposed in contact with each other, so that the first prize winning member 44400 moves downward (see FIG. 404(b) downward movement) or rotation in the direction of arrow R1 can be suppressed.

Next, a method for removing the first winning member 44400 from the base plate 60 will be described.

As described above, the first prize winning member 44400 is fixed to the base plate 60 by driving the game nail YK into the first prize winning member 44400, the elastic member G2 and the base plate 60. The first winning member 44400 can be removed from the base plate 60 by pulling out the game nail YK driven into the plate 60 from the base plate 60 .

With the center frame 86 removed from the base plate 60, one end of a tool (not shown) having a thin tip and a rectangular cross-section is attached to the rear surface of the main body 44410 of the first winning member 44400 (FIG. 404(b)). The first prize winning member 44400 is inserted into the recessed portion 42410a provided on the left side), and the front upper end of the recessed portion 42060d is used as a fulcrum. right), and the first winning member 44400, the elastic member G2 and the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 can be pulled out from the base plate 60. FIG.

Here, as described above, the game nail YK driven into the first prize winning member 44400, the elastic member G2, and the base plate 60 has a sufficiently larger contact area with the first prize winning member 42400 than the base plate 60. The first prize winning member 44400, the elastic member G2 and the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 follow the movement of the first prize winning member 42400.

In addition, as described above, the length of one side of the recessed portion 42410a which is a square in rear view is formed to be about 5 mm, and the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 404(b)) is formed to be about 2 mm. Therefore, for example, the tip of a tool having a thin tip and a rectangular cross section, such as a flat-blade screwdriver, can be inserted into the recess 42410a.

In addition, as described above, since the concave portion 42410a is arranged above the arrangement position of the game nail YK (upward in FIG. 404(b)), the force generated by the principle of leverage and the game nail YK can be reduced, and the first winning member 44400 can be removed from the base plate 60 with a small force.

In addition, as described above, the elastic member G2 is deformed, and the width in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. ) left surface) and the front surface of the recess 42060d, the restoring force of the elastic member G2 allows the first winning member 44400 to be removed from the base plate 60 with a small force.

Next, the 104th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 406 to 411. FIG. In addition, the same code|symbol is attached|subjected to the same part as each embodiment mentioned above, and the description is abbreviate|omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 406 to 409, the arrangement position of the game nail YK driven into the first winning member 45400 in the 104th embodiment will be described. FIG. 406 is a front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 45300 in the 104th embodiment. FIG. 407 is an exploded front perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning opening unit 45300. FIG. FIG. 408 is an exploded rear perspective view of the base plate 60 and the winning slot unit 45300. FIG. FIG. 409(a) is a front view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 45300, and FIG. 409(b) is a sectional view of the base plate 60 and the prize winning unit 45300 taken along line CDIXb-CDIXb in FIG. 409(a). is. Note that the illustration of the center frame 86 is omitted in FIGS. 407 and 409(b), and the illustration of the center frame 86 and the second winning member 3500 is omitted in FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 406 to 409, the base plate 60 has a central opening 601 (lower side in FIG. 409(b)) on which the center frame 86 is attached. A recessed portion 45060d recessed toward the side (the right side in FIG. 409(b)) is formed.

The prize winning port unit 45300 is composed of a first prize winning member 45400 and a second prize winning member 3500, and the recessed portion 45060d has substantially the same outer shape as the first prize winning member 45400 when viewed from the front. As a result, the first winning member 45400 can be arranged inside the recess 45060d.

Here, with reference to FIG. 410, the first winning member 45400 in this embodiment will be described.

410(a) is a front perspective view of the first winning member 45400, FIG. 410(b) is a back perspective view of the first winning member 45400, and FIG. 410(c) is the first winning member 45400. 410(d) is a side view of FIG. 410(c).

As shown in FIGS. 410(a) to 410(d), the first prize winning member 45400 mainly includes a main body portion 45410 formed of a circular cylinder when viewed from the front.

The main body part 45410 is a part into which the game nail YK is driven. A male screw is formed on the side surface of the main body part 45410, and the rear surface of the main body part 45410 (left side in FIG. A projecting portion 45420 formed from a rectangular parallelepiped is provided.

As described above, the outer shape of the body portion 45410 is formed to be substantially the same as the outer shape of the recessed portion 45060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 411), and the thickness direction of the body portion 45410 (left and right in FIG. 410(d)). direction) is formed to have substantially the same width (dimension) as the width (dimension) of the recess 45060d formed in the base plate 60 (see FIG. 411).

The protruding portion 45420 is a portion for rotating the first prize winning member 45400 when removing the first prize winning member 45400 from the base plate 60, and the center of the protruding portion 45420 and the center of the main body portion 45410 in a front view are aligned. are arranged at matching positions.

The width (dimension) in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 410(c)) of the projecting portion 45420 is smaller than the diameter of the body portion 45410, and the width (dimension) in the up-down direction (up-down direction in FIG. 410(c)) is smaller than the diameter of the body portion 45410. is formed smaller than the width (dimension) in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 410(c)).

In addition, the amount of projection of the projecting portion 45420 from the main body portion 45410 is formed to be substantially the same as the width (dimension) of the projecting portion 45420 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 410(c)).

Next, referring to FIG. 411, the recess 45060d in this embodiment will be described.

411(a) is a front perspective view of the recess 45060d, FIG. 411(b) is a rear perspective view of the recess 45060d, and FIG. 411(c) is a rear view of the recess 45060d, FIG. 411(d) is a cross-sectional view of the recess 45060d taken along line CDXId-CDXId in FIG. 411(c).

As shown in FIGS. 411(a) to 411(d), the recessed portion 45060d is located below the central opening 601 of the base plate 60 (lower side in FIG. 411(c)) and in the through hole 27060a, as described above. Two recesses are formed on the upper side (the upper side in FIG. 411(c)) from the rear surface of the base plate 60 toward the front side (the right side in FIG. 411(d)). A mounting portion 45060l is formed in the base plate 60 by recessing the recessed portion 45060d.

The two recessed portions 45060d are arranged at the same height, and have a circular outer shape in a rear view that is substantially the same as the outer shape of the first winning member 45400 (see FIG. 410).

In addition, the recessed portion 45060d extends in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 411(c)) centering on the center of the base plate 60. are arranged at positions spaced apart by an inner facing distance D3 (see FIG. 316).

The diameter of the recess 45060d is approximately half the size of the through hole 27060a in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 411(c)).

In addition, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (left-right direction in FIG. 411(d)) of the recessed portion 45060d is the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (see FIG. 410(d)) of the body portion 45410 of the first winning member 45400. ) and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the bottom surface 45060d11 of the recess 45060d to the front surface of the base plate 60 (the right surface in FIG. 411(d)) (for example, the front surface of the recess 45060d 411(d) to the front surface of the base plate 60 (the right side surface in FIG. 411(d)).

A female screw is formed inside the recessed portion 45060d.

The attached portion 45060l is a portion for suppressing a decrease in rigidity of the base plate 60, and is formed as a plate-like body that connects (builds) the peripheral edges (opening edges) of the recessed portion 45060d in the base plate 60.

Returning to FIG. 406 to FIG. 409, description will be made. The two game nails YK are arranged at the center of the body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 arranged inside the recessed portion 45060d. Also, the two game nails YK are arranged at the same height and inclined upward (upward in FIG. 409(a)) by 5 degrees.

Here, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction of the recessed portion 45060d (horizontal direction in FIG. 409(b), and is sufficiently larger than the distance from the bottom surface 45060d11 of the recessed portion 45060d to the front surface of the base plate 60 (the right surface in FIG. 409(b)). Therefore, the game nail YK driven into the first prize winning member 45400 and the base plate 60 has a sufficiently larger contact area with the first prize winning member 45400 than the base plate 60 does.

Therefore, even in a situation where the holding force of the game nail YK by the first prize winning member 45400 is sufficiently greater than that of the base plate 60, and the game nail YK is repeatedly driven by breaking or bending. Replacing the first winning member 45400 can suppress a decrease in the holding force of the game nail YK.

In addition, as described above, the recessed portion 45060d extends in the lateral direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 409(b)) centering on the center of the base plate 60, and the side wall 321 of the ball winning portion 320 formed in the second prize winning member 3500. , and the diameter of the recess 45060d is the same as the dimension of the through hole 27060a in the left-right direction (left-right direction in FIG. 409(b)). Since the base plate 60 is formed to have approximately half the size, the two recessed portions 45060d are formed apart from each other in the base plate 60, and the strength of the base plate 60 can be increased.

Next, a method for fixing the first winning member 45400 to the base plate 60 will be described.

The first prize winning member 45400 is disposed inside the recess 45060d by screwing together the male thread formed on the side surface of the first prize winning member 45400 and the female thread formed inside the recess 45060d.

Therefore, falling off of the first winning member 45400 from the base plate 60 can be suppressed. In addition, since it is not necessary to attach the first prize winning member 45400 to the front surface of the base plate 60 (the right surface in FIG. 409(b)), it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a step in the game area, and the game that flows down the game area can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress movement of the game ball in a disadvantageous (or advantageous) direction for the player when the ball hits a step.

In addition, as described above, the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 409(b)) of the recessed portion 45060d is the same as the width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. direction), the body portion 45410 of the first winning member 45400 can be prevented from protruding to the back side of the base plate 60 (left side in FIG. 409(b)), The width (dimension) in the thickness direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 409(b)) of the base plate 60 can be reduced.

In addition, countersunk screws for fixing the first winning member 45400 to the base plate 60 are not required, and the product cost can be suppressed.

In addition, it is not necessary to provide a through hole for inserting a screw in the body portion 45410 of the first prize winning member 45400, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the body portion 45410, and the body portion 45410 of the first prize winning member 45400 can be It can be arranged in a small size.

In addition, by rotating the protruding portion 45420 provided on the rear surface of the main body portion 45410 of the first prize winning member 45400 (the left surface in FIG. 409(b)), the male screw formed on the side surface of the first prize winning member 45400 and a female thread formed inside the recessed portion 45060d can be screwed together, and the number of working steps can be reduced.

The removal of the first prize winning member 45400 from the base plate 60 is performed in a state where the first prize winning member 42400 and the game nail YK driven into the base plate 60 are removed from the base plate 60 of the first prize winning member 45400. This is done by releasing the screw engagement between the member 45400 and the base plate 60 .

Here, by rotating the protruding portion 45420 provided on the back surface (the left surface in FIG. 409(b)) of the main body portion 45410 of the first prize winning member 45400 in the opposite direction to the fixing, the first The male thread formed on the side surface of the winning member 45400 and the female thread formed inside the recessed portion 45060d are disengaged from each other, so that the number of working steps can be reduced.

Although the present invention has been described based on the above embodiments, the present invention is by no means limited to the above embodiments, and it will be easily understood that various modifications and improvements are possible without departing from the scope of the present invention. It can be inferred.

In each of the above embodiments, a gaming machine may be configured by replacing or combining part or all of one embodiment with part or all of another one or more embodiments.

In the first embodiment, the drive motor KM2 is driven to retract the ball receiving portion 467 from the third position to the second position or the first position. The drive for retracting to the 1 position may be driven by a biasing spring. For example, an urging spring is provided between the rack 466 or the movable rack 464 and the base member 470 so that elastic force is applied as the rack 466 or the movable rack 464 is displaced.

In this case, when the ball receiving portion 467 is displaced to the third position and performs the dispensing operation, the drive motor KM3 is turned off, so that the ball receiving portion 467 is moved to the second position or the second position by the biasing force of the biasing spring. It can be displaced to the 1 position side.

Therefore, the ball receiving portion 467 can be displaced by utilizing the time until the driving force of the driving motor KM2 is switched to the third position. It is possible to suppress wobbling of the lower displacement member 440 due to the reaction to the movement.

That is, when a game ball is ejected from the inside of the ball receiving portion 467, the load of the lower displacement member 440 is reduced by the amount of the ejected game ball, and the reaction causes the lower displacement member 440 to be easily displaced upward. By immediately displacing the ball receiving portion 467, the reaction due to the rotational displacement of the ball receiving portion 467 acts to displace the base member 470 downward, canceling the reaction when the ball is ejected from the lower displacement member 440. be able to.

In the first embodiment described above, two engaging protrusions 882 for restricting the rotation of the rotating body 800 are formed on the side surface of the rotating body 800 with a predetermined interval, but the invention is not necessarily limited to this. do not have. For example, a plurality of them may be continuously provided on the side wall of the rotating body 800 at predetermined intervals. In this case, the rotation of the rotating body 800 can be restricted at any position, and the rotation of the rotating body 800 by an external force can be restricted when the lid member 770 is opened.

In the first embodiment, the opening 831 is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 800, and the game ball is thrown from the opening 831. may be formed on the side of the That is, openings may be formed on both axial side surfaces of the rotating body 800, one of which may serve as a ball inlet and the other may serve as a ball outlet. In this case, since the ball-throwing path can be formed inside the rotating body 800, the accessory (rotating body 800) can be used as the ball-throwing path especially when there is no space for arrangement on the back side of the game board 13. , the ball throwing path can be secured without increasing the size of the game board 13. - 特許庁

In the above-described first embodiment, the rotating body 800 has been described as having a cylindrical outer shape, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, it may be polygonal, elliptical, or a combination thereof. In this case, since the shape of the rotating body 800 can be made complicated, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize that the effect has been switched due to the rotational displacement of the rotating body 800 .

In the eighth embodiment, the case where the outer peripheral surface of the rotary operation portion 8654 is formed so as to be operable by the player has been described. In this case, the player can not only apply a rotational force to the rotation operation unit 8654, but also press a push button or perform an operation combining the rotation operation and the pressing operation of the rotation operation unit 8654. . As a result, since it is possible to form a plurality of operation modes of the rotation operation part 8654, it is possible to give interest to the player.

In the eighth embodiment, the case where the transmission gear 8651 and the transmission gear 8652 are meshed has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a torque limiter or the like may be interposed between the transmission gear 8651 and the transmission gear 8652 to interrupt the transmission of driving force when an overload is applied.

In this case, when the player stops the rotation of the rotating operation part 8654, it is possible to prevent the rotation of the rotation operation part 8654 from continuing by interrupting the transmission of the rotational driving force from the drive motor KM6. . As a result, it is possible to prevent the rotation operation unit 8650 from being broken when the player inputs rotation in the direction opposite to the rotation in the A direction to the rotation operation unit 8654 .

Furthermore, when the player operates the rotation operation part 8654, when the player's finger or clothes are caught between the rotation operation part 8654 and the upper plate 8017 on the side of the rotation direction, the rotation is stopped. Further pinching of the player's fingers or clothes can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being injured by being caught between the rotation operating portion 8654 and the upper tray 8017 .

In the eighth embodiment, the rotation direction of the rotation operation portion 8654 is the A direction, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the rotation direction of the rotation operation unit 8654 may be the horizontal direction with respect to the pachinko machine 10 . In this case, the player can be made to perform an action associated with the performance of the game machine, and the performance effect can be improved. For example, by hitting the rotary operation unit 8654 with the left hand so as to rotate it in the right direction and operating it, it is possible to produce an effect such as hitting (slapping) the character or the like displayed on the third pattern display device 81.

In the first embodiment described above, the board box 100 is arranged on the fixing member 320, and by engaging the fixing member 320 with the engaging member 310, the board box 100 is prevented from being replaced with an illegal board. Although the case has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this, and other members (for example, the third symbol It may be a display device 81 or a detection device capable of detecting unauthorized inputs such as unauthorized radio waves or vibrations.

In the first embodiment, the first concave portion 571h, the second concave portion 571I and the third concave portion 571j formed in the first unit 551, the first convex portion 564b, the second convex portion 564c and the third convex portion 564d are Although the case where they are formed at positions facing each other has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this. 2 recessed part 571I and the 3rd recessed part 571j are arrange|positioned at the upstream side, and the 1st recessed part 571h after making the game ball which flows down contact|abut the 1st convex part 564b, the 2nd convex part 564c, and the 3rd convex part 564d , second recess 571I and third recess 571j.

In the first embodiment, the thickness of the decorative member 154 is smaller than the depth of the recess 151b of the main body 151, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the decorative member 154 may be made of an elastically deformable material and may be formed thicker than the depth of the concave portion 151b of the main body portion 151 . In this case, the body portion 151 can be arranged in contact with the base plate 60 by compressing and elastically deforming the general winning hole unit 150 when arranged on the base plate 60 .

In the first embodiment, when the cam member 422 is arranged at the position of the second displaced state, the forces PW1 and PW2 acting on the cam member 422 from the first link member 431 act in directions that cancel each other out. Although the case has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the direction of the force input to the cam member 422 from the contact point between the end of the cam member 422 and the plate-shaped projection 431b may be set in the direction from the contact point toward the axis of the shaft portion 422a. . According to this, it is possible to suppress the force acting on the cam member 422 in the direction of rotation about the shaft portion 422a.

In the first embodiment, the case where the other end side of the board box 100 is arranged on the back side of the back case 300 by screws has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the other end of the board box 100 may be fixed by a sealing member that cannot be removed once it is engaged with the rear case 300 . More specifically, cylindrical sealing tools are inserted through openings formed at a plurality of locations on the other end of the back case 300 into insertion portions recessed at a plurality of locations on the back side of the back case 300. By engaging the insertion part and the sealing tool, the board box 100 is arranged on the rear side of the rear case 300 in a non-rotatable (operable) state.

When removing the board box 100, the other end side of the board box 100 can be removed from the rear case 300 by cutting the engaging portion between the insertion portion and the sealing tool. Also, when the other end of the board box 100 is to be installed in the rear case 300 again, a new sealing tool is inserted into the unused opening of the board box 100, and the unused insertion portion of the rear case 300 is inserted. , the other end side of the board box 100 can be arranged in the rear case 300. As shown in FIG.

In the first embodiment, the outer shape of the decorative member 154 in front view is formed larger than the opening shape of the second opening 60b, and the end of the decorative member 154 overlaps the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 in the front-rear direction. Although the case of being arranged in the state has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the outer shape of the decorative member 154 in a front view may be set substantially the same as the opening shape of the second opening 60b.

In this case, by forming the decorative member 154 of the general prize winning port unit 150 and the decorative member 60c of the base plate 60 from the same material, the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c are formed from a single sheet, By cutting the decorative member 154 from the sheet, the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c can be formed. Therefore, it is not necessary to form the decorative member 154 in a separate process, so that the yield of forming the decorative member 154 can be improved.

When the outer shape of the decorative member 154 in a front view is formed to be substantially the same as the opening shape of the second opening 60b, the decorative member 154 is disposed inside the second opening 60b, and the decorative member 154 It is preferable to arrange the front face of the decorative member 60c on the same plane. In this case, since the decorative surfaces of the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c are aligned in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front, the player can recognize the decoration of the decorative member 154 and the decorative member 60c as one decoration.

In the first embodiment, the first concave portion 571h protruding toward the back side (arrow B side) on the inner surface of the first unit 551 on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the game ball throwing path, A second convex portion 571I and a third convex portion 571k are formed. Although the case where the third concave portion 571j is provided has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this.

For example, even if the first recessed portion 571h, the second recessed portion 571I and the third recessed portion 571j and the first recessed portion 571h, the second protruded portion 571I and the third protruded portion 571k are formed on the inner surface on the opposite side in the front-rear direction in front view, good.

Further, a recess that is recessed toward the front image may be formed on the inner surface of the front side at a position facing the second recess 571I. In this case, the ball-throwing space of the curved path WK1 can be enlarged by the concave portion provided in the ball-throwing space. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing too slowly on the curved path WK1. As a result, it is possible to suppress the game ball from remaining on the curved path WK1.

In the ninth embodiment, the case where the inclined surface 9431b1 protrudes toward the front side toward the cam member 422 has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the inclined surface 9431b1 may be formed as an inclination such that the amount of protrusion toward the front side decreases toward the cam member 422 .

In this case, the cam member 422 can be pressed against the curved wall portion 411e of the front base 411 when the lower displacement unit 400 is in the second displacement state and the end portion of the cam member 422 comes into contact with the plate-like projection 9531a. . As a result, it is possible to suppress the cam member 422 from swinging in the front-rear direction, and it is possible to easily maintain the lower displacement member 440 at the position of the second displacement state.

In the eleventh embodiment, the case where the light emitter 11491a is formed at a position higher (in the direction of the arrow U) than the center of the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the light emitter 11491a may be arranged at substantially the same height as the center of the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 . In this case, it is preferable that the height position of the transmitting portion 11451b is formed from the center of the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467 to above the center.

According to this, when part of the light emitted from the luminous body 11491a is blocked by the game ball, the shadow of the game ball formed in the transmission part 11451b is formed in a semicircular shape by the upper hemisphere of the game ball. can. As a result, the roundness of the game ball can be formed in the shadow formed in the transmissive portion 11451b, so that the player can easily recognize the position of the game ball received in the ball receiving portion 467. FIG.

In the twelfth and thirty-ninth embodiments, the displacement of the third pieces 12467e and 39467e is performed by the load of the game ball, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a sensor for detecting that a game ball has passed through a ball-throwing path is attached to the ball receiving portion 12467, 39467, and the third piece 12467e, 39467e may be displaced independently. According to this, it becomes unnecessary to displace the second pieces 12467d and 39467d by the load of the game ball, so that the reliability of displacement of the ball receiving portions 12467 and 39467 can be improved. In this case, a driving device for independently displacing the third pieces 12467e, 39467e is arranged in the ball receiving portions 12467, 39467.

In the twelfth and thirty-ninth embodiments, the case where the first pieces 12467c and 39467c are formed as the rotation shafts when the third pieces 12467e and 39467e are rotationally displaced has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the shaft portions 12467e3, 39467e3 of the third pieces 12467e, 39467e may be inserted into openings formed in the rack 466 to rotate the third pieces 12467e, 39467e with respect to the rack 466. In this case, the distance between the rotating shaft and the connecting portion between the second pieces 12467d and 39467d can be easily increased, so that the amount of displacement of the third pieces 12467e and 39467e relative to the amount of displacement of the second pieces 12467d and 39467d can be easily increased. . As a result, the shielding plate 12467e1 of the third piece 12467e can be easily arranged on the front side of the light emitter 11491a. In this case, the opening formed in the rack 466 is formed as an elongated hole through which the shaft portions 12467e3 and 39467e3 can slide.

In the thirteenth embodiment, the case where the second path member 13570 is moved in the front-rear direction with respect to the first path member 13560 has been described. It may be moved in the front-rear direction with respect to the two-path member 13570 . In this case, the relative positional relationship between the second path member 13570 and the front surface of the base plate 60 (game board 13) prevents the player from grasping the gap between the facing first and second members. can. As a result, the operating rate of the gaming machine can be improved.

In the first, tenth, and twenty-fifth embodiments, the decorative members 154, 10154, 25154 are attached with the adhesive tapes 154a, 10154a, 25154a. A liquid adhesive may also be used.

In the thirteenth, thirty-second, thirty-third, thirty-fourth, and thirty-fifth embodiments, the first path members 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, and 35560 disposed on the front side are made of a non-light-transmitting material. A case has been described in which it is difficult for the player to recognize the space between the first path members 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, and 35560 and the second path members 13570, 32570, and 34570, but this is not necessarily the case.

For example, the first path members 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, 35560 are formed with slit-shaped openings having a width smaller than the diameter of the game ball, and the first path members 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, 35560 and the second path members 13570, 32570, 34570 may be viewed by the player through the opening. In this case, the plurality of slit-shaped openings are set such that the distance to the adjacent opening is smaller than the diameter of the game ball.

This allows the player to recognize the game balls flowing down between the first path members 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, 35560 and the second path members 13570, 32570, 34570 through the openings.

In addition, the first path members 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, 35560 are formed with circular openings smaller than the diameter of the game ball, and the first path members 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, 35560 and the second A player may be allowed to visually recognize a game ball flowing down between opposing path members 13570, 32570, and 34570 through an opening. In this case, the adjacent width dimension of the plurality of openings is formed smaller than the diameter of the game ball. Therefore, since the opening of the opening can be made smaller than when the opening is formed in a slit shape, the first path members 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, 35560 and the second path member 13560, 32560, 33560, 34560, 35560 and the second path member can pass through the opening. 13570, 32570 and 34570 can be suppressed from being recognized by the player.

In the eighteenth embodiment, the case where the portion (engaged portion 18332) with which the engaging member 18310 is engaged is formed in the fixing member 18320, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the engaged portion 18332 with which the engaging member 18310 is engaged may be formed in the board box 100 that is crimped and fixed to the fixing member 18320 .

In this case, when the circuit board box 100 is not arranged in the rear case 18300, the engaging member 18310 cannot be arranged inside the rear case 18300, and the engaging member 18310 is pushed outside the rear case 18300 by its own weight. It can be in a protruded state.

As a result, if the board box 100 is not attached to the rear case 18300, the engaging member 18310 is hooked to the outer frame 11 when the game board 18013 is arranged on the outer frame 11 (see FIG. 164(b)). ), the operator can be reminded that the board box 100 has been left unattached.

In the twenty-first embodiment, the insertion portion 21724b of the rotation unit 21700 arranged on the front side (arrow F direction side) of the bottom wall portion 301 of the rear case 300 is inserted inside the concave portion 317 of the engaging member 310. Although the case of preventing unauthorized release of the engagement between the engaging member 310 and the fixing member 320 has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the insertion portion 21724 b to be inserted inside the concave portion 317 of the engaging member 310 may be formed in the board box 100 arranged on the fixing member 320 .

In this case, the insertion portion 21724b is arranged on the front side of the bottom wall portion 301 through an opening formed in the fixing member 320. As shown in FIG. Furthermore, the insertion portion 21724b is formed in a portion into which a shaft to be crimped and fixed to the fixing member 320 is inserted. Accordingly, when the bearing portion 117 of the board box 100 is cut and removed illegally from the rear case 21300 , the insertion portion 21724 b can be left inside the concave portion 317 of the engaging member 310 . As a result, it can be difficult to remove the fixing member 320 from the rear case 21300 .

Therefore, when replacing the fixing member 320, it is necessary to correctly caulk the board box 100 and the fixing member 320 (to cut the caulked portion). This makes it difficult to illegally remove the fixing member 320 from the rear case 21300, thereby preventing the fixing member 320 from being removed and being replaced with an illegal board box.

In the forty-second embodiment, the case where the light-emitting substrate that emits light is arranged on the standing member 42060f has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. or a path for throwing game balls.

In the forty-third embodiment, the engaged portion 43101 with which the engaging member 18310 engages is formed on the bearing portion 117 side of the board box 43100, and the other side opposite to the bearing portion 117 side is screwed to the rear case. Although the case of arrangement has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the engaging member 18310 is arranged on the front side of the other side of the board box 43100 (in the left-right direction (opposite side in the direction of the arrows LR) in the forty-third embodiment), and the engaged portion 43101 is placed on the bearing of the board box 43100. It may be formed on the other side opposite to the part 117 side so that the fastening between the rear case 43300 and the board box 43100 by screws may be eliminated.

According to this, one side of the substrate box 43100 on the side of the bearing portion 117 can be engaged with the projecting wall 43301c1 of the rear case 43300 and the locking portion 331 of the fixing member 43320, and the bearing portion 117 of the substrate box 43100 can be engaged. The other side opposite to the side can be engaged with the engaging member 18310 and the board box 43100 . Therefore, since it is not necessary to fasten one side of the substrate box 43100 on the side of the bearing portion 117 and the other side on the opposite side, the work process can be reduced accordingly.

In the forty-fifth embodiment, the case where the engaging member 18310 is engaged with both the fixing member 320 and the board box 45100 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the engaging members 18310 may be arranged at two locations on the front surface of the bottom wall portion 45301 of the rear case 45300 , and the engaging members 18310 may be engaged with the fixing member 320 and the board box 45100 .

In the forty-fifth embodiment, the case where the first piece 18311 of the engaging member 18310 is inserted into the openings formed in the fixed member 320 and the engaged portions 332 and 45101 of the board box 45100 has been described. It is not something that can be done. For example, the engaging member 18310 may be provided with a portion to be inserted into the opening of the engaged portion 332 and a portion to be inserted into the opening of the engaged portion 45101 separately.

According to this, the engaging member 18310 that engages with the fixing member 320 and the board box 45100 can be formed from one member, and the position of engagement between the fixing member 320 and the board box 45100 can be made flexible. That is, it is not necessary to bring the engaged portion 332 of the fixing member 320 closer to the engaged portion 45101 of the board box 45100, and the degree of freedom in designing the fixing member 320 and the board box 45100 can be improved.

In each of the above-described embodiments, the case where the object to be detachably arranged on the base plate 60 is the winning unit 300 or the like has been described, but the object is not necessarily limited to this, and other members or devices may be used. good. Examples of other members and devices include movable accessories, attackers, and center frames. Similarly, in the first winning member 2400 and the like, the case where the game nail YK is implanted or the passage through which the game ball can pass has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. One or both of the game nail YK and the passage may be omitted, and other members or devices may be provided. Other members and devices are exemplified by wind turbines and sensor devices.

In each of the embodiments described above, the base plate 60 (first game board constituent member) has been described as being made of a light-transmitting resin material, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the base plate 60 may be formed into a shape that does not transmit light by painting or attaching a seal. Also, the base plate 60 may be formed from another material. Another material is wood (for example, plywood represented by plywood). In addition, when the base plate 60 is made of wood, it is difficult to ensure the fastening strength, and in particular, it is not suitable for fastening multiple times. Therefore, the configurations in the above embodiments are particularly effective. The same applies to the materials of the first winning member 2400 and the like (second game board constituent members).

In the above 62nd embodiment, the head of the countersunk screw N2 that fastens the first prize winning member 3400 is visible from the player side, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the covering portion 4511 of the second winning member 4500 of the 63rd embodiment may be formed in the main body portion 3510 so that the head of the countersunk screw N2 is difficult for the player to see.

In the sixty-fifth embodiment, the recessed portion 6060d is recessed on the front side of the base plate 60 (around the recessed portion 2060c). setting may be omitted. That is, it is sufficient that a surface for forming the fastening hole 6060d4 is formed on the lower surface of the concave portion 2060c. As a result, since the formation of the recessed portion 6060d can be omitted, the processing cost of the base plate 60 can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced. At the same time, the outer shape of the first winning member 6400 can also be simplified (in the 65th embodiment, the main body portion 6410 and the bulging portion 2420 have the same rectangular parallelepiped outer shape when viewed from the front), so the product cost can be reduced from this point as well. can be planned.

In the sixty-sixth embodiment, the through-hole 7060e has a circular cross-sectional shape, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, it may be circular, elliptical, polygonal, or a combination thereof. Also, the through hole 7060e may be formed so that at least the countersunk screw N2 can be inserted therethrough, and a part of the peripheral surface may be open. The open portion may be continuous along the insertion direction of the countersunk screw N2, or may be only part of the insertion direction.

In the sixty-sixth embodiment, the recessed dimension of the enlarged diameter portion 7060e1 is smaller than the projecting dimension of the annular projection 7414, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the recess dimension of the enlarged diameter portion 7060 e 1 may be formed larger than the projection dimension of the annular projection 7414 . In this case, when the first prize winning member 7400 is fastened and fixed to the base plate 60, the front surface of the first prize winning member 7400 and the rear surface of the base plate 60 are in contact with each other. That is, it is possible to form a state in which a gap is formed between the projecting tip of the annular projection 7414 and the recessed bottom surface of the enlarged diameter portion 7060e1. Therefore, the contact area can be secured and the first winning member 7400 can be firmly fixed to the base plate 60 .

In the sixty-sixth embodiment, the case where the center frame 86 is arranged in the central opening (window) of the base plate 60 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the game board 13 may be configured without the attachment of the center frame 86 . In this case, when the countersunk screw N2 is removed, the first winning member 7400 is slid along the direction parallel to the front surface (game surface) of the base plate 60, thereby moving toward the central opening of the base plate 60. Since it is formed to be removable, even if other members or devices are arranged on the back side of the first prize winning member 7400, the other members or devices (for example, a member that forms a path for throwing game balls). The first winning member 7400 can be replaced without removing the . Therefore, workability of replacement work can be improved.

In other words, it is not necessary to secure a space on the back side of the first prize winning member 7400 for the replacement work, and the space on the back side of the first prize winning member 7400 can be replaced by other members or devices ( For example, it can be used as a space for arranging a member forming a path for throwing game balls.

In the 70th embodiment, the insertion hole 11418 through which the screw N3 is inserted is formed in the first winning member 11400, and the fastening hole 6060d4 into which the screw N3 is screwed is formed in the base plate 60. However, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, an insertion hole through which the screw N3 is inserted may be formed in the base plate 60 and a fastening hole into which the screw N3 is screwed may be formed in the first winning member 11400 .

In the seventy-second embodiment, the back member 13700 is arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 , but the back member 13700 may be elastically engaged with the base plate 60 . This is because the back member 13700 can be easily maintained in a state of being placed on the inner surface of the lower edge side of the central opening of the base plate 60 . Note that the elastically engaged state means, for example, a form in which an elastically deformable elastic claw formed on one of the base plate 60 or the back member 13700 is engaged with the other, or an elastically deformable opposing state to the other. A form in which the other is sandwiched between a pair of arranged opposing sides is exemplified.

In the seventy-third embodiment, a case was described in which only the protruding portion 14812 of the passage member 14800 and the recessed portion 14423a of the first winning member 14400 were engaged, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the projecting portion 14812 may be formed with a female thread for fastening and fixing the first winning member 14400 to the base plate 60 .

In this case, the channel member 14800 is formed with a female thread into which the countersunk screw N2 is screwed. can be Therefore, when replacing the first winning member 14400, it is possible to prevent the operator from forgetting to attach the passage member 14800. FIG.

In addition, when the passage member 14800 is provided with the protruding portion 14812, it is preferable that the protruding portion 14812 is formed with a female thread. If the protruding portion 14812 is illegally removed or damaged by use, it is possible to make it impossible to fasten and fix the first winning member 14400 to the base plate 60, so that illegality can be suppressed and the damage can be recognized. Because you can.

In the seventy-third embodiment, a case has been described in which the protruding portion 14812 of the passage member 14800 is inserted into the recessed portion 14423a of the first prize winning member 14400 for engagement, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, a hook-shaped portion configured to be elastically deformable is formed in the recessed portion 14423a of the first prize-winning member 14400, and when the first prize-winning member 14400 is attached to the base plate 60, the base plate 60 moves through the hook-shaped portion. Since the plate and the first prize winning member 14400 are indirectly engaged and the movement of the first prize winning member 14400 in the removal direction is restricted, it is necessary to perform a separate step to prevent the first prize winning member 14400 from falling off. Therefore, it is possible to simplify the replacement work of the first prize winning member 14400 and prevent the first prize winning member 14400 from forgetting to perform the step for preventing the first prize winning member 14400 from coming off.

In the seventy-eighth embodiment, a case has been described in which the allowable position of the second prize winning member 19500 that allows removal of the first prize winning member 2400 is set below the regulation position in the direction of gravity, but this is not necessarily the case. Instead, for example, the allowable position of the second prize winning member 19500 that allows removal of the first prize winning member 2400 may be set above the regulation position in the direction of gravity.

In this case, the second prize winning member 19500 can be arranged at the restricted position by its own weight. That is, when the replacement of the first prize winning member 2400 is completed, the operator does not need to displace the second prize winning member 19500 to the regulated position. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the second winning member 19500 from being left in the allowable position (that is, forgetting to return it to the restricting position).

In the eightieth embodiment, the elastic members 21510 are arranged symmetrically with respect to the central position of the first winning member 2400 in the left-right direction, but this is not necessarily the case. For example, the elastic member 21510 may be biased to one side of the first winning member 2400 .

In this case, using the elastic recovery force of the elastic member 21510, when the first winning b member 2400 protrudes from the base plate 60, the first winning member 2400 can be rotated around the other side as a fulcrum. Therefore, the step between them (the amount of protrusion of one side of the first winning member 2400) can be increased. As a result, the operator can easily or indirectly grip the step, and can easily remove the first winning member 2400 from the base plate 60 .

In the eighty-fourth embodiment, the fastening member 25470 is formed in a straight line, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the surface of the fastening member 25470 facing the back surface of the first prize winning member 25400 and the surface in the area between the two fastening holes 25471 is convex toward the back surface of the first prize winning member 25400. It may be curved in an arc shape.

In this case, the fastening member 25470 is pressed against the first winning member 25400 as the countersunk screw N2 is screwed into the two fastening holes 25471, and the fastening member 25470 is brought into close contact with the surface of the first winning member 25400. It can be done easily. Therefore, the support rigidity of the first winning member 25400 by the fastening member 25470 can be increased. As a result, when the game nail YK is implanted in the front surface of the first prize winning member 25400, it is possible to prevent the first prize winning member 25400 from being damaged such as cracks.

In the eighty-fifth embodiment, the case where the through hole 26413 through which the countersunk screw N2 is inserted is formed at a location other than the contact surface 26414 has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a through hole 26413 through which the countersunk screw N2 is inserted is formed in the contact surface of the first prize winning member 26413, and the countersunk screw N2 inserted through the through hole 26413 of the first prize winning member 26400 is screwed. A fastening hole 26060 d 4 may be formed in the inclined surface 26060 c 1 of the base plate 60 .

In this case, formation of a gap between the first winning member 26400 and the base plate 60 can be suppressed. Therefore, since the axial force of the countersunk screw N2 can be ensured, the first winning member 26400 can be firmly fastened and fixed to the base plate 60 .

In the eighty-fifth embodiment, the case where the contact surface 26060c1 is formed at a position different from the extension line in the planting direction of the game nail YK has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the contact surface 26060c1 and the inclined surface 26060c1 may be formed on an extension line in the planting direction of the game nail YK.

In this case, the pressing force accompanying the implantation of the game nail YK can be directly applied to the contact surface 26060c1 and the inclined surface 26060c1. As a result, bending deformation of the first winning member 26400 can be suppressed, and damage such as cracking can be suppressed.

In the eighty-sixth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment, the ninety-fourth embodiment, and the ninety-eighth embodiment, the recess 27060d10 is recessed in a circular shape in the front view in the recess 27060d or the like. It is not limited. For example, when viewed from the front, it may be circular, elliptical, polygonal, or a combination of these. In addition, it may be circular, elliptical, polygonal, or a combination of these as viewed from the direction in which the game nail YK is driven. Thereby, the degree of freedom of the shape of the concave portion 27060d10 can be ensured.

In the eighty-sixth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment, the ninety-fourth embodiment, and the ninety-eighth embodiment, the elastic member G1 having substantially the same shape as the recess 27060d10 is inserted into the recess 27060d10. It is not limited. For example, the shape (inner diameter) of the recess 27060d10 may be larger than the shape (outer diameter) of the elastic member G1.

In this case, the shape (outer diameter) of the elastic member G1, which is an incompressible member, is enlarged (diameter-expanded) in the concave portion 27060d10 by the diameter of the hammered game nail YK. It is preferable that the dimension is such that the outer peripheral surface of the recess 27060d10 is in close contact with the inner peripheral surface of the recess 27060d10. This is because the viscoelastic properties of the elastic member G1 can be utilized more effectively.

In the eighty-sixth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment to the ninety-fourth embodiment, and the ninety-eighth embodiment, the bottom surface of the recess 27060d10 (the left side surface in FIG. 315(c)) need not be formed in a uniform surface. Therefore, for example, the recessed portion 27060d10 may be formed by drilling, and the bottom surface of the recessed portion 27060d10 may be left in the shape of the tip of the drill. Thereby, the manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

In the eighty-sixth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment to the ninety-fourth embodiment, and the ninety-eighth embodiment, the elastic member G1 is inserted into the concave portion 27060d10, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, there is no need to insert a separate member into the recess 27060d10, and manufacturing costs can be suppressed. In this case also, the game nail YK is not driven into the base plate 60, and damage to the base plate 60 can be suppressed.

In the eighty-sixth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment, the eighty-eighth embodiment, the ninety-fourth embodiment, and the ninety-eighth embodiment, the diameter of the concave portion 27060d10 is about twice the diameter of the game nail YK. , but not necessarily limited to this. The diameter of the concave portion 27060d10 is preferably set in the range of 1.5 to 4 times the diameter of the game nail YK, and more preferably in the range of 2 to 3 times. By setting the diameter of the recessed portion 27060d10 to a predetermined value or less, the rigidity of the base plate 60 is ensured, and by setting the diameter of the recessed portion 27060d10 to a predetermined value or more, when the driving angle of the game nail YK deviates or when the driving position is shifted. , the game nail YK can be prevented from being driven into the base plate 60 when the positional deviation of the base plate 60 occurs.

In the eighty-sixth embodiment, after the first prize winning member 27400 is attached to the recess 27060d (base plate 60) and before the second prize winning member 3500 is attached to the base plate 60, the first prize winning member 27400 Although the case where the game nail YK is hammered in has been described, the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the game nail YK may be driven into the body portion 27410 of the first prize winning member 27400 in a step prior to attaching the first prize winning member 27400 to the recess 27060d (base plate 60). In this case, in a situation where the first winning member 27400 needs to be replaced due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the work time required for replacement can be shortened. To explain in detail, by preparing the first prize winning member 27400 in which the normal game nail YK is driven in advance, the work of driving the game nail YK into the first prize winning member 27400 can be eliminated at the time of replacement. .

Further, in the eighty-sixth embodiment, the body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 before the game nail YK is driven has the through hole 27410a at the position where the game nail YK is driven (see FIG. 314). has been described, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the body portion 27410 of the first winning member 27400 may not have the through hole 27410a. In this case, manufacturing costs can be suppressed.

In the 87th to 100th embodiments, the first prize winning members 28400 to 40400 into which the game nail YK is driven are described, but the main body portions of the first prize winning members 28400 to 40400 before the game nail YK is driven. 28410 to 40410 may be provided with a through hole (preliminary hole) having an outer diameter equal to or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK at the position where the game nail YK is driven. In this case, it is possible to reduce the contact resistance between the game nail YK and the through hole, and to prevent the body portions 28410 to 40410 of the first winning members 28400 to 40400 from being damaged by the impact when the game nail YK is driven. Moreover, it can be used as a mark for the driving position of the game nail YK, and the work time can be shortened.

In the eighty-seventh embodiment to the ninety-fourth embodiment and the hundredth embodiment, the description of the manufacturing method of the game board 13 is omitted. After the first prize-winning members 28400-35400 are attached to the recess 28060d (base plate 60), the game nail YK is driven into the body portions 28410-45410 of the first prize-winning members 28400-45400. After that, the second winning member 3500 is attached to the base plate 60 . In this case, the same effects as in the manufacturing method of the game board 13 in the eighty-sixth embodiment can be obtained.

However, in the 87th to 94th and 100th embodiments, the first prize winning members 28400 to 35400 are attached to the recessed portions 28060d to 41060d (base plate 60) in a step before the first prize winning members 28400 to 35400 are attached. Game nails YK may be driven into the body portions 28410-45410 of 28400-35400. In this case, in a situation where the first winning member 28400 or the like is to be replaced due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the work time required for replacement can be shortened. To explain in detail, by preparing the first winning members 28400 to 35400 in which the normal game nails YK are driven in advance, the operation of driving the game nails YK into the first winning members 28400 to 35400 is not required at the time of replacement. can do.

In the eighty-seventh embodiment described above, the first concave portion 28060d10 formed in the concave portion 28060d has a partially semicircular shape when viewed from above, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a circular shape, an elliptical shape, a polygonal shape, or a shape combining these may be used. Thereby, the degree of freedom of the shape of the first concave portion 28060d10 can be ensured.

In the eighty-eighth embodiment, the recess 29060d10 is recessed in a circular shape in the direction of driving the game nail YK into the recess 29060d (front view of the bottom surface of the recess 29060d (the surface on which the recess 29060d10 is recessed)). Although the case has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, it may be circular, elliptical, polygonal, or a combination of these as viewed from the direction in which the game nail YK is driven. Also, a circular shape, an elliptical shape, a polygonal shape, or a combination of these may be used. Thereby, the degree of freedom of the shape of the concave portion 29060d10 can be ensured.

In the eighty-ninth embodiment, the position of the recessed portion 30060d on the bottom surface of the upper surface 30060d13 (the left surface in FIG. 332(c)) is above the arrangement position of the recessed portion 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 332(c)). The position of the lower surface 30060d14 of the recessed portion 30060d on the bottom surface (the left surface in FIG. 332(c)) is formed vertically (vertical direction in FIG. 332(c)) lower than the arrangement position of the recessed portion 27060d10. Although the case has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this. It is sufficient that the game nail YK is not driven into the upper surface 30060d13 and the lower surface 30060d14 of the recessed portion 30060d. , is formed above the center of the recess 27060d10 in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 332(c)), and the position on the bottom surface of the lower surface 30060d14 of the recess 30060d (left surface in FIG. 332(c)) is 332(c) in the vertical direction).

Moreover, the upper surface 30060d13 and the lower surface 30060d14 of the recess 30060d do not need to be formed at the same inclination angle, and the upper surface 30060d13 and the lower surface 30060d14 may be formed at different inclination angles. As a result, the degree of freedom in the shape of the recessed portion 30060d and the body portion 30410 of the first winning member 30400 can be ensured.

In the 90th embodiment, the through-hole 31413 is formed in the vertical direction with respect to the tapered surface 31410a of the main body 31410, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, it may be formed in the vertical direction with respect to the upper surface of the body portion 31410 . Thereby, the assembling workability of the first winning member 31400 is improved.

In the 91st embodiment, the projecting portion 32420 of the first winning member 32400 is arranged in the vertical direction (FIG. 341(b) vertical direction) center of the side surface (FIG. 341(b) left and right side surfaces) of the main body portion 32410. Although the case where it is provided has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, above the center of the side surface of the body portion 32410 (the left and right side surfaces in FIG. 341(b)), or the side surface of the body portion 32410 (the left and right side surfaces in FIG. 341(b)) It may be arranged below the center (lower side in FIG. 341(b)), and the left and right protruding portions 32420 may be arranged at different positions in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 341(b)). may be set.

Moreover, although the case where the center of the through-hole 3413 is arranged at a position that coincides with the center of the projecting portion 32420 has been described, this is not necessarily the case. For example, the through hole 3413 may be provided in the body portion 32410 . In this case, it is possible to secure the degree of freedom in the shapes of the recessed portion 32060d and the first prize winning member 32400, and to suppress the protrusion 32420 from being recessed and to secure its rigidity.

In the 92nd embodiment, the center of the through-hole 3413 is arranged at a position that coincides with the center of the projecting portion 32420 of the first winning member 33400, but it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the through hole 3413 may be provided in the body portion 32410 . In this case, it is possible to secure the degree of freedom in the shape of the recessed portion 33060d and the first prize winning member 33400, and to suppress the protrusion 32420 from being recessed and to secure its rigidity.

In the ninety-fifth embodiment, the case where the inner diameter of the game nail through hole 36060d20 as seen in the driving direction of the game nail YK is larger than the outer diameter of the head of the game nail YK has been described, but this is not necessarily the case. It is not something that can be done. For example, the inside diameter of the game nail through hole 36060d20 in the direction of driving the game nail YK may be equal to or slightly smaller than the outside diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK before the game nail YK is driven. In addition, this form is manufactured by fastening and fixing the body portion 36410 to the base plate 60 with countersunk screws N9, and then driving the game nail YK into the body portion 36410 while inserting the game nail through hole 36060d20.

According to this embodiment, the fastening and fixing between the base plate 60 and the first prize winning member 36400 is loosened by the collision of the game ball flowing down the game area with the game nail YK, and the first prize winning member 36400 becomes movable. Also, since the outer peripheral surface of the shaft portion of the game nail YK is in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the game nail through hole 36060d20 (or is in a contactable state), the first prize winning member 36400 moves toward the back side. You can restrain yourself from moving. Further, even if the inner diameter of the game nail through hole 36060d20 expands due to the collision of the game ball with the game nail YK (vibration of the game nail YK), the inner diameter after the expansion is outside the head of the game nail YK. As long as the diameter is not exceeded, the head of the game nail YK cannot pass through the game nail through hole 36060d20.

In the ninety-sixth embodiment to the ninety-ninth embodiment, the description of the manufacturing method of the game board 13 is omitted. After the winning members 37400-40400 are attached to the recessed portion 37060d (base plate 60), the game nail YK is driven into the body portions 37410-40410 of the first winning members 37400-40400. After that, the second winning member 3500 is attached to the base plate 60 . In this case, the same effects as in the manufacturing method of the game board 13 in the 95th embodiment can be obtained.

However, in the 96th embodiment, the 97th embodiment and the 99th embodiment, the first prize winning member Game nails YK may be driven into the body portions 37410-40410 of the 37400-40400. In this case, in a situation where the first winning member 37400 or the like is to be replaced due to breakage or bending of the game nail YK, the work time required for replacement can be shortened. To explain in detail, by preparing the first winning member 37400 or the like in which the normal game nail YK is driven in advance, the work of driving the game nail YK into the first winning member 37400 or the like is not required at the time of replacement. can be done.

In the above-described 101st to 104th embodiments, the main body portions 42410 to 45410 of the first prize winning members 42400 to 45400 are formed at positions where the game nail YK is driven, and are formed to have an outer diameter equal to or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK. A through hole (preliminary hole) may be provided. Similarly, through holes (prepared holes) having an outer diameter equal to or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK are formed in the depressions 42060d to 43060d, the elastic member G2, or the base plate 60 at the position where the game nail YK is driven. You can arrange it. In addition, both the body portions 42410 to 45410 and the recessed portions 42060d to 43060d of the first winning members 42400 to 45400, the elastic member G2, or the base plate 60 are formed to have an outer diameter equal to or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK. A through hole (preliminary hole) may be provided.

When a through hole (preparatory hole) equal to or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK is provided at the position where the game nail YK is driven in the body portions 42410 to 45410 of the first prize winning members 42400 to 45400, It is possible to reduce the contact resistance between the game nail YK and the through-hole, and to prevent the body part 42410 and the like of the first winning member 42400 from being damaged by the impact when the game nail YK is driven. In addition, as for the first winning members 42400 to 44400, the through holes (preliminary holes) of the main body portions 42410 to 44410 can be used as marks of the driving positions of the game nails YK, thereby shortening the working time.

When a through hole (preparatory hole) equal to or slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the shaft portion of the game nail YK is provided at the recessed portions 42060d to 43060d, the elastic member G2, or the position of the base plate 60 where the game nail YK is driven, In addition to reducing the contact resistance between the game nail YK and the through-hole, the portion with a small width (dimension) in the thickness direction (the portion where the recessed portion 42060d of the base plate 60 is formed, for example, due to the impact when driving the game nail YK) , facing portion 42060l) can be suppressed from being damaged. Further, when the game nail YK driven into the main body portions 42410-44410 of the first winning members 42400-44400 reaches the depressions 42060d-43060d and is driven, the driving resistance changes (decreases). Therefore, the change in driving resistance makes it possible for the operator (or the game nail YK driving machine) to recognize that the game nail YK has been driven into the recess 42060d or the like. As a result, the driving amount of the game nail YK into the hollow portion 42060d or the like having a small width (dimension) in the thickness direction is increased, and the protrusion of the tip of the game nail YK from the back surface of the base plate 60 can be suppressed.

Through-holes ( When the pilot hole) is provided, the contact resistance between the game nail YK and the through hole is reduced, and the impact when driving the game nail YK causes the body portion 42410 of the first winning member 42400 or the width in the thickness direction ( It is possible to suppress damage to the recessed portion 42060d and the like having a small dimension. Moreover, it can be used as a mark for the driving position of the game nail YK, and the work time can be shortened.

The present invention may be applied to a different type of pachinko machine or the like from the above embodiments. For example, once the jackpot hits, the expected value of the jackpot is increased until the jackpot state occurs multiple times (for example, 2 times, 3 times) including the pachinko machine (commonly known as 2 times rights product, 3 times rights product) may be implemented as Further, after the big winning pattern is displayed, the pachinko machine may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game in which a predetermined game value is given to the player under the condition that the ball enters a predetermined area. Also, a pachinko machine having a prize winning device having a special area such as a V-zone and entering a special game state as a necessary condition for winning a ball in the special area may be implemented. Furthermore, in addition to pachinko machines, various game machines such as arepachi, mammoth, slot machines, and so-called game machines combining a pachinko machine and a slot machine may be implemented.

In the slot machine, for example, the pattern is changed by operating the control lever in a state where the pattern effective line is determined by inserting a coin, and the pattern is stopped and fixed by operating the stop button. It is. Therefore, the basic concept of a slot machine is "provided with a display device that confirms and displays identification information after variably displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information, The variable display of the identification information is started, and the variable display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stopping (for example, a stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has passed, and the stop is displayed. It is a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value under the condition that the combination of time identification information is a specific one. In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. Examples include:

Further, as a specific example of a game machine that combines a pachinko machine and a slot machine, it is equipped with a display device for displaying a symbol sequence consisting of a plurality of symbols in a variable manner and then confirming and displaying the symbols, and is equipped with a ball launching handle. There are things that are not. In this case, after throwing a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), for example, the pattern starts to change due to the operation of the control lever, for example, due to the operation of the stop button, or a predetermined As time elapses, the fluctuation of the symbols is stopped, and a special game is generated in which a predetermined game value is given to the player under the condition that the determined symbols at the time of the stop are so-called jackpot symbols, and the player is given a special game. A lot of balls are paid out to the tray at the bottom. If such a game machine is used instead of a slot machine, only the balls can be treated as game value in the game hall. It is possible to solve the problems such as the burden on the equipment due to the separate handling of the medals and the balls and the restrictions on the installation location of the game machine.

In the following, concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention are shown.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Lower Displacement Unit 400 as an Example>
a displacement member formed to be displaceable in a first direction from a reference position and capable of moving a game ball along with the displacement in the first direction; A gaming machine comprising a restricting means for restricting the ball from being thrown, wherein the displacement member is formed so as to be displaceable from the reference position in a second direction opposite to the first direction. Gaming machine A1.

Here, a displacement member formed to be displaceable in the first direction from the reference position and capable of moving the game ball along with the displacement in the first direction, and a trajectory area of the displacement member from outside the trajectory area of the displacement member A gaming machine is known that includes a regulation means that regulates the throwing of a game ball to a game ball (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-166997). According to this gaming machine, it is possible to prevent game balls exceeding the specified number from being thrown to the track area of the displacement member by the regulation of the regulation means. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, if the restricting means malfunctions due to sticking or wear, for example, there is a risk that more than a specified number of game balls will be thrown toward the track area of the displacement member. However, in this case, there is a problem that the number of game balls exceeding the prescribed number may cause a problem. That is, for example, there is a risk that game balls in excess of the specified number may enter the drive mechanism of the displacement member and be caught in the movable portion, resulting in damage. Alternatively, there is a risk that game balls exceeding the specified number may flow out of the game area (for example, the back side of the game board).

On the other hand, according to the game machine A1, the displacement member is formed so as to be displaceable from the reference position in the second direction opposite to the first direction, so that the track area of the displacement member can be expanded accordingly. Therefore, for example, even if the regulating means malfunctions and more than the specified number of game balls are thrown, the track area of the displacement member is expanded, and game balls exceeding the specified number are moved to the track area. can accept. As a result, the number of game balls exceeding the prescribed number can be moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction. Therefore, game balls in excess of the specified number can be prevented from entering the driving mechanism of the displacement member or flowing out of the game area. It can be difficult.

In the gaming machine A1, a passage member is formed as a passage through which a game ball can pass, and a downstream portion of the passage member communicates with a track area of the displacement member. Characterized game machine A2.

According to the game machine A2, in addition to the effects of the game machine A1, the passage member is formed as a passage through which the game ball can pass, and the downstream portion communicates with the track area of the displacement member. Since the passage of the balls is restricted, for example, even if the restricting means malfunctions and more game balls than the specified number are thrown, the game balls exceeding the specified number are transferred to the displacement member via the passage member. It is possible to reliably throw the ball to the trajectory area. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult to cause problems due to game balls exceeding the specified number.

In the gaming machine A2, the displacement member is formed so as to be capable of receiving and holding a specified number of game balls thrown from the passage member at the reference position, and at least the diameter of the game ball from the reference position in the second direction. A gaming machine A3 characterized in that it is formed to be displaceable by a distance exceeding .

According to the game machine A3, in addition to the effects of the game machine A2, the displacement member is formed so as to be able to receive and hold the specified number of game balls thrown from the passage member at the reference position, and to move the second position from the reference position. Since it is formed to be displaceable in the direction at least by a distance exceeding the diameter of the game ball, after receiving the specified number of game balls at the reference position, by displacing the displacement member in the second direction from the reference position, the specified number can be obtained. It is possible to throw the game balls exceeding the trajectory area of the displacement member (the area on the first direction side of the displacement member). Therefore, the number of game balls exceeding the prescribed number can be moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction.

In this case, the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls, and the game balls exceeding the specified number can be thrown to the track area, so that the specified number of game balls are separated from the game balls exceeding the specified number. can do. Therefore, for example, by displacing the displacement member in the first direction, it is possible to discharge only game balls exceeding the prescribed number from the track area while maintaining the state in which the displacement member holds the prescribed number of game balls. It becomes possible.

The gaming machine A4 is characterized in that in the gaming machine A3, the displacement member is formed so as to change its posture when it is displaced in the first direction and reaches a predetermined position.

According to the game machine A4, in addition to the effects of the game machine A3, the displacement member is formed so that its posture can be changed when it is displaced in the first direction and reaches the predetermined position. While making it easy to maintain the state in which the ball is held by the displacement member, it is possible to prevent the game ball from falling out of the displacement member, and when reaching a predetermined position, the game ball can be controlled by utilizing the change in the attitude of the displacement member. can be easily discharged from the displacement member.

In the gaming machine A4, a concave portion is provided in a track region when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction from the reference position, and the displacement member is positioned in the concave portion when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. A game machine A5, characterized in that it has a protrusion to be engaged and is formed such that its attitude can be changed by engaging said protrusion with said recess.

According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A4, the displacement member is provided with a concave portion recessed in the track area when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction from the reference position, and the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. Since the protrusion is engaged with the recess when the displacement member is engaged with the recess, and the protrusion is engaged with the recess, the attitude of the displacement member can be changed. Therefore, the structure for changing the attitude of the displacement member can be simplified.

In the gaming machine A5, the projection projects from the displacement member in the first direction, and the tip of the projection hits the lower half of the game ball sent to the trajectory region of the displacement member. A gaming machine A6 characterized by being touched.

According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A5, the protrusion is provided to project from the displacement member in the first direction, and the tip of the projection is a game ball thrown to the track area of the displacement member. (That is, the game balls exceeding the specified number) are formed so as to be able to abut on the lower half of the surface. You can push and move. As a result, game balls exceeding the specified number can be easily discharged from the track area.

In addition, the protrusion is interposed between the specified number of game balls held by the displacement member and the game balls sent to the track area of the displacement member (the game balls exceeding the specified number). The distance between the specified number of game balls and the game balls exceeding the specified number can be secured by the length of the projection of the part. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls exceeding the prescribed number from the track area while maintaining the state in which the prescribed number of game balls are held by the displacement member.

Furthermore, since the projecting part has the role of changing the posture of the displacement member by engaging with the recessed part and the role of moving the game ball while pushing the lower half of the game ball, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly. Cost can be reduced.

A gaming machine A7 in the gaming machine A5 or A6, wherein the size of the recess in the first direction is smaller than the diameter of the game ball.

According to the game machine A7, in addition to the effects of the game machine A5 or A6, the size of the concave portion in the first direction is smaller than the diameter of the game ball, so that the game ball thrown to the track area of the displacement member (That is, game balls exceeding the prescribed number) can easily pass through the concave portion when moved in accordance with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction. As a result, game balls exceeding the specified number can be easily discharged from the track area.

In any one of the game machines A5 to A7, the displacement member is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball in the trajectory area when the displacement member is displaced from the reference position in the first direction, and is higher than the recess. A wall portion located on the first direction side is provided, and when a game ball sent to the track area of the displacement member is moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction, the game ball is moved to the wall portion. A game machine A8 characterized in that a position change of the displacement member is regulated by being brought into contact with the portion and the displacement member.

According to the game machine A8, in any one of the game machines A5 to A7, the displacement member is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball in the trajectory area when the displacement member is displaced in the first direction from the reference position, and the concave portion When a game ball sent to the track area of the displacement member is moved along with the displacement of the displacement member in the first direction, the game ball is positioned on the first direction side of the wall portion. Since the position change of the displacement member can be regulated by contacting the displacement member, only the game balls exceeding the prescribed number are retained while the displacement member holds the prescribed number of game balls. It can be easily ejected from the orbital area.

That is, since the wall portion is erected at a height lower than the radius of the game ball, when the game ball is moved by being pushed by the projecting portion as the displacement member is displaced in the first direction, the game ball is moved. A game ball can easily run over the wall part by bringing the lower half surface of the ball into contact with the wall part. In this case, the game ball is brought into contact with the displacement member (that is, the game ball is interposed between the displacement member and the wall portion), and a reaction force can be applied from the game ball to the displacement member. Posture change can be regulated, and the specified number of game balls held by the displacement member can be suppressed from dropping out. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls exceeding the prescribed number from the track area while maintaining the state in which the prescribed number of game balls are held by the displacement member.

On the other hand, when game balls (that is, game balls exceeding the specified number) are not thrown into the track area of the displacement member, no game balls are interposed between the wall and the displacement member, so that the protrusion becomes the recess. By being engaged, the posture of the displacement member can be changed. As a result, it is possible to easily discharge a prescribed number of game balls (that is, game balls held by the displacement member) from the displacement member by using the change in posture of the displacement member.

A gaming machine A9 is characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines A1 to A8, the restricting means is operable in conjunction with the displacement of the displacement member.

According to the game machine A9, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines A1 to A8, the restricting means is formed to be operable in conjunction with the displacement of the displacement member. It is possible to restrict or allow the throwing of a game ball into the track area of the member. That is, since the regulation or permission of throwing a game ball can be switched mechanically in synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member, for example, a sensor device for detecting the position of the regulation means and the detection result of the sensor device can be used. It is possible to eliminate the need for driving means for driving the regulating means or control of each of these means, thereby reducing the product cost and improving the reliability of the operation.

In the gaming machine A9, the restricting means allows the game ball to be thrown to the track area of the displacement member in conjunction with the displacement of the displacement member in the second direction from the reference position. Characterized game machine A10.

According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine A9, the restricting means moves the game ball to the track area of the displacement member in conjunction with the displacement of the displacement member from the reference position in the second direction. Since the ball is allowed to be thrown, the game ball can be reliably thrown to the area on the first direction side of the displacement member, which is the track area of the displacement member.

In any one of the gaming machines A1 to A10, a base member on which the displacement member is displaceably disposed, and a base member disposed vertically downward and vertically upward from an end portion of the base member on the first direction side A gaming machine A11 characterized by comprising a collection member having an opening in the bottom.

According to the game machine A11, in addition to the effects of the game machine A10, the displacement member is disposed vertically below the base member displaceably disposed and the end portion of the base member on the first direction side. and a recovery member having an opening vertically upward, so that the game balls are moved as the displacement member moves in the first direction and discharged from the track area of the displacement member (i.e., the number exceeding the prescribed number). A game ball) can be received and recovered from the opening of the recovery member.

In the gaming machine A11, the base member is formed so as to be displaceable between a retracted position and a displaced position, and the opening of the recovery member is located at least at the first position in the base member displaced to the retracted position or the displaced position. A gaming machine A12 characterized in that it is formed in a size positioned vertically below the end on the direction side.

According to the game machine A12, in addition to the effects of the game machine A11, the base member is displaceable between the retracted position and the displaced position, and the opening of the recovery member is displaced to at least the retracted position or the displaced position. Since the base member has a size positioned vertically below the first direction end of the base member, the displacement member is ejected from the track area of the displacement member regardless of whether the base member is displaced to the retracted position or the displaced position. It is possible to receive and collect the game balls (that is, the game balls exceeding the specified number) from the opening of the collecting member.

A gaming machine A13 characterized in that in any of the gaming machines A5 to A8, the gaming machine A13 comprises an insertion member that is inserted into the recessed space of the recess to restrict the protrusion from engaging with the recess. .

According to the gaming machine A13, any one of the gaming machines A5 to A8 includes an insertion member that restricts engagement of the protrusion with the recess by being inserted into the recessed space of the recess. With the displacement in the first direction, it is possible to suppress the change in the posture of the displacement member when ejecting game balls exceeding the specified number from the track area of the displacement member. Therefore, it is possible to easily discharge only the game balls exceeding the prescribed number from the track area while maintaining the state in which the prescribed number of game balls are held by the displacement member.

In the gaming machine A13, a base member is formed to be displaceable between a retracted position and a displaced position, and the displacement member is arranged to be displaceable, and the insertion member is adapted to displace the base member to the retracted position The game machine A14 is characterized in that when the base member is displaced to the displaced position, it is separated from the recessed space of the recess while being inserted into the recessed space of the recess.

According to the game machine A14, in addition to the effects of the game machine A13, when the base member is displaced to the retracted position, the insertion member is inserted into the recessed space of the recess, so that the displacement member is displaced in the first direction. Accordingly, when game balls in excess of the specified number are discharged from the track area of the displacement member, the state in which the displacement member holds the specified number of game balls by suppressing the change in the posture of the displacement member. On the other hand, when the base member is displaced to the displaced position, the insertion member is separated from the recessed space of the recess. By combining them, the attitude of the displacement member can be changed, and the prescribed number of game balls can be easily discharged from the displacement member.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Distribution Unit 500 as an Example>
A downflow passage for a game ball to flow down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and a game ball flowing down the downflow passage to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage. A game machine having a sorting means for sorting comprises a displaceable member formed to be displaceable and receiving game balls from the first branch passage, wherein the displacement member contacts the sorting means and is displaced. , the game machine B1 is characterized in that the distribution means is displaced and the distribution destination is switched.

Here, a downflow passage through which game balls flow down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and a game ball flowing down the downflow passage to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage A gaming machine equipped with sorting means for sorting is known (for example, JP-A-2014-223176). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, since the game balls flowing down the flow passage are alternately distributed one by one to the first branch passage and the second branch passage, the game balls flowing down the flow passage are It is evenly distributed to the first branch passage and the second branch passage (that is, divided by half). That is, there is a problem that the number of game balls distributed to the first branch passage cannot be changed.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable and receives the game ball from the first branch passage. Since the means is displaced and the distribution destination is switched, the number of game balls distributed to the first branch passage or the second branch passage can be changed according to the displacement of the displacement member. That is, the number of game balls distributed to the first branch path can be changed.

In addition, according to the game machine B1, the distributing means can be displaced using the displacement of the displacing member, so there is no need to separately provide a driving means or a transmission mechanism for displacing the distributing means. can. Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

In addition, for example, in a structure that controls the displacement of the sorting means using position detection by a sensor device and driving by a drive means, malfunction due to detection failure or control failure lowers the reliability of the sorting operation of the sorting means. However, according to the game machine B1, the allocation destination by the allocation means can be switched in mechanical synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member, so that the reliability of the allocation operation can be improved.

In particular, since the displacement member is a member that receives game balls from the first branch passage, it is possible to switch the distribution destination of the distribution means to the first branch passage in synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member. The game balls distributed to the passage can be surely received by the displacement member.

In the game machine B1, a biasing means is provided for applying a biasing force to the distribution means to maintain a distribution destination of the distribution means at one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, and the displacement member displaces the distributing means in a direction against the direction of the urging force, thereby switching the destination of distribution by the distributing means to the other of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, and the urging force A gaming machine B2 characterized in that the destination of distribution by the distribution means is returned to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage by the biasing force of the means.

According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B1, a biasing force is applied to the sorting means to maintain the sorting destination of the sorting means at either the first branch passage or the second branch passage. Since the force means is provided, it is possible to prevent the distribution destination from being carelessly switched by the distribution means. In this case, the distribution means is displaced with the displacement of the displacement member, and after the distribution destination is switched, the return to the distribution destination before switching can be performed by the biasing force of the biasing means. It is possible to eliminate the need for the member to be in contact with the distribution means. That is, the displacement member can be separated from the sorting means. Therefore, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in designing the movable range of the displacement member.

In the game machine B2, the urging means imparts an urging force to the allocating means to keep the second branch path as the destination of allocation by the allocating means.

According to the game machine B3, in addition to the effects of the game machine B2, the biasing means applies a biasing force to the distribution means to maintain the distribution destination of the distribution means in the second branch passage. is incapable of receiving game balls, it is possible to suppress the switching of the sorting destination by the sorting means to the first branch passage.

The game machine B3 includes a base member that is displaceable between a first position and a second position and on which the displacement member is disposed. , the displacement member is capable of receiving a game ball from the first branch passage and is capable of abutting against the distribution means, and in a state in which the base member is arranged at the second position, the displacement A gaming machine B4 characterized in that the member is not capable of receiving game balls from the first branch passage and is not capable of coming into contact with the sorting means.

According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine B3, the base member is formed to be displaceable between the first position and the second position, and the displacement member is disposed on the base member. , a mode in which the displacement member is displaced with the base member arranged at the first position, and a mode in which the displacement member is displaced with the base member arranged at the second position can be formed. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the presentation effect accordingly.

In this case, when the base member is arranged at the second position, the displacement member cannot receive the game ball from the first branch passage, but in such a state, the displacement member cannot contact the distribution means. Therefore, in a state in which the displacement member cannot receive the game ball (a state in which the base member is arranged at the second position), it is possible to prevent the distribution destination from being switched to the first branch passage by the distribution means.

A gaming machine B5 characterized in that the gaming machine B4 comprises a second base member formed as a separate member from the base member, and the distribution means is disposed on the second base member.

According to the game machine B5, in addition to the effects of the game machine B4, the second base member is formed as a separate member from the base member, and the distribution means is disposed on the second base member. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress an increase in the size of the base member.

In any one of game machines B1 to B5, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable at least between a switching position and a receiving position set to a position different from the switching position, and the displacement member is displaced to the switching position. In this state, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the first branch passage, and in the state in which the displacement member is displaced to the receiving position, the displacement member can receive the game ball from the first branch passage. and a game machine B6 characterized in that the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the second branch passage.

According to the game machine B6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines B1 to B5, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable at least between the switching position and the receiving position set at a position different from the switching position, In a state in which the displacement member is displaced to the switching position, the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the first branch passage, and in a state in which the displacement member is displaced to the receiving position, the displacement member receives the game ball from the first branch passage. Since the ball can be received and the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the second branch passage, it is possible to suppress the game balls exceeding the specified number that the displacement member can receive from being distributed to the first branch passage.

That is, when the switching position and the receiving position are set to the same position, the displacement member receives the game ball while the distribution destination by the distribution means is switched to the first branch passage. There is a possibility that game balls exceeding the prescribed number that can be received are distributed to the first branch passage. If a separate means for restricting the inflow of game balls into the first branch passage is provided, the structure becomes complicated, the reliability is lowered, and the product cost is increased.

On the other hand, according to the game machine B6, the displacement member is displaced to the switching position, and after the specified number (or less than the specified number) of game balls are distributed to the first branch passage, the displacement member is displaced to the receiving position. Then, since the distribution destination is switched to the second branch passage, it is possible to prevent game balls in excess of the specified number from flowing down to the first branch passage. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the game balls exceeding the specified number that the displacement member can receive from being distributed to the first branch passage. Moreover, since there is no need to separately provide the means described above, it is possible to improve the reliability and reduce the product cost.

In the game machine B6, the first branch passage is formed as one or more protrusions or recesses protruding or recessed on the inner wall surface thereof, and has a resistance that imparts resistance to game balls passing through the first branch passage. A gaming machine B7 characterized by comprising means.

According to the game machine B7, in addition to the effects of the game machine B6, the first branch passage is formed as one or a plurality of projections or recesses protruded or recessed on the inner wall surface, and the first branch passage is passed through. Since the game ball is equipped with resistance means for applying resistance to the game ball passing through the first branch passage, the speed of the game ball passing through the first branch passage can be slowed down. Therefore, the time required for the displacement member to be displaced from the switching position to the receiving position can be lengthened accordingly, so that the displacement member can reliably receive the game ball. In addition, the output of the drive means can be reduced to the extent that the displacement speed required for the displacement member can be reduced, and the product cost can be reduced.

In game machine B6 or B7, the sorting means includes a first retractable portion and a second retractable portion which are formed to be retractable with respect to the first branch passage as the sorting means is displaced; The 1 haunting part is formed so as to be able to distribute the game balls flowing down the flow path to the second branch path by protruding into the first branch path, and the second haunting part is formed from the first haunting part is also positioned downstream of the first branch passage and protrudes into the first branch passage so that the game balls distributed to the first branch passage can be restricted from flowing down, and the first haunting portion and a second retractable part, one of which protrudes into the passage of the first branch passage, the other retracts out of the passage of the first branch passage.

According to the game machine B8, in addition to the effects of the game machine B6 or B7, the sorting means includes the first retractable portion formed so as to be retractable with respect to the first branch passage as the sorting means is displaced; A second haunting part is provided, and the first haunting part protrudes into the first branch passage so that the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage can be distributed to the second branch passage, and the second haunting part is the first branch passage. Positioned on the downstream side of the first branch passage from the haunting portion and projecting into the first branch passage, the game balls distributed to the first branch passage are formed so as to be capable of regulating the flow down, and the first haunting portion is formed. and the second projecting/retracting part, when one protrudes into the passage of the first branch passage, the other retracts out of the first branch passage. , only the prescribed number of game balls can be distributed to the first branch passage and received by the displacement member.

That is, a first state in which the game balls flowing down the flow path are distributed to the second branch path by the protrusion of the first haunting part, and a game ball flowing down the flow path by retreating the first haunting part. A second state in which the game balls are distributed to the first branch passage; By retracting the 2 haunting part, it is possible to form a fourth state in which the game balls stored in the first branch passage are flowed down and received by the displacement member. Only a certain number of game balls can be distributed to the first branch passage and received by the displacement member.

Further, according to the gaming machine B8, the sorting means includes the first haunting part and the second haunting part. That is, since it is formed as a single part, the structure of the sorting means (the structure for operating the first retractable part and the second retractable part and exhibiting their functions) can be simplified. Furthermore, since one of the first projecting and retracting portion and the second projecting and retracting portion projects into the passage of the first branch passage, the other retracts out of the passage of the first branch passage. and receiving position), it is sufficient that the distributing means is formed so as to be displaceable to two positions. That is, by displacing the distributing means at two positions, the first to fourth states described above can be formed. Therefore, the structure of the distributing means and the structure of displacing the distributing means according to the displacement of the displacement member can be simplified, and the reliability of the game ball distributing operation can be improved accordingly.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Distribution Unit 500 as an Example>
A downflow passage for a game ball to flow down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and a game ball flowing down the downflow passage to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage. A gaming machine comprising a sorting means for sorting, characterized by comprising a flow state changing means positioned downstream of the sorting means for restricting or allowing the game balls to flow down in the first branch passage. Game machine C1.

Here, a downflow passage through which game balls flow down, a first branch passage and a second branch passage branched from the downflow passage, and a game ball flowing down the downflow passage to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage. A gaming machine equipped with sorting means for sorting is known (for example, JP-A-2014-223176). However, in the above-described conventional gaming machine, the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage are only distributed to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage, which is insufficient to provide interest to the player. There was a problem.

On the other hand, according to the game machine C1, since it is provided with the flow state changing means which is located downstream of the distribution means and regulates or permits the flow of the game balls in the first branch passage, it is interesting to the players. can give

That is, by the operation of the flow state changing means, the game balls distributed to the first branch passage are restricted from flowing down, the game balls are stored in the first branch passage, and the game balls are allowed to flow down in the first branch passage. , the game balls stored in the first branch passage can flow down (released). As a result, in addition to the operation of distributing the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage, the operation of temporarily stopping (accumulating) the flow of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage. , and the action of causing the stopped (stored) game ball to flow down (release). As a result, it is possible to give interest to the player.

In the game machine C1, an integral member is provided in which the distribution means and the flow state change means are integrally formed, and in a state where the destination of distribution by the distribution means is the first branch passage, the first branch passage is restricted by the flow state changing means, and the distribution destination of the distribution means is the second branch passage, the flow of the game balls in the first branch passage is controlled by the flow state change means. Gaming machine C2 characterized by being allowed.

According to the game machine C2, in addition to the effects of the game machine C1, since an integrated member in which the distribution means and the flow state change means are integrally formed is provided, the distribution means and the flow state change means are operated. It is possible to simplify the structure and improve the reliability of operation. That is, when the distribution means and the flowing-down state changing means are formed separately, they are two parts, so the structure for operating these two parts is complicated and the reliability of the operation is lowered. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C2, since the distribution means and the flow state changing means can be formed as a single part, the structure can be simplified accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced and the reliability of the operation can be improved. can be planned.

Further, in this case, when the distribution destination by the distribution means is set to the first branch passage by the operation of the integrated member, the flow down of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage is regulated by the flow-down state changing means and the first branch passage is controlled. When the game balls are stored in the branch passage and the distribution destination of the distribution means is set to the second branch passage, the flow down of the game balls in the first branch passage is allowed by the flow state changing means, and the game balls are accumulated in the first branch passage. It is possible to let down (release) the game ball that has been held. That is, in addition to the action of allocating the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage to one of the first branch passage and the second branch passage, the action of temporarily stopping (accumulating) the flow of the game balls distributed to the first branch passage; Not only can the stopped (stored) game ball flow down (release) operation, but also these storage and release operations can be alternately formed in conjunction with the sorting operation.

In the game machine C2, the integrated member is formed to be displaceable between a first state position and a second state position, and in a state in which the integrated member is displaced to the first state position, the distribution means is shifted to the first state position. 1 branch passage is arranged at a position where the distribution destination is, and the flowing state changing means is arranged at a position for regulating the flow of game balls in the first branch passage, and the integral member is displaced to the second state position. In the state, the distribution means is arranged at a position where the second branch passage is the distribution destination, and the flow state changing means is arranged at a position allowing the game balls to flow down in the first branch passage. Gaming machine C3.

According to the game machine C3, in addition to the effects of the game machine C2, the integrated member is formed to be displaceable between the first state position and the second state position, and when the integrated member is displaced to the first state position, , the distributing means is arranged at the position where the first branch path is the distribution destination, the flow state changing means is arranged at the position for restricting the flow of the game balls in the first branch path, and the integral member is displaced to the second state position. In this state, the distribution means is arranged at a position where the second branch passage is the distribution destination, and the flow-down state changing means is arranged at a position allowing the game balls to flow down in the first branch passage. By displacing at two positions (first state position and second state position), in addition to the operation of distributing the game ball flowing down the downflow passage to either the first branch passage or the second branch passage, the first branch passage It is possible to form an operation to temporarily stop (store) the flow of distributed game balls and an operation to make the stopped (stored) game balls flow (release), and these storage and release operations can be performed. , can be formed alternately in conjunction with the sorting operation. That is, it is possible to simplify the structure, reduce the product cost, and improve the operational reliability.

In the game machine C3, the integrated member is rotatably formed, and at least the flowing-down state changing means is formed so as to be able to appear and withdraw with respect to the first branch passage. A game machine C4 characterized in that it is formed in an arc-shaped curved shape centering on the rotation axis of the integrated member, while restricting the flow of the integrated member.

According to the game machine C4, in addition to the effects of the game machine C3, the integral member is formed rotatably, and at least the flow state changing means is formed so as to be able to appear and disappear with respect to the first branch passage. Since it is formed in an arc-shaped curved shape centered on the rotation axis of the integrated member, the inner wall of the first branch passage for the appearance and disappearance of the flow state changing means It is possible to reduce the area of the hole opened to the

The gaming machine C5 in the gaming machine C4 is characterized in that the flowing-down state changing means is arranged in a posture in which the upstream side of the first branch passage is concave.

According to the game machine C5, in addition to the effects of the game machine C4, the flow state changing means is arranged in a posture in which the upstream side of the first branch passage is concave, so that the flow state change to the first branch passage. In the initial state when the means begins to protrude (that is, in a state in which only the tip side of the flow state changing means protrudes into the passage), the shape of the tip side of the flow state changing means is such that it is easy to regulate the flow of the game ball. It can be arranged in the direction, and the flow down of game balls distributed to the first branch passage can be easily regulated.

Further, in a state in which the flowing-down state changing means protrudes to the first branch passage to the maximum and restricts the flowing down of the game ball, the game ball can be stably held by the concave portion of the flowing-down state changing means, so that the rampage of the game ball can be suppressed. .

In game machine C4 or C5, biasing means for applying a biasing force to the integral member to bias the flowing state changing means in a direction in which the flowing state changing means protrudes into the first branch passage, A game machine C6 characterized in that the distance to the rotation axis of the integrated member is set larger than the distance from the sorting means to the rotation axis of the integrated member.

According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C4 or C5, it is provided with an urging means for imparting an urging force to the integral member and urging the flowing-down state changing means in the direction of protruding into the first branch passage. Therefore, by utilizing this urging force, the integrated member can be easily maintained in a posture (that is, the first state position) in which the flow-down state changing means protrudes into the first branch passage.

In this case, in the game machine C6, since the distance from the flowing state changing means to the rotation axis of the integrated member is made larger than the distance from the sorting means to the rotation axis of the integrated member, the falling game balls collide. Since the distance from the rotation axis is large, even if the same impact force acts, the flow state changing means is likely to be retracted. By setting it in the direction to do so, it is possible to suppress the sinking of the flowing-down state changing means by the amount of the urging force.

In the game machine C6, the integrated member is rotated by its own weight in a direction in which the flowing state changing means protrudes into the first branch passage.

According to the game machine C7, in addition to the effects of the game machine C6, the integrated member rotates in the direction in which the flowing-down state changing means protrudes into the first branch passage by its own weight. The member can be easily maintained in a posture (that is, the first state position) in which the flow-down state changing means protrudes into the first branch passage. Therefore, when the game ball collides, it is possible to further suppress the sinking of the flowing-down state changing means by its own weight.

Further, even if the urging means falls off, the flowing-down state changing means maintains the posture of protruding into the first branch passage by the weight of the integral part, thereby preventing the game ball from flowing down to the first branch passage. can be suppressed.

In any one of the game machines C2 to C7, the distribution destination by the distribution means is the first branch passage, and the flow down of the game ball in the first branch passage is regulated by the flow state changing means, and the first The gaming machine C8 is characterized in that, in a state where a specified number of game balls are stored in the branch passage, game balls flowing down the flow passage are formed so as to flow down to the second branch passage.

According to the game machine C8, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines C2 to C7, the distribution destination by the distribution means is the first branch passage, and the flow of game balls in the first branch passage is controlled by the flow state changing means. When a specified number of game balls are stored in the first branch path, the game balls flowing down the flow-down path are formed to be able to flow down to the second branch path, so that the specified number or more of game balls flow down. When flowing down the passage, it is possible to suppress the game balls exceeding a prescribed number from remaining in the flow-down passage. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the displacement of the distribution means (the operation of setting the distribution destination to the second branch passage) from being hindered by the game balls stuck in the flow-down passage.

In the game machine C8, the inner wall of the flow path facing the second branch path is configured to store the game balls flowing down the flow path at the end of the specified number of game balls stored in the first branch path. A gaming machine C9 characterized in that it is formed so as to be able to guide a game ball to the side surface on the second branch path side.

According to the game machine C9, in addition to the effects of the game machine C8, the inner wall of the flow-down passage on the side facing the second branch passage allows the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage to reach the prescribed number stored in the first branch passage. Since the game balls at the end of the game balls are formed so as to be able to be guided to the side surface of the second branch passage side, the game balls flowing down the flow-down passage are caused to collide with the game balls at the end of the prescribed number of game balls. After that, it can be easily made to flow down to the second branch passage.

The game ball at the end of the specified number of game balls means a game ball located on the upstream side (on the side opposite to the flow state changing means). Further, when the prescribed number is 1, the last game ball means the game ball itself stored in the first branch passage.

In the game machine C8 or C9, the game machine C10 is characterized in that the flow direction of the downstream end of the flow passage is formed in a direction different from the flow direction of the upstream end of the first branch passage.

According to the gaming machine C10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C8 or C9, the downstream end of the flow path is formed in a direction different from the flow direction of the upstream end of the first branch path. When the falling game ball collides with the last game ball of the specified number of game balls stored in the first branch passage, the direction of the repulsive force acting on the last game ball is changed to the direction of the first branch passage. It can be different from the downstream direction of the upstream end. As a result, it is possible to prevent the trailing game ball from jumping out of the upstream end of the first branch passage and flowing into the second branch passage due to the repulsive force at the time of collision.

In any one of game machines C2 to C10, the sorting means is formed so as to be able to appear in and out of the flow path or the first branch path, and its haunt position is in the flow direction at the downstream end of the flow path. A game machine C11 characterized in that it is an inner wall on an extension line of.

According to the game machine C11, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines C2 to C10, the sorting means is formed to be able to appear and disappear with respect to the downstream passage or the first branch passage, Since it is the inner wall on the extension line of the downstream end of the passage in the flow direction, the distribution means can be protruded at a position close to the game balls flowing down from the downstream end of the flow passage. Therefore, it is possible to shorten the time required from when the distributing means is started to protrude into the downstream passage or the first branch passage to when the game balls can be distributed. As a result, switching of distribution destinations by the distribution means can be performed more reliably.

In the gaming machine C11, the distribution means projects into the flow passage or the first branch passage to distribute game balls flowing down the flow passage to the second branch passage. A gaming machine C12 characterized in that the projecting direction of the means is set to the upstream end of the second branch passage.

According to the gaming machine C12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine C11, the sorting means protrudes into the downstream passage or the first branch passage, thereby sorting the game balls flowing down the downstream passage to the second branch passage. , and since the projecting direction of the distribution means is set in the direction pointing to the upstream end of the second branch passage, when the game ball flowing down the flow-down passage comes into contact with the distribution means in the middle of the projecting operation, can push such a game ball into the second branch passage along with the projecting action of the sorting means. As a result, the distribution to the second branch passage can be performed more reliably.

In any one of the game machines C1 to C12, the first branch passage is formed to be inclined downward toward the downstream, and the inner wall on the lower side in the gravity direction is formed so that the game ball can roll, and the flowing state The game machine C13 is characterized in that the changing means is formed so as to be able to protrude into the first branch passage from the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity.

According to the game machine C13, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines C1 to C12, the first branch passage is formed downwardly inclined toward the downstream, and the inner wall on the lower side in the direction of gravity allows the game ball to pass through. Since it is formed to be rotatable and the flowing-down state changing means is formed so as to be able to protrude into and out of the first branch passage from the inner wall on the lower side in the gravity direction, the game is started after the flowing-down state changing means is started to protrude into the first branch passage. It is possible to shorten the time required to reach a state in which the downflow of the ball can be regulated. As a result, the distribution destination of the distribution means is switched from the second branch passage to the first branch passage, and when the game ball is distributed to the first branch passage, the flow state changing means is used to regulate the flow of the game ball. Protrusion can be easily made in time.

In any one of the game machines C1 to C13, the flowing-down state changing means is formed so as to be able to appear and withdraw with respect to the first branch passage, and at least in a state in which it protrudes to the first branch passage to the maximum, it moves in the projecting direction. A game machine C14 characterized in that a force component is applied from a game ball to said flowing state changing means.

According to the game machine C14, in any one of the game machines C1 to C13, the flowing-down state changing means is formed so as to be able to appear and withdraw with respect to the first branch passage, and at least when it protrudes to the first branch passage to the maximum, it protrudes. Since the force component in the direction of movement is applied from the game ball to the flowing-down state changing means, when the game ball distributed to the first branch passage is restricted from flowing down, the impact caused by the collision of the game ball causes the game ball to flow down. It is possible to suppress the immersion of the state changing means. Therefore, it is possible to easily regulate the flow of the game ball.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Lower Displacement Unit 400 as an Example>
A game machine comprising a base member, a base member displaceably arranged on one side of the base member, and a displacement member arranged displaceably on the base member, wherein the base member accompanies displacement of the displacement member. The game machine D1 is characterized by comprising suppressing means for suppressing reaction of members.

Here, a game machine is known that includes a base member, a base member displaceably arranged on one side of the base member, and a displacement member displaceably arranged on the base member (for example, , JP 2015-029849). According to this gaming machine, in addition to the effect of displacing the base member between a protruding position where the base member protrudes into the game area and is visible to the player, and a retracted position where it retreats from the game area, the base member is displaced. In the state of being arranged at the extended position, an effect of displacing the displacement member can be performed.

However, in the above-described conventional game machine, one side of the base member is displaceably disposed on the base member, so when the displacement member is displaced, the base member rattles with respect to the base member with the one side as the fulcrum. There is a problem that it is easy to generate

On the other hand, according to the game machine D1, since the suppressing means for suppressing the reaction of the base member due to the displacement of the displacement member is provided, the occurrence of looseness of the base member with respect to the base member when the displacement member is displaced is suppressed. can do.

The reaction force associated with the displacement of the displacement member may be, for example, the force generated by the change in the center of gravity associated with the displacement of the displacement member, or the action of the inertial force associated with the increase or decrease in displacement speed (change in acceleration) of the displacement member. , and those generated with the reaction force when the displacement member is displaced and the game ball is ejected are exemplified.

In the game machine D1, the suppressing means includes an arrangement member displaceably arranged on the base member, the displacement member is formed so as to be capable of holding and ejecting a game ball, and the arrangement member is A gaming machine D2 characterized by being formed so as to be displaceable when a game ball is ejected from the displacing member.

According to the game machine D2, in addition to the effects of the game machine D1, the suppressing means includes an arrangement member displaceably arranged on the base member, and the displacement member is formed so as to be capable of holding and ejecting game balls. Since the disposing member is formed to be displaceable when the game ball is ejected from the displacing member, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of rattling of the base member with respect to the base member. That is, when a game ball is shot from the displacement member, the position of the center of gravity of the base member is changed by the weight of the game ball. When a configuration in which the mounting member is displaced is adopted, it is possible to suppress rattling of the base member due to a change in the position of the center of gravity. Also, when a game ball is shot from the displacement member, the base member receives a reaction accompanying the shooting of the game ball. When employed, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of rattling of the base member due to the reaction.

The game machine D3 is characterized in that, in the game machine D1 or D2, when the displacement member is displaced, a reverse member is displaced having at least a displacement component in a direction opposite to the displacement direction of the displacement member.

According to the game machine D3, in addition to the effects of the game machine D1 or D2, when the displacement member is displaced, a reverse member is displaced having at least a displacement component in the direction opposite to the displacement direction of the displacement member. Since it is provided, it is possible to reduce the change in the center-of-gravity position of the base member due to the displacement of the displacement member by the displacement of the reverse member. As a result, rattling of the base member due to changes in the position of the center of gravity can be suppressed.

If the displacement of the opposite member is started when the displacement of the displacement member is started, at least a part of the inertial forces of both can be canceled out. As a result, rattling of the base member when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state can be easily suppressed.

The game machine D2 or D3 is characterized by comprising a transmission mechanism for transmitting the displacement of the displacement member to the arrangement member or (and) the reverse member to displace the arrangement member or (and) the reverse member. game machine D4.

According to the game machine D4, in addition to the effects of the game machine D2 or D3, a transmission mechanism for transmitting the displacement of the displacement member to the arrangement member or (and) the reverse member to displace the arrangement member or (and) the reverse member , there is no need to provide separate drive means for displacing the disposing member and/or the reverse member. That is, the driving means for displacing the displacement member can be used also as the driving means for displacing the arrangement member and/or the reverse member. Therefore, the weight of the base member can be reduced accordingly, and rattling can be easily suppressed.

In addition, since the arrangement or (and) the inverse member can be displaced in mechanical synchronization with the displacement of the displacement member, for example, the position of the displacement member can be detected by a sensor device, and the position of the displacement member can be arranged according to the detection result. It is possible to eliminate the need for control to drive the member and/or the reverse member by the driving means, thereby reducing the product cost and increasing the reliability of the displacement operation of the displacement member and/or the reverse member with respect to the displacement member. can be ensured.

In any one of the game machines D1 to D4, the displacement member has a mode in which displacement starts from a second position, and a mode in which displacement starts from a first position closer to one side of the base member than the second position. , and at least in a state where the base member is arranged at a predetermined position with respect to the base member, the game machine D5 starts to be displaced from the first position.

Here, when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state, the change in acceleration is maximized, so the base member is likely to rattle due to the influence of inertial force.

On the other hand, according to the game machine D5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines D1 to D4, the displacement member has a mode in which the displacement starts from the second position, and a state in which at least the base member is arranged at a predetermined position with respect to the base member (for example, the base member protrudes into the game area and is displaced from the player In the visible overhang position), the displacement starts from the first position, so rattling of the base member can be suppressed. That is, the first position is closer to one side of the base member than the second position. The member can be brought closer to the fulcrum at which the member rattles with respect to the base member, so that the base member is less likely to be affected by the inertial force when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state. As a result, rattling of the base member can be easily suppressed.

A gaming machine D5 comprising a pinion gear arranged on the base member and a rack member having a rack gear meshed with the pinion gear, wherein the displacement member is arranged on the rack member. Machine D6.

According to the game machine D6, in addition to the effects of the game machine D5, the pinion gear arranged on the base member and the rack member formed with the rack gear meshing with the pinion gear are provided, and the rack member is provided with the displacement member. is disposed, when starting the displacement of the displacement member from the first position, not only the weight of the rack member but also the weight of the rack member is applied to one side of the base member (the base member It can be kept close to the fulcrum when rattling). As a result, rattling of the base member when the displacement member is displaced from the stopped state can be easily suppressed.

In the game machine D6, a game machine D7 is characterized in that a displacement direction when the displacement member starts to be displaced from the first position is a direction away from one side of the base member.

According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine D6, the displacement direction when the displacement member starts to be displaced from the first position is the direction away from one side of the base member. , the rack member can be brought closer to one side of the base member. That is, in order for the displacement member (rack member) to be displaced in a direction away from one side of the base member, the rack member should be based on the portion on the rack gear side with which the pinion gear meshes after the displacement of the displacement member is started. It will be directed to one side of the member. Therefore, the weight of the rack member can be kept closer to one side of the base member (the fulcrum when the base member rattles with respect to the base member). It is possible to easily suppress rattling of the base member.

In any one of game machines D1 to D7, a support structure that supports one side of the base member on the base member so as to be displaceable, and a drive mechanism that drives the base member supported by the support structure, The displacement member is formed so as to be capable of holding and ejecting a game ball, and the drive mechanism is restricting means for restricting the displacement of the base member in the direction of reaction when the game ball is ejected from the displacement member. A gaming machine D8 characterized by comprising:

According to the game machine D8, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines D1 to D7, the support structure that displaceably supports one side of the base member on the base member and the base member supported by the support structure are driven. The displacement member is formed so as to be capable of holding and ejecting the game ball, and the drive mechanism is configured to displace the base member in the direction of reaction when the game ball is ejected from the displacement member. Since the restricting means for restricting is provided, it is possible to suppress the base member from being displaced with respect to the base member due to reaction. As a result, rattling of the base member can be suppressed.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Rotation Unit 700 as an Example>
In a game machine having a rotary member which is rotatably formed and whose outer peripheral surface is arranged so as to be visible to a player, a displacement member is provided which is displaceably arranged on the outer peripheral surface of the rotary member. Characteristic game machine E1.

Here, there is known a game machine provided with a spinning drum member which is rotatably formed and whose outer peripheral surface is arranged so as to be visible to the player (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-119140). In this game machine, the spinning drum member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the display (pattern) on the outer peripheral surface is made visible to the player while rotating the spinning drum member or stopping the spinning drum member. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, it is only possible to create an effect mode in which the display on the outer peripheral surface is visually recognized by the player as the reel member rotates or stops. was insufficient.

On the other hand, according to the game machine E1, since the displacement member is provided displaceably on the outer peripheral surface of the spinning drum member, the display of the outer peripheral surface is displayed to the player as the spinning drum member rotates or stops. In addition to the visually recognizable presentation mode, the presentation mode in which the displacement member is displaced can be formed, so that the presentation mode can be changed accordingly, and the presentation effect can be enhanced.

It should be noted that the rotary drum member does not need to have a circular cross-sectional shape taken along a plane perpendicular to its axis of rotation, and may have a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, or a combination thereof. Therefore, the outer peripheral surface of the drum member may not be a peripheral surface, but may be a flat surface, a curved surface, or a combination thereof.

In the gaming machine E1, the displacement member is formed to be displaceable between at least a first position and a second position, and at the first position, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the reel member is formed by the displacement member. A game machine E2, wherein at least a portion of the displacement member protrudes radially outward of the rotary member at the second position.

According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E1, when the displacement member is displaced to the first position, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the rotation drum member is formed by the displacement member. The outer shape can be made smaller, and the space required for rotating the drum member can be made smaller accordingly. On the other hand, when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, at least a part of the displacement member protrudes radially outward of the reel member, so that the displacement of the displacement member can be easily visually recognized by the player, resulting in a presentation effect. can increase Further, for example, by rotating the rotary member while the displacement member is arranged at the first position, and by arranging (displacing) the displacement member at the second position when the rotation of the rotary member is stopped, A portion (displacement member) visually recognized as the outer peripheral surface of the drum member can be formed to protrude outward in the radial direction of the drum member, thereby increasing interest.

In the gaming machine E2, light emitting means for emitting light is provided, the reel member is formed with an internal space, the light emitting means is disposed in the internal space, and the displacement member is the second light emitting means. A gaming machine E3 characterized in that when displaced to the position, the outer peripheral surface of the spinning drum member is opened, and the internal space communicates with the outside.

According to the game machine E3, in addition to the effects provided by the game machine E2, the light emitting means for emitting light is provided. When the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating drum member is opened and the internal space is communicated with the outside. is displaced to the first position, it is possible to block the emission to the outside. As a result, the performance effect can be enhanced.

A gaming machine E4 comprising any one of the gaming machines E1 to E3, comprising driving means for generating a driving force, and transmission means for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the reel member and the displacement member. .

Here, in order to form the rotary member rotatably and displaceably displace the displacement member on the rotary member, driving means is required for each of the rotary member and the displacement member, which increases the product cost. increase. Further, if the drive means for displacing the displacement member is mounted on the rotary member, the weight of the rotary member increases, making it difficult to smoothly start or stop the rotation of the rotary member.

On the other hand, according to the game machine E4, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines E1 to E3, a driving means for generating a driving force and the driving force of the driving means are applied to the reel member and the displacement member. Since the transmission means for transmitting is provided, it is possible to perform both the rotation of the rotary member and the displacement of the displacement member by using one driving means. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the product cost. Further, since it is not necessary to mount a driving means for displacing the displacement member on the rotating drum member, the weight of the rotating drum member can be reduced, and the rotation of the rotating drum member can be smoothly started or stopped.

In the gaming machine E4, the drive means is formed to be capable of generating a rotational driving force, and the transmission means includes rotation-side transmission means for transmitting the rotational driving force of the drive means to the rotating drum member; displacement-side transmission means for transmitting the rotational driving force to the displacement member; and transmission of the rotational driving force to either the rotation-side transmission means or the displacement-side transmission means in accordance with the direction of rotation of the rotational driving force of the driving means. A game machine E5 characterized by comprising a one-way clutch mechanism for interrupting transmission to the other side.

According to the game machine E5, in addition to the effects of the game machine E4, the driving means is formed to be capable of generating a rotational driving force, and the transmission means is a rotation side transmission for transmitting the rotational driving force of the driving means to the reel member. means, displacement-side transmission means for transmitting the rotational driving force of the driving means to the displacement member, and transmission of the rotational driving force to either the rotation-side transmission means or the displacement-side transmission means in accordance with the direction of rotation of the rotational driving force of the driving means. In addition, since the one-way clutch mechanism is provided to block transmission to the other side, it is possible to switch the driven object (rotary member or displacement member) to be driven by the rotational driving force simply by switching the rotational direction of the driving means. That is, according to the rotation direction of the driving means, it is possible to switch between the rotation of the rotary member and the stop of the rotation, and the displacement of the displacement member and the stop of the displacement. It can be simplified.

In the gaming machine E5, the rotation-side transmission means includes a gear train forming part or all of a transmission path for transmitting the rotational driving force of the driving means to the rotary drum member, and one gear in the gear train. A gaming machine E6 characterized by comprising a meshing load gear.

Here, in a structure that uses a one-way clutch mechanism to switch the driven object (rotary member or displacement member) according to the rotation direction of the driving means, when the transmission of the driving force from the driving means is interrupted, It becomes free to rotate or displace in the direction it was driven by the driving force. Therefore, for example, when the driven object of the driving means is switched from the rotating drum member to the displacement member, and the transmission of the driving force is cut off, the rotating drum member becomes rotatable and continues to rotate (rotate) due to the inertial force. There is a risk that it will be

On the other hand, according to the game machine E6, in addition to the effects of the game machine E5, the rotation-side transmission means has a gear train forming part or all of the transmission path for transmitting the rotational driving force of the drive means to the rotary member. and a load gear that meshes with one of the gear trains. Therefore, even if the transmission of the rotational driving force from the driving means is interrupted, the load (resistance ) can be used to suppress the continuation of the rotation of the drum member.

The gaming machine E7, wherein the game machine E5 or E6 comprises a reverse rotation restricting means for restricting rotation of the rotary member in a direction opposite to a direction in which the rotary member is rotated by the rotational driving force of the driving means. .

According to the gaming machine E7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E5 or E6, reverse rotation restricting means for restricting rotation of the rotary member in the direction opposite to the direction in which it is rotated by the rotational driving force of the driving means is provided. Since it is provided, for example, it is possible to suppress reverse rotation of the reel member due to deviation of the center of gravity position of the reel member, collision of a game ball, or the like.

In the game machine E2 or E3, the rotating drum member is formed to have an internal space, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotating drum member is opened to open the internal space. is connected to the game area.

According to the gaming machine E8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E2 or E3, the rotary member is formed to have an internal space, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the outer peripheral surface of the rotary member is opened, and the internal space is communicated with the game area, so that the game balls flowing down the game area flow into the internal space of the spinning drum member, or the game balls in the internal space of the spinning drum member flow out to the game area. can be made Further, when the displacement member is displaced to the first position, the outer peripheral surface of the drum member is closed, thereby blocking the inflow and outflow of game balls between the internal space and the game area. As a result, the performance effect can be enhanced.

In the gaming machine E8, one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the rotary drum member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the other side opposite to the one side is the game machine. A game machine E9 characterized by being projected to an area.

According to the gaming machine E9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E8, one side of the displacement member is rotatably pivotally supported by the drum member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the displacement member moves to the opposite side to the one side. Since the other side is projected to the game area, the game ball flowing down the game area can be received by the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily made to flow into the internal space of the reel member by using the displacement member.

In the game machine E9, the game machine E10 is characterized in that when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the upper surface thereof is inclined downward from the other side toward the one side.

According to the gaming machine E10, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E9, when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the upper surface of the displacement member is inclined downward from the other side to the one side, so that the game area is expanded. After receiving the dropped game ball on the upper surface of the displacement member, the received game ball can be guided (rolled) along the downward slope of the upper surface of the displacement member to the internal space of the rotating drum member. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the game area can be easily made to flow into the internal space of the reel member by using the displacement member.

A game machine E11 in the game machine E9 or E10, further comprising displacement setting means for restricting or permitting the displacement of the displacement member in accordance with the rotational position of the reel member.

According to the gaming machine E11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine E9 or E10, the displacement setting means for restricting or permitting the displacement of the displacement member according to the rotational position of the reel member is provided. Interference with other members around the drum member can be suppressed.

In any one of the game machines E9 to E11, a rotation restricting means for restricting rotation of the reel member is provided, and the rotation restricting member is such that the displacement member is displaced to the second position, and the other side of the displacement member is displaced to the second position. A game machine E12 characterized in that the rotation of the reel member is regulated when the game machine extends into the game area.

According to the game machine E12, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines E9 to E11, it is provided with rotation restricting means for restricting the rotation of the reel member, and the rotation restricting member is displaced to the second position. When the other side of the displacement member protrudes into the game area, the rotation of the rotating drum member is regulated, so that the rotating drum member is rotated in a state in which the displacing member is projected, and is positioned on the rotation locus. Interference of the displacement member with other members can be suppressed. In addition, it is possible to suppress rotation of the rotating drum member due to the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Rotation Unit 700 as an Example>
In a game machine provided with a spinning drum member which is rotatably formed and whose outer peripheral surface is arranged so as to be visible to a player, the spinning drum member has an internal space formed therein and an internal space which is visible to the outside. and a communication port through which a game ball can pass.

Here, there is known a game machine provided with a spinning drum member which is rotatably formed and whose outer peripheral surface is arranged so as to be visible to the player (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-119140). According to this game machine, the spinning drum member is formed in a cylindrical shape, and the display (pattern) on the outer peripheral surface is made visible to the player while rotating the spinning drum member or stopping the spinning drum member. be able to. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, there is a problem that the spinning drum member is used only as a member for holding a display on the outer peripheral surface for the player to see, and the use of the spinning drum member is insufficient. rice field. That is, the reel member is formed relatively large because it is necessary to maintain a display that can be visually recognized by the player. Therefore, while the space occupied by the drum member increases, the portion other than the outer peripheral surface is not utilized.

On the other hand, according to the game machine F1, the spinning drum member has an internal space formed therein and a communication port that communicates the internal space with the outside and is formed so that a game ball can pass therethrough. , the game ball flowing down the game area can flow into or out of the internal space through the communication port. Therefore, the internal space of the spinning drum member, which is a dead space, can be made to function as a storage space for game balls or a ball-throwing passage, and the spinning drum member can be utilized accordingly.

In addition, the communication port may be formed only at one place of the rotating drum member, or may be formed at two or more places. When the communication port is formed only in one place, the communication port is formed in the outer peripheral surface of the rotary member. As a result, the position of the communication port can be moved up and down according to the rotational position of the drum member, and the game ball is caused to flow into or out of the internal space through the communication port (the communication port faces upward). At the same time, the game balls can flow into the internal space, and the game balls in the internal space can flow out when the communication port faces downward.

Also, the rotary drum member does not need to have a circular cross-sectional shape taken along a plane perpendicular to its axis of rotation, and may have a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, or a combination thereof. Therefore, the outer peripheral surface of the drum member may not be a peripheral surface, but may be a flat surface, a curved surface, or a combination thereof.

A gaming machine F2 characterized in that, in the gaming machine F1, the communication port comprises a first communication port and a second communication port formed at a position different from the first communication port.

According to the game machine F2, in addition to the effects of the game machine F1, the communication port includes the first communication port and the second communication port formed at a position different from the first communication port. One of the communication port and the second communication port is used as an inflow port for inflowing game balls from the outside into the internal space, and the other of the first communication port and the second communication port is used as an outflow port for outflowing game balls from the internal space to the outside. can be In other words, the spinning drum member can be used as a ball-throwing path for game balls without rotating the spinning drum member (maintaining it in a stopped state). It should be noted that, while the drum member is being rotated, the drum member may be utilized as a ball feeding passage.

In the gaming machine F2, the first communication port is formed in the outer peripheral surface of the spinning drum member and is formed as an inflow port for allowing game balls flowing down the game area to flow into the internal space, and the second communication port is A game machine F3, characterized in that it is formed in an end face of the rotary drum member in the rotation axis direction, and is formed as an outflow port through which game balls flow out from the internal space to a game area.

According to the game machine F3, in addition to the effects of the game machine F2, the first communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the reel member and is formed as an inlet for allowing the game balls flowing down the game area to flow into the internal space. , the second communication port is formed in the end face of the rotating drum member in the direction of the rotating shaft, and is formed as an outflow port through which game balls flow out from the internal space to the game area. The inflow can be easily visually recognized by the player, and the game ball can be discharged while the spinning drum member is maintained in a stopped state.

That is, since the outer peripheral surface of the spinning drum member is arranged so as to be visible to the player, the first communication port (inflow port) is formed in the outer peripheral surface, so that the player can visually recognize the inflow of the game ball. You can make it easier. On the other hand, when the second communication port is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the drum member, when the drum member is displaced to the rotational position where the communication port is upward, the game ball cannot flow out from the internal space. Since the second communication port (outflow port) is formed in the end face of the rotating drum member in the direction of the rotating shaft, it is possible to form a state in which the game ball can flow out from the internal space regardless of the rotating position of the rotating drum member.

In any one of the game machines F1 to F3, a displacement member is provided displaceably on the outer peripheral surface of the reel member, and when the displacement member is displaced to a first position, the communication port is displaced. A gaming machine F4 characterized in that the communication port is shielded by a member, and the communication port is opened when the displacement member is displaced to the second position.

According to the game machine F4, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines F1 to F3, a displacement member is provided displaceably on the outer peripheral surface of the reel member, and the displacement member is displaced to the first position. Then, the communication port is blocked by the displacement member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the communication port is opened. You can switch.

In the game machine F4, the communication port is formed in the outer peripheral surface of the drum member, one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the drum member, and the displacement member is at the second position. The game machine F5 is characterized in that, when displaced, the other side opposite to the one side projects into the game area.

According to the game machine F5, in addition to the effects of the game machine E4, one side of the displacement member is rotatably supported by the rotary drum member, and when the displacement member is displaced to the second position, the displacement member is shifted to the opposite side to the one side. Since the other side is projected to the game area, the game ball flowing down the game area can be received by the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, for example, when the communication port is formed as an inflow port, it is possible to make it easier for the game ball flowing down the game area to flow into the internal space of the reel member using the displacement member.

In the gaming machine F5, the gaming machine F6 is characterized in that one side of the displacement member is positioned forward of the other side in the rotational direction of the rotary member.

According to the gaming machine F6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F5, one side of the displacement member is positioned forward of the other side in the rotation direction of the rotary member, so that when the rotary member is rotated, Even if the displacement member interferes with the members arranged around the rotating drum member, the force generated by such interference can act in the direction of closing the displacement member (displacing it to the first position). That is, it is possible to prevent the displacement member from interfering with other members and projecting (displaced to the second position) when the rotary drum member rotates. In addition, it is possible to prevent the displacement member from engaging with another member and hindering the rotation of the rotary member.

In any one of the gaming machines F1 to F6, a base member on which the spinning drum member is rotatably disposed; A gaming machine F7 characterized by comprising a fixed member which is non-rotatable with respect to the game machine F7.

According to the gaming machine F7, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines F1 to F6, the base member on which the spinning drum member is rotatably disposed, and the inner space of the spinning drum member supported by the base member Since it is provided with a fixed member that is arranged in and is non-rotatable with respect to the rotating drum member, the game ball that has flowed into the internal space is held by the fixed member or rolled on the fixed member toward the outflow port. In addition, it is possible to suppress the game ball from running wild in the internal space or staying in the internal space due to the hindrance of rolling of the game ball with the rotation of the drum member.

A game machine F8 is characterized in that, in any one of the game machines F4 to F6, it comprises displacement setting means for restricting or permitting the displacement of the displacement member in accordance with the rotational position of the rotary member.

According to the game machine F8, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines F4 to F6, it is provided with a displacement setting means for restricting or permitting the displacement of the displacement member according to the rotational position of the rotary member. It is possible to suppress the displaced displacement member from interfering with other members around the drum member.

In the gaming machine F5 or F6, a rotation restricting means for restricting rotation of the reel member is provided, and the rotation restricting member is such that the displacement member is displaced to the second position and the other side of the displacement member is moved to the game area. A game machine F9 is characterized in that the rotation of the reel member is restricted when it is extended.

According to the gaming machine F9, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine F5 or F6, it is provided with rotation restricting means for restricting the rotation of the reel member. When the other side protrudes into the game area, the rotation of the rotating drum member is regulated, so that the rotating drum member is rotated in a state in which the displacement member protrudes, and other members positioned on the rotation trajectory are rotated. interference of the displacement member with the In addition, it is possible to suppress rotation of the rotating drum member due to the load acting when the displacement member receives the game ball flowing down the game area and the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member.

In the gaming machine F3, a light emitting means that is capable of emitting light and is arranged in the internal space of the spinning drum member, and the second communication port that is an end face of the spinning drum member in the rotation axis direction are formed. A gaming machine F10 comprising an end face formed on the opposite side and an opening formed on the opposite end face, and an electrical connection line of the light emitting means is wired through the opening.

According to the game machine F10, in addition to the effects of the game machine F3, an opening is formed in the end surface of the rotary member in the direction of the rotation axis, which is opposite to the end surface where the second communication port is formed. Since the electrical connection line of the light emitting means is wired through the opening, it is possible to easily secure the space that can be used for each of the second communication port and the opening. As a result, it is possible to smoothly flow out the game ball through the second communication port, and to facilitate the wiring work to the opening of the electrical connection line. In addition, since the second communication port and the opening can be spaced as far as possible, it is possible to easily suppress interference between the game ball rolling in the internal space to the second communication port and the electrical connection line.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Rotation Unit 700 as an Example>
A first member and a second member that are formed to be displaceable, wherein the first member covers at least a portion of the second member in an invisible manner; In a game machine formed to be displaceable between a retracted position that reduces an area that covers the second member invisibly, the first member is displaced to the retracted position, and the second member A game machine G1 characterized in that it is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of.

Here, a displaceable first member and a second member are provided, the first member covering at least a part of the second member invisibly, and a state arranged at the covering position. A game machine is known that is formed to be displaceable between a retracted position that reduces the area that covers the second member invisibly than the second member (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-029849). According to this gaming machine, the second member is exposed by displacing the first member to the retracted position from a state in which the first member is arranged at the covering position and the second member is invisible to the player. It is possible to perform an effect that is visually recognized by the player.

However, in the conventional game machine described above, since the second member is formed to be displaceable, when the first member is displaced to the retracted position and the second member is exposed, the second member is displaced. There is a risk that Therefore, there is a problem that the player cannot visually recognize the second member in a proper state, and the presentation effect is lowered.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G1, the first member is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the second member when it is displaced to the retracted position. can be visually recognized, and the production effect can be secured. That is, when performing the effect of displacing the first member to the retracted position and exposing the second member, the displacement of the first member to the retracted position, which is unavoidable for the effect, is performed by moving the second member. Used as a means of regulating displacement. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide a mechanism for restricting the displacement of the second member or perform control, and the structure can be simplified accordingly.

In the game machine G1, the game machine G2 is characterized in that the second member is formed to be rotatable and the center of gravity of the second member is eccentric from the center of rotation.

According to the game machine G2, in addition to the effects of the game machine G1, the second member is formed rotatably and the center of gravity is eccentric from the center of rotation, so the degree of freedom in designing the second member is increased. can increase That is, the second member does not need to have a shape in which the center of gravity is located at the center of rotation, and for example, a shape asymmetrical with respect to the rotation axis can be adopted, so that the presentation effect of the second member can be enhanced. . On the other hand, if the center of gravity of the second member is eccentric in this way, the second member may be rotated (rotated) around the center of rotation by its own weight. Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be capable of regulating the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, thereby allowing the player to visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state. It is possible to ensure the performance effect.

In the game machine G1 or G2, a displacement member disposed displaceably on the second member is provided, and the displacement member is displaceable in a state in which at least the first member is displaced to the retracted position. A gaming machine G3 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine G1 or G2, a displacement member disposed displaceably on the second member is provided, and at least the first member of the displacement member is displaced to the retracted position. Therefore, when the first member is displaced to the retracted position and the second member is exposed, the presentation effect can be enhanced by further displacing the displacement member. can be done. On the other hand, if the displacement member is displaced when the second member is exposed, the position of the center of gravity may move along with the displacement, causing the second member to rotate (rotate). Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be capable of regulating the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, thereby allowing the player to visually recognize the second member in an appropriate state. It is possible to ensure the performance effect.

In the gaming machine G3, the second member has an outer peripheral surface thereof arranged so as to be visible to the player, and the displacement member has one side rotatably supported by the outer peripheral surface of the second member, and the one side A gaming machine G4 characterized in that the other side opposite to is formed so as to be able to protrude into the game area.

According to the game machine G4, in addition to the effects of the game machine G3, the outer peripheral surface of the second member is arranged so that the player can see it, and one side of the displacement member is rotatable on the outer peripheral surface of the second member. , and the other side opposite to the one side is formed so as to be able to protrude into the game area. Therefore, for example, when the inflow port of the game ball is formed in the second member, it is possible to facilitate the flow of the game ball flowing down the game area into the inflow port by using the displacement member. . In this case, if the game ball flowing down the game area is received by the displacement member, the second member may be rotated by the load acting at that time or the weight of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement member. Therefore, the configuration in which the first member displaced to the retracted position is formed so as to be able to regulate the displacement of the second member is particularly effective, thereby causing the displacement member to protrude at a predetermined position in the game area. can be easily maintained.

In the gaming machine G4, the first member is arranged in the game area facing the outer peripheral surface of the second member at the covering position, and outside the game area at the retracted position. A gaming machine G5 characterized by being arranged.

According to the game machine G5, in addition to the effects of the game machine G4, the first member is arranged in the game area while facing the outer peripheral surface of the second member in the covering position, so that the game flows down the game area. It is possible to prevent the ball from colliding with the second member and rotating the second member. In particular, when the rotation position of the second member is a rotation position that directs the displacement member toward the game area, the game ball flowing down the game area collides with the displacement member, and the displacement member is released (tension issued) can be suppressed.

In addition, since the first member is arranged outside the area of the game area at the retracted position, the displacement of the first member to the retracted position can secure a space for the displacement member to protrude into the game area. . Therefore, the outer peripheral surface of the second member can be brought closer to the game area side (player side) by that amount, making it easier for the player to visually recognize the displacement member.

In the game machine G5, the first member is rotatable around a rotation axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the second member, and is shaped like a plate curved along the outer peripheral surface of the second member. A game machine G6 characterized by:

According to the game machine G6, in addition to the effects of the game machine G5, the first member is formed rotatably around a rotation axis substantially parallel to the rotation axis of the second member, and the outer peripheral surface of the second member Since it is formed in a plate-like shape that curves along the .theta. Therefore, the space for arranging other members can be secured accordingly. In addition, since the first member is formed in such a curved shape, the game balls flowing down the game area are prevented from being stopped on the first member arranged at the covering position, and the game balls are smoothly played. can flow down.

A game machine G7 in any one of the game machines G3 to G6, characterized by comprising driving means for generating a driving force, and transmission means for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the second member and the displacement member. .

Here, in order to form the second member rotatably and displaceably displace the displacement member on the second member, driving means is required for each of the second member and the displacement member, which increases the product cost. increase. Moreover, if the driving means for displacing the displacement member is mounted on the second member, the weight of the second member increases, making it difficult to smoothly start or stop the rotation of the second member.

On the other hand, according to the game machine G7, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines G3 to G6, a driving means for generating a driving force and the driving force of the driving means are applied to the second member and the displacement member. Since the transmission means for transmitting is provided, it is possible to perform both the rotation of the second member and the displacement of the displacement member by using one driving means. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the product cost. Moreover, since it is not necessary to mount the driving means for displacing the displacement member on the second member, the weight of the second member can be reduced, and the rotation of the second member can be smoothly started or stopped.

A gaming machine G8 in the gaming machine G7, further comprising coupling means for coupling the first member and the displacement member to link the displacement of the displacement member with the displacement of the first member.

According to the game machine G8, in addition to the effects of the game machine G7, the connection means for connecting the first member and the displacement member and interlocking the displacement of the displacement member with the displacement of the first member is provided. The driving means for displacing the first displacement member can also be used as the driving means for displacing the first displacement member. In this case, when the displacement member and the first member are displaced by the driving force of separate driving means, the displacement member and the first member may interfere with each other if a control failure occurs. Since the first member can be mechanically connected to synchronize their displacements, interference between the displacement member and the first member can be reliably suppressed.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Rotation Unit 700 as an Example>
A game machine comprising driving means for generating a driving force, a displacement member displaced by the driving force of the driving means, and transmission means for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the displacement member, wherein the transmission means is , a first member, a second member located closer to the displacement member than the first member in the transmission path of the driving force, and an engaging member disposed between the first member and the second member; and when the first member is displaced in one direction with respect to the second member, the engaging member engages with the first member and the second member to transmit the driving force. and the second member is displaced in the one direction prior to the first member in a predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member.

A game machine is known that includes a driving means for generating a driving force, a displacement member displaced by the driving force of the driving means, and a transmission means for transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the displacement member. (for example, JP-A-2015-029849). However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the state of transmission of the driving force from the driving means to the displacement member by the transmission means is always constant. It is displaced at the displacement speed, and the displacement mode of such a displacement member cannot be changed. Therefore, there is a problem that the performance effect of the performance accompanying the displacement of the displacement member is insufficient.

The displacement speed of the displacement member can be changed by increasing or decreasing the driving speed of the driving means. In order to obtain the speed, it is necessary to arrange a sensor device for detecting the position of the displacement member, and to control the output of the driving means according to the detection result of the sensor device, which leads to an increase in product cost and control cost. . In addition, the structure and control become complicated, resulting in a decrease in reliability.

On the other hand, according to the game machine H1, the transmission means includes a first member, a second member positioned closer to the displacement member than the first member in the transmission path of the driving force, and the first member and the second member. and an engaging member disposed between the members, the engaging member engaging the first member and the second member when the first member is displaced in one direction with respect to the second member. As a result, the driving force is transmitted and the transmission of the driving force is cut off, and the second member is displaced in one direction ahead of the first member in a predetermined section of the displacement section of the displacement member. Therefore, regardless of the driving state of the driving means, the displacement speed of the displacement member in the predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in other sections. Therefore, it is possible to change the displacement mode of the displacement member and enhance the effect of the presentation associated with the displacement of the displacement member.

Further, according to the game machine H1, regardless of the driving state of the driving means, the second member can be caused to precede the first member in one direction. The driving means can be driven at a constant driving speed, and there is no need to increase or decrease the driving speed of the driving means in the middle of the displacement section of the displacement member (ie depending on the predetermined section or another section). As a result, the control can be simplified, the control cost can be reduced, and the operational reliability can be improved. Alternatively, the driving of the driving means can be stopped in a predetermined section, in which case energy consumption can be suppressed.

Further, according to the game machine H1, in the driving state in which the first member is displaced in the other direction with respect to the two members, the engagement of the engaging member is released and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted. The displacement member can be placed in a stopped state (non-driving state), and the driving force of the driving means in such a driving state can be used as a driving force for driving other members. That is, by switching the driving direction of the driving means, the displacement member and the other member can be displaced.

The transmission means is formed so that when the first member is displaced in the other direction with respect to the two members, the engagement of the engaging member is released and the transmission of the driving force is interrupted. It may be something that is done.

In the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is rotatably formed, and its center of gravity position is eccentric from the center of rotation. A gaming machine H2 characterized in that it is formed to be operable in a displacing direction.

According to the game machine H2, in addition to the effects of the game machine H1, the displacement member is rotatably formed, the center of gravity of the displacement member is eccentric from the center of rotation, and the weight of the displacement member increases in a predetermined section. Since it is formed so as to be capable of displacing the two members in one direction, the weight of the displacement member can be used to displace the second member in one direction ahead of the first member. . That is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in other sections. As a result, the displacement mode of the displacement member can be varied, and the effect of the presentation associated with the displacement of the displacement member can be enhanced.

For example, when the displacement member is formed so as to be capable of repeating 360-degree rotation about its rotation axis, the displacement speed (rotational speed) of the displacement member in a predetermined section is the same as that of the displacement member in other sections. A mode in which the displacement speed (rotational speed) is faster, that is, a rotation mode in which the rotational speed is increased or decreased during one rotation, can be repeatedly performed.

In the gaming machine H2, the transmission means includes a main body portion that is rotationally driven by the second member and a crank member that has a pin portion projecting from the main body portion and positioned eccentrically from the center of rotation of the main body portion; an arm member having a sliding groove formed at one end thereof through which the pin portion of the crank member is slidably inserted and an intermediate portion of which is rotatably supported; A gaming machine H3 characterized by being connected to a member.

According to the game machine H3, in addition to the effects of the game machine H2, the transmission means includes the main body portion that is rotationally driven by the second member, and the transmission means that protrudes from the main body portion and is positioned eccentrically from the rotation center of the main body portion. Since it comprises a crank member having a pin portion, and an arm member having a slide groove formed on one end side through which the pin portion of the crank member is slidably inserted and an intermediate portion rotatably supported, By rotating the crank member by the second member and sliding the pin member along the slide groove, the other end side of the arm member can be reciprocated. In this case, since the other end of the arm member is connected to the displacement member, the displacement member can reciprocate between the first position and the second position in accordance with the reciprocating motion of the other end of the arm member. . That is, the displacement direction of the displacement member can be switched without switching the driving direction of the driving means.

In the game machine H3, the displacement member is reciprocated between a first position and a second position in accordance with reciprocation of the other end of the arm member, and is displaced from the first position to the second position. and while being displaced from the second position to the first position, the direction in which the weight of the displacement member acts on the second member is different from that of the second member. A game machine H4 characterized in that the direction of displacing the second member is changed from the direction of displacement to the direction of displacing the second member in the one direction.

According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H3, the displacement member is reciprocated between the first position and the second position in accordance with the reciprocating motion of the other end of the arm member. to the second position and during the displacement from the second position to the first position, the direction in which the weight of the displacement member acts on the second member Since the direction of displacing the second member in the other direction is changed to the direction of displacing the second member in one direction, when the displacing member is reciprocated, it can be displaced in any direction from the middle of the displacement. The displacement speed of the displacement member can be increased. As a result, the displacement mode of the displacement member can be varied, and the effect of the presentation associated with the displacement of the displacement member can be enhanced.

For example, the displacement member is reciprocated between an overhanging position (first position) where the displacement member can be visually recognized by the player, and a retracted position (second position) where the overhanging position is retracted. In operation, when the displacement member is extended from the retracted position to the overhang position, the displacement member is moved at a constant displacement speed halfway, and the displacement speed of the displacement member is increased from the middle to vigorously move the displacement member. When retracting the displacement member from the overhanging position to the overhanging position, the displacement member is displaced at a constant displacement speed until the middle, and the displacement speed of the displacement member is increased from the middle. By doing so, the displacement member can be immediately retracted to the retracted position.

In the gaming machine H1, the displacement member is slidably displaceable, and is inclined downward in the direction of the slide displacement in the predetermined section, so that the weight of the displacement member moves the second member. A game machine H5 characterized by being formed to be operable in the direction of displacement in the one direction.

According to the game machine H5, in addition to the effects of the game machine H1, the displacement member is formed to be slidably displaceable, and is inclined downward in the direction of the slide displacement in a predetermined section, thereby increasing the weight of the displacement member. Since the second member is formed to act in the direction of displacing the second member in one direction, the weight of the displacement member is used to displace the second member in one direction ahead of the first member. be able to. That is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section can be made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in other sections. As a result, the displacement mode of the displacement member can be varied, and the effect of the presentation associated with the displacement of the displacement member can be enhanced.

A game machine H6 characterized in that, in any one of the game machines H2 to H5, the displacement member is formed so as to be capable of holding a game ball at least in the predetermined section.

According to the game machine H6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines H2 to H5, the displacement member is formed to be able to hold the game ball at least in a predetermined section, so that the displacement member holds the game ball. In this state, the weight of the displacement member as a whole can be increased by the weight of the game ball, and the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section can be increased. In addition, the weight of the displacement member as a whole is made different depending on whether the displacement member holds a game ball or not, or according to the number of game balls held. be able to. Thereby, the displacement speed of the displacement member can be varied in each case. As a result, the displacement mode of the displacement member can be varied, and the effect of the presentation associated with the displacement of the displacement member can be enhanced.

In any one of the game machines H2 to H6, the displacement member includes a receiving portion for receiving a game ball flowing down the game area, and at least in the predetermined section, when the receiving portion receives the game ball, the game ball is received by the receiving portion. A game machine H7 characterized in that a force acting on the displacement member from the second member can act in a direction of displacing the second member in the one direction.

According to the game machine H7, in any one of the game machines H2 to H6, the displacement member includes a receiving portion that receives the game ball flowing down the game area, and at least in a predetermined section, when the receiving portion receives the game ball Since the force acting on the displacement member from the game ball is formed to act in the direction of displacing the second member in one direction, when the receiving part receives the game ball, the kinetic energy of the game ball can be used to increase the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section. In addition, the force acting on the displacement member is made different depending on whether the receiving part is receiving the game ball, when it is not receiving the game ball, or according to the falling speed (magnitude of kinetic energy) of the game ball when receiving it. be able to. Thereby, the displacement speed of the displacement member can be varied in each case. As a result, the displacement mode of the displacement member can be varied, and the effect of the presentation associated with the displacement of the displacement member can be enhanced.

The game ball that flows down the game area is not limited to the game ball that moves along the direction of gravity on the front surface of the game board, but also includes the game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity. Game balls that move in a direction different from the direction of gravity include, for example, game balls that collide with nails, tulips, accessories, etc. A game ball that moves in a direction different from the direction of gravity is exemplified.

In the game machine H6 or H7, the transmission means comprises a gear train forming part or all of the transmission path of the driving force, and a load gear meshed with one gear of the gear train. A game machine H8 characterized by.

According to the gaming machine H8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H6 or H7, the transmission means includes a gear train forming part or all of the driving force transmission path and one gear in the gear train. Since the load gear is provided, when the game ball is held by the displacement member or received by the receiving part in a predetermined section, the weight or kinetic energy of the game ball is used. to displace the second member in one direction ahead of the first member (that is, the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section is made faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in other sections), If the game ball is not held by the displacement member or the game ball is not received by the receiving portion, the load (resistance) when rotating the load gear is used to force the second member against the first member. Precise displacement in one direction (that is, increasing the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section) can be suppressed.

That is, when the game ball is not held by the displacement member or the receiving portion does not receive the game ball, the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section becomes faster than the displacement speed of the displacement member in other sections. Only when the game ball is held by the displacement member or the receiving part receives the game ball, the displacement speed of the displacement member in a predetermined section is set higher than the displacement speed of the displacement member in other sections It is possible to easily form a mode of speeding up.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Rear Case 300 as an Example>
A game board (base plate 60), a back member (back case 300) arranged on the back side of the game board, and a fixing member (fixing member 320) arranged on the back side of the back member. In a game machine comprising: a displacement member disposed between the game board and the back member facing each other and operable from the back side of the game board and outside the gap between the game board and the back member (engaging member 310), at least a part of which is disposed on the front side of the back member and has a projecting portion (engaged portion 322) that engages with the displacement member; A gaming machine I1 characterized in that the fixed member is disposed on the back member by engaging the projecting portion and the displacement member.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there has been known a game machine including a game board, a back member arranged on the back side of the game board, and a fixed member arranged on the back side of the back member (for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-33603). According to this game machine, the fixing member is fastened to the back member by the screw inserted from the front side of the back member. This can prevent the fixing member from being removed from the back side of the game board.

However, in the conventional game machine described above, the process of placing the fixing member on the back member and the process of fastening the fixing member to the back member are performed from the back side of the back member and from the front side of the back member. Then work from the opposite direction. Therefore, when arranging the fixing member on the back member, after arranging the fixing member on the back side of the back member, the fixing member goes around the front side of the back member, or the back member is turned over, and the front side of the back member is arranged. screws must be tightened from Therefore, there is a problem that the number of work steps for arranging the fixing member on the back member increases.

On the other hand, in the game machine I1, a displacement member is disposed between the game board and the back member and is operable from the back side of the game board and outside the gap between the game board and the back member. At least a portion of the fixed member is provided on the front side of the back member and has a protrusion that engages with the displacement member, and the protrusion and the displacement member are engaged so that the fixed member is attached to the back member. Therefore, the fixing member can be disposed on the back member by a one-way operation from the back side of the back member. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the step of turning around to the front side after working from the back side or reversing the back member. As a result, it is possible to reduce the number of work processes for arranging the fixing member on the back member.

Further, since the engagement portion between the projecting portion and the fixed member is positioned on the front side of the back member, the engaging portion between the projecting portion and the fixed member can be accessed from the outside of the space between the game board and the back member. can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent unauthorized release of the engagement between the projecting portion and the fixing member.

The gaming machine I1 is provided with a first member (rotating unit 700) disposed between the game board and the back member facing each other, and the displacement member is disposed on the back side of the first member. Characterized game machine I2.

According to the game machine I2, in addition to the effects of the game machine I1, the first member is provided between the game board and the back member, and the displacement member is provided on the back side of the first member. Since it is arranged, the engaging portion between the displacement member and the fixed member can be arranged between the opposing members from the back member to the first member. Therefore, unauthorized access to the engaging portion between the displacement member and the fixed member can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the fixing member from being illegally disengaged from the displacement member and the fixing member (for example, replaced with an illegal fixing member).

Further, in recent gaming machines, there is a tendency for the size of the first member (accessory device, etc.) disposed between the game board and the rear member to face each other. Therefore, in a conventional game machine in which the fixing member is fastened from the front side of the back member with screws, when the enlarged first member is arranged in front of the fixing member or at a position close to the fixing member, The first member becomes an obstacle when the fixing member is screwed from the front side of the back member. Therefore, it has been difficult to fasten the fixing member with a screw that is inserted from the front side of the back member and dispose the fixing member on the back member.

On the other hand, according to the game machine I2, since the displacement member is arranged on the back side of the first member, the displacement member can be displaced from the game board while the first member is arranged between the game board and the back member. The displaceable member can be manipulated from the outside between the opposing sides to the back member to engage the displaceable member and the fixed member. Therefore, the fixed member can be arranged on the back member without the displacement member being obstructed by the first member arranged between the game board and the back member.

A gaming machine I3 in the gaming machine I1 or I2, wherein the displacement member is slidably displaced on a plane parallel to the facing surface of the back member and the game board.

According to the game machine I3, in addition to the effects of the game machine I2, the displacement member is slidably displaced on a plane parallel to the opposing surface of the back member and the game board. The amount of displacement in the opposing direction between the member and the game board can be set to zero. Thereby, it is possible to secure a space between the displacement member and the game board facing each other.

In any one of the game machines I1 to I3, the back member comprises a bottom wall portion (bottom wall portion 302) facing the game board and side walls erected from the edge of the bottom wall portion toward the game board. and an opening (second opening 301d) is formed in either the bottom wall or the side wall. A gaming machine I4 characterized by comprising an operating element (operating element 315) that is inserted through a portion and protrudes from the inside of the back member to the outside.

According to the game machine I4, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines I1 to I3, the back member includes a bottom wall portion facing the game board and an edge portion of the bottom wall portion erected on the game board side. An opening is formed in either the bottom wall or the side wall, and the displacement member is inserted through the opening and protrudes from the inside of the back member to the outside. Since the operating member is provided, the operating member can be operated from the outside of the back member (the outside of the facing space from the game board to the back member) to displace the displacement member. As a result, it is possible to easily displace the displacement member disposed between the game board and the back member from the outside of the opposing space between the game board and the back member. As a result, it is possible to improve the efficiency of the work for engaging the displacement member with the fixed member.

The gaming machine I4 is characterized by comprising biasing means for biasing the displacement member in a direction of releasing the engagement with the fixed member in a state in which the engagement between the displacement member and the fixed member is released. A game machine I5.

According to the game machine I5, in addition to the effects of the game machine I4, in a state in which the engagement between the displacement member and the fixed member is released, the displacement member is biased in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixed member. Since the biasing means is provided, when the displacement member and the fixed member are forgotten to be engaged or when the engagement between the displacement member and the fixed member is incomplete, the displacement member is disengaged from the fixed member. It can be displaced in the releasing direction. Therefore, the operator can determine whether or not the displacement member and the fixed member are properly engaged from the position at which the manipulator protruding to the outside of the back member is arranged. As a result, it is possible to prevent forgetting to engage the displacement member and the fixed member.

The urging means may have a form in which a spring, rubber, or the like is arranged between the displacement member and the back member to urge the displacement member in a direction to release the engagement with the fixed member, or the self-weight of the displacement member may be used. is applied to the displacement member in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixed member.

In game machines I1 to I5, the fixed member includes a support member (rotary support member 340) disposed on the back surface of the back member and a substrate member (base plate) connected to the support member for controlling the game machine. a box 100), wherein the protrusion is formed on the substrate member.

According to the game machine I6, in addition to the effects of the game machines I1 to I5, the fixed member includes a support member arranged on the back surface of the back surface member, and is connected to the support member to allow the player to play a predetermined game. and a substrate member for performing a lottery to give a value, and the protrusion is formed on the substrate member, so that the displacement member can be tilted to the fixed member when the substrate member is not connected to the support member. Gone. Therefore, when the substrate member for performing control required for the game machine is forgotten to be disposed compared to the support member for connecting the back surface member and the substrate member, the displacement member is displaced and engaged. can be suppressed. As a result, when the operator who arranges the board member forgets to arrange the board member, the operator can be reminded of the forgetting to install the board member. As a result, it is possible to prevent the board member from being sent to the post-process of the game machine assembly process in a state where the board member has been forgotten to be attached.

In the game machine I6, the substrate member is rotatably connected to the support member, the projecting portion is disposed at a different position in the radial direction from the rotation axis of the substrate member, and the substrate The member is rotated with respect to the support member to be displaceable between a first position located on the front side of the back member and a second position located on the back side of the back member. and the displacement member is set to be slidably displaceable in a direction from the rotating shaft of the substrate member toward the protrusion when the protrusion is arranged at the I first position. I7.

According to the game machine I7, in addition to the effects of the game machine I6, the substrate member is rotatably connected to the support member, and the projecting portion is located at a different position in the radial direction from the rotation axis of the substrate member. Displaceable between a first position located on the front side of the back member and a second position located on the back side of the back member by rotating the substrate member with respect to the support member. The displacement member is slidably displaceable in a direction from the rotating shaft of the substrate member toward the protrusion when the protrusion is located at the first position, so that the substrate member rotates relative to the support member. displacing the protrusion from the second position side to the first position when the displacement member is displaced to a position where it engages with the protrusion before being displaced to dispose the protrusion at the first position; , the protrusion can be brought into contact with the displacement member.

In this case, since the displacement member is slidably displaceable in the direction from the rotating shaft of the substrate member toward the projection, the force applied by the projection disengages the displacement member from the projection. direction can act on the displacement member. Therefore, when the projecting portion is brought into contact with the displacement member, the displacement member can be displaced in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixed member by the force of contact of the projecting portion. Therefore, the displacement member can be displaced in the direction of releasing the engagement with the projecting portion. As a result, the operator who arranges the fixing member on the back member can easily recognize that the displacement member and the fixing member are engaged, and the disengagement of the displacement member and the fixing member can be suppressed. can.

Further, when the projecting portion comes into contact with the displacement member, the displacement member is released in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixed member. Damage to the member can be suppressed.

In any one of the game machines I4 to I7, an outer frame (outer frame 11) formed in a frame shape capable of accommodating the game board and the back member is provided, and the inner shape of the outer frame corresponds to the game board and the back member. When the displacement member and the fixed member are not engaged with each other, the operation element is arranged on the outside between the game board and the back member facing each other. A gaming machine I8 characterized by:

According to the game machine I8, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines I4 to I7, it has an outer frame formed in a frame shape capable of accommodating the game board and the back member, and the inner shape of the outer frame is the game board. When the displacement member and the fixed member are not engaged with each other, the operator is arranged outside the gap between the game board and the back member. When the displacement member and the fixed member are disengaged and the game board and the back member are accommodated in the outer frame, the operator can be brought into contact with the outer frame. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the game board and the back member from being housed in the outer frame. Therefore, if the operator forgets to dispose the fixing member on the back member or forgets to engage the displacement member and the fixing member, the operator can be reminded of the forgetting (abnormality). As a result, it is possible to prevent the game board from being housed in the outer frame in a state where the fixed member is forgotten to be arranged on the back member or the engagement between the displacement member and the fixed member is forgotten.

A gaming machine I9 characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines I4 to I8, a suppressing means is provided for suppressing operation of the manipulator in a direction in which the displacement member and the fixed member are disengaged from each other. .

According to the game machine I9, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines I4 to I8, it is provided with a suppressing means for suppressing the operation of the manipulator in the direction of releasing the engagement between the displacement member and the fixed member. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the displacement member from being displaced in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixed member due to the operation of the manipulator. As a result, it is possible to suppress disengagement between the displacement member and the fixed member by using the manipulator.

As the suppressing means for suppressing the manipulator from being operated in the direction of releasing the engagement between the displacement member and the fixed member, the manipulator is pivotally supported so as to be idly rotatable in the direction of releasing the engagement. , a form in which the protruding tip of the manipulator protrudes toward the disengagement direction between the displacement member and the fixed member, and a form in which the manipulator is disposed between the displacement member and the fixed member. etc. are exemplified.

In any one of the game machines I1 to I9, the displacement member includes an elastic piece that can be elastically deformed and a first projection projecting from the elastic piece, and the fixed member is a displacement member that displaces the displacement member. An accommodating portion that opens to the region and is recessed in the displacement direction of the displacement member, the accommodating portion includes a second protrusion that protrudes in the displacement region of the first protrusion, When the displacement member is displaced in one direction, the projection abuts against the first projection to displace the elastic piece. A game machine I10 characterized in that the displacement member and the fixed member can be engaged with each other by abutting on one member.

According to the game machine I10, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines I1 to I9, the displacement member includes an elastic piece that can be elastically deformed, and a first protrusion projecting from the elastic piece, The fixed member has an opening in the displacement region of the displacement member and includes a housing portion recessed in the displacement direction of the displacement member, and the housing portion includes a second projection projecting into the displacement region of the first projection. When the displacement member is displaced in one direction, the second projection contacts the first projection and can displace the elastic piece, and when the displacement member is displaced in the other direction, the first Since the displacement member and the fixed member can be engaged with each other by coming into contact with the member, the second protrusion can allow displacement of the displacement member in one direction and restrict displacement of the displacement member in the other direction. . Thereby, the displacement of the displacement member in both the direction of engagement with the fixed member and the direction of disengagement can be restricted.

In the gaming machine I10, the accommodating portion is set to have a size capable of accommodating the elastic piece, and when the first protrusion and the second protrusion are engaged with each other, the elastic piece is inserted into the accommodating portion. A gaming machine I11 characterized in that is accommodated.

According to the game machine I11, in addition to the effects of the game machine I10, the accommodating portion is set to a size capable of accommodating the elastic piece, and when the first protrusion and the second protrusion are engaged, Since the elastic piece is accommodated in the accommodation portion, it is possible to make it difficult to operate the elastic piece from the outside of the accommodation portion when the displacement member and the fixed member are engaged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the elastic piece from being elastically deformed by being operated from the outside of the accommodating portion. As a result, it is possible to prevent unauthorized disengagement of the displacement member and the fixed member. In this case, the fixing member can be removed from the rear member by cutting the displacement member (the base end portion of the accommodated portion) located outside the accommodating portion.

In the game machine I11, the displacement member includes a plurality of the elastic pieces that can be accommodated in the accommodation portion, and the accommodation portion is set to a size that can accommodate the plurality of the elastic pieces. Machine I12.

According to the gaming machine I12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I11, the displacement member has a plurality of elastic pieces that can be accommodated in the accommodating portion, and the accommodating portion is set to a space large enough to accommodate the plurality of elastic pieces. Therefore, when the fixed member is removed from the back member by cutting the displacement member (base end portion of the elastic piece) positioned outside the housing portion, the cut displacement member (elastic piece) is placed inside the housing portion. In this state, the uncut displacement member (elastic piece) can be accommodated inside the accommodating portion. Therefore, since the cut displacement members (elastic pieces) can be accommodated and left inside the accommodation portion, the number of displacement members accommodated in the accommodation portion can be compared with the number of cut elastic pieces of the displacement members. When the fixed members are illegally removed and changed to illegal fixed members, the difference in the number of fixed members makes it possible for the operator to perceive that the game machine is illegal.

In any one of the game machines I1 to I12, the first member regulates displacement of the displacement member in a direction of releasing engagement with the fixed member when the displacement member engages with the fixed member. A game machine I13, characterized by comprising a regulation means for controlling.

According to the game machine I13, in addition to the effects of the game machines I1 to I12, when the displacement member engages with the fixed member, the displacement of the displacement member in the direction of releasing the engagement with the fixed member is regulated. Since the means is provided, it is possible to restrict the displacement of the displacement member when a force acts in a direction to release the engagement between the displacement member and the fixed member due to fraud. Therefore, when a force acts in a direction to disengage the displacement member from the fixed member due to fraud, it is possible to suppress concentration of the force on the engaging portion between the displacement member and the fixed member. It is possible to suppress damage to the displacement member or the fixed member due to the force input by .

Further, since the first member has the restricting means, when the fixing member is removed from the back member, the first member can be removed from the back member to release the restriction of displacement of the displacement member by the restricting means. In this case, by removing the first member, the engaging portion between the displacement member and the fixing member can be accessed, so that the working efficiency when removing the fixing member from the back member can be improved.

The restricting means for restricting the displacement of the displacement member may be exemplified by arranging a protrusion inside the engaging recess to restrict elastic deformation of the displacement member, or by engaging the protrusion with the displacement member.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the general winning port unit 150 as an example>
A base member (base plate 60) having a game area on the front side, a first decoration means (decoration member 60c) forming a decoration on the front of the base member, and the decoration of the first decoration means in a front view are continuous. and a second decoration means (decorative member 154) forming decoration, wherein the first decoration means and the second decoration means are arranged at positions adjacent to each other in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front. Characteristic game machine J1.

Conventionally, a base member having a game area on the front side, a first decoration means arranged in front of the base member and having a decoration formed in the front, and a first decoration means arranged in front of the first decoration means. 2. Description of the Related Art A game machine is known that includes one member and a second decoration means that is disposed in front of the first member and that forms a decoration that is continuous with the decoration of the first decoration means when viewed from the front (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-000195). According to this gaming machine, the design of the base member can be ensured by letting the player visually recognize the decorations of the first decoration means and the second decoration means as one decoration.

However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the second decoration means is arranged in front of the first member, so the second decoration means is separated from the first decoration means by the thickness of the first member. placed at a distance. Therefore, depending on the position (direction of line of sight) at which the player views the base member, the decoration of the first decoration means and the decoration of the second decoration means are visually displaced by the thickness of the first member. There was a problem that the designability of the member deteriorated.

On the other hand, according to the game machine J1, the first decoration means and the second decoration means are arranged at positions adjacent to each other in the front-rear direction. The distance between the front and rear can be reduced. Thus, when the first decorating means and the second decorating means are viewed from an angle inclined with respect to the front view of the first decorating means and the second decorating means, the decoration of the first decorating means and the decoration of the second decorating means can be restrained from being misaligned and visually recognized. Therefore, the player can easily see the decoration of the first decoration means and the decoration of the second decoration means as one decoration, and the design of the base member can be improved.

Moreover, the first decoration means may be any means as long as the decoration is formed. For example, a seal member printed with decoration on a plate-like member is attached to the front surface of the base member, or a decoration is attached to the front surface of the base member. is printed.

When the second decorating means is attached (adhered) to the front of the first decorating means, the operator can attach (adhere) the second decorating means while viewing the decoration of the first decorating means. can. Therefore, the operator can easily attach the second decorating means to the first decorating means at a position where the decoration of the first decorating means and the decoration of the second decorating means are continuous. Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability of the operator who attaches the second decoration means to the first decoration means.

In the gaming machine J1, the gaming machine J1 comprises a front member formed of a light-transmissive material, having an outer shape larger than the outer shape of the second decorating means when viewed from the front, and disposed in front of the second decorating means, The member is provided with a concave portion having a shape identical to or larger than the outer shape of the second decorating means on the surface facing the second decorating means, and the recess dimension of the concave portion is , a gaming machine J2 characterized in that it is set to a value equal to or larger than the thickness dimension of the second decoration means.

According to the gaming machine J2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J1, it is made of a light-transmitting material, is formed in an outer shape larger than the outer shape of the second decorating means when viewed from the front, and is arranged in front of the second decorating means. The front member has a concave portion which is recessed in a shape which is the same as or larger than the outer shape of the second decorating means on the surface facing the second decorating means, and the concave portion is Since the dimension of the recess is set equal to or larger than the thickness dimension of the second decoration means, the front member can be arranged on the base member while the second decoration means is accommodated in the recess. can be set. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the second decoration means from coming off from between the base member and the front member.

In addition, since the recess dimension of the recess is set to a value equal to or larger than the thickness dimension of the second decoration means, a gap is formed between the front member and the first decoration means. can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the decoration of the first decorating means from becoming difficult to see due to dust or dirt being caught between the front member and the first decorating means.

In the gaming machine J2, the front member has an inclined portion that inclines toward the first decoration means toward the outer edge in a front view, and the edge of the second decoration means is arranged on the back side of the inclined portion. A gaming machine J3 characterized by:

Here, in order to make it easier for the player to visually recognize both the decoration of the first decoration means and the decoration of the second decoration means as one decoration, it is necessary to suppress the positional deviation of both decorations. However, when the first decoration means and the second decoration means are superimposed on each other in the front-rear direction, the positions of both decorations are shifted in the front-rear direction by the thickness of the second decoration means. There is a problem that when the first decorating means and the second decorating means are visually recognized from an angle inclined with respect to the front view of the two decorating means, the front-rear positional deviation is recognized.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine J3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine J2, the front member has an inclined portion that inclines toward the first decoration means toward the outer edge in a front view. Since the edge portion of the second decoration means is arranged, the misalignment of the decoration due to the difference in the arrangement of the second decoration means and the first decoration means in the front-rear direction is compensated for by refraction of light by the inclined portion of the front member. It can make it difficult for people to recognize

More specifically, the direction of the light reflected by the decoration of the first decoration means or the second decoration means, passing through the inside of the front member toward the player side, and emitted from the inclined portion is changed by the refraction of the light to the direction of the light emitted from the first decoration means. Alternatively, it can be set at an inclined angle with respect to the front surface of the second decoration means. Therefore, when the player views the overlapped end of the first decorating means and the second decorating means from an angle inclined with respect to the front of the base member, the first decorating means and the second decorating means are placed back and forth. It is possible to make the player visually recognize the overlapped end portion in the direction from the overlapping direction of the first decorating means and the second decorating means. As a result, when the player visually recognizes the first decorating means and the second decorating means, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the front-rear positional deviation.

In the gaming machine J3, the inclined portion is formed in an arc shape in which the outer edge of a cross section in a direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the outer edge of the front member in front view curves convexly toward the outer edge of the front member, A gaming machine J4 characterized in that the end of the second decoration means is arranged on the center side of the front member in a front view rather than a substantially middle position of a straight line connecting the ends of the inclined portions.

According to the game machine J4, in addition to the effects of the game machine J3, the inclined portion has the outer edge of the cross section in the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the outer edge of the front member when viewed from the front convexly toward the outer edge of the front member. Since the end portion of the second decoration means is arranged in the center side of the front member in the front view from the approximate middle position of the straight line that is formed in a curved arc shape and connects the ends of the inclined portions, When the first decorating means and the second decorating means are viewed from an angle inclined with respect to the front view of the first decorating means or the second decorating means, the center side of the front member is bent due to the refraction of light due to the curvature of the inclined portion. The direction of passing light can be made closer to the direction in which the first decoration means and the second decoration means overlap.

Further, since the end portion of the second decoration means is arranged on the central side of the front member rather than the substantially intermediate position of the straight line connecting the ends of the inclined portions, the first decoration means and the second decoration means It is possible to prevent the player from recognizing the positional deviation in the front-rear direction. As a result, the decoration of the first decoration means and the decoration of the second decoration means can be easily recognized as one decoration by the player.

In the game machine J3, the inclined portion is formed in an arc shape in which the outer edge of a cross section in a direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the outer edge of the front member in a front view curves concavely toward the inside of the front member. Characterized game machine J5.

According to the game machine J5, in the game machine J3, the inclined portion has an arc shape in which the outer edge of the cross section in the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the outer edge of the front member in the front view curves concavely toward the inside of the front member. Since it is formed, the area visually recognized through the inclined portion can be visually recognized in a reduced state. Therefore, the connecting portion between the first decorative member and the second decorative member, which is visually recognized through the inclined portion, can be visually recognized in a reduced state. As a result, the player can visually recognize the first decoration means and the second decoration means as one decoration.

In the gaming machine J5, in the inclined portion, a straight line connecting end portions of a cross section in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the outer edge of the front member in a front view is 45 degrees or more with respect to the decoration surface of the second decoration means. A gaming machine J6 characterized by being tilted.

According to the game machine J6, in addition to the effect of any of the game machines J5, the inclined portion has a straight line connecting the ends of the cross section in the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the outer edge of the front member in the front view. 2 Since it is inclined at an angle of 45 degrees or more with respect to the decoration surface of the decoration means, it is possible to suppress the enlargement of the area that is reduced and visually recognized. Therefore, it is possible to partially obscure the connecting portion between the first decorating means and the second decorating means by partially obscuring the area that is visually shrunk by the inclined portion. It is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the positional deviation from the . As a result, the first decoration means and the second decoration means can be easily viewed by the player as one decoration.

In any one of the game machines J2 to J6, the inner side surface of the concave portion is formed with a second inclined portion that is inclined outward in a front view toward the first decoration means side, and the second inclined portion is formed on the base. The game machine J7 is characterized in that an inclination angle of the member with respect to the front surface is set smaller than an inclination angle of the inclined portion with respect to the front surface of the base member.

According to the gaming machine J7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines J2 to J6, the inner side surface of the recess is formed with a second inclined portion that is inclined outward in a front view toward the first decoration means side. Since the inclination angle of the inclined portion with respect to the front surface of the base member is set to be smaller than the inclination angle of the inclined portion with respect to the front surface of the base member, the decoration of the first decoration means that is visible through the inclined portion and the second inclined portion ( The position of the virtual image) can be brought closer to the position of the decoration (real image) of the first decoration means that is visually recognized without passing through the inclined portion and the second inclined portion. As a result, when the first decorating means is viewed through the front member, it is possible to prevent the decoration of the first decorating means from becoming difficult to see due to refraction of light through the front member.

A game machine J8 according to any one of the game machines J2 to J7, wherein the inclined portion has diffuse reflection means for diffusely reflecting the light emitted to the front side through the inclined portion.

According to the game machine J8, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines J2 to J7, the inclined portion is provided with diffuse reflection means for diffusely reflecting the light that passes through the inclined portion and is emitted to the front side. The area viewed through the slope can be blurred. Therefore, the connecting portion between the first decoration means and the second decoration means can be obscured, and the positional deviation between the first decoration means and the second decoration means can be made difficult for the player to recognize. As a result, the first decoration means and the second decoration means can be easily viewed by the player as one decoration.

Incidentally, the irregular reflection means may be formed anywhere on the inclined portion. For example, when formed on the back side of the inclined portion, the decorative surfaces of the first decorative means and the second decorative means can be deflected by the irregular reflection means, so that the first decorative means can be visually recognized through the inclined portion. and the second decoration means can be easily blurred.

In any one of game machines J3 to J8, the second decoration means includes an adhesive surface that is adhered to the front member and a non-adhesive surface that is not adhered to the front member, and the inclined portion and the second decorating means are provided. A gaming machine J9 characterized in that the non-adhesive surface is provided at a position facing at least the decoration means.

Here, when the player visually recognizes the connecting portion of the decorations of the first decoration means and the second decoration means from the direction perpendicular to the inclination of the inclined portion, the front and back of the first decoration means and the second decoration means Misalignment of directional decorations may be perceived by the player.

On the other hand, according to the game machine J9, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines J3 to J8, the second decoration means has an adhesive surface that is adhered to the front member and a non-adhesive surface that is not adhered to the front member. and a non-adhesive surface is provided at least at a position where the inclined portion and the second decorative means face each other, so that a gap is formed between the second decorative means and the front member (inclined portion) on the non-adhesive surface. light passing through the non-bonded surface of the front member can be totally reflected. As a result, when the player visually recognizes the second decorating means through the inclined part from a direction perpendicular to the inclination of the inclined part, the player can be prevented from seeing the decoration at the end of the second decorating means. . As a result, when the player visually recognizes the first decoration means and the second decoration means through the inclined part from the direction orthogonal to the inclination of the inclined part, the decoration of the second decoration means is made difficult to see. , it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing the misalignment of decorations in the front-rear direction of the first decoration means and the second decoration means.

In any one of the game machines J2 to J9, the inner surface of the recess is formed along the contour of the second decorating means, and the second decorating means is disposed by adhering to the bottom surface of the recess. A gaming machine J10 characterized by:

According to the gaming machine J10, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines J2 to J9, the inner surface of the recess is formed along the outer shape of the second decoration means, and the second decoration means is the recessed bottom surface of the recess. Therefore, by arranging the second decoration means along the concave portion of the front member, the second decoration means can be positioned and arranged with respect to the front member. Thereby, when the front member is arranged in front of the first decoration means, it is possible to prevent the second decoration means from being caught between the facing edge of the front member and the first decoration means. As a result, the formation of a gap between the first decorating means and the front member can be suppressed, and the decoration of the first decorating means can be visually recognized due to dust and dirt caught between the front member and the first decorating means. It can be suppressed that it becomes difficult.

In any one of game machines J2 to J10, a protrusion protruding toward the base member from a surface facing the base member is provided, the base member includes an opening opening at a position corresponding to the protrusion, and the protrusion is inserted into the opening so that the front member is positioned with respect to the base member.

According to the game machine J11, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines J2k to J10, the front member has projections projecting from the surface facing the base member toward the base member, and the base member corresponds to the projections. Since the front member is positioned with respect to the base member by providing an opening that opens to the position and inserting the projection into the opening, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the front member with respect to the first decoration means. Also, the second decoration means is positioned with respect to the front member by the recess of the front member. Therefore, by positioning the front member with respect to the first decorating means, it is possible to suppress misalignment between the first decorating means and the second decorating means. As a result, the decoration of the first decoration means and the decoration of the second decoration means can be easily recognized as one decoration by the player.

In the game machine J11, the projection is formed on the recessed bottom surface of the recess, and the second decorating means is formed with a through hole penetrating at a position corresponding to the projection, and the projection is inserted into the through hole. A gaming machine J12 characterized by:

According to the game machine J12, in addition to the effects of the game machine J11, the projection is formed on the recessed bottom surface of the recess, and the second decoration means is formed with a through hole penetrating at a position corresponding to the projection. Since the projection is inserted into the hole, it is possible to simplify the arrangement of the second decorative means with respect to the front member. That is, when the second decoration means is arranged only inside the concave portion of the front member, it is necessary to arrange the edge portion of the second decoration means along the concave portion. By forming the through-hole to be inserted, the arrangement of the second decoration means with respect to the front member can be determined only by inserting the protrusion into the through-hole. As a result, it is possible to simplify the arrangement of the second decoration means with respect to the front member.

Further, since the projection for positioning the front member with respect to the first decoration means is inserted through the through hole of the second decoration means, the second decoration means and the first decoration means are positioned by the same portion (projection). Therefore, the positioning accuracy between the decorative member and the first decorative means can be improved. As a result, the decoration of the first decoration means and the decoration of the second decoration means can be easily recognized as one decoration by the player.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Special Winning Device 550 as an Example>
A game board (base plate 60) having a game area on the front side, and a path unit (special winning device 550) provided on the game board and having a path for throwing game balls flowing down the game area. In the gaming machine, the path unit includes a first path (main path SK2) for throwing a game ball to one side in the horizontal direction with respect to the game board in a front view, and a game ball thrown from the first path. A second path (main path SK3) that throws the ball to the other side in the horizontal direction with respect to the game board, and a second path that connects the first path and the second path on the one side in the horizontal direction with respect to the game board. 3 paths (curved path WK1), and the third path is provided with first guide means for guiding game balls to at least one of the front side and the back side with respect to the game board. A game machine K1 characterized in that it is provided on at least one inner wall on the side or the back side.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, a game machine has been known which includes a game board having a game area on the front side thereof and a path unit disposed on the game board and having a path for guiding the thrown game balls flowing down the game area. (For example, JP-A-2015-131046). According to this gaming machine, by guiding (rolling) the game ball that has flowed into the guide path formed in the path unit along the guide path, the rolling (flowing down) of the game ball is interesting. can have

However, in the conventional game machine described above, there is a first path for throwing a game ball to one side in the horizontal direction with respect to the game board in a front view, and a game ball thrown from the first path to the game board. On the other hand, when a second path for throwing the ball to the other side in the horizontal direction and a third path for connecting the first path and the second path on the one side in the horizontal direction with respect to the game board are formed, Since the speed of the game ball thrown from the 1st path is maximized at the portion communicating with the 3rd path (the downstream end of the 1st path), it is located on the extension line of the 1st path in the throwing direction, The game ball collides with the inner wall of the third path with which the game ball thrown from the first path abuts, and the game ball easily rebounds toward the upstream side of the first path. Therefore, there is a possibility that the game ball that collides with the inner wall of the third path returns to the first path, or swings (shakes) in the throwing direction of the first path (horizontal direction in front view) inside the third path. Therefore, since the game ball thrown from the first path to the third path swings on the third path, the player cannot follow the game ball thrown to the third path with his or her eyes in a certain direction, and the third path is not possible. There is a problem that it is difficult for a player to visually recognize a game ball thrown to a path.

In this case, by lengthening the path of the third path, the throwing direction of the game ball thrown from the first path is smoothly switched to the rolling direction of the second path, and the game ball passing through the third path. However, since the third path is formed to be long, the size of the entire path unit is increased accordingly, and a space for arranging the path unit on the game board cannot be secured.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine K1, the path unit includes a first path for throwing a game ball to one side in the horizontal direction with respect to the game board in a front view, and a game ball thrown from the first path. A second path for throwing a ball to the other side in the horizontal direction with respect to the game board, and a third path for connecting the first path and the second path on one side in the horizontal direction with respect to the game board, wherein the third path is provided on the inner wall of at least one of the front side and the back side of the game board to guide the game ball to at least one of the front side and the back side of the game board, so that the ball passes through the third path The game ball to be played can be moved to the front side or the back side (forward and backward direction of the game board when viewed from the front). By moving the game ball on the front side or the back side, the game ball that rolls and accelerates on the first path can be slowed down on the third path, and the game ball that collides with the inner wall of the third path can be moved to the third path. It is possible to suppress swinging (shake) in the throwing direction of the first route (horizontal direction in front view) on the third route or returning to the first route. As a result, the player's line of sight can follow the game ball thrown from the third path in a certain direction. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball thrown to the third path.

In addition, since it is possible to suppress the game ball from swinging (shaking) in the horizontal direction (horizontal direction when viewed from the front) with respect to the game board when viewed from the front, the third path connecting the first path and the second path can be suppressed. It is no longer necessary to lengthen the path to suppress the swinging of the game ball, and the path of the third path can be shortened. As a result, the path unit can be accommodated within a predetermined area with respect to the game board, and a space for arranging the path unit with respect to the game board can be secured.

In addition, as the first guide means for guiding the game ball, the rolling direction of the game ball is switched by unevenness, or a displacement member is disposed at the path switching portion, and the game ball is moved to the second path by displacement of the displacement member. is exemplified.

In the game machine K1, the first path has a second guide means at a connecting portion with the third path, and the game ball thrown from the first path is guided by the second guide means to the first guide means. A game machine K2 characterized by being guided to.

According to the game machine K2, in addition to the effects of the game machine K1, the first path is provided with the second guide means at the connecting portion with the third path, and the ball is thrown from the first path by the second guide means. Since the game ball is guided by the first guide means, the game ball thrown from the first path to the third path can be easily thrown to the first guide means of the third path. Thereby, the game ball can be smoothly thrown from the first path to the third path. Therefore, the game ball thrown from the first path can be easily thrown to the first guide means, and the inflow of the game ball from the third path to the second path can be made smoother. As a result, it is possible to stabilize the throwing of game balls in the entire path unit.

In the game machine K1 or K2, the first guide means is formed as a protrusion projecting from at least one inner wall on the front side or the back side of the third path, and at least a part of the protrusion is The gaming machine K3 is characterized by being set at the same height as the rolling surface of the game ball at the downstream end of the first path.

According to the game machine K3, in addition to the effects of the game machine K1 or K2, the first guide means is formed as a projection protruding from the inner wall of at least one of the front side and the back side of the third path. , the game ball thrown from the first path is brought into contact with the convex portion of the first guide means, thereby reducing the throwing speed of the game ball. In this case, at least a part of the convex portion is set at the same height as the rolling surface of the game ball at the downstream end of the first path. A portion can be positioned on an extension of the throwing space of the first path.

As a result, when two game balls are thrown on the first path in a row, the game balls that are thrown first on the first path are brought into contact with the convex portion to reduce the rolling speed thereof. , the preceding game ball can be collided with the following game ball. Therefore, the preceding game ball can be pushed out to the second path side by utilizing the force (throwing speed) of the following game ball flowing down the first path.

Therefore, the game balls in a state of being connected to each other can be divided into the leading game balls and the trailing game balls by the convex portion of the first guide means. As a result, the game ball passing through the third path can easily be visually recognized by the player one by one, and the player's interest can be easily enhanced.

In the gaming machine K3, a branch path to which a predetermined game value is imparted when a game ball flows into the second path is branched from the second path, and the path unit has an inflow port of the branch path. A gaming machine K4 comprising: a variable plate displaceable between a closing position and an opening position; and driving means for driving the variable plate and switching the position of the variable plate at a predetermined time.

According to the gaming machine K4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K3, a branch path is branched from the second path to which a predetermined game value is imparted when a game ball flows into the second path, and the path unit is , a variable plate that can be displaced between a position that closes the inflow port of the branch path and a position that opens it, and driving means for driving the variable plate and switching the position of the variable plate at a predetermined time. It is possible to prevent spheres from continuously being unable to flow into the branch path. That is, the game balls passing through the second path are allowed to flow down one by one by the first guide means, so that at the timing when the variable plate closes the inflow port of the branch path, the game balls are continuously transferred to the second path. can be prevented from passing through As a result, the game value can be given to the player at substantially constant intervals, and the player's interest in the game can be prevented from decreasing during the game.

In any one of the game machines K1 to K4, the first guide means is composed of a concave portion provided concavely on the inner wall on the front side and a back side or a convex portion provided on the inner wall, and the convex portion on the front side or the A gaming machine K5 characterized in that a concave portion and the convex portion or the concave portion on the back side are formed at positions facing each other.

According to the game machine K5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines K1 to K4, the first guide means is composed of concave portions provided concavely on the inner walls of the front side and the back side or convex portions provided protrudingly. Since the protrusions or recesses on the front side and the protrusions or recesses on the back side are formed at positions facing each other, the game ball is partially displaced in the middle of the third path, and the throwing speed of the game ball is increased. can be slowed down. Therefore, the route of the third route can be shortened. As a result, the path unit can be easily accommodated within a predetermined area with respect to the game board, and a space for arranging the path unit with respect to the game board can be secured.

In the game machine K5, the game machine K6 is characterized in that the horizontal distance from the projecting tip of the projection to one inner wall of the third path is set smaller than the diameter of the game ball.

According to the game machine K6, in addition to the effects of the game machine K5, the horizontal distance from the projecting tip of the projection to one inner wall of the third path is set smaller than the diameter of the game ball. , the game ball that flows down the third path and is thrown to the first guide means can be easily brought into contact with the convex portion of the first guide means. As a result, the game ball that flows down the first path and is thrown to the third path is brought into contact with the convex portion, so that the rolling speed can be easily reduced. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a game ball that has collided with the inner wall of the third path from returning to the first path or swinging on the third path in a direction different from the throwing direction of the third path. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball passing through the third path.

In the game machine K5 or K6, the convex portion is formed on the inner wall on the front side with respect to the game board, and the concave portion is formed on the inner wall on the back side with respect to the game board. Machine K7.

According to the game machine K7, in addition to the effects of the game machine K5 or K6, the convex portion is formed on the inner wall on the front side with respect to the game board, and the concave portion is formed on the inner wall on the back side with respect to the game board. Therefore, the thickness of the front side of the path unit can be reduced. Therefore, the player can easily see the inside of the path unit through the front of the path unit, and can easily see the game ball thrown inside the path unit. Further, since the recess is formed in the inner wall on the front side of the path unit, it is possible to prevent the first guide means from projecting to the front of the path unit. , the game ball passing through the path unit can be easily visually recognized by the player.

More specifically, when the recess is formed on the inner surface on the front side, the thickness of the front side of the path unit must be greater than the depth of the recess. Therefore, as the thickness of the front side of the path unit increases, the game ball thrown on the back side becomes less visible to the player. Further, when the concave portion is formed on the inner surface of the front side, it is conceivable to curve the plate on the front side of the path unit along the shape of the concave portion. A space is required from the glass plate that forms the front surface of the area, and the entire game board must be placed on the back side. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to visually recognize the game ball that is thrown through the path unit by the distance from the player to the rear side.

Furthermore, when the concave portion is formed on the inner surface of the front side, it is conceivable to open the portion where the concave portion is formed. Units are easily damaged. In addition, if an opening is formed in the front of the path unit, there is a risk of unauthorized persons passing through the opening.

On the other hand, in the game machine K7, the concave portion is formed on the back side of the path unit, and the convex portion is formed on the front side of the path unit. A game ball passing through the inside of the path unit can be easily visually recognized, and the inside of the path unit is provided by arranging the path unit on the front side of the game machine by suppressing partial projection to the front side of the path unit. A game ball passing through can be easily visually recognized.

A gaming machine K8 of the gaming machine K5 or K6, wherein the projections and recesses are arcuate in cross section in the direction of gravity when viewed from the front, and the axes of the arcs are set coaxially.

According to the gaming machine K8, in the gaming machine K5 or K6, the convex portion and the concave portion have an arcuate cross-section in the direction of gravity, and the axis of the arc is set coaxially. The separation distance can be constant. As a result, it is possible to prevent the distance between the convex portion and the concave portion from being partially smaller than the diameter of the game ball, and to prevent the game ball passing through the inside of the path unit from being caught between the convex portion and the inner wall. can.

The game machine K9 of the game machine K8 is characterized in that the upper end of the concave portion is formed at a position along an extension of a rolling trajectory centered on the game ball rolling on the first path when viewed from the front.

According to the game machine K9, in addition to the effects of the game machine K8, the upper end of the recess is formed at a position along the extension of the rolling trajectory of the center of the game ball rolling on the first path when viewed from the front. Even if the rolling speed of the game ball rolling on the first path is fast, the center of the game ball thrown from the first path to the third path is thrown above the upper end of the recess. can be suppressed. As a result, the game ball thrown from the first path to the third path can be thrown inside the recess.

A gaming machine K10 according to any one of the gaming machines K5 to K9, wherein the concave portion is formed at a position spaced apart from both side surfaces of the third path in the horizontal direction in a front view by a radius dimension of a game ball. .

According to the game machine K10, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines K5 to K9, the concave portion is formed at a position spaced apart from both horizontal side surfaces of the third path in a front view by a distance larger than the radius of the game ball. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down along the inner wall of the recess from colliding with both side surfaces of the path unit in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front and swinging inside the recess. As a result, the game ball thrown along the inner side of the recess can be smoothly thrown to the second path.

In any one of the game machines K5 to K10, the recess has an arcuate cross-section centered on the center of the third path in the horizontal direction in the cross section in the throwing direction of the first path in a front view, The game K11, wherein the convex portion has a rectangular cross-section in the throwing direction of the first path when viewed from the front.

According to the game machine K11, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines K5 to K10, the recess has an arcuate cross-section in the throwing direction of the first path in a front view, and the protrusion has a front surface. Since the cross-section of the first path in the throwing direction is projected in a rectangular shape, the distance between the facing recesses and the protrusions of the first guide means becomes narrower toward both ends of the first path in the throwing direction. be. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the game ball thrown to the inside of the concave portion to swing in the ball-throwing direction of the first path. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball thrown to the third path.

The game machine K12 of the game machine K11 is characterized in that the convex portion is inclined downward and extended to one side in the direction opposite to the throwing direction of the game ball on the second path when viewed from the front.

According to the gaming machine K12, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K11, the convex portion is inclined downward and extended to one side in the direction opposite to the throwing direction of the game ball on the second path when viewed from the front. It is possible to guide the game ball, which comes into contact with the convex part when flowing down the three paths, in the direction of inclination of the convex part. As a result, the game ball in contact with the protrusion can be guided along the inner wall of the recess on the side away from the second path. As a result, the game ball flowing from the third path to the second path can be rolled in the throwing direction of the game ball on the second path, and the game ball can smoothly flow from the third path to the second path. can.

In the gaming machine K12, the second guide means includes a second protrusion projecting from either the front side or the back side of the first path, and a second protrusion recessed at a position facing the second protrusion. A game machine characterized in that the width dimension of the second recess in a direction perpendicular to the flowing direction of the game ball is set to be large toward the upstream side of the first path in a front view. K13.

According to the game machine K13, in addition to the effects of the game machine K12, the second guide means includes a second convex portion protruding from either the front side or the back side of the first path, and the second convex portion. The second recess is provided at a position facing each other, and the width of the second recess is set to be large in the direction orthogonal to the flowing direction of the game ball toward the upstream side of the first path when viewed from the front. Therefore, the game ball thrown through the first path can be easily received in the second recess. Thereby, the game ball can be smoothly thrown from the first path to the third path. Therefore, the game ball thrown from the first path can be easily thrown to the first guide means, and the inflow of the game ball from the third path to the second path can be made smoother. As a result, it is possible to stabilize the throwing of game balls in the entire path unit.

In the game machine K12 or K13, the game machine K14 is characterized in that an end of the second recess in the downstream direction of the first path is positioned downstream of a rolling surface of a game ball on the first path. .

According to the gaming machine K14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K12 or K13, the downstream end of the first path of the second recess is positioned downstream of the rolling surface of the game ball on the first path. Therefore, the game ball flowing from the first path to the third path along the inner wall of the second recess can be caused to flow into the third path on the far side from the first path. As a result, the game ball flowing into the third path from the first path can be easily thrown to the inside of the recess, and the game ball can easily flow smoothly from the third path to the second path.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Special Winning Device 550 as an Example>
A game board (base plate 60) having a game area on the front side, a flowing direction changing means (special prize winning device 32550) for changing the flowing direction of the game balls flowing down the game area disposed on the front side of the game board, , the flow direction changing means includes a first member (front plate 32564) arranged in front of the game board, and arranged on the front side of the first member at a predetermined interval. A gaming machine L1 comprising: a second member (base plate 32571) that is connected to the base plate 32571; and adjustment means (shim member SI) that displaces at least one of the first member and the second member.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there has been known a game machine provided with a game board having a game area on the front side and a nail to be nailed in front of the game board (for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 11-197311). According to this game machine, it is possible to adjust the falling direction of the game ball flowing down the game area by adjusting the angle of the nail driven into the game board (by bending the nail). However, when the angle of the nail is changed to change the direction of the game ball, the angle of the nail is visually recognized by the player, and it is difficult for the game ball to flow down the flow path that is disadvantageous (advantageous) to the player. When the angle of the nail is recognized as being the angle of the nail, the player stops playing with the game machine judged to be disadvantageous, and there is a problem that the operation rate of the game machine is lowered.

On the other hand, according to the game machine L1, the flow direction changing means includes a first member arranged in front of the game board and a second member arranged in front of the first member at a predetermined interval. Since it comprises two members and adjusting means for displacing at least one of the first member and the second member, the position of the second member with respect to the first member or the position of the first member with respect to the second member is changed by the adjusting means. By doing so, the flowing direction of the game ball can be changed (adjusted). Therefore, by displacing it in the horizontal direction with respect to the front view of the game board, the player recognizes the positional relationship between the first member and the second member rather than the nail that changes the flowing direction of the game ball, and the game machine. can be suppressed from judging that the game state of is advantageous or disadvantageous. As a result, the operating rate of the gaming machine can be improved.

As a method of displacing the first member or the second member, at least one of the first member and the second member may be displaced in a direction in which the first member and the second member face each other. Examples include a form in which at least one of the members is rotated around an axis extending in the direction in which the first member and the second member are opposed.

In the game machine L1, at least one of the first member and the second member has a projection projecting toward the opposing second member or the first member, and the position of the projection is changed by the adjustment means. A gaming machine L2 characterized by:

According to the game machine L2, in addition to the effects of the game machine L1, at least one of the first member and the second member is provided with a projection projecting toward the opposing second member or the first member, and the adjustment means adjusts the projection. Since the position is changed, the protruding position of the protrusion having a smaller outer shape than the first member or the second member is changed to change the flowing direction of the game ball flowing down between the first member and the second member. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from visually recognizing the arrangement of the first member and the second member and judging that the state of the gaming machine is disadvantageous or advantageous. As a result, the operating rate of the gaming machine can be improved.

In addition, as a mode for changing the projection position of the projection, only the projection is displaced with respect to the first member or the second member, or the projection position of the projection is changed by changing the arrangement of the first member or the second member. A case is exemplified.

In the game machine L2, the projection has a high projection part with a large projection distance, the outer shape in a front view is formed in line symmetry or point symmetry, and the projection is formed in the first member or A game machine L3, wherein the second member is displaced on a plane parallel to the front surface of the game board by the adjusting means.

According to the gaming machine L3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L2, the projections are provided with high projections in which the projection distance is partially set to be large, and the outer shape in a front view is formed line-symmetrically or point-symmetrically. Since the first member or the second member on which the projection is formed is displaced on a plane parallel to the front surface of the game board by the adjusting means, when the position of the first member or the second member is changed by the adjusting means, the front surface It is possible to make it difficult to visually recognize the position of the high convex portion. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from judging that the state of the gaming machine is disadvantageous or advantageous by judging the direction in which the game ball tends to flow down from the position of the high convex portion. As a result, the operating rate of the gaming machine can be improved.

In the gaming machine L2, the second member is formed of a non-light-transmitting member and has a plurality of openings that open toward the first member, and the projections are formed on the facing surface between the plurality of openings. A game machine L4 characterized by being formed.

According to the game machine L4, in addition to the effects of the game machine L2, the second member is formed of a non-light-transmitting member and has a plurality of openings that open toward the first member side. Since the protrusion is formed on the opposing surface between the two, the player can visually recognize the opposing space between the first member and the second member through the opening, and the protrusion can be visually recognized through the opening. can be made difficult. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing the gap between the opposed first member and the second member, and prevent the player from determining that the state of the gaming machine is disadvantageous or advantageous. As a result, the operating rate of the gaming machine can be improved.

In any one of the game machines L1 to L4, the second member is made of a non-light-transmitting material, has a larger outer shape than the first member when viewed from the front, and is fixed to the game board. A gaming machine L5 characterized in that the first member is displaced by means.

According to the game machine L2, in addition to the effects of the game machine L1, the second member is made of a non-light-transmitting material, has an external shape larger than that of the first member when viewed from the front, and is fixed to the game board. Since the first member is displaced by the adjusting means, the first member arranged on the back side is hidden by the second member arranged on the front side, making it difficult for the player to visually recognize the first member. can do. Therefore, when the position of the first member is displaced, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize the displacement of the position. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from grasping the gap between the opposing first member and the second member. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from not playing games in the gaming machine because the distance between the first member and the second member facing each other is considered to be disadvantageous, so that the operation rate of the gaming machine can be improved.

In the game machine L5, the game board has a second opening that opens at a position corresponding to the first member, and a fastening member inserted through the second opening from the back side of the game board is attached to the first member. The game machine L6 is characterized in that the first member is disposed on the game board by fastening to.

According to the game machine L6, in addition to the effects of the game machine L5, the game board has a second opening that opens at a position corresponding to the first member, and the second opening is inserted from the back side of the game board. By fastening the fastening member to the first member, the first member is disposed on the game board, so the fastening portion for fastening the first member does not need to be formed on the front side of the game board, and the front side is accordingly eliminated. The outer shape of the first member can be reduced when viewed. Therefore, it is possible to easily secure a space for arranging other members in front of the game board.

In addition, since the fastening member is fastened from the back side of the game board, it is possible to make it difficult to access the fastening member from the front side of the game board when the flow direction changing means and the game board are assembled. As a result, unauthorized manipulation of the fastening member and unauthorized change of the position of the first member can be suppressed.

In the game machine L6, the first member has a protrusion that protrudes toward the game board and is inserted into the second opening. A game machine L7, wherein the first member is arranged on the game board.

According to the gaming machine L7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L6, the first member protrudes toward the game board and has a protrusion inserted into the second opening, and the fastening member is fastened to the tip of the protrusion. By doing so, the first member is disposed on the game board, so that the fastening portion of the fastening member can be accommodated inside the second opening. Therefore, since it is possible to suppress the fastening portion of the fastening member from projecting to the front side of the first member, it is possible to secure a space between the first member and the second member facing each other.

In the game machine L7, the first member can be slidably displaced on a plane parallel to the front surface of the game board by the adjusting means, and the second opening has the same size as the displacement area of the protrusion. A gaming machine L8 characterized by being wide open.

According to the gaming machine L8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine L7, the second opening has the same size as the displacement area of the protrusion. can be displaced along the second opening. Therefore, when displacing the position of the first member, it is possible to prevent the first member from being displaced in a direction other than the displacement direction (the direction displaced by the adjusting means). As a result, it is possible for the operator to easily perform the work for adjusting the position of the first member.

A gaming machine L9 characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines L6 to L8, the gaming board has a third opening that opens at a position different from that of the second opening.

According to the game machine L9, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines L3 to L8, the game board is provided with the third opening that opens at a position different from the second opening. A fastening member fastened to the back side of the game board can be operated. As a result, it is possible to simplify the work process when the operator operates the adjusting means.

That is, since the accessory device and the case member for housing the accessory device are arranged on the back side of the game board, when the fastening member is operated from the back side of the game board, the accessory device and its case member are arranged. When it is necessary to remove the case member housing the accessory device from the game board, the third opening allows the operator to operate the fastening member from the front side of the game board. Since there is no need to remove the provided accessory device or the case member that houses the accessory device, the work process for the operator can be simplified.

In any one of the game machines L1 to L12, the adjusting means is capable of stepwise adjusting the distance between the first member and the second member facing each other with respect to one of the first member and the second member. A gaming machine L13 characterized by comprising adjusting means.

According to the game machine L13, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines L1 to L12, the adjustment means adjusts the distance between the opposing first member and the second member with respect to one of the first member and the second member. can be adjusted step by step, the operator who changes the position of the first member or the second member can adjust the change of the position step by step. As a result, it is possible to suppress errors in the adjusted position of the first member or the second member. Therefore, position adjustment of the first member or the second member can be simplified.

As means for stepwise adjusting the positions of the first member and the second member, the first member or the second member is provided with a plurality of grooves recessed in one of the first member or the second member. By changing the insertion position of the projecting protrusion, the first member or the second member can be changed in position, or the first member can be inserted into a plurality of grooves recessed in one of the first member or the game board. A mode is exemplified in which the position of the first member is changed by changing the insertion position of the protrusion projecting from the other of the member or the game board.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Special Winning Device 550 as an Example>
A game area where game balls flow down, and a route unit (special winning device 550) having a plurality of guide paths for guiding throwing of the game balls flowing down the game area and arranged in the game area. In the game machine, the route unit includes a first guide route (first unit 551) formed of a light-permeable material and arranged on the front side of the game area, and a guide route of the first guide route. A second guide path (second unit 552) disposed on the back side, and the first guide path is a first winning port (first receiving port 561) into which game balls can be entered. The second guide path includes a second winning port (second receiving port 562, third receiving port 563) into which a game ball can be entered, and a game in which a ball enters the first winning port The game machine M1 is characterized in that a ball is given a higher game value than a game ball entering the second winning hole.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is a gaming machine in which a path unit having a plurality of guide paths for flowing down game balls is arranged in a game area, and the game balls flowing down inside the unit are visually recognized by the player to enhance the interest of the player. There is (for example, JP-A-2015-131046).

However, in conventional gaming machines, in order to enhance the interest of the player by allowing the player to visually recognize the game balls flowing down the guide route, there has been a tendency for each guide route to be handled in a complicated manner. Therefore, it becomes difficult for the player to judge which of the guidance routes the game ball is flowing down. Therefore, when the game value of the game ball flowing down the guide route is different, the player can determine whether the route is advantageous (high game value is given) or unfavorable (low game value is given). There is a problem that it is difficult to make a judgment, and the game ball flowing down the path unit cannot sufficiently improve the interest of the player.

On the other hand, according to the game machine M1, the route unit includes a first guide route formed of a light-permeable material and arranged on the front side of the game area, and a back surface of the first guide route. a second guide path disposed on the side, the first guide path includes a first prize winning opening into which a game ball can be entered, and the second guide path is provided with a game ball. A possible second winning hole is provided, and a game ball entering the first winning hole is given a higher game value than a game ball entering the second winning hole, so the first guidance route is adopted. It is possible to make it easier for the player to gaze at the game ball flowing down. Further, when the game balls flow down the first and second guide routes at the same timing, the second guide route having the second winning opening with the low game value is placed on the back side of the first guide route. Since it is formed, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball flowing down the first guide path having the first winning hole with high game value. As a result, the game ball to which a high game value is imparted can be visually recognized by the player, so that the player's interest can be easily improved.

The predetermined game value means, for example, a game ball paid out to the player as a privilege when the game ball enters the first or second winning hole.

In the game machine M1, the first guide path has an opening larger than the diameter of two game balls, and has a receiving port into which two or more game balls can enter at the same time, and a receiving port below the receiving port. a first path for rolling game balls one by one in the horizontal direction in a front view, and a second path for communicating the opening of the receiving port and the first path in the direction of gravity. The game machine M2 is characterized in that the path has a continuous space with a cross section larger than the opening of the receiving port, and is communicated from the rear side of the first path.

Here, if a ball-throwing path capable of throwing game balls one by one is connected to a receiving port capable of simultaneously receiving two or more game balls, when two or more game balls flow in from the receiving port at the same time, the ball-throwing path Since two game balls are simultaneously thrown into the inlet of the ball-throwing path, there is a problem that the game balls tend to clog (stagnate) at the inlet of the ball-throwing path.

On the other hand, according to the game machine M2, in addition to the effect of the game machine M1, the first guide path is opened larger than the diameter of two game balls, so that two or more game balls can enter at the same time. a possible receiving port, a first path formed below the receiving port for rolling game balls one by one in a horizontal direction in a front view, and an opening of the receiving port and the first path in the direction of gravity. The second path has a space with a continuous cross section larger than the opening of the receiving port, and is communicated from the back side of the first path, so that two or more balls can be played from the receiving port. When the balls are thrown at the same time, the two or more game balls can be thrown to the inflow port of the first path while being aligned in the ball-throwing direction of the first path.

Thereby, when two or more game balls are thrown to the first path at the same time, it is possible to suppress the stagnation of the game balls at the inlet of the first path. As a result, it is possible to smoothly throw a game ball passing through the first guide route to which a high game value is imparted, and the game ball stagnate within the first guide route, thereby reducing the interest of the player. can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine M2, the second path is formed behind the receiving port and the first path, and the first path communicates with the second path and overlaps the receiving port in the direction of gravity. A game machine M3 characterized in that it is formed in a position.

According to the gaming machine M3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M2, the second path is formed on the back side of the reception port and the first path, and the first path communicates with the second path as the reception port. , the second guide path can be arranged using the opposing space between the first guide path and the second guide path. Therefore, since the space for forming the second route can be arranged on the back side of the first guide route when viewed from the front, the receiving port and the first route can be arranged within a limited range when viewed from the front. can. As a result, it is possible to easily secure the space for arranging the first guide route in a front view.

A game machine M2 or M3 is provided with a branch path formed by branching from a communicating portion between the first path and the second path, and the branch path is in the throwing direction of the game ball of the first path in a front view. A game machine M4 characterized in that it is set so that a game ball can be thrown in the horizontal direction on the opposite side.

According to the gaming machine M4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M2 or M3, the branch path is formed by branching from the communicating portion between the first path and the second path. Since the game ball is set to be able to be thrown in the horizontal direction opposite to the throwing direction of the game ball on the first path, when the game ball is stagnant at the inflow port of the first path, it will be sent to the inflow port of the first path later. A game ball to be thrown can flow into the branch path.

That is, when a predetermined number or more (the number of game balls exceeding the opening range) is thrown to the receiving port, the game balls flowing down the second path precedently and the preceding game balls follow the second path. A trailing game ball that flows down is formed. In this case, when the preceding game ball stagnates at the inflow port of the first path, the following game ball collides with the preceding game ball, and is swayed (swayed) at the inflow port of the first path to play the first path. There is a risk that the ball will not flow down smoothly.

On the other hand, when the following game ball is swung (swayed) at the inflow port of the first path, the game ball or the game ball colliding with the swaggered game ball can be made to flow into the branch path, so that the game ball is swung. It is possible to prevent the game ball from smoothly flowing down the first path by the ball. As a result, it is possible to stabilize the flow of the game ball passing through the first path.

A gaming machine M5 characterized in that, in the gaming machine M4, a game ball flowing down the branch path is provided with a specific game value.

According to the gaming machine M5, since a game ball flowing down the branch passage is given a specific game value, it is possible to prevent the player from losing interest due to the game ball flowing into the branch passage. In addition, since a specific game value can be imparted by making the ball flow into the branch passage, the player does not need to watch the game ball flowing down the branch passage until the end. As a result, the player can be made to watch the game ball passing through the first path, and it is possible to prevent the game ball from passing through the branch passage from becoming less interesting to the player.

In any one of gaming machines M2 to M5, the path unit is arranged on the other side of the game area in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front, and the reception port is located on one side of the path unit in the horizontal direction when viewed from the front. A gaming machine M6 characterized by:

According to the game machine M6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines M2 to M5, the path unit is arranged on the other side in the horizontal direction of the game area when viewed from the front, and the reception port is the path unit when viewed from the front. , the second path connecting the receiving port and the first path can be arranged at a position close to the player positioned in front of the game board. Therefore, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball passing through the second path. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game ball passing through the second path.

In addition, since the receiving port is formed at a position deviated to one side in the horizontal direction in a front view, the game ball flowing down the game area of the game board flows into either the first guide path or the second guide path. It is possible to make it difficult for the player to grasp until just before the inflow. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to watch the game ball that flows down the game area and is thrown to the path unit. As a result, it is possible to easily give interest to the player.

In any one of the game machines M2 to M6, the first path includes a displacement member that can be displaced to a position for closing or opening the first winning port, and a driving means that drives the displacement member. , a game machine M7 characterized in that the drive means is disposed between the first guide route and the second guide route.

According to the game machine M7, in addition to the effects of the game machine M2 to the game machine M6, the first path includes a displacement member that can be displaced to a position for closing or opening the first winning port, and the displacement member is driven. A drive means is provided between the first guide route and the second guide route, so that the game balls flowing down the second guide route are driven by the drive means from the front side. It can be made difficult to see. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the game balls flowing down the first guide route, and to make the player more interested.

A game machine M8 characterized in that in any one of the game machines M2 to M7, detection means for detecting passage of a game ball is arranged outside the first path.

According to the game machine M8, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines M2 to M7, since the detection means for detecting the passage of the game ball is disposed on the first path, the game ball is detected on the first path. , the error can be detected by the gaming machine by continuing the detection by the detecting means. Further, since the detection means is arranged outside the first path, it is possible to suppress the game balls from being caught by the detection means, compared with the case where the detection means is arranged inside the first path. , the clogging of game balls in the first path can be suppressed.

Furthermore, since the detecting means is disposed outside the first path in which the rolling of the game balls is slowed by going around the back side of the first guide path, the number of game balls passing through the first path can be accurately detected. can be easily detected. Therefore, when the number of balls detected by the detecting means is larger than the number of balls winning in the first winning hole or the third winning hole, the game machine can recognize that cheating is being done. As a result, it is possible to suppress continuation of fraudulent activity by notifying that fraudulent activity has been committed by means of a warning sound, abnormal lighting, or the like.

A gaming machine M9 characterized in that, in the gaming machine M8, the detection means is disposed between the first guide route and the second guide route.

According to the game machine M9, in addition to the effects of the game machine M8, since the detection means is arranged between the first guide route and the second guide route, the detection means is arranged between the first guide route and the second guide route. Since it can be arranged in a dead space with the second guide route, it is possible to prevent the route unit from increasing in size by arranging the detection means.

In the game machine M8 or M9, the first path has an inner wall of the receiving opening in which the facing dimension of the inner wall in a front view is set to be larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the inner wall of the receiving opening in the direction perpendicular to the throwing direction of the game ball. A gaming machine M10 characterized in that it is set smaller than the dimension between the opposing sides.

According to the game machine M10, in addition to the effects of the game machine M8 or M9, the first path is set such that the dimension between the facing inner walls in a front view is set larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the direction of the game ball is set smaller than the dimension between the opposing inner walls of the receiving port in the orthogonal direction, so when a game ball with a diameter of a predetermined dimension or more (diameter larger than the regulation) is thrown, the game ball is placed in the first It can be stuck in the path (clogged). As a result, it is possible to prevent game balls having a diameter larger than the regulation from flowing down the path unit.

In addition, since the detection means for detecting the passage of the game ball is arranged on the first path, when a game ball with a diameter larger than the regulation stays (clogs) in the first path, the detection means It is possible to make the game machine detect an error.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Special Winning Device 550 as an Example>
A base member (base plate 60) having a game area on the front side, and a first ball-throwing path disposed on the front side of the base member and formed as a space in which game balls flowing down the game area can be thrown. In the gaming machine comprising a member (first unit 551), the first member is biased toward the back side of the base member by fixing means fastened to the first member from the back side of the base member. A game machine N1, characterized in that it is disposed on the base member in a folded state.

Conventionally, a base member having a play area on the front side, a first member disposed on the front side of the base member and having a ball throwing path formed as a space in which game balls flowing down the game area can be thrown, There is a game machine with According to this game machine, the first member has an extension portion extending on a plane parallel to the front surface of the base member on the side surface of the base member (the contact portion with the base member), and the extension portion By screwing a screw inserted through an opening formed in the base member into the base member, the base member is disposed in close contact with the front surface of the base member.

However, in the conventional game machine, in order to dispose the first member in close contact with the front surface of the base member, it is essential to fasten the screw inserted from the front side of the first member to the base member. An opening must be formed in the first member for the passage of the . Here, in order to form the opening at a position that does not interfere with the throwing of the game ball, it is necessary to form the opening outside the ball-throwing space. need to form. Therefore, since the extended portion is formed on the outer edge of the first member, the area that can be used as the ball-throwing path becomes smaller than the outer shape of the first member, and the ball-throwing path of the first member cannot be made sufficiently large. There was a problem.

On the other hand, according to the game machine N1, the first member is arranged on the base member while being biased toward the back side of the base member by a fixing means fastened to the first member from the back side of the base member. As a result, the first member and the base member can be arranged in close contact with each other due to the urging force acting on the first member toward the back side. In addition, since the first member is disposed on the base member by the fixing means inserted from the back side of the base member, there is a fastening margin (opening through which the fixing means is inserted) on the front side of the first member with the base member. formed extensions). Therefore, the entire area of the outer shape of the first member in a front view can be used as a throwing path. As a result, the throwing path of the first member can be enlarged.

In addition, since the fastening portion between the base member and the first member is not exposed to the front side, it is possible to prevent the fastening portion between the base member and the first member from being removed by fraud, and the fastening portion is visually recognized by the player. By doing so, it is possible to suppress the decrease in interest of the player.

In the gaming machine N1, a second member is provided on the back side of the first member via the base member, and the second member is inserted from the back side of the second member to the first member side. and fixed to the first member with a predetermined gap between them facing the first member by the fixing means fastened to the first member, and the fixing means includes the first member and the A gaming machine N2, characterized in that it is arranged with the predetermined gap between the opposing second member.

According to the game machine N2, in addition to the effects of the game machine N1, the second member is provided on the back side of the first member via the base member, and the second member is arranged on the back side of the second member. It is fixed to the first member with a predetermined gap between facing the first member by a fixing means inserted from the first member side and fastened to the first member, and the fixing means is the first member and Since it is disposed with a predetermined gap between the facing members and the second member, when the first member and the second member are fastened together, the force biased toward the rear side is reduced by the predetermined gap. It can act on the first member. In addition, since a force that biases the second member toward the front side can be applied, the base member can be sandwiched between the first member and the second member. Therefore, the clamping force between the first member and the second member makes it difficult for the first member and the second member to be displaced from the base member, so there is no need to fasten the first member or the second member to the base member. As a result, the fastening of the second member can be simplified accordingly.

The predetermined gap between the first member and the second member is set to a value larger than 0 and smaller than the width dimension of the base member in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front. Accordingly, when the first member and the second member are fastened together, the gap between the first member and the second member can exert a mutually attracting force on both the first member and the second member.

In the game machine N2, the second member includes an intervening member whose rigidity is set lower than that of the first member, and the first member is fixed to the intervening member by the fixing means. Gaming machine N3.

According to the game machine N3, in addition to the effects of the game machine N2, the intervening member is provided with lower rigidity than the first member, and the front first member is fixed to the intervening member by the fixing means. , the intervening member can be deformed when the first member and the second member are fixed by the fixing means. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the deformation of the first member due to the biasing force when it is fixed by the fixing member. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first member from deforming and making it difficult for the game ball to pass through the first member.

In the gaming machine N3, the distance to the contact position between the intervening member and the base member is greater than the distance from the fixed position between the intervening member and the first member to the contact position between the first member and the base member. A gaming machine N4 characterized by being set at a position in which the and are spaced apart from each other.

According to the gaming machine N4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine N3, the distance between the intervening member and the base member is greater than the distance from the fixed position between the intervening member and the first member to the contact position between the first member and the base member. Since the distance to the abutting position is set at a position separated from the interposing member, the interposing member can be easily deformed when the interposing member and the first member are fixed. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress deformation of the first member due to the biasing force when the first member is fixed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first member from deforming and making it difficult for the game ball to pass through the first member.

In any one of game machines N1 to N4, the base member has a first opening formed at a position facing the first member, and the first member protrudes inside the first opening. The gaming machine N5 is characterized in that it comprises a projecting portion that extends from the base member, and the first member is disposed on the base member by fastening the fixing means to the tip of the projecting portion.

According to the game machine N5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines N1 to N4, the base member has a first opening formed at a position facing the first member, and the first member The first member is disposed on the base member by providing a projecting portion projecting inwardly of the first opening, and the fixing means is fastened to the tip of the projecting portion, so that the fastening portion of the fixing means is connected to the first opening. can be placed inside the This can prevent the fastening portion of the fixing means from being arranged on the front side of the base member, and can suppress the fastening portion of the fixing means from being formed in the ball-throwing space of the first member. As a result, the size of the ball throwing space of the first member can be secured.

In addition, since the fastening margin (insertion depth) of the fixing means can be ensured by the projecting portion, it is possible to suppress the fastening of the fixing means from coming off the first member. As a result, the urging force acting on the first member toward the back side can be easily increased.

In any one of the game machines N1 to N5, a second member disposed on the back side of the first member via the base member, and a second member disposed between the first member and the second member facing each other The base member has a first opening formed at a position facing the first member, and the third member has a front-rear dimension in a front view of the base. The first member is set to be smaller than the dimension in the front-rear direction of the member when viewed from the front, and is disposed inside the first opening, the first member is disposed in close contact with the front side of the third member, and the The second member is fastened to the back side of the third member with a predetermined gap from the third member by the fixing means inserted from the back side of the base member. N6.

According to the game machine N6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines N1 to N5, the second member disposed on the back side of the first member via the base member, the first member and the second member the base member has a first opening formed at a position facing the first member; and the third member extends in the front-rear direction in front view The dimension of the base member is set to be smaller than the dimension in the front-rear direction of the base member when viewed from the front, and is arranged inside the first opening. Since the two members are fastened to the back side of the third member with a predetermined gap from the third member by the fixing means inserted from the back side of the base member, the first member is attached to the first member through the third member. A biasing force toward the rear side can be applied. Therefore, the urging force toward the back side that acts when the second member and the third member are fastened together by the fixing means can also act on the third member. As a result, the biasing force acting on the contact portion of the first member with the base member can be reduced, and damage to the first member can be suppressed.

Further, the rigidity of the entire first member can be increased by the third member being in close contact with the rear side of the first member. Therefore, it is possible to suppress deformation of the throwing path of the game ball formed in the first member due to the elastic deformation of the entire first member due to the biasing force acting on the first member toward the back side. As a result, the game ball of the first member can be stably thrown.

In the gaming machine N6, the third member is a part of a frame-shaped member arranged on the front side of the base member along the second opening formed in the base member. Gaming machine N7.

According to the game machine N7, in addition to the effects of the game machine N6, the third member is a part of the frame-shaped member arranged on the front side of the base member along the second opening opened in the base member. Therefore, the urging force acting on the third member can be used as a force for urging the frame member toward the rear side. Therefore, it is possible to easily dispose the frame-shaped member in close contact with the base member.

In addition, since the biasing force toward the rear side that acts when fastening the second member and the third member by the fixing means can act on the contact surface between the frame-shaped member and the base member, the first member It is possible to reduce the force acting on the abutting portion of the base member, thereby suppressing the breakage of the first member.

In the gaming machine N6 or N7, the first member includes a displacement member capable of displacing a ball-throwing space of the first member, and a drive disposed on the back side of the first member for driving the displacement member. means, wherein the third member has a third opening having a size allowing insertion of the driving means, and the driving means is inserted into the third opening and the third opening is inserted into the opening; A gaming machine characterized by being arranged on the back side of one member.

According to the gaming machine N8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine N6 or N7, the first member includes a displacement member capable of displacing the ball-throwing space of the first member and a displacement member disposed on the back side of the first member. and driving means for driving the displacement member, the third member having a third opening having a size allowing insertion of the driving means, and the driving means being inserted inside the third opening. Since it is arranged on the back side of the first member in this state, the driving means can be covered with the third member. As a result, it is possible to prevent unauthorized objects such as wires and piano wires inserted from the outside of the game machine from accessing the driving means. As a result, tampering with the driving means can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine N8, the second member protrudes toward the first member, communicates with the ball-throwing space of the first member, and feeds the game ball thrown into the ball-throwing space of the first member to the second member. A gaming machine N9, comprising a communicating portion capable of throwing a ball, wherein the communicating portion is disposed outside the third opening.

According to the game machine N9, in addition to the effects of the game machine N8, the second member protrudes toward the first member, communicates with the ball-throwing space of the first member, and plays a game in which a ball is thrown to the ball-throwing space of the first member. Since the communication part is provided so that the ball can be sent to the second member, and the communication part is arranged outside the third opening, the third member can be arranged between the communication part and the driving means. can. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the magnetic force generated by the drive means to act on the communicating portion. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball sent to the communicating portion from slowing down or stopping at the communicating portion under the influence of the magnetic force of the driving means. It is possible to stabilize throwing of a game ball to a member.

In the gaming machine N1, the base member has a first opening formed at a position facing the first member, and the first member protrudes from at least two locations on the back side of the first member. A protrusion is provided, and the protrusion includes a first piece that protrudes from the back surface of the first member and is inserted through the first opening, and an end of the first piece that is bent to the outside of the first opening. and a protruding portion that protrudes toward the front side of the second piece that overlaps the base member in front view, and the first piece is the base member in front view. The protruding dimension is set to a value larger than the width dimension in the front-rear direction, and the dimension of the protrusion facing the back surface of the first member is the same as or the width dimension in the front-rear direction of the base member when viewed from the front. The bent end of the second piece is fastened to the base member by the fixing means, so that the first member is arranged in a state of being biased toward the back side with respect to the base member. A gaming machine N10 characterized by:

According to the game machine N10, in addition to the effects of the game machine N1, the base member has a first opening formed at a position facing the first member, and the first member has a rear surface of the first member. a first piece protruding from the rear surface of the first member and passing through the first opening; a second piece that extends outward from the opening; and a protuberant portion that protrudes toward the front side of the second piece that overlaps the base member when viewed from the front; The protruding dimension is set to a value larger than the width dimension in the front-rear direction, and the dimension of the protrusion facing the rear surface of the first member is set to be equal to or smaller than the width dimension in the front-rear direction of the base member when viewed from the front. , the bent end of the second piece is fastened to the base member by the fixing means, so that the first member is arranged in a state of being biased toward the back side with respect to the base member, so that the back side of the first member There is no need to provide a portion for fastening fixing means (for example, a screw) on the side, and a space for throwing a game ball formed in the first member can be secured. As a result, since the ball throwing space can be enlarged, the throwing direction of the game ball thrown to the first member can be changed to make the throwing more interesting.

In addition, since the threaded portion of the fixing means can be used as the base member, elastic deformation of the ball feeding space of the first member due to the application of biasing force to the threaded portion of the fixing means can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first member from elastically deforming and reducing the speed of the game ball thrown from the ball-throwing path of the first member.

In the game machine N10, the base member includes a second opening formed to open in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front, and a frame-shaped member disposed on the front side of the base member along the second opening. A game machine N11, wherein the first opening and the second opening communicate with each other.

According to the game machine N11, in addition to the effects of the game machine N10, the base member has a second opening formed in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front, and a front side of the base member along the second opening. and a frame-shaped member disposed thereon, and the first opening and the second opening communicate with each other, so that the projecting portion is disposed inside the first opening using the opening of the second opening. can be set. Therefore, the work of arranging the first unit on the base member can be simplified, so that the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Lower Displacement Unit 400 as an Example>
A base member (base member 410), a displacement member (cam member 422) displaceably disposed on the base member, and a driven member (first link) connected to the displacement member and following the displacement of the displacement member. member 431), the displacement member has a restricting means for restricting the displacement of the driven member by coming into contact with the driven member, and the driven member has at least a part of the displacement region of the A game machine O1 characterized in that it is set in an area overlapping with a displacement area of a displacement member, and the restricting means abuts against the driven member in the area overlapping with the displacement area of the displacement member.

Conventionally, there has been known a game machine comprising a base member, a displacement member disposed displaceably on the base member, and a driven member connected to the displacement member and following the displacement of the displacement member. (For example, JP-A-2015-029849). However, in a conventional game machine, if restricting means for restricting the displacement of both the displaceable member and the driven member are formed in order to restrict the displacement of the displaceable member and the driven member, it is necessary to form the restricting means at two locations. , there is a problem that the shape becomes complicated and the manufacturing cost increases accordingly.

On the other hand, the game machine O1 includes a base member, a displacement member displaceably disposed on the base member, and a driven member connected to the displacement member and following the displacement of the displacement member. wherein the displacement member is provided with a restricting means for restricting the displacement of the driven member by contacting the driven member; Since the regulating means contacts the driven member in the region overlapping the displacement region of the member, it is possible to regulate the displacement of the driven member toward the displacement member. Therefore, it is not necessary to form a restricting means for restricting the displacement of the driven member as a separate member. As a result, an increase in manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

Further, since the restricting means of the displacement member is brought into contact with the driven member, it is possible to restrict the displacement of the displacement member toward the driven member. Therefore, the displacement of the driven member and the displacement member can be regulated using the same portion of the regulating means. Therefore, it is not necessary to form a means for restricting the displacement of each of the driven member and the displacement member, thereby suppressing an increase in manufacturing cost.

In the game machine O1, the driven member includes a second displaceable member, and the regulating means is brought into contact with the driven member when the driven member is placed at a predetermined position, The gaming machine O2 is characterized in that the second displacement member is displaced when the driven member is arranged at a predetermined position and comes into contact with the regulating means.

Here, when the driven member is provided with the displaceable second displacement member, there is a possibility that the driven member is displaced along with the displacement of the second displacement member due to the inertial force due to the displacement of the second displacement member.

On the other hand, according to the game machine O2, in addition to the effects of the game machine O1, the driven member includes a second displacement member disposed so as to be displaceable, Since the second displacement member is displaced when the driven member is arranged at a predetermined position and abuts against the regulating means, the displacement of the driven member is regulated by the regulating means. The second displacement member can be displaced in the state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the driven member from being displaced by the inertial force caused by the displacement of the second displacement member. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the effect caused by the displacement of the second displacement member, and it is possible to make the player more interested in the effect caused by the displacement of the second displacement member.

In the gaming machine O2, the displacement member is displaced between a first position and a second position, and a first displacement region displaced from the first position to an intermediate position between the first position and the second position; and a second displacement region that displaces the second position from the intermediate position, and the driven member is moved from the first position to the second position so as to move to the first driven position. a first driven region driven by a second driven position from the first driven position and displacing a third driven position intermediate between the first driven position and the second driven position from the third driven position; a second driven region that displaces the second driven position; the second displacement member is displaceable between the first to third driven positions; A gaming machine O3 is characterized in that it abuts against the driven member when placed at each of the first to third driven positions.

According to the game machine O3, in addition to the effects of the game machine O2, the displacement member is displaced between the first position and the second position, and is displaced from the first position to the intermediate position between the first position and the second position. and a second displacement region that displaces the second position from the intermediate position, and the driven member is displaced from the first position to the second position so that the first driven member a first driven region driven from a position to a second driven position and displaced from the first driven position to a third driven position intermediate between the first driven position and the second driven position; a second driven region that displaces the position, the second displacement member being displaceable between the first to third driven positions, and the restricting means displacing the driven member to each of the first to third driven positions. Since it abuts against the driven member when arranged, the abutment between the restricting means and the driven member can be released when the driven member displaces between the first driven area and the second driven area. Therefore, when the driven member is driven, it is possible to eliminate the resistance caused by the contact between the restricting means and the driven member, thereby facilitating the driven member to be driven. As a result, the displacement of the displacement member and the driven member can be stabilized.

In the game machine O3, the regulating means is configured as a wall portion protruding from the base member toward the driven member, and the driven member overlaps at least a portion of the base member when viewed from the front. It is capable of being slidably displaced on a plane parallel to the member, and a region overlapping with the base member in a front view is gradually reduced as it moves from the first driven position to the second driven position. Game machine O4.

According to the gaming machine O4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O3, the regulating means is configured as a wall portion protruding from the base member toward the driven member, and the driven member is at least one part of the base member when viewed from the front. slidably displaceable on a plane parallel to the base member at a position overlapping with the base member, and as the driven position moves from the first driven position to the second driven position, the area overlapping the base member in a front view is gradually reduced. At the second driven position, the region where the driven member protrudes outside the base member in a front view is larger than that at the first driven position. Therefore, since the driven member protrudes outside the base member, it is difficult to restrict swinging of the driven member by restricting means provided on the base member. Therefore, the driven member tends to swing toward the base member as it is driven from the first driven position to the second driven position. By increasing the number of regulated points, it is possible to make it difficult for the driven member to swing. As a result, it is possible to suppress rocking of the driven member when it is arranged in the second driven region.

In the game machine O4, the driven member is formed in a rectangular shape with one long side when viewed from the front, has a rotatable rotation shaft on one side in the longitudinal direction, is rotatably disposed on the base member, and is rotatably disposed on the base member. At the first driven position, the longitudinal direction of the driven member is substantially parallel to the horizontal direction, and when driven from the first driven position to the second driven position, the driven member rotates about the rotation axis. , the other side of the driven member is arranged above the rotating shaft in the direction of gravity.

According to the game machine O5, in addition to the effects of the game machine O4, the driven member is formed in a rectangular shape with one long side when viewed from the front, has a rotatable rotation shaft on one side in the longitudinal direction, and is attached to the base member. At the first driven position, the longitudinal direction of the driven member is substantially parallel to the horizontal direction, and when driven from the first driven position to the second driven position, the driven member rotates about the rotation axis. Since the driven member rotates and the other side of the driven member is arranged above the rotating shaft in the direction of gravity, the driven member rotates and the longitudinal side stands up when driven from the first driven position to the second driven position. Therefore, since the driven member stands up, the load of the driven member tends to act toward the rotation shaft, and the load acts on the driven member in the swinging direction of the driven member, so that the driven member swings easily.

In contrast, in the present embodiment, by restricting the swinging of the displacement member connected to the driven member, it is possible to increase the number of restriction points by the restricting means and make it difficult for the driven member to swing. As a result, it is possible to suppress rocking of the driven member when it is arranged in the second driven region.

Further, when the driven member follows the first driven region where a force to lift the other end side of the driven member is required, the displacement member is released from the first position to the third position (first displacement region). In the first displacement region, the restriction of the displacement member is released by the restriction means. Therefore, when the displacement force of the driven member is required, the displacement force of the driven member can be secured.

In the gaming machine O4 or O5, the driven member has a projecting portion projecting at a position facing the wall portion, and the distal end of the projecting portion is brought into contact with the wall portion to displace the driven member. is regulated, the displacement member is set to be displaceable in the space between the driven member and the wall in the second displacement region, and the displacement member is set in the direction in which the driven member and the wall face each other at least part of overlaps with the driven member.

According to the gaming machine O6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O4 or O5, the driven member has a projecting portion projecting at a position facing the wall, and the tip of the projecting portion contacts the wall. The displacement of the driven member is regulated by contact, the displacement member is set to be displaceable in the space between the driven member and the wall in the displacement region at the end, and the displacement member is set in the direction in which the driven member and the wall face each other. overlaps with the driven member, it is possible to suppress tilting of the displacement member to the side opposite to the wall portion. As a result, the displacement of the displacement member in both axial directions can be restricted by the driven member and the wall portion, and rocking can be suppressed when the displacement member is displaced.

In the game machine O6, the side surface of the displacement member abuts against the projecting portion of the driven member at the second driven position.

According to the game machine O7, in addition to the effects of the game machine O6, the side surface of the displacement member is brought into contact with the projecting portion of the driven member at the second driven position, so that the displacement member can be moved from the first driven position to the second driven position. When displaced to the position, the outer edge can be brought into contact with the projecting portion of the displacement member and stopped. Therefore, it is possible to make the projecting portion play a role of restricting displacement of the driven member by coming into contact with the wall portion and a role of assisting the stopping operation of the displacement member. Therefore, it is possible to secure a space in which the displacement member and the driven member can be displaced.

In the gaming machine O7, the driven member has one end pivotally supported by the base member, and when the displacement member is arranged at the second driven position, the displacement direction of the connection portion of the driven member with the displacement member is is set in a direction toward the axial center of the displacement member.

According to the gaming machine O8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine O7, the driven member is pivotally supported at one end by the base member, and when the displacement member is arranged at the second driven position, the driven member is connected to the displacement member. Since the displacement direction of the portion is set toward the axial center of the displacement member, when the load of the driven member acts on the displacement member, the displacement of the displacement member due to the load of the driven member can be suppressed. That is, when the displacement member is arranged at the second driven position, the relationship between the driven member and the displacement member can be set to the dead center relationship, so displacement of the displacement member can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the displacement member from being displaced by an external force other than the driving means at the second driven position.

In the gaming machine O7, the driven member has one end pivotally supported by the base portion, and when the displacement member is arranged at the second driven position, the displacement direction of the connection portion of the driven member with the displacement member , and the direction in which the reaction force due to the contact between the projecting portion and the displacement member acts, is set in the direction toward the axial center of the displacement member.

According to the game machine O9, in addition to the effects of the game machine O7, the driven member has one end pivotally supported by the base member, and when the displacement member is arranged at the second driven position, the displacement member and the driven member Since the combined direction of the displacement direction of the connecting portion and the direction in which the reaction force due to the contact between the projecting portion and the displacement member acts is set in the direction toward the axis of the displacement member, the load on the driven member is reduced. When acting on the displacement member, the displacement of the displacement member due to the load of the driven member can be suppressed. That is, when the displacement member is arranged at the second driven position, by directing the direction of the force acting on the displacement member from the driven member to the axial center of the displacement member, the direction in which the displacement member rotates about the shaft support portion is adjusted. It is possible to suppress the generation of the force of As a result, it is possible to prevent the displacement member from being displaced by an external force other than the driving means at the second driven position.

In the gaming machines O1 to O9, the projecting portion is arranged with a predetermined gap from the wall portion, and is brought into contact with the wall portion by the contact of the displacement member. Machine O10.

Here, if the projecting portion of the driven member and the wall portion are in constant contact with each other, there is a risk that resistance will occur when the displacement member is displaced by the driving means, making it difficult to displace the displacement member stably.

According to the gaming machine O10, the projecting portion is arranged with a predetermined gap from the wall portion, and the displacement member abuts against the wall portion. When displaced, it is possible to prevent the displacement member from swinging, and it is possible to prevent the protrusion and the bulging portion from acting as resistance during the displacement.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Using the Lower Displacement Member 440 as an Example>
A decorative member (decorative member 450) whose at least part is made of a light-transmitting material that can transmit light from the rear side when viewed from the front, and a state in which the decorative member is displaceable on the plane parallel to the front on the rear side of the decorative member. and a receiving portion (ball receiving portion 467) capable of receiving and holding a game ball, wherein the light is directed toward the displacement area of the receiving portion and is disposed on the back side of the decorative member. The light emitting means is arranged on the back side of the receiving portion or between the decorative member and the receiving portion, and is received in the receiving portion or the receiving portion A game machine P1 characterized in that the light emitted from the light emitting means is blocked or reflected by a ball, and the amount of light emitted from the decorative member is partially varied.

Conventionally, a decorative member, at least a part of which is formed of a light-transmitting material that can transmit light from the rear side when viewed from the front, and a decorative member disposed in a displaceable state on the rear side of the decorative member, receive a game ball. A gaming machine is known that includes a receiving portion that can be held by hand (for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2011-104276). According to this gaming machine, by moving the receiving section after receiving and holding the game ball in the receiving section, an effect of moving the game ball along with the movement of the receiving section can be performed.

However, in the above-described conventional game machine, the receiving portion is arranged on the back side of the decorative member, so that it becomes difficult for the player to recognize the receiving portion and the position of the game ball received in the receiving portion. Therefore, when the receiving part moves after the game ball is received (held) by the receiving part, the player can determine in which direction the receiving part and the game ball received (held) by the receiving part have moved. However, there is a problem that it is difficult for the player to grasp the position of the game ball received by the receiving portion.

On the other hand, the game machine P1 is provided with light emitting means arranged on the back side of the decorative member and capable of emitting light toward the displacement area of the receiving portion. The light emitted from the light emitting means is blocked or reflected by a game ball disposed between the member and the receiving portion and received by the receiving portion or the receiving portion, thereby partially reducing the amount of light emitted from the decorative member. The amount of light emitted from the receiving portion or the decorative member positioned in front of the game ball received in the receiving portion and the amount of light emitted from the decorative members at other positions are different. By making them different, it is possible for the player to recognize that the receiving portion or the game ball received in the receiving portion is located on the back side of the portion with the different amount of light.

More specifically, when the light emitting means is arranged on the back side of the receiving part, the light emitted from the light emitting means is blocked by the receiving part or the receiving part by the game balls received therein. The amount of light emitted from the decoration member on the front side of the game ball received in the space can be made darker than other parts of the decoration member. As a result, it is possible for the player to recognize that the receiving portion or the game ball received in the receiving portion is located on the back side of the portion where the amount of light emitted from the decorative member is small (dark).

On the other hand, when the light-emitting means is disposed between the decorative member and the receiving portion, the light emitted from the light-emitting means is reflected by the receiving portion or the game ball received in the receiving portion. The amount of light emitted from the decoration member on the front side of the game ball received in the receiving part can be made brighter than other parts of the decoration member. As a result, it is possible for the player to recognize that the receiving portion or the game ball received in the receiving portion is located on the back side of the portion where the amount of light emitted from the decorative member is large (bright).

In the gaming machine P1, the light emitting means is disposed on the back side of the receiving portion, and the receiving portion is displaceable between a first position and a second position between the decorative member and the light emitting means. The shielding member is made of a non-light-transmitting material, and the area blocking the light emitted from the light-emitting means when placed at the first position is at the second position. A gaming machine P2 characterized by being made larger than when arranged.

According to the gaming machine P2, the light emitting means is arranged on the back side of the receiving part, and the receiving part is a shield that can be displaced between the first position and the second position between the decorative member and the light emitting means. A member is provided, and the shielding member is formed of a non-light-transmitting material, and when placed at the first position, the area blocking light emitted from the light emitting means is larger than when placed at the second position. Since it is made large, when the shielding member is arranged at the first position, the light amount of the light emitted from the decorative member can be easily varied partially. As a result, when the game ball is not received (held) by the receiving portion, the shielding member is arranged at the first position so that the amount of light emitted from the decorative member is partially varied so that the game ball is not received (held). It is possible to make the player recognize that it is accepted by the accepting section. As a result, even when a game ball has not been received by the receiving portion, the player can be entertained by the effect caused by the displacement of the receiving portion.

A gaming machine P3, wherein in the gaming machine P2, the shielding member is interlocked with the displacement of the receiving portion.

According to the gaming machine P3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P2, the shielding member is interlocked with the displacement of the receiving portion, so that the receiving portion is provided with a driving device for projecting or retracting the game ball holding portion of the receiving portion. no longer need to be set. As a result, it is possible to prevent the weight of the receiving portion from increasing due to the driving device. Therefore, the displacement of the receiving portion can be stabilized accordingly. As a result, it is possible to make the player more interested in the presentation caused by the displacement of the receiving portion.

The game machine P4 is characterized in that, in the game machine P2 or P3, the shielding member is formed in a bowl shape, and is capable of receiving a game ball inside thereof when arranged at the retracted position.

According to the gaming machine P4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P2 or P3, the shielding member is formed in a bowl shape, and can receive a game ball inside when arranged at the retracted position. When the game ball is thrown to the inside of the receiving part, the game ball is received by the shielding member, thereby suppressing the game ball from being thrown inside the receiving part. As a result, it is possible to easily hold the game ball in the receiving part, and it is possible to make it easier for the player to visually recognize the effect caused by the displacement of the receiving part in the state in which the receiving part receives the game ball. As a result, it is possible to make the player more interested in the presentation caused by the displacement of the receiving portion.

In any one of the game machines P1 to P4, the receiving portion is formed below the center of the game ball held in the receiving portion in the direction of gravity, and the light emitting means is arranged to receive the game ball held in the receiving portion. A gaming machine P5 is characterized in that a light emitting portion is arranged at substantially the same height as the center of the decorative member, and the light transmitting portion of the decorative member is formed at a position higher than the light emitting portion of the light emitting means. .

Here, in a structure in which the light emitted from the light emitting means is transmitted through the decorative member and the light is reflected or blocked by the receiving portion or the game ball received in the receiving portion, the light emitted from the light emitting means is reflected by the game ball. In addition, since the receiving part is also irradiated with the light, the light is likely to be reflected or blocked by the receiving part. Therefore, the brightness and darkness of the light formed by the difference in the amount of light emitted from the decorative member is affected by the receiving portion, and the shape of the brightness and darkness becomes a shape different from the outer shape of the game ball. There was a possibility that it would be difficult for the player to recognize that the game balls are arranged on the back side of different parts of the player.

On the other hand, in the game machine P5, in addition to the effect of any one of the game machines P1 to P4, the receiving portion is formed below the center of the game ball held in the receiving portion in the direction of gravity, and the light emitting means The light emitting part is arranged at substantially the same height as the center of the game ball held in the receiving part, and the light transmitting part of the decorative member is formed at a position higher than the light emitting part of the light emitting means. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the contrast of the light emitted from the light emitting means and blocked or reflected by the receiving portion from being transmitted through the light transmitting portion of the decorative member and formed on the front side of the decorative member. As a result, the shape of the brightness and darkness of the light formed through the light-transmitting portion of the decorative member can be brought closer to the outer shape (circular shape) of the game ball. As a result, it is possible for the player to easily recognize that the game ball is placed in a portion with a different amount of light.

A gaming machine P6 characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines P1 to P5, the receiving section is made of a light transmissive material.

According to the gaming machine P6, in addition to the effects of any one of the gaming machines P1 to P5, the receiving section is formed of a light-transmissive material, so that the light emitted from the light emitting means is reflected or blocked by the receiving section. can be suppressed. As a result, when no game ball is received in the receiving portion, it is possible to suppress the formation of a portion with a different amount of light in the light-transmitting portion of the decorative member. Therefore, when the game ball is not received by the receiving part, the receiving part can be positioned and returned without being noticed by the player. As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from gazing at the decorative member during the positioning operation and the return operation of the receiving part, and allow the player to gaze only at the displacing motion of the receiving part when the player wishes to have the player gaze at it.

In the gaming machine P5 or P6, a connecting member formed of a non-light-transmitting material and connected to one side of the receiving portion in the displacement direction is provided, and the light emitting means is provided on the back side of the displacement area of the receiving portion. The connecting member has a dimension in the direction of displacement of the receiving portion set larger than the displacement distance of the receiving portion, is arranged on the back side of the light transmitting portion of the decorative member, and is arranged to correspond to the displacement of the receiving portion. Accordingly, the game machine P7 is characterized by projecting or retracting between the light emitting means and the decorative member facing each other.

According to the game machine P7, in addition to the effects of the game machine P5 or P6, the connecting member is formed of a non-light-transmitting material and connected to one side of the receiving portion in the displacement direction. The connecting member has a dimension in the direction of displacement of the receiving portion set larger than the displacement distance of the receiving portion, is disposed on the back side of the light transmitting portion of the decorative member, and is disposed on the back side of the receiving portion. As the receiving portion is displaced, the area of light emitted from the decorative member can be changed. In other words, the light emitted from the light emitting means to the decorative member can be blocked by the connecting member, and the area where the light is blocked can be changed according to the displacement of the receiving portion. As a result, the receiving portion and the connecting member are projected and displaced between the opposing light emitting means and the decorative member, so that the emission area of the light emitted from the decorative member can be reduced. As a result, the light emitting surface of the decorative member is made small, so that the player can easily recognize the portion where the amount of light emitted from the decorative member by the receiving portion or the game ball received by the receiving portion is small.

A game machine P8 in the game machine P7, wherein the connecting member is a part of driving means for driving the receiving portion.

According to the gaming machine P8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P7, the connecting member is a part of the driving means for driving the receiving portion, so that it has the role of transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the receiving portion and the function of transmitting the driving force of the driving means to the receiving portion. The connection member can also serve to block the light emitted from. As a result, it is possible to secure the installation space for the driving means for driving the receiving portion.

In any one of the game machines P1 to P8, the light-emitting means is disposed on the back side of the displacement area of the receiving portion, and the receiving portion includes a displacement member displaceable by a game ball received in the receiving portion. The displacement member is made of a non-light-transmitting material, and is displaceable to a protruding or retracted position between the light emitting means and the decoration member, and the receiving portion receives a game ball. The game machine P9 is characterized in that it protrudes between the light emitting means and the decorative member facing each other.

According to the game machine P9, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines P1 to P8, the light emitting means is arranged on the back side of the displacement area of the receiving part, and the receiving part receives the game balls received in the receiving part. A displaceable displacement member is provided, and the displacement member is made of a non-light-transmitting material and is displaceable at a position where it protrudes or retreats between the opposing light emitting means and the decorative member, and the game ball is inserted into the receiving portion. is received, the light emitted from the light emitting means is blocked by the displacement member and the game ball only when the game ball is held in the receiving portion. Thus, the player can recognize the position of the game ball from the shadow (dark portion) formed on the decorative member. Therefore, when the game ball is not received by the receiving part, the positioning operation and return operation of the receiving part can be performed without being noticed by the player. As a result, the player is prevented from gazing at the decorative member at the wrong timing, and the player can concentrate on playing the game.

In any one of the game machines P1 to P8, the light emitting means is arranged on the front side of the displacement area of the receiving portion, and the receiving portion includes a displacement member that can be displaced by the game balls received in the receiving portion. The displacement member is made of a non-light-transmitting material, and is displaceable at a position where it protrudes or retracts between the light-emitting means and the decoration member, and the game ball is received in the receiving portion. A gaming machine P10 characterized by protruding between the light emitting means and the game ball facing each other.

According to the game machine P10, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines P1 to P8, the light emitting means is arranged on the front side of the displacement area of the receiving part, and the receiving part receives the game balls received in the receiving part. A displaceable displacement member is provided, and the displacement member is made of a non-light-transmitting material and is displaceable at a position where it protrudes or retreats between the opposing light emitting means and the decorative member, and the game ball is inserted into the receiving portion. is received, the light emitted from the light emitting means is reflected by the displacement member and the game ball only when the light emitting means and the game ball are held in the receiving portion. Thus, the player can be made to recognize the position of the game ball in a bright portion (a portion with a larger amount of light than others) formed on the decorative member. Therefore, when the game ball is not received by the receiving part, the positioning operation and return operation of the receiving part can be performed without being noticed by the player. As a result, the player is prevented from gazing at the decorative member at the wrong timing, and the player can concentrate on playing the game.

In this case, it is preferable that the displacement member is generally made of a metal material that has a higher light reflectance than a resin material, or that the outer surface of the displacement member is coated with a metal. As a result, the light irradiated to the displacement member can be easily reflected, and the difference in the amount of light emitted from the decorative member can be made clear, making it easier for the player to recognize the position of the game ball.

A gaming machine P11 in the gaming machine P10, wherein the displacement member is formed in a concave curved shape that is recessed toward the back side.

According to the gaming machine P11, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P10, the displacement member is formed in a concave curved shape recessed toward the back side, so that the light emitted from the light emitting means to the displacement member is reflected toward the decorative member. In this case, the reflected light can be made difficult to diffuse (light can be easily condensed). Therefore, by collecting the light reflected by the displacement member and emitted from the decorative member, the difference in the amount of light can be made clear, making it easier for the player to recognize the position of the game ball.

A game machine P12 in any one of the game machines P1 to P11, wherein the decorative member is formed to protrude in the direction of irradiation of the light emitting means.

According to the game machine P12, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines P1 to P11, the decorative member is formed to protrude in the irradiation direction of the light emitting means, so that the light emitting means transmitted through the decorative member light can be easily diffused. As a result, it is possible for the player to perceive the position of the game ball received by the receiving part by enlarging the portion where the light amount of the light formed by the game ball received by the receiving part is different. It can be done easily.

A gaming machine P13 characterized in that, in any one of the gaming machines P1 to P12, the light emitting means can emit light of at least two colors.

According to the game machine P13, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines P1 to P12, the light emitting means can emit light of at least two colors, so the position where the receiving part is arranged depends on the color of light emitted. can change expectations.

For example, if light emission is divided into a first area with a first emission color and a second area with a second emission color, and a receiving portion is arranged in the first area, the expectation of a big win is increased. Raise. As a result, it is possible to make it easier for the player to watch the position of the game ball held in the receiving portion.

In this case, since the range of the first area and the range of the second area can be changed only by changing the emission color, a plurality of forms of presentation can be formed by changing the emission range. It is possible to easily give interest to the player.

<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Winning Port Unit 300 as an Example>
A game machine comprising a first game board member and a second game board member fastened and fixed to the first game board member to form a game board together with the first game board member, wherein One or a plurality of screw members for fastening and fixing the second game board member are provided, and a plurality of internal threads to which the screw members can be screwed are formed on the side of the first game board member, and the second game board member. is formed with one or a plurality of insertion holes through which the screw members can be inserted, and the second game board member is fastened and fixed to the first game board member by a number of the screw members smaller than the number of the female screws. A gaming machine Q1 characterized by:

Here, a game machine is known that includes a first game board member and a second game board member that is fastened and fixed to the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-310905). An insertion hole is formed in the second game board member, and an internal screw is formed in the first game board member. By being screwed together, the second game board member is fastened and fixed to the first game board member. According to such a game machine, the second game board member can be detached from the first game board member. That is, when a failure or breakage occurs in the second game board member, it is possible to replace only the second game board member and eliminate the need to replace the entire game board. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, each time the second game board member is replaced, the female screw and the screw member are repeatedly screwed together, causing fatigue (wear or galling) in the thread of the female screw. , there is a problem that the reliability of fastening and fixing decreases when the number of times of replacement increases.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine Q1, the first game board member is provided with one or a plurality of screw members for fastening and fixing the second game board member, and the screw member can be screwed to the first game board member side. A plurality of internal threads are formed, and the second game board member is formed with one or a plurality of insertion holes through which the screw members can be inserted. is fastened and fixed to the first game board member, so if the thread of one female screw is worn out (wear or galling), another female screw can be used. Therefore, even when the number of exchanges increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

The cross-sectional shape of the insertion hole is arbitrary, and examples thereof include circular, elliptical, polygonal, and combinations thereof. Moreover, it is sufficient that the insertion hole is formed so that at least the screw member can be inserted therethrough, and a part of the peripheral surface may be open. The open portion may be continuous along the insertion direction of the screw member, or may be only part of the insertion direction.

In the game machine Q1, the number of the insertion holes is smaller than the number of the female screws, and the orientation of the second game board member with respect to the first game board member can be selected from at least a first orientation or a second orientation. , wherein female threads connected to the insertion holes are different between the first posture and the second posture.

According to the gaming machine Q2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Q1, the posture of the second game board member with respect to the first game board member is formed so that at least the first posture or the second posture can be selected. In the two postures, the female thread connected to the insertion hole is a different female screw, so if the screw thread of the first female screw is worn out (wear or galling), the posture of the second game board member is changed. By changing it, other internal threads can be used. Therefore, even when the number of exchanges increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

In particular, according to the game machine Q2, since the number of insertion holes is smaller than the number of female screws, when the second game board member is arranged to be visible in front of the first game board member, the screw member It is possible to reduce the number of insertion holes that are visually recognized by the player in a state in which the is not inserted. Therefore, the area of another member for covering the insertion hole can be suppressed. The second game board member is preferably fastened and fixed to the first game board member by the same number of screw members as the number of insertion holes. In this case, it is possible to eliminate the insertion hole that is visually recognized by the player when the screw member is not inserted. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the need to cover the insertion hole with another member.

In addition, since the number of insertion holes can be reduced, the strength of the second game board member can be secured accordingly. Here, since the second game board member is relatively small, it is difficult to ensure its strength. On the other hand, in the case where the second game board member is formed so as to have a nail implanted therein, it can withstand the driving load when the nail is implanted or the impact when the game ball collides with the nail during the game. On the other hand, it is necessary to secure strength. Therefore, in the second game board member in which nails are implanted, reducing the number of insertion holes is particularly effective from the viewpoint of securing strength.

In the game machine Q2, the first game board member has a seat surface supporting the second game board member with a predetermined inclination angle, and the second game board member is supported by the seat surface. A game machine Q3 characterized in that a nail is planted perpendicularly to the surface to be supported.

According to the game machine Q3, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q2, the first game board member has a seat surface supporting the second game board member with a predetermined inclination angle, and the second game board member has a seat surface that supports the second game board member. Since the nail is planted perpendicularly to the supported surface supported by the seat surface, even if the attitude (first attitude or second attitude) of the second game board member is changed, the first game board member ( The angle of inclination of the nail with respect to the game surface can be kept constant.

In the game machine Q3, the nail is planted in the second game board member so as to be arranged at the same position in the first posture and the second posture.

According to the game machine Q4, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q3, the nail is planted in the second game board member so as to be arranged at the same position in the first posture and the second posture, so the second game Even if the attitude (first attitude or second attitude) of the board member is changed, the position of the nail with respect to the first game board member (game surface) can be maintained at a predetermined position.

In the game machine Q3 or Q4, the front edge of the second game board member extending along the inclination direction of the seat surface or the first game board member arranged side by side at the front edge of the second game board member A game machine Q5 characterized in that one of the front edges is formed with an inclined surface that is inclined downward toward the other.

According to the game machine Q5, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q3 or Q4, the front edge of the second game board member extending along the inclination direction of the seat surface or the edge of the second game board member is provided side by side. Since one of the front edge portions of the first game board member is formed with an inclined surface that slopes downward toward the other, both front surfaces can be smoothly connected to each other. That is, by inclining the seat surface of the first game board member, it is possible to suppress the formation of a step between the front surface of the first game board member and the front surface of the second game board member. Therefore, it is not necessary to dispose another member in front of the first game board member or in front of the second game board member in order to suppress such a step.

In the game machine Q1, the game machine Q6 is characterized in that the second game board member is formed with the insertion holes at positions corresponding to the plurality of female screws.

According to the game machine Q6, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q1, the second game board member is formed with through holes at positions corresponding to a plurality of female screws, respectively, so that the thread of one female screw is formed. If settling (wear or galling) occurs, other internal threads can be used. Therefore, even when the number of exchanges increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

In this case, according to the game machine Q6, it is not necessary to change the posture of the second game board member with respect to the first game board member when using another female screw. That is, the number of female screws is not limited to the number of postures that can be selected by the second game board member. Therefore, a larger number of internal threads can be secured. As a result, a greater number of times the second game board member can be replaced can be ensured.

In the gaming machine Q6, a second member disposed on the first game board member is provided, the insertion hole is opened in front of the second game board member, and the second member is connected to the second game board. A game machine Q7 is characterized by comprising a protruding portion protruding in front of an insertion hole of a member.

According to the game machine Q7, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q6, the second member is arranged on the first game board member, the insertion hole is opened in front of the second game board member, and the second Since the member has a projecting portion projecting in front of the insertion hole of the second game board member, the insertion hole into which the screw member is not inserted can be covered and hidden from the player. Therefore, the appearance can be improved. Further, when only one side of the second game board member is fastened and fixed to the first game board member by the screw member, the projecting portion of the second member projects in front of the second game board member. By doing so, it is possible to suppress the lifting of the other side of the second game board member.

A game machine Q8, wherein the female screw and the insertion hole extend substantially parallel to the front surface of the first game board member in the game machine Q6.

According to the game machine Q8, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q6, the female screw and the insertion hole extend substantially parallel to the front surface of the first game board member, so that the insertion hole or the head of the screw member It can be prevented from being exposed on the front surface (game surface) of the board member. Therefore, since it is difficult for the player to visually recognize the insertion hole through which the screw member is not inserted, the area of another member for covering the insertion hole can be reduced or eliminated. In addition, since the head of the screw member is not exposed to the rolling surface (game surface) of the game ball, it is not necessary to use a countersunk screw or to provide a counterbore (recess) for accommodating the head, thereby simplifying the structure. .

A gaming machine Q9, in the gaming machine Q1, further comprising a member to be fastened displaceably supported on the back surface of the first game board member and formed with the plurality of internal threads.

According to the game machine Q9, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q1, since it includes a member to be fastened displaceably supported on the back surface of the first game board member and having a plurality of internal threads formed thereon, one internal thread is provided. If settling (wear or galling) occurs in the thread of the internal thread, another internal thread can be used by displacing the member to be fastened. Therefore, even when the number of exchanges increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

In particular, according to the game machine Q9, the member to be fastened is supported on the back surface of the first game board member, so that when the second game board member is removed, the member to be fastened does not fall off, or the second When attaching the second game board member, it is not necessary for an operator to manually hold the member to be fastened from the rear surface of the first game board member in order to screw the screw member into the internal thread of the member to be fastened. Therefore, when replacing the second game board member, there is no need to open the first game board member (game board), and the second game board member can be replaced from the front while the first game board member (game board) remains closed. It is possible to replace the game board member. Therefore, the workability of replacing the second game board member can be improved.

A game machine Q10 in a game machine Q9, wherein the member to be fastened is formed in a circular shape when viewed from the front, and is rotatably supported by the first game board member with the center of the circle as a rotation axis.

According to the game machine Q10, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q9, the member to be fastened is formed in a circular shape when viewed from the front and is rotatably supported by the first game board member with the center of the circular shape as the rotation axis. Therefore, even if the member to be fastened is rotated in order to change the internal thread with which the threaded member is screwed, the appearance of the member to be fastened that is visually recognized by the player can be kept constant. In particular, when the first game board member is made of a light-transmissive material and the member to be fastened is seen through the first game board member, the circular shape in front view is effective in maintaining the appearance. .

In the game machine Q9 or Q10, the first game board member is provided with an opening formed in a region where the second game board member is arranged and communicating with the member to be fastened. Machine Q11.

According to the game machine Q11, in addition to the effects of the game machine Q9 or Q10, the first game board member has an opening formed in the area where the second game board member is arranged and an opening communicating with the member to be fastened. , it is possible for the operator to operate the member to be fastened from the front of the first game board member through the opening. That is, when attaching the second game board member, it is necessary to adjust the position of the female screw by displacing (or rotating) the member to be fastened. can be done as is. Therefore, the workability of replacing the second game board member can be improved.

In addition, since the opening is formed in the area where the second game board member is arranged, when the second game board member is attached to the first game board member, it is covered with the second game board member. The opening can be hidden from the player. Therefore, the appearance can be improved.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 7300 as an example>
A game machine comprising a first game board member and a second game board member fastened and fixed to the first game board member to form a game board together with the first game board member, wherein A screw member for fastening and fixing the second game board member is provided, and an insertion hole through which the screw member is inserted is formed on the first game board member side and is inserted into the insertion hole on the first game board member side. A game machine R1 characterized in that a female screw into which the threaded member is screwed is formed in the second game board member.

Here, a game machine is known that includes a first game board member and a second game board member that is fastened and fixed to the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-310905). An insertion hole is formed in the second game board member, and an internal screw is formed in the first game board member. By being screwed together, the second game board member is fastened and fixed to the first game board member. According to such a game machine, the second game board member can be detached from the first game board member. That is, when a failure or breakage occurs in the second game board member, it is possible to replace only the second game board member and eliminate the need to replace the entire game board. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, each time the second game board member is replaced, the female screw and the screw member are repeatedly screwed together, causing fatigue (wear or galling) in the thread of the female screw. , there is a problem that the reliability of fastening and fixing decreases when the number of times of replacement increases.

On the other hand, according to the game machine R1, the insertion hole through which the screw member is inserted is formed on the side of the first game board member, and the screw member inserted through the insertion hole on the side of the first game board member is screwed. Since the mating female screw is formed in the second game board member, when replacing the second game board member, a new female screw can be used along with the replacement. Therefore, even when the number of exchanges increases, the reliability of fastening and fixing can be ensured.

The cross-sectional shape of the insertion hole is arbitrary, and examples thereof include circular, elliptical, polygonal, and combinations thereof. Moreover, it is sufficient that the insertion hole is formed so that at least the screw member can be inserted therethrough, and a part of the peripheral surface may be open. The open portion may be continuous along the insertion direction of the screw member, or may be only part of the insertion direction.

The gaming machine R1 is provided with a projection projecting from the first surface of the second game board member and a recess recessed in the second surface of the first game board member so as to receive the projection. , the game machine R2, wherein the internal thread is formed in the protrusion of the second game board member, and the insertion hole is formed in communication with the recess of the first game board member.

According to the game machine R2, in addition to the effects of the game machine R1, the projection projecting from the first surface of the second game board member and the second surface of the first game board member capable of receiving the projection are provided. The female screw is formed in the protrusion of the second game board member, and the insertion hole is formed in communication with the recess of the first game board member, so that the screw of the female screw The length of the part (fully threaded part) can be secured. Therefore, the axial force of the screw member can be increased accordingly, making it easier to firmly fasten and fix the second game board member to the first game board member.

Since the second game board member is relatively small, it is difficult to secure its strength. By doing so, it is possible to distribute the load on the second game board member while making it possible to apply a predetermined axial force to the screw member. That is, the configuration in which the protrusion is provided with the internal thread is particularly effective from the viewpoint of achieving both strong fastening and fixing and damage prevention of the second game board member.

A gaming machine R3 characterized in that, in the gaming machine R2, the projecting dimension of the projection is set to be larger than the recessed dimension of the recess.

According to the game machine R3, in addition to the effects of the game machine R2, the projecting dimension of the projection is set to be larger than the recessed dimension of the recess, so that the second game board member is the first game board member. On the other hand, in the state of being fastened and fixed, a state can be formed in which the projecting tip of the protrusion and the recessed bottom surface of the recess are in contact with each other. That is, it is possible to form a state in which a gap is formed between the first surface of the second game board member and the second surface of the first game board member. Therefore, by utilizing the elastic deformation of the protrusion, the second game board member can be easily displaced relative to the first game board member. As a result, for example, when a nail is planted in the second game board member, it is possible to absorb the vibration when the game ball collides with the nail during play, thereby suppressing breakage (breakage) of the nail.

In this case, it is preferable that the inner diameter of the recess is set smaller than the outer diameter of the protrusion. In addition, it is preferable that the second game board member and the first game board member do not come into contact with each other except for the projecting tip of the projection and the recessed bottom surface of the recess. This is because these allow the protrusion to be elastically deformed more easily.

A gaming machine R4 characterized in that, in the gaming machine R2, the projecting dimension of the projection is set to be smaller than the recessed dimension of the recess.

According to the game machine R4, in addition to the effects of the game machine R2, the projecting dimension of the projection is set to be smaller than the recessed dimension of the recess, so that the second game board member becomes the first game board member. On the other hand, in the fastened and fixed state, a state in which the first surface of the second game board member and the second surface of the first game board member are in contact can be formed. That is, it is possible to form a state in which a gap is formed between the projecting tip of the protrusion and the recessed bottom surface of the recess. Therefore, it is possible to secure the contact area and firmly fix the second game board member to the first game board member.

In any one of the game machines R1 to R4, the first game board member has a window portion for making the liquid crystal display device visible and an opening for disposing the second game board member. A game machine R5 characterized in that the window portion and the opening are communicated with each other.

According to the game machine R5, in any one of the game machines R1 to R4, the first game board member includes a window portion for making the liquid crystal display device visible and a window for arranging the second game board member. Since the opening is formed and the window part and the opening communicate with each other, when replacing the structural member, the operator can grasp the structural member by using the window part of the first game board member. can be done. Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability of the replacement work. For example, when a nail is planted in the second game board member, the replacement work can be performed without gripping the nail. , it is possible to suppress the bending of the nails and the change in the spacing between the nails.

In the gaming machine R5, the second game board member is slidably displaced along a direction parallel to the game surface in the unfastened state, and is formed so as to be removable to the window side of the first game board member. A gaming machine R6 characterized by:

According to the game machine R6, in addition to the effects of the game machine R5, the second game board member is slidably displaced along a direction parallel to the game surface (front of the first game board member) in the unfastened state. As a result, since it is formed so as to be able to be pulled out to the window side of the first game board member, even if other members or devices are arranged on the back side of the second game board member, the other members or devices can be removed. The second game board member can be replaced without removing it. Therefore, workability of replacement work can be improved. In other words, it is not necessary to secure a space for the replacement work on the back side of the second game board member, and the space on the back side of the second game board member can be replaced by other members or devices. It can be used as a space for installation.

In the gaming machine R6, a projecting piece projected from either the inner side surface of the opening of the first game board member or the outer side surface of the second game board member, and the first game board member capable of receiving the projecting piece A concave groove is provided in the other of the inner side surface of the opening or the outer side surface of the second game board member and continuously extends along a direction parallel to the game surface and continues to the window portion. Gaming machine R7.

According to the game machine R7, in addition to the effects of the game machine R6, a projecting piece protruding from either the inner surface of the opening of the first game board member or the outer surface of the second game board member, and receiving the projecting piece It is possible to be recessed in the other of the inner surface of the opening of the first game board member or the outer surface of the second game board member and continuously along the direction parallel to the game surface (front surface of the first game board member) Since it is provided with a recessed groove that extends and continues to the window part, it is possible to pull out the second game board member to the window part side of the first game board member, and the screw member is prevented from being broken by vibration accompanying the game or by illegal means. Even if the second game board member is loosened or removed, it is possible to prevent the second game board member from falling off from the first game board member.

In the game machine R7, a game board projecting portion projecting from the inner side surface of the opening of the first game board member and formed with the insertion hole, and the external thread projecting from the outer side surface of the second game board member are formed. a constituent member projecting portion, wherein the projecting piece protrudes from the constituent member projecting portion of the second game board member, and is attached to a non-formed portion of the game board projecting portion of the first game board member; A gaming machine R8 characterized in that the recessed groove is recessed.

According to the game machine R8, in addition to the effects of the game machine R7, the game board projecting portion formed with the insertion hole projecting from the inner surface of the opening of the first game board member and the outer surface of the second game board member A projecting piece is projected from the component projecting part of the second game board member, and the game board projecting part of the first game board member is not formed. Since the recessed groove is provided in the portion, the length of the threaded portion (completely threaded portion) of the female thread can be secured. Therefore, the axial force of the screw member can be increased accordingly, making it easier to firmly fasten and fix the second game board member to the first game board member.

Since the second game board member is relatively small, it is difficult to ensure its strength. By securing the length of the threaded portion, it is possible to distribute the load on the second game board member while making it possible to apply a predetermined axial force to the threaded member. That is, the configuration in which the projecting piece protrudes from the projecting portion of the constituent members of the second game board member is particularly effective from the viewpoint of achieving both strong fastening and fixing and damage prevention of the second game board member.

In the game machine R7, a game board projecting portion projecting from the inner side surface of the opening of the first game board member and formed with the insertion hole, and the external thread projecting from the outer side surface of the second game board member are formed. a constituent member projecting portion, wherein the projecting piece protrudes from the game board projecting portion of the first game board member, and is attached to a non-formed portion of the component projecting portion of the second game board member; A gaming machine R9 characterized in that the recessed groove is recessed.

According to the game machine R8, in addition to the effects of the game machine R7, the game board projecting portion formed with the insertion hole projecting from the inner surface of the opening of the first game board member and the outer surface of the second game board member A projecting piece is projected from the game board projecting part of the first game board member, and the component projecting part of the second game board member is not formed. Since the recessed groove is provided in the portion, the length of the threaded portion (completely threaded portion) of the female thread can be secured. Therefore, the axial force of the screw member can be increased accordingly, making it easier to firmly fasten and fix the second game board member to the first game board member.

Since the second game board member is relatively small, it is difficult to ensure its strength. By securing the length of the threaded portion, it is possible to distribute the load on the second game board member while making it possible to apply a predetermined axial force to the threaded member. That is, the configuration in which the projecting piece protrudes from the game board projecting portion of the first game board member is particularly effective from the viewpoint of achieving both strong fastening and fixing and damage prevention of the second game board member.

In any one of the game machines R1 to R9, two nails are implanted in the second game board member, and the female thread is not formed on an extension line of an imaginary line connecting the two nails. A gaming machine R10 characterized by:

According to the game machine R10, in any one of the game machines R1 to R9, two nails are planted in the second game board member, and an internal thread is formed on the extension line of the imaginary line connecting the two nails. Since it is formed, cracking of the second game board member can be suppressed. That is, the strain (elastic deformation of the second game board member) due to the implantation of the two nails overlaps in the direction of the imaginary line connecting the two nails. By not forming internal threads in areas where cracking of the member is likely to occur, it is possible to suppress the strain caused by implanting the nail and the load caused by screwing the screw member together. As a result, cracking of the second game board member can be suppressed.

It should be noted that the distance between the extension of the virtual line and the internal thread is preferably set to be equal to or greater than the reference dimension of the outer diameter of the threaded member (nominal diameter of the thread) from the viewpoint of suppressing cracking of the second game board member. , is more preferably set to be at least twice the reference dimension of the outer diameter of the screw member.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 10300 as an example>
A first game board member and a second game board member detachably disposed on the first game board member and forming a game board together with the first game board member, wherein a nail is attached to the second game board member. A game machine S1, wherein the second game board member is formed so as to be capable of suppressing breakage of the second game board member due to the action of an external force on the nail.

A first game board member and a second game board member detachably arranged on the first game board member and forming a game board together with the first game board member are provided, and a nail is attached to the second game board member. is known (for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2003-310905). According to this game machine, when the nail of the second game board member is broken, only the second game board member is replaced, thereby eliminating the need to replace the entire game board. However, in the conventional game machine described above, since the second game board member is formed relatively small, it is difficult to ensure the rigidity of the second game board member. Therefore, there is a problem that the second game board member is likely to be damaged when an external force acts on the nail due to the collision of the game ball.

On the other hand, according to the game machine S1, since the damage of the second game board member due to the action of the external force on the nail can be suppressed, when the external force acts on the nail due to the collision of the game ball, , the damage of the second game board member can be suppressed.

In the game machine S1, the second game board member includes a planting portion in which the nail is implanted, and a thickness dimension smaller than that of the planting portion, and is abutted and fastened to the first game board member. and a fixed abutment portion, wherein the abutment portion has a thick portion projecting from the abutment surface with the first game board member and continuing to the planted portion. Machine S2.

According to the game machine S2, in addition to the effects of the game machine S1, the second game board member includes a planting portion in which nails are planted and a thickness dimension smaller than that of the planting portion and the first game board member. an abutting portion that abuts and is fastened and fixed to the board member, and the abutting portion has a thick portion protruding from the abutting surface with the first game board member and continuing to the planting portion; , the rigidity of the implanted portion can be increased accordingly. Therefore, it is possible to suppress damage to the second game board member (planting portion) when an external force acts on the nail due to the collision of the game ball.

In the gaming machine S2, two nails are implanted in the second game board member, and the thick portion is formed along an extension line of a virtual line connecting the two nails. Game machine S3.

According to the game machine S3, in addition to the effects of the game machine S2, two nails are planted in the second game board member, and the thick portion is formed along the extension of the imaginary line connecting the two nails. is formed, it is possible to suppress damage to the second game board member (planting portion). That is, the strain (elastic deformation of the second game board member) due to the implantation of the two nails overlaps in the direction of the imaginary line connecting the two nails. By forming a thick portion in such a region where cracking of the member is likely to occur, it is possible to alleviate the strain caused by the implantation of the nail. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the strain caused by the implantation of the nail from being further superimposed on the load caused by the collision of the game ball with the nail. As a result, cracking of the second game board member can be suppressed.

In the game machine S3, the size of the implanted portion in a direction perpendicular to the virtual line connecting the two nails is larger than the size of the thick portion in the direction perpendicular to the virtual line connecting the two nails. A gaming machine S4 characterized in that

According to the gaming machine S4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine S3, the dimension of the implanted portion in the direction perpendicular to the imaginary line connecting the two nails is equal to the thickness in the direction perpendicular to the imaginary line connecting the two nails. Since it is made larger than the dimension of the flesh portion, the rigidity of the second game board member (planting portion) in the direction perpendicular to the imaginary line connecting the two nails can be increased. As a result, damage to the second game board member (planting portion) can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine S4, a screw member for fastening and fixing the second game board member to the first game board member is provided, and the abutting portion of the second game board member has an insertion hole or A gaming machine S5 characterized in that female threads into which the screw member is screwed are formed at positions sandwiching the thick portion.

According to the gaming machine S5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine S4, the abutting portion of the second game board member has an insertion hole through which the screw member is inserted or an internal thread into which the screw member is screwed. Since it is formed at a position sandwiching the part, both the area for increasing the rigidity of the second game board member and the area for fastening and fixing the second game board member to the first game board member are efficiently formed. can be secured. As a result, it is possible to achieve both suppression of damage to the second game board member and miniaturization of the second game board member.

In any one of the game machines S2 to S5, the first game board member has a receiving part that is recessed in the contact surface with the contact part of the second game board member and receives the thick part, and A game machine S6 characterized in that at least a part of the thick portion of the second game board member is fitted in the receiving portion.

According to the game machine S6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines S2 to S5, the first game board member is recessed in the contact surface with the contact part of the second game board member, and the thick part is formed. Since the receiving part is provided and at least part of the thick part of the second game board member is fitted in the receiving part, at least part of the thick part of the second game board member can be held by the first game board member. . That is, the rigidity of the second game board member can be increased by utilizing the rigidity of the first game board member by the amount that at least part of the thick portion is held. As a result, damage to the second game board member can be suppressed.

In addition, at least a part of the thick portion is fitted inside the receiving portion means that at least a part of the outer surface of the thick portion is in contact with the inner surface of the receiving portion. Therefore, at least a part of the thick portion may be pressed into the inner surface of the receiving portion while being elastically compressed and deformed. In the press-fitted state, at least part of the thick portion can be held more firmly, so that the effect of improving the rigidity of the second game board member by the rigidity of the first game board member can be enhanced.

In the gaming machine S1, an elastic member made of a material having an elastic modulus smaller than that of the first game board member and the second game board member is provided, and the second game board member is attached to the first game board member via the elastic member. A game machine S7 characterized in that it is arranged at a

According to the game machine S7, in addition to the effects of the game machine S1, the elastic member made of a material having an elastic modulus smaller than that of the first game board member and the second game board member is provided, and the first game board member is provided with the second game board member. Since the board member is arranged via the elastic member, the second game board member can be easily displaced relative to the first game board member by utilizing the elastic deformation of the elastic member. That is, the relative displacement (elastic deformation) absorbs the external force associated with the collision of the game ball with the nail, thereby suppressing damage to the second game board member.

In the gaming machine S7, a screw member for fastening and fixing the second game board member to the first game board member is provided, and an insertion hole through which the screw member is inserted is formed in the first game board member or the second game board member. A female screw formed on one side and into which the screw member inserted through the insertion hole is screwed is formed on the other side of the first game board member or the second game board member, and the elastic member is substantially cylindrical. and is interposed between the insertion hole and the shaft of the screw member.

According to the game machine S8, in addition to the effects of the game machine S7, the screw member for fastening and fixing the second game board member to the first game board member is provided, and the insertion hole through which the screw member is inserted is the first game board member. Alternatively, a female screw is formed on one of the second game board members and into which the screw member inserted through the insertion hole is screwed, and the elastic member is formed on the other of the first game board member or the second game board member. Since it is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape and interposed between the insertion hole and the shaft of the screw member, the degree of freedom in the direction of displacement when the second game board member is displaced relative to the first game board member is increased. can be done. That is, relative displacement can be easily made not only in the direction orthogonal to the axis of the screw member but also in the direction inclined to the axis of the screw member (prying direction). As a result, the damage of the second game board member can be easily suppressed by absorbing the external force accompanying the collision of the game ball with the nail.

In addition, the elasticity of the elastic member can be used to prevent loosening of the threaded member, and even if the threaded member is loosened, it is possible to prevent the threaded member from coming off.

In the game machine S8, the elastic member includes a substantially cylindrical cylindrical portion interposed between the insertion hole and the shaft of the screw member, and radially outward portions at both axial ends of the cylindrical portion. and a pair of flange portions projecting in a flange shape, one flange portion being interposed between the first game board member and the second game board member, and the other flange portion being the head of the screw member. A game machine S9 characterized by being interposed between the part and the first game board member or the second game board member.

According to the game machine S9, in addition to the effects of the game machine S8, the elastic member includes a substantially cylindrical cylindrical portion interposed between the insertion hole and the shaft of the screw member, and both sides of the cylindrical portion. and a pair of flange portions projecting radially outward in a flange shape from the axial ends of the two, one of the flange portions being interposed between the first game board member and the second game board member. Since the other flange portion is interposed between the head portion of the screw member and the first game board member or the second game board member, the first game board member and the second game board member can be connected only by the elastic member. Can be connected (that is, a portion consisting only of an elastic member can be formed in at least a part of the vibration transmission path from the second game board member to the first game board member). Therefore, the second game board member can be easily displaced relative to the first game board member, and the external force accompanying the collision of the game ball with the nail can be easily absorbed.

Also, the screw member can be relatively displaced in the axial direction, and the degree of freedom in the relative displacement direction of the second game board member with respect to the first game board member can be increased. Therefore, also from this point, it is possible to easily absorb the external force accompanying the collision of the game ball with the nail.

Furthermore, since one flange portion is interposed between the first game board member and the second game board member, it is possible to prevent the second game board member from tilting by its own weight with respect to the first game board member. can be suppressed. In particular, it is effective when the elastic member deteriorates over time (when it sags).

In any one of the game machines S1 to S9, the game machine is characterized in that the second game board member has a body part that protrudes from the nail planting surface and surrounds the base of the nail. S10.

According to the game machine S10, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines S1 to S9, the second game board member protrudes from the nail planting surface and has a trunk surrounding the base of the nail. Since it is provided, the rigidity of the portion that holds the nail can be increased by the trunk portion. Therefore, it is possible to suppress damage to the second game board member when an external force acts on the nail due to the collision of the game ball.

In the game machine S10, the game machine S11 is characterized in that the body portion is positioned closer to the second game board member than the outer surface of the game ball that abuts against the nail and the planting surface.

According to the game machine S11, in addition to the effects of the game machine S10, the body is located closer to the second game board member than the outer surface of the game ball in contact with the nail and the planting surface. can be avoided from colliding with the body, and damage to the body can be suppressed.

A gaming machine S12, wherein the cross-sectional area of the body portion increases as it approaches the planting surface in the gaming machine S10 or S11.

According to the game machine S12, in addition to the effects of the game machine S10 or S11, the cross-sectional area of the body is increased as it approaches the planting surface. It is possible to further increase the rigidity of the portion that holds the nail. That is, it is possible to effectively suppress both the damage of the body due to the direct collision of the game ball with the body and the damage of the second game board member due to the collision of the game ball with the nail.

The cross-sectional area of the trunk means the area of the cross section obtained by cutting the trunk along a plane orthogonal to the nail-implanting direction. In this case, the cross-sectional shape of the body is arbitrary, and examples thereof include circular, elliptical, polygonal, and combinations thereof. However, the cross-sectional shape of the body is preferably circular. This is because it is possible to increase the rigidity of the body by maximizing the volume of the body while avoiding collision with the game ball.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 13300 as an example>
A game machine comprising a first game board member and a second game board member fastened and fixed to the first game board member to form a game board together with the first game board member, wherein the fastening and fixing are released. A game machine T1 characterized in that removal of said second game board member from said first game board member is regulated.

Here, a game machine is known that includes a first game board member and a second game board member that is fastened and fixed to the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-310905). According to such a game machine, the second game board member can be detached from the first game board member. Therefore, when a failure or breakage occurs in the second game board member, it is possible to replace only the second game board member and eliminate the need to replace the entire game board. However, in the above-described conventional game machine, there is a risk that the fastening and fixing of the second game board member to the first game board member may be released (loosened) due to, for example, vibration accompanying the game. has the problem that the second game board member may fall off from the first game board member.

On the other hand, according to the game machine T1, since the removal of the second game board member from the first game board member is regulated in the state where the fastening and fixing are released, for example, the first game board member Even when the fastening fixation of the second game board member is released (loosened), it is possible to prevent the second game board member from falling off from the first game board member.

The game machine T1 is provided with a second member disposed on the first game board member, and the second member is disposed at a position capable of regulating the movement of the second game board member in the removal direction. A gaming machine T2 characterized by:

According to the game machine T2, in addition to the effects of the game machine T1, the second member arranged on the first game board member is provided, and the second member regulates the movement of the second game board member in the removal direction. Since it is arranged at a possible position, even when the fastening fixation of the second game board member to the first game board member is released, the second game board member can be used to move from the first game board member to the second game board. It is possible to prevent the member from falling off.

In the gaming machine T2, the first game board member is provided with a window for making the liquid crystal display device visible, and the second member is arranged on the inner surface of the lower edge of the window. A gaming machine T3 characterized by:

According to the game machine T3, in addition to the effects of the game machine T2, the first game board member is formed with a window for making the liquid crystal display device visible, and the inner surface of the lower edge side of the window is formed. Since the second member is arranged in the second member, even if the holding of the second member to the first game board member (for example, fastening fixation) is released, the second member can be moved to the lower edge side of the window using its own weight. can be maintained resting on the inner surface of the That is, it is possible to maintain the state in which the second member is arranged at a position where the movement of the second game board member in the removal direction can be restricted. As a result, it is possible to prevent the second game board member from falling off from the first game board member.

In this case, the second member is preferably formed to be elastically engageable with the first game board member. This is because the second member can be easily maintained in a state of being placed on the inner surface of the lower edge side of the window. The elastically engaged state is, for example, a form in which an elastically deformable elastic claw formed on one of the first game board member or the second member is engaged with the other, or a state in which one is elastically deformable. A form in which the other is sandwiched between a pair of opposing pieces arranged to face each other is exemplified.

In the game machine T2, an engaging portion is formed in one of the second game board member and the second member, and an engaging recess capable of receiving the engaging portion is formed in the second game board member or the second member. A gaming machine T4 characterized by being recessed on the other side, wherein the engaging portion is engaged with the engaging recess to restrict movement of the second game board member in the removal direction.

According to the gaming machine T4, in the gaming machine T2, the engaging portion is formed in one of the second game board member and the second member, and the engaging concave portion capable of receiving the engaging portion is formed in the second game board member. Or, it is recessed in the other of the second member, and the engaging portion is engaged with the engaging recess, so that the movement of the second game board member in the removal direction is restricted, so the engaging portion is engaged with the engaging recess. can be shielded from the outside. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the engagement between the engaging portion and the engaging recess from being illegally released.

In the gaming machine T4, the first game board member has an opening for disposing the second game board member, and the second game board member is disposed in front of the first game board member. and the second member is arranged on the back surface of the first game board member, and the engaging portion is engaged with the engaging concave portion through the opening.

According to the game machine T5, in addition to the effects of the game machine T4, the first game board member is formed with an opening for arranging the second game board member, and the second game board member is the first game board member. The second member is arranged on the front surface of the game board member and the back surface of the first game board member, and the engaging portion is engaged with the engaging concave portion through the opening, so that the first game board member can be used to make it difficult to access the second member from the front. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the engagement between the engaging portion and the engaging recess from being illegally released.

In any one of the game machines T2 to T5, a screw member for fastening and fixing the second game board member to the first game board member is provided, and an insertion hole through which the screw member is inserted is formed in the first game board member and the second game board member. 2. A game machine T6 characterized in that the second member is formed with an internal thread into which the screw member is screwed, while being formed in two game board members.

According to the game machine T6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines T2 to T5, insertion holes through which the screw members are inserted are formed in the first game board member and the second game board member, and the screw members Since the female thread to be screwed is formed on the second member, the provision of the second member may be a requirement for fastening and fixing the second game board member to the first game board member. can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the operator from forgetting to attach the second member when replacing the second game board member.

In addition, when the second member has an engaging portion, it is preferable to form a female thread in the engaging portion. To suppress illegality and to recognize damage by making it impossible to fasten and fix a second game board member to a first game board member when an engaging part is illegally removed or damaged by use. This is because

In the game machine T1, an elastic means is provided on one of the first game board member and the second game board member and formed to be elastically deformable, and the second game board member is moved to the first game board member. Upon attachment, the first game board member and the second game board member are directly or indirectly engaged via the elastic means, and movement of the second game board member in the removal direction is restricted. A game machine T7 characterized by.

According to the game machine T7, the elastic means disposed on either the first game board member or the second game board member and formed to be elastically deformable is provided, and the second game board member is attached to the first game board member. As a result, the first game board member and the second game board member are directly or indirectly engaged with each other through the elastic means, and the movement of the second game board member in the removal direction is regulated, so that the second game board Since there is no need to perform a separate process for preventing the member from falling off, the replacement work of the second game board member can be simplified, and forgetting to implement the process for preventing the second game board member from falling off can be avoided. can be suppressed.

In the game machine T7, the elastic means includes an elastic piece formed to be elastically deformable and a claw portion projecting from the elastic piece, and the elastic piece is disposed on the second game board member. , the game machine T8, wherein the claw portion is formed to be engageable with the first game board member.

According to the game machine T8, in addition to the effects of the game machine T7, the elastic means includes an elastic piece that is formed to be elastically deformable and a claw portion that protrudes from the elastic piece, and the elastic piece is adapted to the second game. Since it is arranged on the board member and the claw part is formed so as to be able to engage with the first game board member, when the second game board member is replaced, a new elastic means is used along with the replacement. can. That is, in the structure in which the elastic piece is arranged on the first game board member and the claw portion is engaged with the second game board member, when the number of exchanges increases, the elastic deformation of the elastic means is repeated and the elastic force decreases. Therefore, the engagement is easily released. On the other hand, according to the game machine T8, even if the number of exchanges increases, a new elastic means can be used for each exchange, so the reliability of engagement can be ensured.

In the gaming machine T8, a female screw is inserted through an insertion hole formed in one of the first game board member and the second game board member and is formed in the other of the first game board member and the second game board member. When the screw member is removed, one end of the space formed by the insertion hole and the female screw is open to the second game board member and the other end is the second game board member. 1 game board member, and the pawl portion is engaged with the first game board member at a position facing the opening of the other end.

According to the game machine T9, in addition to the effects of the game machine T8, when the screw member is removed, one end of the space formed by the insertion hole and the female screw is opened to the second game board member and the other is opened. The end is opened in the first game board member, and the pawl portion is engaged with the first game board member at a position facing the opening of the other end, so that after removing the screw member, one end of the insertion hole and the female thread is removed. By inserting the jig from the other end, the claw portion can be pushed out by the jig projecting from the other end to release the engagement. That is, for example, it is not necessary to open the first game board member and release the engagement of the claw from the rear side thereof, and the engagement of the claw can be released while the first game board member is closed. can. Therefore, the workability of removing the second game board member from the first game board member can be improved. That is, there is no need to open the first game board member in order to release the engagement of the claw portion, and the replacement of the second game board member is completed from the front while the first game board member remains closed. be able to.

In any one of the game machines T1 to T9, a glass plate disposed in front of the first game board member is provided, and the removal direction of the second game board member from the first game board member is the first game board member. The direction toward the front side of the board member and the distance in the removal direction required to remove the second game board member from the first game board member is the distance between the second game board member and the A game machine T10 characterized in that the space between the game machine T10 and the glass plate is larger than that of the glass plate.

According to the game machine T10, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines T1 to T9, it is equipped with a glass plate disposed in front of the first game board member, and from the first game board member of the second game board member The removal direction is the direction toward the front side of the first game board member, and the distance in the removal direction required to remove the second game board member from the first game board member is the second game Since the space between the board member and the glass plate is made larger than the facing distance, the glass plate can be used to play the first game even when the fastening and fixing of the second game board member to the first game board member is released. It is possible to suppress the second game board member from falling off from the board member.

In the game machine T10, a nail is planted in the second game board member, and the distance in the removal direction required to remove the second game board member from the first game board member is equal to the second game board member. 2. A game machine T11 characterized in that the space between the tip of the nail of the game board member and the glass plate is made larger than the facing distance.

According to the game machine T11, in addition to the effects of the game machine T10, a nail is planted in the second game board member, and the removal direction required to remove the second game board member from the first game board member is larger than the facing distance between the tip of the nail of the second game board member and the glass plate, so that the tip of the nail of the second game board member contacts the glass plate, It is possible to suppress the second game board member from falling off from the first game board member. That is, the thickness dimension (dimension in the direction of removal) of the second game board member can be reduced to the extent that the length of the nail can be used.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 18300 as an example>
A game machine comprising a first game board member and a second game board member detachably disposed on the first game board member and forming a game board together with the first game board member, wherein the second game board comprises: A second member is provided on the first game board member in a state of being superimposed on a part of the member, and the second game board is held in a state where the second member is held by at least the first game board member. A gaming machine U1 characterized in that the members are detachable.

Here, a game machine is known that includes a first game board member and a second game board member that is detachably disposed on the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member. (For example, JP-A-2003-310905). According to this game machine, since the second game board member is fastened and fixed to the first game board member by the screw member, if the screw member is illegally removed or accidentally loosened due to vibration during the game, There is a risk that the second game board member may fall off from the first game board member (game board). On the other hand, the applicant of the present application disposes the second member on the first game board member in a state of being superimposed on a part of the second game board member, so that the engagement between the two by the overlapped part The present inventors have come up with a technique to prevent the second game board member from falling off from the first game board member (unknown at the time of the filing of the present application).

However, with the technique described above, when performing the replacement work of the second game board member, it is necessary to remove not only the second game board member but also the second member from the first game board member. It has been found that there is a problem that the number of parts increases and the replacement work of the second game board member becomes complicated.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine U1, the second game board member is detachably formed while the second member is held by at least the first game board member. The replacement work of the second game board member can be simplified. That is, since it is not necessary to remove the second member from the first game board member, it is possible to reduce the number of man-hours in the process of reattaching the second member. It is possible to suppress the wrong installation method.

In the game machine U1, the second member is formed to be capable of regulating the movement of the second game board member in the first direction, and the first game board member moves the second game board member in the first direction. is a movement in a second direction different from the above, and is formed to allow movement to a position where the movement of the second game board member in the first direction by the second member is unregulated. Characteristic game machine U2.

According to the gaming machine U2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine U1, the second member is formed to be capable of regulating the movement of the second game board member in the first direction, and the first game board member Movement of the board member in a second direction different from the first direction is formed to allow movement to a position where the movement of the second game board member in the first direction by the second member cannot be restricted. Therefore, the second game board member can be removed without removing the second member from the first game board member. Further, the second game board member can be attached while the second member is arranged on the game board. Therefore, the number of man-hours can be reduced accordingly, and the replacement work of the second game board member can be simplified.

In the game machine U2, the game machine U3 is characterized in that the second direction is a direction including at least an upward component in the direction of gravity.

According to the game machine U3, in addition to the effects of the game machine U2, since the second direction includes at least the upward component in the direction of gravity, the second member restricts the movement of the second game board member in the first direction. The state in which the second game board member is arranged at the possible position can be maintained by the weight of the second game board member (action of gravity). That is, even if the means for fixing the second game board member to the first game board member (for example, a screw member) is illegally removed or unintentionally loosened due to vibration during play, the second game board member will Since the part is maintained in a position where it overlaps with the second member (a position where movement in the first direction is restricted), the engagement of the two by the overlapped part (restriction of movement in the first direction) , the second game board member can be suppressed from falling off from the first game board member.

In addition, it is preferable that the second direction is a direction upward in the direction of gravity along the vertical direction. This is because the weight of the second game board member (action of gravity) can be utilized to the maximum.

According to the game machine U2 or U3, it is disposed on the first game board member in a state of being superimposed on a part of the second game board member, and moves the second game board member in the first direction. A gaming machine U4 characterized by comprising a third member formed to be regulatable.

Here, like the gaming machine U2, the movement of the second game board member in the second direction is allowed to the position where the movement of the second game board member in the first direction can be regulated and the regulation of the movement in the first direction can be released. In order to form the structure that allows the movement to be made of only the first game board member and the second member, the shape of the first game board member becomes complicated, and the molding thereof becomes complicated (increases the number of man-hours). .

On the other hand, according to the game machine U4, it is arranged on the first game board member in a state of being superimposed on a part of the second game board member, and restricts the movement of the second game board member in the first direction. Since the third member is formed in a flexible manner, in addition to the effects of the game machine U2 or U3, it is possible to simplify the shape of the first game board member and facilitate its molding.

The second member and the third member are preferably arranged on one side in the second direction and the other side in the second direction with the second game board member interposed therebetween. This is because the shape of the first game board member can be simplified as described above. As this form, for example, a nail is implanted in the second game board member, the second member is a ball entry device having an opening and a passage through which a ball can enter, and the third member is the first game board. As a center frame mounted on the window portion of the member, those formed respectively are exemplified.

In the gaming machine U1, the second member is displaceable between a regulation position that regulates removal of the second game board member and a permitting position that permits removal of the second game board member. A gaming machine U5 characterized by being disposed on a member.

According to the game machine U5, in addition to the effects of the game machine U1, the second member is positioned between the regulation position that regulates the removal of the second game board member and the allowable position that allows the removal of the second game board member. Since it is arranged displaceably on the first game board member, the second game board member can be removed without removing the second member from the first game board member. Also, the second game board member can be attached while the second member is arranged on the first game board member. Therefore, the number of man-hours can be reduced accordingly, and the replacement work of the second game board member can be simplified.

A gaming machine U6 characterized in that, in the gaming machine U5, the allowable position is set below the restricted position in the direction of gravity.

According to the game machine U6, in addition to the effects of the game machine U5, the allowable position is set below the restricted position in the gravity direction, so that the second member is maintained at the allowable position by its own weight (action of gravity). be able to. That is, when replacing (removing and attaching) the second game board member, the operator does not need to hold the second member in the allowable position. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the number of man-hours and simplify the replacement work of the second game board member.

A game machine U7 characterized in that, in the game machine U5, the regulation position is set below the allowable position in the direction of gravity.

According to the game machine U7, in addition to the effects of the game machine U5, the regulation position is set lower than the allowable position in the direction of gravity, so that the second member can be placed in the regulation position by its own weight (action of gravity). can be done. That is, when the replacement (attachment) of the second game board member is completed, the operator does not need to displace the second member to the restricted position. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the second member from being left in the allowable position (that is, forgetting to return it to the restricting position).

A gaming machine U5 or U6 includes a detection sensor that detects passage of a game ball, and the second member includes a detected portion that is detectably formed in the detection sensor, and the second member is at the allowable position. A gaming machine U8 characterized in that, when arranged, the detected part is arranged at a position detectable by the detection sensor.

According to the game machine U8, in addition to the effects of the game machines U5 and U6, when the second member is arranged at the allowable position, the detected part is arranged at a position detectable by the detection sensor. By monitoring the state (for example, waveform), it is possible to detect that the second member remains in the allowable position (that is, forgetting to return to the restricted position). That is, while the time during which the detection sensor is turned on (or turned off) when the ball passes is relatively short, the detection sensor is turned on (or turned off) when the second member is left in the allowable position. or off) continues, so if the detection sensor is turned on (or off) over a predetermined time (threshold), it can be determined that the second member remains in the permissible position. .

A gaming machine U9 characterized in that, in the gaming machine U8, passage of a game ball is restricted by a detected portion of the second member in a state where the second member is arranged at the allowable position.

According to the game machine U9, in addition to the effects of the game machine U8, in the state where the second member is arranged at the allowable position, passage of the game ball is restricted by the detected portion of the second member, so that inappropriate It is possible to suppress the game from being played in the state. For example, an inappropriate state means that a ball entry hole is formed in the second member, a nail that affects entry of a game ball into the ball entry hole is planted in the second game board member, When the two members are arranged at the allowable position, the ball entrance of the second member is separated from the nail of the second game board member more than when the two members are arranged at the restricting position, and the game ball enters the ball entrance by that amount. A state in which is made easier to enter is exemplified. Therefore, it is possible to prevent illegal means such as arranging the second member at the allowable position to make it easier for the game ball to enter the ball entrance.

In the gaming machine U8 or U9, when the detected portion is made of a metal material and the second member is arranged at the restricted position, a part of the inner wall of the passage through which the game ball passes is the detected portion. A gaming machine U10 characterized by being formed by:

According to the game machine U10, in addition to the effects provided by the game machines U8 and U9, the detected portion is made of a metal material, and in a state where the second member is arranged at the regulating position, the inner wall of the passage through which the game ball passes is reduced. Since a portion of the path is formed by the detected portion, it is possible to improve the durability of the passage.

In addition, a part of the second passage in the first passage and the second passage that is bent and connected to the downstream side of the first passage (the game ball that flows down from the first passage collides) part) is preferably formed by the detected part. This is because it is possible to effectively improve the durability by reinforcing the parts that are likely to be damaged.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 20300 as an example>
A game machine comprising a first game board member and a second game board member detachably disposed on the first game board member and forming a game board together with the first game board member, wherein the first game board A gaming machine comprising a member provided with a screw member for fastening and fixing said second game board member, wherein said second game board member can be gripped directly or indirectly when at least said screw member is removed. V1.

Here, a game machine is known that includes a first game board member and a second game board member that is detachably disposed on the first game board member and forms a game board together with the first game board member. (For example, JP-A-2003-310905). According to such a game machine, since the second game board member can be attached to and detached from the first game board member, only the second game board member is replaced when a failure or damage occurs in the second game board member. Thus, replacement of the game board as a whole can be made unnecessary. However, the conventional game machine described above has a problem that the second game board member is difficult to remove from the first game board member. For example, in a second game board member with a nail implanted therein, the worker can remove the second game board member from the first game board member by gripping the nail, but if the nail is broken In the second game board member, there is no part to be grasped, so it becomes difficult to remove. Such problems arise when the second game board member is embedded in the first game board member in such a manner that the game surfaces (front surfaces) of the second game board member and the first game board member are flush with each other. is particularly noticeable.

On the other hand, according to the game machine V1, when at least the screw member is removed, the second game board member can be grasped directly or indirectly, so the second game board member can be removed from the first game board member. can be made easier.

The gaming machine V1 comprises a second member disposed on the first game board member, an engaging portion is formed in the second member, and the engaging portion of the second member is engaged. A game machine V2 characterized in that a joint is formed in the second game board member.

According to the game machine V2, in addition to the effects of the game machine V1, the second member is arranged on the first game board member, the second member is formed with the engaging portion, and the second member is provided with an engaging portion. Since the engaged portion with which the engaging portion is engaged is formed in the second game board member, even if the operator cannot grasp the second game board member (for example, the part to be grasped is formed). or the part is damaged), when removing the second member, the second game board member can also be removed by using the engagement between the engaging portion and the engaged portion. can.

It should be noted that the second member is preferably arranged at a position where movement in the removal direction of the second game board member can be restricted. For example, even if the screw member that fastens and fixes the second game board member to the first game board member is illegally removed and loosened due to vibration during play, the second game board member will fall off from the first game board member. can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine V2, one of the engaging portion and the engaged portion includes an elastic piece formed to be elastically deformable and a claw portion projecting from the elastic piece, and the claw portion engages the engaging portion. A gaming machine V3 characterized by being formed to be engageable with the other of the portion and the engaged portion.

According to the game machine V3, in addition to the effects of the game machine V2, one of the engaging portion and the engaged portion includes an elastic piece formed to be elastically deformable and a claw portion protruding from the elastic piece. In addition, since the claw portion is formed to be engageable with the other of the engaging portion and the engaged portion, even when the second game board member and the second member are separately attached to the first game board member , the elastic deformation of the elastic piece can be used to engage the engaging portion and the engaged portion. Therefore, since it is not necessary to attach the second game board member or the second member to the first game board member in a state in which the second game board member or the second member are integrated (that is, a state in which the engaged portion is engaged with the engaging portion), the second game board member It is possible to improve workability when attaching the board member and the second member to the first game board member.

In the game machine V3, the other of the engaging portion and the engaged portion is formed by opening a part of the insertion portion through which the elastic piece is inserted, and the portion formed by opening is called the insertion portion. A gaming machine V4 characterized in that the elastic piece inserted through is formed so as to be able to pass through.

According to the gaming machine V4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine V3, the other of the engaging portion and the engaged portion is formed by opening a part of the insertion portion through which the elastic piece is inserted. Since the formed portion is formed so that the elastic piece inserted through the insertion portion can pass through, it can be removed integrally from the first game board member (that is, in a state where the engaging portion and the engaged portion are engaged). It is possible to easily perform the work of disassembling the second game board member and the second member.

The gaming machine V5 is characterized in that the gaming machine V1 comprises an elastic member formed to be elastically deformable and interposed between the first game board member and the second game board member in an elastically deformed state. .

According to the game machine V5, in addition to the effects of the game machine V1, an elastic member formed to be elastically deformable and interposed between the first game board member and the second game board member in an elastically deformed state is provided. Since it is provided, it is possible to project the second game board member from the first game board member by utilizing the elastic recovery force of the elastic member, thereby forming a step between them. Therefore, the operator can directly or indirectly grip the step, thereby making it easier to remove the second game board member from the first game board member.

A gaming machine V6, wherein the elastic member is biased to one side of the second game board member in the gaming machine V5.

According to the gaming machine V6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine V5, since the elastic member is biased to one side of the second game board member, the elastic recovery force of the elastic member is utilized to achieve the first When projecting the second game board member from the game board member, the second game board member can be rotated with the other side as a fulcrum. Therefore, the step between the two (the amount of protrusion on one side of the second game board member) can be increased. As a result, the operator can easily or indirectly grip the step, and can easily remove the second game board member from the first game board member.

The game machine V1 includes a second member disposed on the first game board member, and a projecting portion is formed from the second game board member toward the second member, and the projecting portion is received. A gaming machine V7, wherein a receiving portion is recessed in the second member.

According to the game machine V7, in addition to the effects of the game machine V1, the second member is arranged on the first game board member, and a projecting portion is formed from the second game board member toward the second member. In addition, since the receiving part for receiving the projecting part is recessed in the second member, the projecting part is hidden from the player by the second member in the game state, and the second member is removed while improving the appearance. In this state, it is possible for the operator to be able to grasp the protruding portion, thereby facilitating removal of the second game board member from the first game board member.

In the gaming machine V7, a passage through which a game ball can pass is formed in the second game board member and the second member, the receiving portion is formed by the passage, and the rolling surface in the passage is formed by the protrusion. A gaming machine V8 characterized by:

According to the game machine V8, in addition to the effects of the game machine V7, the passage through which the game ball can pass is formed in the second game board member and the second member, the receiving portion is formed by the passage, and the roll in the passage is formed. Since the moving surface is formed by the protruding portion, there is no need to separately provide the receiving portion and the protruding portion.

In the game machine V1, a retractable member arranged to be retractable on the second game board member, biasing means for biasing the retractable member in a projecting direction, 2 members, wherein the second member is disposed at a position for retracting the retractable member of the second game board member.

According to the game machine V9, in addition to the effects of the game machine V1, the retractable member arranged to be retractable on the second game board member, the biasing means for biasing the retractable member in the projecting direction, and the first and a second member disposed on the game board member, and since the second member is disposed at a position for retracting the retractable member of the second game board member, the player can move the retractable member by the second member in a game state. The second game board member can be easily removed from the first game board member by making it possible for a worker to grasp the retractable member in a state in which the second member is removed while hiding the second game board member from the first game board member while improving the appearance.

In the game machine V9, the second member is fastened and fixed to the first game board member, and the fastening direction of the second member to the first game board member is parallel to the appearance direction of the retractable member. A gaming machine V10 characterized in that it is set in the direction of

According to the game machine V10, in addition to the effects of the game machine V9, the fastening direction of the second member to the first game board member is set parallel to the direction of appearance of the retractable member. The retractable member can be retracted while being fastened and fixed to the first game board member. That is, since it is not necessary to separately perform the work process of retracting the projecting member and the work process of fastening and fixing the second member to the first game board member, the number of man-hours can be reduced, and the second game board member and the second game board member can be reduced accordingly. The workability of attaching the second member to the first game board member can be improved.

In the game machine V1, the second game board member is formed with a passage through which game balls can pass, and the inner wall of the passage has a step surface facing the back side of the first game board member. A gaming machine V11 characterized in that steps are formed.

According to the game machine V11, in addition to the effects of the game machine V1, the second game board member is formed with a passage through which game balls can pass, and the inner wall of the passage is formed with the first game board member. Since a step is formed with the stepped surface facing the back side of the second game board member, the second game board member can be pulled out from the first game board member by using the stepped surface. In other words, there is no need to insert the finger into the passage until it reaches the back surface of the second game board member and lock the finger on the back surface of the second game board member, and the finger can be caught on the relatively shallow stepped surface. Since the second game board member can be stopped, the second game board member can be easily removed from the first game board member.

In the gaming machine V11, the outer surface of the second game board member located on the side opposite to the inner wall on which the stepped surface of the passage is formed moves toward the back surface of the second game board member. A gaming machine V12 characterized in that it is inclined in a direction to reduce the outer shape of the V12.

According to the game machine V12, in addition to the effects of the game machine V11, the outer surface of the second game board member located on the side opposite to the inner wall on which the stepped surface of the passage is formed is directed to the back surface of the second game board member. Since the outer shape of the second game board member is inclined in the direction of decreasing the outer shape as it goes, the stepped surface of the passage is formed when the second game board member is pulled out from the first game board member by using the stepped surface. A mode can be formed in which the second game board member is rotated with the outer surface of the second game board member located on the inner wall side as a fulcrum. Therefore, the second game board member can be easily removed (pulled out) from the first game board member.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 25300 as an example>
A first game board member and a second game board member detachably disposed on the first game board member and forming a game board together with the first game board member, wherein a nail is attached to the second game board member. In the planted game machine, the second game board member pressed from the planting direction can be supported, or the force pressed from the planting direction is orthogonal to the plate thickness of the first game board member. A gaming machine W1 characterized in that it is formed so as to be distributed in a direction.

A first game board member and a second game board member detachably arranged on the first game board member and forming a game board together with the first game board member are provided, and a nail is attached to the second game board member. is known (for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2003-310905). According to such a game machine, since the second game board member can be detached from the first game board member, for example, when the nail of the second game board member is broken, only the second game board member can be replaced. Therefore, replacement of the game board as a whole can be made unnecessary. However, the above-described conventional game machine has a problem of poor workability in planting nails. That is, since a step of implanting nails into the second game board member is required separately from the step of implanting nails into the first game board member, the number of man-hours increases accordingly. Furthermore, since the second game board member is relatively small, in order to plant the nail in the second game board member within a predetermined tolerance, it is necessary to increase the holding accuracy of the second game board member and the speed of the planting operation. is required to be lowered (slowed), which increases the number of man-hours as compared with the case of nailing to a relatively large game board.

On the other hand, according to the game machine W1, the second game board member pressed from the direction of implantation (direction of nail implantation) can be supported or pressed from the direction of implantation (direction of nail implantation). Since the applied force can be dispersed in a direction orthogonal to the plate thickness of the first game board member, the second game board member can be dissipated in a state where the second game board member is arranged on the first game board member. You can plant nails. Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability of planting nails in the second game board member.

In the gaming machine W1, at least a pair of threaded members and female threads into which the paired threaded members are respectively screwed are formed at least at two locations, and are more rigid than the first game board member and the second game board member. a member to be fastened made of expensive material, which is inserted into the insertion hole of the first game board member from the direction of the planting, passes through the insertion hole of the second game board member, and passes through the back surface of the second game board member; The screw member protruding to the side is screwed into the internal thread of the member to be fastened, or is inserted into the insertion hole of the second game board member from the direction of the planting and the first game board member is inserted. A gaming machine W2 characterized in that the threaded member that passes through a hole and protrudes to the back side of the first game board member is screwed into the internal thread of the member to be fastened.

According to the game machine W2, in addition to the effects of the game machine W1, at least a pair of screw members and internal threads to which the pair of screw members are respectively screwed are formed at at least two locations, and the first game board member and a fastened member made of a material having higher rigidity than the second game board member, and the second game board member is inserted through the insertion hole of the first game board member in the direction of planting (the direction in which the nail is planted). The threaded member protruding to the back side of the second game board member through the insertion hole is screwed into the internal thread of the member to be fastened, or the direction of installation in the insertion hole of the second game board member ( The screw member that is inserted from the direction in which the nail is implanted, passes through the insertion hole of the first game board member, and protrudes to the rear side of the first game board member is screwed into the female thread of the member to be fastened. In a state where the second game board member is arranged (fastened and fixed) to the first game board member, the second game board member can be supported from the rear side by the member to be fastened. It is possible to suppress damage such as cracks in the second game board member when the nail is implanted in the second game board member.

In addition, it is preferable that the member to be fastened is made of a metal material. Further, it is preferable that the nail is implanted in the second game board member in the region between the pair of screw members. As a result, the rigidity of the fastened member can be enhanced, and the efficiency of supporting the second game board member by the fastened member can be enhanced, making it easier to suppress damage such as cracking of the second game board member.

In the game machine W2, the above-mentioned game board is inserted through the insertion hole of the first game board member from the planting direction, passes through the insertion hole of the second game board member, and protrudes to the back side of the second game board member. When the threaded member is screwed into the internal thread of the member to be fastened, the size of the member to be fastened is such that it abuts only the back surface of the second game board member and the back surface of the first game board member. The game machine W3 is characterized in that it is set to a size that does not come into contact with the game machine W3.

According to the game machine W3, in addition to the effects of the game machine W2, the nail is inserted into the insertion hole of the first game board member from the direction of planting (the direction in which the nail is planted) and passes through the insertion hole of the second game board member. Then, when the threaded member protruding to the back side of the second game board member is screwed into the internal thread of the member to be fastened, the size of the member to be fastened is applied only to the back side of the second game board member. Since the size is set so as to be in contact with the rear surface of the first game board member and not in contact with the rear surface of the first game board member, it is possible to suppress the member to be fastened from running over the rear surface of the first game board member. Therefore, the member to be fastened can be easily brought into close contact with the back surface of the second game board member, and the support rigidity of the second game board member by the member to be fastened can be increased. As a result, when a nail is implanted in the second game board member, it is possible to prevent damage such as cracks from occurring in the second game board member.

In the gaming machine W2 or W3, the member to be fastened is formed in a shape that linearly connects the female screws at the two locations, and two nails are implanted in the second game board member. , the game machine W4 is characterized in that the insertion hole is formed on an extension line of an imaginary line connecting the two nails.

According to the game machine W4, in addition to the effects of the game machine W2 or W3, the member to be fastened is formed in a shape that connects two female screws in a straight line, and the second game board member has two screws. The nail is implanted, and an insertion hole is formed on the extension of the imaginary line connecting the two nails, so that the member to be fastened can be positioned on the extension of the nail implanting direction. . Therefore, it is possible to effectively increase the support rigidity of the second game board member while suppressing the area of the member to be fastened. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of damage such as cracks in the second game board member.

In any one of the game machines W2 to W4, the surface of the member to be fastened facing the back surface of the second game board member or the first game board member, and the area between the two female screws. A game machine W5 characterized in that the surface of the is curved in a convex circular arc shape toward the back surface of the second game board member or the first game board member.

According to the game machine W5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines W2 to W4, the side facing the back surface of the second game board member or the first game board member of the member to be fastened has two Since the surface in the area between the two internal threads is curved in a convex circular arc toward the back surface of the second game board member or the first game board member, the threaded member is screwed into the two internal threads. As the member to be fastened is pressed against the second game board member or the first game board member, the member to be fastened can be easily brought into close contact with the back surface of the second game board member. Therefore, it is possible to increase the support rigidity of the second game board member by the member to be fastened. As a result, when a nail is implanted in the second game board member, it is possible to prevent damage such as cracks from occurring in the second game board member.

In the game machine W1, the seat surface of the first game board member is formed so as to support the supported surface formed on the opposite side of the nail-implanted surface of the second game board member. The seating surface of the first game board member is formed as a tapered surface whose surface interval narrows as it separates from the second game board member or a reverse tapered surface whose surface interval widens, and the second game board member is supported. A game machine W6 characterized in that a surface is formed corresponding to the seat surface of the first game board member.

According to the game machine W6, in addition to the effects of the game machine W1, the seat surface of the first game board member supports the supported surface formed on the opposite side of the nail-implanted surface of the second game board member. The seating surface of the first game board member is formed as a tapered surface in which the surface interval narrows or a reverse tapered surface in which the surface interval widens as the seating surface of the first game board member separates from the second game board member, and the second game board Since the supported surface of the member is formed corresponding to the seat surface of the first game board member, the pressing force when the nail is implanted in the second game board member is controlled by the inclination (tapered surface) of the support surface and the seat surface. corner) can be used to disperse in the thickness direction of the first game board member and in the direction orthogonal to the thickness. As a result, it is possible to reduce the burden on the first game board member and prevent damage such as cracks from occurring in the first game board member.

In the game machine W6, a threaded member is provided, and an insertion hole through which the threaded member is inserted is formed in the supported surface of the second game board member, and the thread is inserted through the insertion hole of the second game board member. A game machine W7 characterized in that a female screw into which a screw member is screwed is formed on the seat surface of the first game board member.

According to the game machine W7, in addition to the effects of the game machine W6, the insertion hole through which the screw member is inserted is formed in the supported surface of the second game board member and is inserted into the insertion hole of the second game board member. Since the internal thread into which the threaded member is screwed is formed on the seat surface of the first game board member, it is possible to suppress the formation of a gap between the second game board member and the first game board member. . Therefore, since the axial force of the screw member can be secured, the second game board member can be firmly fastened and fixed to the first game board member.

A game machine W8 is characterized in that, in the game machines W6 or W7, the seat surface and the supported surface are positioned on an extension line of the nail planting direction.

According to the game machine W8, in addition to the effects of the game machine W6 or W7, since the seat surface and the supported surface are positioned on the extension line of the nail planting direction, the pressing force associated with the nail planting can be applied to the seat surface. and can be applied directly to the surface to be supported. As a result, bending deformation of the second game board member can be suppressed, and damage such as cracking can be suppressed.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 27300 as an example>
A first member having a game area formed on the front side, a second member detachably arranged on the first member, and a game ball arranged on the second member and capable of contacting at least a part thereof. and a member to be abutted, wherein the first member comprises a facing portion that faces the back surface of the second member disposed on the first member. X1.

Here, a game machine comprising a game board (first member), a base member (second member) fastened and fixed to the game board, and a nail (abutted member) planted in the base member is known (for example, JP-A-2003-310905). According to such a game machine, the base member can be detached from the game board. That is, when a nail (abutted member) implanted in the base member (abutted member) is damaged (for example, broken) due to the contact of the game ball, the base member can be replaced to restore the entire game board. can be made unnecessary.

However, in the above-described game machine, an opening corresponding to the outer shape of the base member (second member) is formed through the game board (first member), and the base member is arranged in the game board so as to be accommodated in the opening. Therefore, there is a problem that the rigidity of the game board is lowered by the amount of the opening formed through.

On the other hand, according to the game machine X1, the first member has the facing portion that faces the back surface of the second member, so the opening is closed by the facing portion compared to the case where the opening is formed through. Accordingly, the rigidity of the first member can be improved.

In the gaming machine X1, a concave portion is provided in the facing portion of the first member, and the contacted member is located on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball is contacted and from the back surface of the second member. A gaming machine X2, wherein the protruding portion is disposed in the concave portion of the facing portion.

Here, when the first member has a facing portion, the thickness of the second member is reduced (thinned) by the thickness of the facing portion. Therefore, when a member to be contacted having the same length as that of the member to be contacted provided to the first member is provided to the second member, a portion (tip of the member to be contacted) protruding from the rear surface of the second member interferes with the facing portion of the first member, making it impossible to dispose the second member on the first member. Therefore, it is necessary to use a contact member that is smaller (shorter) in length than the contact member that is arranged on the first member. Therefore, two types of abutted members having different lengths are required, which increases the number of parts and increases the product cost.

On the other hand, according to the gaming machine X2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine X1, a concave portion is provided in the facing portion of the first member, and the abutted member is the side with which the game ball abuts. Since the portion projecting from the back surface of the second member on the opposite side is disposed in the concave portion of the game board, the abutted member having the same length dimension as the abutted member disposed on the first member is provided as the first member. It can be arranged in two members. As a result, a common abutted member can be used for both the first member and the second member, making it unnecessary to prepare two types of abutted members having different lengths. , the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

Further, here, when the concave portion is not provided in the facing portion of the first member, as described above, if the abutted member protrudes from the back surface of the second member, the protruding portion ( The tip of the abutted member) interferes with the facing portion of the first member, making it impossible to dispose the second member on the first member. Therefore, in this case, considering the tolerance of the driving length when the abutted member is driven into the second member (that is, when the driving length becomes larger than the target value, the The driving dimension of the abutted member is set to be smaller (shorter) than the thickness dimension of the second member (so that the tip of the abutting member does not protrude from the back surface of the second member). Therefore, the length of contact between the second member and the member to be contacted is correspondingly reduced (shortened), and the holding force of the member to be contacted by the second member is reduced.

On the other hand, according to the game machine X2, as described above, by using the concave portion, the side opposite to the side of the member to be contacted (the tip of the member to be contacted) that is contacted by the game ball is set to the second position. Since the abutted member can be driven into the second member to a position where it protrudes from the back surface of the member, the contact length between the second member and the abutted member is maximized, and the holding force of the abutted member by the second member is maximized. can be guaranteed to a limited extent.

In the game machine X2, the abutted member has a portion protruding from the back surface of the second member on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball is abutted directly or indirectly abuts the concave portion of the facing portion. A gaming machine X3 characterized by being in contact with each other.

According to the gaming machine X3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine X2, the abutted member is opposite to the side where the game ball is abutted, and the portion protruding from the back surface of the second member is the concave portion of the facing portion. directly or indirectly, the second member can be prevented from falling off from the first member.

For example, when the second member is arranged on the first member by fastening and fixing the screw member, even if the fastening force cannot be secured due to the loosening of the screw member, the abutted member (the back surface of the second member The portion protruding from the second member is directly or indirectly in contact with the concave portion, so that the second member can be prevented from falling off from the first member by using the contact of the contacted member with the concave portion. .

In the game machine X3, an elastic member formed of an elastic material and disposed in the concave portion of the facing portion is provided, and the abutted member is on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball is abutted and is the second elastic member. A gaming machine X4, wherein a portion protruding from the back surface of a member is in contact with the elastic member.

According to the game machine X4, in addition to the effects of the game machine X3, it is provided with an elastic member formed of an elastic material and arranged in the recess, and the abutted member is on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball abuts. Since the portion protruding from the rear surface of the second member is in contact with the elastic member, when the second member is arranged on the first member, the tip of the contacted member (protruding from the rear surface of the second member) while facilitating the work of arranging the second member in the concave portion of the facing portion, the state in which the tip of the contacted member is in contact with the elastic member regardless of the attitude of the second member with respect to the first member (the elastic member Therefore, for example, even if the screw member that fastens and fixes the second member to the first member is loosened, the second member does not move from the first member. You can prevent it from falling off.

A game machine X5 in the game machine X4, wherein the elastic member is elastically compressed and deformed between the concave portion of the facing portion and the abutted member.

According to the game machine X5, in addition to the effects of the game machine X4, since the elastic member is elastically compressed and deformed between the concave portion of the facing portion and the abutted member, the elastic recovery force of the elastic member is increased. By utilizing this, the abutted member can be held by the first member (recessed portion of the facing portion). Therefore, for example, even when the screw member that fastens and fixes the second member to the first member is loosened, it is possible to prevent the second member from falling off from the first member.

In addition, since the elastic member is elastically compressed and deformed between the concave portion of the facing portion and the contact member, when the game ball contacts the contact member, the contact member can be buffered by the elastic member. As a result, damage to the abutted member can be suppressed. As a result, the replacement frequency of the second member can be suppressed.

In any one of game machines X2 to X5, the second member is fastened and fixed to the first member by a screw member, and the first member serves as a space for communicating the head of the screw member with the outside. The member to be contacted has a counterbore portion formed in a part thereof, and a portion of the abutted member protruding from the back surface of the second member on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball is abutted is arranged in the counterbore portion. A game machine X6 characterized by:

According to the game machine X6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines X2 to X5, the second member is fastened and fixed to the first member by a screw member, and the first member is connected to the head of the screw member and the outside. When the second member is fastened and fixed to the first member by a screw member, or when the second member is removed from the first member by loosening the screw member Alternatively, the head of the screw member can be manipulated using a tool inserted through the counterbore. In addition, since the screw member can be arranged at a recessed position due to the counterbore portion, it is possible to easily suppress unauthorized operation of the screw member.

In this case, the abutted member has a counterbore on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball abuts and projects from the back surface of the second member. It can be used in combination. That is, since it is not necessary to provide a concave portion separately from the counterbore, the manufacturing process can be simplified accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 36300 as an example>
A first member having a game area formed on the front side, a second member detachably arranged on the first member, and a game ball arranged on the second member and capable of contacting at least a part thereof. A gaming machine Y1, wherein the second member is disposed at a position where no step is formed on the front side of the first member.

Here, a game machine comprising a game board (first member), a base member (second member) fastened and fixed to the game board, and a nail (abutted member) planted in the base member is known (for example, JP-A-2003-310905). According to such a game machine, the base member can be detached from the game board. That is, when a nail (abutted member) implanted in the base member (abutted member) is damaged (for example, broken) due to the contact of the game ball, the base member can be replaced to restore the entire game board. can be made unnecessary.

However, in the game machine described above, due to the dimensional tolerance of the first member and the second member, the assembly tolerance of the second member with respect to the first member, or the loosening of the screw member that fastens and fixes the second member to the first member. As a result, it is difficult to position the front surface of the first member and the front surface of the second member flush with each other, and a step is formed at the front surface of the first member at the boundary between the first member and the second member. There was a problem that Such a step affects the flow of the game ball in the game area and hinders fair play (depending on the state of the step, it may be advantageous or disadvantageous to the player), so it is not preferable. .

On the other hand, according to the game machine Y1, since the second member is disposed at a position where no step is formed on the front side of the first member, a step is formed at the boundary portion between the first member and the second member. can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to avoid impeding a fair game due to the steps.

In the game machine Y1, the first member is formed with a communication hole that communicates the front side and the back side of the first member, and the second member has the contacted member arranged in the communication hole. A gaming machine Y2, characterized in that it is arranged on the back side of the first member in a folded state.

According to the game machine Y2, in addition to the effects of the game machine Y1, the first member is formed with a communication hole for communicating the front side and the back side of the first member, and the second member Since the member is arranged on the back side of the first member while being arranged in the communication hole, the abutted member can be placed on the front side of the first member ( game area). That is, even if the dimensional tolerance of the first member and the second member, the assembly tolerance of the second member to the first member, or the loosening of the screw member that fastens and fixes the second member to the first member, the first member and the second member is not formed on the first member, it is possible to avoid forming a step on the front surface of the first member. As a result, it is possible to avoid impeding a fair game due to the steps.

A gaming machine Y3 characterized in that, in the gaming machine Y2, the inner surface of the communication hole is in contact with the outer surface of the contacted member.

According to the game machine Y3, in addition to the effects of the game machine Y2, the inner surface of the communication hole is in contact with the outer surface of the member to be contacted, so the member to be contacted can be held by the first member. As a result, for example, even when the screw member that fastens and fixes the second member to the first member is loosened, the second member can be prevented from falling off from the first member by utilizing the holding of the abutted member by the first member. can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine Y2, the abutted member includes a shaft portion and a head portion having a diameter larger than that of the shaft portion, and the communication hole has a size such that the head portion of the abutted member can be inserted therethrough. and the opening edge is formed in such a size that the game ball in contact with the front surface of the first member and the outer surface of the shaft portion of the member to be contacted does not come into contact with the game ball. Gaming machine Y4.

According to the gaming machine Y4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine Y2, the abutted member includes a shaft portion and a head portion having a larger diameter than the shaft portion, and the communication hole is formed in the head portion of the abutted member. The opening edge is formed in such a size that the opening edge is not in contact with the game ball that is in contact with the front surface of the first member and the outer surface of the shaft portion of the contact member. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the influence of the communication hole on the flow of the game ball while ensuring workability during manufacturing and maintenance work.

That is, since the communication hole is formed to have a size that allows the head portion of the abutted member to pass through, the second member is disposed on the first member (for example, by fastening and fixing with a screw member), and then the insertion hole is opened. In addition to the manufacturing method of arranging (implanting by driving) the member to be abutted on the second member, the manufacturing method of arranging the second member, in which the member to be abutted is previously arranged, on the first member. can also be adopted. Further, even if the abutted member is not damaged (for example, broken), the second member can be removed from the first member (and then re-arranged).

On the other hand, when the communication hole is opened in this way, a step is formed on the front surface of the first member by the opening edge of the communication hole. Such steps are not preferable because they affect the flow of game balls in the game area and impede fair play. On the other hand, according to the game machine Y4, the communication hole is of a size such that the opening edge does not come into contact with the game ball that is in contact with the front surface of the first member and the outer surface of the shaft portion of the contact member. , it is possible to avoid the influence of the opening edge of the communication hole on the flow of the game ball in the game area. That is, it is possible to avoid impeding a fair game due to the communication hole (opening edge).

In game machines Y1 to Y4, the first member includes a base and an attached portion having a thickness smaller than that of the base, the communication hole is formed in the attached portion, and the second member is arranged on the rear side of the mounting portion; a game machine Y5;

Here, the abutted member arranged on the first member and the abutted member arranged on the second member may have the same projection dimension from the front surface of the first member. Needed. In this case, in the configuration in which the second member is arranged on the back surface of the first member as in the present invention, the length of the contacted member arranged on the second member is equal to the thickness of the first member. should be larger (longer) than the length dimension of the member to be abutted disposed on the first member. Therefore, two types of abutted members having different lengths are required, which increases the number of parts and increases the product cost.

On the other hand, according to the game machine Y5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines Y1 to Y4, the first member includes a base and a mounted part having a thickness smaller than that of the base, The communication hole is formed in the attached portion, and the second member is arranged on the rear side of the attached portion, so that the contacted member having the same length dimension as the contacted member provided in the first member is provided. A member may be disposed on the second member. As a result, a common abutted member can be used for both the first member and the second member, making it unnecessary to prepare two types of abutted members having different lengths. , the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced.

A gaming machine Y6 in any one of the gaming machines Y1 to Y5, wherein the first member has a support surface for supporting the back surface of the second member.

According to the game machine Y6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines Y1 to Y5, the first member has a support surface for supporting the back surface of the second member, so that the support surface can support the second member. Utilizing this, the abutted member can be arranged (driven) with respect to the second member arranged on the first member. That is, there is no need to separately perform the step of driving the abutted member into the first member and the step of driving the abutted member into the second member. Manufacturing costs can be reduced.

In addition, in a configuration in which the second member with the contacted member is arranged on the first member, when the second member is arranged on the first member, the contacted member is attached to the first member. When it is necessary to consider interference and the degree of freedom in design is limited, interference can be taken into account by allowing the abutted member to be arranged (driven) in the second member arranged in the first member. The degree of freedom in design can be increased because the design can be made without

In the gaming machine Y6, the support surface is formed as a surface non-perpendicular to the axial direction of the abutted member, the second member is fastened and fixed to the support surface by a screw member, and the shaft of the screw member is fixed to the support surface. A game machine Y7 characterized in that the direction is non-parallel to the axial direction of the abutted member.

According to the game machine Y7, in addition to the effects of the game machine Y6, the support surface is formed as a surface non-perpendicular to the axial direction of the contacted member, and the second member is fastened and fixed to the support surface by the screw member. Since the axial direction of the threaded member is non-parallel to the axial direction of the abutted member, the abutted member is arranged (driven) with respect to the second member arranged in the first member. The applied load can also act as a force in the direction of shearing the shaft portion of the screw member. That is, since the force component in the axial direction can be reduced, damage to the threads of the screw member can be suppressed.

<Regarding the concept of the invention with the prize winning unit 41300 as an example>
A first member having a game area formed on the front side, a second member detachably arranged on the first member, and a game ball arranged on the second member and capable of contacting at least a part thereof. A game machine Z1, wherein the abutted member is formed so as to be able to prevent the second member from coming off from the first member.

A game machine is known that includes a game board (first member), a base member (second member) fastened and fixed to the game board, and a nail (abutted member) planted in the base member. (for example, JP-A-2003-310905). According to such a game machine, the base member can be detached from the game board. That is, when a nail (abutted member) implanted in the base member (abutted member) is damaged (for example, broken) due to the contact of the game ball, the base member can be replaced to restore the entire game board. can be made unnecessary.

However, in the gaming machine described above, since the second member is arranged on the first member by means of a plurality of screw members, the number of parts increases accordingly, resulting in an increase in product cost.

On the other hand, in the game machine Z1, the abutted member is formed so as to be able to suppress the second member from falling off from the first member. can be reduced. As a result, the number of parts can be reduced, and the product cost can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine Z1, the second member is disposed on the front surface of the first member, and the abutted member is on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball abuts and on the second member. A game machine Z2, wherein a portion protruding from the rear surface is connected to the first member.

According to the game machine Z2, in addition to the effects of the game machine Z1, the second member is arranged on the front surface of the first member, and the contacted member is on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball is contacted. Since the portion protruding from the rear surface of the second member is connected to the first member, this connection can be used to dispose (hold) the second member on the first member. That is, it is possible to eliminate the need for a screw member for fastening and fixing the second member to the first member. As a result, the number of parts can be reduced, and the product cost can be suppressed.

A gaming machine Z3 characterized in that, in the gaming machine Z2, a gap is formed at least partially between the front surface of the first member and the rear surface of the second member.

According to the game machine Z3, in addition to the effects of the game machine Z2, a gap is formed at least partially between the front surface of the first member and the back surface of the second member, so that the second member can be separated from the first member. Workability of the removing work can be improved.

That is, in a configuration in which the second member is arranged (held) on the first member by connecting the tip of the abutted member (the portion protruding from the back surface of the second member) to the first member, the first When removing the second member from the member, it is necessary to pull out the tip of the abutted member from the first member. However, the operation of removing the second member from the first member is usually performed when the member to be contacted is broken. can't In this case, since the above-described gap is formed, a tool can be inserted into the gap, and the inserted tool can be tilted to widen the gap by the principle of leverage. The two parts can be easily removed.

In the game machine Z2, the first member is formed with a communication hole for communicating the front side and the back side of the first member, and the back side of the second member is exposed through the communication hole. A game machine Z4 characterized by.

According to the game machine Z4, in addition to the effects of the game machine Z2, the first member is formed with a communication hole that allows the front side and the back side of the first member to communicate with each other, and through the communication hole, the second member is exposed, the workability of removing the second member from the first member can be improved.

That is, in a configuration in which the second member is arranged (held) on the first member by connecting the tip of the abutted member (the portion protruding from the back surface of the second member) to the first member, the first When removing the second member from the member, it is necessary to pull out the tip of the abutted member from the first member. However, the operation of removing the second member from the first member is usually performed when the member to be contacted is broken. can't In this case, since the rear surface of the second member is exposed through the communication hole, the exposed portion can be used to push the second member toward the front side. The second member can be easily removed from the

In any one of game machines Z2 to Z4, an engaging portion formed in one of the first member and the second member, and the other of the first member and the second member being engageable with the engaging portion wherein the engaging portion and the engaged portion are capable of being engaged at least in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the abutted member Game machine Z5.

According to the game machine Z5, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines Z2 to Z4, the engaging portion formed on one of the first member and the second member and the first member are engaged with the engaging portion. An engaged portion formed on the other of the member and the second member is provided, and the engaging portion and the engaged portion are capable of engaging at least in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the abutted member, It is possible to suppress the second member from falling off from the first member.

That is, when the game ball collides with the abutted member, the impact expands the hole of the first member to which the tip of the abutted member (the portion protruding from the back surface of the second member) is connected, increasing the connection strength. (Strength of holding the tip of the member to be contacted by the first member) is weakened and there is a risk that the connection may be released. By such engagement, the relative displacement of the second member with respect to the first member is restricted, and the hole of the first member to which the tip of the abutted member is connected is enlarged. can be suppressed. Thereby, the strength of connection between the tip of the member to be contacted and the first member (strength of holding the tip of the member to be contacted by the first member) can be ensured. As a result, it is possible to prevent the second member from falling off from the first member.

Any one of the game machines Z2 to Z5, wherein a front member is provided on the front surface of the first member, and at least a part of the front member is arranged in a position overlapping the second member when viewed from the front. A game machine Z6 characterized by.

According to the game machine Z6, in addition to the effects of any one of the game machines Z2 to Z5, the front member is provided in front of the first member, and at least a part of the front member is the second member when viewed from the front. , the second member can be prevented from falling off from the first member.

That is, when the game ball collides with the abutted member, the impact expands the hole of the first member to which the tip of the abutted member (the portion protruding from the back surface of the second member) is connected, increasing the connection strength. (The holding strength of the tip of the member to be contacted by the first member) is weakened, the connection is released, and there is a risk that the second member may drop off to the front side of the first member. , the front member (overlapping portion) can restrict the displacement of the second member toward the front side. As a result, it is possible to prevent the second member from falling off from the first member.

Game machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8, H1 to H8, I1 to I13, J1 to J12, K1 to K14, L1 to L13, M1 to M10, N1 to N11, O1 to O10, P1 to P13, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10, S1 to S12, T1 to T11, U1 to U10, V1 to V12, W1 to W8, X1 to X6, Y1 to In any one of Y7 and Z1 to Z6, the game machine 1 is a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the slot machine is "provided with variable display means for displaying the identification information in a fixed manner after dynamically displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of identification information, As a result, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has passed, and the stop time and a special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on the condition that the definite identification information of is the specific identification information. In this case, typical examples of game media include coins and medals.

Game machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8, H1 to H8, I1 to I13, J1 to J12, K1 to K14, L1 to L13, M1 to M10, N1 to N11, O1 to O10, P1 to P13, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10, S1 to S12, T1 to T11, U1 to U10, V1 to V12, W1 to W8, X1 to X6, Y1 to In any one of Y7 and Z1 to Z6, the gaming machine 2 is a pachinko gaming machine. Above all, the basic structure of a pachinko game machine is provided with an operating handle, and in response to the operation of the operating handle, balls are shot into a predetermined game area, and the balls are ejected into actuating openings arranged at predetermined positions in the game area. For example, the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is determined and stopped after a predetermined period of time, with the requirement of winning a prize (or passing through an activation opening). In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable prize winning device (specific prize winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner to allow the balls to win prizes, and a value corresponding to the number of prizes won Values (including not only prize balls but also data written to magnetic cards, etc.) can be given.

Game machines A1 to A14, B1 to B8, C1 to C14, D1 to D8, E1 to E12, F1 to F10, G1 to G8, H1 to H8, I1 to I13, J1 to J12, K1 to K14, L1 to L13, M1 to M10, N1 to N11, O1 to O10, P1 to P13, Q1 to Q11, R1 to R10, S1 to S12, T1 to T11, U1 to U10, V1 to V12, W1 to W8, X1 to X6, Y1 to A game machine 3 in any one of Y7 and Z1 to Z6, wherein the game machine is a combination of a pachinko game machine and a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the integrated game machine is "provided with variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying an identification information string consisting of a plurality of identification information, and an operation means for starting (such as an operation lever) The identification information starts to change due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has passed. a special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player on condition that the fixed identification information at the time of stop is the specific identification information; the ball is used as a game medium; A gaming machine configured to require a predetermined number of balls at the start of dynamic display, and to pay out a large number of balls at the occurrence of a special game state.
<Others>
In a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a path unit having a plurality of guide paths for flowing down game balls is arranged in a game area, and the game balls flowing down inside the unit are visually recognized by the player to increase the interest of the player. A game machine with a game machine that improves is known (for example, Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-131046).
However, the gaming machine described above has a problem that it is not possible to sufficiently improve the interest of the player.
The present technical idea has been made to solve the problems exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can easily improve the interest of the player.
<Means>
In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine of Technical Concept 1 has a game area in which game balls flow down, and a plurality of guide paths for guiding the throwing of the game balls flowing down the game area. and a route unit provided, wherein the route unit includes a first guide route formed of a light-transmissive material and arranged on the front side of the game area; and a second guide route disposed on the back side of the guide route, wherein the first guide route includes a first winning hole into which a game ball can be entered, and the second guide route has a second winning hole into which a game ball can enter, and a game ball entering the first winning hole is given a higher game value than a game ball entering the second winning hole. be done.
The gaming machine according to technical idea 2 is the gaming machine according to technical idea 1, wherein the first guide path is opened larger than the diameter of two game balls, and two or more game balls can enter at the same time. a receiving port through which balls can be received; a first path formed below the receiving port for rolling game balls one by one in a horizontal direction as viewed from the front; a second path that communicates in the direction, the second path has a space with a continuous cross section larger than the opening of the receiving port, and is communicated from the back side of the first path.
The gaming machine according to technical idea 3 is the gaming machine according to technical idea 2, wherein the second path is formed on the back side of the receiving port and the first path, and the first path is connected to the second path. A portion that communicates with the path is formed at a position that overlaps the receiving port in the gravitational direction.
<effect>
According to the gaming machine described in technical idea 1, it is possible to easily improve the interest of the player.
According to the gaming machine described in technical idea 2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in technical idea 1, it is possible to suppress the stagnation of game balls at the inlet of the first path.
According to the gaming machine described in technical idea 3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in technical idea 2, it is possible to easily secure the installation space for the first guide route.
<Sign>
10 pachinko machines
11 outer frame
13, 25013, 26013, 27013, 28013, 29013, 30013, 31013, 46013, 47013, 48013 game board
60, 34060, 35060, 42060, 56060 base plate (game board)
60a first opening (second opening)
60b second opening
60c decorative member (first decorative means)
34060d recess (first opening)
35060e slide hole (first opening)
63 general winning entrance (inlet)
86 center frame (frame-shaped member)
86b projecting portion (third member)
86b1 opening
86b3 detection device (detection means)
86b5 standing portion (folding piece)
100, 42100, 43100, 44100 board box
43101 , 45101 engaged portion (engaging portion)
150, 25150, 26150, 27150, 28150, 29150, 30150, 31150, 46150, 47150 general prize winning unit (plate member)
151, 26151, 27151, 28151, 29151, 30151, 31151, 46151, 47151 main body (front member)
154, 10154, 25154 decorative member (second decorative means)
151a, 26151a, 27151a, 28151a, 31151a inclined surface (inclined portion)
151b, 28151b, 29151b, 30151b recess (recess)
151b2 concave bottom
155 protrusions
300, 15300, 15300, 16300, 17300, 18300, 19300, 20300, 21300, 22300, 23300, 24300, 42300, 43300, 44300 back case (back member)
301c first opening
301d second opening (opening)
310, 14310, 15310, 16310, 18310, 19310, 20310, 22310, 23310, 24310 engaging member (displacement member)
311, 14311, 15311, 16311, 18311, 22311, 24311 elastic piece (first piece)
315, 14315, 15315 operator
315a, 14315a inclined surface (suppression means)
24316 engagement portion (first protrusion)
320, 18320, 20320, 22320, 23320, 24320 fixing member
322, 18322, 22332, 23332, 24332 engaged portion (engaging portion)
24335 housing
24335a stepped portion (second protrusion)
340 pivot member (fixed member)
19360, 24360 operator
410 base member
411e curved wall (restricting means, wall)
411f recovery port (recovery member)
422, 57422, 58422 cam member (part of support structure, displacement member)
57422d, 58442d contact portion (a part of the restricting means)
430, 9430, 57430 link member (part of support structure, driven member)
431b, 9431b, 57431b wall (part of control means)
4441g engagement wall (insertion member)
11450 Decorative member
11451a transmission part
460 transmission mechanism
2464 movable rack (reverse member)
465 transmission gear (pinion gear)
466 rack (rack member)
11466e shield plate (connecting member)
467, 12467, 39467, 59467 ball receiving portion (displacement member, receiving portion)
12467c first piece (main body)
12467d second piece (displacement part)
12467e, 39467e, 59467e Third piece (shielding part)
11491 control board (board member)
11491a emitter (light emitting part)
3468 first link member (reverse member)
470 base member (base member)
471a standing wall (wall part)
481b1 recess
491 control board (light emitting means)
492 displacement member (regulating means)
520 base plate (second base member)
525 rolling part (passage member)
525b protrusion (resistance means)
540 distribution member (restriction means, distribution means, integrated member)
540a leg (projection)
541 regulating plate (first retractable part, sorting means)
542 storage plate (second haunting part, flow state changing means)
550, 13550, 32550, 34550, 35550, 36550, 37550, 48550, 49550, 50550, 51550, 52550, 53550, 54550 special winning device (route unit)
551, 36551, 37551, 53551, 54551, 55551, 56551 First unit (first guide path, first member)
552, 56552 second unit (second guide path, second member)
561 1st acceptance section
562 2nd Receiving Section (Second Prize Opening)
563 3rd Receiving Section (3rd Winning Gate)
564, 13564, 32564, 34564, 35564, 41564 Front plate (first member)
564a guide part (protruding wall)
564c, 13564c, 41564c second projection (part of first guide means, first projection, projection)
564b, 13564b, 41564b first projection (part of second guide means, second projection, projection)
571, 13571, 32571, 34571, 35571, 41571, 48571, 49571, 50571, 52571, 53571 base plate (second member)
13571b fourth projection (protrusion)
13571c fifth projection (protrusion)
571I, 41571I, 53571I Second recess (part of first guide means, recess)
571h, 41571h First recess (part of second guide means, second recess)
54571n Rear-side first projection (part of second guide means)
53571p Rear-side second convex portion (a part of the first guide means)
574a first receiving recess (third winning opening)
574b second receiving recess (third winning opening)
34579 , 35579 support (projection)
40581a1 opening
40581a2 housing
583a first solenoid (driving means)
583b first variable plate (variable plate, plate member)
584a second solenoid (driving means)
584b second variable plate (variable plate, plate member)
610, 56610 fourth path member (interposed member)
615 first communication path (branch path)
616 second communication path (branch path)
622 central opening (aperture, insert)
634 second central opening (opening, insert)
700 rotation unit (first member)
7710 displacement member
7713 ball receiving member (receiving part)
7720 transmission member (transmission means)
7721 rotating member (main body)
7722 drive pin (pin part)
7723 arm member
7723a driven groove (sliding groove)
730 left transmission member (rotation side transmission means, second member)
731 transmission mechanism (one-way clutch mechanism)
731a transmission gear (part of gear train)
731b transmission gear (part of gear train)
731c transmission gear (part of gear train)
731d transmission gear (part of gear train)
731e, 7730 load gear (load gear)
740 right transmission member (displacement side transmission means, first member)
741 rotating member (crank member)
741a protrusion (pin portion)
742 arm member
742b first sliding groove (sliding groove)
760 box member (lid member)
770 lid member (displacement member, first member)
780 rotation restricting member (displacement restricting means)
800 rotating body (rotating member, second member)
810 base plate (fixing member)
811b communication hole (opening)
812b communication hole (second communication port)
820 LED board (light emitting means)
831 opening (first communication port)
870 opening/ closing member (displacement member)
871 projection (part of displacement setting means, part of connecting means)
892 sliding groove (part of displacement setting means, part of connecting means)
KR1 1st throw path (downstream path)
KR2 second throw path (second branch passage)
KR3 3rd throw path (1st branch passage)
SP4 biasing spring (biasing means)
KM4 drive motor (drive means)
OW1 one- way clutch (engagement means)
SK1 main route (first route, part of guidance route)
SK2 main route (first route, second route, part of guide route, upstream route)
SK3 main route (second route, part of guide route, downstream route)
SK4 main route (part of guidance route, detour)
SK5 main route (part of guidance route)
SK6 main route (part of guidance route)
SK7 main route (part of guidance route)
HK1 sub route (part of guide route)
HK2 sub route (part of guide route)
HK3 sub route (part of guide route)
HK6 secondary pathway (branch pathway)
WK1 Curved Route (Third Route, Part of Guidance Route, Altered Route)
SI shim member (adjustment means)
10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
13 game board
16 glass units (glass plates)
60 base plate (first game member, first member, base)
81 third pattern display device (liquid crystal display device)
86 center frame (window)
2060d1 Inner circumference of annular protrusion (female thread)
2060c, 18060c concave portion (opening)
2313, 3413, 28060d12, 31413, 35413, 37060d11, 38060d11, 39060d11, 40413 through hole (insertion hole)
2400, 3400, 4400, 5400, 6400, 7400, 8400, 9400, 10400, 11400, 12400, 13400, 14400, 15400, 16400, 17400, 18400, 20400, 22400, 23400, 24400, 25400 29400, 30400, 31400, 32400, 33400, 34400, 35400, 36400, 37400, 38400, 39400, 40400, 42400, 43400, 44400, 45400 first winning member (second game member)
27410,28410,29410,30410,31410,32410,33410,34410,35410,36410,37410,38410,39410,40410,42410,43410,44410,45410 main body (second member)
2500, 3500, 4500, 9500, 19500, 20500, 22500 Second winning member (second member, front member)
3060d2 inclined surface (bearing surface)
3060d6 chamfer (inclined surface)
3420 bulging portion (overhanging portion)
5600 rotating member (non-fastened member)
5060d3 insertion hole
6060d4, 8060d4, 18060d4 fastening hole (female thread)
7060e through hole (insertion hole)
7060d depression (recess)
7060k game board protrusion
Inner circumference of 7414 annular protrusion (female thread)
7437 body-side protruding portion (protruding portion, component protruding portion, contact portion)
8060g projecting part (protruding piece)
8415 fastening hole (internal thread)
8421 groove (concave groove)
10422 projecting portion (thick portion)
10060h notch (receiving part)
11418 insertion hole
12419 Annular part (body part)
14812 projecting portion (engaging portion)
14423 concave portion (engagement concave portion)
15431 hook (elastic means)
19343 metal body (non-detection part)
20513 engagement part
20432 recess (non-engaging portion)
21510 elastic member
22321a groove (receiving part)
22433 protrusion
23450 holding member (protruding member)
24434a projecting wall (step)
25470 fastening member (non-fastening member)
26424 contact surface (non-support surface)
26060c1 Inclined surface (bearing surface)
27060d10, 29060d10, 41060d10 recess
27410,28410,29410,30410,31410,32410,33410,34410,35410,36410,37410,38410,39410,40410,42410,43410,44410,45410 main body (second member)
28060d10 first recess (counterbore)
27060l, 28060l, 29060l, 30060l, 31060l, 32060l, 33060l, 34060l, 35060l, 41060l, 42060l, 43060l facing part
36060d20 game nail hole (communication hole)
37060d13 lower surface (support surface)
39060d13 side (supporting surface)
42060d11 , 43060d12 lower surface (engaging portion)
42410a concave portion (gap)
Lower surface of 42410b, 43410b, 44410b (engaged portion)
43060d11 notch (communication hole)
YK gaming nails (nails, contacted members)
N2 countersunk screw (screw member)
N3 screw (screw member)
N4 screw (screw member)
N5 countersunk screw (screw member)
N6 countersunk screw (screw member)
N7 screw (screw member)
N8 countersunk screw (screw member)
N9 countersunk screw (screw member)
N10 countersunk screw (screw member)
N11 countersunk screw (screw member)
N12 countersunk screw (screw member)
N13 countersunk screw (screw member)
SP coil spring (biasing means)
GC rubber collar (elastic member)
SE sensor device (detection sensor)
G1 elastic member

10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
60 base plate (first member)
27410 , 29410 , 30410, 31410, 32410, 33410, 34410, 35410, 39410 main body (second member)
27060d10, 29060d10 recesses 27060l , 29060l, 30060l, 31060l, 32060l, 33060l, 34060l, 35060l Facing portion YK Game nail (abutted member)
G1 elastic member (holding portion)

Claims (1)

A first member having a play area formed on the front side, a second member detachably arranged on the first member, and a game ball being able to abut on at least a part of the second member inserted through the second member. In a game machine comprising a contact member that
The first member has a facing portion that faces the back surface of the second member disposed on the first member,
A concave portion is provided in the facing portion of the first member,
The abutted member has a portion projecting from the back side of the second member on the side opposite to the side on which the game ball can abut is held by a holding portion in the concave portion of the facing portion,
The abutted member has higher rigidity than the first member,
The holding portion is elastically deformable,
The second member is formed to be removable toward the front side,
A plurality of the abutted members are arranged on the second member, and the first abutted member among the plurality of abutted members is arranged to be the second member to be abutted. A game machine characterized in that the game balls are arranged at a distance larger than the diameter of the game ball when viewed from the front.

Images